D90 Service Workbook

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 1012

D90 Service

Workbook
orkbook

D90

2017 Year
Contents
Overview ......................................................................................................... 1-1
Overview .............................................................................................................................. 1-1
Battery Disconnection ........................................................................................................................................ 1-1
Electric Coolant Fan........................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces ......................................................................................................................... 1-1
Radiator Cap Removal....................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Fuel Pressure Relief .......................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Vehicle Lifting..................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Window Removal ............................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Drive Belt Repair................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
Fasteners ........................................................................................................................................................... 1-1

General ........................................................................................................... 2-1


General ............................................................................................................................... 2-1
Specification....................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
Front/Rear Ventilated Disc Brake ...................................................................................................................... 2-1
Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................................................ 2-2
Lifting and Towing.............................................................................................................................................. 2-6
Roadside Assistance ......................................................................................................................................... 2-7
Maintenance and Lubrication............................................................................................................................. 2-9
Fuel, Lubricant and Operating Fluid ................................................................................................................ 2-10

Service and Maintenance................................................................................................... 2-11

Engine Mechanical System ............................................................................. 3-1


Specification ........................................................................................................................ 3-1
Service and Maintenance ................................................................................................... 3-8

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 3-9


Engine Assembly ............................................................................................................................................... 3-9
Cylinder Head and Intake and Exhaust System .............................................................................................. 3-10
Engine Block and Cylinder Power.................................................................................................................... 3-11
Timing System ................................................................................................................................................. 3-13

Repair Guidance ............................................................................................................... 3-19


Engine Hood Replacement .............................................................................................................................. 3-19
V-belt Replacement ......................................................................................................................................... 3-19
Automatic Tensioner Replacement.................................................................................................................. 3-20
Replacement of Steering Pump Bracket.......................................................................................................... 3-20
Replacement of Mechanical Vacuum Pump (if equipped) ............................................................................... 3-21
Replacement of Oil Control Valve.................................................................................................................... 3-21
Replacement of CVVT Cover........................................................................................................................... 3-22
Replacement of Thermostat Housing .............................................................................................................. 3-22
Contents
Replacement of Intake and Exhaust Phase Modulator .................................................................................... 3-23
Replacement of Oil-Gas Separator .................................................................................................................. 3-24
Cylinder Head Check (after removing cylinder head)....................................................................................... 3-24
Crankshaft Check (after removing the engine)................................................................................................. 3-28
Connecting Rod Bearing Shell Check .............................................................................................................. 3-31
Piston Check .................................................................................................................................................... 3-33
Replacement of Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal ....................................................................................................... 3-35
Replacement of Front Crankshaft Oil Seal....................................................................................................... 3-36
Flywheel Replacement ..................................................................................................................................... 3-37
Valves Replacement ........................................................................................................................................ 3-38
Valve Tappet Replacement .............................................................................................................................. 3-41
Replacement of Camshaft (Intake or Exhaust) ................................................................................................ 3-42
Replacement of Intake Manifold Liner.............................................................................................................. 3-45
Replacement of Exhaust Manifold Liner........................................................................................................... 3-46
Replacement of Oil Pump ................................................................................................................................ 3-47
Replacement of Engine Oil and Oil Filter ......................................................................................................... 3-49
Engine Oil Pressure Check .............................................................................................................................. 3-50
Replacement of Oil Pump Suction Pipe ........................................................................................................... 3-50
Oil Pan Replacement ....................................................................................................................................... 3-51
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover ............................................................................................................... 3-52
Crankshaft Pulley Replacement ....................................................................................................................... 3-53
Cylinder Gasket Replacement.......................................................................................................................... 3-54
Turbocharger Replacement.............................................................................................................................. 3-55
Replacement of Turbocharger Coolant Outlet Pipe ......................................................................................... 3-57
Replacement of Turbocharger Coolant Inlet Pipe ............................................................................................ 3-58
Replacement of Turbocharger Oil Return Pipe ................................................................................................ 3-59
Replacement of Turbocharger Oil Inlet Pipe .................................................................................................... 3-60
Replacement of Oil Filter Module ..................................................................................................................... 3-61
Camshaft Cover Replacement ......................................................................................................................... 3-62
Replacement of Engine Timing Chain.............................................................................................................. 3-64
Engine Ladder Replacement............................................................................................................................ 3-66
Replacement of Engine Assembly ................................................................................................................... 3-68

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 3-70


Overview .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-70
Cylinder Head Components ............................................................................................................................. 3-70
Cylinder Block Components ............................................................................................................................. 3-70
Oil Pan Components ........................................................................................................................................ 3-71
Lower Crankcase Body .................................................................................................................................... 3-71
Engine Accessories.......................................................................................................................................... 3-71
Positive Crankcase Ventilation......................................................................................................................... 3-71
High Pressure Common Rail and Direct Injection System ............................................................................... 3-71
Turbocharger.................................................................................................................................................... 3-71

Operation ........................................................................................................................... 3-72

Lubricating Oil Circuit ......................................................................................................... 3-72


Contents
Engine Cooling System ................................................................................... 4-1
Specification ........................................................................................................................ 4-1
Torque................................................................................................................................................................ 4-1
Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................................................ 4-2
Cooling System Layout ...................................................................................................................................... 4-5

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 4-7


Thermostat Replacement................................................................................................................................... 4-7
Replacement of Water Pump............................................................................................................................. 4-7
Coolant Drain ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-8
Coolant Refill...................................................................................................................................................... 4-8
Radiator Replacement ....................................................................................................................................... 4-8
Replacement of Radiator Water Inlet and Outlet Pipes ..................................................................................... 4-9
Replacement of Intercooler Assembly ............................................................................................................. 4-10
Replacement of Intercooler Intake and Exhaust Hoses................................................................................... 4-11
Replacement of Expansion Tank Assembly .................................................................................................... 4-12
Replacement of Engine Exhaust Pipe Assembly............................................................................................. 4-13
Replacement of Hose between Engine and Expansion Tank.......................................................................... 4-14
Replacement of Cooling Fan Assembly........................................................................................................... 4-15

Description and Operation ................................................................................................ 4-15


Overview .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-15
Small Circulation .............................................................................................................................................. 4-15
Large Circulation.............................................................................................................................................. 4-15
Thermostat....................................................................................................................................................... 4-15
Water Pump ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-15
Auxiliary Water Pump ...................................................................................................................................... 4-15

Engine Electrical System................................................................................. 5-1


Specification ....................................................................................................................... 5-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 5-2

Diagnostic Information and Procedures ............................................................................. 5-3

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 5-4


Alternator Replacement ..................................................................................................................................... 5-4
Starter Replacement .......................................................................................................................................... 5-5

Description and Operation .................................................................................................. 5-6


Overview ............................................................................................................................................................ 5-6
Starter Motor ...................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
Alternator ........................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
Battery................................................................................................................................................................ 5-6

Battery Usage and Maintenance ......................................................................................... 5-7


Contents
Safe Operation ................................................................................................................................................... 5-7
Battery Maintenance Requirements: .................................................................................................................. 5-8
Battery Recharging:.......................................................................................................................................... 5-10
Operation.......................................................................................................................................................... 5-11
Battery Failure Judgment ................................................................................................................................. 5-13
Causes for General Battery Failures ................................................................................................................ 5-14

Engine Control System ................................................................................... 6-1


Specification ........................................................................................................................ 6-1
Technical Parameters ....................................................................................................................................... 6-1
Technical Parameters 2 ..................................................................................................................................... 6-3
Engine Controller Layout.................................................................................................................................... 6-8
Right Side of the Engine..................................................................................................................................... 6-9
Upper Part of the Engine.................................................................................................................................. 6-10
Left Side of the Engine ..................................................................................................................................... 6-11

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 6-13


Engine Controller Replacement ....................................................................................................................... 6-13
Replacement of Turbocharger Solenoid Valve Vacuum Pipe .......................................................................... 6-14
Replacement of Turbocharger Solenoid Control Valve .................................................................................... 6-15
Ignition Coil Replacement ................................................................................................................................ 6-15
Spark Plug Replacement.................................................................................................................................. 6-16
Replacement of Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor..................................................................................... 6-16
Replacement of Intake Camshaft Position Sensor........................................................................................... 6-17
Replacement of Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor........................................................................................ 6-17
Replacement of Oil Pressure Switch................................................................................................................ 6-18
Replacement of High-pressure Fuel Pump ...................................................................................................... 6-19
Replacement of Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ..................................................................................................... 6-20
Replacement of Crankshaft Position Sensor.................................................................................................... 6-21
Replacement of Intake Air Temperature/Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor ................................................. 6-22
Knock Sensor Replacement............................................................................................................................. 6-22
Fuel Rail Replacement ..................................................................................................................................... 6-23
Injector Replacement ....................................................................................................................................... 6-24
Activated Canister Solenoid ............................................................................................................................. 6-25
Replacement of Electronic Throttle .................................................................................................................. 6-25
Engine Harness Installation.............................................................................................................................. 6-26
Replacement of Accelerator Pedal Assembly .................................................................................................. 6-28

Special Tool ...................................................................................................................... 6-28

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 6-29


Engine Control System Control Diagram ......................................................................................................... 6-29

Engine Fuel System ........................................................................................ 7-1


Contents
Specification ....................................................................................................................... 7-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 7-2

Diagnostic Information and Procedures ............................................................................. 7-4

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 7-5


Replacement of Fuel Tank Assembly ................................................................................................................ 7-5
Replacement of Fuel Filter................................................................................................................................. 7-6
Replacement of Canister Assembly................................................................................................................... 7-7
Replacement of Fuel Tank Filler Pipe................................................................................................................ 7-8
Fuel System Pressure Test................................................................................................................................ 7-9
Fuel Pump Replacement ................................................................................................................................. 7-10
Replacement of Fuel Pump Level Sensor Float .............................................................................................. 7-10

Description and Operation ................................................................................................ 7-12


Fuel Pump........................................................................................................................................................ 7-12
Evaporative Emission System ......................................................................................................................... 7-12

Engine Intake/Exhaust System ....................................................................... 8-1


Specification ....................................................................................................................... 8-1
Intake System Layout ........................................................................................................................................ 8-2
Exhaust System Layout ..................................................................................................................................... 8-3

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 8-4


Replacement of Air Flow Meter.......................................................................................................................... 8-4
Replacement of Air Filter Assembly................................................................................................................... 8-5
Replacement of Air Filter Outlet Pipe Assembly ................................................................................................ 8-5
Replacement of Front Catalytic Converter Assembly ........................................................................................ 8-6
Removal/Installation of Exhaust Pipe Front Segment Assembly Bracket.......................................................... 8-7
Replacement of Rear Catalytic Converter Assembly ......................................................................................... 8-8
Replacement of Front Muffler Assembly............................................................................................................ 8-9
Replacement of Rear Muffler Assembly ............................................................................................................ 8-9

Description and Operation ................................................................................................ 8-10


Catalytic Converter .......................................................................................................................................... 8-10
Intake System .................................................................................................................................................. 8-10
Exhaust System ............................................................................................................................................... 8-11

6MT Manual Transmission .............................................................................. 9-1


Specification ........................................................................................................................ 9-1
Service Standard .............................................................................................................................................. 9-1
Snap Ring and Gasket for Adjustment............................................................................................................... 9-1
Tightening Torque ............................................................................................................................................. 9-3
Lubricating Oil ................................................................................................................................................... 9-4
Contents
Layout .................................................................................................................................. 9-5

Repair Guidance .................................................................................................................. 9-6


Replacement of Manual Transmission ............................................................................................................... 9-6
Transmission Assembly Replacement ............................................................................................................. 9-37
Shift Cable Replacement.................................................................................................................................. 9-39
Replacement of Shift Lever Handle.................................................................................................................. 9-43

Special Tool ....................................................................................................................... 9-45

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 9-49


Overview .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-49

6AT................................................................................................................ 10-1
Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 10-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 10-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 10-3

Service ................................................................................................................................ 10-9

Repair Guidance ............................................................................................................... 10-10


Replacement of 6AT Shift Cable .................................................................................................................... 10-10
P Gear Unlock ................................................................................................................................................ 10-12
Removal/Installation of Shift Lever Handle .................................................................................................... 10-13
Removal/Installation of Transmission Assembly ............................................................................................ 10-15
Transmission Drain and Oil Pan Removal ..................................................................................................... 10-17
Oil Pan Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 10-19
Removal/Installation of Transmission Fluid Filler Rubber Plug ...................................................................... 10-19
Transmission Fluid Level Adjustment............................................................................................................. 10-20
Transmission Fluid Level Check .................................................................................................................... 10-21
Hydraulic Torque Converter Removal ............................................................................................................ 10-23
Hydraulic Torque Converter Installation ......................................................................................................... 10-24
Oil Filter Edge Seal Removal ......................................................................................................................... 10-25
Oil Filter Bushing Seal Installation.................................................................................................................. 10-26
Electric Component Removal......................................................................................................................... 10-28
Precautions for Electro Static Discharge (ESD) ............................................................................................. 10-31
Electric Component Installation...................................................................................................................... 10-31
Gear Selector and Seal Removal................................................................................................................... 10-34
Gear Selector Shaft and Seal Installation ...................................................................................................... 10-35
Removal/Installation of AWD Output Shaft O-ring Seal ................................................................................. 10-36
Shift Connector Adjustment............................................................................................................................ 10-37
Transmission Adjustment ............................................................................................................................... 10-39
Removal/Installation of Automatic Transmission Assembly ........................................................................... 10-42

Special Tool ...................................................................................................................... 10-45


Contents
SAGW 6MT Transmission............................................................................. 11-1
Overview ............................................................................................................................ 11-1
Overview and Characteristic of Transmission Assembly ................................................................................. 11-1
Transmission Assembly Specifications............................................................................................................ 11-5

Transmission Assembly Structure Detail ......................................................................... 11-11


Transmission Assembly Exploded View ........................................................................................................ 11-11
Power Flow Chart .......................................................................................................................................... 11-17
Expanded Product Identification .................................................................................................................... 11-24

Repair Guidance .............................................................................................................. 11-28


Transmission Removal/Installation ................................................................................................................ 11-28
Transmission Assembly Replacement........................................................................................................... 11-49
Removal/Installation of Shift Cable ................................................................................................................ 11-51
Replacement of Shift Lever Handle ............................................................................................................... 11-56

Special Tool ..................................................................................................................... 11-57

Description and Operation ............................................................................................... 11-60


Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 11-60

Clutch ............................................................................................................ 12-1


Specification....................................................................................................................... 12-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 12-2

Diagnostic Information and Procedures ............................................................................. 12-3

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 12-5


Replacement of Clutch Cover/Clutch Disc....................................................................................................... 12-5
Replacement of Clutch Main Pump ................................................................................................................. 12-5
Replacement of Clutch Pedal .......................................................................................................................... 12-6
Replacement of Clutch Pedal Position Sensor ................................................................................................ 12-7
Replacement of Clutch CSC Bleeder Connector ............................................................................................. 12-8
Air Exhaust of Hydraulic Clutch ....................................................................................................................... 12-9

Description and Operation ............................................................................................... 12-10


Clutch Hydraulic System................................................................................................................................ 12-10
Clutch Mechanical System............................................................................................................................. 12-10
Driven Plate ................................................................................................................................................... 12-10
Clutch Cover Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 12-10

Steering System ............................................................................................ 13-1


Specification....................................................................................................................... 13-1
Specification .................................................................................................................................................... 13-1
Contents
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 13-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 13-2


Power Steering System Layout (LHD) ............................................................................................................. 13-2
Power Steering System Layout (RHD)............................................................................................................. 13-3
Electric Steering Gear Assembly Exploded View (LHD) .................................................................................. 13-4
Electric Steering Gear Assembly Exploded View (RHD).................................................................................. 13-5

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 13-6


Replacement of Steering Wheel....................................................................................................................... 13-6
Replacement of Steering Column Assembly.................................................................................................... 13-6
Replacement of Steering Intermediate Shaft ................................................................................................... 13-7
Replacement of Electric Steering Gear Assembly and Steering Intermediate Shaft Extension....................... 13-8
Replacement of Steering Gear Outer Rod ..................................................................................................... 13-10
Replacement of Steering Gear Dust Shield ................................................................................................... 13-11

Special Tool ...................................................................................................................... 13-12

Description and Operation ................................................................................................ 13-13


EPS System Control Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 13-13
Electric Steering Gear .................................................................................................................................... 13-14

Front Suspension .......................................................................................... 14-1


Specification........................................................................................................................ 14-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 14-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 14-2


Front Suspension Layout ................................................................................................................................. 14-2
Front Upper/Lower Swing Arm Exploded View ................................................................................................ 14-3
Front Horizontal Stabilizer Bar Exploded View................................................................................................. 14-4
Front Shock Absorber Strut and Spring Assembly Exploded View .................................................................. 14-5
Front Steering Knuckle Exploded View (4WD)................................................................................................. 14-6
Front Steering Knuckle Exploded View (2WD)................................................................................................. 14-7

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 14-8


Four-wheel Alignment ...................................................................................................................................... 14-8
Front Wheel Alignment..................................................................................................................................... 14-8
Replacement of Front Suspension Upper Swing Arm Assembly ..................................................................... 14-9
Replacement of Front Lower Swing Arm Assembly ......................................................................................... 14-9
Lower Swing Arm Bumper Block.................................................................................................................... 14-11
Replacement of Front Lower Swing Arm Bushing.......................................................................................... 14-11
Replacement of Front Horizontal Stabilizer Bar ............................................................................................. 14-12
Replacement of Front Shock Absorber Assembly.......................................................................................... 14-13
Replacement of Front Shock Absorber Assembly Component ...................................................................... 14-13
Replacement of Front Steering Knuckle......................................................................................................... 14-14

Special Tool ...................................................................................................................... 14-16


Contents
Description and Operation ............................................................................................... 14-17

Rear Suspension........................................................................................... 15-1


Specification....................................................................................................................... 15-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 15-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 15-2


Rear Suspension Layout.................................................................................................................................. 15-2
Rear Suspension Exploded View..................................................................................................................... 15-3

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 15-5


Replacement of Rear Shock Absorber ............................................................................................................ 15-5
Replacement of Rear Suspension Upper Control Arm .................................................................................... 15-5
Replacement of Rear Suspension Lower Control Arm .................................................................................... 15-6
Replacement of Rear Coil Spring .................................................................................................................... 15-7
Replacement of Rear Horizontal Stabilizer Bar and Stabilizer Bar Link .......................................................... 15-8
Replacement of Lateral Push Rod ................................................................................................................... 15-8
Replacement of Rear Suspension Buffer Block............................................................................................... 15-9

Description and Operation ............................................................................................... 15-10

Tires and Wheels .......................................................................................... 16-1


Specification....................................................................................................................... 16-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 16-1
Tire Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 16-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 16-2


Tire Exploded View (Aluminum Wheel) ........................................................................................................... 16-2
Spare Tire Device Layout ................................................................................................................................ 16-3

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 16-4


Wheels Replacement....................................................................................................................................... 16-4
Replacement of Spare Tire Device .................................................................................................................. 16-5

Brake System ................................................................................................ 17-1


Specification....................................................................................................................... 17-1
Technical Parameters ...................................................................................................................................... 17-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 17-3

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 17-4


Brake System Layout....................................................................................................................................... 17-4
ABS/ESP Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 17-5
Vacuum Booster Assembly Exploded View ..................................................................................................... 17-6
Contents
Parking Brake Exploded View .......................................................................................................................... 17-7
Exploded View of Front and Rear Brake Calipers............................................................................................ 17-8
EPB Exploded View ......................................................................................................................................... 17-9

Repair Guidance ............................................................................................................... 17-10


Brake Disc Check........................................................................................................................................... 17-10
Brake System Drain ....................................................................................................................................... 17-11
Adjustment of Parking Brake Handle Assembly............................................................................................. 17-12
Replacement of Front and Rear Brake Linings (Mechanical Parking Brake) ................................................. 17-14
Replacement of Brake Caliper Guide Pin Components ................................................................................. 17-15
Replacement of Front and Rear Brake Calipers Assembly............................................................................ 17-15
Replacement of Front Brake Disc .................................................................................................................. 17-16
Replacement of Rear Brake Disc ................................................................................................................... 17-16
Replacement of Rear Parking Brake Shoe .................................................................................................... 17-17
Replacement of Brake Master Cylinder and Brake Fluid Reservoir ............................................................... 17-18
Replacement of Vacuum Booster Assembly .................................................................................................. 17-19
Replacement of Vacuum Pipe Assembly ....................................................................................................... 17-20
Replacement of ABS/ESP Regulator ............................................................................................................. 17-20
Replacement of Brake Pedal Assembly ......................................................................................................... 17-22
Replacement of Brake Pedal Position Sensor ............................................................................................... 17-23
Yaw Sensor .................................................................................................................................................... 17-23
Replacement of Brake Pipeline ...................................................................................................................... 17-24
Replacement of Parking Brake Cable ............................................................................................................ 17-24
Replacement of Parking Brake Handle .......................................................................................................... 17-25
EPB Control Unit ............................................................................................................................................ 17-26
Manual Release of EPB ................................................................................................................................. 17-26
Replacement of EPB Brake Pad .................................................................................................................... 17-27
Replacement of Motor Components............................................................................................................... 17-29
Replacement of Brake Caliper Housing Assembly......................................................................................... 17-30
Replacement of Caliper Bracket Assembly .................................................................................................... 17-31

Description and Operation ................................................................................................ 17-32


Parking Brake System Control Diagram......................................................................................................... 17-32
ABS/ESP System Control Diagram................................................................................................................ 17-33
Wheel Speed Sensor ..................................................................................................................................... 17-34
Stroke Position Sensor................................................................................................................................... 17-34
Yaw Speed Sensor......................................................................................................................................... 17-34
Steering Angle Sensor ................................................................................................................................... 17-34
EBD System ................................................................................................................................................... 17-34
TCS System ................................................................................................................................................... 17-34
ESP System ................................................................................................................................................... 17-34
EBA System ................................................................................................................................................... 17-34
RMI System.................................................................................................................................................... 17-34
HAS System ................................................................................................................................................... 17-35
Auto Hold........................................................................................................................................................ 17-35
ATS System ................................................................................................................................................... 17-35
HDC System................................................................................................................................................... 17-35
Contents
Electrical Park Brake (EPB) System ............................................................................................................. 17-35
Starting Aid Function...................................................................................................................................... 17-36
ECD Function................................................................................................................................................. 17-36

Transfer Case (Part-time).............................................................................. 18-1


Specification....................................................................................................................... 18-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 18-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 18-2


Transfer Case Layout ...................................................................................................................................... 18-2
Transfer Case Exploded View ......................................................................................................................... 18-3

Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................. 18-5


General Inspection Process............................................................................................................................. 18-5
Specific Inspection Process ............................................................................................................................. 18-5
Gear/Sprocket Tooth Check ............................................................................................................................ 18-5
Spline Tooth Check.......................................................................................................................................... 18-6
4-3 Service/Replacement................................................................................................................................. 18-6
Gear/Sprocket Tooth Service........................................................................................................................... 18-6
Table 4-1 Inspection ........................................................................................................................................ 18-7

Repair Guidance .............................................................................................................. 18-10


Replacement of Transfer Case Assembly ..................................................................................................... 18-10
TCCU Replacement....................................................................................................................................... 18-12
Transfer Case Removal ................................................................................................................................. 18-13
Removal of Transfer Case Electric Shift Component .................................................................................... 18-13
Rear Housing Removal.................................................................................................................................. 18-14
4WD Shift Component Removal .................................................................................................................... 18-15
Chain Drive System Removal ........................................................................................................................ 18-15
Rear Output Shaft/Pump Subassembly Removal.......................................................................................... 18-16
Deceleration Shift Component Removal........................................................................................................ 18-16
Front Output Shaft Subassembly Removal.................................................................................................... 18-17
Shift Cam Mechanism Removal..................................................................................................................... 18-17
Removal of Front Housing/Input Shaft/Planet Mechanism Subassembly...................................................... 18-18
Transfer Case Installation .............................................................................................................................. 18-19
Installation of Front Transfer Case Housing Subassembly............................................................................ 18-19
Installation of Front Housing/Input Shaft Subassembly/Planet Mechanism................................................... 18-21
Front Output Shaft Installation ....................................................................................................................... 18-22
Electric Shift Cam Installation ........................................................................................................................ 18-23
Deceleration Shift Component Installation..................................................................................................... 18-24
Output Shaft/Pump Subassembly Installation................................................................................................ 18-24
Chain Drive System Installation ..................................................................................................................... 18-25
Installation of 4WD Shift Component/Shift Lock Mechanism......................................................................... 18-25
Installation of Rear Transfer Case Housing Subassembly ............................................................................ 18-26
Installation of Transfer Case Housing Subassembly ..................................................................................... 18-27
Shift Motor Subassembly Installation............................................................................................................. 18-28
Contents
Rear Flange Component Installation & Lubricant Refill.................................................................................. 18-29
Installation of Transfer Case Transitional Housing (with AT) ......................................................................... 18-30

Special Tool ...................................................................................................................... 18-31

Description and Operation ................................................................................................ 18-32


Internal Structure of Transfer Case ................................................................................................................ 18-32
Function Description of Transfer Case........................................................................................................... 18-33
Transfer Case Power Flow............................................................................................................................. 18-33
2H Power Flow Chart ..................................................................................................................................... 18-34
Transfer Case Power Flow............................................................................................................................. 18-35
4H Power Flow Chart ..................................................................................................................................... 18-36
Transfer Case Power Flow............................................................................................................................. 18-37
4L Power Flow Chart...................................................................................................................................... 18-38

Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain) ............................................................ 19-1


Specification........................................................................................................................ 19-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 19-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 19-2


Transfer Case Layout....................................................................................................................................... 19-2
Transfer Case Exploded View.......................................................................................................................... 19-3

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 19-4


Replacement of Transfer Case Assembly........................................................................................................ 19-4
TCCU Replacement ......................................................................................................................................... 19-6
Refill & Drain of Transfer Case Lubricant......................................................................................................... 19-6
Removal/Installation of Transfer Case Transitional Housing ........................................................................... 19-6
Removal/Installation of Transfer Case Front Flange and Oil Seal ................................................................... 19-7
Removal/Installation of Transfer Case Rear Flange and Oil Seal.................................................................... 19-7
Removal/Installation of Transfer Case Motor Components.............................................................................. 19-8

Description and Operation .................................................................................................. 19-9


Internal Structure of Transfer Case .................................................................................................................. 19-9
Function Description of TOD Transfer Case .................................................................................................. 19-10

Propeller Shaft .............................................................................................. 20-1


Specification........................................................................................................................ 20-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 20-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 20-2


Propeller Shaft System (4WD) Layout ............................................................................................................. 20-2
Propeller Shaft System (2WD) Layout ............................................................................................................. 20-3
Exploded View of Front Drive Shaft Assembly................................................................................................. 20-4
Exploded View of Propeller Shaft Assembly .................................................................................................... 20-5
Contents
Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 20-6
Replacement of Front Drive Shaft Assembly (4WD)........................................................................................ 20-6
Replacement of Constant-velocity Universal Joint and its Dust Shield............................................................ 20-7
Replacement of Tripod Universal Joint and its Dust Shield ............................................................................. 20-8
Replacement of Propeller Shaft ....................................................................................................................... 20-9
Replacement of Cross Shaft .......................................................................................................................... 20-10
Replacement of Intermediate Support of Propeller Shaft .............................................................................. 20-11

Description and Operation ............................................................................................... 20-13

Front Axle and Rear Axle .............................................................................. 21-1


Specification....................................................................................................................... 21-1
Torque ............................................................................................................................................................. 21-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 21-2


Exploded View of Front Axle............................................................................................................................ 21-2
Exploded View of Rear Axle ............................................................................................................................ 21-4

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 21-6


Replacement of Front Axle Assembly.............................................................................................................. 21-6
Replacement of Rear Axle Assembly .............................................................................................................. 21-7
Refill & Drain of Front Axle Lubricant............................................................................................................... 21-8
Replacement of Front Axle Drive Gear Male Flange and Drive Gear Oil Seal ................................................ 21-8
Replacement of Front Axle Rim Oil Seal and Needle Bearing....................................................................... 21-10
Replacement of Front Axle Output Shaft ....................................................................................................... 21-11
Replacement of Front Axle Bracket ............................................................................................................... 21-11
Replacement of Front Axle Final Drive Assembly.......................................................................................... 21-12
Refill & Drain of Rear Axle Lubricant ............................................................................................................. 21-20
Replacement of Drive Gear Male Flange and Oil Seal .................................................................................. 21-20
Replacement of Drive Gear ........................................................................................................................... 21-22
Replacement of Differential Assembly ........................................................................................................... 21-25
Half Shaft Assembly....................................................................................................................................... 21-31
Rear Axle EDL Control Unit ........................................................................................................................... 21-33

Special Tool ..................................................................................................................... 21-34

Description and Operation ............................................................................................... 21-36


Front Axle and Rear Axle............................................................................................................................... 21-36
Electronic Differential Lock (EDL) .................................................................................................................. 21-37

Exteriors ........................................................................................................ 22-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 22-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 22-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 22-2


Contents
Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 22-4
Replacement of Front Windscreen Cover Plate Assembly .............................................................................. 22-4
Replacement of Radiator Grille Assembly........................................................................................................ 22-5
Replacement of License Plate Trim Panel ....................................................................................................... 22-6
Replacement of Exterior Rearview Mirror ........................................................................................................ 22-6
Replacement of Exterior Rearview Mirror Glass .............................................................................................. 22-7
Replacement of Interior Rearview Mirror.......................................................................................................... 22-7

Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches ................................................. 23-1


Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 23-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 23-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 23-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 23-5


Replacement of Front Door Interior Trim Panel Assembly............................................................................... 23-5
Replacement of Rear Door Interior Trim Panel ................................................................................................ 23-6
Replacement of Front/Rear Door Waterproof Membrane ................................................................................ 23-6
Replacement of Tailgate Trim Panel Assembly ............................................................................................... 23-7
Replacement of Treadboard Cover .................................................................................................................. 23-7
Replacement of Driver Compartment Roof Interior Assembly ......................................................................... 23-8
Replacement of A-pillar Upper Trim Panel....................................................................................................... 23-8
Replacement of A-pillar Lower Trim Panel....................................................................................................... 23-8
Replacement of B-pillar Upper Trim Panel....................................................................................................... 23-9
Replacement of C-pillar Upper Trim Panel..................................................................................................... 23-10
Replacement of Sun Visor Assembly ............................................................................................................. 23-10
Replacement of Rear Body Side Trim Panel Assembly ................................................................................. 23-11
Replacement of Rear Body Side Armrest ...................................................................................................... 23-11
Replacement of Roof Handles in Front Passenger Area and Passenger Compartment ............................... 23-11
Replacement of Footrest Assembly ............................................................................................................... 23-11
Replacement of Instrument Panel Body......................................................................................................... 23-12
Replacement of Instrument Panel Lower Body Assembly ............................................................................. 23-13
Replacement of Instrument Panel Beam........................................................................................................ 23-13
Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly ..................................................................................... 23-14
Replacement of Outer Cover Plate Assembly of Auxiliary Fascia Console Guard Plate ............................... 23-15
Replacement of CNSL Front Storage Box ..................................................................................................... 23-15
Replacement of Instrument Panel Side End Cover Assembly ....................................................................... 23-16
Replacement of Driver Side Instrument Panel Lower Guard Plate Assembly................................................ 23-16
Replacement of Driver Side Footrest Assembly............................................................................................. 23-17
Replacement of Upper and Lower Steering Column Shrouds ....................................................................... 23-17
Replacement of Instrument Panel Wood Grain Trim Panel Assembly (Cladding Trim Panel Assembly) ...... 23-18
Replacement of Front Passenger Side Footrest Assembly............................................................................ 23-18
Replacement of Glove Box Assembly ............................................................................................................ 23-19
Replacement of Instrument Cluster Shroud Assembly................................................................................... 23-19
Replacement of Driver Side Atmosphere Lamp ............................................................................................. 23-20
Contents
Replacement of Front Passenger Side Atmosphere Lamp............................................................................ 23-20
Replacement of Combination Switch Assembly ............................................................................................ 23-21
Replacement of Rearview Mirror Adjustment and Dimmer Switch Assembly................................................ 23-21
Replacement of Hazard Warning Lamp Switch ............................................................................................. 23-22
Replacement of Driver Side Window Regulator Switch Assembly ................................................................ 23-22
Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia Console Switch Set ................................................................................... 23-22

Seats ............................................................................................................. 24-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 24-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 24-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 24-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 24-3


Replacement of Driver Seat and Front Passenger Seat.................................................................................. 24-3
Replacement of Rear Seats............................................................................................................................. 24-4

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 24-4


Front Seat Assembly........................................................................................................................................ 24-4

Seat Belt........................................................................................................ 25-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 25-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 25-1

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 25-2


Precautions for handling expanded pretightening seat belt or lap belt pretensioner ....................................... 25-2
Precautions for handling unexpanded pretightening seat belt or lap belt pretensioner ................................... 25-2
Replacement of Driver/Front Passenger Seat Belt (Without Lap Belt Pretensioner)....................................... 25-2
Replacement of Driver/Front Passenger Seat Belt (With Lap Belt Pretensioner) ............................................ 25-3
Replacement of Height Regulator.................................................................................................................... 25-5
Replacement of Lap Belt Pretensioner (If Any)................................................................................................ 25-5
Replacement of Rear Seat Belt ....................................................................................................................... 25-6
Replacement of Front/Rear Seat Belt Buckle .................................................................................................. 25-6
Seat Belt Check/Test ....................................................................................................................................... 25-6

Special Tool ....................................................................................................................... 25-7

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 25-8


Front Seat Belt Pretensioner............................................................................................................................ 25-8
Seat Belt .......................................................................................................................................................... 25-8
Front Seat Belt ................................................................................................................................................. 25-8
Seat Belt Alarm Indicator ................................................................................................................................. 25-8

Rear Body ..................................................................................................... 26-1


Contents
Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 26-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 26-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 26-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 26-3


Tailgate Replacement ...................................................................................................................................... 26-3
Replacement of Tailgate Gas Stay Bar ............................................................................................................ 26-4

Power Liftgate ............................................................................................... 27-1


Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 27-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 27-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 27-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 27-3


Power Liftgate Replacement ............................................................................................................................ 27-3
Replacement of Power Liftgate Electric Stay Bar............................................................................................. 27-4
Replacement of Power Liftgate Balance Bar.................................................................................................... 27-5
Replacement of Power Liftgate Anti-pinch Molding.......................................................................................... 27-6
Replacement of Power Tailgate Control Box Assembly................................................................................... 27-7

Description and Operation .................................................................................................. 27-8


Introduction of Power Liftgate Parts Function .................................................................................................. 27-8
Operation Principles of System ........................................................................................................................ 27-8
Procedures for Aftersales Self-learning (Repeat Self-learning) ....................................................................... 27-9
Factors for Retriggering Self-learning .............................................................................................................. 27-9

Front Body..................................................................................................... 28-1


Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 28-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 28-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 28-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 28-4


Engine Hood Replacement .............................................................................................................................. 28-4
Replacement of Engine Hood Hinge ................................................................................................................ 28-5
Replacement of Gas Stay Bar.......................................................................................................................... 28-5
Fender Replacement........................................................................................................................................ 28-6

Entertainment System................................................................................... 29-1


Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 29-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 29-1
Contents
Layout ................................................................................................................................ 29-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 29-4


Replacement of MP5 display ........................................................................................................................... 29-4
Replacement of Radio+MP5+Mirrorlink ........................................................................................................... 29-4
Replacement of Radio+MP3 ............................................................................................................................ 29-5

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 29-6


Entertainment and Navigation System Control Diagram ................................................................................. 29-6
Entertainment Mainframe................................................................................................................................. 29-7
Audio Control Buttons on Steering Wheel ....................................................................................................... 29-7
Display ............................................................................................................................................................. 29-7
Full Range Speaker ......................................................................................................................................... 29-7
Tweeter ............................................................................................................................................................ 29-7
Antenna............................................................................................................................................................ 29-7
Operation ......................................................................................................................................................... 29-7

Frame ............................................................................................................ 30-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 30-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 30-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 30-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 30-3


Mount Installation............................................................................................................................................. 30-3

Stationary Windows ...................................................................................... 31-1


Layout ................................................................................................................................ 31-1
Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 31-2
Replacement of Front Door Window Glass...................................................................................................... 31-2
Replacement of Rear Door Window Glass ...................................................................................................... 31-2
Replacement of Rear Side Window Glass....................................................................................................... 31-3
Replacement of Front Door Quarter Window................................................................................................... 31-4
Replacement of Front Windscreen .................................................................................................................. 31-4
Replacement of Rear Windscreen ................................................................................................................... 31-6

Doors............................................................................................................. 32-1
Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 32-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 32-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 32-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 32-3


Contents
Replacement of Front Door/Hinge.................................................................................................................... 32-3
Replacement of Rear Door/Hinge .................................................................................................................... 32-4
Front Door Adjustment ..................................................................................................................................... 32-5
Front Door Hinge Adjustment........................................................................................................................... 32-5
Replacement of Front Door Lock Assembly..................................................................................................... 32-6
Replacement of Front Door Lock Catch Assembly .......................................................................................... 32-7
Rear Door Adjustment...................................................................................................................................... 32-8
Rear Door Hinge Adjustment ........................................................................................................................... 32-8
Replacement of Rear Door Lock Assembly ..................................................................................................... 32-9
Replacement of Rear Door Lock Catch Assembly ......................................................................................... 32-10
Replacement of Engine Hood Lock Assembly ............................................................................................... 32-11
Replacement of Front/Rear Door Outer Handle............................................................................................. 32-11
Replacement of Front/Rear Door Inner Handle.............................................................................................. 32-12
Replacement of Front Door Window Regulator Assembly ............................................................................. 32-13
Replacement of Rear Door Window Regulator Assembly.............................................................................. 32-14
Replacement of Fuel Filler Flap Assembly..................................................................................................... 32-15

Description and Operation ................................................................................................ 32-15


Description and Operation.............................................................................................................................. 32-15
Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 32-15

Roof (Sunroof)............................................................................................... 33-1


Layout ................................................................................................................................. 33-1

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 33-3


Replacement of Panoramic Sunroof Assembly................................................................................................ 33-3
Replacement of Front Sunroof Glass Assembly (Panoramic Sunroof) ............................................................ 33-3
Replacement of Rear Sunroof Glass Assembly (Panoramic Sunroof)............................................................. 33-4
Replacement of Front Sunroof Motor (Panoramic Sunroof)............................................................................. 33-4
Replacement of Front Sunroof Sunshade Assembly (Panoramic Sunroof) ..................................................... 33-5
Replacement of Wind Guide Assembly (Panoramic Sunroof).......................................................................... 33-6
Replacement of Front Sunroof Assembly (Common Sunroof) ......................................................................... 33-6
Replacement of Front Sunroof Glass Assembly (Common Sunroof)............................................................... 33-7
Replacement of Front Sunroof Motor (Common Sunroof) ............................................................................... 33-7

Description and Operation .................................................................................................. 33-8


System Control Diagram .................................................................................................................................. 33-8
Sunroof Assembly ............................................................................................................................................ 33-9
Sunroof Switch ................................................................................................................................................. 33-9
Sunroof Glass................................................................................................................................................... 33-9
Sunroof Sunshade............................................................................................................................................ 33-9
Input and Output of the Motor and Drive Unit................................................................................................... 33-9
Sunroof Switch Operation ................................................................................................................................ 33-9
Mechanical Key Operation ............................................................................................................................... 33-9
Anti-pinch Function........................................................................................................................................... 33-9
Initialization of Sunroof Assembly .................................................................................................................. 33-10
Contents
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) ........................................................ 34-1
Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 34-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 34-1
SRS-ECU Parameters ..................................................................................................................................... 34-1
Frontal/Side Impact Sensor Parameters.......................................................................................................... 34-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 34-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 34-5


Replacement of Steering Wheel (Driver) Airbag Assembly ............................................................................. 34-5
Replacement of Instrument Panel (Front Passenger) Airbag Assembly.......................................................... 34-6
Replacement of Curtain Airbag Assembly ....................................................................................................... 34-7
Replacement of Curtain Airbag Bracket........................................................................................................... 34-8
Replacement of Airbag Control Module ........................................................................................................... 34-8
Replacement of Airbag Frontal Impact Sensor ................................................................................................ 34-9
Replacement of Airbag Side Impact Sensor .................................................................................................... 34-9

Body Control System .................................................................................... 35-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 35-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 35-1
Body Controller Parameters............................................................................................................................. 35-1
Gateway Parameters ....................................................................................................................................... 35-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 35-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 35-5


Replacement of Body Control Module ............................................................................................................. 35-5
Gateway Replacement..................................................................................................................................... 35-5
Replacement of Driver Assist System Controller ............................................................................................. 35-6
Replacement of Rain/Solar Sensor.................................................................................................................. 35-6

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 35-7


Function Description ........................................................................................................................................ 35-8
Description ....................................................................................................................................................... 35-8
Operation ......................................................................................................................................................... 35-9
Load Management ......................................................................................................................................... 35-11

PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start) ............................................. 36-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 36-1
PEPS-ECU Parameters ................................................................................................................................... 36-1
RKE Parameters .............................................................................................................................................. 36-1
Door Handle Antenna Parameters................................................................................................................... 36-2
Parameters of Low-Frequency Antenna Inside the Vehicle............................................................................. 36-2
Tailgate Antenna Parameters .......................................................................................................................... 36-2
Contents
Layout ................................................................................................................................. 36-3

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 36-4


Replacement of Low-Frequency Antenna (Instrument Panel) Inside the Vehicle ............................................ 36-4
Replacement of Low-Frequency Antenna (Auxiliary Fascia Console) Inside the Vehicle................................ 36-4
Replacement of Ceiling Low-Frequency Antenna ............................................................................................ 36-5
Replacement of Front Door Handle Antenna ................................................................................................... 36-5
Replacement of Tailgate Antenna .................................................................................................................... 36-5
Replacement of Tailgate Induction Open Sensor............................................................................................. 36-6
Replacement of PEPS Controller ECU ............................................................................................................ 36-6
Replacement of Start-Stop Switch ................................................................................................................... 36-7
Replacement of Clock Spring Assembly and Clock Spring Returning Ring..................................................... 36-7
Replacement of Immobilizer Base Station ....................................................................................................... 36-8
Replacement of Remote Control Receiving Module ........................................................................................ 36-8

Description and Operation .................................................................................................. 36-9


PEPS System Control Diagram........................................................................................................................ 36-9
Immobilizer System Control Diagram............................................................................................................. 36-10
Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 36-11
Mounting Location .......................................................................................................................................... 36-11
Operation of Passive Entry and Passive Start (PEPS) .................................................................................. 36-11
Identifier/Smart Key........................................................................................................................................ 36-11
Normal Locking/Unlocking Operation............................................................................................................. 36-11
Function of Smart Key in PEPS ..................................................................................................................... 36-11
Effect of Smart Key on Vehicle Access .......................................................................................................... 36-11
Effect of Smart Key on Vehicle Start .............................................................................................................. 36-11
Exterior Door Handle Antenna/Switch (HSU)................................................................................................. 36-12
LF Antenna..................................................................................................................................................... 36-12
Internal LF Antenna........................................................................................................................................ 36-12
LF Antenna of Rear Bumper Upholstery ........................................................................................................ 36-12
Start-Stop Button (SSB) ................................................................................................................................. 36-13
PEPS ECU ..................................................................................................................................................... 36-13

Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ................................................................ 37-1


Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 37-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 37-1
DC Stabilizer Parameters................................................................................................................................. 37-1
On-board Inverter Parameters ......................................................................................................................... 37-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 37-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 37-4


Replacement of On-board Inverter Assembly .................................................................................................. 37-4
Replacement of DC Stabilizer Assembly.......................................................................................................... 37-5
Replacement of Cigar Lighter........................................................................................................................... 37-5
Replacement of Power Outlet .......................................................................................................................... 37-6
Contents
Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 37-6
DC Stabilizer .................................................................................................................................................... 37-6
On-board Inverter............................................................................................................................................. 37-6

Parking Assist System................................................................................... 38-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 38-1
Parking Distance Control, Radar Sensor and Camera .................................................................................... 38-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 38-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 38-5


Replacement of Parking Distance Control ....................................................................................................... 38-5
Replacement of Front Bumper Radar Sensor and its Bracket......................................................................... 38-5
Replacement of Rear Bumper Radar Sensor and its Bracket ......................................................................... 38-6
Replacement of Front Camera......................................................................................................................... 38-6
Replacement of Rear Camera ......................................................................................................................... 38-7

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 38-8


Description ....................................................................................................................................................... 38-8
Operation ......................................................................................................................................................... 38-9

Tire Pressure Monitoring ............................................................................... 39-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 39-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 39-1
Controller Performance Index .......................................................................................................................... 39-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 39-2


Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 39-3
Replacement of Tire Pressure Monitoring Control Module .............................................................................. 39-3
Replacement of Tire Pressure Sensor............................................................................................................. 39-3

Instructions for Handheld TPMS Match Tool ..................................................................... 39-4


1. Introduction of Handheld TPMS Match Tool ................................................................................................ 39-4
Overview .......................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
Package ........................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
Appearance...................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
Schematic Diagram.......................................................................................................................................... 39-4
Keyboard.......................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
2 Battery and Charging of Handheld TPMS Match Tool
........................................................................................................................................................................ 39-5
3 Radio Frequency Parameters of Handheld TPMS Match Tool..................................................................... 39-5
4 Configuration File of Handheld TPMS Natch Tool ........................................................................................ 39-5
5 Handheld TPMS Match Tool: Match mode ................................................................................................... 39-6

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 39-7


Contents
Lighting System............................................................................................. 40-1
Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 40-1
Bulb Specification............................................................................................................................................. 40-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 40-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 40-3


Replacement of Front Combination Headlamp ................................................................................................ 40-3
Replacement of Front Fog Lamp...................................................................................................................... 40-3
Replacement of Front Roof Interior Reading Lamp Assembly ......................................................................... 40-4
Replacement of Rear Roof Interior Reading Lamp Assembly.......................................................................... 40-5
Replacement of Rear Combination Headlamp A ............................................................................................. 40-6
Replacement of Rear Combination Headlamp B ............................................................................................. 40-6
Replacement of Rear Roof Interior Reading Lamp Assembly.......................................................................... 40-7
Replacement of Rear Height Sensor and Bracket ........................................................................................... 40-7
Replacement of Rear Combination Lamp ........................................................................................................ 40-8
Replacement of License Lamp......................................................................................................................... 40-9
Replacement of Reflex Reflector.................................................................................................................... 40-10
Replacement of High Mounted Stop Lamp .................................................................................................... 40-10

Air Conditioning............................................................................................. 41-1


Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 41-1
Parameters....................................................................................................................................................... 41-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 41-1
Technical Requirements of A/C:....................................................................................................................... 41-2
Technical Parameters of A/C Components ...................................................................................................... 41-3

Troubleshooting Information and Procedure....................................................................... 41-5


Layout ................................................................................................................................. 41-7

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 41-8


Coolant Drain and Refill ................................................................................................................................... 41-8
Replacement of A/C Compressor Assembly .................................................................................................... 41-9
Refill of Refrigerant Oil ................................................................................................................................... 41-10
Replacement of Compressor Intake/Exhaust Pipe Assembly ........................................................................ 41-11
Condenser Replacement................................................................................................................................ 41-12
Replacement of Front A/C Assembly ............................................................................................................. 41-13
Replacement of Front Floor Air Duct.............................................................................................................. 41-14
Replacement of Front Heater Water Inlet Pipe Assembly.............................................................................. 41-14
Replacement of Rear Floor Air Duct .............................................................................................................. 41-15
Replacement of Rear A/C Assembly.............................................................................................................. 41-16
Replacement of Front A/C Control Panel ....................................................................................................... 41-18
Replacement of Rear A/C Control Panel........................................................................................................ 41-18
Replacement of Transmission Oil Cooler Pipe Assembly .............................................................................. 41-19
Replacement of Transmission Oil Cooler Water Inlet/Outlet Pipe Assembly ................................................. 41-19
Contents
Replacement of Front A/C Intake/Outlet Pipe Assembly ............................................................................... 41-20
Replacement of Rear A/C Intake/Outlet Pipe Assembly................................................................................ 41-21
Replacement of Air Pressure/Temperature Sensor ....................................................................................... 41-22
Replacement of Rear A/C Air Duct ................................................................................................................ 41-23

Description and Operation ............................................................................................... 41-24


Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 41-24
Operating Principle ........................................................................................................................................ 41-24
HVAC Schematic Diagram............................................................................................................................. 41-24
Introduction of Parts Function ........................................................................................................................ 41-26

Wiper/Washer System................................................................................... 42-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 42-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 42-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 42-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 42-4


Replacement of Front Wiper Blade.................................................................................................................. 42-4
Replacement of Wiper Arm Assembly ............................................................................................................. 42-4
Replacement of Wiper Linkage Assembly (with Motor) ................................................................................... 42-4
Replacement of Wiper Motor Assembly........................................................................................................... 42-5
Replacement of Washer Reservoir Body Assembly ........................................................................................ 42-5
Replacement of Washer Reservoir Cover Assembly ....................................................................................... 42-6
Replacement of Front Windscreen Washer Pump........................................................................................... 42-6
Replacement of Front Washer Fluid Hose and Nozzle .................................................................................... 42-7
Replacement of Rear Wiper Blade .................................................................................................................. 42-7
Replacement of Rear Wiper Arm Assembly .................................................................................................... 42-7
Replacement of Rear Wiper Motor Assembly.................................................................................................. 42-8

Description and Operation ................................................................................................. 42-8

Horn .............................................................................................................. 43-1


Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................ 43-1
Torque.............................................................................................................................................................. 43-1
Horn Parameters.............................................................................................................................................. 43-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................ 43-2


Layout .............................................................................................................................................................. 43-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................ 43-3


Horn Replacement ........................................................................................................................................... 43-3

Bumper.......................................................................................................... 44-1
Contents
Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 44-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 44-1

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 44-2

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 44-3


Impact Check ................................................................................................................................................... 44-3
Replacement of Front Bumper ......................................................................................................................... 44-3
Replacement of Front Bumper Bracket ............................................................................................................ 44-5
Replacement of Rear Bumper.......................................................................................................................... 44-6
Replacement of Rear Bumper Bracket............................................................................................................. 44-7
Replacement of Rear Bumper Beam Assembly............................................................................................... 44-9

On-board Communication System ................................................................ 45-1


Technical Parameters ......................................................................................................... 45-1
Torque .............................................................................................................................................................. 45-1
TBOX Technical Parameters............................................................................................................................ 45-1
GNSS Technical Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 45-2
4G Antenna and BD/GPS Antenna Technical Parameters .............................................................................. 45-3

Layout ................................................................................................................................. 45-4

Repair Guidance ................................................................................................................. 45-5


Replacement of BD/GPS Output Antenna ....................................................................................................... 45-5
Replacement of On-board Communication Module ......................................................................................... 45-5
Replacement of 4G Antenna Assembly ........................................................................................................... 45-6
Overview
Overview

Overview
Battery Disconnection jack standard to support the other end. This can avoid
vehicle damage, serious personal injury and even death.
Before servicing any electrical components, ensure the
ignition key is in "OFF" or "LOCK" position and all Window Removal
electrical loads are turned "OFF", unless otherwise stated
To avoid injury, wear certified goggles and gloves when
in the operating procedure. If the exposed live terminals
machining any type of glass.
can be accessed easily by any tool or device, be sure to
disconnect the negative battery cable. Violation of these
safety instructions could cause personal injury and/or
Drive Belt Repair
damage to the vehicle or its components.
Do not repair the drive belt. Repairing of the drive belt
could cause belt texture breakage. Failure to observe this
instruction may cause the damage to drive belt.
Electric Coolant Fan
The fan under the engine hood may start and cause
injury even when the engine is not running. Be careful to
Fasteners
keep your hands, clothes and tool away from the fan.
Use the correct fastener in the correct location. Fastener
replacement must have correct part number. Fasteners
requiring thread locker, lubricating oil, corrosion inhibitor
Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces
or sealant and fasteners requiring the replacement shall
To avoid injury, do not come into contact with moving
be specified in the service procedures. Unless otherwise
parts and hot surfaces while the engine is running.
stated, do not apply paint, lubricating oil or corrosion
inhibitor to the fasteners or the junction surface. These
coating will affect the torque and connection force of the
Radiator Cap Removal fastener and cause damages to fastener. Follow correct
To avoid scalding, do not remove the radiator cap or tightening sequence and torque for fastener installation.
auxiliary water tank cap while the engine is hot. Power Steering Fluid
Otherwise the boiling high-pressure fluid and steam will Use proper power steering fluid when refilling or
be flown out of the cooling system. completely replacing the fluid. Use of improper fluid could
cause damage to hoses or seals and fluid leakage.

Fuel Pressure Relief


Before servicing any components of the fuel system, be
sure to relieve pressure in the system to avoid fire hazard
and injury. Servicing fuel pipe or joint can cause spilling of
a small amount of fuel. To prevent personal injury, cover
the adjuster and fuel pipe joints with cotton towels before
disconnection so as to absorb leaked fuel. After
disconnecting the fuel pipe, place the towels in a proper
container.

Vehicle Lifting
Before removing any main component from one end of
the vehicle, or using a hook to support the vehicle, use a

1-1
Overview

1-2
General
General

General

Specification system on the single car. The brake system employs the
9th generation BOSCH ESP system. It is the only one in
D90 is the first large-scale C2B intelligent customized
the same-level models that uses the latest
model introduced by SAIC MOTOR, which is positioned
ESP+TCS+EBD system of BOSCH, and it also provides
as network intelligent customized SUV. As an elaborate
the RMI and EBA functions; it monitors the driving state
design of the world-famous Torino company, D90 model
in real time, applies brake force to one or more wheels
achieves a perfect balance between the dynamic
when necessary, and keeps the vehicle in normal drive
appearance and the ride space; the new generation of
ways; by controlling the engine speed and output torque,
SAIC MOTOR engines with cutting-edge technology and
it adjusts the drive force and brake force of each wheel to
high efficiency of this model are equipped with
correct oversteer and understeer. This ensures that the
turbochargers and intercoolers which are longitudinally
vehicle can keep the driver away from danger and greatly
arranged on the frame, power is transmitted by the
improve driving safety under straight line, sharp turn or
transmission propeller shaft so as to provide rear wheel
emergency conditions.
drive; the engine introduces relevant program to control
the in-cylinder direct injection system, which improves the Front/Rear Ventilated Disc Brake
combustion efficiency and takes low fuel consumption
Disc brake system is applied on both front and rear
and low emission into consideration, the emission meets
wheels. And front and rear wheels both use the
the European stage V standard. The level of the power,
ventilated disc brake with good heat dissipation
noise and fuel consumption can match the latest
performance and brake performance. Meanwhile, good
international standard. Integrated with the excellent
brake performance can be realized by improving the
performance of 20L4E engine, the maximum
rigidity of the brake pedal, employing brake linings of high
horsepower of it can reach 224Ps, with the maximum
friction coefficient and developing new tire with strong
torque of 360N.m. 6-speed manual transmission and 6-
adhesion, etc. When supplying strong brake force, the
speed automatic transmission of D90 SUV are matched.
front/rear ventilated disc brake greatly enhances the heat
In addition, D90 applies the chassis of high comfort
dissipation effect of the brake and effectively prevents
accurately calibrated by the Lotus Cars, European body
decay of the brake force on mountain road and under
structure design and the latest generation of BOSCH
frequent brake conditions. D90 model is equipped with 3-
ESP security system. And D90 model can provide 3
zone automatic temperature control (ATC) system, which
types of seats layout: 5-seat, 6-seat and 7-seat. More
can independently control the temperature of each zone.
flexible seats layout can be selected during car ordering,
The seat of each row is provided with the special A/C
so as to meet the actual requirements of different users.
outlet. The A/C outlet of the rear row applies the
Owing to the large size of D90 model, sufficient space
concealed design, the layout of the outlet reflects the
can still be provided even when 3-row seats layout is
humane design.
selected. And various interiors are available in the vehicle
for different demands. This model is also equipped with
abundant advanced, humane and comfortable
configurations such as luxury power sunroof, PEPS,
start/stop button (SSB) system, automatic wiper,
multifunctional steering wheel, AFS, HID automatic
halogen headlamp, center console 12.3-inch touch
screen, LCD instrument panel, rear seats air conditioner
and 220V power interface, etc. D90 model carries
integral bridge suspension with double-wishbone at the
front and 5-link suspension at the rear. And it acts as a
pioneer to provide real-time 4WD and part-time 4WD

2-1
General

Technical Parameters
Main Technical Parameters of Complete Vehicle

Model SH6501FAG5 SH6501FAG5-A SH6501GAG5 SH6501GAG5-A

Drive type 4X2, front-engine RWD 4X4, front-engine 4WD

Overall dimension L (A), 5005


mm

Overall dimension W (B), 1932


mm

Overall dimension H (C), 1875


mm

Wheel base D, mm 2950

Front overhang E/rear 935/1120


overhang F, mm

Front wheel track G, mm 1600

Rear wheel track H, mm 1620

Minimum turning circle 12


diameter, m

Fuel tank capacity, L 75

Note: The technical parameters are only provided as a basis for vehicle model selection, please refer to
the Vehicle Certification for actual specifications.

2-2
General

Key Engine Parameters

Engine model NLE 2.0T

Engine model In-line 4-cylinder, water-cooling, turbocharged inter-cooling


and in-cylinder GDI (gasoline direct injection) engine

Displacement, L 1.995

Number of cylinder 4

Cylinder diameter, mm 88

Stroke, mm 82

Volume compression ratio 10:1

Rated power, KW 165

Speed at rated power, rpm 5300

Maximum net power, KW 160

Maximum torque, Nm 360

Speed at max. torque, rpm 2500~3500

Speed at max. torque, rpm 750 ± 30


Fuel type & grade 92# and above gasoline of national stage V standard and
above

Key Transmission Parameters

Type 6MT SAGW 6MT DYMOS 6AT Punch

1st gear 4.340 4.371 4.065

2nd gear 2.264 2.270 2.371


3rd gear 1.504 1.443 1.551
4th gear 1.152 1.000 1.157
5th gear 1.000 0.817 0.853
6th gear 0.720 0.679 0.674
Reverse gear 3.870 4.253 3.2
Transmitted torque (N.m) 350 350 350
Operations Direct Direct Remote cable

2-3
General

Wheel Alignment Parameters

Items Four-wheel Alignment Parameter (Unilateral Four-wheel Alignment Parameter (Bilateral


Nominal Value and Tolerance) Sum/Difference)

Front wheel camber 0 ± 0.5° Difference between left and right ≤ 0.5°
Front wheel kingpin 3.6 ± 0.8° Difference between left and right ≤ 0.5°
caster

Front wheel toe-in angle 0 ± 0.15° Total front toe-in ≤ 0.15°


Rear wheel toe-in angle 0°± 0.25° -

Rear wheel camber 0°± 0.25° -

Rear shaft thrust angle 0°± 0.25° -

Wheel and Tire Parameters

Items Parameters

Wheel dimension 7.5Jx18 7.5Jx19 7Jx17 8.5Jx21

Tire dimension 255/60R18 255/55R19 255/65R17 265/45R21

Tire pressure Front 220kPa/2.2bar/ 220kPa/2.2bar/ 220kPa/2.2bar/ 230kPa/2.3bar/


(cold) wheels 32psi 32psi 32psi 33psi

Rear 220kPa/2.2bar/ 270kPa/2.7bar/ 270kPa/2.7bar/ 280kPa/2.8bar/


wheels 32psi 39psi 39psi 41psi

Small spare tire dimension 245/65R17 245/65R17 245/65R17 245/65R17

Small spare tire pressure 290kPa/2.9bar/ 290kPa/2.9bar/ 290kPa/2.9bar/ 290kPa/2.9bar/


(cold) 42psi 42psi 42psi 42psi

Full size spare tire dimension 255/60R18 255/55R19 255/65R17 265/45R21

Full size spare tire pressure 270kPa/2.7bar/ 270kPa/2.7bar/ 270kPa/2.7bar/ 280kPa/2.8bar/


(cold) 39psi 39psi 39psi 41psi

Body Color

White Blanc white

Gray Lava gray

Blue Jewelry blue

Golden Amber gold

Champaign gold

Silver Aurora silver

Red Zircon red

Green Olive green

Black Obsidian black

2-4
General

Vehicle Identification Number


Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) - Location

VIN

VIN
VIN
GS010002

Example of VIN: LSFA431J0HAXXXXXX

Vehicle Identification

Digit Code Description

1~3 LSF Automaker identification number

4 A Vehicle brand

MAXUS

5 4 Vehicle length (chassis length)

L<5.0m

6 3 Driver compartment type

Without integrated driver compartment

7 1 Power source layout

Front engine

8 J Power source feature

J: 150<= P < 250


9 O Check digit

10 H Model year

H = 2017

11 A Assembly plant

A = manufacturer

12~17 XXXXXX (6 digits) Production serial number

2-5
General

Lifting and Towing


Front/Rear Jacking Point of the Vehicle
Lifting
Lifting Description The jack of the vehicle is only applied to replace wheels
in emergency. Do not use it for other purposes.
Before lifting the vehicle, note the followings:

·The vehicle shall be parked on a level and firm ground.

·Apply the parking brake.

·Select P or N gear.

Do not put the jack or axle bracket under the following


components:

·Body structural parts

·Bumper

·Fuel pipe GS010003

·Brake pipe
If using the jack to replace wheels, ensure that the jack is
·Front suspension arm placed on a solid level ground and under the supporting
·Steering connecting mechanism point near the wheel to be removed. Note: the round
head of the jack must be in the corresponding slot on the
·Rear suspension arm baseplate.

·Fuel tank Warning: Do not operate under a vehicle


supported by a jack only. The vehicle must be
·Engine oil pan
supported on a safe device.
·Transmission housing

·Rear towing eye


Hydraulic Jack
Note: Lift and support the front of vehicle under
The hydraulic jack to be used must have a bearing
the front jacking point and/or the supporting
bracket on the front part of front subframe. capacity of at least 1,500kg.

Warning: Operations can be carried out under the


vehicle only when the vehicle is safely and
reliably supported.
Warning: Please use a block to lock the wheel
when using the jack. Lift and support the vehicle.

Front wheel jacking point: on the plane under the


longitudinal beam (between the 4th beam and the 2nd
mount).

Rear wheel jacking point: on the rear axle housing


(90mm from the rear leaf spring), and the concave side of
the jack shall be aligned with the curved surface of the
rear axle housing sleeve. The jack of the vehicle is only

2-6
General

applied to replace wheels in emergency, do not use it for Roadside Assistance


any other purpose. Instructions for Roadside Assistance

Caution: Lift or support the vehicle on the It is recommended that a rescue trailer or a two-wheel
specified location only, or damage to the body or rescue vehicle shall be used. In emergency, use a towing
chassis component may occur. vehicle with front towing point.

Warning: Operations can be carried out under the Front Towing Eye
vehicle only when the vehicle is safely and
reliably supported.
Warning: Please use a block to lock the wheel
when using the jack.
Warning: Column Lifter

GS010005

In the front of the vehicle, non-removable towing eye can


be used for rescue operation. Front towing eye is welded
at the right bottom of anti-collision beam.

Caution: The mass that the front towing eye can


bear is 1/2GVW (total mass), do not exceed this
GS010004
value.
Place the mat at appropriate jacking point for lifting Rear Towing Eye
operation.

Front jacking point: between the 4th beam and the 2nd
mount.

Rear jacking point: on the plane before the leaf spring


bracket.

GS010006

In the rear of the vehicle, removable towing eye can be


used for rescue operation. The towing eye is usually kept
in the toolbox and should be put back after use. When
installing the towing eye, the towing eye cover at the right
side of the rear bumper shall be removed first, then screw
the towing eye into the mounting position of the rear
bumper assembly (bumper beam). The rear towing eye
can only be used to tow light vehicles. The rear towing

2-7
General

point of the vehicle equipped with manual transmission AWD Vehicles


can be used for rear towing.

Caution: The mass that the rear towing eye can


bear is 1/2 GVW (total mass), do not exceed this
value.

GS010007

For AWD vehicles, the vehicle shall be towed with all


wheels off the ground, this operation involves use of the
wheel lift, wheel trolley or flat-bed trailer.

2-8
General

Maintenance and Lubrication


Liquid Capacity

The following capacity values are merely approximate


value of liquids to be refilled into the corresponding
system.

Items Grade Capacity

Engine lubricating oil (NLE 2.0T), L ACEA C3 5W-30 5.6


Engine coolant, L JFL-3(-35 ℃ ) 11.5
6-speed manual transmission oil Fuchs MTF SAE 75W-85
(SAGW), L 2.5( ± 0.1)

6-speed manual transmission oil Fuchs MTF SAE 75W-85


(DYMOS), L 2.5

Automatic transmission oil, L petro-Canada DEXRON VI 10.2


Brake fluid, L Laike 901-4 DOT 4 0.66
Washer fluid, L General low-freezing detergent 2.3 (front)
2.3 (rear)
Air conditioning refrigerant, g R134a 900 ± 30 (dual-zone A/C
system)
620 ± 30 (single-zone A/C
system)
Front axle lubricant, L Total/Tampo GL-5 80W-90 0.9
Rear axle lubricant, L Total/Tampo GL-5 80W-90 1.74
Transfer case lubricant (real-time Mobil LT
4WD, ATS 4WD system), L 1.5

Transfer case lubricant (part-time ATF-DEXRON III


4WD), L 1.5

2-9
General

Fuel, Lubricant and Operating Fluid

Antifreeze specification Non-methanol product: ethylene glycol product


Use antifreeze certified by SAIC MAXUS only

Solution concentration 50% antifreeze, 50% water

Capacity 11.5 L

Sealant/Thread Locking Agent

Loctite 680 or 11264 Bowl plug

Loctite 510 Turbocharger oil return pipe transition connector

Molykote 111 O-ring (rear crankshaft bearing, rear bearing seat)

Polymer 400 Cylinder liner O-ring

Loctite 567 or Tonsan 1567F Coolant temperature sensor

Screw plug

Loctite 271 or Tonsan 1262 Engine support stud

Teflon grease Vacuum pump check valve

Oil pressure warning switch

Molycote P-1500 grease Fuel injector

Loctite 5900 Rear crankshaft bearing seat

Gear chamber casing

2-10
General

Service and Maintenance

S Items Regular maintenance Refill capacity Grade Recommended


N. brands

1 Engine oil 5,000km for first 5L ACEA 5W-30


maintenance and every
7,500km for subsequent
maintenances

2 Replace oil 5,000km for first


filter maintenance and every
7,500km for subsequent
maintenances (also
replace the oil filter cover
seal ring)

3 Replace air Replace every 20,000km


filter element

4 Replace fuel Replace every 40,000km


filter

5 Replace 6MT (SAGW): 10,000km 2.5L( ± 0.1L) GL4 75W-85 Fuchs MTF SAE
transmission for first maintenance and 75W-85, Castrol
fluid every 80,000km for BOT581, Shell
subsequent MTF GJ and SK
maintenances MTF 75W-85
201005

6 6MT (DYMOS): 2.5L GL4 75W-85 Fuchs MTF SAE


60,000km or 4 years for 75W-85, Castrol
first maintenance, BOT581, Shell
120,000km for MTF GJ and SK
subsequent maintenance MTF 75W-85
201005

7 6AT6AT- LDV countries: 10.2L petro-Canada DEXRON VI


Replace every
160,000km (replace oil
filter)

6AT- non-LDV countries:


Replace every
100,000km (replace oil
filter)

8 Replace Replace every 2 years or 11.5L JFL-3 (-35 ℃ )


engine every 60,000km
coolant

9 V-belt Replace every 3 years or


every 80,000km

10 Timing 80,000km/4 years


tensioner
pulley

11 Brake fluid 2 years/60,000km 0.66L DOT4

12 Transfer case Every 80,000km 1.5L Mobil LT


lubricant

2-11
General

S Items Regular maintenance Refill capacity Grade Recommended


N. brands

13 Front axle 3,000-5,000km for first 0.9L GL-5 80W-90 (Shanghai


lubricant maintenance and every 3 Tempo/Total)
years or 80,000km for
subsequent
maintenances

14 Rear axle 3,000-5,000km for first 1.74L GL-5 80W-90 (Shanghai


lubricant maintenance and every 3 Tempo/Total)
years or 80,000km for
subsequent
maintenances

2-12
Engine Mechanical System
Engine Mechanical System

Specification

Torque

Fastener Tightening Torque

Items Torque (N.m)

Bolt - automatic tensioner 35 ± 3N.m


Bolt - steering pump bracket 25 ± 3N.m
Bolt - mechanical vacuum pump 8-12N.m

Bolt - oil control valve 5-7N.m

Bolt - oil control valve cap 9-11N.m

Bolt - thermostat housing 8-12N.m

Nut - thermostat housing 9-11N.m

Coolant temperature sensor 15-17N.m

Bolt - thermostat housing 22-28N.m

Bolt - phase modulator 40N.m+120°


Bolt - oil-gas separator 9-11N.m

Cylinder head check

Bolt - piston cooling nozzle 25N.m

Bolt - signal wheel 14-16N.m

Bolt - crankshaft holder (special tool) 9-11N.m

Bolt - connecting rod 25N.m+90°


Bolt - rear crankshaft oil seal 9-11N.m

Bolt - flywheel 30N.m+60°


Bolt - auxiliary water pump bracket 9-11N.m

Bolt - camshaft cover to cylinder head 9-11N.m

Bolt - intake camshaft observation hole 5-7N.m

Nut - intake manifold 23-27N.m

Stud - intake manifold to cylinder head 9-11N.m

Bolt - intake manifold bracket 23-26N.m

Nut - exhaust manifold 25 ± 2N.m


Stud - exhaust manifold to cylinder head 13-17N.m

Stud - exhaust manifold to turbocharger 8-12N.m

Bolt - exhaust manifold heat shield 22-25N.m

Bolt - oil pump 23-27N.m

Bolt - oil pump sprocket 63-67N.m

Oil drain plug 20-25N.m

3-1
Engine Mechanical System

Fastener Tightening Torque

Bolt - oil suction pipe 9-11N.m

Bolt - oil pan 8-12N.m

Bolt - air compressor 23 ± 2N.m


Bolt - timing chain cover M12 80-90N.m

Bolt - idler pulley A 32-38N.m

Bolt - idler pulley C 45-55N.m

Bolt - timing chain cover M8 23-27N.m

Bolt - timing chain cover M6 9-11N.m

Bolt - timing chain cover to oil pan 9-11N.m

Bolt - water pump pulley 9-11N.m

Bolt - crankshaft pulley 85N.m+90°


Bolt - cylinder head to cylinder block 45N.m +90°+90°
Bolt - water pump inlet pipe 9-11N.m

Nut - turbocharger to exhaust manifold 28-32N.m

Bolt - Turbocharger heat shield 22-25N.m

Stud - turbocharger to exhaust manifold 15 ± 2N.m


Nut - turbocharger water outlet pipe 35-40N.m

Hallow bolt - turbocharger coolant inlet pipe 35-40N.m

Bolt - turbocharger coolant inlet pipe clamp 9-11N.m

Bolt - turbocharger oil return pipe to turbocharger 9-11N.m

Bolt - turbocharger oil return pipe clamp 7-10N.m

Bolt - turbocharger oil inlet pipe to turbocharger oil return pipe 7-10N.m
clamp

Hallow bolt - turbocharger oil inlet pipe 18-22N.m

Bolt - turbocharger oil inlet pipe 18-22N.m

Bolt - oil filter module 22-28N.m

Bolt - oil pump chain tensioner 23-27N.m

Bolt - timing chain guide rail 23-27N.m

Bolt - timing chain upper guide rail 9-11N.m

Bolt - timing chain tensioner 9-11N.m

Bolt - bearing ladder to bearing 35N.m +90°+45°


Bolt - bearing ladder to cylinder block 23-27N.m

Nut -front engine mount to front engine mount bracket 110 ± 10N.m
Bolt -front engine mount bracket to engine 60 ± 5N.m
Bolt -front engine mount to subframe 60 ± 5N.m
Bolt - engine lower guard plate (M8) 16 ± 2N.m

3-2
Engine Mechanical System

Fastener Tightening Torque

Bolt - engine lower guard plate (M10) 70 ± 10N.m

3-3
Engine Mechanical System

Technical Parameters

Model 20L4E gasoline engine, with 16 valves, dual overhead


camshaft, variable cam timing

Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, longitudinally set, in-line

Cylinder bore diameter 88 mm

Stroke 82 mm

Displacement 1995 ml

Ignition sequence 1-3-4-2

Compression ratio 10:1

Direction of rotation Clockwise, viewed from engine front end

Rated power 165KW / 5300rpm

Max. torque 360N.m / 2500~3500rpm

Idle speed 750 ± 50 rpm


Max. engine speed 6500 rpm

Weight (excluding engine oil, A/C, clutch assembly) 144kg (2.0T 6MT)/129.8kg (2.0T 6AT)

Crankshaft

Crankshaft axial clearance 0.094-0.277mm

Cylinder block/bearing ladder grade dimension


Grade A 56.000 / 56.006mm
Grade B 56.006 / 56.012mm
Grade C 56.012 / 56.019mm

Main journal tolerance 52 0/-0.019


Grade 0 Group 1 51.988 under - 51.981 min
Grade 1 Group 2 51.994 under - 51.988 min
Crankshaft connecting rod journal diameter Group 3 52.000 max - 51.994 min
Roundness 0.004

Main bearing shell

Quantity of main bearing shell 5 pieces on top and bottom respectively

Model The upper shell of the main bearing shell is provided with oil
hole and oil passage

Thrust washer Semi-washers are fitted on the left and right thrust washers of
the 4th main bearing seat, which fit the thrust surface.

Thrust washer thickness 2.413-2.463mm

Cylinder block and piston

Cylinder block material Aluminum alloy


Cylinder liner type Precast cylinder liner
Cylinder liner diameter 88-88.01mm

Connecting rod

Model of connecting rod Fractured connecting rod, C70S6

Distance between central connecting rods 150.5

3-4
Engine Mechanical System

Model 20L4E gasoline engine, with 16 valves, dual overhead


camshaft, variable cam timing

Type of piston pin Full floating type

Mounted connecting rod Clearance

Piston pin length 57mm (-0.3-0)

Connecting rod bearing shell

Clearance 0.023-0.073mm

Piston

Model Aluminum alloy piston

Piston diameter 87.965mm

Tolerance in piston pin bore Φ 23 (+0.005, +0.013)


Max. ovality 0.5 +/-0.03
0.7 +/-0.03

Piston ring

Model 2 compression rings, 1 oil ring

Top compression ring Steel strip ring, ring height: 1.2 ( – 0.03, – 0.01)
Secondary compression ring Cast iron ring, ring height: 1.2 ( – 0.03, – 0.01)
Oil ring Two-piece oil ring, ring height: 2.0 ( – 0.03, – 0.01)
Tolerance between piston ring and ring groove:
Top compression ring 0.04~0.08
Secondary compression ring 0.03~0.07
Oil ring 0.02~0.06

Piston ring assembly gap in bore (from which it measured): Measured by standard ring gauge ( Φ 88)
Top compression ring 0.20~0.35
Secondary compression ring 0.40~0.60
Oil ring 0.20~0.40

Width of piston ring:


Top compression ring 3.1 ± 0.10
Secondary compression ring 3.6 ± 0.10
Oil ring 2.75 ± 0.15
Cylinder head

Material Aluminum alloy

25*25 local flatness 0.0075mm

Cylinder head height: 137 ± 0.05mm


Flatness 0.08mm

Camshaft

Model Dual overhead assembled camshaft

Bearing 6th gear bearing

Drive Timing chain drive

Camshaft axial clearance 0.07-0.22mm

3-5
Engine Mechanical System

Model 20L4E gasoline engine, with 16 valves, dual overhead


camshaft, variable cam timing

Bearing clearance 1st gear bearing clearance 0.02-0.065mm, 2-6th gear


bearing clearance 0.02-0.061mm

Hydraulic tappets

Model Hydraulic tappet, directly driven by camshaft

Hydraulic tappet outer diameter Φ 11.994 ± 0.006mm


Valve timing Timing information for initial assembly is as follows:

Intake valve:
ON 20°CA ATDC
OFF 80°CA ABDC
Max. lift 40°CA BBDC
Exhaust valve:
ON 64°CA BBDC
OFF 4°CA BTDC
Max. lift 56°CA ABDC
Valve stem diameter:
Intake valve 5.475+/_0.0075mm
Exhaust valve 5.455+/_0.0075mm

Gap between valve stem and valve guide:


Intake valve 0.012mm
Exhaust valve 0.032mm

Valve stem fit height:


New intake valve 112+/_0.1mm
New exhaust valve 114.79+/_0.1mm

Valve head diameter:


Intake valve 34.2+/_0.1mm
Exhaust valve 28.3+/_0.1mm

Valve - valve seat ring width:


Intake valve 1.65 ± 0.15mm
Exhaust valve 1.75 ± 0.15mm
Intake valve length 112 ± 0.1mm
Exhaust valve length 113.79 ± 0.1mm
Valve stem diameter (intake valve) Φ 5.475 ± 0.0075mm
Valve stem diameter (exhaust valve) Φ 5.455 ± 0.0075mm
Valve surface angle - intake valve and exhaust valve 45°15′± 15′
Valve spring:
Free length 52.3 mm
Mounting length 40.2 mm
Assembly load 250N
Intake valve open load 250N
Exhaust valve open load 250N

Lubrication

Oil pump model External gear pump

3-6
Engine Mechanical System

Model 20L4E gasoline engine, with 16 valves, dual overhead


camshaft, variable cam timing

Free length of pressure relief valve spring 45 mm

Oil filter Full flow oil filter

Spark plug

Supplier: NGK
Clearance: 0.7-0.8mm

Ignition coil manufacturer UAES

Primary resistance 0.453 Ω ± 12%


Secondary resistance 9.64K Ω ± 12%

3-7
Engine Mechanical System

Service and Maintenance

Items Maintenance Requirements

Replace engine oil 5,000km for first maintenance and every 7,500km for subsequent maintenances

Replace oil filter 5,000km for first maintenance and every 7,500km for subsequent maintenances (also
replace the oil filter cover seal ring)

Replace air filter element Replace every 20,000km

Replace fuel filter Replace every 40,000km

V-belt Maintenance Replace every 3 years or every 80,000km

Replace engine coolant Replace every 2 years or every 60,000km

Replace transmission fluid (6MT- 10,000km for first maintenance and every 80 000km for subsequent maintenances
SAGW)

Replace transmission fluid (6MT- 60,000km or 4 years for first maintenance and 120,000km for subsequent
DYMOS) maintenances

Replace transmission fluid (6AT - Replace every 100 000km (replace oil filter)
non-LDV countries)

Replace transmission fluid (6AT - Replace every 160 000km (replace oil filter)
LDV countries)

Replace brake fluid

Rear axle lubricant

Spark plug Replace every 20,000km

3-8
Engine Mechanical System

Layout
Engine Assembly

GS030009

1 Engine assembly

3-9
Engine Mechanical System

Cylinder Head and Intake and Exhaust System

16
3

14 13

15

6 5
4 9

1
25 10 11

26
2
22
24 21
23 20
19 8
7
18 17

12

GS030010

1 Cylinder head assembly 15 Oil control valve seat gasket


2 Cylinder head liner 16 Oil control valve
3 Intake manifold 17 Exhaust valve
4 Intake manifold liner 18 Intake valve
5 Intake manifold liner 19 Valve stem oil seal
6 Throttle liner 20 Valve spring
7 Exhaust manifold 21 Valve spring cap
8 Exhaust manifold liner 22 Valve lock clamp
9 Turbocharger 23 Engine rocker arm
10 Turbocharger liner 24 Valve tappet
11 Turbocharger oil inlet pipe 25 Intake camshaft
12 Turbocharger oil return pipe 26 Exhaust camshaft
13 Oil separator
14 Oil control valve seat

3-10
Engine Mechanical System

Engine Block and Cylinder Power

3
5
5

23 26

24
6
4 2
25

27

22

13 15

10
11 28
12

14
9 7

20
8
9 19 21

1817
16
GS030011

1 Cylinder block assembly 9 Connecting rod bearing shell


2 Crankshaft 10 Piston
3 Crankshaft main bearing shell (upper) 11 Piston pin
4 Crankshaft main bearing shell (lower) 12 Piston pin retaining ring
5 Crankshaft thrust plate 13 Piston ring
6 Crankshaft signal wheel 14 Piston cooling nozzle
7 Connecting rod 15 Dipstick
8 Connecting rod bolt 16 Oil pan

3-11
Engine Mechanical System

17 Oil pan drain plug gasket 23 Oil filter cover


18 Oil pan drain plug 24 Oil filter element
19 Oil pump 25 Oil filter cover seal ring
20 Oil pump connector 26 Input shaft supporting bearing (if equipped)
21 Oil pump suction pipe 27 Rear crankshaft oil seal
22 Oil filter seal ring 28 Bearing ladder

3-12
Engine Mechanical System

Timing System

10

8
4

11
6

12

9
12

14
7

5
13

15

2
3
1

GS030012

1 Crankshaft torsional vibration shock absorber 14 Oil pump chain


2 Front crankshaft oil seal 15 Oil pump chain tensioner
3 Timing chain cover
4 Oil filler cap
5 Timing chain tensioner
6 Timing chain guide rail
7 Timing chain guide rail
8 Intake modulator
9 Exhaust modulator
10 Timing chain guide rail
11 Timing chain
12 Crankshaft sprocket
13 Oil pump sprocket

3-13
Engine Mechanical System

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Failure Possible Causes Measures

Hard Engine Start or Start Failure Starting circuit loose or corroded Clean and tighten circuit connectors

Starter motor and electric appliance Check/replace defective parts


system failure

Intake system blocked Check whether the intake system


pipeline is unobstructed

Insufficient fuel in the fuel tank Fill the tank with appropriate amount of
fuel

Air mixed in the fuel system Exhaust the air

Incorrect specification of fuel or engine Use the fuel or engine oil specified in
oil this manual. Fill a temporary fuel tank
with high-quality fuel and verify its
quality by driving

Sudden Engine Flameout Fuel contamination Replace the original fuel with clean and
qualified fuel

Air mixed in the fuel system Fuel system bleeds

High-pressure fuel pipe leaks Check leakage, and tighten/replace


relevant parts if necessary

Fuel pipeline or filter blocked Check the pipeline and filter element,
replace the fuel filter if necessary

Incorrect injection or valve timing Check DTCs. Check the timing system
and retime when necessary

Fuel delivery pump fails Repair or replace the fuel delivery


pump

3-14
Engine Mechanical System

Failure Possible Causes Measures

Engine Underpower Vehicle overloaded Reduce vehicle load to the allowable


range

Fuel supply system blocked Check the fuel supply resistance. Clean
the coarse filter and screen and replace
the fuel filter if necessary

High-pressure fuel pipe or joint leaks Check leakage. Tighten/replace the


joint or high-pressure fuel pipe if
necessary

Air mixed in the fuel system Fuel system bleeds and check the fuel
inlet pipe for leakage

Intake or exhaust system blocked Check the resistance for intake or


exhaust system and the air filter.
Replace if necessary

Incorrect injection or valve timing Check DTCs

Turbocharger damaged Check the boost pressure. Replace the


turbocharger if the pressure is low

Injection hole of fuel injector blocked, Check, clean or replace the fuel injector
leading to a poor atomizing effect

Excessively high ambient temperature In high-altitude areas or at excessively


or operating in high-altitude areas high ambient temperature, the engine
power will decrease. Reduce load
properly during use

Check whether the engine MIL goes on Check DTCs

High oil level Check the engine oil level, and adjust it
to specified range

High Fuel Consumption Fuel leaks Check the pipeline sealing of fuel
system. Tighten the pipeline if it is
loose.

Poor fuel quality Use recommended fuel

Resistance for the intake system Check the filter element of air filter, and
increases replace if necessary

Check whether the MIL goes on Check DTCs

Engine Overheating Coolant insufficient Check coolant for leakage. Add coolant
to fully exhaust the air

Engine overload Reduce engine load for operation

Water pump failure Overhaul the water pump

Air or gas mixed in the cooling system Check the coolant pipeline for leakage
and looseness

Water temperature sensor or Check the sensor and thermometer


thermometer damaged

Thermostat failure Replace the thermostat

3-15
Engine Mechanical System

Failure Possible Causes Measures

High Oil Pressure Pressure gauge failing to work Check the function of pressure gauge

High engine oil viscosity due to Check the oil and replace with qualified
incorrect specification oil if necessary

Bypass valve stuck near OFF position Check/replace the bypass valve

Low Oil Pressure Low oil level Adjust the oil level

Low engine oil viscosity due to incorrect Check the oil and replace with qualified
specification oil if necessary

Engine oil pipeline joint loose or oil duct Check engine oil for leakage
bulkhead coming off

Oil diluted by water Find out the reason for dilution, and
replace the oil

Oil pressure regulating valve failure Check/replace the pressure regulating


valve

Oil pressure gauge failure Check the oil pressure gauge

Engine shaft and bearing shell parts Replace the worn shaft or bearing shell
worn

Exhaust Pipe Smokes Engine overload Use low deceleration gear

Air mixed in the fuel system Exhaust the air and check the oil
suction part for leakage

Intake system blocked Check the intake system for blockage

Turbocharger failure Replace the turbocharger

Fuel injector failure Check DTCs/replace parts

Check whether the engine MIL goes on Check DTCs

Low Engine Coolant Temperature Radiator shutter stuck at the maximum Check the shutter, and replace if
opening necessary

Temperature sensor failure Check/verify the sensor

Thermometer failure Verify the thermometer, and replace if


necessary

Thermostat damaged Replace the thermostat

Loud Engine Noise The drive belt makes noise Check the drive belt system

Intake and exhaust leakage Check/repair the leakage

The turbocharger makes noise Check whether there is friction between


the impeller and housing

Engine oil low level Check/refill oil

Drive gear makes noise Check/replace defective parts

3-16
Engine Mechanical System

Failure Possible Causes Measures

Severe Engine Vibration Engine frame loose or damaged Check/replace the engine frame

Fan damaged or accessory failure Check/replace defective parts

Crankshaft torsional vibration absorber Check/replace defective parts


failure

Drive system components worn and Check/replace the components


unbalanced according to the specification given by
the manufacturer

Moving parts loose or damaged Check/replace defective parts

Alternator Does Not Work or Battery connector loose or corroded Clean/tighten the battery connector
Undercharges
Engine belt slips Check/replace the belt and tension
pulley

Instrument or indicator lamp failure Check/replace the instrument or


indicator lamp

Engine wire loose or damaged Repair the wire

Alternator failure Replace the alternator

Engine Running Unsteadily at Idle Air mixed in the fuel system Exhaust the air from the fuel system,
Speed, Hunting and check the oil suction part for
leakage

Oil Contamination Engine oil is mixed with coolant due to Check/replace defective parts
engine internal parts leakage

Too much oil deposits Check the replacement interval of


engine oil and its filter

Engine oil is mixed with fuel, and Check whether long idle running time of
engine runs in the undercooling engine causes engine running below
condition normal temperature

Fuel System Leakage Air mixed in the fuel system Bleed the fuel system, and check the
fuel suction pipe for leakage

Engine Knock Poor fuel quality Fill a temporary fuel tank with high-
quality fuel and verify its quality by
driving

Engine overload Prove whether the engine exceeds the


designed load with a low gear

Incorrect timing Check/adjust the timing

Fuel injector failure Remove the fuel injector. Check and


repair it

Fuel or Engine Oil Leaks from Exhaust Intake pipe blocked Check/replace the component of air
Pipe filter element

Fuel injector needle valve stuck Find out and replace the failed fuel
injector

Turbocharger oil return pipe blocked Check/dredge the oil pipeline

Turbocharger seal ring leaks oil Check/replace the turbocharger

Engine keeps running at idle speed for Change the operating habit
a long time

3-17
Engine Mechanical System

Failure Possible Causes Measures

Crankcase Leaks Too Much Air Breather pipe of crankcase ventilation Check whether the ventilation device
device blocked and breather pipe are blocked

Turbocharger seal leaks air Check the turbocharger sealing device

Valve guide of cylinder head Check/replace defective parts


excessively worn

Piston ring damaged or worn Check the piston ring and cylinder liner

Vacuum connecting pipe leaks Check the vacuum connecting pipe for
leakage, exclude leakage sources

Vacuum Regulator Failure Loud noise Check/replace defective parts

No pressure Check/replace the vacuum pipeline

Failing to operate Check whether it is powered on. Check/


replace defective parts if necessary

Diagnosis of Excessive Belt Wear The belt squeaks Belt slips or worn or stretched. Check/
replace the belt and tension pulley

Squeal or harsh noise Check the belt surface for foreign


objects

Continuous hiss or rattle Check the tension pulley and accessory


for failure

3-18
Engine Mechanical System

V-belt Replacement
Repair Guidance
Removal
Engine Hood Replacement 1 Release the automatic tensioner and locate.
Removal
1 Remove the engine hood.

GS030015
2 Remove the V-belt.
GS030013 Installation
Installation
1 Install clockwise from the position indicated by the
1 Install 4 supporting legs of engine hood assembly arrow.
to the engine assembly. Apply sealant on 3 ball
studs (5-6 gears). Sealant brand: Loctite 545 Caution: The belt must be seized in the correct
sealant. Tightening torque: 10 ± 1N.m. pulley groove. Otherwise it may be cut off by the
pulley while running.

GS030014

3-19
Engine Mechanical System

Automatic Tensioner Replacement Replacement of Steering Pump Bracket


Removal Removal
1 Remove 2 bolts from the automatic tensioner.

GS030018

GS030016 1 Remove the power steering pump.

2 Remove the automatic tensioner. 2 Remove 3 fastening bolts from the power steering
pump bracket.
3 Remove the steering pump bracket.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
2 Tightening torque of steering pump bracket bolt:
25 ± 3N.m.

GS030017
2 Tightening torque of automatic tensioner bolt: 35±
3N.m.
3 After installing V-belt, pull out the self-carrying
limiting pin of automatic tensioner.

3-20
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Mechanical Vacuum Pump (if Replacement of Oil Control Valve


equipped) Removal:
Removal:
1 Remove the engine hood (refer to Replacement of
1 Remove the engine hood (refer to Replacement of Engine Hood).
Engine Hood). 2 Disconnect the oil control valve connector.
2 Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the vacuum
pump.
3 Remove 3 bolts mounting the vacuum pump to the
cylinder head, remove the mechanical vacuum
pump, and discard the sealing gasket.

GS030020

3 Remove 1 bolt securing the oil control valve to the


housing and remove the oil control valve.

GS030019

Installation:
1 Install a new sealing gasket, and apply a small
amount of engine oil.
2 Adjust the connector of the mechanical vacuum
pump to a horizontal position, insert it into the
camshaft groove, install 3 bolts, tighten them to
16-18N.m, and check the torque.
3 Install the vacuum pump pipeline.
4 Install the engine hood (refer to Replacement of
Engine Hood). GS030021

Installation:
1 Secure the oil control valve to the housing, install 1
bolt respectively, tighten to 5-7N.m, and check the
torque.
2 Connect the oil control valve connector.
3 Install the engine hood (refer to Replacement of
Engine Hood).

3-21
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of CVVT Cover Replacement of Thermostat Housing


Removal: Removal:
1 Remove the oil control valve (refer to 1 Disconnect harness connector 1 of the coolant
Replacement of Oil Control Valve). temperature sensor.
2 Remove 9 bolts securing the oil control valve 2 Drain the engine coolant.
cover to the camshaft cover and remove the oil 3 Remove the coolant temperature sensor (refer to
control valve cover. Replacement of Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor).
4 Release all clamps to disconnect the coolant pipe.
5 Remove 2 bolts and 2 nuts securing the
thermostat housing to the engine block, remove
the thermostat housing and discard the sealing
gasket.

GS030022

Installation:
1 Clean the junction between the oil control valve
cover and the camshaft cover.
2 Install the gasket and ensure it is aligned with all
holes. GS030001
3 Secure the oil control valve cover to the camshaft
cover, install 9 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m, and Installation:
check the torque. 1 If the studs in the cylinder block are damaged,
4 Install the oil control valve (refer to Replacement install 2 new studs to the cylinder block with the
of Oil Control Valve). short thread end into cylinder block, tighten the
torque to 3-5N.m and check the torque.
2 Install a new gasket, secure the thermostat
housing to the engine block, install and pre-tighten
2 nuts.
3 Install 2 bolts securing the thermostat housing to
cylinder block, tighten 2 bolts and 2 nuts to 9-
11N.m from left to right and from top to bottom,
and check the torque.
4 Install the thermostat (refer to Thermostat
Replacement).
5 Install the coolant temperature sensor (refer to
Replacement of Coolant Temperature Sensor).
6 Connect the coolant temperature sensor
connector.
7 Refill the coolant.

3-22
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Intake and Exhaust Phase 2 Install the intake phase modulator to the front end
Modulator of intake camshaft, and pre-tighten the phase
Removal: modulator bolts.
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Remove the timing chain cover (refer to
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
3 Remove the timing chain (refer to Replacement of
Engine Timing Chain).
4 Remove the phase modulator bolts, identify the air
intake and exhaust phase modulators and then
remove.
Installation:
1 Install the camshaft timing tooling kit C00044505,
locate the rear end tool to ensure the TOP in the GS030025
front of camshaft faces up, then install the front
tools and tighten with proper bolts. 3 Install the exhaust phase modulator to the front
end of exhaust camshaft, and pre-tighten the
phase modulator bolts.

C00044505

GS030023

GS030026

4 Install the timing chain (refer to Replacement of


Engine Timing Chain).
5 Tighten the phase modulator bolts to 40N.m+120
°and check the torque.
6 Install the timing chain cover (refer to
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
7 Install the crankshaft pulley, check whether the
notch of it is aligned with the timing mark on the
timing chain cover; if not, reinstall the timing chain.
8 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
GS030024 Engine Oil and Oil Filter).

3-23
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Oil-Gas Separator Cylinder Head Check (after removing cylinder


Removal: head)
Removal:
1 Remove the engine hood.
2 Release the clamp, and disconnect 3 breather 1 Remove 5 nuts securing the intake manifold to the
pipes from the oil-gas separator. cylinder head, and then remove the intake
manifold.
3 Remove 8 bolts fixing the oil-gas separator to the
camshaft cover to release the oil-gas separator.

3 4
2 5 1

GS030029

GS030027 2 Remove 4 bolts securing the exhaust manifold


heat shield to the exhaust manifold to take down
Installation:
the heat shield.
1 Clean the mounting junction of the oil-gas
separator.
2 Connect the breather pipe on the oil-gas separator
and secure with clamps.
3 Secure the oil-gas separator to the camshaft
cover, install 8 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m, and
check the torque.

2 3 7
6

GS030030

5 8 3 Remove and discard 8 nuts securing the exhaust


1 manifold to the engine, remove the exhaust
4
manifold and discard the gaskets.

GS030028

3-24
Engine Mechanical System

2 8 6 4

5 3 7 1

GS030031 GS030033

4 Remove 2 bolts securing the auxiliary water pump 10 If the end float exceeds 0.07-0.22mm, replace with
bracket to the cylinder head, and remove the a new camshaft and check it again. If the end float
auxiliary water pump and bracket. still exceeds the tolerance, replace the cylinder
5 Clear the dirt in the spark plug gap, and remove head and camshaft cover assembly.
the spark plug from the cylinder head. 11 Remove 39 bolts (35 and 27 are studs) securing
6 According to the camshaft thrust surface, put the the camshaft cover to the cylinder head in the
camshaft into the camshaft bearing seat on the sequence as shown, and remove the camshaft
cylinder head. cover.

7 Apply engine oil to the camshaft journal evenly.


8 Secure the camshaft cover to the cylinder head, 39 37
12 4 5 36 13 35
install 39 bolts (35 and 27 are studs), tighten them 20 38
to 9-11N.m in the sequence as shown, and check
the torque. 19 11 3 6 14 31
34 33 32
18 10 30 2 29 7 28 15 27

39 37 26
12 4 5 36 13 35 9 1 8 16 21
20 38 17 25 24 23 22

19 11 3 6 14 31 GS030034
34 33 32
12 Identify the position of each camshaft carefully,
18 10 30 2 29 7 28 15 27 and remove the camshaft from the camshaft seat.

26
9 1 8 16 21
17 25 24 23 22

GS030032

9 Check the end float of the camshaft with a dial


gauge (refer to "Specifications").

GS030035

3-25
Engine Mechanical System

13 With a viscous magnet, remove 16 roller rocker 21 Measure the matching clearance between each
arms and hydraulic tappet from the cylinder head, journal and the cylinder head.
and keep them in the mounting sequence.

mm
0.25
0.38
0.51
0.16
GS030038
GS030036
22 If the clearance exceeds the tolerance 0.04-
14 Measure the outer diameter of each tappet. The 0.075mm, install new camshafts and repeat the
measurement shall be carried out at the half of the check. If the clearance still exceeds the tolerance,
tappet's length. replace with new cylinder head and camshaft
cover assembly.
a. Tappet's outer diameter = 11.994 ± 0.006mm.
23 Remove the valve (refer to Replacement of Valve).
15 Ensure that the oil holes in each tappet are clean.
24 Clean the mating face of the cylinder head. Check
16 Clean the surfaces of the camshafts and cylinder the cylinder head for damage. Pay special
head bearing. attention to the gasket surface of the cylinder
17 Inspect the camshaft and replace if it is scratched, head.
pitted or excessively worn. 25 Check the surface of the cylinder head for scratch.
18 Secure the camshafts to the cylinder head, and 26 And check the flatness of cylinder head with the
place a plastic gauge on each journal. method as shown, do the operation in a cross way.
19 Then install the camshaft cover and 39 bolts (35 If the flatness is not within the specified value
and 27 are studs), tighten them to 9-11N.m in the (0.08mm), replace the cylinder head.
sequence as shown, but do not rotate the
camshaft.

39 37
12 4 5 36 13 35
20 38

19 11 3 6 14 31
34 33 32
18 10 30 2 29 7 28 15 27

26
9 1 8 16 21
17 25 24 23 22

GS030037

20 Loosen the bolts slowly and remove the camshaft


cover.

3-26
Engine Mechanical System

7 1 3 5
7 3 35

62 42 2

6 4 2 8

GS030039
GS030040
27 Check the height of the cylinder head, if it is out of
the specified range (137 ± 0.05mm), replace the 6 Secure the exhaust manifold heat shield to the
cylinder head.
exhaust manifold, install 4 bolts, tighten them to
28 Remove the carbon buildup from the valve duct, 22~25N.m, and check the torque.
valve, valve seat and combustion surface.
7 Install the hydraulic tappet into the corresponding
Remove all loose particles of the carbon buildup.
mounting bore on the cylinder head, and lubricate
it with clean engine oil.

Installation:
1 Clean the sealing area of the cylinder head and
camshaft bracket. Treat the sealing surface with
foam remover and plastic scraper, but never use
any metal scraper. Clean the mating surface of the
intake/exhaust manifolds.
2 Blow the oil passage and coolant passage dry.
Ensure clean oil will be supplied to the camshaft
cover.
Note: Use the clean solvent recommended by SAIC
to remove the residual sealant.
3 Install the valves. (refer to Replacement of GS030041
Valves).
8 Ensure the roller rocker arm holder is secure, align
4 Secure the auxiliary water pump bracket to the
the ball groove of the roller rocker arm with the
cylinder head, install 2 bolts, tighten them to
plunger ball head of the hydraulic tappet, and
9~11N.m, and check the torque. Clean the
gently press the ball head into the ball groove.
junction surface of the components.
5 Install new gaskets to the exhaust manifold,
secure the exhaust manifold on the engine, install
8 gaskets and new nuts with high temperature
antiwelding agent, tighten them to 25±2N.m in the
sequence as shown and check the torque.

3-27
Engine Mechanical System

Crankshaft Check (after removing the engine)


Removal:
1 Remove the ladder (refer to Replacement of
Engine Ladder).
2 Remove the connecting rod bearing shell (refer to
Connecting Rod Bearing Shell Check).
3 Remove the crankshaft.
4 Remove the upper main bearing and thrust
washer from the cylinder block.

GS030042

9 Adjust the clearance of each spark plug to 0.9 ±


0.1mm.
10 Install the spark plug and tighten to 19-21N.m.

GS030043

5 Remove 3 bolts securing the signal gear to the


crankshaft, and remove the signal gear.

GS030044

3-28
Engine Mechanical System

6 Remove 4 bolts securing 4 piston cooling nozzles 8 Check the corresponding grade identification on
to the cylinder block. the cylinder block and ladder.

GS030047

GS030045 9 Select the correct main bearing according to the


group number of the cylinder block/ladder and
Installation crankshaft, see the chart below. The colors on the
edge of bearing shells which indicate the thickness
1 Clean the crankshaft, cylinder block, signal gear, of bearing shells are as follows:
ladder and mating face of the main bearing, and
ensure there is no foreign material. a. Blue = Thick

2 Clean the oil duct, water channel and ensure there b. Yellow = Medium
is no foreign material.
3 Secure 4 piston cooling nozzles to the cylinder c. Red = Thin
block and locate, install 4 bolts, tighten them to 20
± 2N.m (never allow the torque to exceed 25N.m)
and check the torque.
4 Check the crankshaft and signal gear for damage.
5 Secure the signal gear to the crankshaft, align it
with the locating pin, install 3 bolts, tighten to 10-
12N.m and check the torque.
6 Check the grade identification of the crankshaft
main journal from the crankshaft.

GS030046

7 Check the diameter of the main journal.

3-29
Engine Mechanical System

MAIN BEARING SHELL SELECTION CHART


.

CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL 1 2 3


GRADE / SIZES
51.981 - 51.988 51.988 - 51.994 51.994 - 52.000

BEARING SHELLS TO Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Shell Lower Shell
BE INSTALLED Shell Shell Shell Shell

BLOCK / A 56.000 / RED BLUE RED YELLOW RED RED


LADDER 56.006
GRADE /
SIZE CLEARANCES 0.028 - 0.054 0.028 - 0.052 0.028 - 0.052
(CLEARANCE
B 56.006 / YELLOW BLUE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW RED
S INCLUDING
56.012
BEARING
SWELL) CLEARANCES 0.028 - 0.053 0.028 - 0.052 0.028 - 0.052

C 56.012 / BLUE BLUE BLUE YELLOW BLUE RED


56.019

CLEARANCES 0.028 - 0.054 0.028 - 0.054 0.28 - 0.054

10 Press the upper main bearing into the bore of the 15 Measure the crankshaft end float. (Requirement:
cylinder block bearing seat. Align the bearing with 0.094 - 0.277mm).
the groove of the bearing seat bore, and ensure 16 Install the connecting rod bearing shell (refer to
the oil orifice is not covered. Connecting Rod Bearing Shell Check).
17 Remove the special tool secured at bearing 1 and
5 (crankshaft holder).
18 Install the lower bearing to the bore of the ladder
bearing seat.
19 Install the ladder (refer to Replacement of Engine
Ladder).

GS030048

11 Clean and install the new thrust washer to both


sides of the cylinder block main bearing 3. Make
the oil passage outward.
12 Apply oil to the crankshaft main journal and inner
surface of the upper main bearing shell, and put
the crankshaft assembly (installed with signal
gear) into the engine block.
13 Secure to bearing 1 and 5 with crankshaft holder
C00044504 and tighten to 9-11N.m.
14 Rotate the crankshaft to locate cylinder 1 and 4 at
the top dead center.

3-30
Engine Mechanical System

Connecting Rod Bearing Shell Check


Removal:
1 Remove the ladder (refer to Replacement of
Engine Ladder).
2 Secure to bearing 1 and 5 with crankshaft holder
C00044504 and tighten to 9-11N.m.

GS030050

3 Install the two halves of the connecting rod


bearing shell with the installation and centering
tool C00044511 to the connecting rod and the
corresponding big end shell cover.

GS030049

3 Rotate the crankshaft to allow each connecting rod


bolt to be easily removed.
4 Remove the connecting rod bolts and connecting
rod big end shell cap. Number it according to the
corresponding cylinder number.
5 Remove the half shell from the shell cap of the
connecting rod big end.
6 Disconnect the connecting rod from the
crankshaft, and remove the other half of the shell
from the connecting rod. GS030051
Installation:
4 Apply lubricating oil to the connecting rod bearing
1 Clean the crankshaft journal, connecting rod, shell surface.
connecting rod big end shell cap and bearing 5 Position the connecting rod to crankshaft.
shell, and ensure there is no foreign material.
6 The raised letter "ZY" and "A/B/C..." on the shell
2 To replace the connecting rod with a new one, cover shall face the front of the engine and be
select correct piston connecting rod assembly installed to the connecting rod.
through reading the quality group no. on the
connecting rod. Caution: The cylinder protrusion on the connecting
rod and the arrow on the piston shall both face the
front of the engine.
The number identifications of all connecting rods shall be
on the same side.

3-31
Engine Mechanical System

Caution:

GS030052 GS030054

11 Install the ladder (refer to Replacement of Engine


Ladder).

GS030053

7 Install and tighten the connecting rod bolts to


25N.m+90° and check the torque.
8 Tighten the connecting rod bolts in sequence as
follows: 1. For the same connecting rod, tighten 2
bolts at the same time; 2. For different connecting
rods, tighten #2 and #3 first and then #1 and #4.
Piston position: The piston is at the lower dead
center.
9 Rotate the crankshaft and ensure free rotation of
the crankshaft connecting rod.
10 Remove the crankshaft holder C00044504
secured at bearing 1 and 5.

3-32
Engine Mechanical System

Piston Check
Removal:
1 Remove the cylinder head (refer to Replacement
of Cylinder Head).
2 Remove the connecting rod bearing shell (refer to
Connecting Rod Bearing Shell Check).
3 Push the piston to the top of the cylinder bore.
Caution: Remove the carbon deposit on the top of
cylinder bore first to avoid scratching the piston
ring and piston.
4 The connecting rod shall not contact the inner wall
GS030056
of cylinder bore. Push the piston assembly out of
cylinder bore carefully.
8 Measure inner diameter of the connecting rod
Caution: Carefully align each piston and small end, if it exceeds the specified specification
appropriate cylinder liner. Φ 23 (+0.014, +0.021), replace it.
5 Install the connecting rod big end cap into the 9 Measure the size of piston pin, if it exceeds the
connecting rod, and lightly tighten the connecting specified specification Φ 23 (0.005-0), replace it.
rod bolt. 10 Measure the size of piston pin hole, if it exceeds
6 Remove and discard the used piston ring with an the specified specification Φ 23 (+0.008, +0.013),
expander (tool). replace it.
11 Measure inner diameter of the cylinder bore, if it
exceeds the specified specification Φ 88-
88.01mm, replace the cylinder block ladder
assembly.
Installation:
1 Check the pistons for deformation and crack.
2 Clean the piston ring groove and purge the oil
passage.
3 Install the piston pin circlip on one side into the pin
hole circlip slot.
4 Place the connecting rod small end to the inner
side of the piston pin boss, after applying
GS030055
lubricating oil, install the piston pin into the piston
pin hole and connecting rod small end hole, and
7 Remove the circlips from both ends of piston pin,
install the piston pin circlip on the other side into
and push the piston pin out from the pin hole and
the pin hole circlip slot.
connecting rod small end hole.
Caution: The arrow on the connecting rod is on the
same side with that on the piston.
5 Measure the outer circle diameter of piston at right
angles to piston pin and at 10mm from the bottom
of ladder. It shall not exceed 87.965+/-0.009mm.

3-33
Engine Mechanical System

B
C

GS030057 GS030059

6 Make the "TOP" or identification mark face the top 9 Install the piston ring clamping tool C00017024 to
surface of piston. Install the piston ring with an the piston. Make the front mark on the piston
expander in the order: oil ring, secondary faces the front of the engine, and install the piston
compression ring and top compression ring. into the cylinder liner.
7 Ensure piston rings are free to rotate, the gap A
and B of the two air rings shall form an angle of
120° and be away from the piston thrust side.

13I RING
120°

GAP

6AP

120° 2nd RING

GS030060
3rd RIHG

Caution: Make sure the opening position of piston


GAP

GS030058 ring is the same as shown in the figure, and the


arrow on the piston top points to the engine front
8 Check the clearance between new piston ring and end.
ring groove by referring to the parameters.
10 Push the piston into the cylinder liner until it is
Replace and reinstall the piston if it does not meet aligned with the upper surface of the cylinder liner,
the specification. take away the piston ring clamping tool
C00017024.

3-34
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal


Removal:
1 Remove the transmission (refer to Transmission
Replacement).
2 Remove the flywheel or torque converter drive
C00017024 plate.
3 Remove 6 bolts securing the rear crankshaft oil
seal onto the engine, then remove and discard the
rear crankshaft oil seal.
Installation:
1 Clean the working surface of the cylinder block
GS030061 and crankshaft. Keep these surfaces clean, dry,
and free from sealant.
Caution: Before installing the connecting rod big
end bearing shell and connecting rod big end cap, Note: Use the clean solvent recommended by SAIC
do not push the piston below the upper surface of to remove the residual sealant.
the cylinder liner. 2 Apply engine oil on the new oil seal lip for
lubrication purpose.
11 Check the close clearance of the piston ring by
referring to the parameters. Replace and reinstall 3 Apply sealant to the bracket of rear crankshaft oil
the piston and piston ring if it does not meet the seal.
specification.

GS030063
GS030062
4 Install the rear oil seal cover to the rear end of
12 Install the connecting rod bearing shell (refer to crankshaft with installer C00044509, fit it closely
Connecting Rod Bearing Shell Check). with the engine block, install 6 bolts, tighten to 9-
11N.m and check the torque.
13 Install the cylinder head (refer to Replacement of
Cylinder Head).

3-35
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Front Crankshaft Oil Seal


Removal:
C
E 1 Remove the V-belt (refer to Replacement of V-
belt).
2 Remove the crankshaft pulley (refer to
Replacement of Crankshaft Pulley).
A
B 3 Remove the front crankshaft oil seal with a slotted
screwdriver or equivalent.

F
D

GS030064

5 Install the flywheel or the torque converter drive


plate.
6 Install the transmission (refer to Transmission
Replacement).

GS030065

Installation:
1 Clean the crankshaft operating surface and the
chain cover oil seal groove to ensure there is no
foreign material.
2 Apply engine oil on the new oil seal lip for
lubrication purpose.
3 Install the front crankshaft oil seal to the
corresponding hole in the lower front cover (as
illustrated), and press the oil seal in place with
front crankshaft oil seal installer C00044510.

GS030066

4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

3-36
Engine Mechanical System

Flywheel Replacement
Removal
1 Remove the transmission (refer to Transmission
Replacement).
2 Secure the flywheel lock pin C00044503 to the
flywheel to limit the flywheel.

GS030068

7 Install the clutch (refer to Clutch Replacement).


TEN00122 8 Install the transmission (refer to Transmission
Replacement).

GS030067

3 Remove the clutch (refer to Clutch Replacement).

GS030075

4 Unscrew the flywheel fastening bolts to remove


the flywheel.
Installation:
1 Clean the bolt hole on the crankshaft.
2 Clean the mating face of flywheel and crankshaft
and ensure there is no foreign material.
3 Install the flywheel to the crankshaft.
4 Install new bolts, but do not tighten them.
5 Install the flywheel lock pin C00044503.
6 Tighten the flywheel bolts to 30N.m in diagonal
sequence, then further tighten 60°.
Caution: Flywheel bolts can be used once.

3-37
Engine Mechanical System

Valves Replacement
Removal:
1 Remove the cylinder head.
2 With a viscous magnet, remove 16 roller rocker
arms and hydraulic tappet from the cylinder head,
and keep them in the mounting sequence.

GS030071

5 Remove 4 bolts securing the exhaust manifold


heat shield to the exhaust manifold to take down
the heat shield.

GS030069

3 Remove 5 nuts securing the intake manifold to the


cylinder head, remove the intake manifold and
discard the gasket.

3 4
2 5 1

GS030072

6 Unscrew 2 bolts from the small heat shield at rear


end of exhaust manifold, and remove the heat
shield.
7 Remove 8 nuts securing the exhaust manifold to
the engine,and discard the nuts and washers;
GS030070
remove the exhaust manifold, take out and discard
4 Remove 3 bolts securing the EPAS idler support to the gaskets.
cylinder head, and remove the EPAS idler support. 8 Remove the studs from the cylinder head and
discard.
9 Unscrew 2 bolts securing the auxiliary water pump
bracket to the cylinder head, and remove the
auxiliary water pump and bracket.
10 Clear the dirt in the spark plug gap, and remove
the spark plug from the cylinder head.

3-38
Engine Mechanical System

GS030073 GS030077

11 Remove the lock clamp and release the valve


spring with compression valve spring.

GS030074

12 Remove the valve spring, valve spring cover and


valve.

GS030076

13 Remove all valves following steps 9-10, and


arrange the valve, spring, valve spring seat in
sequence.
14 Remove 16 valve oil seals with the caliper.

3-39
Engine Mechanical System

Installation: 8 Lubricate the valve and valve stem oil seal.


1 Remove the carbon deposit from the valve guide, 9 Install 16 new valve stem oil seals to the valve
valve, valve seat and combustion surface, and guide pipe.
remove all loose particles of the carbon deposit. 10 Install the valves. Install the spring and spring
2 Check the diameter of the existing valve stem. cap, and secure to the valve and compression
spring.

A B

GS030078
GS030079
3 Replace with new valves if necessary, if the valve
guides need to be replaced, replace with new 11 Install the locking clamps. Release the valve
cylinder head and camshaft cover assembly. spring.
4 Check the conditions of the valve seat and valve 12 Repeat steps 10-11, install the remaining valves.
before another use. 13 Secure the auxiliary water pump bracket to the
5 Measure the valve surface angle and valve seat cylinder head, install 2 bolts, tighten them to
and check if it meets the following standards: 9~11N.m, and check the torque. Clean the
junction surface of the components.
Valve seat:
14 Install the new stud securing cylinder head to
Angle = 45° cylinder manifold, and tighten the torque to 15 ±
2N.m.
Width A:
15 Install new gaskets to the exhaust manifold,
Intake -1.2mm secure the exhaust manifold on the engine, install
8 gaskets and new nuts, tighten them to 25±2N.m
Exhaust -1.6mm in the sequence as shown and check the torque.

Valve surface angle B:

Intake = 45°
7 1 3 5
Exhaust = 45°
7 3 35

6 Check the valve spring:


Free length = 50.0mm
62 42 2
Mounting length = 37.0mm
6 4 2 8
Load: valve closed = 250 ± 12.5N

Load: valve opened = 450 ± 18N GS030080


7 Make sure that the tappet, valve, valve spring,
spring cover and locking clamp are clean.

3-40
Engine Mechanical System

16 Secure the exhaust manifold heat shield to the Valve Tappet Replacement
exhaust manifold, install 4 bolts, tighten them to Removal:
22~28N.m, and check the torque.
1 Remove the camshaft (refer to Replacement of
17 Secure EPAS idler support to the cylinder head,
Camshaft (Intake or Exhaust)).
install 3 bolts, tighten to 23-27N.m and check the
torque. 2 Remove the roller rocker arm, and put it aside.
18 Clean the mating surface of the intake manifold
and the cylinder head and ensure there is no
foreign material.
19 Install new gaskets.
20 Secure the intake manifold to the cylinder head,
install 5 nuts, tighten them to 23~27N.m in the
sequence as shown, and check the torque.

3 4
2 5 1
GS030082

3 Remove the hydraulic tappet.

GS030081

21 Install the hydraulic tappet into the corresponding


mounting bore on the cylinder head, and lubricate
it with clean engine oil.
22 Ensure the roller rocker arm holder is secure, align
the ball groove of the roller rocker arm with the
plunger ball head of the hydraulic tappet, and
gently press the ball head into the ball groove. GS030083
23 Install the cylinder head (refer to Replacement of
Installation:
Cylinder Head).
24 Install the spark plug (refer to Replacement of 1 Install the hydraulic tappet into the corresponding
Spark Plug). mounting bore on the cylinder head, and lubricate
it with clean engine oil.
2 Ensure the roller rocker arm holder is secure, align
the ball groove of the roller rocker arm with the
plunger ball head of the hydraulic tappet, and
gently press the ball head into the ball groove.

3-41
Engine Mechanical System

3 Ensure the coaxiality of the roller rocker arm and Replacement of Camshaft (Intake or Exhaust)
the valve stem tip, and lubricate the rocker arm Removal:
roller with clean engine oil.
1 Remove the front engine cover (refer to
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
2 Remove the timing chain (refer to Replacement of
Engine Timing Chain).
3 Remove the phase modulator (refer to
Replacement of Phase Modulator (Intake and
Exhaust)).
4 Remove the camshaft cover (refer to Replacement
of Camshaft Cover).
5 Identify the position of each camshaft carefully,
and remove the camshaft from the camshaft seat.

GS030084
4 Install the camshaft (refer to Replacement of
Camshaft (Intake or Exhaust)).

GS030085

Installation:
1 Rotate the crankshaft and allow the crankshaft to
be located at 90° CA before the acting TDC of
cylinder 1, and secure the crankshaft with flywheel
lock pin C00044503 (MT) and flywheel lock tool
C00044516 (AT).
2 Clean the camshaft.
3 Clean the mating face of the cylinder head and
camshaft cover.
4 Clean the bolt hole and pin of the camshaft cover.
5 Blow the oil gallery dry and lubricate the camshaft
bearing seat.
6 Put the camshaft into the camshaft bearing seat of
the cylinder head.
7 Apply engine oil to the camshaft journal evenly.
8 Apply sealant to the camshaft cover (as
illustrated).

3-42
Engine Mechanical System

C00044505

GS030086 GS030088

9 Secure the camshaft cover to the cylinder head,


install 39 bolts (35 and 27 are studs), tighten them
to 9-11N.m in the sequence as shown, and check
the torque.

39 37
12 4 5 36 13 35
20 38

19 11 3 6 14 31
34 33 32
18 10 30 2 29 7 28 15 27
GS030089
26
9 1 8 16 21 12 Remove the phase modulator bolts.
17 25 24 23 22
13 Install the intake/exhaust phase modulator (refer
GS030087 to Replacement of Phase Modulator (Intake and
Exhaust)).
10 Tighten the phase modulator bolts at front end of 14 Install the timing chain (refer to Replacement of
the camshaft. Engine Timing Chain).
11 Tighten the phase modulator bolts, rotate the 15 Install the front cover (refer to Replacement of
camshaft, then clamp the cam timing tool into the Timing Chain Cover).
rear end tail groove of intake/exhaust camshaft;
16 Check the camshaft timing.
make sure the TOP mark in the front of camshaft
faces up, then clamp the locating tool of camshaft 17 Remove all special tools.
front end and tighten with proper bolts. 18 Apply sealant to the observation hole cover of the
intake camshaft according to the method shown.

3-43
Engine Mechanical System

28 Secure the low-pressure fuel intake pipe to the


high-pressure fuel pump, slightly tighten it first,
then tighten to 20-22N.m and check the torque.
29 Install the full load vacuum pipe to the
turbocharger intake pipe.
30 Install the oil-gas separator. (refer to Replacement
of Oil-Gas Separator).
31 Install the engine hood (refer to Replacement of
Engine Hood).

GS030090

19 Secure the observation hole cover of the intake


camshaft to the camshaft cover, install 3 bolts,
tighten them to 5-7N.m, and check the torque.
20 Install the turbocharger control solenoid valve.
21 Install the mechanical vacuum pump (AT) (refer to
Replacement of Mechanical Vacuum Pump).
22 If the mechanical vacuum pump is not installed,
install the cover plate instead. Apply sealant as
illustrated, install it to the cylinder head and tighten
to 5-7N.m.

DS030091

23 Install CVVT cover (refer to Replacement of CVVT


Cover).
24 Install the intake/exhaust camshaft position sensor
(refer to Replacement of Camshaft Position
Sensor).
25 Install the ignition module (refer to Replacement of
Spark Plug and Replacement of Ignition Coil).
26 Install the fuel rail (refer to Replacement of Fuel
Rail)
27 Install the high-pressure fuel pump (refer to
Replacement of High-pressure Fuel Pump).

3-44
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Intake Manifold Liner 7 Remove 5 nuts securing the intake manifold to the
Removal: cylinder head, remove the intake manifold and
discard the gasket.
1 Remove the oil-gas separator 1 (refer to
Replacement of Oil-Gas Separator).
2 Remove the canister solenoid (2) (refer to
Replacement of Activated Canister Solenoid). 3 4
2 5 1
3 Disconnect the connector (3) from intake air
temperature/manifold absolute pressure (TMAP)
sensor, and remove the harness.

1 GS030094
Installation:
1 Clean the mating surface of the intake manifold
and cylinder head and ensure there is no foreign
2
3 material.
2 Secure the intake manifold to the cylinder head,
install 5 nuts, tighten them to 23~27N.m in the
GS030092 sequence as shown, and check the torque.

4 Release the clamp and remove the breather pipe


from the intake manifold.

3 4
2 5 1

GS030095

3 Secure the intake manifold bracket to the intake


GS030093 manifold, install 1 bolt, tighten to 22-28N.m, and
check the torque.
5 Disconnect the connector of the throttle body.
4 Connect the connector of the throttle body.
6 Remove 1 bolt securing the intake manifold
5 Connect vacuum hoses to the intake manifold, and
bracket to the intake manifold.
secure them with clamps.
6 Reset the harness, and the connector of intake
temperature/manifold absolute pressure (TMAP)
sensor.
7 Install the activated canister solenoid (refer to
Replacement of Activated Canister Solenoid).

3-45
Engine Mechanical System

8 Install the oil-gas separator (refer to Replacement Replacement of Exhaust Manifold Liner
of Oil-Gas Separator). Removal:
1 Drain the cooling system.
2 Remove the turbocharger (refer to Turbocharger
Replacement).
3 Remove 4 bolts securing the exhaust manifold
heat shield to the exhaust manifold to take down
the heat shield. Remove the heat shield bolts from
rear end exhaust manifold, and remove the heat
shield.

GS030096

4 Remove 8 nuts securing the exhaust manifold to


the engine, and discard the nuts and washers;
remove the exhaust manifold.
5 Remove the stud securing the exhaust manifold to
the cylinder block and discard.
Installation:
1 Clean the junction surface of the components.
2 Install the fastening stud to the cylinder head,
tighten to 15 ± 2N.m and check the torque.
3 Install new gaskets to the exhaust manifold,
secure the exhaust manifold on the engine, install
8 gaskets and new nuts, tighten them to 25±2N.m
in the sequence as shown and check the torque.

3-46
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Oil Pump


Removal:
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
7 1 3 5
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
7 3 35
2 Remove the oil pan (refer to Oil Pan
Replacement).
3 Remove the oil suction pipe (refer to Replacement
62 42 2 of Oil Pump Suction Pipe).
6 4 2 8 4 Lock the oil pump sprocket with the lock tool
C00044507, and remove 1 bolt securing the oil
pump sprocket to the oil pump.
GS030097

4 Secure the exhaust manifold heat shield to the


exhaust manifold, install 4 bolts, tighten them to
22~28N.m, and check the torque. Secure the rear
end exhaust manifold heat shield to the exhaust C00044507
manifold, install 2 bolts, tighten them to 22~28N.m,
and check the torque.
5 Install the turbocharger (refer to Turbocharger
Replacement).
6 Refill the cooling system.

GS030098

5 Remove the sprocket.

GS030099

3-47
Engine Mechanical System

6 Remove 4 bolts securing the oil pump to the sprocket, tighten to 68-72N.m, and check the
ladder, remove the oil pump, and remove the pipe torque.
connector (oil pump to ladder). 6 Install the oil suction pipe (refer to Replacement of
Oil Pump Suction Pipe).
7 Install the oil pan (refer to Oil Pan Replacement).
8 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).

GS030100
Installation:
1 Clean the oil pump, pipe connector (oil pump to
the ladder) and ladder junction surface, and
ensure there is no foreign material.
2 Apply a small amount of oil to the pipe connector
(oil pump to ladder), and install it to the oil inlet of
the ladder.
3 Secure the oil pump to the ladder, install 4 bolts,
tighten them to 23-27N.m and check the torque.

1 4

GS030101

4 Pull the top part of oil pump chain tensioner to the


right, install the oil pump sprocket (the surface with
timing mark faces outward) to the oil pump chain,
rotate the oil pump manually to make the D hole in
the center align with the D shaft of the oil pump,
and then release the oil pump chain mechanical
tensioner. Check if the chain is pressed on the
guide plate surface (not bulged side edge) of the
tensioner after completing the installation.
5 Lock the oil pump sprocket with the lock tool
C00044507, install the bolts of the oil pump

3-48
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Engine Oil and Oil Filter 3 Install the oil filter and oil filter cover with the
Removal: suitable wrench, tighten the oil filter cover until it is
fully seated and the torque is not larger than 20-
1 Remove the engine oil filler cap. 25N.m.
2 Raise the vehicle on a lifting machine, and remove Caution: Tightening the oil filter cover excessively
the lower guard plate from engine condenser. may damage it and cause oil leaks.
3 Put the oil pan under the drain plug of the engine
Note: Do not use the open-end wrench at the
oil pan, remove the drain plug and discard the seal
hexagon head on the top of the oil filter cover.
washer.
Warning: The engine oil may be very hot, therefore, 4 Refill the engine oil.
special care shall be taken when releasing engine 5 Install the oil filler cap.
oil. 6 Start and run the engine until the oil pressure
Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with used warning lamp goes out.
oil. It may contain poisonous contaminant, which 7 Stop the engine, and check the engine oil level.
may cause skin cancer or other severe skin 8 Check for any signs of leakage.
inflammations.
4 Drain the engine oil.
5 Secure the oil drain plug and new sealing washer
of oil pan to the oil pan, tighten to 20-25N.m and
check the torque.
6 Lower the vehicle.
7 Remove the oil filter cover 1 and discard O-ring.

1 2

GS030102

Caution: Do not use the open-end wrench at the


hexagon head on the top of the oil filter cover.
8 Remove the oil filter (2) from the cover and discard
it.
9 Clean the oil filter housing in the engine cylinder
block.
Installation:
1 Install a new oil filter (2) to the oil filter cover (1).
2 Replace with a new oil filter cover O-ring, and
lubricate with engine oil.

3-49
Engine Mechanical System

Engine Oil Pressure Check Replacement of Oil Pump Suction Pipe


Check for: Removal:
1 Remove the oil pressure switch (refer to 1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Replacement of Oil Pressure Switch). Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Remove the seal ring from the oil pressure switch, 2 Remove the oil pan (refer to Oil Pan
and install it to the connector of oil pressure Replacement).
gauge. 3 Remove 2 bolts securing the oil pump suction pipe
3 Install and tighten the connector of oil pressure to the oil pump, and remove the oil suction pipe.
gauge to the original oil pressure switch position.
4 Connect the oil pressure gauge and tighten the
connector.
5 Check the engine oil, and refill as needed.
6 Start and run the engine until the normal operating
temperature is reached.
7 Note the readings indicated on the oil pressure
gauge is 1.5~2.0bar when the engine runs at 1000
rev/min (oil temperature 100°).
8 Turn off the engine.
9 Unscrew the pressure gauge connector, remove
the gauge and remove the connector.
GS030002
10 Wipe off the spilled oil.
11 Install the oil pressure switch (refer to Installation:
Replacement of Oil Pressure Switch). 1 Clean the oil suction pipe and oil inlet of the oil
pump, and ensure there is no foreign material.
2 Secure the oil suction pipe to the oil pump, install 2
bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m, and check the torque.
3 Install the oil pan (refer to Oil Pan Replacement).
4 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).

3-50
Engine Mechanical System

Oil Pan Replacement


Removal:
1 Remove the front axle and steering gear (refer to 18 16 14 12 10 8 6
Replacement of Front Axle and Steering Gear).
22 1
2 Remove the bolts securing the oil pan to the
transmission. 21
2
3 Unscrew the bolt securing the air conditioning 3
20
compressor to the oil pan (refer to Replacement of
Air Conditioning Compressor). 19 4

4 Remove 22 bolts securing the oil pan to the engine 11 9 7 5


17 15 13
ladder. Pay attention to the locations of 2 longest
bolts. GS030104
Installation:
6 Install 1 bolt securing the air conditioning
1 Clean the junction surface of the oil pan and the
compressor to the oil pan, tighten to 23 ± 2N.m,
engine ladder and ensure there is no foreign and check the torque (refer to Replacement of Air
material. Conditioning Compressor)
2 Install oil pan locating tool C00044508 on the 7 Install the bolts securing the oil pan to the
ladder.
transmission, tighten to 62.5 ± 2N.m (6AT)/80 ±
3 Apply the sealant with width of 3mm to the surface 5N.m (6MT), and check the torque.
of the oil pan as indicated by the route. 8 Install the front axle and steering gear (refer to
Caution: Confirm that the sealant is continuous Replacement of Front Axle and Steering Gear).
and smooth and the assembly shall be completed 9 Lower the vehicle.
within 5 minutes after applying.
10 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).

GS030103

4 Install the oil pan to the ladder, install 20 bolts and


tighten them to 5N.m.
5 Remove the special tool (locating tool for oil pan).
Install 2 remaining bolts. Tighten all bolts to 8-
12N.m in the sequence as shown, and check the
torque.

3-51
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Timing Chain Cover


Removal:
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Remove the V-belt (refer to V-belt Replacement). 2
1
3 Remove the steering pump (refer to Steering
Pump Replacement).
4 Remove 3 bolts securing the water pump pulley to
the oil filter module, and remove the water pump
pulley. 4
3
5 Remove idler pulley C.
6 Remove the crankshaft pulley (refer to GS030106
Replacement of Crankshaft Pulley).
Installation:
7 Remove 4 bolts connecting the oil pan to the front
cover. 1 Clean the junction surface of the engine block, oil
pan and front cover and ensure there is no foreign
8 Remove 23 M6 bolts, 2 M8 bolts, 3 M12 bolts and
material.
idler pulley A securing the front cover to the engine
in the order of 7-29, 5-6, 4 and 1-3. 2 Apply the sealant with the width of 2.5mm to the
surface of front cover as indicated by the route.
Caution: Confirm that the sealant is continuous
15 21 25 22 16
and smooth and the assembly shall be completed
9 1 10 within 5 minutes after applying.
5 6
7 8
2 3
11 12
13
4 14
17
19 18

23 20
24
26 27
28 29
GS030105

9 Tap them from the back according to the position


and order as shown to remove the chain cover.
GS030107

3 Apply the sealant to the junction surface of the oil


pan.
4 Align 2 locating pin holes of the front cover with 2
locating pins and assemble them to the junction
surface of the engine block ladder and cylinder
head assembly.
5 Install 23 M6 bolts, 2 M8 bolts, 3 M12 bolts and
idler pulley A.
6 Tighten 3 M12 bolts to 80-90N.m in the sequence
of 1-3, and check the torque.
7 Tighten idler pulley A to 32~38N.m in the
sequence of 4, and check the torque.

3-52
Engine Mechanical System

8 Tighten 2 M8 bolts to 23~27N.m in the sequence Crankshaft Pulley Replacement


of 5-6, and check the torque. Removal:
9 Tighten 23 M6 bolts to 9-11N.m in the sequence of
1 Remove the V-belt (refer to V-belt Replacement).
7-29, and check the torque.
2 Secure the crankshaft with flywheel lock tool
10 Install 4 bolts connecting the oil pan and the front
C00044503.
cover, tighten them to 9-11N.m, and check the
torque.
11 Secure the water pump pulley on the water pump
oil filter module, install 3 bolts, tighten them to
9~11N.m, and check the torque.
12 Install the steering pump (refer to Steering Pump
Replacement).
13 Install the crankshaft pulley (refer to Crankshaft
Pulley Replacement).
TEN00122
14 Install idler pulley C, tighten the torque to
45~55N.m and check the torque.
15 Install the V-belt (refer to V-belt Replacement).
16 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of GS030108
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
3 Remove the fastening bolts from crankshaft pulley,
and discard the bolts.
4 Remove the crankshaft pulley.
Caution: When removing the pulley, do not damage
the front crankshaft oil seal lip.
Installation:
1 Pay attention to the mounting position of locating
key on the crankshaft. Align the crankshaft pulley
groove with locating key and install the pulley in
place.
2 Install the new bolts, tighten to 85N.m+90°, and
check the torque.
3 Remove the special tool.
4 Install the V-belt (refer to V-belt Replacement).

3-53
Engine Mechanical System

Cylinder Gasket Replacement 7 Install new cylinder gasket to the cylinder block
Removal: and note the "UP" mark.
8 Install the cylinder head to the cylinder block and
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
carefully align it with the locating pins.
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
9 Carefully install the cylinder head bolts, do not
2 Drain the coolant.
apply much force to plug it or drop it into the bolt
3 Remove the timing chain cover (refer to holes, tighten the bolt by hand.
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
10 Tighten the cylinder head bolts to 45N.m +90°
4 Remove the intake and exhaust phase modulator +90 progressively in the sequence as shown and
(refer to Replacement of Phase Modulator (Intake check the torque.
and Exhaust)).
5 Remove the intake/exhaust camshaft (refer to
Camshaft Replacement).
10 6 2 3 7
6 Disconnect the connector of the electronic throttle.
7 Remove 1 bolt securing the intake manifold
bracket to the intake manifold.
8 Remove 10 bolts securing the cylinder head to the
cylinder block, and remove the cylinder head.
9 Remove the cylinder head gasket from the
cylinder block and discard it. 9 5 1 4 8

GS030110

11 Secure the intake manifold bracket to the intake


manifold, install 1 bolt, tighten to 23-26N.m, and
check the torque.
12 Connect the electronic throttle connector.
13 Install the intake/exhaust camshaft (refer to
Camshaft Replacement).
14 Install the intake/exhaust phase modulator (refer
to Replacement of Phase Modulator (Intake and
Exhaust)).
GS030109
15 Install the timing chain cover (refer to
Installation: Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).

1 Clean the mating surface of the cylinder head and 16 Refill the coolant.
cylinder block, and ensure there is no foreign 17 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
material. Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Clean the passages of the engine oil and the
coolant.
3 Clean the cylinder head bolts and wipe them,
check the thread for any sign of damage.
4 Apply a thin oil film on the threads and the
underside of the bolt head.
5 Check the surface of the cylinder head for scratch.
6 Check the height of cylinder head, if it exceeds the
specified value, replace it.

3-54
Engine Mechanical System

Turbocharger Replacement
Removal:
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Drain the engine coolant.
3 Remove the exhaust pipe front section.
2
4 Remove 3 bolts securing the turbocharger heat
shield to the turbocharger, and remove the
turbocharger heat shield.

GS030112

11 Remove and discard the hallow bolt securing the


turbocharger coolant inlet pipe to the turbocharger,
remove and discard the copper gaskets.

GS030111

5 Remove 2 bolts securing the turbocharger bracket


to the cylinder block and turbocharger, and
remove the bracket.
6 Disconnect the connector of the turbocharger.
7 Loosen the clamp, disconnect the air filter outlet
hose from the turbocharger, seal the opening and GS030113
ensure no foreign material dropped into the
12 Remove the bolts securing the turbocharger
turbocharger.
coolant inlet pipe clamp to the heat shield, and
8 Loosen the clamp, disconnect the intercooler take away turbocharger inlet pipe.
intake hose from the turbocharger, seal the
opening and ensure no foreign material dropped
into the turbocharger.
9 Disconnect the pressure control hose from the
turbocharger and exhaust gas port, seal the
opening and ensure no foreign material dropped
into the turbocharger.
10 Loosen the clamp and disconnect the
turbocharger coolant drain pipe from the
turbocharger.

GS030114

3-55
Engine Mechanical System

13 Remove and discard the hallow bolt securing the


turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the turbocharger,
remove and discard the copper gaskets.

GS030117

1 17 Remove and discard 4 nuts securing the


turbocharger to the exhaust manifold, remove the
GS030115
turbocharger, take away and discard the gasket.
14 Remove 1 bolt (1) securing the turbocharger oil
inlet pipe to the turbocharger oil return pipe clamp,
and remove the turbocharger oil inlet pipe.
15 Remove 1 bolt (2) securing the turbocharger oil
return pipe clamp to the exhaust manifold.

GS030118

16 Remove 2 bolts securing the turbocharger oil


return pipe to the turbocharger, and remove the
turbocharger oil return pipe.

3-56
Engine Mechanical System

Installation: Replacement of Turbocharger Coolant Outlet


Pipe
1 Secure the turbocharger oil return pipe to the
turbocharger, use new gaskets to oil return pipe, Removal:
install 2 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m, and check the 1 Drain the engine coolant.
torque.
2 Remove the turbocharger heat shield.
2 Replace with a new gasket, locate the
turbocharger to the exhaust manifold, install 4 new
nuts, tighten to 28-32N.m, and check the torque.
3 Secure the turbocharger oil return pipe bracket to
the exhaust manifold, install 1 bolt, tighten to 22-
28N.m, and check the torque.
Caution: The oil return pipe bracket shares the bolt
with turbocharger heat shield.

4 Use new gaskets and tighten the turbocharger


water return pipe assembly to the turbocharger
water outlet to the torque of 35-40N.m.
5 Replace with a new gasket, secure the
turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the turbocharger, GS030119
install 1 new hollow bolt, tighten to 18-22N.m , and
check the torque. 3 Release clamp 1 and disconnect the engine
exhaust pipe from turbocharger water outlet pipe.
6 Secure the turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the lower
bracket of turbocharger oil return pipe, install 1
bolt, tighten to 9-11N.m, and check the torque.
7 Replace with a new gasket, secure the
turbocharger coolant inlet pipe to the turbocharger,
install 1 new hollow bolt, tighten to 35-40N.m, and
check the torque.
Caution: The water inlet pipe bracket must be secured
on the engine before tightening. 2

8 Secure the turbocharger coolant inlet pipe bracket


to the engine, install 1 bolt, tighten to 8-12N.m,
and check the torque. 1

9 Connect the turbocharger connector. GS030120

10 Secure the turbocharger bracket to the cylinder 4 Remove the nut (2) securing the turbocharger
block and turbocharger, install 2 bolts and pre- water outlet pipe connector to the turbocharger
tighten to 2N.m, then install the bolt securing the and discard the gasket, then remove the water
bracket to turbocharger to 45-50N.m, and the bolt outlet connector.
securing the bracket to cylinder block to 50-
60N.m, and check the torque. Installation:

11 Secure the turbocharger heat shield to the 1 Replace with a new gasket, secure the
turbocharger, install 3 bolts, tighten to 22-28Nm, turbocharger water outlet pipe connector to the
and check the torque. turbocharger, tighten the nut to 35-40N.m, and
check the torque.
12 Refill the engine oil.
2 Connect the turbocharger water outlet pipeline.
Engine Oil and Oil Filter
3 Install the turbocharger heat shield, tighten the
fastening bolts to 22-28N.m and check the torque.
4 Refill the coolant.

3-57
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Turbocharger Coolant Inlet


Pipe
Removal:
1 Drain the engine coolant.
2 Remove the turbocharger heat shield.

GS030123

5 Release the clamp, and disconnect the


turbocharger water inlet pipe from the auxiliary
water pump.
6 Remove the turbocharger water inlet pipe.
GS030121 Installation:
1 Connect the turbocharger water inlet pipe to the
3 Remove 1 bolt securing the turbocharger water
auxiliary water pump, and secure with clamps.
inlet pipe clamp to the heat shield, then remove
the heat shield. 2 Secure the turbocharger water inlet pipe to the
turbocharger, install 1 hollow bolt and 2 new
copper gaskets, tighten to 35-40N.m, and check
the torque.
3 Secure the turbocharger water inlet pipe clamp to
the heat shield, install 1 bolt, tighten to 9-11N.m,
and check the torque.
4 Install the turbocharger heat shield, install 3 bolts,
tighten to 22-28N.m, and check the torque.

GS030122

4 Remove 1 hallow bolt securing the turbocharger


water inlet pipe to the turbocharger, and discard
the copper gaskets.

3-58
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Turbocharger Oil Return Pipe


Removal:
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Remove 3 bolts securing the turbocharger heat
shield to the turbocharger, and remove the
turbocharger heat shield.

GS030125

Installation:
1 Secure the turbocharger oil return pipe to the
turbocharger, install 2 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m,
and check the torque.
2 Secure the turbocharger oil return pipe to the
cylinder block, install 2 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m,
GS030124 and check the torque.
3 Secure the turbocharger oil return pipe clamp to
3 Remove 1 bolt securing the turbocharger oil return
the exhaust manifold, install 1 bolt, tighten to 22-
pipe clamp to the exhaust manifold.
28N.m, and check the torque.
4 Remove 1 bolt securing the turbocharger oil inlet
4 Secure the turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the upper
pipe to the turbocharger oil return pipe clamp, and
clamp of the turbocharger oil return pipe, install 1
remove the turbocharger oil inlet pipe.
bolt, tighten to 9-11N.m, and check the torque.
5 Remove 2 bolts securing the turbocharger oil
5 Secure the turbocharger heat shield to the
return pipe to the cylinder block, and then
turbocharger, install 3 bolts, tighten to 22-28N.m,
disconnect the pipe from cylinder block.
and check the torque.
6 Remove 2 bolts securing the turbocharger oil
6 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
return pipe to the turbocharger, and remove the
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
turbocharger oil return pipe.

3-59
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Turbocharger Oil Inlet Pipe


Removal:
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Remove the alternator (refer to Alternator
Replacement).
3 Remove 3 bolts securing the turbocharger heat
shield to the turbocharger, and remove the
turbocharger heat shield.

8 Remove the turbocharger oil inlet pipe.


Installation:
1 Replace with a new gasket, secure the
turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the cylinder block,
install 1 new hollow bolt, tighten to 18-22N.m, and
check the torque.
2 Secure the turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the
cylinder block, install 1 bolt, tighten to 18-22N.m,
GS030126 and check the torque.
3 Secure the turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the upper
4 Remove and discard the hallow bolt securing the
clamp of the turbocharger oil return pipe, install 1
turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the turbocharger,
bolt, tighten to 7-10N.m, and check the torque.
remove and discard 2 copper gaskets.
4 Replace with a new gasket, secure the
turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the turbocharger,
install 1 new hollow bolt, tighten to 18-22N.m , and
check the torque.
5 Secure the turbocharger heat shield to the
turbocharger, install 3 bolts, tighten to 22-25N.m,
2
and check the torque.
6 Install the alternator (refer to Alternator
Replacement).
7 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
1
GS030127

5 Remove the bolt (1) securing the turbocharger oil


inlet pipe to the turbocharger oil return pipe clamp,
and remove the turbocharger oil inlet pipe.
6 Remove 1 bolt (2) securing the turbocharger oil
inlet pipe to the cylinder block.
7 Remove and discard the hallow bolt (3) securing
the turbocharger oil inlet pipe to the cylinder block,
remove and discard the copper gaskets.

3-60
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Oil Filter Module 6 Remove 4 bolts securing the oil filter module to the
Removal: cylinder block, remove the oil filter module and
discard the gasket.
1 Drain the engine coolant.
2 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
3 Remove the V-belt (refer to V-belt Replacement).
4 Remove 2 bolts securing the water pump inlet pipe
to the cylinder block and oil filter module,
disconnect the water pump inlet pipe from the oil
filter module and discard the seal ring.

GS030131

Installation:
1 Clean the mating surface between the cylinder
block and the oil filter module, ensure it is clean
and smooth.
2 Install a new sealing gasket, tighten 4 bolts
securing the oil filter module to the cylinder block
GS030129 to 23-27N.m, and check the torque.

5 Disconnect the connector of the engine oil 3 Connect the oil pressure switch connector.
pressure switch. 4 Install a new O-ring to the water pump inlet pipe,
apply sealant to it, and install the water pump inlet
pipe to the oil filter module.
5 Secure the water pump inlet pipe to the cylinder
block, install 2 bolts, tighten to 8-12N.m, and
check the torque.
6 Install the V-belt (refer to V-belt Replacement).
7 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
8 Refill the coolant.
1 2

GS030130

3-61
Engine Mechanical System

Camshaft Cover Replacement sequence as shown, and remove the camshaft


Removal: cover.

1 Remove the engine hood (refer to Engine Hood


Replacement). 39 37
12 4 5 36 13 35
2 Remove the top harness from the engine. 20 38
3 Remove the oil-gas separator (refer to
Replacement of Oil-Gas Separator). 19 11 3 6 14 31
34 33 32
4 Remove the high-pressure fuel pump (refer to
Replacement of High-pressure Fuel Pump). 18 10 30 2 29 7 28 15 27
5 Remove the fuel rail (refer to Fuel Rail
Replacement) 26
9 1 8 16 21
17 25 24 23 22
6 Remove the ignition module (refer to Spark Plug
Replacement and Ignition Coil Replacement). GS030133
7 Remove the intake/exhaust camshaft position
14 Remove 2 bolts securing the upper guide rail to
sensor (refer to Replacement of Camshaft
the camshaft head, and remove the upper guide
Position Sensor).
rail.
8 Remove CVVT cover (refer to CVVT Cover
Replacement).
9 Remove the mechanical vacuum pump (refer to
Replacement of Mechanical Vacuum Pump).
10 Remove the turbocharger control solenoid valve
(refer to Replacement of Turbocharger Control
Solenoid Valve).
11 Remove 3 bolts securing the observation hole
cover of the intake camshaft to the camshaft
cover, and remove the observation hole cover of
the intake camshaft.

GS030134

Installation:
1 Secure the upper guide rail to the camshaft cover,
install 2 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m, and check the
torque.
2 Clean the junction surface of the front cover,
camshaft cover and cylinder head and ensure
there is no foreign material.
3 Apply sealant to the junction surface of front cover.

GS030132 4 Apply engine oil to the camshaft journal evenly.

12 Remove the timing chain cover (refer to


Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
13 Remove 39 bolts (35 and 27 are studs) securing
the camshaft cover to the cylinder head in the

3-62
Engine Mechanical System

5 Apply sealant to the camshaft cover (as


illustrated).

GS030137

GS030135 9 Secure the observation hole cover of the intake


6 Secure the camshaft cover to the cylinder head, camshaft to the camshaft cover, install 3 bolts,
install 39 bolts (35 and 27 are studs), tighten them tighten them to 5-7N.m, and check the torque.
to 9-11N.m in the sequence as shown, and check 10 Install the exhaust camshaft observation hole
the torque. cover (refer to Exhaust Camshaft Observation
Hole Cover).
11 Install the turbocharger control solenoid valve
(refer to Replacement of Turbocharger Control
39 37
12 4 5 36 13 35 Solenoid Valve).
20 38 12 Install the mechanical vacuum pump (refer to
Replacement of Mechanical Vacuum Pump).
19 11 3 6 14 31
34 33 32 13 Install CVVT cover (refer to Replacement of CVVT
Cover).
18 10 30 2 29 7 28 15 27
14 Install the intake/exhaust camshaft position sensor
26 (refer to Replacement of Camshaft Position
9 1 8 16 21 Sensor).
17 25 24 23 22
15 Install the ignition module (refer to Ignition Coil
GS030136 Replacement and Spark Plug Replacement).
16 Install the fuel rail (refer to Replacement of Fuel
7 Install the timing chain cover (refer to
Rail)
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
17 Install the high-pressure fuel pump (refer to
8 Apply sealant to the observation hole cover of the
Replacement of High-pressure Fuel Pump).
intake camshaft according to the method shown.
18 Install the oil-gas separator (refer to Replacement
of Oil-Gas Separator).
19 Install the top harness on the engine.
20 Install the engine hood (refer to Engine Hood
Replacement).

3-63
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Engine Timing Chain


Removal:
1 Drain the engine oil (refer to Replacement of
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
2 Remove the timing chain cover (refer to
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
3 Remove CVVT cover (refer to CVVT Cover
Replacement).
4 Remove the mechanical vacuum pump.
5 Remove 3 bolts securing the observation hole
C00044505
cover of the intake camshaft to the camshaft
cover, and remove the observation hole cover of GS030141
the intake camshaft.
6 Install the timing location special tool C00044505
by rotating the crankshaft, locate the rear end tool
first to ensure the TOP mark in the front of
camshaft faces up, then install the front tools (MT).
Rotate the crankshaft and secure the crankshaft
with tool C00051509, in this case, the notch of
crankshaft pulley is aligned with the imprint on
timing cover housing (AT).
MT

GS030142

7 Secure the crankshaft with flywheel lock tool


C00044503.
TEN00122 8 Remove 2 bolts securing the timing chain
tensioner to the cylinder block, and remove the
timing chain tensioner.

GS030139

AT

GS030143

9 Remove 2 bolts securing the upper guide rail to


GS030140 the cylinder head, and remove the upper guide
rail.

3-64
Engine Mechanical System

15 Remove the oil pump chain tensioner.


16 Remove the bolt (2) of the oil pump chain
tensioner.

1
GS030144 1

10 Remove the tensioner rail and chain guide rail


from the chain guide rail bolt.

17 Remove the oil pump chain.


18 Remove the crankshaft sprocket.
Installation:
1 Install the drive crankshaft sprocket to the
crankshaft.
2 Install the oil pump chain.
3 Secure the bolt (2) of the oil pump chain tensioner
to the ladder, tighten to 20-24N.m, and check the
torque.
4 Install the oil pump chain tensioner.

GS030145 5 Pull the oil pump chain tensioner, secure the bolt
(1) of the oil pump chain tensioner to the ladder,
11 Remove the timing chain. tighten to 20-24N.m, and check the torque.

12 Remove 3 chain guide rail bolts from the cylinder 6 Install 3 bolts of the chain guide rail to the cylinder
head/block. block/head, tighten to 20-24N.m, and check the
torque.
13 Remove the crankshaft timing sprocket.
7 Install the timing chain.
14 Remove the bolt (1) of the oil pump chain
tensioner. 8 Install the tensioner rail and chain guide rail to the
chain guide rail bolt and push it to the end.
9 Secure the upper guide rail to the cylinder head,
install 2 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m, and check the
torque.
10 Secure the timing chain tensioner to the cylinder
block, install 2 bolts, tighten to 9-11N.m, and check
the torque.
11 Pull out the pin from the timing chain tensioner.

1 12 Install the timing chain cover (refer to


1 Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
13 Install the crankshaft shock absorber, observe if its
notch is aligned with the mark on the timing chain
cover, if it is not aligned, remove the crankshaft

3-65
Engine Mechanical System

pulley and timing chain cover; and reinstall the Engine Ladder Replacement
chain after alignment. Removal:
14 Remove the crankshaft locking tool and intake/
1 Remove the timing chain cover (refer to
exhaust cam position check tool.
Replacement of Timing Chain Cover).
15 Apply sealant to the observation hole cover of the
2 Remove the timing chain (refer to Timing Chain
intake camshaft according to the method shown.
Replacement).
3 Remove the oil pan (refer to Oil Pan
Replacement).
4 Remove the oil suction pipe (refer to Replacement
of Oil Pump Suction Pipe).
5 Remove the rear crankshaft oil seal (refer to
Replacement of Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal).
6 Remove 16 bolts securing the ladder to the
cylinder block in the sequence as shown.

15 9 13 16 12 8 14
GS030148

16 Secure the observation hole cover of the intake


camshaft to the camshaft cover, install 3 bolts,
tighten them to 5-7N.m, and check the torque. 1 2

17 Install the mechanical vacuum pump (refer to


Replacement of Mechanical Vacuum Pump).
18 Install CVVT cover (refer to Replacement of CVVT
6 10 4 5 11 7 3
Cover).
19 Refill the engine oil (refer to Replacement of GS030149
Engine Oil and Oil Filter).
7 Remove the oil pump and pipe connector (oil
pump to ladder).
8 Remove 10 bearing bolts in the sequence as
shown.

1 5 9 8 4

2 6 10 7 3

GS030150

9 Remove the ladder, and remove the oil return pipe


from the ladder.

3-66
Engine Mechanical System

GS030151 GS030153

Installation: 6 Align the locating pin and secure the ladder to the
cylinder block.
1 Clean the junction surface between the cylinder
block and the ladder, and ensure there is no 7 Install the bearing bolts, tighten to 35N.m +90°
foreign material. +45 ° in the sequence of 10-1, and check the
torque.
2 Clean water and oil ducts, and ensure there are no
foreign material.
3 Apply fresh engine oil to the crankshaft main
journal.
1 5 9 8 4

2 6 10 7 3

GS030154

8 Apply a small amount of oil to the pipe connector


(oil pump to ladder), and install it to the oil inlet of
GS030152 the ladder.
9 Secure the oil pump to the ladder, install 4 bolts
4 Manually press the oil return pipe into the ladder,
and pre-tighten manually.
when the exposed section is appr. 10mm, tap it
with a rubber hammer until the end of the pipe 10 Install 14 remaining bolts securing the ladder to
touches the bottom. the cylinder block, tighten them to 23-27N.m in the
sequence as shown, and check the torque.
5 Apply sealant evenly to the junction surface
between the ladder and the cylinder block, see the
figure.

3-67
Engine Mechanical System

Replacement of Engine Assembly


Removal
15 9 13 16 12 8 14 1 Open the engine hood. Disconnect and remove
the battery (refer to Battery Replacement).
2 Remove the engine hood, disconnect the power
steering pump pipeline, and collect steering fluid
1 2 with a container.
3 Drain the coolant in the radiator, and collect the
coolant with a container (refer to Coolant
Replacement).
6 10 4 5 11 7 3

GS030155

Caution: After application of the sealant, tighten to


the specified torque within 15 minutes.
11 Install the rear crankshaft oil seal (refer to
Replacement of Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal).
12 Install the oil suction pipe (refer to Replacement of
Oil Pump Suction Pipe).
13 Install the oil pan (refer to Oil Pan Replacement).
14 Install the timing chain (refer to Timing Chain
Replacement).
GS030156
15 Install the front cover (refer to Replacement of
Timing Chain Cover). 4 Remove the intake grille.
5 Remove the intercooler (refer to Intercooler
Replacement).
6 Remove the cooling module assembly from the
complete vehicle (refer to Replacement of Cooling
Module).
7 Disconnect the connector of transmission cable.
Remove the center console (refer to Removal of
Center Console) first, and then remove the gear
shift lever (refer to Removal of Gear Shift Lever).
8 Remove the catalytic converter assembly (refer to
Replacement of Catalytic Converter Assembly).

3-68
Engine Mechanical System

GS030157 GS030159

9 Disconnect pipes and harnesses connected to the


engine.
10 Lift the complete vehicle to a certain height with a
lifter, and disconnect the transmission rear mount.
11 Lower the lifter to a certain height, and support the
transmission assembly with an universal carrier.

GS030160

13 Lift out the engine assembly from the engine


compartment with a proper lifting arm.

GS030158

12 Unscrew the nuts securing engine mount and


transmission to the engine. Place a proper
wooden or plastic block between the engine rear
end and dash panel to prevent the engine from
damaging the dash panel.

GS030161

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

3-69
Engine Mechanical System

A phase modulator is installed to the drive ends of the


Description and Operation
intake and exhaust camshafts and fixed by bolts. The main
Overview parts of phase modulator is made by powder metallurgy
The NLE engine features in-line 4-cylinder, 16-valve, methods. The outer housing driven by timing chain is
DOHC, timing chain drive and direct injection system. connected with inner rotor through five blades fixed at
camshaft end in a hydraulic way. When the engine is not
It is mainly composed of cylinder block, cylinder head, running, a pin with elastic load locks both halves of the
crankshaft, connecting rod and camshaft. The cylinder phase modulator; when the engine operates, they are
head is made of cast aluminum material and connected loosened in a hydraulic way to ensure stable starting.
with the cast aluminum cylinder block through multi-layer
cylinder gaskets by using 10 high-strength bolts, providing Two oil control valves are installed on the camshaft cover
high overall strength and reliable structure. control valve housing and fixed with an O-ring and a bolt.
The control valve is a four-way proportioning valve,
Cylinder Head Components including an oil inlet, an oil return port and two oil ducts
The cylinder head adopts 4 valves per cylinder structure connected with the working chamber.
with a spark plug mounted at the center of the combustion
Cylinder Block Components
chamber. Due to adoption of overhead valve structure,
powerful whirlpool will be formed in the combustion Adopting the cast aluminum material AlSi9Cu3, the
chamber to make the mixed gas evenly distributed, which cylinder block and ladder are formed by high pressure
is good for transmission of flame to improve combustion casting. They are characterized by light weight and high
condition, so as to enhance the power performance, fuel strength. The precast cylinder liner is used on cylinder
economy and emission performance of the engine. block to prevent the cylinder liner from deformation and
improve the heat transfer. Y-shaped water passages are
The camshaft drives the roller rocker, one end of the roller processed between two adjacent cylinders to ensure heat
rocker is supported by a hydraulic tappet, and the other dissipation effect of the cylinder block. Iron cast inserts are
end is supported by a valve stem end. The valve is driven used for ladder bearing seat to satisfy the strength
by swing arm torque. The valve clearance can be requirements of high performance engine.
automatically compensated by the hydraulic tappet. The
valve stem oil seal is press-fitted on the cylinder head oil The aluminum alloy thermal expansion piston is provided
seal seat and can be used as the valve spring seat to with a full floating piston pin fit to the clearance of the small
support the valve spring. end of connecting rod, and both ends of the piston pin are
fixed and limited by circlips. Each piston is provided with
The exhaust valve is of a carbon deposit removal type, and two compression rings and one oil ring.
the valve stem with the side machined can clean the
carbon deposit at the end of the valve guide and in the The forging steel connecting rod has the structure of the H-
combustion chamber so as to prevent valve seizing. section. The big end of connecting rod moves on the
bearing shell of crankshaft journal. The connecting rod
The metal cylinder gasket is of a multi-layer structure, the adopts forging and cracking process.
cylinder opening adopts a pressing ring structure, which
enhances sealing at cylinder opening; local rubber coat The crankshaft has four balance weights and is supported
technology is adopted to ensure the sealing performance. by five bearing shells. The end float is controlled by the
thrust washer on the top of the central main bearing shell.
There are four oil ducts at front bearing of the camshaft, The radial clearance of the bearing shell is optional, which
one oil inlet duct, one oil return duct and two operating oil is controlled by the bearing shells of two different grades.
ducts. Oil enters the oil control solenoid valve via the oil The oil groove offered in the upper half part of the main
ducts. The tail end of intake camshaft is equipped with a bearing shell supplies oil to the connecting rod big end
camshaft signal wheel to provide signals for camshaft bearing shell through the oil hole in the crankshaft.
position sensor. A stern notch is formed in the camshaft for
controlling camshaft timing phase during assembly.

3-70
Engine Mechanical System

Oil Pan Components High Pressure Common Rail and Direct


The oil pan assembly consists of the oil pan machining Injection System
parts, drain plug bolt gasket and drain plug bolt. The Comparing with PFI engine, the gasoline direct injection
aluminum oil pan is designed in a shape suitable for engine avoids introducing moisture to the wall of the intake
collecting the oil around the oil suction pipe. The oil suction port, this allows accurate calculation of the fuel, reduction
pipe of oil pump module installed on the engine block - of the HC emission level during cold start and improvement
ladder assembly is inserted in the bottom of oil pan and of the engine transient response speed.
draws oil during engine running to lubricate the crankshaft,
GDI (Gasoline In-Cylinder Direct Injection) fuel injection
connecting rod and camshaft, etc. The junction surface of
system mainly includes: high-pressure fuel pump, high-
the oil pan and ladder is sealed with sealant and fixed by
pressure fuel pipe, fuel rail, rail pressure sensor and fuel
bolts.
injector.
Lower Crankcase Body The high-pressure oil pump driven by the overhead cam
The lower crankcase assembly consists of lower pumps high-pressure fuel into the fuel rail through the fuel
crankcase and oil pump. The aluminum lower crankcase is pipe, the injector injects fuel in the rail into the cylinder at a
designed into a shape that is suitable for accumulating oil certain pulse width, and the rail pressure sensor returns a
around the strainer, the oil pump is assembled to the signal of pressure in the rail to the ECU which controls the
bottom of the crankcase, and the oil passes through the oil pressure in the fuel rail through the high-pressure fuel
strainer with screen and then the oil filter after pressurized pump. NLE fuel injection system pressure is up to 15MPa.
through the oil pump. Clean oil free from impurities is ECU controls the fuel-injection amount by controlling the
distributed to the main bearing and cylinder head via the rail pressure and fuel injection pulse width to meet the
main oil duct of the engine block to lubricate the crankshaft, requirements of different conditions for injection amount.
connecting rod and camshaft, etc. The junction surface of
the lower crankcase and engine block is sealed with Turbocharger
sealant and fixed by bolts. The high temperature and high pressure gas exhausted
from the engine exhaust manifold contains a certain
Engine Accessories energy. For naturally aspirated engines, this energy is
The accessories system is a drive system driven by often wasted during emission. The turbocharger can
crankshaft shock absorber: to drive the water pump, convert waste gas into energy to enhance the engine
alternator and A/C compressor via a single 6-ribbed belt power (about 30%) and cylinder scavenging to effectively
and to tension the belt by the tensioner. reduce NOx emissions. The turbine wheel and compressor
impeller realize rigid connection through the turbocharger
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
shaft, and this is called the turbocharger rotor. The
The ventilation system, with the help of intake system
turbocharger rotor is fixed in the turbocharger through the
vacuum level, redirects the exhaust gas escaped to the
floating bearing (A small friction resistance moment can be
crankcase back into the cylinder for combustion, so as to
guaranteed when the rotor rotates at high speed.). When
reduce the air pollution.
the engine operates, the exhausted gas impacts on the
Oil-gas separation will be made for the oil and gas via an oil turbocharger impeller at a certain angle at a high speed, so
separator installed on the camshaft cover, and the that the turbocharger rotor rotates at a high speed. The
separated engine oil will flow back to the crankcase. high-speed rotation of the compressor impeller raises the
pressure in the engine intake manifold, and pressurization
is thus achieved during this process. So air will be exposed
to greater pressure in the intake process, so that more,
denser air enters the cylinder. This helps to improve fuel
combustion and engine performance. Water cooling and
oil cooing are used due to high temperature of the gasoline
engine tubocharger.

3-71
Engine Mechanical System

Operation

Lubricating Oil Circuit

GS030162

The lubrication system is a full-flow filtration, forced oil so you just need to replace the filter element when doing
supply system. Oil is drawn from the oil pan through the oil maintenance. The oil filter is provided with a bypass valve,
suction pipe by the oil pump, and the oil suction pipe is when the filter element is blocked, it will open and ensure
equipped with a screen which can prevent impurities from free flow of the oil, but the element shall be replaced as
entering the oil pump. The oil pump with a pressure relief soon as possible under this situation. The oil then enters
valve is driven by the crankshaft via a chain. When the oil into the main oil duct fitted with the piston cooling nozzle
pressure reaches a certain value, the pressure relief valve which is used for cooling the piston and lubricating the
will open, the excess oil returns to the inlet side of oil pump, connecting rod small end and piston pin. The oil lubricates
and this helps maintain the oil pressure within a certain the main bearing shell through the cross oil duct, and the
operating pressure range and ensure the normal operation cross oil duct of the crankshaft delivers the oil from the
of engine. Oil flows out from the oil pump outlet, then main bearing shell to the connecting rod big end bearing
enters into the oil filter module through the ladder and the shell. The cylinder head has three side oil ducts
oil duct of engine block. The oil filter module is directly connecting with the main oil duct of the engine block. One
installed on the engine block, which contains the oil cooler of them is used to provide pressure for the VCT. The oil
and oil filter. The oil cooler cools the oil before delivering it flows into two horizontal oil ducts of the standard length
into the oil filter, this oil filter is an environment-friendly filter,

3-72
Engine Mechanical System

through the rest two side oil ducts and is supplied to each
hydraulic tappet and camshaft journal.

A mechanical vacuum pump (if equipped) is installed at the


rear end of one cross oil duct.

The turbocharger lubricating oil pipe of the turbocharged


engine is connected with the main oil duct of engine. Oil
flows back to the engine cavity (if equipped) through the oil
return pipe after flowing through the turbocharger.

3-73
Engine Mechanical System

Special Tool
SN. Tool Number/ Illustration
Description

SN. Tool Number/ Illustration


Description

C00044505
5 Camshaft timing
tooling kit
C00044501
1
Engine lug kit

C00044505

C00044501

C00044507
6 Oil pump sprocket
C00044502 lock
2 Fuel injector
remover

C00044507

C00044502

C00044508
7 Oil pan locating
C00044503 tool
3
Flywheel lock pin

C00044508

C00044503

C00044509
8 Rear crankshaft oil
C00044504 seal installer
4
Crankshaft holder

C00044509

C00044504

3-74
Engine Mechanical System

SN. Tool Number/ Illustration SN. Tool Number/ Illustration


Description Description

C00044510 C00044517
9 Front crankshaft oil 13 Shaft 1 supporting
seal installer bearing remover

C00044510 C00044517

C00044511
Connecting rod C00051510
10 bearing shell 14 Flywheel locking
installation and tool
centering tool

C00044511 C00044518

C00046379 C00051509
11 Belt tensioner 15 Crankshaft location
thrust wrench timing tool (AT)

C00046379 C00051509

C00044515 C00089859
12 Shaft 1 supporting 16 Fuel sensor cover
bearing installer remover

C00044515 C00089859

3-75
Engine Mechanical System

3-76
Engine Cooling System
Engine Cooling System

Specification

Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Screw - thermostat outlet pipe 9-11N.m

Screw - water pump pulley 9-11N.m

Bolt - water pump assembly 9-11N.m

Nut - expansion tank assembly to body dash panel 9±1


Bolt - expansion tank assembly to body dash panel 9±1
Bolt - engine cooling fan assembly to radiator 5±1
Bolt - condenser assembly to radiator assembly 5±1
Bolt - intercooler assembly to body 22 ± 2
Clamp - connecting intercooler intake hose and engine turbocharger outlet 5 ± 0.5
Clamp - connecting intercooler intake hose and intercooler assembly 5 ± 0.5
Clamp - connecting intercooler exhaust pipe assembly and engine throttle 5 ± 0.5
inlet

Clamp - connecting intercooler exhaust pipe assembly and intercooler 5 ± 0.5


assembly

Clamp - connecting radiator water inlet pipe, engine assembly and engine 5 ± 0.5
cooling module assembly

Clamp - connecting radiator water outlet pipe, engine assembly and 5 ± 0.5
engine cooling module assembly

Bolt - front assembly bracket of transmission oil cooler pipe to engine 11 ± 1


cooling module assembly

Bolt - rear assembly pressing plate of transmission oil cooler pipe to 23 ± 3


transmission assembly

Bolt - rear assembly bracket of transmission oil cooler pipe to engine 23 ± 3


assembly

Bolt - rear assembly bracket of transmission oil cooler pipe to engine 11 ± 1


assembly

Nut - front/rear assembly of transmission oil cooler pipe 28 ± 2

4-1
Engine Cooling System

Technical Parameters

Cooling fan model PWM pulse fan

Cooling fan ON/OFF

·ON 92 ℃ (high load)/102 ℃ (low load)

·OFF 89 ℃ (high load)/99 ℃ (low load)


Cooling fan ON/OFF - after engine shutdown

ON/Duration: 1. Entry time: 91 ℃≤ water temperature T < 96 ℃ , the fan


30% operates. Exit time: difference calculation is made
between 120s and 240s (transient water temperature at
engine shutdown), if the cooling fan causes the water
temperature to be < 88 ℃ during subsequent operation, the
fan is off (even it is not the time for exiting).
2. Entry time: 96 ℃≤ water temperature T, the fan 60%
operates. Exit time: 240s (transient water temperature at
engine shutdown), if the cooling fan causes the water
temperature to be < 96 ℃ during subsequent operation, the
fan 30% operates, when the water temperature is < 88 ℃ ,
the fan is off (even it is not the time for exiting).

Thermostat operating temperature

Initial ON 90 ℃ (high load)/102 ℃ (low load)


Fully open 115 ℃
Fully open lift ≥ 8mm
Pressure relief valve of the expansion tank cap

High pressure ON 140Kpa

Low pressure ON -10Kpa

Coolant pump (model) Electronic clutch water pump

Drive ratio of coolant pump 1.26

4-2
Engine Cooling System

Layout

2
7

3
6
5

GS03206

1 Thermostat pipe 5 Water pump inlet pipe assembly


2 Water pump pulley 6 Oil filter module
3 Thermostat housing assembly 7 Engine water pump
4 Water pump inlet pipe

4-3
Engine Cooling System

2
4

DS570010

1 Turbocharger
2 Turbocharger water inlet pipe assembly
3 Electronic auxiliary water pump outlet pipe
assembly
4 Engine auxiliary water pump
5 Turbocharger water outlet pipe assembly

4-4
Engine Cooling System

Cooling System Layout

4
3

DS570010

1 Expansion tank assembly


2 Engine exhaust pipe assembly
3 Transmission oil cooler pipe assembly
4 Engine cooling module assembly
5 Intercooler assembly

4-5
Engine Cooling System

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Failure Possible Causes Measures

Overheated Engine Coolant insufficient Refill coolant

Radiator pressure cover failure Replace

Engine overload Reduce engine load for operation

Too much dust on the radiator Wash

Cooling fan shroud damaged or Repair or replace


separated from the fan

Fan drive belt damaged or loose Repair or replace

Water pump failure Replace

Air or gas mixed in the cooling system For partial leakage, add sealant or
sealing parts to block the leaking
position; for severe leakage, replace
the cylinder block

Coolant temperature sensor or Replace


thermometer damaged

Thermostat failure Replace

Low Engine Coolant Temperature Too much cold air flowing through the Replace the fan clutch
radiator

Radiator shutter stuck at the maximum Replace


opening

Temperature sensor failure Replace

Thermometer failure Replace

Thermostat damaged Replace

4-6
Engine Cooling System

Repair Guidance Replacement of Water Pump


Removal
Thermostat Replacement
1 Drain the engine coolant.
Removal
2 Remove the V-belt.
1 Drain the engine coolant.
3 Remove the bolt (1) of the water pump pulley, and
2 Disconnect the connector of the coolant remove the pulley.
temperature sensor.
3 Remove 3 bolts fixing the water outlet pipe to the
thermostat housing.

2
1

1
DS570010

4 Remove the bolt (2) of the water pump, and


GS030003 remove the water pump assembly.
Installation
4 Remove the thermostat assembly.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Installation
2 Tightening torque: to be determined
1 Replace the thermostat, and ensure the seal ring
of the thermostat is properly installed. Water pump pulley bolts: 9-11N.m.

2 Installation is the reverse of removal. Water pump assembly bolts: 9-11N.m.


3 Tighten to the specified torque, refill coolant:
3 Refill coolant.
Thermostat outlet pipe bolts: 9-11N.m.

4 Connect the connector of the coolant temperature


sensor.

4-7
Engine Cooling System

Coolant Drain Radiator Replacement

1 Open the engine hood. Removal

2 Open the expansion tank cover. 1 Drain the coolant first (refer to Coolant Drain).

3 Put a container under the radiator to collect water. 2 Disconnect the radiator from the condenser (refer
to Replacement of Condenser).
4 Release the radiator drain valve.
3 Unscrew the bolts fixing the upper radiator bracket
5 Tighten the radiator drain valve after draining. onto both girders.

4 Pull out the rubber gasket under the radiator from


the radiator lower mounting bracket.
Coolant Refill
5 Disconnect the radiator from the radiator water
1 Refill coolant to the expansion tank. inlet/outlet pipe respectively.
2 Observe the level mark on the expansion tank and 6 Remove the connector of the electric fan.
maintain the coolant within the reasonable level.
7 Remove the radiator.
3 Start the engine for 1min, then observe the level
on the expansion tank. If the coolant is below the 8 Remove the electric fan.
MIN. mark, keep refilling until the coolant achieves
the reasonable level (between the MAX and MIN).

GS350014

Installation
1 Install the electric fan to the radiator.
2 Install the radiator to the bracket, and fix the
condenser to the radiator, install 2 bolts and
tighten them.

3 Connect the radiator water inlet/outlet pipe.

4 Connect the connector of the electric fan.

5 Refill coolant (refer to Coolant Refill).

4-8
Engine Cooling System

4 Refill coolant (refer to Coolant Refill).


Replacement of Radiator Water Inlet and
Outlet Pipes
Removal
1 Drain the coolant (refer to Coolant Drain).
2 Respectively separate the radiator water inlet pipe
(1) and outlet pipe (2) from the radiator.

GS350015

3 Respectively separate the radiator water inlet pipe


and outlet pipe from the engine. Remove the
radiator water inlet and outlet pipes.

GS350016

Installation
1 Respectively separate the radiator water inlet pipe
and outlet pipe from the engine. Remove the
radiator water inlet and outlet pipes.
2 Connect the radiator water inlet pipe (1) and outlet
pipe (2) to the radiator.

3 Refill coolant (refer to Coolant Refill).

4-9
Engine Cooling System

5 Pull out the rubber gasket under the intercooler


Replacement of Intercooler Assembly
assembly from the body mounting hole.
Removal
1 Lift the vehicle.
2 Remove the lower spoiler of the engine.

3 Disconnect the intercooler assembly from the


intercooler intake hose (1) and intercooler exhaust
pipe assembly (2).

GS350019
2
6 Remove the intercooler assembly.

1 Installation
1 Install the intercooler assembly.
GS350017
2 Pull out the rubber gasket under the intercooler
4 Unscrew the bolts fastening the intercooler assembly from the body mounting hole.
assembly to body.
3 Tighten the bolts fastening the intercooler
assembly to the body. Tighten the bolts fastening
the intercooler assembly to the body to the torque
of 22 ± 2N.m
4 Install the intercooler assembly to the intercooler
intake hose (1) and intercooler exhaust pipe
assembly (2) respectively.

5 Install the lower spoiler of the engine.

6 Lower the vehicle.

GS350018

4-10
Engine Cooling System

3 Unscrew the bolts fixing the intercooler exhaust


Replacement of Intercooler Intake and
hose to the engine.
Exhaust Hoses
Removal
1 Disconnect the intercooler intake hose (1) and
intercooler exhaust pipe assembly (2) from the
intercooler assembly respectively.

2
GS350021

4 Disconnect the intercooler intake hose and


1 intercooler exhaust pipe assembly from the
engine. Remove the intercooler intake hose and
intercooler exhaust pipe assembly.
GS350017

2 Unscrew the bolts fixing the intercooler intake


hose to the subframe. Installation
1 Install the intercooler intake hose and intercooler
exhaust pipe assembly to the engine. Install the
intercooler intake hose and intercooler exhaust
pipe assembly.
2 Tighten the bolts fixing the intercooler exhaust
hose to the engine.

3 Tighten the bolts fixing the intercooler intake hose


to the subframe.

4 Install the intercooler intake hose (1) and


intercooler exhaust pipe assembly (2) to the
intercooler assembly.

GS350020

4-11
Engine Cooling System

3 Separate the expansion tank assembly from the


Replacement of Expansion Tank Assembly
hose between engine and expansion tank.
Removal
1 Unscrew the bolts fastening the expansion tank
assembly to the body.

GS350024

4 Remove the expansion tank assembly.


GS350022

2 Separate the expansion tank assembly from the Installation


engine exhaust pipe assembly.
1 Install the expansion tank assembly.
2 Install the expansion tank assembly to the hose
between the engine and the expansion tank.

3 Install the expansion tank assembly and engine


exhaust pipe assembly.

4 Tighten the bolts fastening the expansion tank


assembly to the body.

5 Refill coolant.

GS350023

4-12
Engine Cooling System

3 Separate the engine exhaust pipe assembly from


Replacement of Engine Exhaust Pipe
the engine. Remove the engine exhaust pipe
Assembly assembly.
Removal
1 Remove the clamp fixing the engine exhaust pipe
assembly to the expansion tank assembly, and
remove the engine exhaust pipe assembly.

GS350027

Installation
GS350025
1 Connect the engine exhaust pipe assembly to the
2 Remove the clamp fixing the engine exhaust pipe engine. Remove the engine exhaust pipe
assembly to the engine cooling fan assembly, and assembly.
remove the engine exhaust pipe assembly. 2 Install the clamp fixing the engine exhaust pipe
assembly to the engine cooling fan assembly, and
install the engine exhaust pipe assembly.

3 Install the clamp fixing the engine exhaust pipe


assembly to the expansion tank assembly, and
install the engine exhaust pipe assembly.

DS030026

4-13
Engine Cooling System

2 Tighten the bolts fixing the hose bracket between


Replacement of Hose between Engine and
engine and expansion tank to the body.
Expansion Tank
3 Install the clamp fixing the hose between engine
Removal
and expansion tank to expansion tank assembly,
1 Drain the coolant. and install the hose between engine and
2 Remove the clamp fixing the hose between engine expansion tank.
and expansion tank to expansion tank assembly, 4 Refill coolant.
and pull out the hose between engine and
expansion tank.

GS350028

3 Unscrew the bolts fixing the hose bracket between


engine and expansion tank to the body.

GS350029

4 Separate the hose between engine and expansion


tank from the engine. Remove the hose between
engine and expansion tank.

Installation
1 Connect the hose between engine and expansion
tank to the engine. Install the hose between
engine and expansion tank.

4-14
Engine Cooling System

Replacement of Cooling Fan Assembly Description and Operation


Removal
Overview
1 Disconnect the negative/positive battery cable.
The main task of the cooling system is to ensure engine
2 Unscrew the bolts fixing the cooling fan assembly operation at an optimum temperature, when the engine is
to the radiator. cold, the system is slowly getting cold or it warms up the
engine without any cooling.

The cooling system applies a pressurized water forced


circulation cooling system which consists of the cooling
water jacket, radiator, expansion tank, water pump,
auxiliary water pump, thermostat, thermostat housing,
cooling fan, water pipe (including turbocharger cooler
water pipe), drive belt, etc.

Coolant heated in the water jacket is delivered to the


radiator by the water pump, and when passing through the
radiator, it is cooled by the cooling fan and the airflow from
GS350030 driving. The cooled coolant is then sent back to the engine
by the water pump. The above circulation allows the
3 Pull out the cooling fan assembly from the radiator engine to work at an appropriate temperature.
slot.
The cooling system also provides heat for the vehicle.
4 Pull out the harness connector from the cooling
fan assembly. Small Circulation
5 Remove the cooling fan assembly. When starting off the vehicle, the coolant cannot reach the
temperature for enabling the thermostat, and it will not
warm the engine quickly by the radiator.
Installation
Large Circulation
1 Install the cooling fan assembly.
When the engine reaches a certain temperature, the
2 Install the harness connector of the cooling fan
assembly. thermostat is enabled, the coolant flows into the radiator so
that it can maintain an appropriate temperature.
3 Install the cooling fan assembly into the radiator
slot. Thermostat
4 Tighten the bolts fixing the cooling fan assembly to Change of the coolant circulation path is made based on
the radiator. the coolant temperature. Maintain an appropriate coolant
5 Connect the battery positive/negative. temperature.

Water Pump
The water pump driven by the drive belt helps the engine
coolant to circulate.

Auxiliary Water Pump


The auxiliary water pump driven by power helps the
turbocharger coolant to circulate.

4-15
Engine Cooling System

4-16
Engine Electrical System
Engine Electrical System

Specification

Fastener Tightening Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Bolt - alternator 47.5 ± 2.5


Nut - battery harness alternator positive 12.5 ± 2.5
Bolt - starter 50 ± 5
Nut - battery harness starter positive 12.5 ± 2.5
Nut - starter terminal 5±1
Bolt/screw - battery lock block 22 ± 2
Bolt/screw - battery tray 22 ± 2
Bolt - battery fixed support 20 ± 2

5-1
Engine Electrical System

Layout

2
DS050000

1 Starter assembly 2 Motor assembly

5-2
Engine Electrical System

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Failure Possible Causes Measures

Hard Engine Start or Start Failure Starting circuit loose or corroded Clean and tighten circuit connectors

The preheater is operated improperly Take correct preheating steps


(when necessary)

Intake system blocked Check whether the intake system


pipeline is unobstructed

Insufficient fuel in the fuel tank Fill the tank with appropriate amount of
fuel

Starter motor and electric appliance Consult an authorized repairer for


system failure DTC query

Air mixed in the fuel system Exhaust the air

Starter motor does not operate Battery undercharged Charge or


normally replace the battery

Alternator Does Not Work or Battery connector loose or corroded Clean/tighten the battery connector
Undercharges
Engine belt slips Check/replace the belt and tension
pulley

Instrument or indicator lamp failure Check/replace the instrument or


indicator lamp

Engine wire loose or damaged Repair the wire

Alternator failure Replace the alternator

5-3
Engine Electrical System

Repair Guidance

Alternator Replacement
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative. A
C
2 Remove the drive belt (refer to V-belt
Replacement).
3 Remove 3 bolts securing the EPAS idler support to
cylinder head, and remove the EPAS idler support.

DS050002

GS030205

4 Remove the battery harness alternator positive nut


(1) and disconnect the harness connector (2). B
DS050003

2 Tightening torque:
3 3
Bolts securing alternator to engine: 47.5 ± 2.5 N.m.
2 Tightening sequence: A-B-C.

1 Battery harness alternator positive nut: 12.5 ± 2.5 N.m.

3 Secure the EPAS idler support to the cylinder


head, install 3 bolts, tighten to 23-27N.m and
check the torque.
4

DS050001

5 Remove 2 mounting bolts (3) from the upper part


of the alternator.
6 Lift the car, and remove 1 mounting bolt (4) from
the lower part of the alternator.
7 Remove the alternator.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

5-4
Engine Electrical System

Starter Replacement
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative.

3
1

DS050004

DS050005

2 Remove the battery harness starter positive nut


(1).
3 Remove the tightening nut (2) of starter terminal
and 2 mounting bolts (3) of the starter.
4 Remove the starter.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
2 Tightening torque:
Bolts securing starter to engine: 50 ± 5 N.m.

Starter terminal nut: 5 ± 1 N.m

Battery harness starter positive nut: 12.5 ± 2.5 N.m

5-5
Engine Electrical System

Caution: Battery may produce explosive gases. Battery


Description and Operation
contains corrosive acid. Battery supplies the electrical
Overview current high enough to cause burns. Therefore, in order to
The starting system of the vehicle includes a 12V starter reduce the risk of injury, be sure to follow the rules below
motor which drives the engine to start combustion process when operating near the battery:
and convert electrical energy to mechanical energy. The Be sure to wear protective glasses and try to avoid the
electric power system of the vehicle must be able to battery from tilting.
provide sufficient energy to ensure the starter motor can
rotate the crankshaft. Do not place the battery near open fire or sparks.

The charging system consists of the battery, alternator and Protect skin and eyes from contacting battery electrolyte. If
related electrical elements. skin or eyes contact the electrolyte, flush immediately and
take medical measures.
The alternator obtains mechanical energy from the
crankshaft during engine running and transforms it into Follow each step of the jump start procedure in order.
electric energy for operation of electrical elements and
Treat both the booster and the discharged battery with care
battery charging. A charging indicator is installed on the
when using a jumper cable.
instrument cluster. It will be illuminated when the alternator
has no output voltage or when the voltage is lower than the
battery voltage.

Starter Motor
The starter motor is located at the right rear side of the
engine, it is fixed with 2 bolts. The mechanical energy of
the pinion drives the flywheel, the transmission ratio of
them enlarges the torque so as to provide sufficient torque.

Alternator
The alternator at the left front of the engine is secured on
the support with 3 bolts. The drive pulley is connected to
the tail end of the rotor, which is driven by the drive belt of
the crankshaft. The belt tension is maintained by the
frictional restriction tension pulley. The instrument cluster is
used together with a charging indicator, this indicator will
illuminate when the output of the alternator is zero or low.

Battery
Battery provides electric energy to start the vehicle and
adjusts the imbalance between alternator output and load.
When the engine does not work or runs at a low speed, the
battery supplies power for electric appliances; when the
power of electric appliances is higher than the alternator
output power, the battery and alternator will supply power
in parallel; when the power of electric appliances is lower
than the alternator output power, the alternator will supply
power for the battery and electric appliances.

5-6
Engine Electrical System

Preventative measures: Charge in a well-ventilated place.


Battery Usage and Maintenance
Smoking is prohibited to prevent sparks and open fire.
Safe Operation Sequence for connecting battery harness: Connect the
Electric energy positive cable and then the negative; Sequence for
When the positive and negative terminals of a battery is disconnecting battery harness: Disconnect the negative
short-circuited by a metal conductor (such as a metal tool, cable and then the positive.
metal wire or metal part) accidentally, that is, the battery is
Protective measures: Wear protective glasses and acid-
short-circuited externally, an electric arc will be produced,
proof clothes.
leading to terminal melting and splash of melted lead alloy.
In severe cases, a lot of heat will be produced, leading to Emergency measures: When a large amount of sulfuric
combustion. acid splashes due to the battery burst, the operator shall
flush the positions with splashed sulfuric acid with water
Preventative measures: When assembling the battery with
immediately; immediately send the operator ablated by
a metal tool or troubleshoot a battery with a metal wire,
sulfuric acid to hospital for treatment when necessary.
avoid the direct shortcircuit between the battery positive
and negative terminals.

Protective measures: Wear protective glasses and gloves.

Emergency measures: In case of a fire, immediately


disconnect the external short-circuit metal conductor with
an adjustable wrench or another tool from the battery. Do
not contact with hands. Then extinguish the fire with
extinguishing material.

Sulfuric acid
If the battery housing is broken due to drop or overcharge
of the battery, sulfuric acid may flow or splash from the
broken position.

Preventative measures: Handle with care; keep upright;


recharge the battery as per specified procedures.

Protective measures: Wear protective glasses and acid-


proof clothes.

Emergency measures: When skin contacts sulfuric acid,


immediately flush skin surface with plenty of water and
take off the contaminated clothes; when eyes contact
sulfuric acid, immediately keep flushing eyes with clean
water for at least 10min; when sulfuric acid splashes into
the oral cavity accidentally, drink plenty of water or milk
immediately. See a doctor for treatment if necessary.

Exhaust gases
During charging and discharging, a battery will exhaust the
mixture of oxygen and hydrogen from its exhaust vent. If
the concentration of hydrogen in the environment exceeds
4%, an explosion would occur when the gas mixture
contacts open fire, sparks or excessive heat.

5-7
Engine Electrical System

Battery Maintenance Requirements: It is also prohibited to install a battery with leakage to a


Battery warehousing management vehicle.
Check incoming goods for damage. Battery case surface
Do not knock or twist battery terminals during installation.
or the juncture between it and positive or negative pole
shall be free of acid liquid overflow, cracks, bumps or dirts. Battery circuit connection during assembly
Sequence for connecting battery circuit: Connect the
Check the status indicator (electric eye) of the battery.
positive cable and then the negative.
Battery power indicator:
Sequence for disconnecting battery circuit: Disconnect the
Green: The battery has enough power to start the
negative cable and then the positive.
vehicle normally.
Assembling process
Black: Low battery. The battery shall be recharged.
When assembling a battery, ensure all electrical
White: The battery is scrapped and shall be replaced. accessories are turned off.

The length of forklift's fork handle had better be consistent In different assembling areas, try to close doors, engine
with the width of pallet, so as to prevent the battery hood and trunk lid to prevent unnecessary electric energy
damage. loss.

Batteries shall be placed on a flat bracket in a centralized Ensure all on-board electrical systems are turned off during
way. Batteries can be stacked if isolation plates made of a break, lunch or shift turnover or after work.
paper or foam are provided (maximum stacking layers: 4);
Check and assess vehicles for current leakage
stacking is not allowed when there is no isolation plate.
periodically.
Obey the "first in, first out" principle.
When the vehicle is off-line, check and ensure its battery
DO NOT store batteries in a hot place. It is preferably to electric eye displays green. In case of undercharge,
store batteries in a ventilated dry room at 5 ~ 40 ℃ . immediately recharge the battery.

Battery installation Repair area


When carrying the battery, do not tilt it to an angle over 40 Develop the habit of saving battery power (except for
°; vehicle adjustment or maintenance, ensure air-
conditioning, lamps, radio and ignition system are turned
After installing to a complete vehicle, the battery shall not off and doors and trunk lid are closed).
tilt by more than 3° relative to the horizontal level.
Ensure all electrical systems are turned off during a break
It is prohibited to invert or laterally place a battery. or lunch or after work.
Check the electric eye and confirm it is green before
During "overhaul", disconnect the battery circuit.
installation.
After repair, check and ensure the battery electric eye
Check whether there are screws or nuts in the pallet for
displays green.
transporting the battery, if any,clean them to prevent the
battery from suffering secondary damage. In case of low battery (the battery electric eye displays
black), analyze and judge the causes for the battery failure,
It is prohibited to install a battery with a black electric eye and recharge the battery in accordance with recharging
into a vehicle (at the time of warehousing inspection, if a procedures.
battery's electric eye is black but the production batch or
date of the battery is recent (within 3 months), this battery Battery maintenance of inventory vehicle
may be defective). For the vehicle storing for 7 days above, disconnect its
negative battery cable.

5-8
Engine Electrical System

Check the status of battery electric eye once every three During vehicle sales, check and ensure the battery electric
months; eye displays green. It is prohibited to directly deliver a
vehicle powered by another vehicle's battery to the
The green electric eye indicates that the battery is normal;
customer.
The black electric eye indicates low battery and it must be
recharged.

For vehicles with battery cable connected, check the


electric eye monthly. Recharge the battery with a black
electric eye.

For vehicles warehoused for one year above, if its battery


has never been recharged as per the aforesaid
requirements, the battery must be replaced and scrapped.

Battery maintenance requirements for agents and


dealers
Remove the negative battery cables from inventory
vehicles and exhibition vehicles which have been parked
for 7 days above.

The battery shall be installed firmly; battery case surface or


the juncture between it and positive or negative pole shall
be free of acid liquid overflow, cracks, bumps or dirts.

Check the status indicator (electric eye) of the battery.


Battery power indicator:

Green: The battery has enough power to start the vehicle


normally.

Black: Low battery. The battery shall be recharged.

White: The battery is scrapped and shall be replaced.

Check the status of battery electric eye once every three


months;

The green electric eye indicates that the battery is normal;

The black electric eye indicates low battery and it must be


recharged.

Batteries of warehousing vehicles must be recharged


every 6 months.

For vehicles with battery cable connected, check the


electric eye monthly. Recharge the battery with a black
electric eye.

The battery of a vehicle warehoused for one year above


(i.e. the battery has never been recharged) must be
replaced and scrapped.

5-9
Engine Electrical System

Battery Recharging: Battery recharging:


Battery recharging
Ensure the battery terminal is clean and the charging circuit
When the vehicle is not started, prolonged use of on-board
is properly connected.
electrical appliances and other abnormal uses, electric
leakage and long-time vehicle lay-off, or vehicle alternator Connect the positive pole of the charger to the battery
charging fault may cause charging failure, low battery and positive; so does for the negative pole. Do not charge a
black electric eye, even failure of vehicle start. The battery battery through a series circuit (24V).
needs to be recharged by external power supply.
It is recommended to charge a battery with the power
Battery appearance check before recharging: supply with a constant voltage: 14.4V ± 0.2V (the
maximum limit is 16.0V. If the voltage exceeds this limit,
A battery with a cracked case or acid leakage shall not be
the fluid in battery will be electrolyzed largely, leading to
recharged. Check the causes and replace the battery.
level decline, white electric eye and battery scrap) and 1/10
A battery with broken terminals shall not be recharged. of current limiting rated capacity until the charging current
Check the causes and replace the battery. ≤ 0.5A and the electric eye turns green.

A battery with a white electric eye shall not be recharged. If charging with constant voltage cannot be realized,
Replace the battery directly. conduct constant-current charging as per the following
rules:
Before recharging, clean battery terminals and remove the
oxide coating on the surface. 1 Select the charging current which is 1/8 ~ 1/10 of
the rated capacity. At the end of charging, the
Precautions for charging: voltage shall reach but not exceed 16V (if final
voltage is less than 16V, the electric eye may still
Wear safety goggles.
be black after charging in some cases, but it will
Charge in a well ventilated environment with room not affect the use). When the charger cannot limit
the charging voltage within 16V, the voltage of
temperature.
charging battery terminals must be manually
No smoking and source of flame during charging. monitored hourly. Otherwise the battery will lose
electrolyte due to overvoltage charging, thereby
For wiring after charging, connect the positive cable first; causing service life reduction even battery failure.
for disconnection before charging, disconnect the negative 2 Relations between recharging time and battery
cable first. voltage (for reference)

Battery 12.55- 12.45- 12.35- 12.20- 12.05- 11.95- 11.80- 11.65- 11.50- 11.30- Below
Voltage 12.45V 12.35V 12.20V 12.05V 11.95V 11.80V 11.65V 11.50V 11.30V 11.00V 11.00V
Rechargin 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h 7h 8h 9h 10h 12h 14h
g Time

3 After recharging, check the color of battery electric bubbles. If it still white after shaking (showing the
eye. If the electric eye displays green, it is shown electrolyte has lost), replace the battery.
that the battery has been charged fully. If the For the battery with voltage lower than 11.0V, it may not be
electric eye displays black, check whether the
charged at the beginning of recharging. In case of low
charging wire has been connected firmly, whether
the connectors are clean and whether the battery, the proportion of sulfuric acid in the battery has
charging voltage reaches 16V. Keep the battery been close to that of pure water, thus the internal
stand still for 24h. Then measure its voltage, and resistance of the battery is very high. At this time, decrease
continue recharging by reference to the relations charging current or replace the charger with a new one
between recharging time and battery voltage. with higher power or charge the battery with another
4 If the electric eye displays white, there may be battery in parallel. As the battery is being charged, the
bubbles in it. Slightly shake the battery to remove

5-10
Engine Electrical System

sulfuric acid inside the battery will increase, and the The output signal of the HAB 60 – S current sensor used
charging current will return to normal gradually. by the vehicle is the standard PWM signal of 125Hz, and
the linearity is 0.2%. If the interference inside the vehicle is
During charging, if acid is sprayed from the battery gas
much stronger, PWM signal can control this interference.
vent, immediately stop charging and conduct
troubleshooting. This series product applies the ultrasonic seal welding, so it
is waterproof and dustproof, which ensures the safe use of
During charging, when the battery temperature is higher
the engine compartment.
than 45 ℃ , stop charging, and continue with half of
charging current after the battery temperature drops to Operation
room temperature. Starter Motor
When the ignition key is in "ON" position, the engine
During recharging, check the state of electric eye hourly. If
locking device in the instrument cluster will compare the
the electric eye displays green, it is shown that the battery
code stored in the ignition key and that stored in the locking
has been charged fully, and stop charging.
device. If these codes are matched, the signal will be sent
The voltage of a battery charged just now may be higher by BCM and ECM to the starter motor relay in the engine
than 13V, which is void power. Keep the battery still for compartment fuse box. The starter motor relay supplies
several days or discharge it for several times, its void power to the starter motor solenoid. The solenoid winding
power will disappear. is powered on, allowing the pinion to engage with the
flywheel gear ring. The engaging lever will drive the pinion
It is recommended to apply grease to the terminals to
to engage with the flywheel gear ring. If the gear wheel is
prevent electric corrosion after recharging the battery and
engaged incompletely, the flexible connection will enable
passing the tests.
the solenoid to close the contact of the motor and battery
Battery Replacement power supply connection. Thus, the high current may flow
When removing a battery, make sure the alarm has been to the motor enabling the gear engagement. The pinion
disabled and the ignition switch is off. Always disconnect rotates through the one-way clutch, turning the flywheel/
the negative terminal first, then the positive terminal. starter gear ring on the drive disc. Once the engine is
started, the speed of the pinion will exceed the speed of the
When reinstalling the battery, always connect the positive
starter motor. If the ignition key is kept in the IGN position,
terminal first, then the negative terminal.
the one-way clutch will decrease its protection to the motor.
For battery replacement, refer to "Battery - Removal/ When the ignition key is released, the power to the
Installation" section. solenoid will be cut off, the switch contact is open, the
spring force will withdraw the pinion from the flywheel gear
When charging/discharging the battery with external
ring.
device or during jump start, take care not to connect the
external cable directly to the battery negative, but connect it When starting the engine, to allow the starter motor get the
maximum current, some electric load will be cut off when
to a good ground point on the body.
the ignition key is moved to the IGN position. The power
Current Sensor supply of the headlamp, heated rear window (HRW),
Models with the start/stop function are equipped with the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) and blower
battery current sensor which is widely used for measuring motor will be switched off. When the engine start is
DC, AC and pulse current. The sensor applies open-loop complete, these loads are to be reactivated respectively so
hall effect technique, current can be measured just by as to the restrict the battery current drawing.
connecting the sensor to the negative battery cable, this
After the following delays, the electric loads will be
simplifies the procedures for installation and maintenance.
switched on again:
The sensor output is the pulse width modulation (PWM)
output signal proportional to the primary current, which is ·After HVAC blower is stopped for 1s
powered by the single 5V voltage.

5-11
Engine Electrical System

·After HRW is stopped for 1.5s

If the starting time exceeds 15s, the power supply of the


starter motor will be cut off, all electric loads will be
powered on again immediately.

Alternator uses the self-excited system, where many


diodes supply part of the current generated by the
alternator for the rotors. Alternator can not supply the initial
current required for start-up of the charging procedure.
Initial current is supplied by the battery power supply
through ignition switch to activate the exciting winding to
start up the charging procedure. When the ignition switch is
turned on, the charging warning lamp can also be used to
supply the battery voltage. Use the ground of the alternator
to flash the warning lamp and supply initial current to the
alternator.

When starting the engine, the rotor is rotating in the stator,


generating the 3-phase alternating current (AC). The
generated alternating current is not suitable for the vehicle
electrical system use, which must be rectified by the
semiconductor diodes of the rectifier. The diodes only allow
the single direction current, so as to guarantee the output
current is rectified. The diodes in the rectifier also prevents
the current from flowing from the battery to alternator when
the output voltage of alternator is

lower than the battery voltage.

The regulator has a power transistor, which is grounded at


the ground side of the magnetic field, acting as a quick
switch of the magnetic field switch. Thus, it regulates the
voltage output according to the internal induced voltage, to
protect against the overcharge and the damage to the
vehicle electrical components caused by it. The output is
restricted to approximately 14.2V, and it is protected by the
over-voltage protection diodes. This voltage value allows
the alternator to change the output voltage according to the
charging condition of the battery, and charge the battery
when the battery is low, for example, operating the starter
motor, and decreasing the charging rate to zero when the
battery is fully charged, so as to avoid the overcharge.

5-12
Engine Electrical System

Battery Failure Judgment


Visual Check

Check Items Causes Measures Remarks


Damag 1. Battery case damage Replace with a new
e 2. Improper installation one

Burning 1. Looseness or poor contact of terminal Replace with a new


Battery wire connectors one
2. External shortcircuit
Burst 1. Internal shortcircuit Replace with a new
case one
2. Electrolyte level low, producing sparks
inside the battery
3. Gas vent blockage
Deform 1. Overcharge Replace with a new
ation 2. Charge with an excessive current one

3. Gas vent blockage


Acid leakage 1. The plastic case is damaged due to Replace with a new
impact one
2. The battery is inverted or tilts excessively
3. Poor thermal sealing
Terminal erosion 1. External shortcircuit Repair or replace with
2. Poor contact a new one

3. Poor welding

Voltage Check
1 Visual check of electric eye state
The battery is equipped with a built-in densimeter. And there is a color display point in the top of densimeter. In case of a
battery failure or vehicle start problem due to unknown reason, visually check the state of electric eye, then you can know the
current state of charge and measures to be taken. (Note: The electric eye can only display the state of unit cell. Thus it is
necessary to make a comprehensive judgment in combination with open-circuit voltage, etc. in some cases.)

Color Green Black Bright color (white)


State of Charge More than 65% Lower than 65% Electrolyte level low
Measures Use normally Recharge the battery Replace the battery

2 Check of battery open-circuit voltage

Check Items Causes Measures Remarks


Voltage 12.5V above, the electric Normal Use normally
eye displays green
Between 12.4 and 11V, the Undercharge Recharge the battery
electric eye displays black
Around 10.5V or below 1. Overdischarge (the electric eye Recharge the battery
displays black)
2. Shortcircuit (the electric eye displays Replace with a new
green in most cases) one
3. Break circuit (the electric eye displays Replace with a new
green in most cases) one

5-13
Engine Electrical System

Causes for General Battery Failures

Type Symptoms Causes Measures Remarks


Underc 1. Charging voltage is lower 1. The set value of vehicle voltage 1. Adjust the vehicle's
harge. than 12V regulator is too low electrical
2. The vehicle is hard to 2. Electrical load of the vehicle is more configuration
start and lamps are dim than the charging amount 2. Adjust the charging
3. The result of the tester is 3. Driving at idle speed or at night voltage to the range of
in the yellow or red area 4. Electrical overload 14V~14.5V (the
charging voltage for
5. The vehicle is started for multiple times
two batteries in series
and drives for a short distance or drives
shall be between
at idle speed
28V~29.0V)
6. Engine drive belt loose or circuit fault
3. Battery recharging
7. Battery terminal connectors or
harnesses are corroded
Overch 1. Battery case deforms 1. The set value of vehicle voltage 1. Adjust the charging
arge 2. Acid mist overflows from regulator is high voltage (refer to the
the case surface 2. Recharging time is long aforesaid
3. Lead powder on the plate 3. Charging voltage exceeds 16V during requirements)
is easy to fall off recharging 2. Replace the battery
4. The battery electric eye with a new one
displays white
Overdis 1. The voltage is lower than 1. Vehicle charging circuit fault 1. Adjust electric
charge 11.0V 2. Vehicle shortcircuit appliances
2. The battery electric eye 3. Electrical load is not turned off when 2. Recharge the
displays black the vehicle is not used battery
3. The surface of battery 4. Vehicle is parked with the negative 3. Replace the battery
internal plate turns white battery cable connected for a long time in severe cases
Shortcir 1. The voltage is around 1. Internal manufacture fault of the Replace the battery
cuit 10.5V and the battery battery with a new one
electric eye displays green 2. Plate growth shortcircuit caused by
2. Self-discharge capacity is excessive use, overcharge or high
great temperature during use
Break 1. Voltage is unstable Internal manufacture fault of the battery Replace the battery
circuit 2. Voltage is 0V during with a new one
discharging
3. The battery cannot be
recharged or electrolyte
rises during recharging
Revers 1. Voltage value is negative Positive and negative poles are Replace the battery
e 2. The colors of positive and connected incorrectly during discharging with a new one
chargin negative plates are opposite
g
Battery Battery slot bursts with acid The flammable oxygen-hydrogen mixed Replace the battery
bursts splashed gas inside the battery is ignited due to with a new one
sparks or excessive heat
1. Poor welding or shortcircuit inside the
battery causes sparks
2. Electrolyte level is low, producing
sparks inside the battery
3. The battery is overcharged
4. Gas vent is blocked

5-14
Engine Control System
Engine Control System

Specification

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - ECU 9 ± 1, M6 × 20
Bolt - ECU bracket to body 18 ± 2, M8X16
Bolt - turbocharger solenoid control valve 2.5 ± 0.5
Bolt - ignition coil 7-10

Spark plug 15-20

Coolant temperature sensor 14-18

Bolt - intake camshaft position sensor 8-12

Bolt - exhaust camshaft position sensor 8-12

Oil pressure switch 14-18

Bolt - high-pressure fuel pump 9-11

Nut - low-pressure fuel pipe 18-22

Nut - High-pressure fuel pipe 28 (-2+6)N.m

Fuel rail pressure sensor 32.5 ± 2.5N.m


Bolt - crankshaft position sensor 8-12

Bolt - intake air temperature/manifold absolute pressure 7-10


sensor

Bolt - knock sensor 15-25

Bolt - fuel rail 23-27

Bolt - canister solenoid support 9-11

Bolt - electronic throttle 8-12

Nut - accelerator pedal assembly to dash panel 9±1

Technical Parameters

Spark plug

NGK NGK
Clearance: 0.7-0.8mm

Ignition coil manufacturer UAES

Primary resistance 0.453 Ω ± 12%


Secondary resistance 9.64K Ω ± 12%
Fuel injection system

Model Fuel returnless system, controlled by ECM; in-cylinder


direct injection system; ECU controls the spray form and
fuel-injection quantity by controlling the rail pressure and
fuel injection pulse width to meet the requirements of
different conditions for injection

Operating pressure of high-pressure fuel rail System pressure: 15MPa; operating pressure: 5-15MPa

6-1
Engine Control System

Spark plug

Nozzle: 4*EV6

Static flow rate of nozzle 923.5 ± 5% g/min


Fuel rail material 06Cr19Ni10

Main filter 5 μ m, between the low pressure system and high


pressure system

Relief valve opening pressure 19.5 ± 1.4MPa


Max. allowable pressure of fuel pump during pumping 22Mpa

Operating temperature range -40 ~ 130°C


Max. allowable pressure for high-pressure fuel pipe 29Mpa

High-pressure fuel pipe ID, OD 6mm, 8mm

Rail pressure fluctuation less than 6 bar

Operating pressure range of fuel injector 5-15 MPa

Max. allowable peak pressure 20.9MPa

Crankshaft sensor model/manufacturer UAES

Camshaft sensor model/manufacturer UAES

Electronic throttle manufacturer UAES


Total rail resistance 1.25K Ω +-30%
Coolant temperature sensor manufacturer/model UAES

TMAP sensor manufacturer United Automotive Electronic Systems Co.,Ltd


Supply voltage 5V

6-2
Engine Control System

Technical Parameters 2

Component Name Connector Status Technical Parameters (static)

Air flow sensor 2#: 5 ± 0.5V


3#: ground

1 2 3 4

Intake air temperature/ 1#: ground


pressure sensor 2#: temperature
signal output
3#: 10.8~16V
4#: pressure signal
output
1 2 3 4

Crankshaft position 1#: 4.75~16V


sensor 2#: signal output
3#: ground

3 2 1

Camshaft position 1#: ground


sensor - exhaust 2#: signal output
3#: 4.75~16V

3 2 1

Camshaft position 1#: ground


sensor - intake 2#: signal output
3#: 4.75~16V

3 2 1

6-3
Engine Control System

Coolant temperature 1#: 5V -40 ℃ : 73.4K Ω -77.5K Ω


sensor -20 ℃ : 21.3K Ω -22.3K Ω
0 ℃ : 7.2K Ω -7.4K Ω
20 ℃ : 2.8K Ω -2.9K Ω
40 ℃ : 1182.7 Ω -1215.3 Ω
60 ℃ : 553.9 Ω -566.3 Ω
1 2 75 ℃ : 329.9 Ω -336.9K Ω
90 ℃ : 203.9 Ω -208.9 Ω
120 ℃ : 86.3 Ω -88.9 Ω
140 ℃ : 51.9 Ω -53.7 Ω
Common-rail pressure 1#: 5V
sensor 2#: signal output
3#: ground

3 2 1

Fuel control valve 1#: 9~18V 1#-2#: 0.8 Ω

1 2

Fuel injector 1#: 4~65V 1#-2#: 1.6 Ω

2 1

Electronic throttle 1# and 4#: 5V 3# 5#: 22 Ω


vacuum regulator 6#: ground
2#: 6~16V
1 2 3
6 5 4

6-4
Engine Control System

Canister solenoid 1#: 9~16V 1#-2#: 24 Ω


2#: signal output

1 2

Knock sensor 1#: 5V 1#-2#: 5M Ω

2 1

Engine oil pressure 1#: 0~12V 1#: 0.5 Ω


sensor

1 2

VVT 1#: 10.8~16V 1#-2#: 7~9 Ω


2#: signal output

2 1

Inlet relief valve 1#: 8~16V 1#-2#: 12.8 Ω


2#: ground

2 1

6-5
Engine Control System

Switch type water 1#: 9~16V 1#-2#: 10.5 Ω


pump

1 2

Electronic thermostat 1#: 8~16V 1#-2#: 9.5 ± 1 Ω

1 2

Accelerator pedal 1#: 5 ± 0.2V


2#: signal output
(0.275~2.2V) 电压(N)

3#: ground
4.1±0.15
4#: ground 信号1
1 2 3 4 5 6 5#: signal output 2.05±0.15

0.75±0.1
(0.65~4.25V) 0.375±0.1
信号2

6#: 5 ± 0.2V 0 50±5 mm 行程

Electronic auxiliary 1#: 9~16V


water pump

2 1

Vacuum control valve 1#: 10.8~16V 1#2#: 23 ± 1.2 Ω

2 1

6-6
Engine Control System

Ignition coil 1#: 6~16V Primary coil: 0.45 Ω (1 ±


2#: signal output 12%)
3#: N/A Secondary coil: 9.64K Ω (1
4#: ground ± 12%)

1 2 3 4

Clutch position sensor A#:5V A#B#: 3 ± 0.6K Ω


B#: signal output
C#: ground

Pin A Pin C
Pin B

6-7
Engine Control System

Layout

Engine Controller Layout

GS030004

1 Engine controller 2 Engine controller support assembly

6-8
Engine Control System

Right Side of the Engine

1 2 3

DS570010

1 Crankshaft position sensor


2 Knock sensor

3 Oil pressure switch

4 Electronic throttle

6-9
Engine Control System

Upper Part of the Engine

8
3
2

4 1

DS570010

1 Ignition coil
2 Exhaust camshaft position sensor

3 Intake camshaft position sensor

4 High-pressure fuel pump

5 Intake air temperature/manifold absolute pressure


sensor

6 Activated canister solenoid

7 Fuel rail pressure sensor

8 Engine harness

6-10
Engine Control System

Left Side of the Engine

1
DS570010

1 Coolant temperature sensor


2 Turbocharger solenoid control valve

6-11
Engine Control System

DS570010

1. Accelerator pedal assembly

6-12
Engine Control System

Repair Guidance

Engine Controller Replacement


Removal
1 Open the engine hood.
2 Release the engine controller connector.

GS030204

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:
- Tightening torque of engine controller bolts: 9 ± 1N.m

- Tightening torque of the bolts securing engine controller


GS030202
bracket to body: 9 ± 1N.m
3 Release the fixing point of expansion tank, move
the expansion tank aside and secure with the
makeup pipe not disassembled (refer to Removal
of Expansion Tank) .
4 Remove the expansion tank bracket (refer to
Removal of Expansion Tank).

GS030203

5 Remove the engine controller and its bracket


(refer to Removal of Expansion Tank).

6-13
Engine Control System

Replacement of Turbocharger Solenoid Valve


Vacuum Pipe
Removal
1 Remove the engine hood (refer to Replacement of
Engine Hood).
2 Remove each vacuum pipe. reinforcing rib
Installation color mark

1 Connect the turbocharger solenoid control valve


with the air compressor outlet, with one end
plugged in the turbocharger solenoid control valve
port, and the other end plugged in the compressor
outlet port. GS030215

GS030207

2 Connect one end of vacuum pipe (2) C00029279


connecting turbocharger solenoid control valve
and bypass valve actuator to turbocharger
solenoid control valve port, and the other end with
bypass valve actuator port.
3 Connect one end of vacuum pipe (3) C00029280
connecting turbocharger solenoid valve with the
air compressor inlet to the turbocharger solenoid
control valve port, and the other end with the
compressor inlet port.
Caution: When installing the vacuum pipe joint, the
color mark should be aligned with solenoid valve
reinforcing rib.

6-14
Engine Control System

Replacement of Turbocharger Solenoid Ignition Coil Replacement


Control Valve Removal:
Removal
1 Remove the engine hood (refer to Replacement of
1 Disconnect the battery negative. Engine Hood).
2 Remove the engine hood (refer to Replacement of 2 Disconnect the ignition coil connector (1).
Engine Hood).
3 Disconnect the solenoid valve harness from
vacuum pipe.

2 1

DS060011

3 Remove 2 bolts (2) securing the ignition coil to the


engine.
GS030207
4 Hold the rubber sleeve end of the ignition coil, and
4 Remove 2 bolts of solenoid valve. pull out the ignition coil from the spark plug (if it is
5 Remove the solenoid valve. difficult to pull out, you can rotate the ignition coil
leftward and rightward to loosen it).
Installation
5 Repeat steps 3 to 5 to remove other ignition coils.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Installation:
2 Tightening torque:
1 Install the ignition coils to the spark plug, install 2
Turbocharger solenoid control valve bolts: 2.5-3.5N.m. retaining bolts, tighten to 10N.m, and check the
torque.
Caution: When installing the vacuum pipe joint, the
Caution: Make sure the spark plug is inserted in
color mark should be aligned with solenoid valve
the ignition coil.
reinforcing rib.
2 Connect the ignition coil connector.
3 Repeat steps 1 to 2 to install other ignition coils.

reinforcing rib
color mark

GS030215

6-15
Engine Control System

Spark Plug Replacement Replacement of Engine Coolant Temperature


Removal: Sensor
Removal:
1 Remove the ignition coil (refer to Ignition Coil
Replacement). 1 Disconnect the connector of the coolant
2 Clean the area around the spark plug. Remove the temperature sensor.
dust around the spark plug with high pressure gas. 2 Place a proper container to collect the spilled
3 Remove 4 spark plugs with the spark plug socket. coolant.
3 Remove the engine coolant temperature sensor
and discard the seal ring.

DS060012

Installation: GS030005

1 Install new spark plug, tighten to 20N.m, and Installation:


check the torque.
1 Clean the thread of the coolant temperature
2 Install the ignition coil (refer to Ignition Coil
sensor.
Replacement).
2 Install new sealing washer to the coolant
temperature sensor.
3 Install the engine coolant temperature sensor,
tighten to 15-17N.m, and check the torque.
4 Connect the connector of the engine coolant
temperature sensor.
5 Check the engine coolant level, refill when
necessary.

6-16
Engine Control System

Replacement of Intake Camshaft Position Replacement of Exhaust Camshaft Position


Sensor Sensor
Removal: Removal:
1 Remove the engine hood (refer to Replacement of 1 Remove the engine hood (refer to Replacement of
Engine Hood). Engine Hood).
2 Disconnect connector 1 from the intake camshaft 2 Disconnect connector 1 from the exhaust
position sensor. camshaft position sensor.

DS060003 DS060004

3 Remove 1 bolt (2) securing the intake camshaft 3 Remove 1 bolt (2) securing the exhaust camshaft
position sensor (CMP) to the cylinder block, and position sensor to the cylinder block, and remove
remove the intake camshaft position sensor. the exhaust camshaft position sensor.
Installation: Installation:
1 Clean the junction surface of the intake camshaft 1 Clean the junction surface of the exhaust camshaft
position sensor and cylinder block. position sensor and cylinder block.
2 Secure the intake camshaft position sensor to the 2 Secure the exhaust camshaft position sensor to
cylinder block, install 1 bolt, tighten to 8-12N.m, the cylinder block, install 1 bolt, tighten to 8-
and check the torque. 12N.m, and check the torque.
3 Connect the connectors of intake camshaft 3 Connect the connectors of exhaust camshaft
position sensor. position sensor.

6-17
Engine Control System

Replacement of Oil Pressure Switch 4 Connect the oil pressure switch connector.
Removal: 5 Remove the oil sink.
1 Disconnect the connector of the oil pressure 6 Check the engine oil level, refill when necessary.
switch.

DS060007

2 Place the oil sink under the switch to collect the


spilled oil.
3 Remove the oil pressure switch, and discard the
gasket.
4 Take out the oil pressure switch strainer.

DS060014

Warning: The engine oil may be very hot, therefore,


special care shall be taken when releasing engine
oil.
Installation:
1 Clean the thread of the oil pressure switch.
2 Install the oil pressure switch strainer in the oil
pressure switch mounting hole, with the steel wire
end outward.
3 Install new sealing washer to the oil pressure
switch and tighten the switch to 14-18N.m.

6-18
Engine Control System

Replacement of High-pressure Fuel Pump


Removal:

4
3

1
5
2

DS060006

DS060005 9 Remove the fuel pump roller strut.

1 Place cloths with strong absorptivity around the


high-pressure fuel pump to collect the spilled fuel.
Warning: Fuel steam is highly flammable, and it
may be explosive and toxic in narrow space. Fire
extinguishers must be provided nearby when
operating or draining the fuel, which can be foam,
carbon dioxide, gas or power extinguisher.
Warning: Fuel leakage is inevitable during such
operations. Ensure necessary measures have been
taken to avoid the fire and explosion.
2 Keep the engine stationary and cool down, loosen
the high-pressure fuel pipe nut (3) one or two DS060015
circles at high-pressure fuel pump end first,
release the fuel pressure and then fully release the Installation:
nut to remove it. 1 Align the locating pin of roller strut with the locating
3 Take away the cloth from the high-pressure fuel pin slot in fuel pump mounting hole of camshaft
pump and put it into a permissible container. cover and then put it down slowly.
Caution: Do not drip fuel onto the paint. 2 Make sure the drive cam of high-pressure fuel
pump is located at the bottom dead center.
4 Remove the high-pressure fuel pipe nut (4) from
the fuel rail and remove the high-pressure fuel 3 Apply engine oil to the cam, fuel pump base hole
pipe. and strut evenly.

Caution: Plug the connector disconnected to 4 Press high-pressure fuel pump into the mounting
prevent contaminants. As a disposable part, high- hole with the pressure no more that 1KN, install 2
bolts, tighten them to 9-11N.m and check the
pressure fuel pipe shall also be replaced.
torque.
5 Disconnect connector 1 of the high-pressure fuel
pump.
6 Remove the low-pressure fuel pipe nut (5) from
the high-pressure fuel pump.
7 Disconnect the fuel pipe (2).
8 Remove 2 bolts securing the high-pressure fuel
pump to the camshaft cover, and remove the high-
pressure fuel pump.

6-19
Engine Control System

Replacement of Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor


Removal:
1 Remove the shield of the high-pressure fuel pump.
2 Place cloths with strong absorptivity around the
high-pressure fuel pump to collect the spilled fuel.
Warning: Fuel steam is highly flammable, and it
may be explosive and toxic in narrow space. Fire
extinguishers must be provided nearby when
operating or draining the fuel, which can be foam,
carbon dioxide, gas or power extinguisher.
Warning: Fuel leakage is inevitable during such
DS060016 operations. Ensure necessary measures have been
taken to avoid the fire and explosion.
5 Connect the low-pressure fuel pipe to the high-
pressure fuel pump, tighten the nut to 18-22N.m 3 Keep the engine stationary and cool down, loosen
and check the torque. the high-pressure fuel pipe nut (3) one or two
6 Connect the connector of the high-pressure fuel circles at high-pressure fuel pump end first,
pump. release the fuel pressure and then fully release the
nut to remove it.
7 Install the high-pressure fuel pipe, tighten the nut
at fuel rail end to specified torque of 28 (-2+6)N.m
first, then tighten the nut at fuel pump end to 28 (-
2+6)N.m, and then tighten them once more in the 2
same sequence and check the torque.
1
Caution: Bundle the high-pressure fuel pump
harness branch reversely.

DS060017

4 Take away the cloth from the high-pressure fuel


pump and put it into a permissible container.
Caution: Do not drip fuel onto the paint. As a
disposable part, high-pressure fuel pipe shall also
be replaced.
DS060048
5 Disconnect the connector of the fuel rail pressure
sensor.
6 Remove the fuel rail pressure sensor.

6-20
Engine Control System

Replacement of Crankshaft Position Sensor


Removal:
1 Disconnect the connector of the crankshaft
position sensor.
2 Remove 1 bolt securing the crankshaft position
sensor to the cylinder block, and remove the
crankshaft position sensor.

DS060018

Installation:
1 Install the fuel rail pressure sensor to the fuel rail,
2
tighten to 32.5 ± 2.5N.m and check the torque.
2 Connect the connector of the fuel rail pressure 1
sensor.
3 Install the high-pressure fuel pipe, tighten the nut
at fuel rail end to specified torque of 28 (-2+6)N.m DS060019
first, then tighten the nut at fuel pump end to 28 (-
Installation:
2+6)N.m, and then tighten them once more in the
same sequence and check the torque. 1 Clean the junction surface of the crankshaft
4 Install the shield of the high-pressure fuel pump. position sensor and cylinder block.
2 Installation is the reverse of removal.
3 Tightening torque:

Crankshaft position sensor tightening bolts: 8-12N.m.

6-21
Engine Control System

Replacement of Intake Air Temperature/ Knock Sensor Replacement


Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Removal:
Removal:
1 Disconnect the knock sensor connector 1.
1 Disconnect TMAP sensor connector 1. Warning: As the exhaust system components may
have a very high temperature, DO NOT operate it
until the system is completed cooled down to
avoid burns and other personal injuries.

2
DS060020
1
2 Unscrew 2 screws (2) securing TMAP sensor to
the intake manifold and remove the sensor.
DS060021
Installation:
1 Clean the junction surface of TMAP sensor and 2 Remove 1 bolt (2) securing the knock sensor to
the intake manifold. the cylinder block, and take away the sensor.
2 Installation is the reverse of removal. Installation:
3 Tightening torque: 1 Clean the mating face of the knock sensor and the
cylinder block.
TMAP sensor tightening bolts: 1.2-1.8N.m.
2 Installation is the reverse of removal.
3 Tightening torque:

Knock sensor tightening bolts: 15-25N.m.

6-22
Engine Control System

Fuel Rail Replacement


Removal:
1 Place cloths with strong absorptivity around the
high-pressure fuel pump to collect the spilled fuel.
Warning: Fuel steam is highly flammable, and it
may be explosive and toxic in narrow space. Fire
extinguishers must be provided nearby when
operating or draining the fuel, which can be foam,
carbon dioxide, gas or power extinguisher.
Warning: Fuel leakage is inevitable during such
operations. Ensure necessary measures have been
taken to avoid the fire and explosion. DS060023

2 Keep the engine stationary and cool down, loosen 7 Remove 7 bolts securing the fuel rail to camshaft
the high-pressure fuel pipe nut (3) one or two cover in the sequence shown.
circles at high-pressure fuel pump end first,
release the fuel pressure and then fully release the
nut to remove it.

2 6 5 1

4 7 3

DS060024

8 Remove the fuel rail assembly.


DS060022
Installation:
3 Take away the cloth from the high-pressure fuel 1 Install the fuel rail, ensure the injector will not
pump and put it into a permissible container. contact the camshaft cover, then install 7 bolts and
Caution: Do not drip fuel onto the paint. pre-tighten.
2 Tighten the bolts to 23-27N.m in the sequence
4 Remove the high-pressure fuel pipe nut (2) from
shown and check the torque.
the fuel rail and remove the high-pressure fuel
pipe.
Caution: Plug the connector disconnected to
prevent contaminants.
5 Disconnect the connectors from the injector nozzle
and high-pressure sensor, and also disconnect the
connector from oil control valve if necessary.
Caution: Plug the connector disconnected to
prevent contaminants.
6 Remove the engine harness clip from the fuel rail
bolt.

6-23
Engine Control System

Injector Replacement
Removal:

6 1 Remove the fuel rail assembly (refer to Fuel Rail


2 3 7 Replacement)
2 Release the spring clamp securing the fuel injector
to the fuel rail, and remove the fuel injector.
3 If the fuel injector is not removed with fuel rail, then
remove it with the remover C00044502.
4 1 5

DS060026

3 Install the engine harness clip to the fuel rail bolt.


4 Connect the connectors of the injector nozzle,
high-pressure sensor and oil control valve.
5 Install the high-pressure fuel pipe, tighten the nut
at fuel rail end to specified torque of 28 (-2+6)N.m
first, then tighten the nut at fuel pump end to 28 (-
2+6)N.m, and then tighten them once more in the
same sequence and check the torque.
DS060042

4 Remove and discard the fuel injector seal rings.


5 Install the end cap to the end of each fuel injector.
Installation:
1 Remove the end cap from each fuel injector.
2 Clean the groove of the fuel injector and fuel rail.
3 Lubricate new seal rings with oil, and install them
to each fuel injector.
4 Install the fuel injector to the fuel rail.
5 Secure the fuel injector to the fuel rail with spring
clamps.
6 Install the fuel rail assembly (refer to Replacement
of Fuel Rail)

6-24
Engine Control System

Activated Canister Solenoid Replacement of Electronic Throttle


Removal: Removal:
1 Disconnect the connector of the activated canister 1 Disconnect the electronic throttle from the intake
solenoid. pipe.
2 Disconnect the electronic throttle connector.
3 Unscrew the bolts securing the electronic throttle,
and remove the electronic throttle and discard the
gaskets.
Installation:
1 Install new gaskets, and install the electronic
throttle to intake manifold assembly, install the
bolts and pre-tighten.

DS060034

2 Loosen the clamps, and disconnect 2 pipes


connecting to the activated canister solenoid.
3 Remove the activated canister solenoid from the
bracket.
4 Remove 1 bolt securing the bracket of the
activated canister solenoid to the intake manifold
and remove the bracket.
DS060043

2 Tighten the bolts to 8-12N.m and check the torque.


3 Connect the electronic throttle harness connector.

DS060035

Installation:
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
2 Tightening torque:

Canister solenoid bracket retaining bolts: 9-11N.m.

6-25
Engine Control System

Engine Harness Installation


Installation
6

1 Secure the harness grounding terminal with


harness bracket simultaneously, the grounding
4
terminal shall be between the bracket and cylinder Installation state
of harness
head. terminal
2

3
6

5
1
4
Installation state
of harness
terminal GS030006
2
Note:
3
(1) Harness bracket
5
1 (2) Fuel rail retaining bolt

GS030006 (3) Ignition coil

Note: (4) Intake phase sensor

(1) Harness bracket (5) Exhaust phase sensor

(2) Fuel rail retaining bolt (6) Fuel injector

(3) Ignition coil 8 Install the harness sheet metal clamps to the fuel
rail edge and ensure it is installed in place.
(4) Intake phase sensor 9 Install the harness C-clamp to full load breathing
tube, the direction of clamp clip shall be as
(5) Exhaust phase sensor
indicated by the arrow.
(6) Fuel injector

2 Secure 3 stud staple bolts of engine harness to the


4
stud of fuel rail.
3
5
3 Plug 4 connectors of ignition coil into correct 6
position. 7

4 Plug 4 connectors of fuel injector into correct 2 1


position. 10

5 Install the connectors at the intake phase sensor


harness end to the sensor port. 8
9 12
6 Install the connectors at the exhaust phase sensor
harness end to the sensor port, the wire at
connector rear part is attached with white GS030007 11

adhesive tapes.
7 Install the clips (see A in enlarger drawing) on Note:
harness to oval mounting hole of harness bracket.
(1) Rail pressure sensor

(2) Full load breather pipe

6-26
Engine Control System

(3) Canister solenoid 24 Install the connector of coolant temperature


sensor to the sensor, and install the sheet metal
(4) Intake VCT valve clamp to rear oxygen sensor bracket.

(5) Stud - exhaust VCT valve 25 Install the harness clip to the threaded hole in
cylinder head, and insert it to the bottom.
(6) Exhaust VCT valve 26 Install the harness clip to water pipe assembly.
(7) Exhaust gas control valve 27 Install the oil pressure switch connector to the
sensor interface, take care not to drag the wire
(8) Alternator (bundled reversely) at the tail of connector.
28 Install the knock sensor connector, throttle body
(9) Air compressor
connector and crankshaft sensor to sensor
(10) Turbocharger control valve interface.
29 Install the starter motor terminal to the starter
(11) Electronic thermostat motor stud. (Torque: 8-10N.m).
(12) Coolant temperature sensor 30 Install the TMAP connector to the sensor interface,
and install 2 sheet metal clamps on the branch.
10 Install the connector of rail pressure sensor to the
31 Connect INLINE connector with the body harness,
sensor interface.
and make sure the connector lock catch is
11 Install the connector of intake VCT valve to the installed in place.
valve interface, take care not to drag the wire
(bundled reversely) at the tail of connector.
12 Install the canister solenoid connector to the
sensor interface. 2
13 Install the round stud staple bolts of harness to
stud of exhaust VCT valve. 1
14 Install the connector of exhaust VCT valve to VCT
control valve interface.
15 Install the connector of exhause gas control valve 3
to control valve interface.
16 Install the harness staple bolts to alternator
mounting hole, and insert it in place.
17 Install the air compressor connector to GS030008
compressor interface.
Note:
18 Install the harness C-clamp to PAS pump tube,
with the opening of C-clamp outward. (1) Body INLINE connector
19 Install the connector of turbocharger control valve
to control valve interface. (2) Bracket

20 Install the high-pressure fuel pump connector to (3) ECU


the pump body interface, take care not to drag the
wire (bundled reversely) at the tail of connector. 32 Install the harness clip to the bracket hole.
21 Install the harness sheet metal clamp to auxiliary 33 Connect ECU connector with ECU, and make sure
water pump bracket, and install the connector to the connector lock catch is installed in place.
control valve interface.
22 Install the harness clamp to water pump inlet pipe.
23 Plug the connector of rear oxygen sensor in the
sensor interface, and then install to rear oxygen
sensor bracket.

6-27
Engine Control System

Replacement of Accelerator Pedal Assembly


Special Tool
Removal
1 Unscrew 3 nuts (2) securing the accelerator pedal Tool Tool Name Illustration
assembly 1 to dash panel (3). Number
2 Disconnect the connector between accelerator C00044502 Fuel injector
pedal harness and engine compartment harness. remover
3 Remove the accelerator pedal assembly.

2
C00044502

DS060009

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:

- Tighten the nuts securing accelerator pedal assembly to


dash panel to 9 ± 1N.m

6-28
Engine Control System

Description and Operation


Engine Control System Control Diagram

Lgnition Switch Injector


⛯⚡ᔶީ ௭⋯౪

Variable Camshaft Timing Valve


Crankshaft position Sensor
ਥ਎࠮䖤䖪↙ᰬ䰶
ᴨ䖪փ㖤Ֆ᝕ಞ

Canister Purge Valve


Fuel Pump ⛣㖆᧝࡬䰶
⟹⋯⌫

Fuel Pump
Oxygen Sensor ⟹⋯⌫
≝Ֆ᝕ಞ

A/C Compressor Relay


グ䈹ু㕟ᵰ㔝⭫ಞ
Coolant temperature Sensor
߭প⏨⑟ᓜՖ᝕ಞ
Cooling Fan Ralay
߭প伄᡽㔝⭫ಞ
Boost Pressure temperature Sensor
໔ুু࣑⑟ᓜՖ᝕ಞ
Throttle Body
⭫ᆆ㢸≊䰞
Acceleration Pedal module
ࣖ䙕䑅ᶵ⁗ඍ
Oxygen Sensor
≝Ֆ᝕ಞ

Throttle Position Sensor


㢸≊䰞փ㖤Ֆ᝕ಞ ECM
GW Diagnostic Interface
ਇࣞᵰ PT 㖇ީ VD 䈀ᯣ᧛ਙ
Camshaft Position Sensor
࠮䖤䖪փ㖤Ֆ᝕ಞ
᧝࡬⁗ඍ
Main Relay
ѱ㔝⭫ಞ
Brake Light Switch
࡯䖜⚥ᔶީ
Ignition Coil
⛯⚡㓵ാ
Oil Pressure Switch
ᵰ⋯ু࣑ᔶީ
Quanlity Flow Control Valve
⟹⋯⌫⍷䠅᧝࡬䰶
Knock Sensor
⠼䴽Ֆ᝕ಞ
Wastegate Control
໔ু᧝࡬䰶

Hot Film Air Mass Meter


グ≊⍷䠅䇗 Switchable Water Pump
⿱ਾಞ≪⌫

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor


⋯䖞ু࣑Ֆ᝕ಞ Dump Valve
䘑≊⋺⍷䰶

Manifold Pressure Sensor


Eletrical Thermostat
R䘑≊ু࣑Ֆ᝕ಞ
⭫ᆆ㢸⑟ಞ

AC Pressure Sensor Starter


ACু࣑Ֆ᝕ಞ 䎭ࣞᵰ

⺢㓵 䈀ᯣCAN ࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵
GS030213

6-29
Engine Control System

TCM
GW IPK
਎䙕ಞ PT PT 㖇ީ INFO 㓺ਾԠ㺞
᧝࡬⁗ඍ

ECM
ਇࣞᵰ
᧝࡬⁗ඍ

ESP BCM
GW
⭫ᆆど 䖜䓡᧝
PT PT 㖇ީ BO
ᇐ㌱㔕 ࡬⁗ඍ

࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵 ၧ҆儎䙕CAN㓵 䖜䓡儎䙕CAN㓵

GS030214

6-30
Engine Control System

throttling condition and avoid air change loss. In addition,


Engine control system is composed of engine control
this also helps to avoid thermal loss of the combustion
module, various kinds of sensors, harness assembly and
chamber wall and improve the thermodynamic efficiency.
actuators.
·High-load range
A series of sensors constantly provide information for
engine control module, so that the ECM can control the When the engine load and quantity of fuel injection rise, the
injection timing. delaminated gas mixture gets increasingly rich, this can
deteriorate the emission, especially the black smoke.
If it is replaced with a brand new engine controller
Therefore, when the engine works at a high load, the gas
assembly, engine data writing shall be conducted for
mixture in the cylinder shall be evenly distributed. The fuel
engine controller by using SAIC MAXUS diagnostic
injects into the cylinder during the intake stroke so that the
software, after that relevant operations such as DTC
fuel and air can mix evenly.
reading and anti-theft function matching must be carried
out. To precisely control the air inflow, the engine management
system is provided with the boost pressure sensor, intake
Engine Air Supply Control System
air pressure sensor and air flow meter, ECM will obtain air
The engine air supply control system mainly includes: inflow information from such sensors. After the air inflow
information is obtained, on one hand, ECM can control the
·Electronic throttle body turbocharging system through the intake bleeder valve and
·Accelerator pedal module boost control valve; on the other hand, ECM can control
the air intake and exhaust valves based on the signal from
·Boost pressure sensor the intake/exhaust camshaft position sensor for optimal
·Camshaft position sensor control on the air inflow.

·Variable camshaft timing valve Electronic Throttle

·Air flow meter The electronic throttle is composed of throttle, throttle


actuator (DC motor) and throttle position sensor, etc. ECM
·Boost pressure control solenoid valve makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence the
opening of throttle through drive mechanism. The two
·Intake air pressure sensor
potentiometers function as position sensors which are
·Intake bleeder valve fitted in reverse phase. When the position of the throttle

The gasoline direct injection system requires a complicated changes, the two resistances vary linearly, one increases

engine management system to fully satisfy the high fuel and the other decreases. When a +5V voltage is added,

economy and high output power. In terms of gas mixture the position of the sensor will be transformed into a voltage

formation, the two basic operating modes are somewhat output which varies with the resistance. These two

different: potentiometers along with two potentiometers on the


accelerator pedal module used for monitoring the stroke of
·Low-load range the accelerator pedal form part of the whole electronic
throttle control system monitoring function, which can
In this range, the engine works in a highly delaminated and
provide the redundancy protection expected by the system
thin gas mixture so as to achieve the minimum possible
control.
fuel consumption. Injection is postponed until the ignition
timing so as to obtain a desired two layers of gas mixture in Throttle Position Sensor
the combustion chamber: The first layer of combustible
The throttle position sensor is used for providing ECM with
mixture is concentrated at the spark plug, and the outer
throttle angle information. Based on such information,
second layer is an isolation layer formed by air and residual
ECM can obtain engine load information and working
exhaust gas. So the engine can run under a larger non-
condition information (such as start-up, idle speed,

6-31
Engine Control System

motoring, part load, full load, acceleration and camshaft phase information, namely, identify the
deceleration). Actually, the throttle sensor is an angle compression top dead center and exhaust top dead center
potentiometer characterized by linear output. The of the 1st cylinder. The camshaft position sensor is
potentiometer rotor arm and throttle are installed coaxially. composed of a hall sensor and a rotor made of steel plate.
When the throttle rotates, the potentiometer rotor arm will The hall sensor is fixed, and the rotor with a 36° arc boss
be driven to slide into a certain position and the is installed on the camshaft. The magnetic field inside the
potentiometer output a voltage signal proportional to the hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, which
throttle position. leads to change of the output signal voltage. In this way,
two top dead centers are identified.
Accelerator Pedal Module
Failure
The two potentiometers in the accelerator pedal module
act as sensors, their resistance varies with the position of CMP sensor or magnetic ring may have failures or provide
the electronic accelerator pedal, and ECM can response incorrect signals due to the following conditions:
precisely to the movement of the accelerator pedal, so it
·CMP sensor gap fails to comply with the specifications
can also monitor the motion of the accelerator pedal.
Because both potentiometers are installed in the same ·CMP sensor is contaminated by metallic debris
phase, when the position of the accelerator pedal changes,
their resistances will increase or decrease linearly. When a ·CMP sensor hall-effect semiconductor is damaged
+5V voltage is added, the pedal position will be ·CMP sensor magnetic field too weak
transformed into a voltage output which varies with the
resistance. These two potentiometers and two ·CMP sensor harness break-circuited
potentiometers on the electronic throttle used for ·CMP sensor harness short-circuited
monitoring the position of the throttle form part of the
monitoring function of the whole electronic throttle control ·CMP sensor harness high resistance
system, which can provide the redundancy protection
·Magnetic ring contaminated by metallic debris
expected by the system control.
·Poor magnetic ring precision due to mechanical damage
Temperature and Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP)
·Exhaust camshaft timing incorrect
The temperature and manifold absolute pressure is
installed on the pipe between the air compressor and the ·Intake camshaft timing incorrect
throttle. The pressure is measured by a piezoelectric type Variable Camshaft Timing Valve
sensor which can perform direct pressure measurement
through sensing elements. It may provide the "Load The engine control module outputs pulse width modulation
Signal" to the controller according to the measured (PWM) signal to drive the solenoid. Change in duty ratio
boosted intake manifold pressure; the controller provides a may adjust the opening of the solenoid. At low engine
5V voltage and feeds back a 0 - 5V voltage to the controller speed, the system can reduce fuel consumption and
depending on the boost pressure. The part for measuring improve the engine performance during emission process,
the intake temperature is an NTC sensor. When the especially torque characteristics. ECM receives signals
temperature rises, the resistance decreases. It also feeds from CKP sensor and CMP sensor. With these signals,
back a 0 - 5V voltage to the controller depending on the ECM will determine the valve timing by consulting the
intake air temperature. control chart. Then ECM operates the oil control valve
installed on the side of cylinder head. These solenoids
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor adjust the valve timing by controlling the oil to flow into the
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with phase modulator and changing the position of the phase
the rotational speed sensor in the circumstances without modulator relative to the camshaft.
the electricity distributor, so as to provide ECM with the

6-32
Engine Control System

Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAP)


Hot Film Meter (HFM)
The manifold absolute pressure/temperature sensor is
HFM works according to the hot film principle. HFM
installed on the intake pipe. The pressure is measured by a
combines with NTC thermistor in the current voltage
piezoelectric type sensor which can perform direct
divider circuit. The internal resistance value of the
pressure measurement through sensing elements. It may
thermistor decreases with the increase of the intake air
provide the "Load Signal" to the controller according to the
temperature. NTC thermistor current forms a voltage
measured MAP. The controller provides a 5V voltage and
divider circuit, the variation of the reference voltage which
feeds back a 0 - 5V voltage to the controller depending on
controls the voltage divider circuit is transformed into a
the intake pressure.
more stable frequency signal in HFM and outputs to ECM,
and ECM calculates the air flow and corrects the quantity Intake Bleeder Valve
of fuel injection by this frequency signal.
The intake bleeder valve is mainly used to recirculate the
If HFM failure occurs, ECM will perform backup strategy. If pressurized air in the compressor in the turbocharging
HFM signal failure occurs, the following phenomena may system to the air intake pipe, so that the boost pressure
occur: rapidly decreases during engine surge and gear shift. ECM
sends ON/OFF command to allow the solenoid in the
·Hard starting
intake bleeder valve to operate. When the solenoid is
·Stop after engine startup open, compressed air can be circulated to the air intake
pipe side.
·Emission control does not work
Engine Ignition Control System
·Idle speed control does not work
The engine ignition control system includes:
·Engine performance degrades

If NTC thermistor failure occurs, one of the following ·Ignition coil 1 - 4


symptoms can be observed: ·Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor

·Black smoke caused by excessive oil supply ·Knock sensor

·Idle speed control does not work Ignition Coil

Boost Pressure Control Solenoid Valve The ignition coil converts the battery low voltage DC to high
voltage and uses the spark by spark plug discharge to
The boost pressure control solenoid valve receives the
ignite the gas mixture in the cylinder. Each ignition coil
duty ratio information sent by ECM to adjust the boost
contains a pair of coil windings around the laminated iron
pressure of the turbocharger. The greater the duty ratio is,
core, it also includes a primary resistance and secondary
the higher the boost pressure will be. When the engine
resistance. There are four ignition coils installed on the
works at medium load or small load, the boost pressure
camshaft cover. They are installed to each cylinder, and
solenoid valve controls the diaphragm type bypass valve to
connected with the harness through connectors. A spark
lead the exhaust gas from the exhaust pipe into the bypass
plug is provided under each coil.
pipeline, and the boost pressure is extremely small at the
moment; when the engine accelerates or works at high Failure
load and high speed, the boost pressure solenoid valve
The ignition coil may have failures under the following
controls the diaphragm type bypass valve to reduce the
conditions:
bypass opening of the exhaust pipe, then the exhaust gas
flows into the turbocharger and the boost pressure rises at ·Primary winding break-circuited
this stage.
·Primary winding short-circuited

·Resistance of primary winding out of tolerance

6-33
Engine Control System

·Secondary winding break-circuited Check the operation of the fuel pump in the engine starting
process; if the fuel pump supplies fuel when the ignition is
·Secondary winding short-circuited
on but not operating, it indicates that ECM does not receive
·Secondary winding short to primary winding CKP sensor signal.

·Resistance of secondary winding out of tolerance Knock Sensor

·Coil top insulation mechanically damaged The knock sensor is used to provide electronic controller
ECM with engine knock information to carry out knock
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
control.
CKP sensor provides the engine speed information and
The knock sensor is a vibration acceleration sensor. It is
crankshaft top dead center information. It is a hall-effect
installed on the engine block. The sensitive element of the
sensor and used in conjunction with the pulse wheel. The
sensor is a piezoelectric crystal. The vibration of the engine
pulse wheel is a tooth plate, with 58 small teeth spaced at
block is transferred to the piezoelectric crystal through the
an interval of 6° on the magnetic ring and with 2 teeth mass block in the sensor. The vibration of the mass block
absent. The pulse wheel is fitted on the crankshaft, which
can produce pressure which helps the piezoelectric crystal
rotates with the crankshaft. When the tooth tips pass by
to generate voltage on both pole surfaces and transform
sensor ends, the pulse wheel made of steel magnetic
the vibration signal into voltage signal output.
materials cuts the magnetic force line of the permanent
magnets in the sensor and produces induced voltage in the Failure
coil, which will be output as the speed signal.
The knock sensor may have failures or provide incorrect
Failure signals under the following conditions:

CKP sensor or magnetic ring may have failures or provide ·Sensor break-circuited
incorrect signals due to the following conditions:
·Sensor short to ground
·CKP sensor gap fails to comply with the specifications
·Sensor circuit intermittently breaks
·CKP sensor is contaminated by dust
·Incorrect knock sensor installation
·CKP sensor hall-effect semiconductor is damaged
In case of knock sensor signal error, the following
·CKP sensor magnetic field too weak symptoms may occur:

·CKP sensor harness break-circuited ·DTC is stored

·CKP sensor harness short-circuited ·ECM cannot detect engine combustion knock

·CKP sensor harness high resistance ·ECM restores default settings

·Magnetic ring is contaminated by dust

·Poor magnetic ring precision due to erosion or Engine Fuel Supply Control System
mechanical damage
The engine fuel supply control system mainly includes:
·CKP sensor signal is distorted due to out-of-round
·Upstream oxygen sensor
flywheel or drive disk
·Downstream oxygen sensor
·CKP sensor signal is changed due to crank radial
movement ·Fuel injectors 1 - 4

In order to check whether ECM can receive signal from ·Canister valve
CKP sensor, following operations may be conducted:

6-34
Engine Control System

·Low-pressure fuel pump relay a non-linearity measurement method for excessive air
coefficient.
·Fuel control valve
Failure
·Fuel rail pressure sensor
It may have failures or provide incorrect signals under the
The engine fuel supply control system is applied to control
following conditions:
the fuel supply of the engine under different working
conditions. ·Impact damage/mechanical impact

MED-Motronic injection system stores the fuel to the fuel ·External harness break-circuited
rail according to the specific pressure, and the fuel is
·External harness short to vehicle power or ground
injected into the combustion chamber by the
electromagnetically controlled injector. And thus it can ·Contaminated by carbon or silicon deposits
provide the following functions:
·Air mixes in exhaust system
·Free selection of injection starting point
Rear Oxygen Sensor
·Variable system pressure
The downstream oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen
Front Oxygen Sensor sensor which measures the oxygen content in the engine
exhaust and determines if the oil and air are burnt
The upstream oxygen sensor is a wide-range oxygen
completely. The electronic controller implements the
sensor which can determine the oxygen concentration of
closed-loop control aiming at excessive air coefficient λ =
the exhaust within a wide range. The data provided by the
1 according to the information to ensure that three-way
sensor shows the air/fuel ratio in the engine combustion
catalytic converters have a high conversion efficiency in
chamber. It can produce correct and continuous signal in
such three kinds of pollutants as HC, CO and NOx in the
the range from thick gas mixture to thin gas mixture.
exhaust.
The wide-range oxygen sensor is a flat-plate type double-
Its sensing element is a ceramic tube, the outside connects
unit current limiting sensor, which has a zirconia measuring
the exhaust and the inside connects the atmosphere.
unit. This unit is a combination of the Nernest concentration
When the temperature of sensing ceramic tube reaches
sensor and oxygen "pump battery" sensor (which is used
350 ℃ , it will have the property of solid electrolyte. With this
for transferring the oxyanion). Oxygen sensor must be
property, the concentration difference of oxygen can be
heated to 350 ℃ before it produces effective signals. It has
converted into potential difference which forms electric
an integrated heater to reach the required temperature
signal outputs. If the gas mixture is rich, the concentration
quickly. Since the oxygen atom can be transfered with the
difference of oxygen inside and outside the ceramic tube is
current according to the polarity, ECM controls the pump
high, the potential difference is high, a large amount of
voltage of the pump battery to pump in or pump out
oxygen ions move from inside to outside and the output
appropriate amount of oxygen to the concentration sensor
voltage is high (approximate to 900mV); if the gas mixture
so as to maintain the air/fuel ratio measured by
is thin, the concentration difference of oxygen inside and
concentration sensor to be 1. When there is excessive air
outside the ceramic tube is low, the potential difference is
in the exhaust (thin), the oxygen is pumped out and the
low, only a few of oxygen ions move from inside to outside
forward pump current is formed. The more oxygen content,
and the output voltage is low (approximate to 100mV).
the bigger the pump current; when the residual oxygen
content in the exhaust is low (rich), the pump battery Failure
pumps the oxygen in, and the pump current is reversal at
It may have failures or provide incorrect signals under the
this time. Oxygen sensor transfers a current signal,
following conditions:
showing the change of oxygen concentration, to ECM, and
the pump current is proportional to the oxygen ·Contaminated by leaded fuel
concentration in the exhaust, therefore, the pump current is

6-35
Engine Control System

·Contaminated by carbon or silicon deposits Low-pressure Fuel Pump

·Impact damage/mechanical impact The electric fuel pump transfers the fuel from the fuel tank
to the engine and provides sufficient fuel pressure and rich
·External harness break-circuited
fuel.
·External harness short to 12V power supply
It is a DC motor driven vane pump, which is located in the
·External harness short to ground fuel tank and immersed in fuel. It utilizes fuel for heat
dissipation and lubrication. The battery supplies power to
·External harness high resistance the electric fuel pump via fuel pump relay, which allows the
·Heating device break-circuited electric fuel pump circuit to be switched on only when the
relay is energized, starts and the engine operates. When
·Heating device short-circuited the engine stops due to accident, the fuel pump will stop
·ECM fails to provide ground access for heating device automatically.

·Harness shielding not connected to the ground Direct Fuel Injection System

Canister Control Valve The direct fuel injection system is composed of the high-
pressure fuel pump, fuel pipe (fuel pump to fuel rail), fuel
The canister control valve is applied to control the rail assembly (including fuel rail, fuel rail pressure sensor,
regeneration air flow of the fuel evaporation control system. fuel injector) and low-pressure fuel pipe (in front of the high-
The canister in the fuel evaporation control system absorbs pressure pump). The system operating pressure is 15MPa.
fuel vapor from the fuel tank till it cannot absorb any more.
ECM controls the canister control valve to open and allows High-pressure Fuel Pump
fresh air and saturated fuel steam in the canister to form
The function of the high-pressure fuel pump is to increase
regeneration air flow, then send it to engine air inlet pipe.
the pressure of the low-pressure fuel to 15MPa, minimize
The electronic controller changes the duty cycle of the the pressure fluctuation in the fuel rail and prevent it from
pulse signal transmitted to the canister control valve coil mixing with the oil. The working process goes like this:
and controls the regeneration air flow based on different when the fuel pump plunger goes down, the fuel pump is in
working conditions of the engine. Moreover, the flow is also the fuel suction stroke, and the low-pressure fuel enters
influenced by the pressure difference on both ends. into the cavity of the fuel pump plunger; the plunger starts
to goes up after reaching the BDC, and the pressurized
Failure fuel is delivered to the high-pressure fuel rail.
The canister control valve may have failures under the Fuel Control Valve
following conditions:
ECM can control high-pressure fuel flow by controlling the
·Electromagnetic winding break-circuited opening or closing of the fuel control valve. For the front
half of the rising part of the high-pressure fuel pump
·Electromagnetic winding short-circuited
plunger, the fuel control valve is open, and the fuel cannot
·External harness short to 12V power supply generate pressure, so part of the fuel returns to the low-
pressure oil circuit by the fuel control valve. After the
·External harness short to ground
solenoid valve is energized, the fuel control valve starts
·External harness high resistance being closed, and completely closed after a period, and
then the plunger cavity is completely closed; the plunger
·ECM does not provide PWM signal
continues to ascend, when the pressure in the plunger
·Mechanical problems occur in the valve cavity continues to rise and exceeds the rail pressure, the
high pressure fuel is pumped into the fuel rail.

6-36
Engine Control System

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Failure

The fuel rail pressure sensor is used to measure the ECT sensor may have failures or provide incorrect signals
pressure in the fuel rail. It measures the pressure based on due to the following conditions:
the piezoelectric crystal resistance value, and sends a
·Insufficient system coolant due to leakage
voltage signal to ECM.
·External harness break-circuited
Fuel injector
·External harness short to ground
According to the ECM commands, the injector injects fuel
within the specified time, supplies the engine with fuel and ·External harness short to 5V power supply
atomizes it. ECM energizes the injector coil to form
magnetic force. When the magnetic force is strong enough ·External harness high resistance
to overcome the resultant force of the return spring ·ECM fails to provide ground access
pressure, needle valve gravity and friction, the needle
valve begins to rise, and the fuel injection process starts. ·ECT thermistor damaged
When the fuel injection pulse ends, the pressure of return Clutch Water Pump (switch type water pump)
spring makes the needle valve close again.
The clutch water pump takes the structure of a clutch,
Failure when starting a cold engine, ECM controls the clutch
solenoid coil, the water pump pulley rotates, and the water
The fuel injector may have failures under the following
pump impeller does not turn, and the engine coolant does
conditions:
not circulate, this shortens the engine warm-up time and
·Nozzle contaminated by dust or wax (flow reduced) reduces CO2 emission and fuel consumption. Vehicles
with a turbocharger also contain an auxiliary electric water
·Nozzle offset (injection positioned incorrectly)
pump relay which can pump the cooling water into the
·Fuel filter blockage turbocharger and lower its temperature in some cases after
the engine stops.
·Winding break-circuited
Electronic Thermostat
·Winding short to ground
The electronic thermostat adjusts engine coolant
·Winding short to 12V power supply
temperature, ensures the coolant temperature can rise
·Winding resistance out of tolerance rapidly and prevents hot engine. When the engine works at
a low/medium load, increase of the engine coolant
·External harness break-circuited
temperature can decrease oil viscosity, mechanical friction
·External harness short to ground loss of the piston and heat transfer loss and optimize
combustion; when the engine works at a high load/speed,
·External harness short to 12V power supply decrease of the engine temperature can cool the engine
Coolant Temperature Sensor rapidly.

The coolant temperature sensor is used to provide the ECM gives PWM command to make the electronic
engine with coolant temperature information. Whereby, the thermostat work, when the paraffin and wax package in the
controller can correct the fuel injection and ignition. It is a heater core expand, the paraffin applies pressure to the
negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor, its push rod. The upper side and housing of the push rod are
resistance value is reduced as the temperature rises, but fixed, so the push rod pushes the whole core to move
not a linear relationship. The thermistor is installed in a down reversely, and the interference fit between the
copper heat-conducting sleeve. copper cap and the main valve drives the main valve to
open. The opening of the electronic thermostat is
proportional to the duty cycle of the PWM signal.

6-37
Engine Control System

4 3
5 2
6 1

GS030208

1 Wax package
2 Push rod
3 Copper cap
4 Main valve
5 Spring
6 Bracket

6-38
Engine Fuel System
Engine Fuel System

Specification

Application Torque (N.m)

Bolt - fuel tank strap to body 40 ± 3


Bolt - front engine mount bracket to engine (x5) 60 ± 5
Bolt - engine mount to frame 60 ± 5
Nut - front engine mount to front engine mount bracket 110 ± 10
Bolt - front engine mount bracket to engine (x1) 110 ± 10
Bolt - rear mount bracket to transmission 60 ± 5
Bolt - rear engine mount to transfer case 60 ± 5
Bolt - rear mount bracket to transmission 60 ± 5
Nut - rear mount pad assembly to rear mount bracket 60 ± 5
Bolt - fuel filler pipe 9±1
Bolt - fuel tank strap to body 40 ± 3
Bolt - canister assembly 5 ± 0.5
Filter screw 2.5 ± 0.5
Nut - rear mount pad assembly and cross member 60 ± 5
Fuel filter ground nut 9±1

7-1
Engine Fuel System

Layout
Fuel Tank Exploded View

1
4
5
2 10
6
7 11 9
8

12
13

14
3

16
15

GS030185

1 Fuel tank assembly 9 Filter assembly


2 Fuel filler pipe assembly 10 Filter to fuel tank return pipe
3 Canister 11 Fuel tank to filter supply pipe
4 Loop - fuel pump assembly 12 Canister to engine desorption pipe
5 Fuel pump assembly seal ring 13 Fuel tank to canister evaporator pipe
6 Fuel pump assembly 14 Canister to engine desorption pipe Ⅰ
7 Fuel pump level sensor unit 15 Front fuel tank strap
8 Fuel pump level sensor float 16 Rear fuel tank strap

7-2
Engine Fuel System

Powertrain Exploded View

5 5

7
7 6
6

1 2

3 4

9 11 11

8
13

12
12
13

10 8 8

10 10
4WD 2WD(6MT) 2WD(6AT)

GS030186

1 Left front engine mount bracket 8 Rear engine mount


2 Right front engine mount bracket 9 Bolt - rear engine mount to transfer case
3 Left front engine mount 10 Nut - rear mount pad assembly to cross member
4 Right front engine mount 11 Nut - rear mount pad assembly to rear mount
bracket
5 Nut - front engine mount to front engine mount
bracket 12 Bolt - rear mount bracket to transmission
6 Bolt - engine mount to frame 13 Rear engine mount bracket
7 Bolt - front engine mount bracket to engine

7-3
Engine Fuel System

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Symptom Check & Measures

Fuel level sensor failure Check the slide resistor disc for contamination, corrosion and
poor contact; replace the fuel sensor component.

Deformed, disabled and damaged fuel float swing arm due to


transportation and installation; replace the fuel sensor
component.

Loud fuel pump noise Check for strainer blockage; wash the strainer.

Check the fuel pump for wear, expired service life; replace
the fuel pump.

Fuel pump assembly failure Check the fuel pump for loose power cord, poor contact;
check for power continuity with a multimeter.

Check the carbon brush commutator for excessive wear,


failure; replace fuel pump assembly.

Broken negative/positive pump wire; change the negative/


positive pump wire.

Fuel pump pressure relief Check if the clamp at the connection of the fuel pump pipe is
loose or if there is any gap which causes ingress of fuel into
the fuel tank, check if the pipe connection is secure.

Fuel leak due to damaged pipe of fuel pump assembly;


replace the rubber pipe or bellows.

7-4
Engine Fuel System

Replacement of Fuel Tank Assembly


Repair Guidance
Removal
Note: Place a piece of highly absorptive cloth
1 Press the button of the fuel filler cap on driver side
around the joint of the high-pressure fuel pump
to open it. Place the vehicle on the lifting platform
low-pressure fuel pipe and underfloor fuel pipe to and lift it to a certain height.
collect the spilled fuel. Disconnect the negative
2 Remove the fuel filler cap, and release 3 bolts of
battery cable, before installing/removing any fuel
the fuel filler pipe.
system, please disconnect the connector of the
fuel pipe for 5s, then release fuel pressure and
carry out repair work.
Warning: Fuel vapor is highly flammable, and it is
explosive and toxic in narrow space. Fire
extinguishers must be provided nearby when
operating or draining the fuel, which can be foam,
carbon dioxide, gas or power extinguisher.
Warning: Fuel leakage is inevitable during such
operations. Ensure necessary measures have been
taken to avoid the fire and explosion.

GS030187

3 Remove the front/rear strap (2)/(3), then lower the


fuel tank a little bit to access the clamp (fuel filler
pipe - fuel tank, fuel filler/exhaust pipe - fuel tank,
fuel filler pipe - canister).

4
2
3

GS030188

4 Remove the clamps (fuel filler pipe - fuel tank, fuel


filler/exhaust pipe - fuel tank, fuel filler pipe -
canister).
Recommendation: Cover the joint of the fuel filler pipe
and fuel tank with a warm towel for 3-4min before
removal.

7-5
Engine Fuel System

Replacement of Fuel Filter


1 Lift the vehicle to a proper height.
2 Release the ground nut.
3 Release fuel bolts.
4 Release fuel pipe connector.

GS030189

GS030191

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:

- Tightening torque of fuel filter bolt: 2.5 ± 0.5N.m


GS030190 - Tightening torque of ground nut: 9 ± 1N.m

5 Disconnect the harness of the fuel pump.


Installation
1 Connect the harness of the fuel pump.
2 Install the front and rear straps of the fuel tank on
the specified position of the fuel tank, and secure
them to the body with bolts and nuts (torque: 40 ±
3N.m).
3 Connect the clamp of the connector between fuel
filler pipe and fuel tank pipe.
4 Lower the vehicle to the ground.

7-6
Engine Fuel System

Replacement of Canister Assembly Installation


Removal 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
1 Lift the vehicle to a proper height. to the following precautions:
- Tightening torque of canister assembly bolts: 5 ± 0.5N.m

GS030192

2 Use a proper tool to remove 2 bolts (1) of the


canister assembly under the vehicle.

GS030193

3 Disconnect the pipes between the canister


assembly and fuel filler pipe/fuel tank.

GS030194

7-7
Engine Fuel System

Replacement of Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Recommendation: Cover the joint of the fuel filler pipe
Removal and fuel tank with a warm towel for 3-4min before
removal.
1 Press the button of the fuel filler cap on driver side
to open it. Place the vehicle on the lifting platform
and lift it to a certain height.
2 Remove the fuel filler cap, and release 3 bolts of
the fuel filler pipe.

GS030190

5 Open wheel arch, remove the bolts at the


connection of the filler pipe and body.

GS030187

3 Remove the front/rear strap (2)/(3), then lower the


fuel tank a little bit to access the clamp (fuel filler
pipe - fuel tank, fuel filler/exhaust pipe - fuel tank,
fuel filler pipe - canister).

4
2
3

GS030209
Installation
1 1 Connect the harness of the fuel pump.
2 Install the front and rear straps of the fuel tank on
the specified position of the fuel tank, and secure
them to the body with bolts and nuts (torque: 40 ±
3N.m).
GS030188 3 Connect the clamp of the connector between fuel
filler pipe and fuel tank pipe.
4 Remove the clamps (fuel filler pipe - fuel tank, fuel
4 Tighten the bolts of the fuel filler pipe to 9 ± 1N.m.
filler/exhaust pipe - fuel tank, fuel filler pipe -
canister). 5 Lower the vehicle to the ground.

7-8
Engine Fuel System

Fuel System Pressure Test Caution: 1bar=100kpa=0.1Mbar


Inspection 4 Disconnect the tool from the high-pressure fuel
1 Disconnect the high-pressure fuel pump low- pump low-pressure fuel pipe, place a measuring
pressure fuel pipe from fuel supply pipe. cup under the pipe, start the engine to enable the
fuel pump, observe the fuel in the measuring cup
within 1 min, if the reading is between 1.9 and
2.4L, the fuel system is in normal state.
5 Disconnect the high-pressure fuel pump low-
pressure fuel pipe and fuel supply pipe from
C00089859.
6 Drain the remaining fuel in the tool to the
container.
7 Connect the high-pressure fuel pump low-
pressure fuel pipe and fuel supply pipe.

GS030210

2 Connect the connector of the high-pressure fuel


pump low-pressure fuel pipe and fuel supply pipe
to the quick connector of C00089859.
Caution: The connector of the high-pressure fuel
pump low-pressure fuel pipe is slightly smaller
than the quick connector of C00089859, wind
appropriate tape around the connector of the high-
pressure fuel pump low-pressure fuel pipe to allow
it to fit closely with the quick connector of
C00089859.

GS030211

3 Start the engine to allow the fuel pump to work,


observe the readings on the fuel pressure gauge
within 1 min, if the readings are in the range of 5.4-
5.5bar, the fuel system is in normal state.
Caution: If the travel of the fuel pressure gauge is
less than 5bar, replace it.

7-9
Engine Fuel System

Fuel Pump Replacement Replacement of Fuel Pump Level Sensor Float


Removal Removal
1 Remove the fuel tank assembly (refer to 1 Remove the fuel tank assembly (refer to
Replacement of Fuel Tank Assembly). Replacement of Fuel Tank Assembly).
2 Disconnect the fuel supply pipe between fuel tank 2 Disconnect the fuel supply pipe between fuel tank
and filter and the fuel return pipe between filter and filter and the fuel return pipe between filter
and fuel tank from the fuel pump. and fuel tank from the fuel pump.

GS030195 GS030195

3 Loosen the loop coil securing fuel pump with tool 3 Loosen the loop coil securing fuel pump with tool
C00045017, and remove the fuel pump. C00045017, and remove the fuel pump.

GS030212
GS030196
4 Remove the fuel pump assembly.
4 Hold the float pole with one hand, insert the flat-
bladed screwdriver in the gap between sensor
frame and float pole with the other hand,then pick
Installation out the float pole.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal, and note the
torque of the fuel pump loop coil (80 ± 5N.m).

7-10
Engine Fuel System

2 Press the float pole into slot by left and right


thumbs, try to avoid other part of the pole under
pressure to prevent it from deformation.

GS030197

5 Check whether the slot of sensor frame is broken,


if yes, replace the level sensor.
GS030200

3 The standard state of the pressed float pole is as


illustrated. Check whether the slot of sensor frame
is broken again, if yes, replace the level sensor.

GS030198

Installation
1 Insert the float pole to the slot A and slot B of the
sensor frame. GS030201

4 Rotate the float pole with hand in the full range of


stroke to confirm that the pole can rotate normally
B
and encounter no obvious resistance during the
rotation.

GS030199

7-11
Engine Fuel System

Evaporative Emission System


Description and Operation
EVAP system prevents the fuel evaporative emission into
Fuel Pump the air. The system contains a canister filled with activated
Operation principle of the fuel pump: when enabling the carbon particles, when the vehicle is unused, it can absorb
permanent magnet motor, it drives the pump to rotate and hydrocarbon vapors. The canister is near the left rear
sucks fuel through the fuel inlet, the fuel from the electric wheel. The pipeline connects to the fuel tank (air space
fuel pump comes out from the fuel outlet before entering above the fuel) and the canister. The capacity of canister
the fuel system. pipe is limited, therefore, when the engine is running, it is
required to suck the fuel vapor into the cylinder for
The fuel pump is at the bottom of the fuel tank, the bottom purification. A pipe connects to the canister and the intake
of the fuel tank has the oil pool caused by local subsidence. manifold via the canister control valve. For ventilation,
When the fuel pump is working, it sucks fuel from the oil connect a pipe to the canister.
pool, the fuel outlet connects with the exterior fuel supply
pipe through delivery pipe and fuel tank cover.

Identification of a faulty electric fuel pump:

1 The noise of a damaged fuel pump is much louder,


you can identify a damaged fuel pump by its noise.
2 Test the armature winding resistance of the fuel
pump (generally around 10 ~ 20 Ω ), if the
resistance is high or low, the armature winding of
the electric fuel pump has a short circuit, the brush
contact is poor or the winding has a break circuit.
3 Check the fuel output of the electric fuel pump:
remove the fuel outlet pipe of the electric fuel
pump, apply voltage (above 11.5V) to the terminal
of the electric fuel pump, use a measuring cup to
collect the fuel from the fuel outlet, the pump fuel
shall be no less than 0.6L within 30s, or the pump
safety valve is faulty.

The electric fuel pump is unrepairable, a damaged one


shall be replaced.

When installing/removing the electric fuel pump,


disconnect the main power.

The owners often ask how mangy kilometers or years the


fuel pump can be used, the fuel pump actually has no
specified service life or maintenance mileage, because the
service life of the fuel pump depends on many factors such
as fuel quality, refill habit, fault condition, etc. The owner
shall pay attention to the following precautions:

1 Fuel with excessive impurities may shorten the


service life of the fuel pump, so please refill high
quality fuel. However, fuel with a higher ROZ does
not necessarily mean it is the fuel of high quality!
2 Check and maintain the fuel filter (gasoline) on a
regular basis, and wash the fuel circuit regularly.

7-12
Engine Intake/Exhaust System
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Specification

Application Torque (N.m)

Self-tapping screw - air flow sensor to air filter assembly 2.5 ± 0.5
Nut - intake pipe of air filter to body 5±1
Bolt - air filter assembly 9±1
Bolt - air filter outlet pipe bracket 40 ± 3
Oxygen sensor (front/rear) 50 ± 5
Nut - turbocharger and exhaust pipe 45 ± 5
Bolt - exhaust pipe front segment assembly bracket to engine 22 ± 2
assembly (M8*20)

Bolt - exhaust pipe front segment assembly bracket to engine 45 ± 5


assembly (M10*35)

Bolt - exhaust pipe front segment assembly bracket to engine 45 ± 5


assembly bracket

Clamp - catalytic converter assembly 9±1


Bolt - Exhaust system heat shield 9±1
Nut - catalytic converter assembly 45 ± 5
Nut - muffler assembly 45 ± 5
Bolt - front exhaust pipe bracket 45 ± 5Nm

8-1
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Layout
Intake System Layout

GS030163

1 Air filter intake pipe assembly 3 Air flow sensor


2 Air filter assembly 4 Air filter outlet pipe assembly

8-2
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Exhaust System Layout

4 3

GS030164

1 Front catalytic converter assembly 4 Exhaust muffler assembly


2 Rear catalytic converter assembly 5 Oxygen sensor
3 Exhaust muffler assembly 6 Oxygen sensor

8-3
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Replacement of Air Filter Intake Passage


Repair Guidance
Assembly
Replacement of Air Flow Meter Removal
Removal 1 Take down the fender.
1 Unscrew 2 screws (1) from the air flow meter.
2 Remove the air flow meter from the air filter (2).

GS030166

2 Unscrew the nuts securing the air filter intake


GS030165 passage assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:

- Tighten the screws securing air flow meter to air filter


assembly to the torque of 2.5 ± 0.5N.m.

GS030167

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

- Torque of the nuts securing the air filter intake pipe to the
body: 5 ± 1N.m

8-4
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Replacement of Air Filter Assembly Replacement of Air Filter Outlet Pipe


Removal Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the air filter intake pipe (Refer to Removal
of Air Filter Intake Pipe). 1 Remove 2 clamps connecting to the air filter outlet
2 Loosen the clamp of air filter outlet pipe. pipe assembly (1) and air filter (2) and engine
assembly respectively, disconnect the breather
pipe (4) from the engine assembly and separate
the air filter outlet pipe assembly from the air flow
meter and engine assembly respectively.

GS030168

3 Separate the air filter and air flow meter (Refer to


Replacement of Air Flow Meter).
GS030169
4 Remove 3 bolts securing the air filter to the body.
Installation 2 Remove the air filter outlet pipe assembly from the
bracket (4).
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:

- Tighten the bolts securing the air filter to body to the


torque of 9 ± 1N.m

GS030170

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:

- Torque of the clamps of the air filter outlet pipe assembly:


3 ± 0.5N.m

- Torque of the bolts of the air filter outlet pipe bracket: 40±
3N.m

8-5
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Replacement of Front Catalytic Converter 4 Unscrew 3 nuts (1) fixing the front catalytic
Assembly converter assembly (3) to the engine turbocharger,
Removal and discard gaskets (2).

1 Remove the turbocharger heat shield (refer to


Removal of Turbocharger Heat Shield).

GS030174

5 Release the clamps fixing the front catalytic


GS030171 converter assembly and rear catalytic converter
assembly, and discard the gasket 1.
2 Remove the front oxygen sensor.

GS030175
GS030172
6 Take down the catalytic converter assembly form
3 Unscrew 2 bolts (4) fixing the front catalytic the rubber hook of exhaust pipe.
converter assembly (3) to the engine bracket.

GS030176
GS030173

8-6
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Installation Removal/Installation of Exhaust Pipe Front


Segment Assembly Bracket
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions: Removal

- Tighten the nuts fixing the catalytic converter assembly to 1 Remove the catalytic converter assembly from the
engine (refer to Removal/Installation of Catalytic
the engine turbocharger to 45 ± 5N.m
Converter Assembly).
- Tighten the bolts fixing the front catalytic converter 2 Remove 2 bolts fixing the exhaust pipe front
assembly to the engine bracket to 45 ± 5N.m segment assembly bracket to engine assembly.

- Tighten the clamps of the catalytic converter to 9 ± 1N.m

GS030177

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:
- Tighten the bolts securing the exhaust pipe front segment
assembly bracket to engine assembly to 22 ± 2N.m(bolt
1) and 45 ± 5N.m (bolt 2)

8-7
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Replacement of Rear Catalytic Converter


Assembly
Removal
1 Release the clamps fixing the front catalytic
converter assembly and rear catalytic converter
assembly, and discard gaskets.

GS030180

4 Take down the rear catalytic converter assembly


form the rubber hook.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:
GS030178
- Tighten the clamps of the catalytic converter to 9 ± 1N.m
2 Remove the rear oxygen sensor from the rear
catalytic converter assembly. - Tighten the nuts of the muffler assembly to 45 ± 5N.m

- Tighten the rear oxygen sensor to 50 ± 5N.m

GS030179

3 Release 2 nuts connecting the rear catalytic


converter assembly to the front muffler assembly,
and discard gaskets.

8-8
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Replacement of Front Muffler Assembly Replacement of Rear Muffler Assembly


Removal Removal
1 Release the clamps fixing the front catalytic 1 Release the clamps fixing the front catalytic
converter assembly and rear catalytic converter converter assembly and rear catalytic converter
assembly, and discard gaskets. assembly, and discard gaskets.

GS030181 GS030183

2 Release 2 nuts connecting the rear catalytic 2 Release 2 nuts connecting the rear catalytic
converter assembly to the front muffler assembly, converter assembly to the front muffler assembly,
and discard gaskets. and discard gaskets.

GS030182 GS030184

3 Release 2 bolts connecting rear muffler and front 3 Release 2 bolts connecting rear muffler and front
muffler, and discard gaskets. muffler, and discard gaskets.
4 Take down the front muffler assembly form the 4 Take down the rear muffler assembly form the
rubber hook. rubber hook.
Installation Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions: to the following precautions:
- Tighten the clamps of the catalytic converter to 9 ± 1N.m - Tighten the clamps of the catalytic converter to 9 ± 1N.m

- Tighten the nuts of the muffler assembly to 45 ± 5N.m - Tighten the nuts of the muffler assembly to 45 ± 5N.m

8-9
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

Description and Operation Catalyst converter may have the following problems during
operation:
Catalytic Converter
The catalyst converter is equipped with a catalytic "partition Problems Possible Causes
brick", which can significantly reduce the emissions of Click sounds can Improper handling
diesel engine. be heard during "Partition brick" fractured
use "Partition brick" melted
It is obvious why installing a catalyst converter is important. Entry of foreign object/
The toxic gas emitted from the exhaust system of diesel turbocharger failure
engine shall not be released into the atmosphere until its Power "Partition brick" blocked
toxicity is reduced and converted. As shown above, the consumption
catalyst converts nitrogen oxides (NOX), carbon monoxide Noise "Partition brick" fractured
(CO1) and hydrocarbons (HC) into less harmful nitrogen
High emission No conversion
(N2), carbon dioxide (CO2) and water (H2O). If the catalyst
converter fails, the vehicle will not pass any emission
There are many factors that possibly cause catalyst failure
inspection, including MOT (annual inspection).
in operation, such as:
The catalyst converter is not widely known due to its
expensive price. Its "partition brick" is mainly designed into ·Long-time misfire of engine
a ceramic honeycomb structure with platinum, palladium ·Incorrect air-fuel ratio
and other valuable metal catalytic materials coated on the
surface. It is more likely to be damaged due to misuse ·Fuel additive
compared with muffler (equipped with baffle to reduce ·Improper fuel, such as biodiesel, gasoline, etc.
exhaust noise). Catalyst converter may get failure for many
reasons ranging from improper operation to incorrect air- ·Carbon deposit -·high oil consumption - intake airflow
fuel ratio. blocked - excessive fuel supply

Due to its special design and material, the catalyst Note: The catalyst acts efficiently only at high
temperature, therefore, it will be installed close to
converter is easy to be damaged if not properly handled.
the engine to get high temperature from the heat
Please handle with care to avoid collision; dropping or
radiated by the engine.
collision will cause damage to or dislocation of the "partition
brick". Intake System
Parts and components assembly which can guide the air
or mixed gas into the engine cylinder is regarded as engine
N2 CO2 intake system.
H 2O
It consists of air flow sensor, air filter, turbocharger and
various breather pipes. Passing through the air filter, air
goes into the turbocharger via pipeline to become high-
temperature and high-pressure gas which is pressed into
the intercooler and then goes into the intake pipe via the
breather pipe. The air filter is composed of upper and
NO x
lower sealing parts, filter element, bottom and side intake
CO
HC dust shields to supply clean air for the engine.
DS080016
·Air filter: It is the device to clean particles in air. It consists
of filter element and casing. Main requirements of the air

8-10
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

filter refer to high filtration efficiency, low flow resistance


and continuous use for a long time without maintenance.

Exhaust System
Parts and components assembly which can guide the
combusted exhaust gas from the cylinder is regarded as
the engine exhaust system.

It consists of a series of steel parts (catalytic converter


assembly and exhaust muffler assembly). The catalyst
converter is mainly designed into a ceramic honeycomb
structure with platinum, palladium and other precious metal
catalytic materials coated on the surface. The function of it
is to convert nitrogen oxides (NOX), carbon monoxide
(CO1) and hydrocarbons (HC) into less harmful nitrogen
(N2), carbon dioxide (CO2) and water (H2O). The catalyst
acts efficiently only at high temperature, therefore, it will be
installed close to the engine to get high temperature from
the heat radiated by the engine. The exhaust muffler is
equipped with baffle and sound absorber inside, on one
hand, to decrease the power of exhaust gas by causing
friction with glass fiber, steel fiber and other damping
materials; on the other hand, to effectively reduce the
exhaust vibration and exhaust noise after several
reflections, collisions and expansions inside pipelines in
different shapes and the resonant cavity. Exhaust gas
emitted from the catalytic converter and exhaust muffler
goes into the atmosphere via the exhaust tail pipe.

·Muffler: The muffler is a device which prevents sound


transmission but allows air circulation and also an import
measure to eliminate air dynamic noise.

·Catalytic converter: It is the most important outer purifier


installed into the exhaust system. It can convert CO, HC
and NOX and other noxious gas emitted from vehicle
exhaust into harmless carbon dioxide (CO2), water (H2O)
and nitrogen (N2) through oxidation and reduction reaction.

8-11
Engine Intake/Exhaust System

8-12
6MT Manual Transmission
6MT Manual Transmission

Specification

Service Standard

Items Standard Value (mm)

Main shaft bearing clearance (snap ring) 0 ~ 0.06L

Main shaft bearing clearance (gasket) 0 ~ 0.05L

Main shaft clearance (snap ring) 0 ~ 0.06L

Intermediate shaft roller bearing clearance (snap ring) 0 ~ 0.15L

Snap Ring and Gasket for Adjustment

Items Thickness (mm)

Gasket (for main shaft bearing clearance) 0.81

0.84

0.87

0.90

0.93

0.96

0.99

1.02

1.05

1.08

1.11

1.14

1.17

1.20

Snap ring (for main shaft bearing clearance) 1.49

1.52

1.55

1.58

1.61

1.64

1.67

1.70

1.73

1.76

9-1
6MT Manual Transmission

Items Thickness (mm)

Snap ring (for intermediate shaft roller bearing clearance) 1.39

1.46

1.53

1.60

Snap ring (for main shaft clearance) 1.47

1.50

1.53

1.56

1.59

1.62

1.65

1.68

1.71

1.74

9-2
6MT Manual Transmission

Tightening Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Rear oil deflector bolt 7.8 ~ 9.8

Rear bearing seat bolt 19.6 ~ 26.5

Main shaft gear lock nut (4WD) 245.2~ 264.8

Flange lock nut (2WD) 156.9 ~ 186.3

Intermediate shaft R gear lock nut 156.9 ~ 186.3

5th&6th gear shift assembly bolt 14.7 ~ 21.6

Gear selection lever assembly bolt 19.6~ 26.5

Control component assembly bolt 26.5 ~ 33.4

Front transmission housing bolt 42.2 ~ 53.9

Front bearing seat bolt 19.6 ~ 24.5

Oil drain bolt 58.8 ~ 78.5

Oil filling bolt 58.8 ~ 78.5

Guide bolt 14.7 ~ 21.6

CSC assembly bolt 9.8 ~ 11.8

Reverse shift fork hinge bolt 53.9 ~ 67.7

Reverse indicator switch 39.2 ~ 58.8

Flange clip bolt (4WD) 19.6 ~ 26.5

Nut - transmission shift lever to body 20 ± 2


Bolt - transmission to engine 80 ± 5
Bolt - cable bracket assembly to transmission 20 ± 2
Nut - shift cable to body 9±1

Warning:

Always follow the specified torque. Violation of the specified torque will lead to breakage or looseness due to high/
low torque. Any of the above situations

can cause serious personal injury or death to the


occupants.

9-3
6MT Manual Transmission

Lubricating Oil

Items Designated lubricant Volume

Transmission gear oil MTF SAE 75W-85 2.5 L

Transmission input shaft spline CASMOLY L9508 0.2g

Front bearing seat oil seal Lithium grease As required

Front transmission housing oil seal Lithium grease 0.2g

Control lever oil seal Lithium grease

9-4
6MT Manual Transmission

Layout
Shift Cable Layout

GS040172

9-5
6MT Manual Transmission

Repair Guidance 3 Remove 2 bolts and then disassemble the gear


selection lever (A).
Replacement of Manual Transmission
Removal
1 Disassemble the oil drain plug (A).

GS040154
A
Caution: Do not reuse the bolt.

GS040002 4 Remove the pin (B) and (C) and then disassemble
the gear shift lever (A).
Caution: Do not reuse the gasket.

2 Disassemble the guide bolt (A).

A
A B
C

GS040004

Caution: Pins can be removed immediately.


GS040003

Caution: Do not reuse the guide bolt.

9-6
6MT Manual Transmission

5 Remove 3 bolts with a rubber hammer and then 8 Destroy the 2 locking points (C), remove the lock
disassemble the control components. nut (C) from the main shaft assembly, and remove
the flange (A) and O-ring (B).

B
C

GS040005
Caution: Do not reuse the bolt.
GS040008
6 Disassemble the locking busing (A).
Caution: Do not reuse the O-ring (B).

GS040006

7 Remove the oil seal (A) and linear ball bearing (B)
in sequence.

B
A

GS040007

9-7
6MT Manual Transmission

9 Disassemble the starter (B) and 3 bolts to remove Caution: Do not reuse the oil seal.
the C.S.C (A).
12 Remove the snap ring (A) with a special plier from
the main shaft.

GS040009
GS040012
10 Release 8 bolts to remove the front bearing seat
component (A).
13 Disassemble the reverse indicator switch (A).

GS040010
GS040013
11 Remove the washer (A) and oil seal (B) from the
Caution: Do not reuse the reverse indicator switch.
front bearing seat components.

GS040011

9-8
6MT Manual Transmission

14 Remove 2 hinge bolts (A) from the front


transmission housing.

GS040016

A Caution: Do not reuse the oil seal (A).


GS040014

Caution: Do not reuse the hinge bolt.

15 Remove 12 fastening bolts from rear transmission


housing.
16 Remove the rear transmission housing (A) with a
rubber hammer.

GS040015

17 Remove the main shaft oil seal (A) from the rear
transmission housing.

9-9
6MT Manual Transmission

18 Remove the magnet (A) and reverse idler gasket Caution: Take care not to drop and damage the main
(B). drive shaft component.

21 Remove the spring pin (A), reverse gear control


lever (B) and reverse gear handle (C) in
sequence.

A B

GS040017 C
A
19 Remove the reverse gear shaft shift fork (A).

GS040020

Caution: When removing the spring pin (A), gears


cannot be impacted by the spring pin (A)

22 Release 2 bolts to remove the shift assembly (A)


of the 5th/6th gears.
B
A

GS040018

Caution: Do not reuse the shift fork gasket (B). A

20 Disassemble the transmission housing (A) with a


rubber hammer.

GS040021

A 23 Remove the spring pin (A), reverse gear control


lever (B) and reverse gear handle (C) in
sequence.

GS040019

9-10
6MT Manual Transmission

26 Remove the reverse gear needle bearing (A).


27 Remove the reverse idler (B).

A
C
A
B
GS040022

Caution: When removing the spring pin (A), gears GS040025


cannot be impacted by the spring pin (A) 28 Pull out the main shaft 6th gear (B) and reverse
gear sleeve (C) with the puller (A).
24 Destroy the 2 locking points (B), and remove the
lock nut (A) from the intermediate shaft.
C

GS040026
29 Remove the main shaft gasket (A).
GS040023

25 Use the puller (A) to pull the reverse gear (B), and
pull out the ball bearing (F), reverse gear
synchronizer hub sleeve (E), synchronizer ring (C)
and reverse gear (D). A

F
E
C
D A
GS040027

GS040024

9-11
6MT Manual Transmission

30 Remove the reverse gear (A) of the intermediate 33 Remove the shift fork (B) and synchronizer gear
shaft. sleeve (A) of the 5th/6th gears.

GS040028 GS040031

31 Remove the 6th gear (A) of the intermediate shaft. 34 Remove 3 synchronizer sliders (A).

A
A

GS040029 GS040032

32 Remove the synchronizer ring (B) and the 6th gear 35 With the puller (A), pull out the main shaft 5th gear
needle bearing (A) of the intermediate shaft. (B), and remove the 6th gear sleeve (C) of the
intermediate shaft, hub (D) of the 5th/6th gears,
outer synchronizer ring (E)/synchronizer cone (F)/
inner synchronizer ring (G) of the 5th gear and 5th
A gear.
B

C
D
E
F
G
B
GS040030
A

GS040033

9-12
6MT Manual Transmission

36 Remove the 6th gear needle bearing (A) of the 39 Remove the snap ring (C) between the
intermediate shaft. intermediate shaft (A) and the middle panel (B)
with a plier.

C A

GS040034
37 Remove 8 bolts with a box spanner to remove the GS040037
bearing seat (A). 40 Release 2 bolts to remove the oil deflector (A).

GS040035 GS040038
Caution: Do not reuse the bolt. 41 Disconnect the main shaft (A), intermediate shaft
(B) and middle panel (C) with a rubber hammer.
38 Remove the snap ring (C) between the
intermediate shaft (A) and the middle panel (B)
with a plier. C

A A
C

B
GS040039

GS040036

9-13
6MT Manual Transmission

42 Remove 1st&2nd and 3rd&4th gear assemblies 45 Remove the snap ring (A) of the front ball bearing.
from the main shaft assembly
.

A
A

GS040043
GS040040 46 Remove the ball bearing (A) with the pressing
43 Disconnect the main drive shaft component (A) machine.
and main shaft component (B).

A
GS040044
GS040041 47 Remove the synchronizer ring (A) from the main
44 Remove the needle bearing (B) from the drive shaft assembly.
gear (A).

GS040045
GS040042

9-14
6MT Manual Transmission

48 Remove the snap ring (A) of the hub sleeve 51 Remove the needle bearing (A).
assembly of the 3rd/4th gears.

GS040049
GS040046 52 Press the 2nd gear with the pressing machine,
49 Remove the synchronizer gear sleeve (A) of the then remove the 5th gear, ball bearing, 1st gear,
3rd/4th gears. needle bearing, 1st gear synchronizer assembly,
1st gear sleeve, synchronizer hub sleeve
assembly of the 1st/2nd gears, 2nd gear
A synchronizer assembly and 2nd gear.

GS040047
50 Press the 3rd gear (C) with the pressing machine,
and remove the synchronizer ring assembly (B) of
the 3rd/4th gears and 3rd gear (C) in sequence. GS040050
53 Remove the 5th gear (A).

GS040048
GS040051

9-15
6MT Manual Transmission

54 Remove the ball bearing (A). 57 Remove the needle bearing (A).

GS040052 GS040055
58 Remove the synchronizer ring assembly (A) of the
1st gear.
55 Remove the 1st gear sleeve (A).

GS040056
GS040053
59 Remove the synchronizer gear sleeve (A) of the
56 Remove the 1st gear (A). 1st/2nd gears.

GS040054 GS040057

9-16
6MT Manual Transmission

60 Remove 3 spring synchronizer sliders (A). 63 Remove the 2nd gear (A).

GS040058 GS040061
61 Remove the hub (A) of the 1st/2nd gears. 64 Remove the needle bearing (A).

A
A

GS040059 GS040062
62 Remove the synchronizer ring assembly (A) of the 65 Remove the snap ring (A) of the front roller
2nd gear. bearing from the intermediate shaft assembly.

GS040060 GS040063

9-17
6MT Manual Transmission

66 Remove the front roller bearing (A) with the Installation


pressing machine.
1 Install the bushing (A) on the transmission housing
with C00089874.
Caution: Install opposite bushing assembly
components.
A
Warning: The bushing components after installation
should be without any deformation.

GS040064
67 With the gear puller (A), remove the roller bearing
(C), bearing shim and sleeve (B) of the 5th gear.

GS040067
A 2 Install the air vent hole cap on the transmission.

B
C A

GS040065
68 Remove the inner ring (A) of the roller bearing with
C00044499.

GS040068
3 Install the bushing (A) on the transmission
housing.
A 4 Install the needle bearing (B) on the transmission
housing.
Warning: The bushing component (A) installed with
C00089874 and the bearing (B) installed with
C00089872 should be without any deformation.
GS040066

9-18
6MT Manual Transmission

7 Install the locating pin on the middle panel with


tooling.

GS040069
5 Install the bushing (A) on the middle panel with
C00089874. GS040071
6 Install the locating pin (B) on the middle panel. 8 Install the needle bearing (A) on the main shaft.
Warning:

The bushing components after installation should be


without any deformation.

The locating pin after installation should be without


any deformation.

GS040072
9 Install the 2nd gear (A).

GS040070
A

GS040073

9-19
6MT Manual Transmission

10 Install the synchronizer ring (A) of the 2nd gear.

A C
D

GS040076

GS040074 12 Install the synchronizer hub (A) of the 1st/2nd


gears.
11 Install the synchronizer hub (A) of the 1st/2nd
gears. Warning: Install the synchronizer gear sleeve (B) with
the gear upward.
Warning:

When assembling the hub assembly, the side with 3


oil grooves (E) shall face up.

GS040077
13 Install 3 sliders (A).

GS040075
Carefully align the groove between the synchronizer
ring (B) and the hub (C). After the press operation, A
check the rotation state of the synchronizer gear ring
assembly (D).

GS040078

9-20
6MT Manual Transmission

14 Place C00089875 on the sleeve (A) of the 1st 17 Install the 1st gear (A).
gear, and press the sleeve (A) of the 1st gear with
a pressing machine or hammer.

A A

GS040082
18 Place C00089875 on the ball bearing (A), and
GS040079 press the ball bearing (A) with a pressing machine
15 Install the needle bearing (A). or hammer.

A
A

GS040080 GS040083
16 Install the synchronizer ring assembly (A) of the 19 Invert the main shaft, and install the needle
1st gear. bearing (A) of the 3rd gear.

GS040081 GS040084

9-21
6MT Manual Transmission

20 Install the 3rd gear (A).

E
A

GS040087
GS040085
21 Install the synchronizer ring assembly (A) of the Carefully align the groove of the synchronizer ring (D)
3rd gear. and hub (C). After the press operation, check the
rotation state of the synchronizer ring.

B
A
A

C
D

GS040086
GS040088
22 Place C00089875 (B) on the synchronizer hub (A) 23 Install the synchronizer gear sleeve (A) of the 3rd/
of the 3rd/4th gears, and press the synchronizer 4th gears.
hub (A) of the 3rd/4th gears with a pressing
Warning: Install the synchronizer gear sleeve (B) with
machine or hammer.
this surface upward.
Warning:

When assembling the hub, the surface with 3 oil


grooves (E) shall be up.
A B

GS040089

9-22
6MT Manual Transmission

24 Install the synchronizer slider (A) of the 3rd/4th 26 Install the synchronizer ring (A).
gears on 3 positions.

GS040092
GS040090
27 Install the needle bearing (A).
25 Install the synchronizer assembly snap ring (A) of
the 3rd/4th gears [gap: 0 ~ 0.06L] A
Warning: Confirm that the snap ring is new.

GS040093
28 Place C00089875 on the ball bearing (A), and
position the ball bearing (A) on the gear assembly
(B), then press it with the pressing machine or
GS040091
hammer.

Items Thickness (mm)

Snap ring 1.47

1.50

1.53
A
1.56

1.59 B
1.62

1.65
GS040094
1.68 29 Install the snap ring (A) of the front ball bearing
1.71 [gap (mm): 0 ~ 0.06L].

1.74 Warning: Confirm that the snap ring is new.

9-23
6MT Manual Transmission

GS040095 GS040097
32 Position the rear ball bearing (A) and rear bearing
shim, and press the sleeve of the 5th gear in place
with a pressing machine or hammer.
Items Thickness (mm)

Snap ring 1.49

1.52

1.55

1.58 B

1.61 A
1.64

1.67

1.70

1.73 GS040098
1.76 33 Place C00089875 on the front ball bearing (A),
and press the front ball bearing (A) with a pressing
machine or hammer.
30 Assemble the main shaft components (A) and
main shaft assembly (B).

GS040099
B 34 Install the snap ring (A) of the front ball bearing
GS040096
[gap (mm): 0 ~ 0.15L].
31 Place C00089875 on the inner ring (A) of the ball
bearing, and press the inner ring (A) of the ball Warning: Confirm that the snap ring is new.
bearing into the intermediate shaft with a pressing
machine or hammer.

9-24
6MT Manual Transmission

GS040100 GS040102
37 Install 1st&2nd and 3rd&4th gear assemblies on
the main shaft assembly.
Items Thickness (mm)

Snap ring 1.39

1.46
A
1.53

1.60
B

35 Position the main shaft (A) on main shaft and


intermediate shaft assembly C00044497.

GS040103
38 Install the middle panel, middle panel hole (A) and
shift fork rail (B) with C00044497.

GS040101
36 Assemble the intermediate shaft (A) into an
B
assembly of main shaft/intermediate shaft with A
C00044497.

GS040104
39 Assemble the snap ring (C) between the main
shaft (A) and the middle panel (B) with a plier.

9-25
6MT Manual Transmission

Caution: Do not reuse the bolt.

C A

B B

GS040105
40 Install the snap ring (C) between the intermediate
GS040108
shaft (A) and the middle panel (B).
43 Place C00089875 (B) on the 5th gear (A) of the
main shaft, and press the 5th gear (A) of the main
shaft with the pressing machine or hammer.
Warning: Install the 5th gear of the main shaft with the
A direction point (C) upward.
C

B
B

C
GS040106 A
41 Install the synchronizer protective plate between
the 4th gear synchronizer ring (A) of the main shaft
and the main drive gear (B) with C00044498.
Warning: Ensure the synchronizer protective plate is
properly installed, because the 4th gear may be GS040109
damaged during press operation. 44 Place C00089875 (B) on the 5th gear sleeve (A) of
the intermediate shaft, and press the 5th gear
sleeve (A) with the pressing machine or hammer.
A
B

A
B

GS040107
42 Install 8 bolts (B) with a hexagon wrench to secure GS040110
the bearing seat (A) [tightening torque: 19.6 ~
45 Install the needle bearing (A).
26.5 N.m]

9-26
6MT Manual Transmission

GS040111 GS040114
46 Install the 5th gear (A) of the intermediate shaft. Carefully align the groove of the synchronizer ring (D)
and hub (C). After the press operation, check the
rotation state of the synchronizer ring.

A
C
D

GS040112
47 Install the synchronizer ring assembly (A) of the
5th gear.
GS040115
49 Install the shift fork (B) and synchronizer gear
sleeve (A) of the 5th/6th gears.
Warning: Install the synchronizer gear sleeve (C) with
A this surface upward.

C
A

GS040113 B

48 Place C00089875 (B) on the synchronize hub (A)


of the 5th/6th gears, and press the synchronize
hub (A) of the 5th/6th gears with a pressing
machine or hammer.
Warning: GS040116

Assemble the hub with 3 oil grooves (D) upward. 50 Place C00089875 (B) on the 6th gear sleeve (A) of
the intermediate shaft, and press the 6th gear

9-27
6MT Manual Transmission

sleeve of the intermediate shaft with a pressing 53 Install the 6th gear (A) of the intermediate shaft.
machine or hammer.
Warning: When installing the gear sleeve (A), align the
6th gear sleeve (A-1) with the hole of the main shaft
A
(C).

GS040120
A-1 54 Install the main shaft gasket (A).
Warning: The raised part (B) shall be down.
C
GS040117
51 Install the 6th gear synchronizer ring (A) of the
intermediate shaft.
B

A
A

GS040121
55 Place C00089875 (B) on the 6th gear (A) of the
main shaft, and press the 6th gear (A) of the main
shaft with a pressing machine or hammer.
GS040118
Warning: Install the 6th gear of the main shaft with the
52 Install the needle bearing (A).
direction point (C) upward or the inner big chamfer (D)
downward.

B
C
A
A

GS040119 D

GS040122

9-28
6MT Manual Transmission

56 Place C00089875 (B) on the reverse gear sleeve 59 Install the synchronizer ring (A) of the reverse
(A), and press the reverse gear sleeve (A) with a gear.
pressing machine or hammer.

A
B

GS040126
GS040123
60 Install the synchronizer hub (A) and synchronizer
57 Install the needle bearing (A) of the reverse gear. gear sleeve (B) of the reverse gear.
61 Install 3 sliders (C) and snap ring (D).

D
A

B
GS040124
58 Install the reverse gear (A) of the main shaft. GS040127
62 Install the synchronizer hub sleeve assembly (A)
of the reverse gear.
Warning: The inner synchronizer ring (B) shall match
A with the inner side of the hub (C).

B
A
C

GS040125

GS040128

9-29
6MT Manual Transmission

63 Install the reverse gear (A) of the intermediate 66 Remove the synchronizer protective jacket
shaft. between the 4th gear synchronizer ring (A) of the
main shaft and the main drive shaft (B).

A
B

GS040129
GS040132
64 Place C00089875 on the ball bearing (A), and
press the ball bearing (A) with a pressing machine 67 Install the reverse gear rail (B), reverse gear lug
or hammer. (C) and spring pin (A) in sequence.
Caution: Install the spring pin with hammer or chisel

Warning: Location of spring pins (A, B): the axial


clearance between the spring pin and the fork rail (C)
A
shall be within ± 15°.

±15° B

GS040130
65 Install the lock nut (A) of the intermediate shaft,
and lock 2 points at (B). [Tightening torque: 16.0 ~ C
19.0 kgf.m A
156.9 ~ 186.3 N.m]
GS040133
68 Install the reverse gear rail (B), reverse gear lug
(C) and spring pin (A) in sequence.

GS040131

9-30
6MT Manual Transmission

Warning: Location of spring pins (A, B): the axial


Caution: Install the spring pin with hammer or chisel
clearance between the spring pin and the fork rail (C)
Warning: Location of spring pins (A, B): the axial shall be within ± 15°.
clearance between the spring pin and the fork rail (C)
shall be within ± 15°.

±15° A

C
A GS040136
71 Install the shift assembly of the 5th/6th gear with
GS040134 the mounting bolt (2EA). [Tightening torque: 14.7 ~
21.6 N.m]
69 Install 2 bolts to secure the oil deflector (A).
[Tightening torque: 7.8 ~ 9.8 N.m]

GS040137
GS040135 72 Apply sealant (A) onto the sealing surface of the
transmission housing.
70 Install the locating pin of the shift fork (A) and (B)
of the 3rd/4th gears and 1st/2nd gears. Caution: The section with sealant applied is
0.8~1.0mm, and the sealant shall be continuous
[standard sealant: LOCTITE 5060]

9-31
6MT Manual Transmission

GS040138 GS040141
76 Apply sealant (A) onto the sealing surface of the
transmission housing.
73 Install the gear assembly (A) to the front
Caution: The section with sealant applied is
transmission housing.
0.8~1.0mm, and the sealant shall be continuous
[standard sealant: LOCTITE 5060]

GS040139
74 Install the fork (A) of the reverse shaft.
Caution: Do not reuse the 2 fork gaskets (B). GS040142
77 Install 4WD and 2WD rear housing oil seal with
C00089878-1/C00089878-2 respectively.
Caution: If the inner lip of the oil seal assembled has
no grease, apply lithium grease of 0.2g to the inner lip
of oil seal. Do not reuse the oil seal.

B
A

GS040140 A

75 Install the magnet (A) and reverse idler gasket (B).

GS040143

9-32
6MT Manual Transmission

78 Assemble the rear transmission housing assembly Caution: Do not reuse the reverse indicator.
(A). [Tightening torque: 39.2 ~ 58.8 N.m]
79 Tighten 12 bolts to the specified torque: 42.2 ~
53.9 N.m.

GS040146

GS040144 82 Install the snap ring (A) on the main shaft


assembly.
80 Install 2 hinge bolts (A) on the two sides of each
front housing.
Caution: Do not reuse the hinge bolt. [Tightening
torque: 53.9 ~ 67.6 N.m]

GS040147
83 Install the shim (A) and oil seal (B) on the front
bearing seat with tool C00089873.
A

GS040145
81 Install the reverse indicator switch (A).
A

GS040148
84 Temporarily assemble the front bearing seat (A).
Caution: Do not reuse the bolt. [Tightening torque:
19.6 ~ 24.5 N.m]

9-33
6MT Manual Transmission

Items Thickness (mm)

Snap ring 0.81


A
0.84

0.87

0.90

0.93

0.96

0.99
GS040149
1.02
85 Position the dial gauge (A) on the main shaft and
1.05
adjust to 0.
86 Pull the main shaft (B) forward to measure the 1.08
axial clearance. 1.11

1.14

1.17

1.20
B

88 If the axial clearance meets the specified value,


apply sealant (A) to the left of the front bearing
seat assembly.
Caution:
A
The mating surface with sealant shall be clean
GS040150 The section with sealant applied is 0.8~1.0mm, and the
87 If the axial clearance does not meet the standard sealant shall be continuous [standard sealant:
value (0 - 0.06L), select a suitable gasket LOCTITE 5060]
according to the table below before re-
measurement.

GS040151
89 Install 8 bolts to secure front bearing retainer (A).
[Tightening torque: 19.6 ~ 24.5 N.m]

9-34
6MT Manual Transmission

91 Install the dust shield (A) on the flange with


C00089877.

GS040152 A

90 Install the bushing (B) and 3 bolts to secure the


C.S.C. (A). [Tightening torque: 9.8 ~ 11.8 N.m] GS040155
92 Install the removable flange (A) and O-ring (B).
93 Install the lock nut (C) on the main shaft assembly,
B and lock the two parts on point (D). [Tightening
torque: 156.8 ~ 186.2N.m]

B
A
C

GS040153

GS040156
94 Install the linear ball bearing (B) and oil seal (A)
with C00089879/C00089870-2 respectively.
Caution: If the inner lip of oil seal is not applied with
lubricating oil, 0.2g lithium grease shall be taken and
applied on the inner lip during installation. Do not
reuse the oil seal.

9-35
6MT Manual Transmission

Warning:

Location of the spring pin (B):The angle of their gaps


is 90 ± 15° to the control axis (D)

Their gaps are opposite to each other.


B A

D
B B,C
A

A
B
C
GS040157
95 Install the locking busing (A).

GS040160

98 Install the guide bolt (A). [Tightening torque: 14.7~


21.6 N.m]
Caution: Do not reuse the bolt.

GS040158 A

96 Install the control components (3ea) with mounting


bolts by a rubber hammer. [Tightening torque:
26.5~ 33.4 N.m]
Caution: Do not reuse the bolt.

GS040161

99 Install the drain plug (A). [Tightening torque: 58.8


~ 78.5 N.m]
Caution: Do not reuse the gasket (B).

GS040159
97 Install the spring pin (B) and (C) first and then
install the gear shift lever (A).
Caution: Install the spring pin with hammer or chisel

9-36
6MT Manual Transmission

Transmission Assembly Replacement


Removal
1 Apply the hand brake, hold it in N gear and place
the ignition switch in OFF position.
2 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3 Lift the vehicle from the lifting machine. Remove
the catalytic converter assembly (refer to Removal
of Catalytic Converter Assembly).
4 Release the drain plug to drain the transmission
A fluid, and keep the fluid in a proper container.
5 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-blade
GS040162 screwdriver along the edge of control panel.

100 Install the filler plug (A) by refilling gear oil.


[Tightening torque: 58.8 ~ 78.5 N.m]
Caution: Do not reuse the gasket (B).

GS040164
6 Remove the center console (refer to Removal/
Installation of Center Console)
A 7 Remove the transmission shift cable (refer to
Removal/Installation of Shift Cable).
GS040163
8 Disconnect the CSC bleeder connector. Remove
with the connector upward, so that brake fluid leak
can be avoided.

GS040166
9 Drain the brake fluid to a proper container.

9-37
6MT Manual Transmission

10 Disconnect the reverse lamp harness, and remove 13 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to the
the cable from the housing harness clip. transmission, disconnect the propeller shaft, and
move the propeller shaft properly so that it will not
interfere with the operation.

GS040167
11 Unscrew 2 bolts of the intermediate support
assembly of the propeller shaft to remove the GS040170
intermediate support assembly. 14 Support the bottom of the transmission with a
suitable bracket.
15 Remove 4 bolts connecting the rear mount bracket
to the transmission.

GS040168
12 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to the
rear axle.
GS040171
Caution: If a 4WD transmission is used, release the
bolt of the rear mount bracket on the transfer case.

16 Remove 4 bolts connecting the transmission


mount beam and the body, and remove the
transmission mount beam.
17 Remove 11 bolts securing the transmission to the
engine.
18 Release the transmission from 2 locating pins, and
carefully put the bracket down to remove the
transmission assembly.
GS040169

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay attention
to the following precautions:

9-38
6MT Manual Transmission

- Slightly lubricate the input shaft spline. Shift Cable Replacement

- Before installing the bolt, never hang the transmission on Caution: Lift the vehicle with the lifting machine,

the input shaft. remove the lower guard plate of the transmission, and
maintain the shift lever in N gear.
- After installing the propeller shaft, refill 2.5L specified oil
through the oil filler plug aperture. Remove the oil level plug Removal

to drain the excess oil. Reinstall the plug. 1 Pull out the gasket in cable connector at
transmission end and the cotter pin.
- Connect the transmission gear cable, and check if all
gears are correct.

- The transmission mount uses self-locking nuts that allow


for one time use only, so new nut shall be used after any
removal, otherwise its tightening performance cannot be
guaranteed.

GS040173
2 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-blade
screwdriver along the edge of control panel.

GS040174

9-39
6MT Manual Transmission

3 Remove the transmission shift lever handle (refer 6 Remove the shift cable from the shift mechanism.
to Removal of Transmission Shift Lever Handle).

GS040175 GS040178

4 Remove the instrument panel central lower trim 7 Remove the transmission shift cable.
panel assembly (refer to Removal of Central
Lower Trim Panel Assembly).

GS040179

GS040176
5 Remove the shift cable and the sealing gasket at
car body assembly.

GS040177

9-40
6MT Manual Transmission

Installation 3 Connect the cable connector at the shifter end,


1 Make sure the shifter assembly is in Neutral and engage the cable connector into the shifter.
position, and install the shift cable into the shift
mechanism.
Caution: The brand new shifter assembly is provided
with a N gear locating pin before delivery to make sure
the shifter is locked in N position.

GS040182

GS040180
2 The gear selection/shift swing arm of the
transmission assembly allows it to be in neutral
position (purple and orange areas in the figure).

GS040195
4 Install the shift cable to body, and it shall face
forward.

GS040181

GS040183
5 Connect the cable connector at transmission end
and install the gasket and cotter pin.

9-41
6MT Manual Transmission

b. Press lock 1 along the arrow direction to make its end


face flush with the connector end face.

GS040184
6 Install the shift cable to transmission shift cable
support.
GS040187

c. Lift lock 2 along the arrow direction, once a "click" sound


is heard, the installation is completed.

GS040185
Caution: The shift cable skin of DYMOS transmission is
black.

7 Adjust to lock the gear selection connector


mechanism. GS040188
a. When lock 1 and 2 are confirmed unlocked (as indicated
8 Pull out the locating pin of shifter N gear.
in the figure), the cable connector can be moved freely
in axial direction.

GS040189
GS040186
9 Install the hollow plate assembly (refer to
Installation of Hollow Plate).

9-42
6MT Manual Transmission

10 Install the gear shift control panel to the hollow Replacement of Shift Lever Handle
plate. Removal
1 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-blade
screwdriver along the edge of control panel.

GS040190

11 Lower the lifting machine. GS040191


Check of the cable adjustments: depress the clutch pedal, 2 Slide the lock ring of shift lever handle upwards to
and place the control lever to 1st/2nd position to shift the top, then pull out the shift lever handle with
between 1st gear and 2nd gear, then check if the shift force.
operation is smooth and if the gear is correct. Similarly,
check the R gear, 5th/6th gear and 3rd/4th gear according
to above method. Smooth gear operation and correct gear
during above check indicates that the cable is adjusted in
place, otherwise it shall be re-adjusted.

GS040192

9-43
6MT Manual Transmission

Installation
1 Install the shift lever handle into the shift lever,
then slide down the lock catch.

GS040193
2 Press the shift lever panel into the center console
panel.

GS040194

9-44
6MT Manual Transmission

Special Tool

SN. Tool Number Tool Name Illustration Remark

Remove the
1 C00044496 Oil seal installer transmission from the
vehicle before use

Support tool for


installing the main
2 C00044497
shaft and
intermediate shaft

C00044497

Synchronizer
3 C00044498
protective plate

C00044498

4 C00044499 Shaft sleeve remover

C00044499

9-45
6MT Manual Transmission

SN. Tool Number Tool Name Illustration Remark

5 C00089876 Tool

C00089876

6 C00089875 Gear installer

C00089875

7 C00089873 Front oil seal installer

C00089873

8 C00089870-2 Shift oil seal installer

C00089870-2

9 C00089874 Bushing installer

C00089874

9-46
6MT Manual Transmission

SN. Tool Number Tool Name Illustration Remark

Needle bearing
10 C00089879
installer

C00089879

11 C00087972 Bearing installer

C00089872

Applicable for 4WD


Rear housing oil seal transmission, and
12 C00089878-1
installer can be used on
complete vehicle

C00089878-1

Applicable for 2WD


Rear housing oil seal transmission, and
13 C00089878-2 can be used on
installer
complete vehicle

C00089878-2

14 C00089862 Push rod

C00089862

9-47
6MT Manual Transmission

SN. Tool Number Tool Name Illustration Remark

15 C00089877 Dust shield installer

9-48
6MT Manual Transmission

block to drive the operation of 1st/2nd gear synchronizer so


Description and Operation
as to achieve the gear selection/shift function of the 1st
Overview gear. The operations of other drive gears are the same as
This vehicle is equipped with a 6-speed manual that of the 1st gear. When the shift lever is moved to
transmission. The shift lever is located at the center reverse gear position, the reverse gear wheel is engaged
console of the passenger compartment, it provides the with the reverse idler gear to change the rotation direction
driver with 7 choices for variable speed position, namely, of the output shaft.
1st gear, 2nd gear, 3rd gear, 4th gear, 5th gear, 6th gear Differential
and reverse gear. The gears of all positions are engaged Differential with traditional design secures the driven gear
by the synchronizer. The drive shaft is installed in the of final drive to differential housing with bolts, differential
differential assembly at the rear of the transmission, and it housing supports the planetary shaft, planetary gear and
is used to transmit the driving force to the wheel. The sun gear. The differential assembly is supported by
transmission housing is made of cast aluminum, and is bearings in the transmission housing.
connected to the engine block with bolts. The transmission
input shaft and output shaft are supported by bearings. The The differential allows the wheels to rotate at different
transmission clutch case is equipped with an oil filler plug, speeds when the output torques are the same. The pinion
and there is an oil drain plug at the lower rear side of the integrated with the output shaft is engaged with the final
transmission main housing, both of them are sealed with drive driven gear of the differential assembly. When the
an aluminum washer. The transmission is filled with output shaft rotates, and the wheels swivel straight forward,
lubricating oil so as to lubricate the internal components in the torque will be applied to the whole assembly, and the
a splashing manner. planetary gear does not rotate. The torque is transmitted to
the wheels through drive shaft. When the vehicle takes a
Gear Shift and Gear Selection turn, the inner wheels will pass a shorter distance at a
Gear selection is realized by manipulating the shift lever lower speed. Thus it drives the planetary gear to rotate,
installed at the center console of the passenger and the outer sun gear offers a higher speed for outer
compartment. Both cables have one end connected to the wheels.
bottom of the shift lever, and the other end connected to
the gear selection rocker arm and gear shift rocker arm Transmission Components
installed outside the transmission through the connector Drivetrain changes the speed and direction of rotation
ring assembly. In the transmission housing, the fork shaft is through the engagement between different gears of the
connected with the fork, turn an appropriate synchronizer input shaft and output shaft, thereby generating 7 drive
to shift to the drive gear or the reverse gear. gears of different speed ratio and 1 reverse gear. The gear
wheels of all other gears are constantly engaged. If the 1st
When the shift lever is moved to the 1st gear position, the gear is selected, the synchronizer gear ring is pressed by
shift lever will control the gear selection/shift rocker arm the synchronizer gear bushing so as to contact with the
through the cable. The gear selection rocker arm rotates conical ring of the corresponding gear selected. In this way,
and moves the gear selection/shift shaft through the torque the speeds of both synchronizer hub and gear are
of the cable, and the gear selection/shift taper head on the synchronized. Ensure that the taper head on the gear
gear selection/shift shaft moves along with it and locates at selection/shift sleeve can select the gear accurately and
the groove of the 1st/2nd shift fork, at this time, the gear the gears are remained in the correct work position. After
selection/shift taper head shall be completely separated being transmitted from the engine to the transmission input
from the groove of 3rd/4th taper head. One end of the shaft through the clutch, the torque is transmitted to the
interlock pin will lock 1st/2nd gear. Then the gear shift output shaft pinion and final drive driven gear and then to
rocker arm rotates the gear selection/shift shaft through the the drive shaft through the selected gear. The operation of
torque of the cable, and the gear selection/shift sleeve the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and reverse gears is the same
rotates along with the gear selection/shift shaft, one side of with that of the 1st gear. When the reverse gear is selected,
the gear selection/shift taper head turns 1st/2nd gear taper the reverse gear tooth is engaged with the output shaft

9-49
6MT Manual Transmission

reverse gear tooth and reverse idler gear, hence, the


rotation direction of the driven shaft is changed and the
reverse gear is achieved.

9-50
6AT
6AT

Technical Parameters

Model 6L50

Hydraulic torque converter 240mm (with lock-up clutch control)

Engine input power 235 kw

Max. input torque of diesel engine 550 N.m

Max. load of transmission 650 N.m

Speed ratio Gear 1. 4.065 Gear 2. 2.371 Gear 3. 1.551


Gear 4. 1.157 Gear 5. 0.853 Gear 6. 0.674

Mode Default, sport, cruise, manual

Lubricant petro-Canada DEXRON VI

Weight 90Kg (wet weight)

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - cable bracket assembly to transmission 20 ± 2


Nut - transmission rocker arm 33 ± 3
Nut - transmission shift lever assembly 20 ± 2
Nut - shift cable to body 9±1
Bolt - engine to transmission 65 ± 5
Bolt - flexible plate to hydraulic torque converter 55 ± 5
Bolt - flexible plate to engine 20+60°
Bolt - oil cooler bracket 9±1
Bolt - cable bracket assembly to transmission 20 ± 2

10-1
6AT

2WD 4WD

GS080001

10-2
6AT

Layout
Layout

GS080002

10-3
6AT

Layout

1
1

2
10
12
13

4
3

11
8

6
5
GS080003

1 RWD AT/4WD AT 7 Transmission oil pan gasket


2 Hydraulic torque converter assembly 8 Transmission fluid filter component
3 Electric component 9 Transmission oil pan component
4 O-ring component 10 Seal plug for transmission oil filter
5 Drain plug component for transmission fluid 11 Transmission tightening bolt
renew 12 Shift control component
6 Transmission oil pan tightening bolt 13 Transmission O-ring

Caution: Electric component = hydraulic valve


assembly + 2 gaskets + control & support gasket
+ electric plug sleeve + speed sensor + internal
mode switch + bolt

10-4
6AT

Transmission/Electric Component Diagnosis

Transmission/Electric
Component Diagnosis

Description on testing and repair Description on testing and repair

Clear DTCs and conduct


the road test for 30km

NO
Return to the vehicle DTC reoccurs?

YES

Refer to Testing
Recommendations

GS080004

10-5
6AT

Oil Leak

Oil leak

NO Is the transmission
Check for other faulty parts
fluid leaking

YES
Clear the possible leaking area with a piece of rag

Run normally for 15-20min to recover the oil temperature


Note: Do not run at high speed,
otherwise the leaking location cannot be determined
due to oil dispersion

Park at a clean place and shut down the engine

Seek for leaking locations

NO
Is the leakage can be repaired Contact us
by aftersales parts?

YES

Repair

GS080005

Caution: Do not use active detergent like brake cleaner, etc to remove the leaking fluid, this may damage
the rubber mat, gasket and shaft bushing.

10-6
6AT

Location of 2WD Seals

6
2

12
1 3
7 13

11
10
14
8

4A
4B
5 9
GS080006

1 Electric plug sleeve 8 Output shaft seal

2 Hole for pressure test 9 Oil pan gasket

3 Junction between main transmission body and front 10 Seal for torque converter installation
housing
11 Oil level plug of oil pan
4A Transmission to oil cooler
12 External control of ASM park pawl
4B Oil cooler to transmission
13 Park pawl guide shaft
5 Shift shaft seal
14 Adjuster extension
6 Breather pipe

7 Seal plug for lubricant filler hole

10-7
6AT

Location of 4WD Seals

6
14 2

12
1 3
7 13

11
10

4A
4B
5 9
GS080007

1 Electric plug sleeve 8 Output shaft seal

2 Hole for pressure test 9 Oil pan gasket

3 Junction between main transmission body and front 10 Seal for torque converter installation
housing
11 Oil level plug of oil pan
4A Transmission to oil cooler
12 External control of ASM park pawl
4B Oil cooler to transmission
13 Park pawl guide shaft
5 Shift shaft seal
14 Transfer case seal
6 Breather pipe

7 Seal plug for lubricant filler hole

10-8
6AT

Service Frequency of Maintenance


·100,000Km is recommended.
Suggestions for Towing:
Make sure the drive wheels are towed at a speed lower Characteristics of Transmission Fluid:
than 50Km/h, and the towing distance is below 50Km.
Make sure the vehicle is in N gear.
Items Specification

Type petro-Canada DEXRON VI

Total capacity ~ 10.2 L

Oil pan removal 6.5-7L

Wet weight of ~ 90 kg
transmission

GS080008

The label of the transmission is on the main transmission


body, the specific information is as follows.

Transmission label

GS080009

10-9
6AT

4 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-


Repair Guidance
blade screwdriver along the edge of control
Replacement of 6AT Shift Cable panel.

Caution: Lift the vehicle with the lifting machine,


remove the lower guard plate of the automatic
transmission, and maintain the shift lever in N gear.

Removal
1 Remove the shift cable.

GS080012

5 Remove the transmission shift lever handle


(refer to Removal of Transmission Shift Lever
Handle).

GS080010

2 Confirm that the shift lever and transmission


gear selector are in the N gear. Confirm that the
position of the gear selector is unchanged during
the tightening process.
3 Push out the adjuster of the shift cable laterally.

GS080013

6 Remove the instrument panel central lower trim


panel assembly (refer to Removal of Central
Lower Trim Panel Assembly).

GS080011

Caution: Push out the adjuster of the shift cable to


adjust the length of the cable.

GS080014

10-10
6AT

7 Remove the shift cable from the shift shaft. For this process, the shift mechanism shall
mechanism. be in the N gear.

GS080015 GS080017

Installation 3 Install the shift cable and body.


1 Insert tool C00045013 into the shift arm to
secure the shift arm, for this operation, the
transmission is in the N gear.

GS080018

C00045013 Caution: The arrow of the shift cable is facing


forward.
GS080016
4 Install the shift cable into the shift cable bracket.
2 Clamp the shift cable into the slot of the shift
Push up with great effort, and a "snap" indicates
mechanism, rotate 90° to clamp the shift cable correct installation.
and connect the cable connector with the pin

GS080019

10-11
6AT

5 Adjust the latch of the shift cable to align it with


P Gear Unlock
the shaft pin axis of the rocker arm, install the
latch into the rocker arm shaft, and push the In case of flat battery or transmission computer failure,
latch, then the shift cable locks, remove the shift the vehicle cannot recognize the brake pedal signal, thus
cable installer. the P gear shall be unlocked manually. Push the car to
the safe location.

LHD models:

Use an appropriate tool to open the shift lever panel,


press and hold "P Gear Unlock Button" on the shift
mechanism with mechanical key or one hand,
meanwhile hold the shift lever handle and press the Lock
button on the handle to pull the shift lever rearward from
P gear to N gear. Replace all opened parts, and engage
into P gear after parking the car.

GS080020

6 Confirm that the shift lever corresponds to the


instrument indication displayed on the vehicle.
7 Lower the lifting machine.

GS080021

GS080022

10-12
6AT

RHD models: Removal/Installation of Shift Lever Handle


Pry off the cap on the shift lever panel (as illustrated), Removal
insert the mechanical key in, press and hold "P Gear 1 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-
Unlock Button" under the cap, meanwhile hold the shift blade screwdriver along the edge of control
lever handle and press the Lock button on the handle to panel.
pull the shift lever rearward from P gear to N gear.
Replace all removed parts, and engage into P gear after
parking the car.

GS080024

2 Remove the wiring harness from the shift lever


panel.
GS080023

GS080025

10-13
6AT

3 Slide the lock ring of shift lever handle upwards Installation


to the top, then pull out the shift lever handle with
1 Install the shift lever handle into the shift lever,
force.
then slide down the lock catch.

GS080026
GS080027

2 Insert the wiring harness into the shift lever


panel.
3 Press the shift lever panel into the center
console panel.

10-14
6AT

7 Unscrew 2 bolts of the intermediate support


Removal/Installation of Transmission
assembly of the propeller shaft to remove the
Assembly intermediate support assembly.
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Lift the vehicle on the lifting machine. Remove
the catalytic converter assembly (refer to
Removal of Catalytic Converter Assembly).
3 Release the drain plug, remove the transmission
oil pan, drain the transmission fluid and collect
the fluid in a proper container.
4 Disconnect the cable of the shift lever from the
transmission (refer to Replacement of
Transmission Cable).
5 Disconnect the connector of the transmission
harness assembly, and remove the cable. GS080030

8 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to


the rear axle.

GS080028

6 Unscrew the bolts connecting the rear end


assembly of the transmission oil cooler pipe and GS080031
transmission, and separate the rear end
9 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to
assembly of the transmission oil cooler pipe.
the transmission, disconnect the propeller shaft,
and move the propeller shaft properly so that it
will not interfere with the operation.

GS080029

GS080032

10-15
6AT

10 Support the bottom of the transmission with a 13 Remove the starter from the engine.
suitable bracket (no direct contact).
Caution: The oil pan shall not be under direct stress.

11 Remove 2 bolts connecting the rear mount


bracket to the transmission.

GS080035

14 Rotate the flange of the transmission output


shaft clockwise, remove the bolts fastening the
flexible plate to the automatic transmission
GS080033 hydraulic torque converter at the starter
mounting port, and remove 3 bolts securing the
Caution: It is a 4WD transmission as shown below, flexible plate with torque converter.
release the bolt of the rear mount bracket on the
transfer case.

GS080036

15 Remove 10 bolts securing the transmission to


GS080034 the engine.

12 Remove 4 bolts connecting the transmission


mount beam and the body, and remove the
transmission mount beam.

GS080037

10-16
6AT

16 Release the transmission from 2 locating pins,


Transmission Drain and Oil Pan Removal
and ensure the torque converter is still
connected to the transmission. 1 Properly park on the lifting machine.
17 Carefully put the bracket down to remove the · Maintain the shift lever in P gear.
transmission assembly.
Caution: When removing the automatic transmission ·Place the ignition switch in OFF position.
assembly, do not drop the hydraulic torque 2 Lift the vehicle, and ensure there is an
converter. Place a proper wooden or plastic block appropriate space for removing the transmission
between the engine rear end and dash panel to oil pan.
prevent the engine from damaging the dash panel. 3 If the transmission is equipped with the guard
plate, remove and keep the bolts and gaskets.
Caution: It is strictly prohibited to remove: 1. Start/
4 Place a container under the transmission for fluid
Stop solenoid valve components; 2. Hydraulic
collection.
cylinder components
Caution: The ATF may burst out when the drain
plug is released, please ensure a container is
placed under the oil pan.

GS080039

Installation
ES050005
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
5 Wait the temperature of the transmission fluid to
- Clean the junction of the engine and transmission. reach the ambient temperature.
6 Slowly release and remove the drain plug of the
- Lubricate the torque converter jack.
transmission.
- After installing the propeller shaft, refill the specified oil
through the oil filler plug aperture. Remove the oil level
plug to drain the excess oil. Reinstall the plug.

- The transmission mount uses self-locking nuts that


allow for one time use only, so new nut shall be used after
any removal, otherwise its tightening performance cannot
be guaranteed.

ES050006

10-17
6AT

7 If the O-ring (gasket) is deformed, and the drain 10 Remove the oil pan and its gasket.
plug is used, replace the drain plug.

ES050010
ES050007
Caution:
8 Remove the drain plug to drain the transmission · Check the surface of the oil pan gasket for obvious
fluid until the fluid changes from line to drop. deformation or fracture.
9 Release 17 bolts of the oil pan with a normal
hexagon wrench (M10). · Seal of the oil pan gasket is achieved by deformation
under compression, it can be reused.

· Check the two protrusions on the gasket, locate the


gasket and oil pan. If the oil pan gasket is damaged, do
not reuse.

ES050008

ES050011

11 Check the oil pan gasket for fracture, bubble due


to overheating and delamination of the rubber
and underlayer metal, etc.
12 If any of above situations, even leakage occurs,
use new parts for reinstallation.

ES050009

10-18
6AT

Oil Pan Installation Removal/Installation of Transmission Fluid


Filler Rubber Plug
1 The sealing surface of the oil pan shall be clean
and free from any metal debris, etc. 1 Lift the vehicle to facilitate the operation.
2 Install the oil pan and gasket with two positioning 2 Before removal, clear the surrounding (J) of the
devices. fluid filler pipe.

顶塞J1

胶塞J2

润滑油填充口J
ES050012 ES050014

3 When removing the magnetic absorptive piece, 3 Place the screwdriver under the top plug (J1).
metal debris may occur.
4 Pry off the top plug (Figure 1).
4 Install the above parts properly, then tighten 17
5 Clamp the rubber plug (J2) with a plier.
bolts to a torque of
6 Pull out the rubber plug (Figure 2).
5 8-10 N.m in the sequence below.

5 4 1 9 17
7
13 14
11 12
16 15
8 6 2 3 10

ES050015
ES050013

7 Discard the filler plug (J) removed, and do not


6 For transmission fluid refill, please refer to
reuse it.
procedures for transmission fluid refill.
Caution: When the top plug (J1) is lifted, the
diameter of the rubber plug (J2) diminishes, so it
is easy to remove the whole rubber plug.
8 Insert a new filler plug into the main transmission
body.

10-19
6AT

9 Install the top plug (J1).


Transmission Fluid Level Adjustment
Caution: Lift the vehicle and remove the guard
plate.

1 For removal of the fluid filler plug, refer to the


document Removal/Installation of Fluid Filler
Plug.
J

ES050016

ES050017

2 Eliminate fluid residue in all pipes with a


compressed air tool. Use a machine to connect
the fluid filler hole.

ES050018

Caution: Use the following parameters to give an


approximate estimation of the fluid volume to be
refilled.
- Oil pan removal, 6.5-7L

- Hydraulic torque converter removal, 1L

- Transmission cooler oil line, 0.4L

3 Refill fluid until it overflows the filler port.

10-20
6AT

Caution: Use petro-Canada DEXRON VI


Transmission Fluid Level Check
transmission fluid only, use of other fluids may
cause damage to the transmission. 1 Read the transmission fluid temperature (TFT)
4 Remove fluid refill tool. with the testing tool.

5 For installation and refill of the filler pipe, refer to 2 Start and idle the engine.
the document Removal/Installation of 3 Fully depress the brake pedal, shift gears and
Transmission Fluid Pipe. stay in each gear for more than 3s, finally return
6 Lower the vehicle. to P gear.

7 For fluid level check, refer to Transmission Fluid


Level Check.

2 3 100 120 140


80 160
60 180
1 4 40 200

20 220

0 240
0 5

P
R
N
D
SD
M1...M4

ES050020

4 Idle the engine for at least 1mim.


Caution: If the vehicle is provided with the
manual mode, no need to upshift to M5 and M6
gears, because the clutch of these two gears is
identical with that of the M2 and M3 gears.
5 Lift the vehicle with a lifting machine, maintain
the P gear and idle the engine.
6 Place a container under the transmission for oil
collection, and slowly release the drain plug (F).
Caution: During fluid level check, the engine shall
be in a stable idling. If the engine does not work,
when refilling according to the above methods,
the fluid volume is below the normal value, this
can lead to premature wear or failure of the parts.
Caution: For fluid check and refill, the TFT shall
be 30°-50°.

10-21
6AT

7 Remove and replace the drain plug (F). Caution:


Check the color of the fluid.

The fluid shall be red or dark brown.

If the fluid appears to be dull black or black, and has a


pungent burning odor, it indicates the fluid is
contaminated or becomes invalid due to overheating.

ES050023

8 Observe the following instructions:


· When the temperature rises, the transmission fluid
starts to come out, the fluid changes from stable liquid
flow to drops.

· The TFT is increasingly high, observe its state at a


temperature of 30°-50°.

· If the TFT is above 50°, but the fluid is still not drops,
fluid failure may occur, refill transmission fluid and repeat
the above steps.

·The identification standard is as follows:

Upper limit: when the fluid becomes drops at 30°C (+/- 2


°C);

Normal volume: when the fluid becomes drops at 40°C


(+/- 2°C);

Lower limit: when the fluid becomes drops at 50°C (+/- 2


°C).

9 Replace with a new drain plug and tighten it to a


torque of 25N.m.
10 Check the surrounding of the drain plug, and
check for fluid leak. For other locations required
a check for possible leaks, refer to the document
Oil Leak Location.
11 Install the lower guard plate of the transmission.
12 Lower the lifting machine and vehicle.

10-22
6AT

4 Pull out and remove the hydraulic torque


Hydraulic Torque Converter Removal
converter (B).
1 Drain transmission fluid. Please refer to
Transmission Fluid Drain and Oil Pan Removal.
2 Remove the transmission from the vehicle.

B
ES050026
2
Caution: When removing the hydraulic torque
converter, the transmission fluid will come out.
ES050024
Be sure to prepare an oil pan under the
Caution: Keep the transmission level to avoid transmission.
release of the hydraulic torque converter. 5 Remove the O-ring (D) of the input shaft with a
screwdriver and discard it.
3 Secure the transmission on the turning support.
6 Replace with a new O-ring (D) and soak it with
transmission fluid.

ES050025

ES050027

10-23
6AT

7 Install it into the input shaft.


Hydraulic Torque Converter Installation
Caution: Please make sure that the O-ring (D) is
not damaged and locates in the ring groove.

ES050028
D

ES050029

1 Push the hydraulic torque converter along the


input shaft, turn it manually until it completely
enters into the housing.

ES050030

2 Axial installation is made.

10-24
6AT

3 Check the distance between the surface of the Oil Filter Edge Seal Removal
transmission housing and the hydraulic torque
converter with a gauge or check if the hydraulic 1 Drain transmission fluid, refer to Oil Drain and Oil
torque converter is properly installed with the Pan Removal.
retaining plate for transportation (if the hydraulic 2 Manually remove and discard the oil filter.
torque converter is properly installed, it will not Directly pull out the oil filter, do not bend or twist
interfere with the retaining plate when rotating). the pipe of the filter.

ES050030 ES050032

Caution: The distance (a) shall be at least 13mm.


3 If the edge of the entire bushing is higher than
the pump, the seal is invalid.
Note: A good bushing shall be smooth and fit
with the oil circuit.
Unacceptable:
a

ES050031

ES050033

10-25
6AT

Acceptable: Oil Filter Bushing Seal Installation


Caution: Ensure the bushing is properly installed,
please refer to Oil Filter and Bushing Removal.

1 If the pump seal is correct and intact, please


directly refer to section 6 of the document.
2 Before using a new bushing, ensure the edge of
the mounting hole is free from any rubber debris
that affects the sealing.
3 Bushing with transmission fluid is allowed.
4 Install the bushing with seal installer C00089880.

ES050156

·Remove the sealing bushing with a screwdriver or plier.

·Replace the sealing bushing, and do not reuse it.

·Install a new bushing (refer to procedures for bushing


installation).

ES050035

10-26
6AT

5 Uniformly press the bushing. 7 Ensure the filter is correctly installed, then the
position of the filter can press the bushing and
guarantee the seal function.

C00089880

ES050036

ES050039

ES050037

6 When installing the filter component (H), ensure ES050040


it is perpendicular with the pump.

ES050038

10-27
6AT

5 Remove the sleeve (2) of the electric connector.


Electric Component Removal

1 Drain transmission fluid, refer to Oil Drain and Oil


Pan Removal.
2 Remove the oil filter, refer to Oil Filter and Seal
Removal.

2
ES050043

Caution: Pull out the sleeve of the connector


axially, do not turn/twist it.
6 Remove 6 bolts in the sequence shown only.
ES050041
Bolts – 6 – M5 × 73 – 10N.m
Caution: The seal position of the bushing is very
crucial, it shall be smooth, fit and free of
deformation.
3 Remove the harness connector, rotate the 3 2 6
handle, and disconnect the connector plug with
the guide of the guide groove.

4 1 5

ES050044

7 Remove the electric control module.

ES050042

Caution: Do not touch the connector pin.


4 Unlock the slide lock 1 of the sleeve of the
electric connector.

ES050045

10-28
6AT

Special Notice: Do not touch the connector pin 9 Lock the anti-release lock (1).
and welding component on the circuit board.

Edge seal O-ring

SCALE : FULL

ES050048
ES050046
Caution: If the sleeve is improperly installed, the
Caution: anti-release lock cannot lock.

Check the sealing surface: 10 Remove the seal component (3) from the valve
components.
· O-ring (X2)
11 Remove the seal component (4) from the valve
· Edge seal (X1) components.

8 Reinstall the sleeve (2).

4
ES050049

ES050047 Caution: Discard the seal component, and do not


reuse it.
Caution: For sleeve installation, a position notch
for correct installation is provided, please align
and insert it into the notch.

10-29
6AT

12 Remove the seal component (5) from the main


transmission body.

5
ES050050

Caution: Discard the seal component, and do not


reuse it.
Important Notice: To remove or replace the gear
selector shaft, the electric component must be
removed first.

10-30
6AT

Precautions for Electro Static Discharge Electric Component Installation


(ESD) Special Notice: For electro static discharge,
The electric component is quite susceptible to the static please refer to Precautions for Electro Static
(including TCU, sensor, etc), and the static warning sign Discharge (ESD).
will be provided during the service.
1 Check the oil inlet of the electric component.
E - Electro

S - Static

D - Discharge

When the operator touches any electric component, the


static will discharge directly;

When replacing any electric component, pay particular


attention to the electro static discharge (ESD). Failure to
follow the general security specifications may cause
damage to other electric components of the car.

To avoid electric component damage due to static, ES050051


please follow the following instructions:
2 Check the oil outlet of the oil pump.
For replacement, do not open the original package in
advance, remove the part from the original package only
when installation can be done immediately. Do not
directly touch the pin of the electric component, touch the
outer package of the electric component only. If the
electric component must be taken out, put it back to the
original package as fast as possible (take out fast and put
back fast).

Necessary protective articles for the operator: antistatic


shoes, gloves.

ES050052

TEHCM

ES050137

10-31
6AT

3 Check the middle oil passage hole. 7 Remove the connector sleeve (1), refer to
Electric Component Removal.

ES050053
ES050056
Caution: The hole shall be clean, smooth and free
from residues. 8 Use the two holes of the main transmission body
to ensure correct installation of the control valve
4 Install a new seal component (3).
components.
5 Install a new seal component (4).

ES050057
ES050054

6 Install a new seal component (5).

ES050058
Caution: When installing a new electric
component, do not forget to remove the spring of
ES050055 the shift mechanism from the former component,

10-32
6AT

and an H10 wrench shall be used, the torque is 14 Clear the TCU cache, input the VIN of the TCU
12N.m. with the scan tool.

9 Install bolts 1-6 in the sequence shown, ensure 15 Clear the DTCs due to rewriting or replacement.
the control valve component is on the 16 Perform a road test and execute a self-learning
transmission, 6 bolts – M5 × 73 – torque: for the transmission.
10N.m.
Caution: Do not touch the connector pin.

3 2 6

4 1 5

ES050059

Caution: Remember to tighten the bolts in the


sequence shown.
10 Reinstall the sleeve 1 of the electric connector,
axially insert the sleeve to connect the
connector, do not rotate the sleeve and ensure it
is properly installed. For correct installation, the
distance between the outer surface of the sleeve
and the surface of the transmission shall be 14-
16mm. If the sleeve is properly installed, the
slide lock (2) can lock.

14 - 16 mm

2
ES050060

11 Reinstall the oil filter and oil pan, refer to Oil Filter
and Oil Pan Installation.
12 Connect the vehicle harness, please refer to
Electric Component Removal.
13 Rewrite the transmission data.

10-33
6AT

9 Remove the spring pin (L1) of the shift lever


Gear Selector and Seal Removal
shaft, discard the spring pin removed, and do not
1 Lift the vehicle and drain transmission fluid, refer reuse it.
to Oil Drain and Oil Pan Removal. Caution: The two spring pins have a different
2 Remove the oil filter, refer to Oil Filter and Seal size, Remove L2 first, then L1.
Removal. 10 Remove the shift shaft (L3) as illustrated, do not
3 Remove the electric control valve, refer to reuse the shift shaft with any wear or
Electric Component Removal. deformation.
4 Remove the gear selector lever from the gear
selector shaft of the transmission.

L1

L2

L3

ES050067

ES050061

5 Install C000898821 into the gear selector shaft,


and turn it to the end, then rotate the bolt to
remove the seal ring with a tool.

C00089882(1)

ES050062

6 Discard the gasket, and do not reuse it.


7 Remove the gear selector lever from the gear
selector shaft of the transmission.
8 Remove the spring pin (L2) of the shift lever
shaft, discard the spring pin removed, and do not
reuse it.

10-34
6AT

4 Install the spring pin (L1) of the shift shaft with a


Gear Selector Shaft and Seal Installation
hammer.
1 Select an appropriate new seal ring, and ensure
the shaft hole and the mounting surface of the
seal ring are free from any residue.
2 Install a new seal ring (L4) with C00089882 (2),
and ensure it is completely pressed in with a
uniform force.

L1

C00089882(2)
ES050070
L4
5 Align the pin hole of the stop shaft with that of the
shift shaft, and install a new spring pin (L2) with a
hammer.

ES050068

3 Install a new shift shaft (L3) and stop lever. L2

L3

ES050071

Caution: The two sides of the spring pin shall


have a same length.

ES050069

L1 L2

ES050072

10-35
6AT

5 Install it on the output shaft.


Removal/Installation of AWD Output Shaft O-
ring Seal

1 Drain transmission fluid, refer to Oil Drain and Oil


Pan Removal.
2 Remove the transmission, refer to Transmission
Removal.
3 Pry and remove the O-ring (M) with a
screwdriver.

ES050075

M
ES050073

Caution: Discard the ring, and do not reuse it.


4 Apply transmission fluid to the new ring.

ES050074

10-36
6AT

4 Insert tool C00045013 into the shift arm to


Shift Connector Adjustment
secure the shift arm, for this operation, the
Caution: Lift the vehicle with the lifting machine, transmission is in the N gear.
remove the lower guard plate of the automatic
transmission, and maintain the shift lever in N
gear.

1 Remove the shift cable.

C00045013
ES050139

5 Clamp the shift cable into the slot of the shift


mechanism, rotate 90° to clamp the shift cable
and connect the cable connector with the pin
ES050076 shaft. For this process, the shift mechanism shall
be in the N gear.
2 Confirm that the shift lever and transmission
gear selector are in the N gear.
Confirm that the position of the gear selector is
unchanged during the tightening process.

3 Push out the adjuster of the shift cable laterally.

ES050140

ES050138

Caution: Push out the adjuster of the shift cable


to adjust the length of the cable.

10-37
6AT

6 Install the shift cable and body. latch, then the shift cable locks, remove the shift
cable installer.

ES050141
ES050143
Caution: The arrow of the shift cable is facing
9 Confirm that the shift lever corresponds to the
forward.
instrument indication displayed on the vehicle.
7 Install the shift cable into the shift cable bracket.
10 Lower the lifting machine.
Push up with great effort, and a "snap" indicates
correct installation.

ES050142

8 Adjust the latch of the shift cable to align it with


the shaft pin axis of the rocker arm, install the
latch into the rocker arm shaft, and push the

10-38
6AT

and improve comfort, avoiding more customer


Transmission Adjustment
complaints about gearshift quality.
Description
After transmission rewriting, mechanical part or electric The scan tool can be used to monitor the state of the
component replacement, a self-learning is required for transmission (positions of the throttle and accelerator
the transmission (actually control valve). pedal, TFT, gear engagement,etc) during self-learning.

The electric component will keep learning the The self-learning shall be carried out after the TFT is
accumulative operation of the transmission and above 25 ℃ .
optimizing the gearshift quality, power output and fuel
Caution: Each process shall be performed
economy. repeatedly to ensure there are enough input value
If the data is rewritten or the electric component and for calculation of the basic effective value during
self-learning. Therefore, each procedure of the
transmission are replaced, the self-learning value will be
operation is very important, including the
removed. The user can feel change of the gearshift
process of gear shift and gear maintenance.
quality

before the transmission acquires enough self-learning


values.

The following procedures for transmission adaptive


control is a guide document for shortening the duration of
self-learning and reducing difficulty in operation, in the
period after program update or part replacement,
customers' questions about change of the gearshift
quality shall be solved as soon as possible through
constant learning of the working conditions for different
gears in different driving environments.

Caution: The safety shall be guaranteed for self-


learning, the operation shall comply with
applicable laws and regulations and shall be
done in the site that will not affect the traffic.

Procedures for transmission adaptive control:


Frequent upshift, coast, downshift and slowdown are
more favorable to the quick self-learning of the
transmission than constant driving at a single mode.

During driving before the self-learning, if frequent


downshift for some gears occurs, especially when more
than one gear downshifts at a time, a jerk will appear, this
will substantially reduce drive comfort.

The procedures listed below are basic driving principles


which can be used to optimize the gearshift performance

10-39
6AT

Gearshift during steady slow-speed driving: will drop slowly until the vehicle downshifts to the 1st
N-R: depress the brake for at least 5 times. gear, then slightly depress the brake pedal to stop.

N-DS: depress the brake for at least 5 times (do not stop The adaptive operation of the future upshift and downshift
in D gear). shall follow the same way: when the accelerator pedal is
released, the vehicle speed drops slowly until the vehicle
N-D: depress the brake for at least 5 times.
slows down, then slightly depress the brake to stop the
D-R and R-D follow the sequence: release the brake for vehicle, this helps to accumulate data during self-
at least 5 times (shift every two seconds during slow- learning.
speed shift).

Upshift in warm-up state and downshift by


coasting (throttle off or accelerator pedal
released).
Maintain the accelerator pedal (appr. 30%-50%), ensure
upshift (1-6). After the vehicle upshifts to the 6th gear
(with the accelerator pedal released), the vehicle speed
will drop slowly until the vehicle downshifts to the 1st
gear, then slightly depress the brake pedal to stop.

Steady gearshift during warm-up process/after


warm-up process:
N-R: depress the brake pedal.

N-DS: depress the brake (do not stop in D gear).

N-D: depress the brake, N-D gear, release the brake, do


not depress the accelerator pedal.

D-R and R-D follow the sequence: release the brake


(shift every two seconds during slow-speed shift).

Upshift during warm-up process:


1-6 gear:

Maintain the accelerator pedal (appr. 30%-50%), ensure


steady upshift (1-2, 2-3, 3-4, 4-5, 5-6).

Downshift by coasting (with the accelerator pedal


released):
After the vehicle upshifts to the 6th gear (approximately),
with the accelerator pedal released, the vehicle speed

10-40
6AT

Downshift controlled by accelerator pedal: finally), and depress the brake pedal only in the final low
Use the following gearshift methods to depress the speed stage.
accelerator pedal gradually and perform the self-learning
Important Notice:
for downshift.
Before replacing the transmission, hydraulic torque
Two different ways of gear operation: converter or electric component, contact
1. At medium speed, depress the throttle pedal with and authorize the PPT.
moderate acceleration;

2. At low speed, quickly depress the accelerator pedal.

At medium speed, moderately depress the accelerator


pedal:

Perform 6-5, 5-4, 4-3, 3-2 and 2-1 gearshift (shift when
engine speed reaches 2000-4000rpm)

At low speed, quickly depress the accelerator pedal:

Perform 6-5, 5-4, 4-3, 3-2 and 2-1 gearshift (shift when
engine speed reaches 2000-4000rpm)

Low-speed gearshift at normal oil temperature:


Same with warm-up process (see above)

Upshift at normal oil temperature:

1-6 gear:

Perform 1-2, 2-3, 3-4, 4-5 and 5-6 gearshift, slightly


depress the accelerator pedal to upshift (10-20%).

1-6 gear:

Perform 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 gearshift, moderately depress


the accelerator pedal to upshift (30-40%).

1-5 gear:

Perform 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 gearshift, moderately depress


the accelerator pedal to upshift (50-60%).

1-4 gear:

Perform 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 gearshift, quickly depress the


accelerator pedal to upshift (100%).

Note: Downshift by coasting.


6-1 gear:

Whenever an upshift cycle is finished, perform a steady


downshift (the vehicle decelerates slowly and stops

10-41
6AT

7 Unscrew 2 bolts of the intermediate support


Removal/Installation of Automatic
assembly of the propeller shaft to remove the
Transmission Assembly intermediate support assembly.
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Lift the vehicle on the lifting machine. Remove
the catalytic converter assembly (refer to
Removal of Catalytic Converter Assembly).
3 Release the drain plug, remove the transmission
oil pan, drain the transmission fluid and collect
the fluid in a proper container.
4 Disconnect the cable of the shift lever from the
transmission (refer to Replacement of
Transmission Cable).
5 Disconnect the connector of the transmission
harness assembly, and remove the cable. ES050148

8 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to


the rear axle.

ES050146

6 Unscrew the bolts connecting the rear end


assembly of the transmission oil cooler pipe and ES050149
transmission, and separate the rear end
assembly of the transmission oil cooler pipe. 9 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to
the transmission, disconnect the propeller shaft,

ES050147

10-42
6AT

and move the propeller shaft properly so that it remove 6 bolts securing the flexible plate and
will not interfere with the operation. torque converter.

ES050150 ES050152

10 Support the bottom of the transmission with a 14 Remove 10 bolts securing the transmission to
suitable bracket (no direct contact). the engine.
Caution: The oil pan shall not be under direct
stress.
11 Remove 2 bolts connecting the rear mount
bracket to the transmission.

ES050153

15 Release the transmission from 2 locating pins,


and ensure the torque converter is still
connected to the transmission.
ES050151
16 Carefully put the bracket down to remove the
Caution: If a 4WD transmission is used, release transmission assembly.
the bolt of the rear mount bracket on the transfer
case.
12 Remove 4 bolts connecting the transmission
mount beam and the body, and remove the
transmission mount beam.
13 Rotate the flange of the transmission output
shaft clockwise, remove the flywheel housing
baffle from the engine, and align the flexible plate
with the bolt of the automatic transmission, then

10-43
6AT

Caution: When removing the automatic


transmission assembly, do not drop the hydraulic
torque converter.

Installation:
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Clean the junction of the engine and transmission.

- Lubricate the torque converter jack.

- After installing the propeller shaft, refill the specified oil


through the oil filler plug aperture. Remove the oil level
plug to drain the excess oil. Reinstall the plug.

- The transmission mount uses self-locking nuts that


allow for one time use only, so new nut shall be used after
any removal, otherwise its tightening performance cannot
be guaranteed.

10-44
6AT

Special Tool

SN. Tool Number Tool Name Illustration Remark

1 C00089880 Oil seal installer

C00089880

Use for removal.

C00089882
Shift shaft oil seal
2 C00089882
installer/remover

Use for installation.

C00089882

3 C00045013 Neutral gear lock pin

C00045013

10-45
6AT

10-46
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Assembly
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Overview
Overview and Characteristic of Transmission
SC36M(B)6C transmission includes 6 drive gears and 1 reverse gear. The drive gear and reverse gear are normally
engaged gears with synchronizers, the transmission housing is an aluminum alloy die casting, which can match 2WD
(SC36M6C) and 4WD (SC36MB6C) models, and the operation mode is soft shaft indirect operation.

SC36MB6C Transmission Outline View

2 1

GS050001

1 Bolt 2 Wire clip

11-1
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SC36M6C Transmission Outline View

GS050002

Power transfer is realized by a series of normally engaged spiral gears which are installed on the 1st shaft, 2nd shaft,
intermediate shaft and reverse gear shaft. The free gear on the 2nd shaft, intermediate shaft and reverse gear shaft is
supported by the needle bearing, the 1st shaft and 2nd shaft on the transmission housing are supported by the bearing,
and the intermediate shaft on the transmission housing is supported by the cylindrical bearing.

The synchromesh operation of the transmission is achieved by the synchronizer; the synchronizer of the 5th/6th/R gears
is equipped with the single synchronizing ring, the synchronizer of the 3rd/4th gear is equipped with the double-cone
synchronizing ring and that of the 1st/2nd gear is equipped with the tri-cone synchronizing ring. Gear selection/shift of the
transmission is done by 4 shift fork shafts and 1 main shift fork shaft:

·The main shift fork shaft realizes gear selection and gear shift by selecting and toggling the other 3 shift fork shafts.

·The other 3 shift fork shafts toggle the shift fork to engage the gear by the fork head on the shaft.

·Gear selection/shift control outside the transmission is realized by the gear shift tower control mechanism.

11-2
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SC36M(B)6C Transmission Structure Diagram

4
5
6

GS050003
3 Locating pin 6 Bolt M8X40
4 Output shaft 7 Rear housing
5 Lock nut

11-3
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SC36M6C Transmission Outline View

2
3
4
5

GS050004

1 Flange 4 Dust shield


2 Flange lock bolt 5 Bolt M8X32
3 Output shaft 6 Rear housing

11-4
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Transmission Assembly Specifications


Transmission Technical Parameters

Schematic Items Technical parameters

Model SC36MB6C SC36M6C

Drive type 4WD 2WD

Input torque/center distance 350N.m/82mm

Weight 59Kg 57.5Kg

Gear 6 drive gears

R 1 3 5
1 reverse gear

2 4 6
Shift mode Mechanical/manual, indirect operation

Gear Normally engaged spiral gear

Drive ratio 1st gear 4.340

2nd gear 2.264

3rd gear 1.504

4th gear 1.152

5th gear 1

6th gear 0.72

R gear 3.870

11-5
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Schematic Items Technical parameters

Gear axial clearance

1st gear 0.1 ~ 0.36 mm


2nd gear 0.1 ~ 0.31 mm
3rd gear 0.105 ~ 0.365 mm
4th gear 0.15 ~ 0.32 mm
6th gear 0.15 ~ 0.32 mm
R gear 0.1 ~ 0.32 mm
Reverse gear idler 0.1 ~ 0.3 mm
Thickness of input shaft bearing circlip 1.96 ~ 2.11mm (accumulate at an
increment of 0.05mm)

Thickness of 1st/2nd gear hub circlip 1.93 ~ 2.08mm (accumulate at an


increment of 0.05mm)

Thickness of 1st/2nd gear hub circlip 2.38 ~ 2.63mm (accumulate at an


increment of 0.05mm)

Thickness of 1st/2nd gear hub circlip 1.88 ~ 2.13mm (accumulate at an


increment of 0.05mm)

11-6
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Schematic Items Technical parameters

Plane sealant grade Tonsan 1598

Transmission fluid 2.5 ± 0.1L

11-7
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Thread Tightening Torque

SN. Part Thread specification Use Torque (N.m)

1 Hexagon bolt M6X25 M6 Secure CSC 10 ± 3


2 Bolt M8X40 M8 Clutch housing and 25 ± 1.5
bearing box
Bearing box and rear
housing

3 Oil level hole bolt M16X1.5 Plug oil filling port 40 ± 3


4 Bolt M8X45 M8 Secure intermediate plate 25 ± 3
5 Drain plug M18X1.5 Plug drain hole 45 ± 3
6 Bolt M8X32 M8 Secure shaft 1, shaft 2 25 ± 1.5
and intermediate shaft
bearing

7 R gear shaft bolt M8 Secure R gear shaft 25 ± 1.5


8 Interlocking plate bolt M8X1 Secure interlocking plate 25 ± 1.5
9 Flange lock bolt (2WD) M24X1.5 Secure flange 200 ± 10
10 Lock bolt M20X1.5 Secure intermediate shaft 180 ± 10
bearing

11 Shift fork pin shaft M16X1.5 Support shift fork 40 ± 3


12 Hexagon socket set M12X1 Secure gear selection/shift 35 ± 5
screws with cone point knob seat

13 Reverse lamp switch M14X1.5 Transmit reverse signal 27 ± 1.5


assembly

14 Lock nut (4WD) M38X1.5 Axial locking 280 ~ 360


15 Bolt M8X15 M8 Retain wire clip 20 ± 1.5
16 Bolt M6X18 M6 Secure oil groove 8±1
17 Bolt M8X22 M8 Secure gear selection/shift 25 ± 1.5
supporting plate, gear
selection shaft seat
assembly

18 Bolt M8X30 M8 Secure control cover 25 ± 1.5


assembly

19 Nut - transmission shift lever to body 20 ± 2


20 Bolt - transmission to engine 80 ± 5
21 Bolt - cable bracket assembly to transmission 20 ± 2
22 Nut - shift cable to body 9±1

11-8
SAGW 6MT Transmission

List of Disposable Parts

SN. Part Name Quantity/unit

1 Flat washer φ 6 3

2 Pressed outer ring HK162313 2

3 Aluminum washer 16 1

4 Oil seal Φ 35X52X6.8 1

5 Aluminum washer 18 1

6 Shaft 1 bearing circlip Φ 33 1

7 Shaft 1 bearing circlip Φ 33 1

8 Shaft 1 bearing circlip Φ 33 1

9 Shaft 1 bearing circlip Φ 33 1

10 Shaft 1 bearing circlip Φ 33 2

11 Gear selection/shift shaft oil seal 1

12 Bearing 4

13 Oil seal Φ 52X68X8 1

14 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 29.2 1

15 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 29.2 1

16 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 29.2 1

17 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 29.2 1

18 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 29.2 1

19 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 29.2 1

20 1st/2nd gear synchronizer circlip Φ 47.7 1

21 1st/2nd gear synchronizer circlip Φ 47.7 1

22 1st/2nd gear synchronizer circlip Φ 47.7 1

23 1st/2nd gear synchronizer circlip Φ 47.7 1

24 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 42.5 1

25 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 42.5 1

26 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 42.5 1

27 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 42.5 1

28 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 42.5 1

29 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 42.5 1

30 Control cover plug 1

31 Snap pin Φ 6X25 4

32 Gear selection block 1

33 Locating pin of shift fork shaft 3

11-9
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SN. Part Name Quantity/unit

34 Hexagon socket set screws with cone point 1

35 Locating pin of R gear shift fork shaft 1

36 Interlocking plate bolt 2

37 Hollow pin 6

11-10
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Transmission Assembly Structure Detail


Transmission Assembly Exploded View
Peripheral Transmission Accessory Diagram

9
5
6
8 12
7 10 11

13 14
2
1
3 4

27
15
28

17 18
20

25 20 16
26
24
21 19 13

4
22 7

23

GS050005

11-11
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Gear Selection/Shift Mechanism and Housing

34

34 37 41
42
31
33 35
31

32
29
30 40 51 44 49

46
63 39 39
45
62 47 36
48
13 38 43 52 50
59
61
34
32
55
58
60 31
57
31 54 53

56

34

GS050006

11-12
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Gear Drive Mechanism

76 77 78 77 81 84 86 87
75 79 80 82 83 85

65 67 70 71 70 72 74
64 66 68 69 73

90 91 92 93 96 97 96 98
89 94 95 99 100
88

101 104
102 103

GS050007

11-13
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SN. Name Quantity

1 Flange lock bolt 1

2 Flange 1

3 Dust shield 1

4 Bolt M8X32 10

5 Reverse lamp switch assembly 1

6 Locating pin of shift fork shaft 3

7 Bolt M8X40 26

8 Locating pin of R gear shift fork shaft 1

9 Bolt M8x30 6

10 Control cover assembly 1

11 Aluminum washer 16 1

12 Oil level hole bolt 1

13 Hollow pin 6

14 Ventilation pipe assembly 1

15 CSC oil pipe sleeve 1

16 CSC assembly 1

17 Flat washer φ 6 3

18 Hexagon bolt M6X25 3

19 Gear selection block 1

20 Bolt M8X22 4

21 Gear selection shaft seat assembly 1

22 Aluminum washer 18 1

23 Drain plug 1

24 R gear shaft bolt 1

25 Gear selection/shift supporting plate 1

26 Bolt M8X15 1

27 Shifter locating pin 1

28 Shift fork pin shaft 6

29 Clutch housing 1

30 Bearing box 1

31 Shift fork leg 8

32 5th/6th/R gear shift fork component 2

33 5th/6th gear shaft fork head 1

34 Snap pin Φ 6X25 7

35 5th/6th gear shift fork shaft 1

11-14
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SN. Name Quantity

36 Shift fork shaft bushing 6

37 3rd/4th gear shift fork shaft 1

38 Bearing Φ 50X78X17.5 1

39 Bearing 4

40 Bearing Φ 57X77X17.5 1

41 3rd/4th gear shaft fork head 1

42 3rd/4th gear shift fork component 1

43 Intermediate plate 1

44 Locating pin bushing of intermediate plate 2

45 Interlocking plate 1

46 Bolt M8X45 3

47 Interlocking plate bolt 2

48 Bearing Φ 27X44X23.2 1

49 Rear housing 1

50 Oil seal Φ 52X68X8.5 1

51 Interlocking plate gasket 2

52 Bolt M6X18 1

53 Fork head of R gear shaft 1

54 R gear shift fork shaft 1

55 Oil groove 1

56 1st/2nd gear shift fork shaft 1

57 Gear selection/shift shaft component 1

58 1st/2nd gear shift fork 1

59 Locating pin 2

60 Gear selection/shift fork head seat component 1

61 Hexagon socket set screws with cone point 1

62 Magnetic steel 1

63 Oil seal Φ 35X52X6.5 1

64 Shaft 1 bearing circlip Φ 33 1

65 Bearing Φ 35X85X23 1

66 Shaft 1 1

67 5th gear engaging tooth 1

68 Bearing Φ 23X38X20 1

69 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 29.2 1

70 5th/6th gear ring 2

11-15
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SN. Name Quantity

71 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 1

72 6th driven gear component 1

73 Needle bearing Φ 33X38X36 1

74 Shaft 2 1

75 Needle bearing Φ 53X58X37 1

76 2nd driven gear component 1

77 1st/2nd gear synchronizer ring component 2

78 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 1

79 1st/2nd gear synchronizer circlip Φ 47.7 1

80 Needle bearing Φ 48X54X40 1

81 1st driven gear (precision forging) 1

82 Bushing 1

83 Needle bearing Φ 53X58X42.8 1

84 Reverse driven gear (precision forging) 1

85 Reverse gear synchronizer ring 1

86 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly 1

87 Bearing Φ 40X90X23 1

88 Lock bolt 1

89 Bearing Φ 35X72X18.2 1

90 Oil sump 1

91 Normally engaged gear of intermediate shaft 1

92 6th drive gear 1

93 3rd drive gear component 1

94 Needle bearing Φ 42X47X34 1

95 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip Φ 42.5 1

96 3rd/4th gear synchronizer ring component 2

97 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly 1

98 4th drive gear component 1

99 Needle bearing Φ 45X50X37 1

100 Intermediate shaft 1

101 Reverse gear shaft bracket 1

102 Reverse gear shaft 1

103 Needle bearing Φ 21X29X45 1

104 Reverse gear idler 1

11-16
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Power Flow Chart


1st Gear

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

GS050010

1 Input shaft 8 Normally engaged gear


2 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 9 6th gear
3 3rd gear 10 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly
4 4th gear 11 2nd gear
5 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 12 R gear
6 1st gear 13 Output shaft
7 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly

11-17
SAGW 6MT Transmission

2nd Gear

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

GS050011

1 Input shaft 8 Normally engaged gear


2 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 9 6th gear
3 3rd gear 10 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly
4 4th gear 11 2nd gear
5 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 12 R gear
6 1st gear 13 Output shaft
7 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly

11-18
SAGW 6MT Transmission

3rd Gear

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

GS050012

1 Input shaft 8 Normally engaged gear


2 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 9 6th gear
3 3rd gear 10 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly
4 4th gear 11 2nd gear
5 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 12 R gear
6 1st gear 13 Output shaft
7 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly

11-19
SAGW 6MT Transmission

4th Gear

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

GS050013

1 Input shaft 8 Normally engaged gear


2 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 9 6th gear
3 3rd gear 10 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly
4 4th gear 11 2nd gear
5 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 12 R gear
6 1st gear 13 Output shaft
7 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly

11-20
SAGW 6MT Transmission

5th Gear

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

GS050014

1 Input shaft 8 Normally engaged gear


2 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 9 6th gear
3 3rd gear 10 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly
4 4th gear 11 2nd gear
5 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 12 R gear
6 1st gear 13 Output shaft
7 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly

11-21
SAGW 6MT Transmission

6th Gear

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13

GS050015

1 Input shaft 8 Normally engaged gear


2 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 9 6th gear
3 3rd gear 10 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly
4 4th gear 11 2nd gear
5 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 12 R gear
6 1st gear 13 Output shaft
7 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly

11-22
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Reverse Gear

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

12

8 9 10 11 13

GS050017

1 Input shaft 8 Normally engaged gear


2 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly 9 6th gear
3 3rd gear 10 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly
4 4th gear 11 2nd gear
5 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly 12 R gear
6 1st gear 13 Output shaft
7 Reverse gear synchronizer assembly

11-23
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Expanded Product Identification


SC36M6B & SC36MB6B Identification Table

SN. Part Name Schematic Quan Comparing with SC36M6B


tity

1 Wire clip 1 Add-on special part

2 Bolt M8X15 1 Add-on special part, torque: 25 ± 3N.m

3 Bushing 1 Add-on special part

4 Lock nut 1 Add-on special part, torque: 280-


360N.m, replace flange lock bolt, cancel
flange and flange dust shield

11-24
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SN. Part Name Schematic Quan Comparing with SC36M6B


tity

5 Locating pin 2 Add-on special part

6 Rear housing 1 Special part, replace SC36M6B rear


housing

7 Bolt M8X40 4 Torque: 25 ± 3N.m, replace 4 bolts


(M8*32) used by SC36M6B

8 Shaft 2 1 Special part, replace SC36M6C shaft 2

11-25
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Installation Location Diagram

8 3 4 7 5

6 1 2

GS050018

11-26
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Shift Cable Layout

GS050019

11-27
SAGW 6MT Transmission

3 Remove 4 bolts (M8X32).


Repair Guidance
Transmission Removal/Installation
Removal
1 Remove the drain plug and gasket, and drain the
transmission fluid.

GS050022

4 Remove 3 hexagon bolts (M6X25) and flat


washer, and remove the CSC assembly and
CSC oil pipe sleeve.

GS050020

2 Remove the flange lock bolt, and remove the


flange assembly.

GS050023

5 Remove 6 bolts (M8X32).

GS050021

GS050024

11-28
SAGW 6MT Transmission

6 Remove 6 bolts (M8X30), and remove the 9 Remove 2 bolts (M8X22) and 1 bolt (M8X15) and
control cover assembly. take out the gear selection/shift supporting plate.

GS050025 GS050028

Caution: The plane sealant on the connecting


10 Remove 6 shift fork pin shafts.
surface shall be thoroughly cleaned.

7 Remove 2 bolts (M8X22), and remove the gear


selection seat assembly.

GS050029

11 Remove the shifter locating pin.


GS050026

8 Remove the reverse lamp switch assembly.

GS050030

GS050027

11-29
SAGW 6MT Transmission

12 Remove the locating pins of Reverse gear fork. 15 Remove 13 bolts (M8X40), and remove the rear
housing assembly.

GS050031
GS050034
13 Remove the breather plug.
Caution: The plane sealant on the connecting
surface shall be thoroughly cleaned.

16 Remove the magnetic steel.

GS050032

14 Remove 2 locating pins.

GS050035

17 Remove the Reverse gear shift fork component,


shift fork leg and Reverse gear shift fork shaft
component.

GS050033

GS050036

11-30
SAGW 6MT Transmission

18 Remove the hexagon socket set screws with 21 Remove 1st driven gear, bushing, needle
cone point, and remove the gear selection/shift bearing Φ 53X58X42.8, reverse driven gear,
fork head seat component and gear selection/ reverse gear synchronizer ring, reverse gear
shift shaft component. synchronizer assembly and bearing Φ
40X90X23 with a puller.

GS050037
GS050040
19 Remove the bolts (M6X18) and oil groove.
Caution: Reverse gear synchronizer slider is easy to
drop.

22 Remove the needle bearing Φ 48X54X40.

GS050038

20 Remove the snap pin Φ 6X25, and remove 1st/


2nd gear shift fork, shift fork leg and 1st/2nd gear
shift fork shaft. GS050041

GS050039

11-31
SAGW 6MT Transmission

23 Remove 1st/2nd gear circlip. 26 Unscrew 2 interlocking plate bolts, and remove
the interlocking plate and 2 gaskets.

GS050042
GS050045
24 Remove the 1st/2nd gear synchronizer ring
component, 1st/2nd synchronizer assembly and 27 Remove 3 bolts (M8X45).
2nd driven gear component.

GS050046
GS050043
28 Remove the intermediate plate component,
Caution: Reverse gear synchronizer slider is easy to bearing Φ 57X77X17 and bearing Φ 50X78X17.
drop.

25 Remove the needle bearing Φ 53X58X37.

GS050047

29 Remove shaft 2 component (A), shaft 1


GS050044 component (B), intermediate shaft components
(C), 3rd/4th gear shift fork shaft component (D),

11-32
SAGW 6MT Transmission

3rd/4th gear shift fork component (E), 5th/6th 32 Remove shaft 1 bearing circlip and bearing Φ
gear shift fork shaft component (F) and 5th/6th 35X85X23.
gear shift fork component (G).

G C

E
GS050051
GS050048
33 Remove the oil sump.
30 Remove 13 bolts (M8X40).

GS050052
GS050049
34 Remove the lock bolt.
31 Remove the clutch housing.

GS050053
GS050050

11-33
SAGW 6MT Transmission

35 Remove the bearing Φ 35X72X18.2 and the 38 Remove the needle bearing Φ 42X47X34.
normally engaged gear of the intermediate shaft.

GS050057
GS050054
39 Remove 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip.
36 Remove 6th drive gear.

GS050058
GS050055
40 Remove 4th drive gear component, 3rd/4th gear
37 Remove 3rd drive gear component. synchronizer ring components and 3rd/4th gear
synchronizer assembly.

GS050056
GS050059

11-34
SAGW 6MT Transmission

41 Remove the needle bearing Φ 45X50X37. 44 Remove 6th driven gear component (A), 5th/6th
gear ring (B) and 5th/6th gear synchronizer
assembly (C).

B
A

GS050060

42 Remove the bearing Φ 23X38X20. GS050063

45 Remove the needle bearing Φ 33X38X36.

GS050061

43 Remove 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip. GS050064

46 Remove 3 locating pins of the shift fork shaft.

GS050062

GS050065

11-35
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Check before Assembly 6 Check the gear surface of the gear set for wear.
1 Clean all components disassembled with 7 Check the gear set for excessive wear, crack
solvents, and dry them with compressed air. and damage.
Check the component for crack, wear and 8 Check the status of each synchronizer assembly:
damage.
1) Hub and gear sleeve engagement.
1) Clutch housing, bearing box, rear housing and control
assembly. 2) Wear of the inner conical surface of the synchronizer
ring.
2) 5th gear engaging gear.

2 Check the support location of the shaft and


bearing on the clutch housing, bearing box and
rear housing for wear, and replace it when
necessary.
3 Check the surface condition of the following
components:
1) Input shaft.

2) Output shaft and each gear.

3) Intermediate shaft.

4 Reverse gear idler shaft and reverse gear idler GS050066


Caution: Replace components with excessive wear,
9 Measure the gap between the synchronizer ring
do not rub parts treated by precision machining.
and the transmission gear.
5 Check the following components for wear: 1) 1st/2nd gear synchronizer ring: 1.1 ~ 1.7mm
1) Control assembly.
2) 3rd/4th gear synchronizer ring: 1.1 ~ 1.7mm
2) Gear shift fork and shift fork bushing.
3) 5th/6th gear synchronizer ring: 1 ~ 1.4mm
3) Shift fork components of the 1st/2nd gear, 3rd/4th
4) R gear synchronizer ring: 1 ~ 1.4mm
gear, 5th/6th/R gear.

4) Gear synchronizer assembly.

5) Interlocking plate.

Check the following components for excessive wear:

1) Bearing Φ 35X85X23 (ball bearing).

2) Bearing Φ 57X77X17 (cylindrical bearing).

3) Needle bearing of the output shaft gears.

4) Bearing Φ 40X90X23 (ball bearing).

5) Bearing Φ 27X44X23 (cylindrical bearing). GS050068

6) Bearing Φ 35X72X18.2 (ball bearing). Caution: If the gap is small, replace with a new
synchronizer ring, otherwise damage may occur,
7) Needle bearing of the intermediate shaft gears.
which will lead to missing gear or damaged gear.
8) Reverse gear idler needle bearing.

11-36
SAGW 6MT Transmission

10 Check the engaging gear for each gear and the Installation
gear tooth of the synchronizer gear sleeve for
1 Install the bearing Φ 35X85X23 into shaft 1 with
wear.
C00051495.
11 Check the engagement state of the synchronizer
gear sleeve and the engaging gear for each
gear.

GS050069

2 Install the shaft 1 bearing circlip.


GS050067

GS050070

3 Install the needle bearing Φ 45X50X37 in the


intermediate shaft.

GS050071

11-37
SAGW 6MT Transmission

4 Install 4th drive gear component and 3rd/4th 6 Install 3rd/4th gear synchronizer ring component.
gear synchronizer ring component with
C00089865.

GS050074

GS050072 Caution: The outer conical ring clamp leg of the


synchronizer ring is aligned with the synchronizer
Caution: hub groove

·The inner ring of the synchronizer ring has no any 7 Install 3rd/4th gear synchronizer circlip.
conical surface

·The middle ring clamp leg of the synchronizer ring


is fixed into the groove of 4th gear engaging gear

5 Install 3rd/4th gear synchronizer assembly.

GS050075

GS050073

Caution:

· The outer conical ring clamp leg of the


synchronizer ring is aligned with the synchronizer
hub groove

·The high boss of the synchronizer hub faces up

11-38
SAGW 6MT Transmission

8 Install the needle bearing Φ 42X47X34 (A) and 10 Install the normally engaged gear of the
3rd drive gear component (B). intermediate shaft.

GS050076 GS050078

Caution: The middle ring clamp leg of the Caution: The high boss of the normally engaged
synchronizer ring is aligned with the groove of the gear faces down.
3rd gear engaging gear
11 Install the bearing Φ 35X72X18.2 with
9 Install 6th drive gear with C00051496. C00051496.

GS050077 GS050079

Caution: The high boss of the 6th gear faces up. 12 Install the lock bolt.

GS050080

11-39
SAGW 6MT Transmission

13 Install the needle bearing Φ 33X38X36 into shaft 16 Install 5th/6th gear synchronizer circlip (A).
2.

GS050084
GS050081
17 Install 2 hollow pins into the bearing box and
14 Install 6th driven gear component and 5th/6th assemble together with the clutch case.
gear ring.

GS050085
GS050082
18 Install 13 bolts (M8X40).
15 Install 5th/6th gear synchronizer assembly.

GS050086
GS050083
19 Assemble shaft 1 component, 5th gear engaging
Caution: The synchronizer ring clamp leg is aligned gear, 5th/6th gear ring, bearing ( Φ 23X Φ 38X20)
with the synchronizer hub groove

11-40
SAGW 6MT Transmission

and shaft 2 component in sequence and install to shift fork shaft component (D) in sequence to the
the assembling base. assembling base with C00089868.

B
A

GS050087 GS050089

20 Assemble shaft 1, 2 and intermediate shaft, and Caution: The fork head leg shall be clamped into
install the shafting component to the assembling gear sleeve groove.
base and install the oil sump.
22 Assemble the bearing box component with the
shafting.

GS050088

21 Install 3rd/4th gear shift fork component (A), 3rd/ GS050090


4th gear shift fork shaft component (B), 5th/6th
gear shift fork component (C) and 5th/6th gear Caution: Each thread hole of the bearing press plate
is aligned with the through-hole of the bearing box.

11-41
SAGW 6MT Transmission

23 Install 4 shift fork pin shafts. 26 Install 2 locating pins of the shift fork shaft.

GS050091 GS050094

24 Install 6 bolts (M8X32). 27 Install the bearing Φ 57X77X17, bearing Φ


50X78X17 and intermediate plate component
with C00089866.

GS050092

25 Install the CSC assembly (A) and CSC oil pipe GS050095
sleeve (B); and install 3 hexagon bolts (M6X25)
(C) and flat washer (D). 28 Install 3 bolts (M8X45).

GS050093 GS050096

11-42
SAGW 6MT Transmission

29 Install the interlocking plate gasket, interlocking 31 Install the needle bearing Φ 48X54X40.1 (A),
plate and 2 press plate bolts in sequence. 2nd driven gear component (B) and 1st/2nd gear
synchronizer ring component (C) in sequence.

GS050097
GS050099
30 Install the oil groove and hexagon bolt M6 × 18.
Caution: The middle ring clamp leg of the
synchronizer ring is fixed into the groove of the
engaging gear

32 Install 1st/2nd gear synchronizer assembly with


C00089865.

GS050098

GS050100

Caution:

·The outer ring clamp leg of the synchronizer ring is


aligned with the synchronizer hub groove

·The high step of the synchronizer hub faces down

11-43
SAGW 6MT Transmission

33 Install the synchronizer ring components of 1st/ 36 Install the sleeve.


2nd gear.

GS050104
GS050101
37 Install the needle bearing Φ 53X58X42.8 and
Caution: The outer ring clamp leg of the reverse gear synchronizer ring. Install the
synchronizer ring is aligned with the synchronizer reverse driven gear component with C00089865.
hub groove

34 Install the 1st/2nd gear synchronizer circlip.

GS050105

GS050102

35 Install the needle bearing Φ 48X54X40.1 and 1st


driven gear component.

GS050103

11-44
SAGW 6MT Transmission

38 Install the reverse gear synchronizer assembly. Then the gear selection/shift shaft shall locate in
the shaft slot of the 3rd/4th gear shift fork.

GS050106
ES040103
Caution:
Caution: When installing the gear selection/shift
·The outer ring clamp leg of the synchronizer ring is
shaft, remove the locating pin of the gear
aligned with the synchronizer hub groove
selector/N gear from the rear housing assembly,
·The high step of the synchronizer hub faces up and do not reuse the locating pin.
41 For the shaft at the mating face between the
39 Install the bearing Φ 40X90X23 (A).
intermediate shaft and the rear housing, the big
end faces the input shaft, and the small end
faces the rear housing, apply grease and install it
into the rear housing.

ሿཤㄟ

GS050107
40 Install the gear selection/shift shaft. Press the
3rd/4th gear shift fork shaft into the 3rd gear.

ES040132

11-45
SAGW 6MT Transmission

42 The boss of the reverse gear idler shall face the 44 Install the gear selection/shift shaft assembly (A),
input shaft. gear selection/shift fork base (B) and hexagon
socket set screws with cone point (C).

ES040133
GS050109
43 Install the shift fork and shift fork shaft of 1st/2nd
gear, and install the snap pin ( Φ 6X25). 45 Install the reverse gear shift fork and reverse
gear shift fork shaft.

GS050108
GS050110
Caution: Clamp the shift fork leg into the
synchronizer gear sleeve groove of the 1st/2nd gear Caution: Clamp the shift fork leg into the
synchronizer gear sleeve groove of the reverse gear

46 Install the magnetic steel.

GS050111

11-46
SAGW 6MT Transmission

47 Screw into the flange of the bearing ( φ 40 × 90 50 Install 13 bolts (M8X40).


× 23) with C00017013, then assemble the rear
housing component.

GS050115

GS050112 51 Install 4 bolts (M8X32).

48 Install 2 shift fork pin shafts.

GS050116

GS050113 52 Install the locating pins of shift fork shaft and that
of reverse gear shift fork shaft.
49 Install 2 locating pins of the housing.

GS050117
GS050114

11-47
SAGW 6MT Transmission

53 Install the shifter locating pin. 56 Install the gear selection/shift supporting plate, 1
bolt (M8X15) and 2 bolts (M8X22).

GS050118
GS050121
54 Install 2 hallow pins, gear selection shaft seat
assembly and 2 bolts (M8X22). 57 Install the reverse lamp switch assembly.

GS050119 GS050122

55 Install 2 hallow pins (A), control cover assembly 58 Install the flange component and flange lock bolt.
(B) and 6 bolts (M8X30) (C).

GS050123
GS050120

11-48
SAGW 6MT Transmission

59 Install aluminum washer 18 and the drain plug.


Transmission Assembly Replacement
Removal
1 Apply the hand brake, hold it in N gear and place
the ignition switch in OFF position.
2 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3 Lift the vehicle from the lifting machine. Remove
the catalytic converter assembly (refer to
Removal of Catalytic Converter Assembly).
4 Release the drain plug to drain the transmission
fluid, and collect the fluid in a proper container.
5 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-
blade screwdriver along the edge of control
GS050124 panel.

60 Install aluminum washer 16 (A) and oil lever hole


bolt (B).

GS040164

6 Remove the center console (refer to Removal/


GS050125 Installation of Center Console)
7 Remove the transmission shift cable (refer to
Removal/Installation of Shift Cable).
8 Disconnect the CSC bleed connector. Remove
with the connector upward, so that brake fluid
leak can be avoided.

GS040166

11-49
SAGW 6MT Transmission

9 Drain the brake fluid to a proper container. 13 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to
10 Disconnect the reverse lamp harness, and the transmission, disconnect the propeller shaft,
remove the cable from the housing harness clip. and move the propeller shaft properly so that it
will not interfere with the operation.

GS040167
GS040170
11 Unscrew 2 bolts of the intermediate support
assembly of the propeller shaft to remove the 14 Support the bottom of the transmission with a
intermediate support assembly. suitable bracket.
15 Remove 4 bolts connecting the rear mount
bracket to the transmission.

GS040168

12 Remove 4 bolts securing the propeller shaft to


GS040171
the rear axle.
Caution: If a 4WD transmission is used, release the
bolt of the rear mount bracket on the transfer case.

16 Remove 4 bolts connecting the transmission


mount beam and the body, and remove the
transmission mount beam.
17 Remove 11 bolts securing the transmission to
the engine.
18 Release the transmission from 2 locating pins,
and carefully put the bracket down to remove the
transmission assembly.

GS040169

11-50
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Installation
Removal/Installation of Shift Cable
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
Caution: Lift the vehicle with the lifting machine,
attention to the following precautions:
remove the lower guard plate of the transmission,
- Slightly lubricate the input shaft spline. and maintain the shift lever in N gear.
- Before installing the bolt, never hang the transmission Removal
on the input shaft.
1 Pull out the gasket in cable connector at
- After installing the propeller shaft, refill the specified oil transmission end and the cotter pin.
of 2.5 ± 0.1L through the oil filler plug aperture. Remove
the oil level plug to drain the excess oil. Reinstall the plug.

- Connect the transmission gear cable, and check if all


gearshift operations are correct.

- The transmission mount uses self-locking nuts that


allow for one time use only, so new nut shall be used
after any removal, otherwise its tightening performance
cannot be guaranteed.

GS050126

2 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-


blade screwdriver along the edge of control
panel.

GS050127

11-51
SAGW 6MT Transmission

3 Remove the transmission shift lever handle 6 Remove the shift cable from the shift
(refer to Removal of Transmission Shift Lever mechanism.
Handle).

GS050131
GS050128
7
4 Remove the instrument panel central lower trim
panel assembly (refer to Removal of Central
Lower Trim Panel Assembly).

GS050132

GS050129

5 Remove the shift cable and the sealing gasket at


body assembling position.

GS050130

11-52
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Installation 2 The gear selection/shift rocker arm of the


transmission assembly allows it to be in neutral
1 Make sure the shifter assembly is in Neutral
position.
position, and install the shift cable into the shift
mechanism.
Caution: The brand new shifter assembly is provided
with a N gear locating pin before delivery to make
sure the shifter is locked in N position

GS050135

3 Connect the cable connector at the shifter end,


and engage the cable connector into the shifter.

GS050133

GS050136

4 Install the shift cable to body, and it shall face


GS050134 forward.

GS050137

11-53
SAGW 6MT Transmission

5 Connect the cable connector at transmission end 7 Adjust to lock the gear selection connector
and install the gasket and cotter pin. mechanism.
a. When lock 1 and 2 are confirmed unlocked, the cable
connector can be moved freely in axial direction.

GS050138

GS050141

GS050139
6 Install the shift cable to transmission shift cable
support.

GS050140

11-54
SAGW 6MT Transmission

10 Install the gear shift control panel to the hollow


b. Press lock 1 along the arrow direction to make its end
plate.
face flush with the connector end face.

GS050145
GS050142 11 Lower the lifting machine.
c. Lift lock 2 along the arrow direction, once a "click" Check of the cable adjustments: depress the clutch
sound is heard, the installation is completed. pedal, and place the control lever to 1st/2nd position to
shift between 1st gear and 2nd gear, then check if the
shift operation is smooth and if the gear is correct.
Similarly, check the R gear, 5th/6th gear and 3rd/4th gear
according to above method. Smooth gear operation and
correct gear during above check indicates that the cable
is adjusted in place, otherwise it shall be re-adjusted.

GS050143
8 Pull out the locating pin of shifter N gear.

GS050144
9 Install the hollow plate assembly (refer to Hollow
Plate Installation).

11-55
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Installation
Replacement of Shift Lever Handle
1 Install the shift lever handle into the shift lever,
Removal
then slide down the lock catch.
1 Detach the shift lever panel with a small flat-
blade screwdriver along the edge of control
panel.

GS040193

2 Press the shift lever panel into the center


GS040191 console panel.

2 Slide the lock ring of shift lever handle upwards


to the top, then pull out the shift lever handle with
force.

GS040194

GS040192

11-56
SAGW 6MT Transmission

Special Tool

SN. Drawing Number Description Illustration Remark

1 C00051495 Shaft 1 bearing tooling Assemble bearing


Φ 35X85X23,
assemble bushing
reverse gear synchronizer
assembly

C00051495
2 C00051496 Cone bearing outer circle Assemble 5th/6th gear
installer synchronizer assembly, 6th
drive gear,
normally engaged gear of
the intermediate shaft,
bearing
Φ 35X72X18.2

C00051496
3 C00089866 Bearing installer Assemble bearing
Φ 27X44X23;
Assemble bearing
Φ 57X77X17;
bearing
Φ 50X78X17

C00089866
4 C00089865 Synchronizer socket tool Assemble 3rd/4th gear
synchronizer assembly,
1st/2nd gear synchronizer
assembly,
bushing and reverse gear
synchronizer assembly

C00089865

11-57
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SN. Drawing Number Description Illustration Remark

5 C00089869 Input shaft oil seal tool

C00089869
6 C00086867-1 Oil seal installer

C00086867-1
7 C00089870-1 Shift shaft oil seal tool

C00089870-1
8 C00089868 Assembly tooling Assemble the shafting, shift
fork, shift fork shaft, and
finally install the bearing
box and clutch housing
assembly

C00089868
9 C00017013 Camshaft bearing guide pin Install the guide rod into the
thread hole of the bearing
press plate, which will
function as a guide unit
when the rear housing
closes

C00017013

11-58
SAGW 6MT Transmission

SN. Drawing Number Description Illustration Remark

10 C00089871 Limit bushing installer Assemble limit bushing

C00089871
11 C00089944 Lock nut remover/installer Install input shaft lock
shafting to prevent it from
turning

C00089944
12 C00051493 Elastic pin installer

C00051493
13 C00089862 Push rod

C00089862

11-59
SAGW 6MT Transmission

taper head turns 1st/2nd gear block to drive the operation


Description and Operation
of 1st/2nd gear synchronizer so as to achieve the gear
Overview selection/shift function of the 1st gear. The operations of
This vehicle is equipped with a 6-speed manual other drive gears are the same as that of the 1st gear.
transmission. The shift lever is located at the center When the shift lever is moved to reverse gear position,
console of the passenger compartment. It provides the the reverse gear wheel is engaged with the reverse idler
driver with 7 choices for variable speed position, namely, gear to change the rotation direction of the output shaft.
1st gear, 2nd gear, 3rd gear, 4th gear, 5th gear, 6th gear
Differential
and reverse gear. The gears of all positions are engaged
Differential with traditional design secures the driven gear
by the synchronizer. The drive shaft, installed in the
of final drive to differential housing with bolts, differential
differential assembly at the rear of transmission,
housing supports the planetary shaft, planetary gear and
transmits the driving force to the wheel. The transmission
sun gear. The differential assembly is supported by
housing is made of cast aluminum, and is connected to
bearings in the transmission housing.
the engine block with bolts. The transmission input shaft
and output shaft are supported by bearings. The The differential allows the wheels to rotate at different
transmission clutch case is equipped with an oil filler plug, speeds when the output torques are the same. The
and there is an oil drain plug at the lower rear side of the pinion integrated with the output shaft is engaged with the
main transmission housing, both of them are sealed with final drive driven gear of the differential assembly. When
aluminum washer. The transmission is filled with the output shaft rotates, and the wheels swivel straight
lubricating oil so as to lubricate the internal components forward, the torque will be applied to the whole assembly,
in a splashing manner. and the planetary gear does not rotate. The torque is
transmitted to the wheels through drive shaft. When the
Gear Shift and Gear Selection
vehicle takes a turn, the inner wheels will pass a shorter
Gear selection is realized by manipulating the shift lever
distance at a lower speed. Thus it drives the planetary
installed at the center console of the passenger
gear to rotate, and the outer sun gear offers a higher
compartment. Both cables have one end connected to
speed for outer wheels.
the bottom of the shift lever, and the other end connected
to the gear selection rocker arm and gear shift rocker arm Transmission Components
installed outside the transmission through the connector Drivetrain changes the speed and direction of rotation
ring assembly. In the transmission housing, the fork shaft through the engagement between different gears of the
is connected with the fork, turn an appropriate input shaft and output shaft, thereby generating 7 drive
synchronizer to shift to the drive gear or the reverse gear. gears of different speed ratio and 1 reverse gear. The
gear wheels of all other gears are constantly engaged. If
When the shift lever is moved to the 1st gear position, the
the 1st gear is selected, the synchronizer gear ring is
shift lever will control the gear selection/shift rocker arm
pressed by the synchronizer gear bushing so as to
through the cable. The gear selection rocker arm rotates
contact with the conical ring of the corresponding gear
and moves the gear selection/shift shaft through the
selected. In this way, the speeds of both synchronizer
torque of the cable, and the gear selection/shift taper
hub and gear are synchronized. Ensure that the taper
head on the gear selection/shift shaft moves along with it
head on the gear selection/shift socket can select the
and locates at the groove of the 1st/2nd shift fork, at this
gear accurately and the gears are remained in the correct
time, the gear selection/shift taper head shall be
work position. After being transmitted from the engine to
completely separated from the groove of 3rd/4th taper
the transmission input shaft through the clutch, the torque
head. One end of the interlock pin will lock 1st/2nd gear.
is transmitted to the output shaft pinion and final drive
Then the gear shift rocker arm rotates the gear selection/
driven gear and then to the drive shaft through the
shift shaft through the torque of the cable, and the gear
selected gear. The operation of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th
selection/shift socket rotates along with the gear
and reverse gears is the same with that of the 1st gear.
selection/shift shaft, one side of the gear selection/shift
When the reverse gear is selected, the reverse gear

11-60
SAGW 6MT Transmission

tooth is engaged with the output shaft reverse gear tooth


and reverse idler gear, hence, the rotation direction of the
driven shaft is changed and the reverse gear is achieved.

Reverse Lamp Switch


The reverse lamp plunger switch is installed on the rear
transmission housing.

11-61
SAGW 6MT Transmission

11-62
Clutch
Clutch

Specification

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - clutch pedal 25 ± 3


Nut - clutch pedal 25 ± 3
Bolt - clutch disc Tighten the torque to 9 ± 1N.m diagonally in sequence,
then re-tighten to 35 ± 3N.m diagonally.
Hose/tube assembly connectors 16 ± 2
Nut - clutch oil pipe 9±1

12-1
Clutch

Layout

5
6

DS110005

1 Transmission assembly 4 Clutch hose/tube subassembly


2 Clutch cover 5 Clutch master cylinder assembly
3 Clutch disc 6 Clutch pedal assembly

12-2
Clutch

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Failure Possible Causes Measures

When the clutch pedal is fully Linkage mechanism is loosened Repair or replace the loosened linkage
depressed, the shift lever cannot shift mechanism when necessary
to/out of R gear freely
Clutch disc is damaged Replace damaged clutch disc

Shift fork shaft is installed improperly Remove the shift fork shaft and re-
install it properly Apply a small amount
of wheel bearing grease on the shift
fork end at the release bearing

Clutch disc hub is stuck in the input Repair or replace the clutch disc hub
shaft spline

Clutch disc warps or bends Replace warped or bent clutch disc

Clutch slips Driver operates the car improperly Correct the driver's operation when
necessary

Clutch disc is immersed with oil Eliminate the failure at oil leakage
point and install new clutch disc

Friction surface of clutch disc is worn Replace worn clutch disc with a new
or torn one

Clutch cover or flywheel warps Replace warped clutch cover or


flywheel

Diaphragm spring is weak Replace the diaphragm spring

Clutch disc is not in place Start the engine 30-40 times Do not
overheat the engine

Clutch disc is overheated Cool down the clutch disc

Clutch jitters Friction surface is burned or worn Eliminate the failure at oil leakage
caused by oil on it point and install new clutch disc

Input shaft spline is worn Replace worn input shaft

Clutch cover or flywheel warps Replace warped clutch cover or


flywheel

Burned or smeared resin appears on Grind away the burned or smeared


clutch cover or flywheel resin on surface Replace any burned
parts or parts with hot cracks

Clutch clicks Contraction spring is weak Eliminate the failure of oil leakage
source and replace clutch disc

Oil exists in bumper block of clutch Eliminate the failure of oil leakage
disc source and replace clutch disc

Shock absorption spring of clutch disc Replace clutch disc


is damaged

12-3
Clutch

Failure Possible Causes Measures

Clutch makes noises during Driver operates the car incorrectly Correct the driver's operation when
engagement necessary

Check if the release lever is installed Remove and reinstall the release lever
improperly properly

The return spring of connecting rod Replace the weak return spring of
degrades connecting rod

Pedal stays on the floor without Connecting rod is stuck Lubricate and move the clamped
recovery connecting rod

Clutch cover spring is weak Replace clutch cover

12-4
Clutch

Replacement of Clutch Main Pump


Repair Guidance
Removal
Replacement of Clutch Cover/Clutch Disc
Removal 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. (Refer to
Battery section for precautions)
1 Remove the engine (refer to Engine Assembly
Replacement).
2 Support clutch disc with a proper tool, then
screw out fastening bolts successively.
3 Remove the clutch cover and clutch disc.

GS070002

2 Drain the brake fluid reservoir.


Caution: Caution: If brake fluid splashes on the
painting surface, flush the affected area with cold
GS070001 water immediately.

Installation 3 Disconnect the spring clamp, remove the oil


supply hose from clutch main pump and cover
1 Install the clutch cover and clutch disc, and align two ends tightly to prevent dust.
clutch disc with proper tool.
4 Disconnect the clutch high-pressure tube from
2 Tighten fastening bolts successively. Tighten the main pump.
torque to 9 ± 1N.m diagonally in sequence, then
5 Unscrew 2 nuts to take off the pin shaft - main
re-tighten to 35 ± 3N.m diagonally.
pump push rod and pedal swing arm (2), lock pin
Caution: Check the thickness of clutch disc. - main pump push rod and pedal swing arm (3),
Replace the disc when it exceeds or approaches then remove the clutch main pump from the dash
the wearing limit. Clutch cover must be replaced panel.
when it is fallen off accidentally. Clutch disc and
clutch cover must be replaced at the same time.

GS070003

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

12-5
Clutch

Tightening torque of main pump mounting bolt: 22 - Replacement of Clutch Pedal


28N.m Removal
1 Remove the clutch main pump (refer to
Replacement of Clutch Main Pump).
2 Remove fastening bolts and nuts from the clutch
pedal.

GS070004

2 Exhaust the air(Refer to Air Exhaust of Hydraulic


Clutch).
3 Refill the brake fluid to the level marked with
GS070005
MAX in the reservoir and connect the negative
battery cable.
3 Remove fastening bolts from the clutch pedal.
4 Remove the clutch pedal.
Caution: After clutch switch or pedal is replaced,
it is required to perform initial "learning":

1 Completely depress the clutch pedal;


2 Pull the push rod of clutch switch to the highest
point;
3 Release the clutch pedal, and the pedal will
press the clutch switch to proper operating gear;
The clutch switch will not work properly until initial
"learning" is completed.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Tightening torque of clutch pedal mounting bolts: 22 -
28N.m

12-6
Clutch

Replacement of Clutch Pedal Position 3 Tighten the screws to 1.5 ± 0.5N.m.


Sensor
Removal
1 Remove the harness of clutch pedal position
sensor.

GS070006

2 Remove fastening bolts of clutch pedal position


sensor.
3 Remove the clutch pedal position sensor.
Caution: After the switch of clutch pedal position
sensor or clutch pedal is replaced, it is required
to perform initial "learning":
The clutch switch will not work properly until initial
"learning" is completed.

Installation
1 Put the cylindrical bracket rod on the clutch
pedal in the middle of U-shaped structure of the
sensor (A in the figure below).

GS070007

2 Align the locating pin on the sensor with the


locating hole in the clutch pedal bracket (B in the
figure above).

12-7
Clutch

Technical Parameters Replacement of Clutch CSC Bleeder


Connector
Removal
Component Clutch pedal sensor
Name 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. (Refer to
Battery section for precautions)
Connector Status
2 Drain the brake fluid reservoir.
3 Disconnect the clutch high-pressure tube from
main pump.
4 Disconnect CSC bleed connector from
Pin A Pin C transmission.

Pin B

DS110009
Technical A#:5V
Parameters C#: grounding
(static)
A#B#:3 ± 0.6K Ω

Description and Operation


It monitors the position of clutch pedal, converts the
position into voltage signal and sends to the control
module.
GS070008
Learning method for clutch pedal sensor: install
diagnostic software CVDS of the latest version
1.7.3.40964 and above.

After data has been refreshed, enter into EMS Special


Function- Clutch Pedal Self-learning to perform the
learning of clutch pedal sensor:

Caution: This function only applies to 6MT


vehicles equipped with clutch pedal position
sensor. When replacing with a new EMS or clutch
pedal or clutch pedal position sensor, it is aways
necessary to utilize Special Function- Clutch
Pedal Self-learning in the diagnostic software to
GS070009
learn position information of clutch pedal
position sensor in EMS. Before learning, user can
enter into data flow, and view Data Flow - Self-
learning Status of Clutch Pedal Position.

12-8
Clutch

5 Remove the nuts securing the clutch pipeline Air Exhaust of Hydraulic Clutch
support to the dash panel.
1 Exhaust air entering into the hydraulic system
when pipelines are disconnected for repair.
During air exhaust, the brake fluid in clutch fluid
reservoir must be kept in MIN or a slightly higher
level.

GS070010

6 Take out the hose/tube assembly from each


clamp.

Installation DS110003
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions: 2 Connect ethylene plastic hose to the air exhaust
plug of the clutch sub-pump. Insert the other end
- Clutch fuel pipe bracket nuts 9 ± 1N.m of ethylene plastic hose into a glass container
half filled with brake fluid.
2 Exhaust the air. Refer to Air Exhaust of Hydraulic
Clutch. 3 Slowly depress the clutch pedal.
3 Refill the brake fluid to the level marked with 4 While depressing the clutch pedal, rotate the
MAX in the reservoir and connect the negative knob at the upper part of bleed connector by
battery cable. hand until the fluid flows out, tighten the knob
and release the clutch pedal.
5 Repeat Step 3 and 4 until no bubble exists in the
fluid.
6 Refill the brake fluid to the level marked with
MAX in the reservoir. Caution: Brake fluid may
damage electrical connector and painting
surface. Use cotton cloth, proper container and
fender cover to prevent brake fluid from
contacting these areas.
Caution: It is prohibited to refill the fluid drained
from the system back into fluid reservoir of
clutch main pump. Because:

1 Air may mix in the fluid


2 The fluid may be contaminated
3 The fluid may contain too much water

12-9
Clutch

pull rings on the outer ring of the pressure plate, which is


Description and Operation
then connected to the housing through a spring. The
The hydraulic clutch separating system is composed of spring is composed of three quenched and tempered
two main parts, one master cylinder and one release steel sheets. When the clutch pedal is depressed, it will
bearing. pull the pressure plate away from the driven plate. The
clutch housing is punched by steal plate.
Clutch Hydraulic System
The clutch master cylinder is directly installed on the The diaphragm spring is a cast ring with many release
pedal box in the passenger compartment, and its piston fingers in its inner ring. There are round support rings
push rod is secured to the clutch pedal box by master installed on the housing so that the diaphragm spring can
cylinder fastening clips. rotate between them. The diaphragm spring is not
directly connected to the pressure plate. When the
The clutch pipeline is connected to the master cylinder
release bearing applies stress on the release finger of the
with a rotary connector, and this kind of connector is
diaphragm spring, the diaphragm spring will rotate
useful for installation and adjustment. The other end of
around the support ring to leave the pressure plate. And
the pipeline is connected to the release bearing with
meanwhile, the spring of the pressure plate connected to
quick connector. The pipeline is of a flexible type for easy
the housing will also be away from the driven plate.
installation and also can buffer the replacement and
vibration generated by the engine.

The cylinder connecting piece installed on the manual


transmission housing, and the release bearing coaxial
with the transmission input shaft form a release
mechanism, the clutch pipeline from the cylinder
connecting piece is connected to the pipeline of the
master cylinder through the quick connector.

Clutch Mechanical System


The vehicle with manual transmission is equipped with
double mass flywheel. The clutch cover assembly is
installed on the flywheel with three locating pins and is
secured with six bolts.

Driven Plate
The driven plate is installed between the flywheel and the
pressure plate. Its feature is that the spline hub engages
the spline on the transmission input shaft. The friction
plate is composed of two discs, which are riveted on
each side of the driven plate body. The rivets are installed
in the notches in the friction plate as well as that at the
other side to protect the pressure plate and flywheel from
damage.

Clutch Cover Assembly


The clutch cover assembly is composed of the
diaphragm spring, pressure plate and cover. The
pressure plate is made of cast iron and has a smooth
plane machined to connect the driven plate. There are 3

12-10
Steering System
Steering System

Specification

Specification

Type Electric Power Assisted Steering

Steering column type 2-way/4-way adjustment shrinkable energy-absorbing


steering column

Steering wheel turns - from a dead center at one side to 3.4


another dead center at the other side

Total transmission ratio 18.2

Minimum turning circle diameter 12m

Electric steering gear type Rack-assist type EPS

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Nut/bolt - steering column bracket to body 22 ± 2


Bolt - intermediate shaft to extension shaft 30 ± 3
Bolt - steering column to intermediate shaft 22 ± 2
Bolt - steering intermediate shaft extension to steering gear 22 ± 2
Nut - dust shield of steering intermediate shaft to body dash 9±1
panel

Nut - steering gear outer rod to steering knuckle 90 ± 5


Locking nut of steering gear 53~72

Nut - steering gear outer rod to steering knuckle 90 ± 5


Bolt - frame to steering gear 100 ± 10
Bolt/nut - frame to steering gear 180 ± 10
Nut - steering wheel assembly 35 ± 3

13-1
Steering System

Layout
Power Steering System Layout (LHD)

GS060001

1 Steering column 4 Electric steering gear assembly


2 Steering intermediate shaft 5 Steering wheel
3 Steering intermediate shaft extension

13-2
Steering System

Power Steering System Layout (RHD)

GS060002

1 Steering column 4 Electric steering gear assembly


2 Steering intermediate shaft 5 Steering wheel
3 Steering intermediate shaft extension

13-3
Steering System

Electric Steering Gear Assembly Exploded View (LHD)

8
8
7
7
6
6
7
7

5 1

9
5
2
4
3
2

3
4

GS060004

1 Steering gear body 6 Nut - steering gear to frame


2 Dust shield assembly 7 Gasket - steering gear to frame
3 Lock nut 8 Bolt - steering gear to frame
4 Outer rod 9 Nut - steering gear outer rod to steering knuckle
5 Bolt - steering gear to frame

13-4
Steering System

Electric Steering Gear Assembly Exploded View (RHD)

7
8
6
7 7
6
7
10

1
5
4
3 5
2

10
2

3
4

GS060003

1 Steering gear body 6 Nut - steering gear to frame


2 Dust shield assembly 7 Gasket - steering gear to frame
3 Lock nut 8 Bolt - steering gear to frame
4 Outer rod 9 Nut - steering gear outer rod to steering knuckle
5 Bolt - steering gear to frame

13-5
Steering System

Repair Guidance Replacement of Steering Column Assembly

Replacement of Steering Wheel Removal

Removal 1 Remove the steering wheel. Refer to Removal/


Installation of Steering Wheel for details.
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the upper and lower steering column
2 Remove the driver airbag module assembly shroud. Refer to Replacement of Upper and
(refer to Removal of Steering Wheel (Driver) Lower Steering Column Shroud for details.
Airbag Assembly).
3 Secure the clock spring with adhesive tape or
3 Disconnect the electrical connector of steering equivalent, remove the clock spring and steering
wheel switch. angle sensor. Refer to Replacement of Clock
4 Screw out the nuts of steering wheel assembly Spring for details.
and remove the steering wheel assembly. 4 Remove the combination switch. Refer to
5 Remove the steering wheel assembly. Replacement of Combination Switch for details.
5 Remove the ignition switch. Refer to
Replacement of Ignition Switch for details.
Installation
6 Unscrew the top clamping bolt connecting the
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. steering column and the steering intermediate
shaft.
Caution: When installing the steering wheel,
ensure the steering column is matched with the 7 Unscrew and remove the nuts and bolts securing
rectangular key slot of the steering wheel. the steering column bracket to the body.

6
GS060005
GS210002

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Where:

- The tightening torque of the bolt/nut - steering column


bracket to body is 22 ± 2N.m.

- The tightening torque of the bolt - steering column to


intermediate shaft is 22 ± 2N.m.

13-6
Steering System

Replacement of Steering Intermediate Shaft


Removal
1 Remove the bolt connecting the steering column
and the steering intermediate shaft. (Tightening
torque: 22 ± 2N.m)
2 Remove the bolt connecting the steering
intermediate shaft and the steering extension
shaft from one side of the wheel. (Tightening
torque: 30 ± 3N.m)
3 Remove the nut connecting the dust shield of
steering intermediate shaft and body dash panel.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1N.m) GS060019

GS060006

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Caution: The error-proofing connection shall be
made between steering column and steering
intermediate shaft as well as steering
intermediate shaft and electric steering gear via
Double-D. The installation direction shall be
noticed and violent installation is not allowed.

13-7
Steering System

For 4WD (LHD), the gap between steering gear and front
Replacement of Electric Steering Gear
axle housing is small. It is quite difficult to remove the
Assembly and Steering Intermediate Shaft
Extension steering gear with the front axle still installed, in this case,
operate according to the following methods:
Removal
1 Remove the two front wheels. a. Move the steering gear rightward first and then
downward in the direction as indicated by the arrow to
2 Remove the bolt connecting the steering
intermediate shaft to the steering extension shaft allow the steering gear not to contact the protruding
from the side of wheel. part of the axle housing.

GS060007 GS060009

3 Lift the vehicle from the lifting platform. b. Move the entire steering gear leftward in the direction
4 Remove the nut connecting the steering gear tie as indicated by the arrow, till the right tie rod of
rod and the steering knuckle. Use ball head steering gear passes through the lower swing arm
puller C00017036 if necessary. corner.
5 Remove the longitudinal thrust beam (if any).

GS060010
GS060008

6 Pull out the connector from the steering motor.


7 Remove the bolts, nuts and gaskets securing the
steering gear to the frame.
8 Take out the steering gear and the intermediate
shaft extension assembly.

13-8
Steering System

c. Move the steering gear to the bottom right to take it out. 4 Install the bolt and tighten to 100 ± 10N.m.
5 Tighten the bolt/nut mentioned in Step 3 to 180±
10N.m.
6 Install the nut connecting the steering gear tie
rod and the steering knuckle, and tighten to 90 ±
5N.m.
7 Install the bolt securing the steering intermediate
shaft to the steering intermediate shaft extension
from the wheel side, and then tighten to 30 ±
10N.m.
8 Install the two front wheels. Refer to Wheels
Installation for details.
9 Lower the vehicle.
GS060011
9 Remove the steering gear and steering 10 Align four wheels.
intermediate shaft extension (remove the
steering gear first before removing the steering
intermediate shaft extension).
Installation
1 Install the bolt connecting the steering gear and L
the steering intermediate shaft extension and
tighten to 22 ± 2N.m.
Caution: The error-proofing connection shall be
made between steering column and steering
intermediate shaft as well as steering
intermediate shaft and electric steering gear via
Double-D. The installation direction shall be
GS060013
noticed and violent installation is not allowed.
2 Pass the steering intermediate shaft extension
through the hole in the frame, and align the
steering gear to corresponding mounting hole.

GS060014

GS060012

3 Pass the bolt through the steering gear and the


frame, then install the gasket and nut, but do not
tighten.

13-9
Steering System

Installation
Replacement of Steering Gear Outer Rod
1 Tighten the steering tie rod to the position
Removal
marked on the inner rod thread, with the steering
1 Lift the vehicle from the lifting platform. tie rod ball joint upward. Never tighten the
2 Remove the wheels. Refer to Wheels locking nut of tie rod.
Replacement for details. 2 Connect the steering tie rod ball joint to the
3 Remove the nut securing the tie rod ball head steering knuckle, install new nut and tighten to
with the steering knuckle, detach the ball head 90 ± 5N.m.
with the tool C00017036. 3 Install the wheels.
4 Align four wheels.
5 Tighten the locking nut to 53-72N.m.

C00017036
GS060015

4 Release the locking nut of the steering tie rod.


5 Mark the relative position of the outer rod on the
inner rod thread, and screw off the steering tie
rod from power steering gear.

GS060016

13-10
Steering System

Replacement of Steering Gear Dust Shield


Removal
1 Remove the steering gear outer rod. Refer to
Replacement of Outer Rod for details.
2 Loosen 2 clamps of the steering gear sleeve and
discard them.

GS060017

3 Take off the steering gear sleeve.

Installation
1 Clean the junction surface of the dust shield on
the steering gear.
2 Apply silicone oil around the junction surface of
the dust shield and the steering gear.
3 Install the dust shield and rotate it manually 3
turns and above.
4 Install a new clamp and tighten it.
5 Install the steering gear outer rod. Refer to Outer
Rod Installation for details.
6 Align four wheels.

13-11
Steering System

Special Tool

Tool Number and Illustration


Description

C00017036
Ball head puller

C00017036

13-12
Steering System

Description and Operation


EPS System Control Diagram

Steering Sensor EPS Motor


ᢣ⸟Ֆ᝕ಞ EPS⭫ᵰ

TCM
਎䙕㇧
ESP PT ᧝࡬⁗ඍ
ࣞᘷどᇐ᧝࡬㌱㔕 CH

EPS
GW
⭫ᆆ࣑ࣟ䖢ੇ CH
㖇ީ ECM
ਇࣞᵰ
PT ᧝࡬⁗ඍ

EPB
⭫ᆆ傱䖜࡬ࣞ CH

IPK
INFO 㓺ਾԠ㺞

BCM
DiagnoStic
BO 䖜䓡᧝࡬⁗ඍ
䈀ᯣ VD

⺢㓵 ࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵 ᓋⴎ儎䙕CAN㓵 䖜䓡儎䙕CAN㓵


䈀ᯣCAN ၧ҆儎䙕CAN㓵

GS060020

13-13
Steering System

The steering system is designed to change and keep the driving direction of the vehicle. Electric power steering is a
specialized system for helping the driver with steering so as to reduce fatigue strength of the driver. EPS system is
composed of steering wheel, steering column, steering intermediate shaft and electric steering gear, etc.

Electric Steering Gear


D90 adopts rack-assist type electric steering gear, with the schematic diagram shown as below. When the driver
operates the steering wheel for steering, on the one hand, the force from input shaft (1) will directly transfer to the rack (3)
through gear and rack engagement (4); on the other hand, the steering angle sensor (under the combination switch),
torque sensor (2) and wheel speed sensor (on the brake angle) detects the steering and torque of steering wheel as well
as the car speed, and transmits the voltage signal to ECU (5), ECU then gives commands to the motor (5) according to
that signal to make the motor (5) output the power torque with specified magnitude and direction, the power then will be
driven to rack (3) by the pulley (7) and ball screw (8) system, thereby generating assisted power. If no steering operation
needed, ECU will not give commands to the motor, and the motor does not work.

9 8
3

5 6 7

GS060018

1 Input shaft 6 Bias wheel


2 Torque sensor 7 Belt or pulley
3 Drive rack 8 Ball nut component
4 Gear and rack engagement 9 Bearing
5 Motor assembly

13-14
Front Suspension
Front Suspension

Specification

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - upper swing arm ball head assembly to upper swing 35 ± 3


arm welding assembly

Bolt - lower swing arm ball head assembly to lower swing 125 ± 10
arm welding assembly

Bolt/nut - front suspension lower swing arm assembly to 240 ± 10


frame

Bolt/nut - front suspension upper swing arm assembly to 140 ± 20


frame

Bolt/nut - front shock absorber strut to lower swing arm 180 ± 10


welding assembly

Nut - front suspension lower swing arm ball head assembly 150 ± 10
to steering knuckle

Nut - front suspension upper swing arm ball head assembly 100 ± 10
to steering knuckle

Nut - brake hose to upper swing arm 16 ± 2


Nut - front stabilizer bar link to lower swing arm 65 ± 5
Nut - front stabilizer bar to stabilizer bar link 50 ± 5
Nut - steering gear tie rod to steering knuckle 90 ± 5
Nut - front hub 350 ± 15
Nut - top of front shock absorber to frame 65 ± 5
Nut - steering gear tie rod to steering knuckle 90 ± 5
Nut - front hub 350 ± 15
Nut - top of front shock absorber to frame 65 ± 5
Nut - front shock absorber locking nut 70 ± 5
Bumper block - frame 95 ± 9
Nut - front hub 350 ± 15
Bolt - stabilizer bar clamping bracket to frame 35 ± 3Nm

14-1
Front Suspension

Layout
Front Suspension Layout

2
8 9 4 7
ES060000

1 Front suspension upper swing arm assembly 6 Bumper block


2 Front suspension lower swing arm assembly 7 Brake angle assembly
3 Front suspension stabilizer bar 8 Steering gear
4 Front suspension stabilizer bar link 9 Propeller shaft (4WD)
5 Front shock absorber strut and spring assembly

14-2
Front Suspension

Front Upper/Lower Swing Arm Exploded View

1
6
2

4 6 5

ES060001

1 Front suspension upper swing arm assembly 4 Front suspension lower swing arm ball head
assembly
2 Front suspension upper swing arm ball head
assembly 5 Front suspension lower swing arm bushing
3 Front suspension lower swing arm assembly 6 Front suspension upper swing arm bushing

14-3
Front Suspension

Front Horizontal Stabilizer Bar Exploded View

4
1
2
3

ES060002

1 Front suspension stabilizer bar 3 Front suspension stabilizer bar clamping bracket
2 Front suspension stabilizer bar link 4 Stabilizer bar bushing

14-4
Front Suspension

Front Shock Absorber Strut and Spring Assembly Exploded View

1
2

11 4

6
7
8

10
9

ES060003

1 Lock nut 6 Lower vibration isolator


2 Upper gasket 7 Lower gasket
3 Upper vibration isolator 8 Lower washer
4 Front shock absorber upper spring seat 9 Front shock absorber strut dust shield
5 Rubber gasket of front shock absorber upper 10 Front shock absorber strut subassembly
spring seat 11 Coil spring

14-5
Front Suspension

Front Steering Knuckle Exploded View (4WD)

3
1 2

ES060004

1 Brake disc 5 Brake disc mudguard


2 Front hub 6 Brake angle
3 Collar 7 Brake caliper
4 Front hub bearing

14-6
Front Suspension

Front Steering Knuckle Exploded View (2WD)

5
4 8
3
1 2

ES060005

1 Brake disc 6 ABS gear ring


2 Front hub 7 Mudguard
3 Collar 8 Brake angle
4 Front hub bearing 9 Brake caliper
5 Spindle

14-7
Front Suspension

Repair Guidance
Four-wheel Alignment Front Wheel Alignment
Check
1 Unscrew 4 lower swing arm nuts as well as left
1 Ensure that the correct vehicle data has been and right steering gear adjusting nuts.
entered into the equipment.
2 Check if the steering tie rod ball joint, front lower
swing arm ball joint and wheel bearing are worn
or run properly. Replace or repair if necessary.
3 Check the tire pressure.
4 Lift the vehicle from the lifting platform. Ensure
that vehicle weight is on the support. Ensure that
the size of the mounting clamp for wheels has
been calibrated correctly and secured safely to
the vehicle.
5 Ensure that the camera device is secured and
aligned properly.
6 Conduct the wheels alignment according to ES060007
instruction of equipment manufacturer.
7 Ensure that the steering wheel is in middle 2 Adjust the angle of lower swing arm adjusting
position. bolt and the length of steering gear tie rod to
make four-wheel alignment parameters fall in the
Four-wheel Alignment Parameters target range (adjust according to indication of
four-wheel aligner system).
Items Four-wheel Four-wheel
Alignment Alignment
Parameter Parameter
(Unilateral (Bilateral Sum/
Nominal Value Difference)
and Tolerance)

Front wheel 0 ± 0.5° Difference


camber between left and
right ≤ 0.5°
Front wheel 3.6 ± 0.8° Difference
kingpin caster between left and
right ≤ 0.5°
Front wheel 0 ± 0.15° Total front toe-in
toe-in angle ≤ 0.15°
ES060006
Rear wheel toe- ± 0.25° -
in angle
3 Tighten the lower swing arm nut to 240 ± 20N.m;
Rear wheel ± 0.5° - and tighten the steering locking nut to
camber 53~72N.m.
Rear shaft 0 ± 0.25° - 4 After adjustment, turn the steering wheel leftward
thrust angle and rightward to a fully locked position and
check whether wheels interfere suspension
components.

14-8
Front Suspension

Replacement of Front Suspension Upper Replacement of Front Lower Swing Arm


Swing Arm Assembly Assembly
Removal
1 Lift the vehicle.
2 Remove the wheels. Refer to Wheels Removal
for details.
3 Detach the wheel speed sensor and brake hose
installed on the upper swing arm.
4 Remove the nuts connecting front suspension
upper swing arm to brake angle. Use ball head
puller C00017036 if necessary.
6
5 Detach the left/right bolts and nuts connecting
front upper swing arm to frame.
8 9 3 4
6 Remove front suspension upper swing arm 5
ES060008
assembly.
Removal
7 To replace the ball head assembly, unscrew the
bolt connecting ball head to upper swing arm 1 Lift the vehicle.
(tightening torque: 35 ± 3N.m), take out the bolt, 2 Remove the wheels. Refer to Wheels Removal
then control arm ball head can be removed.
for details.
Installation
3 Unscrew the lower nuts of stabilizer bar link.
1 Secure the upper swing arm to the frame. 4 Unscrew the nut fastening the steering gear tie
2 Tighten the left/right bolts and nuts on the frame rod to the steering angle. If necessary, use the
to 140 ± 10N.m. ball head puller C00017036.
3 Tighten the nut connecting upper swing arm to 5 Remove the nut connecting lower swing arm and
brake angle to 100 ± 10N.m. brake angle. Use ball head puller C00017036 if
necessary.
4 Install the wheel speed sensor and brake hose
connected to the upper swing arm. Tighten the Steps 6-7 are only for 4WD models.
nut connecting brake hose to upper swing arm to
16 ± 3N.m. 6 Remove the nuts at propeller shaft wheel end,
refer to Removal of Propeller Shaft Assembly for
5 Install wheels. Refer to Removal/Installation of
details. Use a jack to support the steering angle.
Wheels for details.
7 Remove the upper swing arm assembly. Refer to
6 For models with AFS system, the height sensor
Removal of Upper swing Arm Assembly for
shall be learned via a scan tool.
details.
8 Remove the left/right bolts and nuts connecting
lower swing arm to frame.
9 Remove the nut at the bottom of shock absorber,
and use a jack to support front lower swing arm
(to the height where lower swing arm can be
removed).
Caution: Avoid damages to wheel speed harness
and brake pipeline. It is required to support the
swing arm and steering angle to avoid injury from
falling objects.
10 Remove the lower swing arm.
11 To replace the ball head assembly, unscrew the
bolt connecting ball head to lower swing arm

14-9
Front Suspension

(tightening torque: 125 ± 10N.m), take out the When installing the hub nut, note that:
bolt, then the control arm ball head can be
removed. · The mating surface with a "JPS" mark of the locking
washer shall face the mounting surface of nut.

Installation ·Pre-tightening torque: 100 ± 10N.m.


2WD:
·Rotate the hub for 10 circles back and force. Install the
1 Install the bolt and nut connecting shock hub bearing in place and tighten to: 350 ± 15N.m.
absorber assembly to lower swing arm
assembly, but do not tighten them. (Tightening · Vertically knock down the lock nut of front hub into the
torque: 180 ± 10N.m) groove of drive shaft or spindle to prevent the nut from
loosening.
2 Install the nut connecting lower swing arm
assembly to steering knuckle, but do not tighten
it. (Tightening torque: 150 ± 10N.m)
3 Tighten left/right bolts and nuts connecting lower
swing arm assembly to frame to 240 ± 20N.m.
4 Tighten the lower nut of stabilizer bar link to 65 ±
5N.m.
5 Tighten the nut connecting the steering gear tie
rod to the steering angle to 90 ± 5N.m.
6 Tighten the bolts/nuts mentioned in Step 1 and 2.
7 Install the wheels.
8 Check four-wheel alignment parameters.
4WD: ES060018

1 Install left/right bolts and nuts connecting upper 6 Install the nut connecting upper swing arm
swing arm assembly to frame and tighten to 140 assembly to steering knuckle and tighten to 100
± 10N.m. ± 10N.m.
2 Install left/right bolts and nuts connecting lower 7 Tighten successively the nuts mentioned in Step
swing arm assembly to frame and tighten to 240 4 to 5.
± 20N.m.
8 Tighten the lower nut of stabilizer bar link to 65 ±
3 Install the bolt and nut connecting shock 5N.m.
absorber assembly to lower swing arm assembly
9 Tighten the nut connecting the steering gear tie
and tighten to 180 ± 10N.m.
rod to the steering angle to 90 ± 5N.m.
4 Install the nut connecting lower swing arm
10 Install the wheels.
assembly to steering knuckle, but do not tighten
it. (Tightening torque: 150 ± 10N.m) 11 For models with AFS system, the height sensor
shall be learned via a scan tool.
5 Install a new drive shaft nut, but do not tighten
(tightening torque: 350 ± 15N.m). Refer to 12 Check four-wheel alignment parameters.
Installation of Drive Shaft for details. When
installing the steering knuckle, rotate it outside to
a certain angle to allow the half shaft to insert
into steering knuckle hole.

14-10
Front Suspension

Lower Swing Arm Bumper Block Replacement of Front Lower Swing Arm
Install the bumper block to front frame. The lower swing Bushing
arm bumper block of high chassis is shown below. The Removal
special tool for removal and installation of bumper block 1 Use special tool C00089916 to press out the
is C00089915. The tightening torque of bumper block is lower swing arm bushing. It must be pressed out
95 ± 9N.m. vertically to prevent sleeve deformation.

ES060028
ES060009
Installation
1 Check the sleeve for deformation. If any, replace
the lower swing arm assembly; press vertically
the bushing into sleeve, with the press-in force
controlled within 12 ~ 40KN. If beyond the range,
replace the lower swing arm assembly.

14-11
Front Suspension

Replacement of Front Horizontal Stabilizer Incorrect Picture


Bar
Removal
1 Detach the lower fastening nut of the stabilizer
bar link.
2 Unscrew the nut securing the stabilizer bar to the
stabilizer bar link.
3 Unscrew the stabilizer bar bracket bolt, remove
the stabilizer bar, stabilizer bar clamping bracket
and stabilizer bar bushing.

ES060032
Installation
1 Install the stabilizer bar, stabilizer bar clamping 2 Tighten the nut connecting stabilizer bar to
bracket and stabilizer bar bushing. stabilizer bar link to 50 ± 5N.m.
· Do not put the bracket on two lugs at the lower of 3 Tighten the bolt connecting stabilizer bar
bushing. The two lugs shall be placed outside the clamping bracket to frame to 35 ± 3N.m.
bracket. 4 Tighten the nut connecting stabilizer bar link to
lower swing arm to 65 ± 5N.m.

ES060011

· The white mark on horizontal stabilizer bar shall be


flush with the bushing.

Correct Picture

ES060012

14-12
Front Suspension

Replacement of Front Shock Absorber Replacement of Front Shock Absorber


Assembly Assembly Component
Removal Removal
1 Remove the wheels. Refer to Removal/ 1 Remove the front shock absorber assembly.
Installation of Wheels for details. Refer to Removal of Front Shock Absorber
2 Unscrew the nut fastening the steering gear tie Assembly for details.
rod to brake angle. Use ball head puller 2 Secure the spring compressor C00017035-1 and
C00017036 if necessary. C00017035-2 to front shock absorber spring.
3 Remove the front upper swing arm assembly.
Refer to Removal of Upper Swing Arm Assembly
for details. Jack the front lower swing arm with a
jack.
4 Remove the drive shaft nut, detach the drive
shaft and steering angle (for 4WD model).
5 Remove the bolt securing the upper part of
shock absorber to frame.
6 Remove the bolt securing shock absorber to
lower swing arm.
7 Remove the front shock absorber assembly.
Installation
ES060013
1 Install the nut connecting front shock absorber
assembly to frame, but do not tighten it. 3 Unscrew the nut on the top of front shock
(Tightening torque: 65 ± 5N.m) absorber and discard it.
2 Install the bolt connecting front shock absorber
assembly to lower swing arm and tighten to 180
±10N.m. Then tighten the nut mentioned in Step 3
1.
3 Tilt the steering knuckle outside to a certain
angle to allow the half shaft to insert into the 5
4
steering angle hole. Install the drive shaft nut
(tightening torque: 350 ± 15N.m). Refer to
Installation of Drive Shaft for details.
4 Install the upper swing arm assembly. Refer to 6
Removal/Installation of Upper Swing Arm
Assembly for details.
5 Install the nut connecting the steering gear tie ES060014
rod to the brake angle and tighten to 90 ± 5N.m.
6 Install the wheels. Warning: Make sure the spring compressor has
compressed the spring and removed the bearing
7 Check four-wheel alignment.
pressure from shock absorber before removing
self-locking nut on the top of front shock
absorber strut.
Caution: Ensure that the black coating on the
spring is not damaged.
4 Remove the upper gasket, upper vibration
isolator, front shock absorber upper spring seat,
front shock absorber upper spring seat rubber

14-13
Front Suspension

gasket, lower vibration isolator, lower gasket and Replacement of Front Steering Knuckle
lower washer. Removal
5 Remove the coil spring of front shock absorber.
1 Remove the brake caliper and brake disc. Refer
6 Remove the dust shield and lower washer of to Replacement of Front Brake Disc and Brake
front shock absorber. Caliper Assembly for details.
7 Release the pressure of coil spring, loosen 2 Disconnect the brake angle from upper swing
adapter from spring compressor and remove the arm/lower swing arm, the propeller shaft from
coil spring. brake angle and the wheel speed sensor, then
remove the brake angle assembly.
3 Press out the spindle (for 2WD model).
Installation
1 Check the front shock absorber strut, upper/
lower vibration isolators, washers, front shock
absorber upper spring seat and front shock
absorber dust shield for signs of crack, aging
and damage.
3
2 Clean the front shock absorber strut and 6
1 4 5
washers.
3 Successively install washer, dust shield, washer,
lower gasket and lower vibration isolator to front
shock absorber assembly.
4 Install the coil spring of front shock absorber to
front shock absorber strut. ES060016
5 Locate the spring compressor to the front shock
absorber, use spring compressor C00017035-1 4 Press out the hub.
and C00017035-2 to compress the spring.
5 Take out the circlip.
6 Ensure correct relative installation position,
6 Press out the front hub bearing.
install the upper vibration isolator of front shock
absorber, rubber gasket of upper spring seat and
upper spring seat of front shock absorber to front
shock absorber shaft.
7 Install the upper washer of front shock absorber
and new nuts and tighten to 70 ± 5N.m.
8 Release the elasticity of spring, loosen the
adapter of spring compressor and take off the
spring compressor.
9 Clean the junction between front shock
absorber/spring assembly and the body.
10 Install the front shock absorber assembly.

ES060017

Caution: When pressing out the bearing, take


care to avoid producing burr on the inner cavity
hole surface of steering knuckle.

14-14
Front Suspension

Installation
1 Check and confirm there is no damages and
impact traces on components, and no damages
and impurities on machined component surface.
2 Press the hub bearing into steering knuckle.
Make sure the outer ring of bearing contacts
closely with inner hole shaft shoulder of steering
knuckle. Press-in force shall not exceed 60KN.
3 Put the circlip into the slot of steering knuckle
inner hole with a caliper, and take care not to
damage the bearing seal ring.
4 By aligning to front hub bearing inner ring end
face, press the front hub into front hub inner ring
to make front hub shaft shoulder contact closely
with the end face of front hub bearing inner ring.
5 Press in the spindle. (2WD model)
6 Successively connect the brake angle to lower
swing arm, propeller shaft to brake angle, brake
angle to upper swing arm and wheel speed
sensor. Refer to Installation of Lower Swing Arm,
Upper Swing Arm and Propeller Shaft.

14-15
Front Suspension

Special Tool

Tool Number and Illustration


Description

C00017036
Ball head puller

C00017036

C00017035-1
MacPherson spring
damper removal and
installation tool 1
C00017035-1

C00017035-2
MacPherson spring
damper removal and
installation tool 2
C00017035-2

C00089915
Lower swing arm
bumper block removal
and installation tool
C00089915

C00089916
Lower arm bushing
remover

C00089916

14-16
Front Suspension

Four-wheel Alignment
Description and Operation
D90 front suspension is an independent double Toe-in
wishbone type suspension, consisting of front upper
swing arm assembly (guiding mechanism), front lower
swing arm assembly (guiding mechanism), coil spring
A
(elastic element), shock absorber assembly and stabilizer
bar. When front wheels are turning, the upper and lower
cross arms can absorb cross force borne by tires
simultaneously, which, with high rigidity, leads to slight
sidesway during turning, large contact area between tire
and ground, excellent grip performance and little uneven B
wear of tire. Additionally, the double wishbone type
suspension has more adjustable parameters during four-
wheel alignment for adjusting the wheel camber, wheel ES060033
kingpin caster and toe-in.
Seeing from the center of the tire, toe-in means the two
Upper and lower swing arm assembly: the cross force is front wheels face inwards, while toe-out means they
absorbed simultaneously by two swing arms, while the faces outwards. Toe-in makes the front wheels rotate in
shock absorber only bears the body weight. The 2 swing parallel. When the car is driving forward, toe-in can
arms (upper and lower) can locate various parameters of reduce the resultant repulsion force. Incorrect toe-in may
front wheels accurately. When front wheels are turning, cause tire wear and excessive fuel consumption. In case
the two swing arms can absorb the cross force borne by of the wear of steering and suspension components
tires simultaneously, plus the large lateral rigidity of two arising from excessive travel, it is necessary to
swing arms, the tires just make slight sidesway during compensate with the adjustment of toe-in. The
turning. adjustment of toe-in shall be carried out at final stage.

Coil spring: Coil spring is a buffer element. When the Front Wheel Camber
impulsive force of road surface against the wheels is
transmitted to coil spring, the coil spring will deform to
absorb the kinetic energy of wheels, and then converts to
the energy of position (potential energy), thereby
mitigating the ground impact to the vehicle body.

Shock absorber: It is a kind of device which reduces the


vibration by changing the disturbance force from the
vibration source or the transmission characteristics of the
system.
Positive (+) Zero camber Negative (-)
Stabilizer bar: When the vehicle body tilts, the camber camber

suspensions on both sides deform and cannot keep GS060034


balance; the stabilizer bar will function as a lever in this
Watching the wheel from the front and the back, tires are
case to try to keep the deformation of springs on the left
not installed vertically but slightly slantways,representing
and right sides consistent, therefore reducing the
as splayed which has been called as negative (-)
inclination and vibration of the vehicle body and
camber, while splay towards the reverse direction shall
improving the driving stability.
be called as positive (+)camber. While the vehicle is
moving, generally, positive (+) camber is required to
offset the force generating negative (-) camber (the curve

14-17
Front Suspension

of the road, weight load of the passengers, forces on the


road or some dynamic balance factors). Meanwhile, the
purpose of camber is to achieve the camber angle to be
"0°" while the car is in motion. Generally, the excessive
wear of tire edge is arising from the incorrect camber of
the front wheel. The excessive positive (+) camber will
lead to the wear of tire outer ring, while the excessive
negative (-) camber lead to the wear of tire inner ring.
Same as the kingpin caster,the front wheel camber can
be detected with angle and can also be adjusted.

Kingpin Caster

Positive (+) Zero caster Negative (-)


caster caster

GS060035

Watching the wheels edgewise, the steering kingpin (the


pivot for the rotation of wheel) falls backward shall be
deemed as positive (+) caster; while falls forward shall be
deemed as negative (-) caster. When driving at high
speed, the caster shall improve the safety (linearity) of
the vehicle but not lead to the tire wear. The reduction of
spring intensity and excessive loads shall have an
influence on the caster. In case the deviation of caster is
quite large, it may lead to the heavy steering of the
steering wheel. The excessive positive (+) caster may
lead to the bumpy front wheel and heavy steering wheel.
The caster can be detected with angle and can also be
adjusted.

14-18
Rear Suspension
Rear Suspension

Specification

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - lateral push rod to axle 210 ± 20


Bolt - lateral push rod to body 210 ± 20
Nut - lateral push rod to body 210 ± 20
Nut - ball pins at both ends of rear stabilizer bar link 120 ± 10
Bolt - stabilizer bar clamp to rear axle 35 ± 3
Bolt - rear bumper block to frame 45 ± 5
Nut - rear shock absorber to frame 180 ± 10
Bolt - rear shock absorber to body 180 ± 10
Bolt - rear shock absorber to drive axle 180 ± 10
Bolt - rear shock absorber to drive axle 210 ± 20
Bolt - upper trailing arm to frame 210 ± 20
Bolt - lower trailing arm to axle 210 ± 20
Bolt - lower trailing arm to frame 210 ± 20
Nut - locking the front mounting bolt of upper trailing arm 210 ± 20
Nut - locking the rear mounting bolt of upper trailing arm 210 ± 20
Nut - locking the rear mounting bolt of lower trailing arm 210 ± 20
Nut - locking the front mounting bolt of lower trailing arm 210 ± 20

15-1
Rear Suspension

Layout
Rear Suspension Layout

7 8 5
4

3
1

GS090001

1 Rear axle 5 Rear suspension upper swing arm


2 Rear shock absorber 6 Rear suspension lower swing arm
3 Horizontal stabilizer bar 7 Rear coil spring
4 Lateral push rod 8 Rear suspension buffer block

15-2
Rear Suspension

Rear Suspension Exploded View

22
21

10

23 15
1 16

7
9
17
20

29

11 24

26
30
25 12
13 4

27 18
14 28
2 5
3

19

GS090002

1 Lateral push rod 13 Upper trailing arm bushing


2 Rear stabilizer bar bushing 14 Lower trailing arm bushing
3 Rear stabilizer bar clamp 15 Bolt - lateral push rod to axle
4 Rear stabilizer bar link assembly 16 Bolt - lateral push rod to body
5 Rear stabilizer bar assembly 17 Nut - lateral push rod to body
6 Rear suspension spring upper vibration insulator 18 Nut - ball pins at both ends of rear stabilizer bar
link
7 Rear suspension spring lower vibration insulator
19 Bolt - stabilizer bar clamp to rear axle
8 Rear coil spring
20 Bolt - rear bumper block to frame
9 Rear suspension buffer block
21 Nut - rear shock absorber to frame
10 Rear suspension shock absorber
22 Bolt - rear shock absorber to body
11 Rear suspension upper control arm assembly
23 Bolt - rear shock absorber to drive axle
12 Rear suspension lower control arm assembly

15-3
Rear Suspension

24 Bolt - upper trailing arm to axle 28 Nut - locking the front mounting bolt of lower
25 Bolt - upper trailing arm to body trailing arm

26 Bolt - lower trailing arm to axle 29 Nut - locking the rear mounting bolt of upper
trailing arm
27 Bolt - lower trailing arm to body
30 Nut - locking the rear mounting bolt of lower
trailing arm

15-4
Rear Suspension

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Rear Shock Absorber Replacement of Rear Suspension Upper
Removal Control Arm
Removal
1 Lift the vehicle to a certain height, and remove
the wheels (Refer to Wheels Replacement). 1 Lift the vehicle to a certain height, and remove
2 Unscrew and remove 2 bolts connecting rear the wheels (Refer to Wheels Replacement).
shock absorber to frame and rear axle. 2 Remove the bolts securing the upper trailing arm
to rear axle and frame, then remove the upper
trailing arm assembly.

GS090003

3 Remove the rear shock absorber assembly. GS090004


4 Check the shock absorber. Hold one end of the
shock absorber, check whether there is 3 To replace the upper swing arm bushing, press it
resistance when the shock absorber extends and out first with special tool.
compresses quickly. If not, the shock absorber Installation
has deteriorated and needs to be replaced.
1 Clean the junction of the swing arm and bushing,
press the bushing into the swing arm, refer to the
figure below for the pressing depth (check if the
Installation sleeve is deformed, if yes, replace the control
1 Install the bolts, gaskets and nuts connecting the arm assembly; the minimum press force to the
rear shock absorber to the frame and rear axle bushing shall be greater than 10KN; if the
and tighten them to 180 ± 10N.m. bushing fits loosely with the sleeve, replace the
control arm assembly).
2 Install wheels. Refer to Wheels Replacement for
details.
16±0.5

16±0.5

GS090005

15-5
Rear Suspension

2 Locate the upper swing arm to the frame and Replacement of Rear Suspension Lower
axle as illustrated below. Control Arm
Removal
1 Lift the vehicle to a certain height.
2 Remove the bolts securing the lower control arm
to rear axle and frame, then remove the lower
control arm assembly.

GS090006

3 Tighten the bolts/nuts securing the upper swing


arm to the frame and axle to 210 ± 20N.m.

4 Install wheels. Refer to Wheels Replacement for


details. GS090007
5 Lower down the vehicle from the lifting platform
to the ground. 3 To replace the lower control arm bushing, press
it out first with special tool.

Installation
1 Clean the junction of the swing arm and bushing,
press the bushing into the swing arm (check if
the sleeve is deformed, if yes, replace the control
arm assembly; the minimum press force to the
bushing shall be greater than 10KN; if the
bushing fits loosely with the sleeve, replace the
control arm assembly).
2 Locate the lower control arm to the frame and
axle as illustrated below, and pay attention to the
installation direction.

GS090008

15-6
Rear Suspension

3 Tighten the bolts/nuts securing the lower control Replacement of Rear Coil Spring
arm to the frame and axle to 210 ± 20N.m. Removal
4 Lower down the vehicle from the lifting platform
1 Lift the vehicle to a certain height, and remove
to the ground.
the wheels (Refer to Wheels Replacement).
2 Hold up the rear axle housing with the bracket
(use the bracket that can be moved up and
down).
3 Remove the bolts/nuts securing the lower control
arm to rear axle (1), the upper control arm to rear
axle (2), shock absorber to rear axle (3), lateral
push rod to rear axle (4), horizontal stabilizer bar
link to frame (5) and propeller shaft to rear axle
flange (6).

2 5

4
1
3
GS090009

4 Detach the pipeline and circuit secured on the


rear axle housing and record the installing
location to facilitate re-installation.
5 Move down the bracket to lower down the whole
rear axle until sufficient space is provided for
removing the coil spring.
6 Remove the coil spring and upper and lower
vibration isolator.

Installation
1 Install the lower vibration isolator 1, coil spring 2
and upper vibration isolator 3 in sequence to the
rear axle.

15-7
Rear Suspension

GS090010 GS090011

2 Move up the bracket to lift up the whole rear axle


until the upper vibration isolator is well fit into
corresponding hole in the frame. Installation

3 Install the bolts/nuts securing the lower control 1 Install the stabilizer bar, stabilizer bar clamping
arm to rear axle (210±20N.m), the upper control bracket and stabilizer bar bushing. The white
arm to rear axle (210 ± 20N.m), shock absorber mark on horizontal stabilizer bar shall be flush
to rear axle (180 ± 10N.m), lateral push rod to with the bushing.
rear axle (210 ± 20N.m), horizontal stabilizer bar
link to frame (120 ± 10N.m) and propeller shaft
to rear axle flange (75 ± 5N.m).
4 Move out the bracket.
5 Install wheels. Refer to Wheels Replacement for
details.
6 Lower down the vehicle from the lifting platform
to the ground.

Replacement of Rear Horizontal Stabilizer


Bar and Stabilizer Bar Link
GS090012
Removal 2 Tighten the nuts securing the stabilizer bar to
1 Remove the nut securing the stabilizer bar link to stabilizer bar link to 120 ± 10N.m.
the frame. 3 Tighten the bolts securing the stabilizer bar
2 Unscrew the nut securing the stabilizer bar to the clamping bracket to frame to 35 ± 3N.m.
stabilizer bar link, and remove the stabilizer bar 4 Tighten the nuts securing the stabilizer bar link to
link. lower frame to 120 ± 10N.m.
3 Unscrew the clamp bolts from the stabilizer bar, 5 Lower down the vehicle from the lifting platform
remove the stabilizer bar, stabilizer bar clamp to the ground.
and stabilizer bar bushing.

Replacement of Lateral Push Rod


Removal
1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
to a certain height.

15-8
Rear Suspension

2 Remove the bolts/nuts connecting the lateral


push rod to rear axle support (tightening torque:
210 ± 20N.m).
3 Remove the nuts connecting the lateral push rod
to frame (tightening torque: 210 ± 20N.m).
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of Rear Suspension Buffer


Block
Removal
1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
to a certain height.
2 Remove the bolts mounting the buffer block to
frame and tighten to 210 ± 20N.m.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

15-9
Rear Suspension

Description and Operation


Suspension is a device combining all transmission forces
between the frame and wheels. It is designed to transmit
the force acted on between the wheel and frame, buffer
the impact force transmitted to the frame or body by
uneven road surface and decay the resultant vibration,
thereby guaranteeing the smooth driving of the vehicle.
5-link rear suspension can significantly mitigate the
forward and backward forces from the road surface, so
as to improve the smoothness and comfort during
acceleration and brake. By using the coil springs for
extension through hanging or compression, the lateral
offset of wheels will be slight, thus greatly reducing the
possibility of unequal distance between the rear axle
wheels on both sides and the longitudinal axis of the car,
and maintaining the straight driving. The rear shock
absorber is bilaterally symmetrical. The upper point is
connected to the body with 1 bolt; and the bottom point is
connected to the rear axle with 1 bolt and 1 nut.

15-10
Tires and Wheels
Tires and Wheels

Specification

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Nut - wheel to hub 125 ± 13


Bolt - spare tire device to frame 22 ± 2

Tire Parameters

Items Parameter

Wheel dimension 7 .5Jx18 7 .5Jx19 7Jx17 8 .5Jx21

Tire dimension 8 .5Jx21 255/55R19 255/65R17 265/45R21

Tire Front 220 kPa/2.2bar/32psi 220 kPa/2.2bar/32psi 220 kPa/2.2bar/32psi 230 kPa/2.3bar/33psi
pressure wheels
(cold)
Rear 270 kPa/2.7bar/39psi 270 kPa/2.7bar/39psi 270 kPa/2.7bar/39psi 280 kPa/2.8bar/41psi
wheels

Small spare tire 245/65R17 245/65R17 245/65R17 245/65R17


dimension

Full size spare tire 255/60R18 255/55R19 255/65R17 265/45R21


dimension

Small spare tire 290kPa/2.9bar/42psi 290kPa/2.9bar/42psi 290kPa/2.9bar/42psi 290kPa/2.9bar/42psi


pressure
(cold)

Full size spare tire 270 kPa/2.7bar/39psi 270 kPa/2.7bar/39psi 270 kPa/2.7bar/39psi 280 kPa/2.8bar/41psi
pressure
(cold)

16-1
Tires and Wheels

Layout
Tire Exploded View (Aluminum Wheel)

5
3

GS100001

1 Tire 4 Valve
2 Rim 5 Wheel nut
3 Wheel trim cover 6 Wheel balancer

16-2
Tires and Wheels

Spare Tire Device Layout

GS100002

1 Spare tire 3 Spare tire bracket damping mat


2 Spare tire device

16-3
Tires and Wheels

Repair Guidance
Wheels Replacement
Warning: DO NOT lubricate the rim and tire with
10°Max
lubricating oil containing silicone oil. Clean the
tire bead before removal of tire. Lubricate the 1
2
area completely using 50% lubricating oil and
50% water before installation.
Warning: Use a tire changer to remove tires and
avoid using manual tools or tire lever alone to
replace tires, otherwise wheel disk or rim may be
damaged.
Removal
1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it ES060029
to a certain height.
2 Remove the wheel trim cover with a screwdriver. ·During the installation of alloy wheels, the tire with mark
1 of φ 10 red dot shall be installed on the same side with
3 Remove 6 wheel bolts with a socket wrench.
the steel wheel with mark 2 of φ 10 red dot (if marked) at
4 Remove the wheel.
0 angle. The tire assembly is required to be within 10
Caution: Avoid placing the hub panel towards the degrees after installation.
ground to prevent scratches.
5 Take down the wheel balance block and record
the location and mass of each balance block for
re-installation. (if applicable) 10°Max

6 Loosen the valve cap and release the air. 1


2
Remove the tire and pull out the wheel valve or
tire pressure monitoring sensor.
Installation
Caution: Brush away the deposited corrosion on
the mounting surfaces of wheel, brake drum and
brake disc with scraping tool or steel wire before
installation of wheels. During the installation,
improper mating of metal mounting surface and ES060030
metal will cause the looseness of wheel bolts.
The wheel may thus fall off in driving, resulting in 3 Inflate the tire until the wheel disk is in place.
vehicle out of control and even personal injury. Ensure the locating ring outside the tire bead is
around the wheel rim flange on both sides. This
1 Install the wheel valve assembly and ensure it is
method can ensure the correct position of tire
fully matched and sealed with the rim.
bead.
2 Install the tire with the tire changer and align the
4 Check the air tightness of the valve with soap
tire to the matching marks on the wheel.
water or reinstall it.
·During the installation of steel wheels, the tire with mark
Caution: DO NOT damage the tire when installing
1 of φ 10 red dot shall be installed on the same side with accessories, especially the tire bead.
the steel wheel with mark 2 of φ 8 white dot (if marked) at
5 After each wheel is assembled, carry out the
0 angle. The tire assembly is required to be within 10
balance test to the tire with a tire dynamic
degrees after installation.
balancer.

16-4
Tires and Wheels

6 Pay attention to the followings when installing Replacement of Spare Tire Device
the balance block: Removal
1) After installation of the steel wheel assembly, the
1 Loosen the spare tire device and take off the
allowable unilateral residual unbalance is 10 grams or wheel.
less. The maximum weight of the balance block is 60
2 Remove the bolt securing the spare tire device to
grams on the outer side and no more than 120 grams the frame. (Tightening torque: 22 ± 2N.m)
on both sides.
3 Remove the guide sleeve of spare tire device.
2) After installation of the alloy wheel assembly, the Installation
allowable unilateral residual unbalance is 8 grams or 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
less. The maximum weight of the balance block is 80
grams unilaterally and no more than 160 grams on
both sides.

7 After the wheel dynamic balance test, determine


the mass of the balance block and install it on the
wheel.
8 Install the wheel trim cover.
9 Install the wheel and tighten the wheel nuts in
sequence with the socket wrench to the torque:
125 ± 13N.m.
Warning: The penetrating oil on the vertical
surface between the wheel, the brake disc and
brake drum will cause wheel looseness in driving,
thereby resulting in injury accidents due to
vehicle out of control. DO NOT heat to loosen the
wheel fastened tightly, which will shorten the
service life of the wheel, wheel bolt, hub and
bearing assembly. The wheel nuts must be
tightened to the correct torque in proper
sequence to prevent distortion of the wheel,
brake disc and brake drum.

16-5
Tires and Wheels

16-6
Brake System
Brake System

Specification
Technical Parameters

Model D90

·Front Disc brake

·Rear Disc brake

Brake caliper piston diameter:

·Front 2 × 45mm

·Rear 1 × 43mm
Brake disc diameter:

·Front 330mm

·Rear 324mm

Minimum thickness of front brake disc

·New (nominal dimension) 30mm

·Service limit 28mm

Minimum thickness of rear brake disc/maximum bore diameter

·New (nominal dimension) 18mm 210mm

Service limit 16mm 211mm

Minimum thickness of brake pad material

·Front brake lining (with a self-adhesive gasket) 8 mm (friction lining material is 2mm left only)

·Rear brake shoe (with a self-adhesive gasket) 8 mm (friction lining material is 2mm left only)

·Rear parking brake shoe (with a self-adhesive gasket) The friction lining material is 2mm left only

Parking brake: Manual type mechanical/electronic parking brake

Electronic stability program ABS/ESP

Brake pipeline type X-shape pipeline layout

Brake master cylinder Series-type dual-chamber independent master cylinder

Vacuum booster Dual-diaphragm vacuum booster

17-1
Brake System

Model High chassis

·Front Disc brake

·Rear Disc brake

Brake caliper piston diameter:

·Front 2 × 45mm

·Rear 1 × 43mm
Brake disc diameter:

·Front 300mm

·Rear 324mm

Minimum thickness of front brake disc

·New (nominal dimension) 27mm

Service limit 25mm

Minimum thickness of rear brake disc/maximum bore diameter

·New (nominal dimension) 18mm 210mm

Service limit 16mm 211mm

Minimum thickness of brake pad material

·Front brake lining (with a self-adhesive gasket) 8 mm (friction lining material is 2mm left only)

·Rear brake lining (with a self-adhesive gasket) 8 mm (friction lining material is 2mm left only)

·Rear brake shoe (with a self-adhesive gasket) The friction lining material is 2mm left only

Parking brake: Manually operating mechanical-type, the cable transfers


power on the rear disc middle-drum parking brake

Antilock brake system Standard ABS

Electronic stability program Optional ESP

Brake pipeline type X-shape pipeline layout

Brake master cylinder Series-type dual-chamber independent master cylinder

Vacuum booster Dual-diaphragm vacuum booster

17-2
Brake System

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Sunk screw - brake disc to hub 8±2


Brake drain screw 9~13

Front brake caliper hinge pin bolt 30~35

Rear brake caliper hinge pin bolt 50~60

Bolt - front brake caliper to brake angle 200 ± 20


Bolt - rear brake caliper to brake angle 130 ± 10
Bolt - brake hose to brake caliper 35 ± 3
Brake tube to rear drum brake wheel cylinder 15 ± 2
Nut - brake master cylinder assembly to vacuum booster 18~20

Nut - vacuum booster to engine compartment 20 ± 2


Bolt - ABS/ESP regulator bracket to body 22 ± 2
Nut - brake pedal to engine compartment 20 ± 2
Brake tube to brake master cylinder 15 ± 2
Brake pipeline to ABS/ESP regulator 15 ± 2
Bolt - cable to rear leaf spring 22 ± 2
Bolt - cable to frame 10 ± 1
Bolt - cable to body 20 ± 2
Bolt - parking brake handle to body 22 ± 2

17-3
Brake System

Layout
Brake System Layout

12

11

10 6

5
2
9

1
8
3

7
4

GS110001

1 Vacuum booster assembly 7 Front brake tube


2 Brake pedal assembly 8 Front brake hose
3 ABS/ESP 9 Rear brake tube (front segment)
4 Front brake angle assembly 10 Rear brake tube (middle segment)
5 Rear brake assembly 11 Rear brake tube (rear segment)
6 Steering angle sensor 12 Rear brake hose

17-4
Brake System

ABS/ESP Exploded View

6
5
4
3

GS110002

1 Connecting master cylinder rear cavity to ABS/ 4 Connecting right front brake tube
ESP brake tube 5 Connecting left rear brake tube (front segment)
2 Connecting master cylinder front cavity to ABS/ 6 Connecting right rear brake tube (front segment)
ESP brake tube
7 ABS/ESP damping pad
3 Connecting left front brake tube
8 ABS/ESP regulator bracket

17-5
Brake System

Vacuum Booster Assembly Exploded View

5
4 4 4 9

3
2
1

GS110003

1 Thermal isolation baffle mounting components 5 Vacuum booster to the brake master cylinder
assembly O-ring
2 Vacuum booster master cylinder thermal
isolation baffle 6 Brake fluid reservoir cover
3 Vacuum booster 7 Filter
4 Vacuum booster pad 8 Master cylinder and fluid reservoir
9 Nut - master cylinder to vacuum booster

17-6
Brake System

Parking Brake Exploded View

3 8
1
2

4 9

7 5

ES110002

1 Parking baseplate 6 Parking push board


2 Brake shoe 7 Brake pressure spring
3 Upper return spring 8 Shoe limiting pin and spring
4 Lower return spring 9 Observation hole plug
5 Clearance adjusting mechanism

17-7
Brake System

Exploded View of Front and Rear Brake Calipers

3
5 7

2
3
4 7
6

GS110004

1 Brake block assembly 6 Buffer rubber sleeve


2 Brake block circilp 7 Guide pin dust shield
3 Hinge pin bolt 8 Bleeder screw
4 Guide pin 9 Bleeder screw cap
5 Locating pin

17-8
Brake System

EPB Exploded View

7
4
6

GS110005

1 Motor repair kit 6 Rear brake caliper bleeder screw


2 Bolt - motor to caliper bracket 7 Bleeder bolt cap
3 O-ring 8 Friction plate repair kit
4 Guide pin repair kit 9 Caliper bracket assembly
5 Brake caliper shell assembly

17-9
Brake System

Repair Guidance
Brake Disc Check
Removal
1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
to a certain height. Then remove wheels (refer to
Wheels Replacement).
2 Remove the bolt securing the caliper to the
steering knuckle. Remove the brake caliper
assembly and hold it with a bracket.
Caution: Do not hang the brake caliper on the
hose.
ES110007
3 Clear slight rust spots, scratches and grooves on
the operating surface of brake disc with an
abrasive paper. In case of severe wear signs,
scratches or cracks on the operating surface, 7 Zero set the dial indicator and rotate wheels for a
conduct turning to the brake disc or replace it circle. Then measure the brake disc runout,
with a new one. which shall not exceed 0.02mm, and the
thickness variation of brake disk shall not exceed
4 Measure the brake disc thickness of more than 4
0.006mm. If the runout exceeds the limit, the
testing points on the circumference of contact
brake pedal will vibrate and shake during
center between the brake disc and friction lining
braking.
with an outer-diameter dial indicator. The
minimum thickness of brake disc shall not be 8 If the brake disc runout exceeds the limit:
lower than the value specified in Technical 1) Remove the sunk screw securing the brake disc onto
Parameters, and the thickness change on the
the hub, and then remove the brake disc.
same-radius circumference shall not exceed
0.006mm. If exceeds, the brake disc must be 2) Keep the brake disc to hub flange clean.
replaced.
5 Measure the brake disc inner diameter of more 3) Install the front brake disc onto the front hub. Then
than 4 testing points on the circumference of install the sunk screw and tighten it to 8 ± 2N.m.
contact center between the brake disc and drum
4) Check the brake disc runout according to the aforesaid
friction lining with an outer-diameter dial
indicator. The maximum bore diameter of brake steps.
disc shall not exceed the value specified in
5) If the runout still exceeds the limit, replace the front
Technical Parameters. If exceeds, the brake disc
must be replaced. brake disc.

Caution: Brake discs must be replaced in pairs, 9 Install the brake caliper onto the brake angle.
unless the mileage does not reach 1,500km after Then install the sunk screw and tighten it to 8 ±
this brake disc is replaced. 2N.m.

6 Secure the dial indicator onto the steering 10 Install the wheels.
knuckle as illustrated below. Secure the dial 11 Depress the brake pedal for several times to
indicator measuring head onto the position adjust the brake block.
10mm away from the brake disc edge. 12 Lower the vehicle.

17-10
Brake System

Brake System Drain · Repeat the aforesaid steps to exhaust air from the
The following steps show the drain method of the overall brake tube joint 2.
system. When the main or auxiliary line becomes an 5 Remove the bleeder screw cap from the rear
independent line, operate the line which shall be drained. right brake caliper (for LHD model), and install
Only when the brake tube is disconnected from the brake the hose onto the exhaust screw. Insert the free
hose and there is little oil loss, the hydraulic system can end of hose into the container filled with new
be drained partially. brake fluid.

Warning: Protect eyes and skin from contacting


the brake fluid.
Caution: DO NOT reuse the brake fluid drained
from the brake system.
Drain:

1 Refill the brake fluid reservoir to the MAX level.


Caution: Ensure new brake fluid level is between
the MIN and MAX mark during the whole
drainage.
2 Lift the vehicle from the lifting platform.
ES110009
3 Start the engine. Do not conduct air clearance
operation with the engine shut down, which may 6 Apply braking onto the brake pedal for several
damage the vacuum booster. times, and then apply stable pressure onto it.
4 Exhaust the brake master cylinder assembly. 7 Loosen the bleeder screw to separate the brake
fluid from air. Leave the brake pedal to return
without any external force.
2 8 Depress the brake pedal to the maximum stroke
steadily, and leave it to return without any
external force. Repeat this operations for several
times until the brake fluid containing no bubble
1
flows into the container. Then securing the brake
pedal to the maximum stroke position, tighten
the drain screw to 9-13N.m, and loosen the
brake pedal.
9 Remove the hose from the drain screw, and
install the bleeder screw cap.
ES110008 10 Repeat the drain procedures for the rest 3 brake
calipers according to the sequence below:
·Connect the brake tube. For LHD model: rear right, rear left, front right and front
left
·Depress the brake pedal slowly and hold.
For RHD model: rear left, rear right, front left and front
·Loosen the brake tube joint 1.
right
· Re-tighten the brake tube joint, and leave the brake
Warning: The incorrect drain sequence may
pedal to return slowly.
severely weaken the braking efficiency.
· Repeat the aforesaid steps until there is no air 11 Shut down the engine.
exhausted when the brake tube joint 1 is loosened. 12 Lower the vehicle.

17-11
Brake System

13 Refill the brake fluid reservoir to the MAX mark Adjustment of Parking Brake Handle
line. Assembly
14 Apply braking and check for leakage. Before adjusting the parking brake cable, adjust the
15 Test the vehicle on road. When the braking parking brake clearance adjusting mechanism first.
works, check whether the free stroke of brake
pedal is within 10mm. If the brake pedal is weak, 1 Clamp wheels and release the parking brake
do not drive the vehicle. Confirm whether the handle (push it to the bottom).
unacceptable brake pedal foot feeling and stroke 2 Lift the vehicle from the lifting platform until
is not caused by the dislocation of brake friction wheels leave the ground.
lining or other mechanical faults. Then repeat the
3 Then apply a force within 200N to pull up the
brake system exhaust process. Besides, if the
parking brake handle by 6~7 teeth generally, and
aforesaid exhaust process does not achieve the
the rear wheels will be locked. After the brake
ideal effect due to the severe brake fluid loss,
handle is completely released, rear wheels can
drain the ABS/ESP regulator. This operation is
rotate freely. Otherwise it is required to adjust the
conducted through the scan tool. Refer to
clearance between the parking brake shoe and
Instructions for SAIC Commercial Vehicle Scan
brake drum and then adjust the length of parking
Tool for details.
brake cable.
4 The brake cable lever assembly can be seen
after the rear cover plate of auxiliary fascia
console is removed.

ES110010

5 Loosen the adjusting nut on the brake cable


lever. The exposing length of screw shall not be
less than 15mm.

17-12
Brake System

14 Turn off the ignition key.


15 Install the rear cover plate of auxiliary fascia
console.
16 Install rear wheels.
17 Lower the vehicle.

15

ES110011

Caution: The vehicle must be supported on a safe


device.
6 Remove rear wheels.
7 Adjustment of the clearance between brake
shoes of rear wheels:
1) Keep rotating the parking brake clearance adjusting
ratchet with a flat screwdriver or equivalent to expand
the brake shoe outwards until the rear brake disc is
slightly hindered when rotating. (The clearance
adjusting mechanism will be pushed outwards for
0.125mm after adjustment by every tooth)

2) Loosen the clearance adjusting ratchet for 5~7 teeth.

3) Ensure the rear brake disc can rotate freely without


obstruction.

8 Move the parking brake handle back and forth for


5 times to set the rear brake shoes and hand
brake cable.
9 Tighten the adjusting nut on the brake cable
lever. It is required that rear wheels are locked
after the parking brake handle is pulled for 6~7
teeth with a force within 200N.
10 Move the parking brake handle up and down
completely.
11 Loosen the parking brake handle and ensure the
rear brake disc can rotate without obstruction.
12 Rotate the ignition key to ON position.
13 Pull up the parking brake handle for 6~7 teeth.
Then the parking brake indicator lamp will go on
and both rear brake discs will be locked; loosen
the parking brake handle. Then the parking
brake indicator lamp will go out and rear brake
discs can rotate freely. Re-adjust if the
adjustment result is nonconforming.

17-13
Brake System

Replacement of Front and Rear Brake Installation


Linings (Mechanical Parking Brake)
1 Clean the brake caliper housing and front brake
Removal caliper bracket.
The front and rear disc-type brakes are equipped with a 2 Check the brake caliper and seals for damage.
wear indicator respectively as illustrated. When the
3 Secure the brake lining onto the bracket with a
brakes make noise due to the wear is lower than the circlip, and close the caliper body. Tighten the
specification, the friction lining shall be replaced. The guide pin bolts: tighten the front brake caliper to
thickness of friction lining shall not be lower than the 31~38N.m; tighten the rear brake caliper to
value specified in Technical Parameters. 50~60N.m.
4 Depress the brake pedal for several times to
install the brake pad.
5 Prompt: The stroke of brake pedal may be longer
than usual for the first time of braking.
6 Install wheels. Refer to Wheels Replacement.
7 Lower the vehicle to ground.

ES110012

Warning: The brake linings of front wheels or rear


wheels must be replaced meanwhile, otherwise
the braking efficiency will be weakened.

1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it


to a certain height.
Warning: The vehicle must be supported on a
safe device.
2 Remove wheels.
3 Loosen the guide pin, rotate the caliper body to a
certain angle, and remove the circlip and brake
lining from the bracket.

ES110013

17-14
Brake System

Replacement of Brake Caliper Guide Pin Replacement of Front and Rear Brake
Components Calipers Assembly
Removal Removal
1 Remove the front and rear brake caliper 1 Lift the vehicle from the lifting platform.
assembly.
Warning: Do not operate under a vehicle
2 Remove the guide pin bolt. The bolt is applied supported by a jack only. The vehicle must be
with anti-looseness glue, therefore a new one is supported on a safe device.
recommended.
2 Remove the wheels. Refer to Wheels Removal
Installation
for details.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. 3 Place a container under the vehicle to collect
spilled oil.
4 Loosen the bolt securing the brake hose to brake
cylinder.
Caution: Before disconnecting or removing the
brake pipeline, ensure the middle area and
connecting joints around the junction surface are
clean. Block the opened junction to prevent
contaminant from entering.
5 Loosen the bolt securing the brake caliper to the
brake angle, and remove the brake caliper.

GS110006
Installation

Caution: Apply sufficient grease on the pin and 1 Secure the brake calipers onto the brake angles.
bracket sealing trench and the sliding part of pin Tighten the front brake caliper to 200 ± 20N.m;
(the area indicated by dotted line). tighten the rear brake caliper (integrated with
EPB) to 100 ± 10N.m; and tighten the rear brake
caliper (without EPB) to 130 ± 10N.m.
2 Tighten the bolt connecting the brake hose to
brake caliper to 35 ± 3N.m.
3 Drain the brake system. Refer to Brake System
Drain for details.
4 Install the wheels.
5 Lower the vehicle.

17-15
Brake System

Replacement of Front Brake Disc Replacement of Rear Brake Disc


Removal Removal
1 Ensure the parking brake is completely 1 (Hand brake) Ensure the brake is completely
loosened. released. (EPB) Allow EPB to enter
2 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it "maintenance mode" via the scan tool. In special
to a certain height. cases, such as the vehicle powers off/fails to
enter the "maintenance mode", or the scan tool
Warning: Do not operate under a vehicle is not available, EPB can be released manually,
supported by a jack only. The vehicle must be refer to Manual Release of EPB.
supported on a safe device.
2 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
3 Remove the wheels. Refer to Wheels to a certain height.
Replacement for details.
Warning: Do not operate under a vehicle
4 Remove the bolt securing the steering knuckle to supported by a jack only. The vehicle must be
the front brake caliper. supported on a safe device.
Caution: Do not hang the brake caliper on the 3 Remove the wheels. Refer to Wheels
brake hose. Replacement for details.
5 Remove the sunk screw securing the brake disc 4 Remove the bolt securing the steering knuckle to
to the front hub. the rear brake caliper.
Caution: Do not hang the brake caliper on the
brake hose.
5 Remove the sunk screw securing the brake disc
to the rear hub.

ES110016

6 Remove the front brake disc assembly.


Installation
1 Ensure the junction surface between the front ES110018
brake disc and front hub is clean.
2 Install the brake disc to the hub. Then install the 6 Remove the rear brake disc assembly.
sunk screw and tighten it to 9 ± 2N.m.
3 Check the brake disc runout. Refer to Brake Disc
Check for details.
4 Install the brake disc. Refer to Replacement of
Brake Caliper Assembly for details.
5 Install the wheels.

17-16
Brake System

Installation Replacement of Rear Parking Brake Shoe


1 Ensure the junction surface between the rear Removal
brake disc and rear hub is clean. 1 Remove the rear brake disc. Refer to
2 Install the brake disc to the hub. Then install the Replacement of Brake Disc for details.
sunk screw and tighten it to 9 ± 2N.m. 2 Check the parking brake shoe. Replace it in any
3 Check the brake disc runout. Refer to Brake Disc of the following cases:
Check for details. 1) The thickness of parking brake lining friction lining
4 Install the brake disc. Refer to Replacement of material is less than 2mm.
Brake Caliper Assembly for details.
5 Install the wheels. 2) The brake friction lining fractures.

6 Check the parking brake. Adjust the parking 3) The brake friction lining is contaminated by engine oil
brake if necessary. Refer to Adjustment of or other fluids.
Parking Brake Handle Assembly for details.
3 Loosen the brake shoe limiting pin and spring,
and loosen the rear brake shoe assembly from
the rear brake disc guard plate.

ES110019

4 Remove the brake shoe components. Pay


attention to their mounting positions.

17-17
Brake System

Installation Replacement of Brake Master Cylinder and


Brake Fluid Reservoir
1 Clean the rear brake disc guard plate and brake
disc, and check whether the brake drum is worn Removal
uniformly. 1 Place a piece of cloth under the brake fluid
2 Check the state of spring in the parking brake, reservoir to absorb the spilled oil.
and replace it if necessary. 2 Pull out the level sensor connector.
3 Assemble rear brake shoe components. 3 Disconnect the brake tube connected to the
master cylinder and the pipeline connected to
the clutch master cylinder.

ES110021
3

4 Secure brake shoe components onto the brake ES110023


disc guard plate with limiting pin and spring.
5 Secure the brake cable onto the brake shoe. Caution: Before disconnection, ensure the middle
6 Install the brake disc. area and connecting joints around the junction
7 Adjust the parking brake. are clean. Block the opened junction to prevent
contaminant from entering.
8 Install the wheels.
4 Remove 2 nuts and washers securing the master
cylinder to the vacuum booster, and scrap the
nuts. Then remove the brake master cylinder
and brake fluid reservoir assembly.
Installation
1 Install an O-ring to the master cylinder.
2 Install the brake master cylinder and brake fluid
reservoir assembly onto the vacuum booster,
and secure them with new nuts. Tightening
torque: 18-22N.m.
3 Clean the brake tube joint.
4 Connect the brake tube and clutch tube onto the
brake master cylinder, and tighten them to 15 ±
2N.m.
5 Install the level sensor.
6 Refill the specified brake fluid to the specified
level range.
7 Exhaust the brake system. Refer to Brake
System Exhaust for details.

17-18
Brake System

Replacement of Vacuum Booster Assembly Installation


Removal 1 Install the brake master cylinder and brake fluid
1 Remove the windshield cover plate and reservoir assembly onto the vacuum booster
windshield gutter channel. Refer to Baffle with new nuts. Refer to Replacement of Brake
Replacement for details. Master Cylinder and Brake Fluid Reservoir
Assembly for details.
2 Pull out the vacuum tube from the booster.
2 Clean the junction surface between the vacuum
3 Pull out the level sensor connector.
booster and body, and install the new vacuum
4 Disconnect the brake tube from the brake master booster pad onto the vacuum booster.
cylinder.
3 Locate the vacuum booster and brake pedal onto
Caution: Before disconnection, ensure the middle the engine compartment, and install 4 nuts.
area and connecting joints around the junction Tighten the nuts to 20 ± 2N.m.
are clean. Block the opened junction to prevent 4 Connect the vacuum booster push rod to the
contaminant from entering. brake pedal with hinge pin, cotter pin and
washer. Refer to Replacement of Brake Pedal
5 Remove the hinge pin and cotter pin securing
Assembly for details.
the vacuum resistance push rod to the brake
pedal. 5 Clean the brake tube joint.
6 Remove 4 nuts securing the booster and brake 6 Connect the brake tube and clutch tube onto the
pedal to the engine compartment. brake master cylinder, and tighten them to 15 ±
2N.m.
7 Pull out and scrap the booster pad.
7 Connect the level sensor connector.
8 Remove 2 nuts and washers securing the master
cylinder to the vacuum booster, and scrap the 8 Connect the vacuum tube to the vacuum
nuts. Then separate the vacuum booster from booster.
the master cylinder. 9 Refill the specified brake fluid to the specified
level range.
10 Exhaust the brake system. Refer to Brake
System Exhaust for details.

7
8

ES110044

17-19
Brake System

Replacement of Vacuum Pipe Assembly Replacement of ABS/ESP Regulator


The mounting points of vacuum pipe are shown in the Removal
figure below, all the mounting points can be plugged in 1 Place the ignition switch in OFF position and
and pulled out directly. disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Place a piece of cloth under the ABS/ESP
regulator to absorb the spilled oil.
Caution: The brake fluid may damage the paint
surface. If it spills by accident, wipe it rapidly and
clean these areas.
3 Disconnect the ABS/ESP regulator harness.
4 Depress the brake pedal and support it with a
pedal bracket to avoid brake fluid from flowing
out after the brake pipeline is removed.
5 Mark the position of ABS/ESP regulator oil outlet
for assembling. Then disconnect 6 brake tubes
connected with the regulator.
GS110007

Caution: The vacuum pressure sensor is


integrated in the vacuum pipe, and it cannot be
replaced as an individual part.

ES110029

Caution: Before disconnection, ensure the middle


area and connecting joints around the junction
are clean. Block the opened junction to prevent
contaminant from entering.
6 Remove the bolt securing the regulator bracket
to the body, and remove the regulator bracket
and regulator.

17-20
Brake System

Installation
1 Install the ABS/ESP regulator onto the bracket
with nuts, and tighten to 8 ± 2N.m.
2 Clamp the shock pad into the bracket mounting
hole.
3 Clamp the regulator onto the shock pad.
4 Secure the regulator and bracket assembly to
the body with bolts, and tighten the bolts to 22 ±
2N.m.
5 Clean up the brake connector.
6 According to the marks made during removal,
ES110030 connect 6 tubes to correct pipe orifices
respectively. Tighten brake tube joints to 15 ±
7 Loosen the nut connecting the bracket to the 2N.m.
regulator, and remove ABS/ESP regulator from
7 Connect the regulator harness.
the bracket.
8 Loosen the pedal bracket. Refill brake fluid to
Max position.
9 Drain the ABS/ESP regulator. The regulator
replaced during after-sales service is filled with
oil, generally there is no need to drain the
regulator. The drain operation can be conducted
through the scan tool. Refer to Instructions for
SAIC Commercial Vehicle Scan Tool for details.
10 Drain the brake system. Refer to Brake System
Drain for details.
11 Connect the scan tool to clear the DTC.

ES110031

8 Remove the shock pad clamped on the regulator


bracket.

ES110032

17-21
Brake System

Replacement of Brake Pedal Assembly Installation


Removal 1 Secure the brake pedal to the vacuum booster
1 Disconnect the negative battery. with 4 nuts. Secure the brake pedal to engine
compartment with 1 bolt. Then tighten them to 20
2 Unplug the brake pedal position sensor harness.
± 2N.m.
3 Remove the hinge pin, washer and cotter pin
2 Secure the vacuum booster push rod onto the
securing the vacuum booster push rod to the
brake pedal with hinge pin, washer and cotter
brake pedal.
pin, and apply some lubricating grease (all-
4 Remove 4 nuts securing the brake pedal to the purpose MR2 lithium grease) onto the surfaces
booster and 1 bolt securing the brake pedal to of hinge pin, vacuum booster push rod U-fork
the engine compartment. hole and pedal hole. Do not install the hinge pin
reversely.
For LHD models:

ES110033
ES110034
5 Remove the brake pedal assembly.
For RHD models:

ES110045

3 Install the brake pedal position sensor, and


connect the harness. Refer to Replacement of
Brake Pedal Position Sensor for details.
4 Connect the battery negative.
5 Start the vehicle and depress the brake pedal for
8-20mm. Then the brake lamp shall go on. If not,
conduct self-learning to the pedal stroke sensor
again.

17-22
Brake System

Replacement of Brake Pedal Position Sensor Yaw Sensor


Removal Yaw sensor is under the front passenger's seat. There
1 Pull out the sensor connector, and remove are access holes provided on the carpet for diagnosis
screws. Then the sensor can be removed. and replacement of yaw sensor.

ES110035 GS110029

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
2 After installation, conduct self-learning to the
clutch stroke sensor via a scan tool.
Caution: Depress the brake pedal for 8-20mm.
Then the brake lamp shall illuminate. If not,
conduct self-learning to the pedal stroke sensor
again.

17-23
Brake System

Replacement of Brake Pipeline Replacement of Parking Brake Cable


Removal
1 The tightening torque for the nuts/bolts securing
the brake pipeline to brake master cylinder, 1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
securing the brake pipeline to ABS/ESP to a certain height.
regulator and between brake pipelines is 15 ± Warning: The vehicle must be supported on a
2N.m.
safe device.
2 The tightening torque for the nuts/bolts securing
2 Remove the bolt connecting the cable to the
the brake hose to the front/rear brake caliper is
body.
35 ± 3N.m; the tightening torque for the nuts/
bolts securing the front brake hose bracket is 16 3 Remove the rear cover plate of auxiliary fascia
± 2N.m. console, and disconnect the cable from the
balancer.

ES110049
ES110036

4 Remove the bolt connecting the cable to the


frame.
5 Remove the bolt connecting the cable support to
rear suspension lower control arm.
6 Remove wheels, disconnect the cable from the
rear brake, and remove the cable.

ES110038

17-24
Brake System

Installation Replacement of Parking Brake Handle


1 Connect the cable to the rear brake. Removal
2 Connect the cable to the frame beams and 1 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly.
girders with bolts, and tighten to 9 ± 1N.m. Refer to Removal of Auxiliary Fascia Console
3 Bolt - cable support to rear suspension lower Assembly for details.
control arm: 22 ± 2N.m. 2 Remove the parking brake balancer.
4 Nut - parking brake cable to brake angle: 9 ± 3 Remove the bolt securing the parking brake
1N.m. handle to body, and remove the parking brake
5 Connect the cable to the balancer. Install the rear handle.
cover plate of auxiliary fascia console. 4 Remove the parking brake switch.
6 Adjust the parking brake handle, and install the
wheels.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Adjust the
parking brake handle after installation. Refer to
Adjustment of Parking Brake Handle Assembly
for details.
Tighten the bolt securing the parking brake handle to
body to 22 ± 2N.m.

GS110026

17-25
Brake System

EPB Control Unit Manual Release of EPB


EPB control unit is under the rear part of front 1 Power on the vehicle, operate the EPB switch to
passenger's seat. Lift the carpet under the seat before release EPB caliper.
control unit diagnosis and replacement. 2 Disconnect two EPB connectors on the left and
right side, then power off the vehicle.
3 Release and remove EPB actuator bolts.

GS110008

GS110009

4 Remove the actuator (note for dust), rotate the


spindle spline clockwise with a tool, as shown in
the figure.

GS110010

17-26
Brake System

5 Install the actuator, and tighten the bolts to Replacement of EPB Brake Pad
10~13N.m.
1 Allow EPB to enter "Pad changing" in
"maintenance mode" via the scan tool. Then the
motor drives the spindle to make the pressure
nut return to its initial position. In special cases,
such as the vehicle powers off/fails to enter the
"maintenance mode", or the scan tool is not
available, EPB can be released manually, refer
to Manual Release of EPB.

GS110011

GS110012

2 Remove 1 guide bar bolt away from EPB motor.

GS110013

17-27
Brake System

3 Turn over the housing assembly. 7 Install the housing assembly to its original
position, and tighten the guide bar bolts to
31~38N.m.

GS110014

4 Push back the piston with a tool.


GS110017
8 Plug EPB connectors, then power on the vehicle.
9 Clear ESC DTCs with a scan tool.
10 Operate EPB switch to conduct the clamping and
release action once.

GS110015

5 Remove the friction lining.

GS110016

6 Replace with a new friction lining, and the circlip


is also recommended to be replaced together.

17-28
Brake System

Replacement of Motor Components 5 Remove the seal ring and check for damage,
Removal replace it as necessary.

1 Allow EPB to enter "maintenance mode" via the


scan tool. In special cases, such as the vehicle
powers off/fails to enter the "maintenance
mode", or the scan tool is not available, EPB can
be released manually, refer to Manual Release
of EPB.
2 Disconnect the harness connector.
3 Release the tightening bolts of motor (tightening
torque: 10-13N.m).

GS110020

Caution: Thoroughly clean the surface. Entry of


impurities may cause EPB failure.
6 Clear ESC DTCs with a scan tool.
7 Operate EPB switch to conduct the clamping and
release action once.

Installation
GS110018 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

4 Remove the motor as indicated by the arrow.

GS110019

17-29
Brake System

Replacement of Brake Caliper Housing Installation


Assembly
1 Install a new seal ring to the new brake caliper
Removal housing assembly, and secure the housing
1 Allow EPB to enter "maintenance mode" via the assembly to the caliper bracket with a new guide
scan tool. In special cases, such as the vehicle pin bolt and tighten to 31-38N.m.
powers off/fails to enter the "maintenance
mode", or the scan tool is not available, EPB can
be released manually, refer to Manual Release
of EPB.
2 Disconnect the brake pipe and plug it to prevent
the brake fluid flowing out and contaminating the
vehicle.
3 Remove the motor, refer to Replacement of
Motor Components.

GS110023

Caution: The after-sales brake caliper housing


assembly is filled with brake fluid. When
connecting the brake pipe, remove the plug for
connecting the brake pipe on the housing first.
2 The remaining installation procedure is the
reverse of removal.
3 Exhaust the brake system. Refer to Brake
GS110021 System Exhaust for details.
4 Clear ESC DTCs with a scan tool.
4 Unscrew the guide pin bolts and discard, then 5 Operate EPB switch to conduct the clamping and
remove the brake caliper housing assembly as
release action once.
indicated by the arrow.

GS110022

17-30
Brake System

Replacement of Caliper Bracket Assembly 2 Clear the ESC DTCs with a scan tool after
Removal installation. Then operate EPB switch to
complete the clamping and release action once.
1 Allow EPB to enter "maintenance mode" via the
scan tool. In special cases, such as the vehicle
powers off/fails to enter the "maintenance
mode", or the scan tool is not available, EPB can
be released manually, refer to Manual Release
of EPB.
2 Remove the brake caliper housing assembly,
refer to Replacement of Brake Caliper Housing
Assembly.
3 Remove the friction lining and the circlip.

GS110024

4 Remove the bolt securing the caliper bracket to


brake angle, and take down the caliper bracket
assembly (Tighten the bolt securing the caliper
to brake angle to 100 ± 10N.m).

GS110025

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

17-31
Brake System

Description and Operation


Parking Brake System Control Diagram

SCS
BCM
ࣞᘷどᇐ
CH BO 䖜䓡᧝࡬⁗ඍ
᧝࡬㌱㔕

DiagnoStic IPK
䈀ᯣ VD INFO 㓺ਾԠ㺞

EPB
GW
⭫ᆆ傱䖜࡬ࣞ CH
㖇ީ

EPB Switch ECM


⭫ᆆ傱䖜 ਇࣞᵰ
࡬ࣞ㌱㔕 PT ᧝࡬⁗ඍ

TCM
EPB motor
਎䙕ಞ
EPB ⭫ᵰ PT ᧝࡬⁗ඍ

⺢㓵 ࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵 ᓋⴎ儎䙕CAN㓵 䖜䓡儎䙕CAN㓵


ၧ҆儎䙕CAN㓵 䈀ᯣCAN㓵

GS110027

17-32
Brake System

ABS/ESP System Control Diagram

Wheel Speed
BCM
Sensor
BO 䖜䓡᧝࡬⁗ඍ
䖤䙕Ֆ᝕ಞ

GW
CH 㖇ީ

SDM IPK
ᆿ‫≊ޞ‬ഀ 㓺ਾԠ㺞
᧝࡬⁗ඍ PT INFO

ECM
TCCM
ਇࣞᵰ
PT ABS/ESP PT ഑傧᧝࡬⁗ඍ
᧝࡬⁗ඍ

EPB
SAS CH ⭫ᆆ傱䖜࡬ࣞ
䖢䀈Ֆ᝕ಞ CH

TCM DiagnoStic
਎䙕ಞ 䈀ᯣ
PT CH
᧝࡬⁗ඍ

⺢㓵 ࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵 ᓋⴎ儎䙕CAN㓵 䖜䓡儎䙕CAN㓵


ၧ҆儎䙕CAN㓵

GS110028

17-33
Brake System

Wheel Speed Sensor microstructure capacity acceleration sensor. When the


The wheel speed sensors are active sensors (i.e. they sensor chip rotates around its vertical axis in yaw rate Ω ,
receive the power supply from the ABS regulator), and the Coriolis acceleration which is perpendicular to the
they transmit the wheel speed signal to the ABS oscillating direction on the crystal surface is recorded.
regulator. The sensors are mounted in each front wheel The accelerations are proportional to the product by the
hub and each rear wheel hub, and are extremely close to yaw rate and the current maintained constant oscillating
the inner sealing device of each relevant wheel bearing. speed.
Rotating together with the wheels, the sealing device
Steering Angle Sensor
includes a magnetic element with 48 pairs of magnetic
It mainly feeds back the driver's steering information to
poles, when the wheels rotate, the magnetic poles in the
ESP control module. It is located over the combination
sealing device generates voltage fluctuation in the ABS
switch below the steering wheel.
sensor, the voltage fluctuation is converted into square
wave signal and output to the ABS regulator. The signal ESP has the functions of ABS, EBD, TCS, VDC, EBA,
frequency is proportional to wheel speed. In practice, RMI, HAS, AUTO HOLD, ATS and HDC.
each ABS sensor has a connecting wire located in the
engine compartment or the chassis, which connects
EBD System
each sensor to the whole vehicle harness. EBD system automatically detects the gripping force
between wheels and ground, distributes the optimum
A Hall-effect sensor is used as the wheel speed sensor brake force to 4 wheels, so as to improve brake efficiency
and installed on the brake angle. and driving stability.
Stroke Position Sensor TCS System
It transmits signals to ABS module and ECM during TCS system automatically controls the driving force
braking; it is installed on the brake pedal. during takeoff and acceleration to prevent wheel slip and
The brake pedal position sensor is installed on the brake keep the driving stability.
pedal bracket, which is used to detect the driver's action ESP System
on the brake pedal. The brake pedal position sensor
ESP system is an advanced computer system, which
provides an analog voltage signal for the BCM and ECM,
can help you to control the vehicle driving direction in bad
which will increase when the brake pedal is depressed.
driving conditions. When the computer detects the
Yaw Speed Sensor deviation between the expected driving route and the
The yaw speed sensor is used for measuring the lateral actual driving direction, ESP system will apply braking
acceleration sensor of the vehicle and the vehicle's pressure onto one or several brakes of the vehicle
rotating motion around its mass center axis. It is installed selectively to keep the vehicle driving in the direction
on the floor in front of the central armrest. commanded.

It measures the vehicle rotary motion around the vertical EBA System
axis and the slippage of vehicle and sends corresponding In case of an emergency, the force applied by a driver on
data to SCS ECU. ECU compares the signals received the brake pedal is usually insufficient. EBA system can
from the yaw rate sensor and steering angle sensor, recognize this rapid action with insufficient force on the
judges the forthcoming situation and then takes brake pedal and automatically establishes a brake
corresponding control. The yaw sensor adopts the whole pressure close to the locking level to shorten the braking
micro-structure method to process two relative thick distance greatly.
oscillating components (quality film) from the crystal, the
RMI System
two components take antiphase oscillation at a resonant
RMI system can recognize the vehicle rollover trend as
frequency determined by quality and the coupling spring.
soon as possible by monitoring the turning angle and
Each oscillating component has a miniaturized formal
lateral acceleration of steering wheel, and apply braking

17-34
Brake System

to a single wheel or multiple wheels to furthest prevent ATS System


rollover. In different driving modes, ESP will adapts with different
road conditions by controlling the different torque request
HAS System
from engine and the brake force.
When the car drives uphill, HAS system can prevent it
from sliding backwards after the driver releases the brake HDC System
pedal. The driver has 1.5s at most to move his foot from When driving on a long downhill surface with large slope
the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal for hill takeoff. (4°-26°), if the speed falls in the range of 8-35km/h, the
car will automatically run at a low speed, with no need for
Auto Hold
the driver to depress brake pedal and accelerator pedal,
When the engine is working, and where regular or long-
so as to make sure the car can drive downhill steadily.
time stop is required (for example, waiting for traffic lights,
Meanwhile, the driver can also adjust the speed with the
stopping on a hill or driving in the stop and go traffic), the
brake pedal and accelerator pedal.
auto hold function can help the driver to stabilize the
vehicle. If the speed is less than 8km/h or in the range of 35-
60km/h, HDC does not work, but it keeps in Standby
After the vehicle stops, the driver does not need to
mode.
depress the brake pedal, the auto hold function can lock
the vehicle automatically. If the speed exceeds 60km/h, HDC function will
automatically exit; press the HDC switch again to enable.
When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal to start
the vehicle, the auto hold function releases the brake Electrical Park Brake (EPB) System
immediately and the vehicle moves according the The EPB system is comprised of EPB switch, EPB
inclination of the road. module and 2 EPB motors. The EPB switch is installed
on the auxiliary fascia console to facilitate the driver's
ESP and EPB work together to help you park your car in
operation. Under the condition of power shortage, the
any stationary conditions, with no need for always
electrical parking brake can not be engaged or released.
depressing the brake pedal.
The EPB module is under the right seat, which is
connected with the body harness by a harness
connector. The EPB motor, installed on the rear brake
caliper housing, directly drives the piston to apply the
brake force to the rear wheels.

Powering on EPB

When the vehicle is stationary or the ignition switch is off,


EPB can be applied at any time. When leaving the
vehicle or parking, the parking brake must be applied.

· Pull the EPB switch upward until the indicator in the


EPB switch illuminates.

· If the indicators in EPB switch and in the instrument


cluster illuminates, it indicates that the parking brake has
been applied.

If the indicator P in the instrument cluster illuminates, it


indicates an EPB fault. Please contact an authorized
local after-sales service center for service as soon as
possible.

17-35
Brake System

Manually disabling EPB Starting Aid Function


The EPB automatically judges the intention of the driver,
·Switch on the ignition
and release the parking brake automatically. For hill
· Press the EPB switch, depress the brake pedal or start, the EPB can judge engine torque output and
slightly depress the accelerator pedal when the engine is prevent slip.
running
When you fasten the seat belt, place the ignition switch in
· If the indicators in the switch and in the instrument "ON" position, engage a gear and slightly depress the
cluster extinguishes, it indicates that the parking brake accelerator pedal to start the vehicle, the EPB will close
has been disabled. automatically. For manual transmission, the clutch must
be depressed completely before starting off for system
recognition and release of the parking brake.

ECD Function
In case of any emergency during driving, such as the
vehicle can not be stopped by stepping on the pedal,
decelerate by pulling up and holding the EPB switch.

· Pull the EPB switch up and hold to realize emergency


brake. Continuous acoustic alarm will sound
simultaneously during emergency brake.

· Release the EPB switch or depress the accelerator


pedal to cancel the brake process.

· During dynamic deceleration of the EPB, the EPB can


prevent the rear wheel from being locked by the clamp
force of the EPB actuator (i.e. anti-lock function).

While the parking brake is required, press the EPB


button, the signal will be fed back to ECU; then ECU will
controls the motor and planetary deceleration gear
mechanism to apply the brake on left/right rear brake
calipers.

The two normally-used auto control functions of EPB


system includes: 1. Apply the brake on the left/right rear
brake calipers after engine flameout through the
combined control of motor by vehicle CAN and EPB
ECU. 2. Drive away from the hill. When the car is driving
away from the hill, EPB ECU will control the left/right rear
brake caliper to release it automatically. Then the car will
drive away automatically.

17-36
Transfer Case (Part-time)
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Specification

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Nut - front flange (62) 203 ~ 241


Nut - rear flange (62) 305 ~ 332
Oil filler plug, drain plug (5) 19 ~ 30
Motor bracket bolt (66) 8 ~ 11
Motor subassembly screw (71) 8 ~ 11
Clutch coil nut (64) 8 ~ 11
Housing connecting bolt (59) 27 ~ 40
Air nozzle (43) 4~7
Bolt - transitional housing to transfer case 27 ~ 35
Bolt - transfer case to 6AT transmission 65 ± 5
Bolt - propeller shaft to transfer case 100 ± 10
Nut - transfer case controller to body 9±1
Bolt - transfer case to rear engine mount 60 ± 5

18-1
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Layout
Transfer Case Layout

1
2

ES080000

1 Transmission 3 Propeller shaft


2 Transfer case

18-2
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Transfer Case Exploded View

66 56
78
54
79 62 53
61
60 76
77 44 43
75 1
7 4
65

2
3
8
45 9

46 5
49 6 11
42 12
47 38
41 13
48 40
37 10
39
36 14
8 15
35
34 16
51
17
52
33
50 18
32
73 19
57 20
72 73 31
66 64 58 30
74 59
70 68 55 24
67 29 23 21
69 71 7
28
63
61 25
60 27 22
62
26

ES080001

1 Transfer case assembly 7 Transfer case front output shaft oil seal
2 Front transfer case housing 8 Transfer case front output shaft bearing
3 Locating pin - transfer case housing 9 Clamp - transfer case input shaft
4 Transfer case input shaft oil seal 10 Transfer case input shaft
5 Transfer case input shaft gear ring 11 Clamp - transfer case input shaft bearing
6 Clip - transfer case washer 12 Transfer case input shaft bearing
13 Gasket - transfer case sun gear thrust

18-3
Transfer Case (Part-time)

14 Transfer case input shaft internal bearing 45 Front transfer case housing magnet
15 Clip - transfer case sun gear 46 Transfer case front output shaft
16 Transfer case sun gear thrust plate 47 Transfer case front output shaft driven sprocket
17 Thrust plate sun gear at transfer case input end 48 Transfer case front output shaft spacer bush
18 Planet carrier component at transfer case input 49 Transfer case sprocket chain
end 50 Rear transfer case housing
19 Clip - transfer case sun gear 51 Clip - rear transfer case housing
20 Deceleration shift gear sleeve of transfer case 52 Rear transfer case housing bearing
planet mechanism
53 Front transfer case housing transitional housing
21 Transfer case rear output shaft
54 Screw - transfer case transitional housing
22 Transfer case rear output shaft oil pump
55 Rear transfer case housing bushing
component
56 Clip - transfer case transitional housing
23 Clamp - transfer case rear output shaft (elastic)
57 Rear transfer case housing oil seal
24 Transfer case rear output shaft oil pipe
58 Clip - rear transfer case housing
25 Transfer case rear output shaft oil filter
component 59 Bolt - rear transfer case housing
26 Rear transfer case housing solenoid coil 60 Transfer case rear output shaft oil seal
component 61 Washer - transfer case input end
27 Clutch coil housing assembly of transfer case 62 Nut - transfer case front output shaft
rear output shaft
63 Transfer case rear output shaft plate
28 Clip - transfer case shift gear sleeve
64 Nut - rear transfer case housing
29 Transfer case shift gear sleeve armature
65 Bolt - transfer
30 Transfer case shift gear sleeve return spring
66 Bolt - transfer
31 Transfer case shift gear sleeve/hub
67 Clip - rear transfer case housing
32 Transfer case shift gear sleeve return spring
68 Clip - transfer case motor
33 Transfer case shift gear hub/sleeve
69 Clip - transfer case motor connector
34 Transfer case rear output shaft drive sprocket
70 Clip - transfer case solenoid coil connector
35 Transfer case shift shaft return spring
71 Bolt - transfer motor
36 Front transfer case housing shift shaft
72 Rear transfer case housing shift motor
37 Transfer case shift shaft 4WD shift fork subassembly
38 Transfer case shift shaft deceleration shift fork 73 Rear transfer case housing oil plug
subassembly
74 Transfer case motor bracket
39 Transfer case shift shaft/cam
75 Transfer case rear dust shield
40 Transfer case shift shaft torsional spring
76 Transfer case assembly
41 Transfer case shift shaft bushing
77 Transfer case control module
42 Transfer case shift shaft
78 Transfer case breather pipe
43 Front transfer case housing air nozzle
79 Nut - transfer case controller
44 Transfer case front output shaft plate

18-4
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Troubleshooting
General Inspection Process Specific Inspection Process
Carry out visual inspection for all parts (excluding parts to Follow the instructions specified in table 4-1 to check the
be renewed, such as oil pump pipe, O-ring and oil seal, parts listed in the table. The part number shown in table
etc) to see if the parts are damaged or excessively and 4-1 is identical with the part indicated in the Transfer
unevenly worn, and discard the damaged or worn parts Case Assembly Exploded View in Chapter 8.
that will affect the performance. Items to be inspected are
as follows:
Gear/Sprocket Tooth Check
Burr: raised sharp edge on some part of the material.
When specified by table 4-1, check the gear or sprocket
Debris: broken or grated piece or particle. tooth according to the following methods:

Crack: surface crack line that represents the material will Caution: Do not mix the tool mark resulted from
partially or completely separate. machining with the extrusion mark. Figure 4-1
shows the typical machining mark.
Excessive wear: severe or obvious wear that goes
beyond the range of application. 1 Check the form of the engagement/contact area
of the gear or sprocket tooth. Figure 4-2 provides
Shrinkage: material slip due to local stress. the forms of common engagement/contact area.
Parts with the contact area shown by the
Adhesion: loose soft metal material particles adhere to
ACCEPT column are acceptable, if other
the hard metal surface.
requirements are met, continue to use the part.
Furrow: local crack or groove, normally refers to the Parts with the contact area shown by the
REJECT column are unacceptable, discard the
transfer of the material instead of loss of the material.
part and do not repair it.
Pitting: break of the metal surface due to contact
pressure. Change of color due to heat from metal friction
is visible.

Step type wear: a visible or perceptible step between the


Typical machining mark on
adjacent contact surface and non-contact surface, which the gear face is acceptable,
Typical gear shaving mark while the rough surface or
is caused by excessive wear. irregular mark will be
rejected

Uneven wear: locally and unevenly distributed wear,


including hole, bright spot, non-uniform polish and other
visible signs.
Typical gear grinding mark

Figure 4-1: Typical Gear Face Machining Mark


ES080002

18-5
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Description Accept Reject Repair Reject


Ideal engagement Two sides of contact
contact area
Middle part of
face tooth top spalling contact area spalling

Contact area locating


at one side Two sides of tooth
Middle part of contact
top spalling
face tooth top spallin
Contact area locating
at the other side
One side of non-contact
face tooth top spalling
Contact area close to
the tooth top

Contact area close to Middle part of one


the tooth root side of contact
face tooth spalling

Figure 4-2: Gear Face Contact Area Figure 4-3: Gear Face Defect
ES080003 ES080004

2 Check the gear/sprocket tooth for peeling. Tooth 1 Service the patch peeling with a suitable manual
peeling or groove form is shown in figure 4-3. As high-speed grinding tool.
shown by the REPAIR column, parts with patch
2 When grinding the base metal, try not to remove
peeling can be repaired and reused (see section
more metal.
4-3). As shown by the REJECT column, parts
with severe peeling or broken tooth cannot be 3 All sharp corners or flashes shall be the smooth
repaired, the part shall be discarded and no outline after service. The sharp corner or flash
repair is allowed. may peel off again or becomes cracks. Remove
the burr with a suitable grinding stone, and
remove the raised material carefully without
damaging the base. Replace the unrepairable
Spline Tooth Check
parts (for example, bearing, etc), If there is any
Check for broken or peeling spline tooth. Patch peeling doubt whether the part can be reused, replace it.
and gear tooth peeling can be repaired in the same way,
and such parts can be reused (see figure 4-2 and 4-3). If
any broken spline tooth is found, the part shall be
discarded and no repair is allowed. The contact form of
the spline tooth is different form that of the gear, however,
splines showing step slip shall be discarded and no
repair is allowed.

4-3 Service/Replacement
Replace the parts rejected by the inspection, unless the
parts are serviced according to the procedures specified
in the figure below or other parts only needing minor
repair can be further used.

Gear/Sprocket Tooth Service


The service shall be limited to the patch peeling shown in
figure 4-3.

18-6
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Table 4-1 Inspection

Parts (items) Inspection Accept/Reject

All parts (including all springs) Inspect for crack. Reject all parts with cracks.
Inspect for twist. Reject parts with curve, twist and
Inspect for corrosion. unsatisfactory runout.
Reject all parts with pitting or
corrosion.

All threaded parts Inspect the thread for damage or other Reject parts not suitable for tapping or
damages. clamping.

Flange (44), (63) Inspect splines according to section 4- Handle as per section 4-2.
2.

Motor assembly (72), electric clutch Perform a function inspection on the Replace the parts as required.
parts vehicle with reference to the Service
Manual of the vehicle.

Ball bearing (8, 12, 52, 53) Perform a visual inspection for the Reject damaged bearing.
bearing ball and raceway to see if
there is any peeling, adhesion, pitting Reject damaged and loose bearing or
or other damages. inspect if the axial clearance exceeds
Confirm that the bearing is lubricated, 0.23mm.
hold the inner ring of the bearing and
turn the outer ring of the bearing
slowly. Determine if it can work freely
or if it is corroded. The bearing shall
turn smoothly and shall be no any play
and wandering.

Needle bearing (14) Perform a visual inspection for the Reject damaged bearing.
bearing needle and raceway to see if
there is any peeling, adhesion, pitting
or other damages.

Transfer case front housing (2)/rear Inspect the mating face for burrs or Remove the burr according to section
housing (50) other damages that may affect fit and 4-3, or replace the damaged parts.
seal.

Transfer case front housing (2) Inspect the bore of bearing (8). If any pitting or damage is observed,
reject the part.

Transfer case rear housing (50) Inspect the bore of bearings (52 and If any pitting or damage is observed,
53). reject the part.

Clutch coil housing (27) and shift gear Inspect splines according to section 4- Handle as per section 4-2.
hub (31) 2.

Shift gear sleeve (33) Inspect the shift fork groove for If any step slip or damage is observed,
damage or wear. reject the part.
Inspect splines according to section 4- Handle as per section 4-2.
2.

Shift shaft (36) Inspect for deformation. If any curve is found, reject the part.
Inspect the outer circle for any burr or Handle as per section 4-3, or reject the
other damages. damaged shaft.
Inspect the outer circle for wear. If any step slip or damage is observed,
reject the part.

18-7
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Parts (items) Inspection Accept/Reject

Shift fork (37) Inspect the location where the shift If any step slip or damage is observed,
fork, shift cam and gear sleeve fit for reject the part.
wear or damage.

Shift fork subassembly (38) Inspect the shift fork veneer fitting with If step wear or damage occurs, reject
the gear sleeve for wear or damage. the veneer.
Inspect if the roller can rotate freely or
if it is damaged. If the roller cannot rotate freely or if it is
damaged, use a new pin - roller
subassembly.

Drive sprocket (34) and driven Inspect the sprocket tooth according to Sprocket Tooth Check in section 4-2
sprocket (47) section 4-2. Spline Check in section 4-2
Inspect the sprocket spline according
to section 4-2.

Drive sprocket (34) Inspect the inner diameter fitting with If any pitting or damage is observed,
the output shaft. reject the part.

Drive chain (49) Inspect for step slip, loose part or Reject worn or damaged drive chain.
damaged pin/connector.

Strainer (25) Inspect the strainer for cleanness, Clean it when necessary, and reject if
small hole or damage. it is damaged.

Oil pump component (22) Check the inner diameter of the pump If the pump housing is damaged or
housing for pitting or step slip. severely worn, reject it.

Output shaft (21) Inspect splines according to section 4- Spline Check in section 4-2
2. If any pitting or damage is observed,
Inspect the surface fitting with the reject the part.
bearing. If any curve occurs or the runout is
Inspect for twist. unsatisfactory, reject the part.

Deceleration shift gear sleeve (20) Inspect the sprocket spline according Spline Check in section 4-2
to section 4-2. If any step slip or damage is observed,
Inspect the location fitting with the shift reject the part.
fork for wear or damage.

Front output shaft (46) Inspect the surface fitting with the If any pitting or damage is observed,
bearing. reject the part.
Inspect splines according to section 4- Spline Check in section 4-2
2.

Input shaft (10) Inspect splines according to section 4- Spline Check in section 4-2
2. If any curve occurs or the runout is
Inspect for twist. unsatisfactory, reject the part.

Thrust gasket (13) and thrust plate Check for pitting. If any pitting or damage is observed,
(16) reject the part.

Sun gear (17) Inspect the gear tooth according to Gear Tooth Check in section 4-2
section 4-2. Spline Check in section 4-2
Inspect splines according to section 4-
2.

Planet carrier component (18) Inspect the gear tooth according to Gear Tooth Check in section 4-2
section 4-2. If any step slip or pitting is observed,
Inspect if the shaft pin of the planet reject the part.
gear is worn or loose and if the thrust
washer is worn.

18-8
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Parts (items) Inspection Accept/Reject

Shift cam (39) Inspect for pitting or step slip. If any step slip or pitting is observed,
reject the part.

Shift shaft (42) Inspect for pitting or step slip. If any step slip or pitting is observed,
Inspect for twist. reject the part.
If the part is curved, reject it.

Big gear ring (5) Inspect the gear tooth according to Gear Tooth Check in section 4-2
section 4-2.

18-9
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Transfer Case Assembly 11 Remove the bolts connecting the transfer case
Removal and the transmission, and remove the transfer
case.
1 Position the vehicle on a suitable lifting machine.
12 Simply move the transfer case backward until
Caution: The transfer case bracket or jack shall the transfer case input shaft is completely
support the transfer case independently, and disconnected from the transmission spline.
shall be able to lift up/lower down and move the 13 Carefully lower the lifting machine of the transfer
transfer case horizontally. case and remove the transfer case.
2 When moving the transmission shift lever to P or
N position, the transfer case will switch to 2H
mode and the engine is shut down.
3 Disconnect the battery negative after the ignition
switch is off for 1min.
4 Lift the vehicle.
5 Remove all electrical harnesses related to the
transfer case.
6 Remove the hose from the vent valve of the
transfer case.
7 Disconnect the front/rear propeller shaft from the
flange of the transfer case.
8 Disconnect the rear propeller shaft from the rear
flange of the transfer case.
9 Support the transfer case with the jack.
Warning: Ensure the transfer case is completely
under the support of the lifting machine before
removing the bolt connecting the transfer case
and transmission. Do not hang the transfer case
directly on the transmission through the spline
shaft, this may cause damage to the parts of the
transfer case.
10 Remove the bolts connecting the transfer case
and rear mount.

ES080005

18-10
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Installation
1 Apply appropriate specified grease to the spline
of the transmission input shaft with a thin sleeve
containing grease.
2 Raise the lifting bracket of the transfer case, and
ensure the transfer case and transmission are
aligned with one axis.
Warning: Before connecting the spline, ensure
the transfer case is aligned with the transmission.
Do not force the spline of the transfer case into
the transmission, otherwise, the transfer case
may damage. When necessary, turn the rear
output flange of the transfer case to align it with
the spline.
3 Move the transfer case forward slowly, assemble
the spline of the transmission output shaft,
locating pin and stud of the rear transmission
housing until the front transfer case housing and
rear transmission housing fit closely.
4 Ensure the front transfer case housing is aligned
with the mounting hole of the rear transmission
housing, then align the lower mounting hole of
the transfer case with the mounting hole of the
rear mount. Install the bolt/nut, and tighten the
bolt/nut in the diagonal sequence, the torque is
as follows:
·Transfer case connected with Punch 6AT transmission:
the torque of 6 bolts is 65 ± 5N.m.

·Transfer case connected with rear mount: the torque of


2 bolts is 60 ± 5N.m.

5 Connect the front/rear propeller shaft and front/


rear output flange of the transfer case, and
tighten the bolts to 100 ± 10N.m.
6 Connect the air nozzle and breather hose.
7 Connect all electrical harnesses related to the
transfer case.
8 Lower the vehicle and connect the battery
negative.

18-11
Transfer Case (Part-time)

TCCU Replacement
Removal
Note: The transfer case control unit (TCCU) is
under the rear part of front passenger's seat. Lift
the carpet under the seat before control unit
diagnosis and replacement.

GS120002

1 Lift the carpet under the front passenger's seat,


refer to Removal/Installation of Carpet.
2 Remove the nuts securing the transfer case to
body (nut tightening torque: 9 ± 1N.m).
3 Disconnect the connector of the TCCU to
remove the TCCU.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

18-12
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Transfer Case Removal Removal of Transfer Case Electric Shift


Note: If the service is only for the damaged part Component
on the transfer case, as long as the damaged part
is taken out, stop disassembling the transfer
case. Remove the part from the transfer case as a 71
67
subassembly or assembly, no need to
disassemble it, unless it contains any damaged
part. 68 69 70

1 Position the transfer case on the workbench,


with the rear housing up. 72 66

ES080010

1 Remove the flange bolt (66), 3 bolts (71) and 2 J-


clips (67).
2 Remove the shift motor subassembly (72).
3 The harness clip (68), connector harness clip
(69) and connector (70) are removed for
5D 5L replacement only.
ES080008

ES080009

2 Prepare a clean container for oil collection,


release the drain plug 5D (73) from the rear
housing (50), invert the transfer case and drain
the lubricant in the transfer case.
3 Then turn over the transfer case, place a block
under the front housing to keep the transfer case
level, and release the oil filler plug 5L (73).
4 Secure the flange (63) with an anti-torsion bar,
release the nut (62), remove the washer (61),
and remove the flange (63) and oil seal (60).

18-13
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Rear Housing Removal

83

50

52 82
51 59
58 59
26
56
55
64 83
57

35 53
36 83

21

45
2

ES080011

1 Remove 17 bolts (59), nameplate (82) and 2 6 Remove the oil seal (56) from the rear transfer
harness clips (58). The nameplate contains case housing (50).
information for replacement, so please keep it 7 Remove the magnet (45) from the front transfer
properly. Keep the harness clip properly, case housing (2).
remember the location of the harness clip (58)
8 Remove the return spring (35) from the shift
for subsequent installation.
shaft (36).
2 Slightly pry the housing, and release the sealant
9 Remove the sealant on the mating face of the
on the mating face, then directly lift the rear
front (2)/rear (50) housing of the transfer case,
transfer case housing subassembly (83).
take care not to damage the mating face of the
3 Remove the oil seal (57), 3 flange nuts (64) and two housings or drop the material removed into
clutch solenoid coil (26). the transfer case.
4 Remove the snap ring (51), and remove the
bearing (52) and shaft bush (55) from the rear
housing (50).
5 Remove the bearing (53) from the rear transfer
case housing (50).

18-14
Transfer Case (Part-time)

4WD Shift Component Removal Chain Drive System Removal


Remove the following parts from the remaining transfer Remove the following parts from the remaining transfer
case housing subassembly. case housing subassembly.

34

21
27 21
48
28
47
29
30
84 46
31 36
32
37
33 49
ES080012 ES080013

1 Remove the clutch coil housing (27) from the 1 Remove the spacer bush (48) from the front
rear output shaft (21). output shaft (46).
2 Remove the 4WD shift gear sleeve subassembly 2 Remove the drive sprocket (34), driven sprocket
(84) and 4WD shift fork (37) from the rear output (47) and chain (49) from the two output shafts
shaft (21) and shift shaft (36), separate each (21 and 46).
subassembly and remove the shift shaft (36).
3 Disassemble the 4WD shift gear sleeve
subassembly (84), remove the snap ring (28)
first, then remove the armature (29), return
spring (30), shift gear hub (31), conical return
spring (32) and shift gear sleeve (33) in
sequence.

18-15
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Rear Output Shaft/Pump Subassembly Deceleration Shift Component Removal


Removal Remove the following parts from the remaining transfer
Remove the following parts from the remaining transfer case housing subassembly.
case housing subassembly.

20

22
85
23 83

24
21 25

38

ES080015
ES080014

1 Remove the deceleration shift gear sleeve (20)


1 Remove the rear output shaft and pump and deceleration shift fork subassembly (38)
subassembly (85). from the housing.
2 Remove the oil pump component (22) and rear
output shaft (21) from the rear output shaft and
pump subassembly (85).
3 Remove the elastic clamp (23), oil pipe (24) and
oil filter component (25) from the oil pump
component (22).

18-16
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Front Output Shaft Subassembly Removal Shift Cam Mechanism Removal


Remove the following parts from the remaining transfer Remove the following parts from the remaining transfer
case housing subassembly. case housing assembly.

42 41 40 39

62 61 60 44 2 46
ES080016 ES080017

1 Secure the front output flange (44) with the anti- 1 Remove the electric shift cam mechanism (39-
torsion bar, release the nut (62), and remove the 42) from the front transfer case housing as an
washer (61), front output flange and O-ring (60). assembly.
2 Remove the front output shaft (46). 2 Use a vise with soft mouth to clamp the end of
the shift shaft (42), knock it with a screwdriver to
disconnect and remove the shift cam (39),
torsional spring (40) and bushing (41).

18-17
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Removal of Front Housing/Input Shaft/Planet


Mechanism Subassembly

86

6
5
9
2

43
8
3 19
7 18
17
16
86 15
14
10 88
13
12
11
87 89

ES080018
Remove the following parts from the remaining transfer 5 Remove the planet mechanism subassembly
case housing subassembly. (89) of the input shaft, stretch the snap ring (19)
with a plier, and remove the planet gear
1 The air nozzle (43) is removed from the front subassembly (88) from the input shaft
housing subassembly (86) for replacement only. subassembly (87).
2 Remove the snap ring (6) and take out the big 6 The input shaft subassembly (87) is removed for
gear ring (5). replacement only. Remove the snap ring (11)
from the input shaft (10), press and remove the
3 Hold one end of the input shaft (10) on the bearing (12), and then remove the thrust gasket
workbench, stretch the long end of the snap ring (13) and needle bearing (14).
(9), and slightly press the front end of the input
shaft (10) to remove the planet mechanism 7 Remove the snap ring (15) from the planet
subassembly (89) of the input shaft as an carrier gear subassembly (88), remove the thrust
assembly, then remove the split ring (9) from the plate (16) and sun gear (17), and detach the
front transfer case housing (2). planet carrier component (18).
4 Remove the oil seal (4), (7) from the front 8 Do not attempt to disassemble the planet carrier
transfer case housing (2), and pull out the component (18).
bearing (8). The 2 locating pins (3) are removed
for replacement only.

18-18
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Transfer Case Installation Installation of Front Transfer Case Housing


Precautions before Installation Subassembly
Cleaning Installation of the front transfer case housing
subassembly is as follows:
Caution: Check the magnet for metal debris prior
to cleaning. Occurrence of big, granular or
irregular particle indicates fracture or similar
damage; occurrence of small and powder debris 6
5
indicates non-uniform or excessive wear. In case 9
2
of metal debris, carefully check the rotating part
and the corresponding part for damage and wear.
86
General Cleaning Process

Clean the part in cleaner, remove lubricant residue and


precipitate. Remove the precipitate in the oil hole with a 4 8
brush. For parts that cannot be cleaned with a brush,
3
take care not to scratch the metal mating face etc. during 7
cleaning. ES080019

Blow the parts cleaned dry.


1 Position the front transfer case housing (2) on a
Dry the parts with low-pressure compressed air (max. 20 suitable press machine, the mating face is up
psi), do not wipe with a cloth, for this may leave lint on the and parallel with the working face of the press
machine.
parts. When drying the bearing, hold it with hands to
prevent it from rotating. 2 Press the bearing (8) into the front transfer case
housing (2) with tool C00089925.
Lubrication during Installation 3 Turn over the housing, position the new oil seal
All internal parts without grease shall be lubricated with using the specification shown and press it into
the specified lubricant (grease) before installation, this the housing. Install the oil seal (4) with tool
can facilitate installation and helps to provide initial C00089920 and oil seal (7) with tool C00089921.
lubrication for the operation. 4 If 2 locating pins (3) are removed, install new
locating pin (3) of the specification shown into
1 Prior to installation, damage to the O-ring or oil the housing.
seal without grease may occur.
2 Ensure the bearing or bushing is sufficiently
lubricated before installation, operation of the
non-lubricated bearing or bushing even for a 6 9 5 8 10.0 3
short period of time will cause damage.
3 Before installation, lubricate the lip of the oil seal
and the corresponding parts.

2.0
4
1.0

ES080020

5 Install the snap ring (9) into the snap ring slot on
the housing (2).

18-19
Transfer Case (Part-time)

6 Place the big gear ring (5) into the groove in the
housing (2), and install the snap ring (6).
Caution: Execute this process after installing the
planet mechanism subassembly (89) of the input
shaft into the front housing, input shaft
subassembly and planet mechanism assembly.

18-20
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Installation of Front Housing/Input Shaft


Subassembly/Planet Mechanism

86

19
9 18
2 17
16
15
14
10 88
13
12
11
87 89

43

ES080021
Install the following parts on the workbench. 2 Install the thrust gasket (13) into the input shaft,
install the bearing (12) with tool C00089927, and
1 If the input shaft subassembly (87) is install the snap ring (11) into the slot of the input
disassembled, position the needle bearing (14) shaft, then complete installation of the input shaft
as illustrated and press into the input shaft using subassembly (87).
the specification shown.
3 Place the planet carrier component (18) on the
workbench, the end with the snap ring slot shall
be up.
12
4 Install the sun gear (17), the section with the
protruding end shall be up. Turn the planet
11 carrier component until the planet gear
completely engages with the sun gear.
14 5 Align the protruding tooth, and install the thrust
plate (16) into the planet carrier component (18).
6 Install the snap ring (15) to complete installation
of the whole planet gear subassembly (88).
7 Lift the planet gear subassembly (88), install the
10
13 input shaft subassembly (87), stretch the snap
ES080022
ring (19) with a plier and install it into the snap
ring slot of the input shaft to complete installation

18-21
Transfer Case (Part-time)

of the planet mechanism subassembly (89) of Front Output Shaft Installation


the input shaft.
Install the front output shaft component.
8 With the mating face of the front housing
subassembly (86) up, position the front mating
face of the transfer case housing (2) on two
blocks so that a gap can be maintained between
the input shaft (10) installed on the front housing
and the workbench. Stretch the long end of the
snap ring (9) on the front transfer case housing
(2), lift the planet mechanism subassembly (89)
of the input shaft to have the spline end of the
input shaft (10) down, until the snap ring (9)
enters into the snap ring slot on the outer ring of
the bearing (12).
9 Install the air nozzle (43) to a torque of 4~7N.m.
62 61 60 44 2 46
ES080023

1 Place the front output shaft (46) into the front


transfer case housing (2), and install the flange
(44), seal ring (60), washer (61) and nut (62).
2 Insert the anti-torsion bar into the mounting hole
of the front flange to secure the flange, and
tighten the nut (62) to a torque of 203 ~ 241N.m.

18-22
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Electric Shift Cam Installation


Installation of the electric shift cam subassembly is as
follows:

39
40
41 40
41 42
ES080026
42
4 Try to push the torsional spring (40) and bushing
(41) back.
ES080024

40
1 Insert the bushing (41) into the inner diameter of
the torsional spring (40), and pass it through the
free end of the shift shaft (42).
2 Slide the torsional spring (40) and bushing (41) 41
on the shift shaft (42) to the drive tongue, and
place the first finger of the torsional spring on the
left of the drive tongue (viewed from the free end
of the shift shaft).

42
ES080027

40 5 Install the electric shift cam (39) into the shift


shaft (42), the cam end with drive tongue enters
first. Place the cam drive tongue under the drive
41
tongue of the shift shaft (between the two fingers
42 of the torsional spring), and keep it inward as
much as possible.
6 Install the shift fork to the housing, and then
install the shift cam subassembly (39-42) into the
front housing subassembly of the transfer case
ES080025
(refer to Shift Lock Component Installation).

3 Turn the second finger of the torsional spring on


the shift shaft (42) to the right of the drive tongue.

18-23
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Deceleration Shift Component Installation Output Shaft/Pump Subassembly Installation


The installation process is as follows. Caution: By immersing the strainer of the oil
pump into the lubricant, and rotating the output
shaft counterclockwise (viewed from the rear of
the output shaft), you can observe if the oil pump
delivers oil and determine if the oil pump can
20
work properly. The parts assembled can be
88
installed into the transfer case housing as a
18 subassembly.
Ensure the oil pump, etc to be installed is sufficiently
lubricated and the lubricant can be pumped out of the
taper hole on the front cover of the oil pump. Installation
of the oil pump is as follows.
38

ES080028

22
1 The deceleration shift fork subassembly (38) and
85
deceleration gear sleeve (20) are in the housing,
and the deceleration shift gear sleeve is in the 21
planet gear subassembly installed (88).
20 23
24
25
85

ES080029

1 Install the oil filter into the oil pipe (24), place the
elastic clamp (23) on the end of the oil pipe (24),
install the oil pipe to the oil nozzle of the oil pump
component (22) and tighten the elastic clamp
(23).
2 Locate the fitting part of the rear output shaft (21)
and oil pump component (22), and slide it to the
rear output shaft (21) through the shaft hole of
the oil pump component (22).
3 Vertically position the output shaft into the
deceleration shift gear sleeve (20).

18-24
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Chain Drive System Installation Installation of 4WD Shift Component/Shift


The installation process is as follows: Lock Mechanism
The installation process is as follows:

34

21
48 21
47 27
28
46
29
30
84
31 36
49 32
37
ES080030 33
ES080031
1 After the front housing subassembly of the
transfer case is installed on the workbench,
1 Install the conical return spring (32) and shift
position the drive sprocket (34) on the rear end
of the rear output shaft (21) and the driven gear hub (31) into the shift gear sleeve (33), then
sprocket (47) on the rear end of the front output install the return spring (30) and armature (29),
and secure with a snap ring (28) to complete
shaft (46).
installation of the 4WD shift gear sleeve
2 Position the sprockets (34 and 47) horizontally, subassembly (84).
install the chain (49) with the blue link of the
chain facing up. 2 Pass the shift shaft (36) through the deceleration
shift fork subassembly installed, and install it into
3 Grasp the two sprockets and attach the chain the blind hole of the front housing of the transfer
closely to the sprocket, parallel it with the case.
transfer case, and install the chain and sprockets
3 Install the 4WD shift fork (37) on the 4WD shift
(34 and 47) through the two output shafts (21
and 46), and slightly turn the driven sprocket (47) gear sleeve subassembly (84), and slide the
to ensure it engages with the spline of the front whole subassembly through the shift shaft (36)
and rear output shaft (21).
output shaft (46).
4 Install the spacer bush (48) on the front output 4 Install the electric shift cam component and
shaft (46). clutch coil housing assembly (27) installed in
section 5-5, the process is as follows:
1) Position the shift cam component as illustrated.

38
42
40

39

36 37

ES080032

18-25
Transfer Case (Part-time)

2) Hold the shift shaft (36) down, and gently lift the shift Installation of Rear Transfer Case Housing
Subassembly
forks (37 and 38). Turn the shift cam component in
place, so that the roller of the deceleration shift fork Installation of rear transfer case housing subassembly is
subassembly (38) can enter into the groove of the as follows.
shift cam and the protrusion of the 4WD shift fork (37)
locates at the tail end of the shift cam. Then, lower the
component, allow it to come into the front housing of
the transfer case, and allow the shift shaft (42) to 83 55 56
engage with the pin hole in the transfer case housing. 57
64
50
52
3) Install the clutch coil housing assembly (27) on the rear 51
output shaft (21), and ensure its spline engages with 26
the spline of the rear output shaft (21).

51 83
ES080033

1 Position the rear transfer case housing (50) on a


suitable press machine, the mating face is up
and parallel with the working face of the press
machine.
2 Press the ball bearings (52, 53) into the rear
transfer case housing (50), and install the snap
ring (51). Install two bearings with tool
C00089926.
3 Turn over the housing, install the shaft bushing
(55) into the rear transfer case housing (50).
4 Position the new oil seals (56, 57) using the
specification shown and press it into the housing.
Install the oil seal (56) with tool C00089921 and
oil seal (57) with tool C00089924.

56
55
57 54
54

50

53 52 51

ES080034

5 Installation of the transfer case solenoid coil


component is as follows:

18-26
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Confirm that 4 O-rings are on the specified location of the Installation of Transfer Case Housing
solenoid coil component (26) (on one coil harness, three Subassembly
studs). Install the solenoid coil component (26) into the Install the rear housing subassembly installed above on
rear housing (50), the harness and stud extend from the the front housing subassembly, the process is as follows.
rear housing, and take care not to damage the electrical
harness. Install 3 nuts (64) and tighten to the torque of 8
~ 11N.m. 59
82
59
58
88

35
36
50
45
83
ES080035

1 Install the return spring (35) on the shift shaft


(36) of the transfer case.
2 Install the magnet (45) on the corresponding slot
of the front transfer case housing (2).
3 Apply Loctite adhesive 598 with a diameter of
1.6mm to the mating face of the front transfer
case housing, the adhesive shall go round the
thread hole and be continuous.
Warning: During the following procedures, do not
clamp the rear housing into the front transfer
case housing with excessive force. When all
requirements for alignment are met, it takes no
efforts to install the rear housing into the front
housing. If installation is impossible, remove the
rear housing subassembly and check for
alignment.
4 Install the rear housing subassembly (83) on the
front transfer case housing (2), the following
conditions for alignment shall be met:

18-27
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Shift Motor Subassembly Installation


Installation of the electric shift transfer case is as follows.
35
42 36 21
40

3 50 68 69
70
71
60

72 61

ES080036

1) Align the locating pin (3) on the housing with the pin
hole on the rear transfer case housing (50). ES080038

2) The rear output shaft (21), front output shaft (46) and
1 Apply Loctite adhesive 598 with a diameter of
the bearing in the hole of the rear transfer case
1.6mm to the mating face of the motor
housing (50) shall be aligned. subassembly (72) and rear transfer case
housing (50), the adhesive shall go round the
3) The blind hole of the rear housing and shift shaft (36)
thread hole and be continuous.
shall be aligned, ensure the return spring (35) will not
2 Position the shift motor subassembly (72), and
tilt.
align the triangular groove of the motor with the
4) Align the shift shaft (42) with the shift shaft mounting shift shaft (42). Move the shift motor
subassembly, assemble it into the shift shaft and
hole on the rear transfer case housing.
allow it to fit tightly with the rear transfer case
5 Position the nameplate, and tighten 17 bolts (59) housing (50). Then, rotate the motor until it
to 27 ~ 40N.m. locates properly and is aligned with the mounting
hole.

42

72

ES080039

18-28
Transfer Case (Part-time)

3 Install 2 J-clips (67) properly, and install 3 bolts Rear Flange Component Installation &
(71) to the torque of 8 ~ 11N.m. Lubricant Refill
The installation process is as follows.

72

50
62
60 61

63
73

73
67 67 67 82
ES080037
ES080040
4 Tighten the flange bolt (66) at the end of motor
harness clip to the torque of 8 ~ 11N.m.
1 Position the transfer case horizontally, refill 1.5±
0.05L of Dexron III lubricant as per the location
of oil filler plug shown in the figure.

5D 5L
ES080008

2 Install 2 oil filler plugs (73) to the rear housing


(50) to the torque of 19 ~ 30N.m.
3 Install the flange (63), oil seal (60) and gasket
(61) in sequence. Tighten the nut (62) to the
torque of 305 ~ 332N.m.

18-29
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Installation of Transfer Case Transitional


Housing (with AT)
When installing the transitional housing (77), keep the
edge clean. The outer elongation of the locating pin is
10.0 ± 0.4mm, the torque of the screw is 27-35Nm,
please tighten the screw symmetrically and uniformly.

77

ES080041

18-30
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Special Tool Tool Number and Illustration


Description

Tool Number and Illustration


Description C00089927
Bearing (input shaft)
press tool

C00089920 C00089927
Oil seal input shaft
press tool

C00089920

C00089921
Oil seal (front/rear
output shaft) press
tool
C00089921

C00089924
Oil seal (motor)
press tool

C00089924

C00089925
Bearing (front output
shaft) press tool

C00089925

C00089926
Bearing (rear output
shaft) press tool

C00089926

18-31
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Description and Operation


Internal Structure of Transfer Case

ES080042

1 Planet gear set 6 Shift motor


2 Oil pump 7 Output shaft - front propeller shaft
3 Electromagnetic clutch 8 4H-4L shift fork (deceleration shift fork)
4 Output shaft - rear propeller shaft 9 Input shaft
5 2H-4H shift fork (lock shift fork)

18-32
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Function Description of Transfer Case


This transfer case is an electric dual range part-time 4WD one. Deceleration is achieved by a planet gear mechanism,
and power transmission to the front drive wheel is realized by a silent chain of high precision. Lubrication of the planet
gear pair and rear output component of the transfer case is performed by oil bath and oil pump. The transfer case is
provided with 3 ranges, when 2WD HIGH is selected, only two rear wheels are driven; when 4WD HIGH is selected, 4
wheels are driven, the transmission connects the transfer case directly; and when 4WD LOW is selected, the speed ratio
will be 2.48. The gearshift operation of the transfer case is achieved by a shift cam driven by a shift servo motor. In
addition, shift to 2H/4H can be easily realized by the switch on the instrument panel, and parking is required for shifting to
4L. When the speed control system of the transfer case fails, the warning lamp will alert the driver.

Transfer Case Power Flow

Rear Shaft
Input Shaft

2H
Front Shaft

ES080043

18-33
Transfer Case (Part-time)

2H Power Flow Chart

Transmission

Front output shaft


of transfer case Transfer case

Rear output shaft


Front axle of transfer case

Rear axle

ES080044

18-34
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Transfer Case Power Flow

Input Rear Shaft


Shaft

4H
Front Shaft

ES080045

18-35
Transfer Case (Part-time)

4H Power Flow Chart

TCCU

Half shaft clutch

Electromagnetic
Shift motor

clutch
Transmission

2H-4H fork

Front output shaft


of transfer case Transfer case

Rear output shaft


Front axle of transfer case

Rear axle

ES080046

18-36
Transfer Case (Part-time)

Transfer Case Power Flow

Rear Shaft
Input Shaft

4L
Front Shaft

ES080047

18-37
Transfer Case (Part-time)

4L Power Flow Chart

TCCU

Half shaft clutch

Electromagnetic
Shift motor

clutch
Transmission
2H-4H fork
4H-4L fork

Front output shaft


of transfer case Transfer case

Rear output shaft


Front axle of transfer case

Rear axle

ES080048

18-38
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Specification

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Nut - front flange 203~241

Nut - rear flange 305~332

Oil filler/drain plug 19~30

Bolt - transitional housing to transfer case 27~35

Bolt - motor support to rear housing 27~35

Bolt - motor component to rear housing 8~11

Bolt - transfer case (real-time 4WD) to transmission 22 ± 2


Bolt - transfer case (part-time 4WD/ATS) to transmission 65 ± 5
Nut - transfer case controller to body 5±1
Bolt - transfer case to rear engine mount 60 ± 5
Bolt - propeller shaft to transfer case 110 ± 10

19-1
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Layout
Transfer Case Layout

1
2

ES080000

1 Transmission 3 Propeller shaft


2 Transfer case

19-2
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Transfer Case Exploded View

4
8
5
6

15 14
11

13

9 12

11

10

3
8

2
1 6 7
5
4

GS120010

1 Bolt 9 Bolt
2 Bracket 10 Aluminum plate
3 Adapter housing 11 Plug
4 Nut 12 Motor components
5 Washer 13 Blank aluminum plate
6 Sealing ring 14 Clip
7 Front flange 15 Rear flange
8 Dust shield

19-3
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Transfer Case Assembly 11 Remove the bolts connecting the transfer case
Removal and the transmission, and remove the transfer
case.
1 Position the vehicle on a suitable lifting machine.
12 Simply move the transfer case backward until
Caution: The transfer case bracket or jack shall the transfer case input shaft is completely
support the transfer case independently, and disconnected from the transmission spline.
shall be able to lift up/lower down and move the 13 Carefully lower the lifting machine of the transfer
transfer case horizontally. case and remove the transfer case.
2 When moving the transmission shift lever to P or
N position, the transfer case will switch to 2H
mode and the engine is shut down.
3 Disconnect the battery negative after the ignition
switch is off for 1min.
4 Lift the vehicle.
5 Remove all electrical harnesses related to the
transfer case.
6 Remove the hose from the vent valve of the
transfer case.
7 Disconnect the front/rear propeller shaft from the
flange of the transfer case.
8 Disconnect the rear propeller shaft from the rear
flange of the transfer case.
9 Support the transfer case with the jack.
Warning: Ensure the transfer case is completely
under the support of the lifting machine before
removing the bolt connecting the transfer case
and transmission. Do not hang the transfer case
directly on the transmission through the spline
shaft, this may cause damage to the parts of the
transfer case.
10 Remove the bolts connecting the transfer case
and rear mount.

ES080005

19-4
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Installation
1 Apply appropriate specified grease to the spline
of the transmission input shaft with a thin sleeve
containing grease.
2 Raise the lifting bracket of the transfer case, and
ensure the transfer case and transmission are
aligned with one axis.
Warning: Before connecting the spline, ensure
the transfer case is aligned with the transmission.
Do not force the spline of the transfer case into
the transmission, otherwise, the transfer case
may damage. When necessary, turn the rear
output flange of the transfer case to align it with
the spline.
3 Move the transfer case forward slowly, assemble
the spline of the transmission output shaft,
locating pin and stud of the rear transmission
housing until the front transfer case housing and
rear transmission housing fit closely.
4 Ensure the front transfer case housing is aligned
with the mounting hole of the rear transmission
housing, then align the lower mounting hole of
the transfer case with the mounting hole of the
rear mount. Install the bolt/nut, and tighten the
bolt/nut in the diagonal sequence, the torque is
as follows:
·Real-time 4WD: The torque of 11 bolts is 22 ± 2N.m.

·Part-time 4WD/ATS: The torque of 6 bolts is 65±5N.m.

·Transfer case connected with rear mount: the torque of


2 bolts is 60 ± 5N.m.

5 Connect the front/rear propeller shaft and front/


rear output flange of the transfer case, and
tighten the bolts to 110 ± 10N.m.
6 Connect the air nozzle and breather hose.
7 Connect all electrical harnesses related to the
transfer case.
8 Lower the vehicle and connect the battery
negative.

19-5
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

TCCU Replacement Refill & Drain of Transfer Case Lubricant


Removal
Note: The transfer case control unit (TCCU) is
under the rear part of front passenger's seat. Lift
the carpet under the seat before control unit
diagnosis and replacement.

1 2
GS120004

Drain
The oil drain plug is located in the upper position of the
figure,the tightening torque for the oil drain plug is 19-
30N.m.
GS120002
Refill
1 Lift the carpet under the front passenger's seat,
The oil filler plug is located in the upper position of the
refer to Removal/Installation of Carpet.
figure, refill specified lubricating oil Mobil LT until the level
2 Remove the nuts securing the transfer case to
is flush with the filler port basically. Tightening torque for
body (nut tightening torque: 9 ± 1N.m).
the oil filler plug: 19-30N.m.
3 Disconnect the connector of the TCCU to
remove the TCCU.

Removal/Installation of Transfer Case


Installation Transitional Housing
Removal
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
1 Remove the transfer case assembly, refer to
Removal/Installation of Transfer Case.
2 Remove the bolts securing the transfer case
transitional housing to the front transfer case
housing.

Installation
1 When installing the transitional housing, keep
the edge clean. The outer elongation of the
locating pin is 10.0 ± 0.4mm, the torque of all 11
screws is 27-35N.m, please tighten the screw
symmetrically and uniformly.
2 Install the transfer case assembly, refer to
Removal/Installation of Transfer Case.

19-6
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Removal/Installation of Transfer Case Front Removal/Installation of Transfer Case Rear


Flange and Oil Seal Flange and Oil Seal

1
2

3
4

4
2 3
1
GS120005 GS120006

Removal Removal
1 Remove the bolts connecting the propeller shaft 1 Remove the bolts connecting the propeller shaft
to the transfer case front flange. to the transfer case front flange.
2 Remove the transfer case front flange nuts, and 2 Remove the transfer case front flange nuts, and
take out the gasket 1, seal ring 2, front flange 3 take out the gasket 1, seal ring 2, rear flange 3
and dust shield 4 in sequence. and dust shield 4 in sequence.

Installation Installation
1 Press-fit the oil seal with the special tool. 1 Press-fit the oil seal with the special tool.
2 Install the front flange, seal ring, gasket and nuts 2 Install the rear flange, seal ring, gasket and nuts
in sequence, tighten the nuts to 203-241N.m. in sequence, tighten the nuts to 305-332N.m.
3 Connect the propeller shaft to the transfer case, 3 Connect the propeller shaft to the transfer case,
tighten the bolts to 110 ± 10N.m. tighten the bolts to 110 ± 10N.m.

19-7
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Removal/Installation of Transfer Case Motor


Components
Removal
1 Remove the bolts connecting the motor to rear
transfer case housing, unplug relevant
connectors to remove the motor.

Installation
1 Apply Loctite adhesive 598 with a diameter of
1.6mm to the mating face of the motor assembly
(72) and rear transfer case housing, the
GS120008
adhesive shall go round the thread hole and be
continuous.
5 Connect relevant harness connectors.
2 Position the shift motor assembly (72), and align
the triangular groove of the motor with the shift
shaft (42). Move the shift motor subassembly,
assemble it into the shift shaft and allow it to fit
tightly with rear transfer case housing. Then,
rotate the motor until it locates properly and is
aligned with the mounting hole.

42

72

GS120007

3 Install 3 bolts securing the motor to the rear


housing, and tighten the bolts to 8-11N.m.
4 Install the bolts securing the motor support to the
rear housing, and tighten the bolts to 27-35N.m.

19-8
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Description and Operation


Internal Structure of Transfer Case

1 2 3

Rear Shaft
Input Shaft

8
5

Front Shaft

GS120009

1 Planet gear set 5 2H-4H shift fork (lock shift fork)


2 Oil pump 6 Shift motor
3 Electromagnetic clutch 7 Output shaft - front propeller shaft
4 Output shaft - rear propeller shaft 8 Input shaft

19-9
Transfer Case (Real-time/All-terrain)

Function Description of TOD Transfer Case


This transfer case is an electric part-time 4WD one. Deceleration is achieved by a planet gear mechanism, and power
transmission to the front drive wheel is realized by a silent chain of high precision. Lubrication of the planet gear pair and
rear output component of the transfer case is performed by oil bath and oil pump. TOD transfer case is provided with 4
ranges, when 2H is selected, only two rear wheels are driven; when AUTO is selected, TOD can analyze and calculate
the signals (such as engine speed signal and wheel speed signal) collected by the sensors equipped on the vehicle, and
transfer the torque with controllable magnitude in appropriate time to the front axle, thereby controlling the 4WD status in
an intelligent manner; when 4H is selected, the distribution proportion of front and rear axle torques can be varied, but
comparing to AUTO mode, the torque distributed to the front axle is larger; When 4L is selected, the distribution
proportion of front and rear axle torques can be varied, but the torque will be enlarged by 2.48 times. The shift operations
from 2H to 4H/AUTO is achieved by the electromagnetic clutch coil through pushing the clutch to engage/disengage. To
increase or decrease the clutch coil current, multiple clutch plates will be pressed or separated to control the magnitude of
torque output to the front axle; the operation in 4L mode is achieved by a shift servo motor through driving a gear shift
cam. In addition, shift to 2H, 4H and AUTO modes can be easily realized by the switch on the instrument panel, and
parking is required for shifting to 4L mode. When the transfer case fails, the warning lamp will alert the driver.

19-10
Propeller Shaft
Propeller Shaft

Specification

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Nut - front hub 350 ± 15


Nut - front stabilizer bar link to lower swing arm 65 ± 5
Nut - front stabilizer bar to stabilizer bar link 65 ± 5
Nut/bolt - propeller shaft to transmission 75 ± 5
Nut/bolt - propeller shaft to rear axle 75 ± 5
Bolt - intermediate support of propeller shaft to frame 55 ± 5
Bolt/nut - propeller shaft to front axle 75 ± 5
Bolt - propeller shaft to transfer case 110 ± 10
Bolt - intermediate support to propeller shaft 35~50

20-1
Propeller Shaft

Layout
Propeller Shaft System (4WD) Layout

4
2
3

ES100000

1 Front drive shaft 4 Transfer case


2 Front axle 5 Rear axle
3 Propeller shaft

20-2
Propeller Shaft

Propeller Shaft System (2WD) Layout

ES100001

1 Transmission 3 Rear axle


2 Propeller shaft

20-3
Propeller Shaft

Exploded View of Front Drive Shaft Assembly

1
3

5
4

ES100002

1 Constant-velocity universal joint assembly 7 Clamp (small)


2 Snap ring 8 Dust shield of tripod universal joint
3 Clamp (large) 9 Clamp (large)
4 Dust shield of constant-velocity universal joint 10 Circlip
5 Clamp (small) 11 Tripod universal joint assembly
6 Intermediate solid shaft 12 Connecting ring

20-4
Propeller Shaft

Exploded View of Propeller Shaft Assembly

ES100003

1 Cross shaft assembly 3 Propeller shaft


2 Intermediate support assembly

20-5
Propeller Shaft

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Front Drive Shaft Assembly
(4WD)
Removal

2
6 8

5 ES100005

9 After removing the front drive shaft, block the


front axle connecting port with a plug to prevent
3 dust.
1 4
ES100004

Installation
1 Lift the vehicle from the lifting platform.
Caution: During shipping and installation/
2 Remove the upper swing arm assembly. Refer to
removal of the propeller shaft, ensure the swing
Removal of Upper Swing Arm Assembly for
angle of movable joint (the end close to the front
details.
axle) does not exceed 26°and the swing angle of
3 Unscrew the nut fastening the stabilizer bar link
fixed joint (the end close to the wheel) does not
to the lower swing arm.
exceed 50°.
4 Unscrew the nut fastening the steering gear tie
rod to the steering angle. If necessary, use the 1 Replace the drive shaft with a new one, and
ball head puller C00017036 and support the clean its mounting position inside the front wheel
steering angle with a jack. hub and its junction with the front axle.
Caution: Do not damage the dust shield. 2 Locate the drive shaft on the front axle housing
and push it into place.
5 Remove and discard the locking nut and washer
of drive shaft hub. Caution: When installing the front drive shaft
assembly, pay attention to not damaging the
6 Rotate the steering angle outward to a certain
angle to remove the outside constant-velocity sealing parts inside front axle housing.
universal joint from the knuckle. 3 Install the drive shaft into the knuckle with new
Caution: Do not damage the dust shield. washer and nut.

7 Place a proper drain pan under the front axle When installing the hub nut, follow the instructions below:
housing.
·The mating surface with a "JPS" mark of the locking
8 To avoid damage to the front axle oil seal, washer shall face the mounting surface of nut.
horizontally pull out the inside tripod universal
joint connecting the drive shaft to the front axle. ·Pre-tightening torque: 100 ± 10N.m.
During removal, pry it up as shown in the figure.
If it is difficult to remove, rotate the shaft for 1/3 ·Rotate the hub for 10 circles back and force. Install the
circle (1/3 circle more if necessary). hub bearing in place and tighten to: 350 ± 15N.m.
Caution: Do not damage the front axle oil seal.
·Vertically knock down the locking nut of front hub into
the groove of drive shaft or spindle to prevent the nut
from loosening.

20-6
Propeller Shaft

Replacement of Constant-velocity Universal


Joint and its Dust Shield
Removal
1 Remove the drive shaft assembly. Refer to
Replacement of Drive Shaft for details.
2 Install the drive shaft clip to the vise.
3 Loosen and discard both clamps of the dust
shield.
4 Align the constant-velocity universal joint with the
intermediate solid shaft. Then slightly knock the
constant-velocity universal joint with a copper
ES100006 hammer to separate it. Remove the constant-
velocity universal joint and its dust shield.
4 Install the lower nut of stabilizer bar link and the
nut fastening the steering gear tie rod to the
knuckle, and tighten them to 65 ± 5N.m and 90
± 5N.m respectively.
5 Install the upper swing arm assembly. Refer to
Installation of Upper Swing Arm Assembly for
details.

ES100007

5 Remove the snap ring from the drive shaft and


discard.

ES100008

20-7
Propeller Shaft

Installation Replacement of Tripod Universal Joint and


its Dust Shield
1 Secure the dust shield to the intermediate solid
shaft with a clamp (small), and install its ends to Removal
the outside of two grooves. 1 Remove the drive shaft. Refer to Replacement of
Drive Shaft for details.
2 Install the drive shaft clip to the vise.
3 Loosen and discard both clamps of the dust
shield.
4 Remove the intermediate solid shaft of drive
shaft.
5 Remove the circlip at the end of intermediate
solid shaft with a nipper plier and discard it.

ES100009

2 Install a new snap ring to the intermediate solid


shaft.
3 Fill the constant-velocity universal joint with the
lubricating grease provided, and apply the
residual grease on the inner side of dust shield of
constant-velocity universal joint.
4 Press the intermediate solid shaft into the
constant-velocity universal joint completely. ES100010

5 Clean the juncture between the dust shield and


constant-velocity universal joint, and secure the 6 Remove the tripod joint and dust shield from the
intermediate shaft.
dust shield clamp (large).
6 Ensure the constant-velocity universal joint will
not interfere the dust shield when rotating freely
Installation
from each direction.
7 Install the drive shaft. Refer to Installation of 1 Clean the intermediate solid shaft, tripod shaft
Drive Shaft for details. and sleeve.
2 Install the dust shield to the intermediate solid
shaft with a new clamp (small) and install its
ends to the outside of two grooves.
3 Locate the tripod joint to the intermediate solid
shaft.
4 Install new circlip onto the end of intermediate
solid shaft.
5 Fill the tripod universal joint with the lubricating
grease provided, and apply the residual grease
on the inner side of dust shield of constant-
velocity universal joint.
6 Press the intermediate solid shaft into the tripod
universal joint completely.

20-8
Propeller Shaft

7 Clean the juncture between the dust shield and Replacement of Propeller Shaft
tripod universal joint, and secure the dust shield Removal
clamp (large).
1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
8 Ensure the tripod universal joint will not interfere
to a certain height.
the dust shield when rotating freely from each
direction. 2 Remove the bolt connecting the propeller shaft
to the rear axle flange.
9 Install the drive shaft. Refer to Installation of
Drive Shaft for details. 3 Remove the bolt fastening the intermediate
support to the body.
4 Remove the bolt connecting the propeller shaft
to the transmission. (2WD model)
5 Remove the bolt connecting the propeller shaft
to the transfer case. (4WD model)
6 Remove the bolt connecting the propeller shaft
to the front axle flange. (4WD model)
7 Remove the propeller shaft.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Key torques for installation are shown as follows. Please
tighten torques symmetrically and evenly during
installation:

- For the nut/bolt fastening the propeller shaft to the


transmission, tighten to 75 ± 5N.m. (2WD)

- For the nut/bolt fastening the propeller shaft to the rear


axle, tighten to 75 ± 5N.m. (2WD/4WD)

- For the bolt fastening the intermediate support of


propeller shaft to the frame, tighten to 55 ± 5N.m. (2WD/
4WD)

- For the nut/bolt fastening the propeller shaft to the front


axle, tighten to 75 ± 5N.m. (4WD)

- For the bolt fastening the propeller shaft to the transfer


case, tighten to 110 ± 10N.m. (4WD)

20-9
Propeller Shaft

Replacement of Cross Shaft 4 Knock the universal joint fork with the punch.
Removal Push out the bearing bowl through the opposite
Caution: Do not secure the propeller shaft with a force of the universal joint.
bench vice directly, as indentation or local cracks
may lead to propeller shaft failure during vehicle
usage.

1 Mark the matching position line at the position on


the universal joint for replacing the cross shaft.

ES100013

5 Remove the bearing bowl. Repeat step 4 to


remove the other 3 bearing bowls, and then
remove the cross shaft.

ES100011
Installation
2 Knock the circlip with a hammer and a punch to
1 Prepare the cross shaft repair package. Check
loosen it.
whether the roller pins in the bearing bowl are
3 Remove 4 circlips with a nipper plier. arranged neatly without any shortage. Check
and ensure the inner wall of universal joint fork
earhole is smooth and clean.
2 Place the bearing bowl outside one end of the
universal joint fork earhole. Then place the cross
shaft near the earhole and insert its one end into
the bearing bowl.

ES100012

ES100014

20-10
Propeller Shaft

3 Knock the bearing bowl from outside of earhole Replacement of Intermediate Support of
to the depth where the retainer groove is just Propeller Shaft
exposed with a hammer and a punch, and install Removal
the circlip with a nipper plier. Caution: Do not secure the propeller shaft with a
Caution: bench vice directly, as indentation or local cracks
may lead to propeller shaft failure during vehicle
1) After installation, check and confirm the circlip is in the
usage.
retainer groove and has rebounded in place.

2) In case of a great resistance during push-in of bearing


bowl, stop pushing immediately, and check the
matching between the cross shaft and bearing bowl 1
and the interference between the cross shaft and the
1
universal joint fork. 2

3
4

ES100016

1 Mark the mounting positions of the propeller


shaft and steering yoke.
2 Pry up the locking gasket with a flat-blade
screwdriver.
ES100015 3 Lock the propeller shaft with a long thrust rod,
and loosen the bolt of intermediate support with
a wrench.
4 Overturn the universal joint fork for 180°, and
repeat the aforesaid steps to install the bearing
bowl and circilp on the other side. The cross
shaft must be swung during push-in, so as to
prevent the clamping stagnation between the
cross shaft and bearing bowl.
5 Place the cross shaft journals at the rest two
ends near the universal joint fork earhole on the
other end. Repeat the aforesaid steps to install
the bearing bowls and circlips at two other sides.
Pay attention to the marked position on the
universal joint fork during installation to ensure
the alignment.
6 After installation, swing the universal joint
ES100018
towards four directions to check whether it
swings flexibly. If the swing torque is excessively
great or it is stuck, hammer the outside of the 4 Remove the U-shape gasket and pull out the
universal joint fork earhole clamping the bearing steering yoke and intermediate support.
bowl with a rubber hammer.

20-11
Propeller Shaft

Installation 6 Flatten the turnup of locking gasket with a flat-


blade awl.
1 After installing the intermediate support, install
the locking gasket and bolt into the spline sleeve,
and then install the spline sleeve into the
steering yoke shaft hole.
Caution: The right angle of the sheet shall face
the intermediate support.

ES100021

ES100019

2 Align with the mark of the mounting position of


steering yoke and propeller shaft.
3 Pry up the locking gasket with a flat-blade
screwdriver, meanwhile insert a new U-shape
gasket.

ES100020

4 Lock the propeller shaft with a long thrust rod,


secure the bolt of intermediate support with a
wrench and tighten to 35-50N.m.
5 Turn the locking gasket outwards with a nipper
awl.

20-12
Propeller Shaft

Description and Operation


The front drive shaft connects the front axle to the wheel
and transmits the torque. The inner tripod universal joint
(movable joint 2) can move along the shaft direction to
realize both steering and driving; the outer joint adopts
the rzeppa constant-velocity universal joint (fixed joint 1)
structure.

1 2

ES100022

The intermediate propeller shaft is composed of one or


two integrated tubes. Cross universal joints are used
between propeller shafts as well as propeller shaft and
male flange for connection. Secure the long propeller
shaft with an intermediate shaft onto the frame.

20-13
Propeller Shaft

20-14
Front Axle and Rear Axle
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Specification

Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Front axle bolt - the third beam to frame 70 ± 5


Bolt/nut - front axle to frame assembly 180 ± 10
Bolt/nut - front axle to the third beam 180 ± 10
Bolt/nut - front axle male flange to propeller shaft 75 ± 5
Front axle oil filler plug/drain plug 30~40

Bolt - front axle half shaft clutch to axle housing 44~50

Bolt - front axle driven gear to differential 110~130

Bolt - front axle differential bearing cap to front axle housing 56~70

Bolt - bracket cover to front axle housing 25~35

Bolt - front axle bracket to front axle housing 125~135

Front axle drive gear lock nut 200~800

Bolt - lateral push rod to rear axle 210 ± 20


Nut - ball pins at both ends of rear stabilizer bar link 120 ± 10
Bolt - rear shock absorber to rear axle 180 ± 10
Bolt - upper trailing arm to rear axle 210 ± 20
Bolt - lower trailing arm to rear axle 210 ± 20
Bolt/nut - propeller shaft to rear axle flange 75 ± 5
Rear axle oil drain plug 20~34

Rear axle oil filler plug 20~34

Nut - half shaft assembly to axle housing 110~130

Bolt - rear axle driven gear to differential 180~230

Bolt - rear axle differential bearing cap to rear axle housing 90~100

Bolt - bracket cover to rear axle housing 38~45

Rear axle drive gear lock nut 298~678

Rear axle breather plug 9~13

21-1
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Layout
Exploded View of Front Axle

6
7
8
11
17 19
20
12 9 12
6 10 15
16
24
7
23
2 3 18
14
1
13
5
4 7 29
22 21

20
19

27

28
26

10
9
25
11

GS130011

1 Drive gear lock nut 6 Bolt - drive axle to frame assembly


2 Male flange assembly 7 Gasket - drive axle to frame assembly
3 Drive gear oil seal 8 Front axle bracket
4 Drive gear outer bearing 9 Front axle output oil seal
5 Bearing spacer bush 10 Front axle output bearing

21-2
Front Axle and Rear Axle

11 Bolt - front axle bracket 21 Differential assembly


12 Front axle oil filler/drain plug 22 Driven gear mounting bolt
13 Washer - bracket cover 23 Rear axle bracket cover
14 Drive gear inner bearing 24 Bracket cover bolt
15 Drive gear adjusting gasket 25 Front axle bracket
16 Breather pipe joint 26 Front axle output shaft assembly
17 Breather plug 27 Clip - transfer case washer
18 Drive/driven gear set 28 Front axle
19 Differential bearing adjusting gasket 29 Nut - drive axle to frame assembly
20 Differential bearing

21-3
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Exploded View of Rear Axle

29

1
2
19
3

4
5 20

6 18
21
8

22
17

16 24 25 14
12
9
13 10

10 13
11

23
15

GS130012

1 Drive gear lock nut 8 Drive gear adjusting gasket


2 Drive gear lock gasket 9 Drive/driven gear set
3 Male flange assembly 10 Differential bearing
4 Drive gear oil seal 11 Driven gear mounting bolt
5 Drive gear outer bearing 12 Differential assembly
6 Bearing spacer bush 13 Differential bearing adjusting gasket
7 Drive gear inner bearing 14 O-ring

21-4
Front Axle and Rear Axle

15 Oil filler plug assembly 21 Rear brake disc


16 Oil drain plug 22 Breather plug
17 Nut - rear brake to rear axle 23 Cap
18 Half shaft 24 Half shaft oil seal
19 Wheel bolt 25 Half shaft guide ring
20 Bolt/screw - rear brake disc

21-5
Front Axle and Rear Axle

6 Connect the propeller shaft to the front axle


Repair Guidance
flange, and tighten the bolt to 75 ± 5N.m.
Replacement of Front Axle Assembly
7 Install the drive shaft. Refer to Installation of
Removal Drive Shaft for details.
1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
to a certain height.
2 Remove the front drive shaft assembly. Refer to
Replacement of Front Drive Shaft Assembly for
details.
3 Loosen the bolt securing the propeller shaft to
the front axle flange.
4 Remove the third beam bracket.

6 6
4

ES150001

5 Jack up the front axle.


Warning: Ensure the front axle is completely
jacked up.
6 Remove the bolt securing the front axle to the
frame.
7 Lower the jack and take down the front axle.

Installation
1 Lift the front axle and ensure the mounting holes
on both ends of the front axle are aligned with
the frame mounting holes on the same axis.
2 Install the gasket and bolt, and tighten the bolt to
180 ± 10N.m.
3 Install the third beam bracket. Do not tighten the
bolt temporarily.
4 Install the front axle intermediate bolt and
gasket, and tighten the bolt to 180 ± 10N.m.
5 Tighten the bolt mentioned in Step 3 to 70 ±
5N.m.

21-6
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Replacement of Rear Axle Assembly


Removal
1 Lift the vehicle to a certain height, and remove 3
the wheels (Refer to Wheels Replacement).
2 Hold up the rear axle housing with the bracket 2
(use the bracket that can be moved up and
down). 1
3 (Hand brake) Remove the parking brake cable.
Refer to the Removal/Installation of Parking
Brake Cable for details.
4 Remove the bolts/nuts securing the lower control
arm to rear axle (1), the upper control arm to rear GS130002
axle (2), shock absorber to rear axle (3), lateral
push rod to rear axle (4), horizontal stabilizer bar 2 Move down the rear axle under the rear
link to frame (5) and propeller shaft to rear axle suspension and place it in proper position, then
flange (6). move up the bracket to lift up the whole rear axle
until the upper vibration isolator is well fit into
corresponding hole in the frame.
5 1
3 Install the bolts/nuts securing the lower control
arm to rear axle (210±20N.m), the upper control
arm to rear axle (210 ± 20N.m), shock absorber
to rear axle (180 ± 10N.m), lateral push rod to
rear axle (210 ± 20N.m), horizontal stabilizer bar
link to frame (120 ± 10N.m) and propeller shaft
6 to rear axle flange (75 ± 5N.m).
4 Move out the bracket.
4
5 (Hand brake) Install the parking brake cable.
3 2 Refer to the Removal/Installation of Parking
GS130001 Brake Cable for details.
6 Secure relevant pipes and harness to rear axle.
5 Detach the pipeline and harness secured on the 7 Install wheels. Refer to Wheels Replacement for
rear axle housing and record the mounting details.
location to facilitate re-installation.
8 Lower down the vehicle from the lifting platform
6 Move the bracket downwards to remove the rear to the ground.
axle and coil spring.

Installation
1 Install the lower vibration isolator 1, coil spring 2
and upper vibration isolator 3 in sequence to the
rear axle.

21-7
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Refill & Drain of Front Axle Lubricant Replacement of Front Axle Drive Gear Male
Drain Flange and Drive Gear Oil Seal
The oil drain plug 1 is located at the bottom of final drive Removal
housing. Tightening torque for the oil drain plug: 1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
30~40N.m. to a certain height.
2 Disconnect the propeller shaft from the front axle
Refill
flange, and place the propeller shaft aside.
The oil filler plug 2 is in the middle of rear oil cap. Refill the
3 Drain the oil.
specified lubricant GL-5 80W-90 until the level is flush
with the filler port basically. Tightening torque for the oil 4 Remove the lock nut and washer of drive gear
shaft flange with the special tool C00045930,
filler plug: 30~40N.m.
and discard them.

C00045930
2

ES150008 ES150009

5 Remove the drive gear shaft flange with a dual-


foot puller.

ES150010

6 Pry out the oil seal with a flat-blade screwdriver


and discard it.

21-8
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Installation
1 Check and clean the burrs and contamination of
drive gear seal cavity, and clean the sealant on
the spline.
2 Press-fit the drive gear oil seal with the special
tool C00089941, but pay attention to not
contaminating the oil seal lip.

ES150013

5 Install the new drive gear gasket and nut. During


assembly, rotate the drive gear flange forwards
and backwards while tightening the nut to
200N.m.
6 Check the starting torque of drive gear with the
torque wrench.
ES150011
The starting torque shall be between 1.7 and 3.4N.m
3 Apply Loctite 565 pipe thread sealant from the (remove the front drive shaft. Refer to the Removal/
center of flange inner spline towards 360 ° Installation of Drive Shaft). It shall be measured for
circular direction. multiple times to obtain an accurate value.

If the starting torque is less than the target range value,


the drive gear nut must be tightened with the torque
increased by 5N.m until the starting torque reaches the
target value, but the tightening torque for the nut shall not
exceed 800N.m.

If the starting torque is more than the target range value,


replace the elastic spacer bush with a new one.

7 Connect the propeller shaft to the front axle


flange, and tighten the bolts to 75 ± 5N.m.
8 Refill oil.
ES150012 9 Lower the vehicle to the ground.

4 Install the flange onto the drive gear and press it


to the bottom.

21-9
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Replacement of Front Axle Rim Oil Seal and


Needle Bearing
Removal
1 Lift the vehicle to a certain height, and remove
the rear wheels. Refer to Removal/Installation of
Wheels for details.
2 Drain the oil.
3 Remove the drive shaft assembly. Refer to
Replacement of Drive Shaft for details.
4 Pry out the oil seal with a flat-blade screwdriver
and discard it.
5 Remove the half shaft bearing. ES150015

3 Refill oil.
Installation 4 Install rear wheels and lower the vehicle.
1 Check and clean the mounting surface, and
press-fit the half shaft bearing with the special
tool C00089945 (apply some 40012020 multi-
function lithium grease onto the front axle needle
bearing for installation).

ES150014

2 Check and clean the oil seal hole. Then press-fit


the drive gear oil seal with the special tool
C00089937 (the lip is pre-applied with lithium
grease), but do not contaminate the oil seal lip.

21-10
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Replacement of Front Axle Output Shaft Replacement of Front Axle Bracket


Remove the left and right drive shaft assemblies first Remove the front axle assembly first. For the bolts
(refer to Removal/Installation of Drive Shaft Assembly for securing the left and right bracket assemblies to the front
details). There are elastic circlips on both ends of a half axle housing, the tightening torque is 125~135N.m.
shaft. Push the front axle output shaft out with the special
tool C00089928.

C00089928

ES150022

ES150021

21-11
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Replacement of Front Axle Final Drive


Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the front axle assembly. Refer to
Replacement of Front Axle Assembly.
2 Remove the drive gear male flange and oil seal.
Refer to Replacement of Drive Gear Male Flange
and Oil Seal for details.
3 Remove the front axle output half shaft. Refer to
Replacement of Front Axle Output Half Shaft for
details.
4 Remove the rear oil filler cap and washer. ES150024

6 Remove the differential bearing cap. Pay


attention to the pairing mark on the bearing cap.
If there is no mark or the mark is unclear, make a
mark again.
7 Remove the differential bearing adjusting
gaskets, and mark the left and right gaskets.
8 Remove the differential assembly.

ES150023

5 Check the overall final drive assembly to provide


reference for subsequent gasket assembly and
facilitate the subsequent troubleshooting
analysis.
Apply red lead powder onto 4~5 gears in three positions
120° apart on the driven gear.

Rotate the driven gear for 2~3 circles forwards and


backwards to mesh the drive gear with the driven gear
and form spots. Then make a record.

21-12
Front Axle and Rear Axle

9 Remove bearings from both ends of differential 13 Move the drive gear inner bearing cone out with
with a puller. a puller.

ES150025 ES150027

Caution: If you plan to reuse the driven and drive


Drive/Driven Gears Disassembly
gears, take them out carefully to protect the drive
10 Clamp the differential assembly into the caliper, gear from damage.
and cover the driven gear on the caliper with a
14 Remove the drive gear adjusting gasket. Then
cloth.
measure and record the thickness of adjusting
11 Release the driven gear bolts in turn, and knock gasket.
the driven gear edge slightly with a copper rod or
15 Remove the inner bearing outer ring and outer
wooden hammer to separate the driven gear
bearing outer ring of the drive gear.
from the differential housing.

Installation
1 Install the outer bearing outer ring of drive gear
with the special tool C00089940.

ES150026

Caution: If you plan to reuse the driven and drive


gears, take them out carefully to protect the
driven gear from damage.
ES150028
12 Knock the drive gear out of the final drive
housing with a rubber hammer, and take out the
elastic spacer bush.

21-13
Front Axle and Rear Axle

2 Install the inner bearing outer ring of drive gear


with the special tool C00089943.
Gear face contacting Cause Adjustment
condition s method:
A - gear face
contact area
adjustment
B - backlash
adjustment

Lean to tooth top The The drive gear


drive
adjusting gasket is
gear is
too far thicker than the
from drive gear gasket
the
removed
driven
ES150029 gear

3 Select the drive gear adjusting gasket. ES150031

The thicknesses of gaskets include:


Lean to tooth root The The drive gear
drive
0.79mm/0.84mm/0.86mm/0.91mm/0.94mm/0.99mm adjusting gasket is
gear is
too thinner than the
Standard even engaging mark close drive gear gasket
to the
removed
driven
gear

ES150032
>50%齿高

Lean to small end The The drive gear


1~2

driven
adjusting gasket is
gear is
too thinner than the
close drive gear gasket
3~5
to the
>50%齿长 removed
drive
gear

ES150030
ES150033
In Step 4 of differential assembly removal, select the
Lean to big end The The drive gear
thickness of new gasket according to this engaging mark driven
adjusting gasket is
when checking the overall final drive assembly. In Step gear is
too far thicker than the
14 of differential assembly disassembly, the thickness of
from drive gear gasket
original adjusting gasket has been measured. the
removed
drive
gear

ES150034

The specific adjustment amount of gasket thickness shall


be judged according to spots and experience.

21-14
Front Axle and Rear Axle

4 Press-fit the drive gear inner bearing cone to the Drive/Driven Gears Assembly
drive gear with the special tool C00089935. Do
not leave out the drive gear adjusting gasket. 10 Clear burrs and sundries on the mating face
between the driven gear and differential housing.
Align the screw hole of driven gear with that of
differential housing. Then tighten bolts diagonally
in turn to 110~130N.m.

ES150035

Caution: The drive and driven gears must be


replaced in pair.
ES150037
5 Pass the elastic spacer bush into the drive gear
shaft. Caution: The drive and driven gears must be
6 Install the drive gear into the reducer housing. replaced in pair.
7 Press the drive gear outer bearing cone into the 11 Press the differential bearing cone with special
drive gear shaft to the bottom. tools C00089938 and C00089939.
Caution: Press it carefully to protect the drive
gear from damage.
8 Press the drive gear oil seal with the special tool
C00089934 to the bottom.

ES150038

ES150036

9 Install the drive gear male flange and oil seal.


Refer to Replacement of Drive Gear Male Flange
and Oil Seal for details.

21-15
Front Axle and Rear Axle

12 Install the differential assembly and left and right 14 Measure the backlash with a dial indicator.
adjusting gaskets into the final drive housing Measure 4 points above uniformly. The required
(The thickness of left and right gaskets removed value shall be 0.127~0.203mm.
is okay by default. Adjust the thickness later).

ES150041
ES150039
Adjustment Method for Backlash
13 Install the bearing cap. Pay attention to pairing Increase or reduce the thickness specification of
the bearing cap with the bearing. Then tighten
differential adjusting gasket to obtain the correct
the bolt of bearing cap to 56-70N.m.
backlash. The adjustment method is as illustrated below.
The thicknesses of gaskets include:
Later when the backlash shall be adjusted due to spot
6.25mm/6.35mm/6.40mm/6.45mm/6.55mm adjustment, in order to keep the pre-tightening degree of
originally adjusted differential bearing, the thickness
increased on one end shall be equal to the thickness
decreased on the other end.

When the clearance is large

Increase the gasket Decrease the gasket

ES150040 Increase the gasket Decrease the gasket

When the clearance is small


ES150042

21-16
Front Axle and Rear Axle

15 Apply red lead powder onto 4~5 gears in three Adjustment Method for Driven Gear Spots
positions 120 ° apart on the driven gear. Rotate
the driven gear for 2~3 circles forwards and
backwards to mesh the drive gear with the driven
gear and form spots. Gear face contacting Cause Adjustment
condition s method:
A - gear face
contact area
adjustment
B - backlash

> 50% tooth depth


adjustment

Lean to tooth top The 1. The drive gear


1~2 drive
gets close to the
gear is
too far driven gear
from (increase the drive
3~5 the
gear bearing
>50% tooth length driven
gear gasket)

ES150043 2. The driven gear


ES150031
leaves the drive
Correct meshing spots gear to obtain
correct backlash
(increase or
d e c r e a s e
differential bearing
gasket)

ES150044

21-17
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Gear face contacting Cause Adjustment Gear face contacting Cause Adjustment
condition s method: condition s method:
A - gear face A - gear face
contact area contact area
adjustment adjustment
B - backlash B - backlash
adjustment adjustment

Lean to tooth root The 1. The drive gear Lean to small end The 1. The driven gear
drive driven
gets close to the leaves the drive
gear is gear is
too driven gear too gear to obtain
close (decrease the close correct backlash
to the to the
drive gear bearing (increase or
driven drive
gear gasket) gear d e c r e a s e
differential bearing
2. The driven gear
ES150032 ES150033 gasket)
leaves the drive
gear to obtain 2. The drive gear
correct backlash gets close to the
(increase or driven gear
d e c r e a s e (decrease the
differential bearing drive gear bearing
gasket) gasket)

ES150045 ES150046

21-18
Front Axle and Rear Axle

conforming. If so, it is proven that the adjustment


Gear face contacting Cause Adjustment
condition s method: succeeded; if not, adjust the backlash to the specified
A - gear face range. Then measure the final drive starting torque. If it is
contact area
conforming, the adjustment succeeded; if it is
adjustment
B - backlash nonconforming, continue adjusting according to the
adjustment torque. Keep this cycle until the starting torque and
backlash are conforming.
Lean to big end The 1. The driven gear
driven
leaves the drive 20 Install the front axle output half shaft. Refer to
gear is
too far gear to obtain Replacement of Front Axle Output Half Shaft for
from correct backlash details.
the
(increase or 21 After aligning the seal washer and rear oil filler
drive
gear d e c r e a s e cap with the screw hole correspondingly, tighten
differential bearing the bolts to 25~35N.m.
ES150034 gasket)

2. The drive gear


gets close to the
driven gear
(increase the drive
gear bearing
gasket)

ES150048

ES150047
22 Refill oil.

16 Adjust the backlash. Refer to the above


Backlash Adjustment for details.
17 Adjust the driven gear spots. Refer to the above
Adjustment of Driven Gear Spots for details.
18 Adjust the backlash and spots until they are
conforming.
19 Check the starting torque (which shall be no
more than 3.7N.m) of final drive with the torque
wrench.
The starting torque shall be measured for multiple times
to obtain an accurate value.

Firstly, ensure the drive gear starting torque is within the


specified range.

If the final drive starting torque is high, it is proven that the


differential bearing pre-tightening force is great. Reduce
the gaskets on both sides by the same thickness
meanwhile and reduce the differential bearing pre-
tightening force. Then check whether the backlash is

21-19
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Refill & Drain of Rear Axle Lubricant Replacement of Drive Gear Male Flange and
Drain Oil Seal
The oil drain plug is located at the bottom of axle housing. 1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
Apply Loctite 572 sealant on the oil drain plug, and to a certain height.
tighten the oil drain plug to 20~34N.m. 2 Mark the position of propeller shaft flange
relative to the drive gear male flange,
Refill
The oil filler plug is in the middle of axle housing. Refill the 3 remove the propeller shaft from drive gear shaft
flange and put it aside;
specified lubricant GL-5 80W-90 (lubricant from
Shanghai Tampo/Total) until the level is flush with the 4 Remove the lock nut and washer of drive gear
shaft flange with the special tool C00045930,
filler port basically. Apply Loctite 572 sealant on the oil
and discard them.
filler plug, and tighten the oil filler plug to 20~34N.m.

C00045930

DS170028
ES150049
5 Remove the drive gear shaft flange with a dual-
foot puller from the spline of drive gear.

DS170029

6 Remove the oil seal with a tool.


Installation
1 Check and clean the burrs and contamination of
drive gear seal cavity.
2 A 2mm gap shall be left when installing the oil
seal, fix the oil seal with special tool C00089950
and a punch.

21-20
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Caution: Install the gaskets to new drive gear


lock nut

GS130006

3 Install the drive gear flange to the spline of drive


gear. DS170033

6 Check the rolling torque of drive gear with a


leverage torque wrench and make sure the
rolling torque is between 4.03 and 6.56N.m; if
the rolling torque is below the specified range,
then the torque of drive gear nut must be
increased to the target value with an increment
of 5N.m; but the torque of nuts shall be in the
range of 298~678N.m and cannot exceed
678N.m.
Caution: DO NOT rotate back the nut already
tightened in order to reduce the torque. Once
exceeding the specified torque, re-install with a
DS170031 new gasket.

4 Install the drive gear flange to the spline of drive


gear with special tool C00045930 till no gap in
axial direction.

C00045930

DS170034

7 Align the mark on propeller shaft flange with that


on the drive gear flange, and install the drive
DS170032 shaft to the drive gear flange.
8 Lower the vehicle to the ground.
5 Install the gaskets and tighten the drive gear nuts
to 298N.m.

21-21
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Replacement of Drive Gear


1 Remove the differential assembly (refer to
Replacement of Differential Assembly).
2 Remove the drive gear male flange and oil seal
(refer to Replacement of Drive Gear Male Flange
and Oil Seal).
3 Remove the outer drive gear bearing and
bearing spacer bush;
4 Tap out the outer ring from outer bearing with
special tool C00046375;

DS170037

8 note the etching number on the gear.


Installation
1 Install the outer ring of outer bearing to the rear
axle housing with the special tool C00089948.
2 Install the outer ring of inner bearing to the rear
axle housing with the special tool C00089952.
3 There is 1 etching (+) mark, 1 (-) mark or (0)
made on the bottom of each drive gear to help
predict the optimal running position for each
DS170036 peculiar gear device.

5 Tap out the outer ring from inner bearing with 4 Install the adjusting gaskets on the drive gear
special tool C00046378; shaft, the number of adjusting gaskets shall be
based on etching number in the new and old
drive gears.
5 The etching figure in the drive gear shaft is -
1; the drive gear and driven gear are
supplied in pair, both with 678 mark on it.

-1
678
DS170035

6 Remove the inner bearing of drive gear with a


678
puller.
Caution: Once the bearing is removed, replace
with a new one. DS170043

7 Remove the adjusting gasket from inner bearing 6 To use a new gear device, confirm the number
of drive gear, on the drive gear is consistent with that on the
driven gear before installation.

21-22
Front Axle and Rear Axle

7 When replacing the drive gear, refer to the drive gear gaskets. The thicknesses of gaskets
etching markings on the head of drive gear, and include 1.37, 1.45, 1.50 and 1.55 for selection.
check the table below to determine whether to
increase or decrease the new and old drive gear
gaskets, so as to obtain correct thickness of

OLD PINION NEW PINION MARKING


MARKING
-2 -1 0 +1 +2

+2 +.10 +.08 +.05 0.02 0

+1 +.08 +.05 +.02 0 -.02

0 +.05 +0.2 0 -.02 -.05

-1 +.02 0 -.02 -.05 -.08

-2 0 -.02 -.05 -.08 -.10

21-23
Front Axle and Rear Axle

8 Install the big end of bearing spacer bush into


the bracket and pass through the outer ring of
outer drive gear bearing.

DS170046
13 Install the inner drive gear bearing cone with the
special tool C00089951,

DS170044

9 Install the outer drive gear bearing cone into the


outer ring of outer drive gear bearing.
C00089951
10 Install the oil baffle gasket of drive gear to the
outer bearing.

GS130007

14 the drive gear will pass through the outer bearing


ring, oil baffle gasket and outer drive gear
bearing.
15 Install the drive gear male flange and oil seal (refer to
Replacement of Drive Gear Male Flange and Oil Seal).
DS170045 16 Check the rolling torque of drive gear with a
leverage torque wrench and make sure the
11 Install the drive gear oil seal. rolling torque is between 3.57 and 5.56N.m; if
12 Install the selected gaskets on and against the the rolling torque is below the specified range,
gear. then the torque of drive gear must be increased
to the target value with an increment of 5N.m;
but the torque of nuts shall be in the range of
298~678N.m and cannot exceed 678N.m.
Caution: DO NOT rotate back the nut already
tightened in order to reduce the torque. Once
exceeding the specified torque, re-install with a
new gasket.

21-24
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Replacement of Differential Assembly


1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
to a certain height. Then remove wheels (refer to
Wheels Replacement).
2 Mark the position of propeller shaft flange
relative to the drive gear shaft flange, and
remove the propeller shaft from the flange of rear
axle drive gear.
3 Remove the lateral push rod from the axle
housing.
4 Remove the bolts securing the bracket cover.
DS170100
17 Install the differential assembly (refer to Caution: DO NOT bend the convex edge of
Replacement of Differential Assembly). bracket cover and damage the mounting face of
it.

DS170048
5 Remove 4 bolts tightening the bearing cap.
Carefully mark the locations on the differential
bearing cap and bracket. During the process of
reinstalling the bearing cap, the direction must
be in consistent with that before removal.

DS170049

6 Remove the differential assembly with 2 pry


bars.

21-25
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Caution: If you plan to reuse the driven and drive 11 Remove the bearings on both sides of differential
gears, take them out carefully to protect the with a puller.
driven gear from damage. Installation
1 To install a new driven gear, remove the drive
gear first (refer to Replacement of Drive Gear).
2 To make sure the flange surface of differential
assembly is free of fracture and burr, install the
through bolt of driven gear and pass it through
differential assembly to the driven gear, then
tighten the bolts to 180~230N.m in an alternate
and even manner.

DS170051

7 Place the differential assembly with driven gears


in the caliper with a protected jaw, and cover the
driven gear on the caliper with the rag used in
the workshop.

DS170056

3 Determine the thickness of differential gasket,


which includes 2.82, 3.20, 3.43 and 3.76 for
selection.
4 Press into the differential bearing with the special
tool C00089946.

DS170052

8 Release the bolts from driven gear, and knock


out the driven gear from the differential assembly
with a rubber hammer.
Caution: In any cases, once the bolt of driven
gear is removed, it must be replaced with a new
one for reinstallation.
9 Remove the differential bearing adjusting gasket.
10 Remove the rolling bearing race from the GS130008
differential housing.
5 Install the differential gear bearing outer ring to
the differential bearing cone.
6 Install the differential assembly in the bracket,
and tap it into the bracket with a rubber hammer.

21-26
Front Axle and Rear Axle

7 Install the differential bearing cap, and place it


into correct position (torque: 90~100N.m).

GS130009

10 To increase the backlash, add gaskets to gasket


DS170061
group B of the opposite differential, and remove
the gaskets with equal number from gasket
8 Check the front-load torques of the drive gear
group A of the flange end differential; to reduce
and differential. The full-load torque is measured
the backlash, add gaskets to gasket group A of
as (0.46~1.0N.m)+drive gear starting torque
the flange end differential, and remove the
(refer to step 16 in Installation of Drive Gear for
gaskets with equal number from gasket group B
specific value); if the full-load torque is lower
of the opposite differential.
than (0.46N.m+drive gear starting torque (refer
to step 16 in Installation of Drive Gear for specific
value), replace with thicker gaskets on both
sides of differential bearing; if the full-load torque
exceeds (1.0N.m+drive gear starting torque
(refer to step 16 in Installation of Drive Gear for
specific value)), replace with thinner gasket on
both sides of differential bearing.

A B

DS170058
11 Apply red lead oil on the front and back sides of
2~3 gears in three positions 120° apart on the
driven gear, so as to allow the gear to form
engaging gear imprint.

DS170062

9 Measure the backlash of hyperboloid gear


between driven gear and drive gear on 3
different locations with a dial indicator, the
reference value of hyperboloid backlash is
0.076~0.152mm.

21-27
Front Axle and Rear Axle

DS170064

12 The correct engaging is as illustrated, it shall be


engaged at the small end in the middle of tooth
depth, and accounts for more than 60% of the
tooth width; the contacting imprint in the direction
of tooth depth shall be no less than 60%.

DS170115

13 Adjust the backlash and imprint till both of them


are satisfied with the requirements.

21-28
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Adjustment methods for engaging imprint and gap:


Contact area on driven gear surface

Moving direction of
Adjustment method:
gears
Driving 倒车
forward

When the engaging imprint is in the big end of


driven cone gear: move the driven gear closer to
the drive gear, if the tooth space is small, move the
drive gear outwards

When the engaging imprint is in the small end of


driven cone gear: move the driven gear from the
drive gear, if the tooth space is large, move the
drive gear outwards to get closer

When the engaging imprint is in the top of driven


gear: move the drive gear closer to the driven gear,
if the tooth space is small, move away the driven
gear

When the engaging imprint is in the root segment


of driven gear: move the drive gear from the driven
gear, if the tooth space is large, move away the
driven gear

21-29
Front Axle and Rear Axle

14 Clean the sealant and contaminant on the


bracket cover flange face, and wash oil residues
with mineral ethyl alcohol until the flange is
completely dry, then clean the assembly surface
of bracket with the same method. Install the seal
ring.

DS170067

DS170065

15 Install the bracket cover with bolts, and


diagonally tighten them to 38~45N.m.

1
10
3
8
5

6
7
4 9
2

DS170066

16 Apply Loctite 572 sealant on the oil drain plug,


and tighten to 20~34N.m.
17 Install the half shaft (refer to Removal/Installation
of Half Shaft).
18 Refill 2L rear axle lubricant 80W-90.
19 Apply Loctite 572 sealant on the oil filler plug,
and tighten the oil filler plug to 20~34N.m.

21-30
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Half Shaft Assembly


Removal
1 Place the vehicle on the lifting platform and lift it
to a certain height. Then remove 2 wheels from
the rear axle (refer to Wheels Replacement).
2 Remove the brake components (refer to
Replacement of Rear Axle).
3 Drain the gear oil from rear axle assembly and
collect with a proper container.
4 Remove 4 nuts from the rear axle shaft tube
flange.
DS170070
7 When the half shaft assembly is pulled out from
the axle housing for a short distance, remove the
half shaft assembly out rapidly. DO NOT allow it
to contact the inner oil seal, thereby avoiding the
replacement of oil seal.

DS170068

5 Grab the half shaft flange with hand, pull the half
shaft assembly from the axle housing for a short
distance; if it is difficult to remove the half shaft
with hand, remove it with a special tool.
DS170071

DS170069
DS170072
6 If the half shaft assembly cannot be removed
with hand or it is with great difficulties to do so,
you can use the adjustable sliding hammer, and
secure the hammer to wheel end flange with
nuts.

21-31
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Installation with inner oil seal to protect the oil seal from
damage.
1 Confirm whether the half shaft assembly to be
assembled (left or right half shaft) is properly 6 Insert the half shaft till it is flush with the shaft
installed on both sides of the rear axle. You can tube flange, screw the flange nuts manually to
confirm the left or right half shaft based on the the bolts and tighten 4 flange nuts to
mark on the back side of brake (steal seal "L" or 110~130N.m.
"R"). 7 Reinstall the brake components and etc. (refer to
2 To replace the O-ring of half shaft assembly, Replacement of Rear Axle Assembly).
clean the half shaft shoulder position of O-ring. 8 Remove the oil plug and refill 1.25L rear axle
lubricant.
9 Reinstall the oil filler plug and tighten it to
20~34N.m.
10 Install wheels (refer to Wheels Replacement).
11 Lower the vehicle to the ground.

DS170073

3 Before installing a half shaft assembly, check the


aperture area of shaft tube flange, and clear any
debris with a clean cloth if necessary. If the oil
seal leaks, replace the shaft tube inner oil seal
and then install a new oil seal with special tool
C00089923.

DS170074

4 Push the half shaft assembly into the rear axle


housing, locate 4 bolts through 4 shaft tube
flange holes, and confirm that the brake bracket
of half shaft assembly is installed to proper
location.
5 When pushing the half shaft assembly to the
shaft tube, prevent the half shaft from contacting

21-32
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Rear Axle EDL Control Unit


EDL control unit is located in the left rear side wall trim
panel. To replace the control unit, remove the rear side
wall trim panel.

GS130010

21-33
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Special Tool Tool Number and Illustration


Description

Tool Number and Illustration


Description C00089941
Front axle drive gear
oil seal installer

C00089928 C00089941
Front axle output
shaft remover

C00089928 C00089942
Installer for the
inner bearing inner
ring of front axle
drive gear
C00089937 C00089942
Front axle half shaft
oil seal installer

C00089937 C00089943
Installer for the
inner bearing outer
ring of front axle
drive gear
C00089938
C00089943
Front axle
differential bearing
installer
C00089938
C00089945
Front axle half shaft
bearing installer
C00089939
C00089945
Front axle
differential bearing
mounting block
C00089939 C00089946
Rear axle
differential bearing
installer
C00089940
Installer for the C00089946
outer bearing outer
ring of front axle
drive gear
C00089940 C00089948
Installer for the
outer bearing outer
ring of rear axle
drive gear
C00089948

21-34
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Tool Number and Illustration


Description

C00089950
Rear axle drive gear
oil seal installer

C00089950

C00089951
Installer for the
inner bearing inner
ring of rear axle
drive gear
C00089951

C00089952
Installer for the
inner bearing outer
ring of rear axle
drive gear
C00089952

C00089923
Rear axle oil seal
(rear output shaft)
press tool
C00089923

C00045930
Common wrench

C00045930

21-35
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Description and Operation


Front Axle and Rear Axle

The front axle is composed of the reducer assembly, differential assembly, front axle housing assembly, etc.

The rear axle is composed of the final drive assembly, differential assembly, differential lock assembly (optional), rear
axle housing assembly, left & right half shaft assemblies, brake drum (disc), etc.

The drive axle distributes the power input by the universal drive device of which torque is increased and power transfer
direction is changed by the reducer to the left and right driving wheels, so as to propel the vehicle to drive. It allows the left
and right driving wheels to rotate at different speeds.

The final drive increases the torque input, lowers the speed and transfers the power to the differential after changing its
transfer direction.

The differential transfers the power from the final drive to the left and right half shafts and allows the two half shafts to
rotate at different speeds when necessary to satisfy the differential need of both driving wheels.

21-36
Front Axle and Rear Axle

Electronic Differential Lock (EDL)


The toothed ELD equipped on this model as shown in the figure below can achieve complete locking. The side gear can
be locked on the differential housing via an electromagnetic drive cam ring.

3
5 1

5 3

4
2

GS130005

1 Solenoid valve 4 Plunger


2 Spring 5 Half shaft gear
3 Cam ring

21-37
Front Axle and Rear Axle

21-38
Exteriors
Exteriors

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque value (N.m)

Bolt - front windscreen cover plate assembly 9±1


Screw - front grille assembly 9±1
Nut - license plate trim panel to tailgate 9±1
Screw - license plate trim panel to tailgate 9±1
Bolt - exterior rearview mirror 9±1
Bolt - interior rearview mirror 5 ± 0.5

22-1
Exteriors

Layout
Layout

GS330001

1 Radiator grille assembly 3 Front windscreen cover plate trim cover


2 Front windscreen cover plate assembly 4 License plate trim panel

22-2
Exteriors

Layout

GS330002

1 Exterior rearview mirrors 2 Interior rearview mirrors

22-3
Exteriors

Repair Guidance Installation


1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
Replacement of Front Windscreen Cover attention to the following precautions:
Plate Assembly
- Tighten the bolts of front windscreen cover plate
Removal
assembly to 9 ± 1N.m.
1 Remove the wiper arm (refer to Replacement of
Wiper Arm).
2 Remove the front windscreen cover plate trim
covers on both sides (1).

GS330003

3 Remove the bolts (2) securing the front


windscreen plate assembly to the windscreen
gutter channel and remove the snap fasteners
(3).

2
3

GS330004

4 Remove the front windscreen cover plate


assembly from front windscreen weatherstrip.

22-4
Exteriors

5 Install the snap fasteners connecting the front


Replacement of Radiator Grille Assembly
grille cover plate assembly to the front grille
Removal assembly and upper radiator beam.
1 Remove the snap fasteners connecting the front
grille cover plate assembly to the front grille
assembly and upper radiator beam.
2 Remove the front grille cover plate assembly.

GS330005

3 Respectively remove the screws (2) securing the


radiator grille assembly (1) to headlamp
assembly (1 on either side).
4 Remove the ambient temperature sensor.
5 Remove the radiator grille assembly (1).

GS330006

Installation
1 Install the radiator grille assembly.
2 Install the ambient temperature sensor.

3 Respectively tighten the screws (1 on either


side) securing the radiator grille assembly (1) to
headlamp assembly to 9 ± 1N.m.
4 Install the front grille cover plate assembly.

22-5
Exteriors

Replacement of License Plate Trim Panel Replacement of Exterior Rearview Mirror


Removal Removal
1 Remove the tailgate trim panel (refer to 1 Remove the door trim panel first.
Replacement of Tailgate Trim Panel). 2 Remove 3 mounting bolts.
2 Remove 2 screws (2) and 2 nuts (3) securing the
license plate trim panel to tailgate.

2
3

2
1 GS330008

GS330007 3 Disconnect the rearview mirror harness and


body harness (also remove the camera harness
3 Disconnect the harness connector of the tailgate. if any) (2).

4 Remove the license lamp assembly (refer to 4 Pull out the block (3).
Replacement of License Lamp Assembly).
5 Remove the reversing camera (refer to
Replacement of Reversing Camera).
6 Remove the license plate trim panel.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tighten the screws and nuts securing the license plate
3 2
trim panel to tailgate to 9 ± 1N.m

GS330009

5 Remove the exterior rearview mirror.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tightening torque of exterior rearview mirror bolts: 9 ±
1N.m

22-6
Exteriors

Replacement of Exterior Rearview Mirror Replacement of Interior Rearview Mirror


Glass Removal
Removal
1 Remove the mounting bolts from interior
1 Adjust the glass as illustrated. rearview mirror.
2 Push out the interior rearview mirror assembly
from bottom to top.

GS330010
1

2 Jack up the clamping bracket with a screwdriver, GS330012


then remove the glass from rearview mirror
assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tightening torque of interior rearview mirror bolts: 5 ±
0.5N.m

GS330011

3 Disconnect the heating glass wire (if equipped).

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

22-7
Exteriors

22-8
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque value (N.m)

Bolt - instrument panel beam to body 20 ± 2


Bolt - instrument panel beam connecting plate 22 ± 2
Bolt - instrument panel beam to beam fixed bracket 20 ± 2
Bolt - instrument panel beam bracket to body 20 ± 2
Screw - A-pillar handle 5±1
Screw/bolt - sun visor 5±1
Screw - B-pillar handle 5±1

23-1
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Layout
Layout

4
3
5
2
6
1
16

17 14
8 13 15
9
10 11 12

GS220001

1 D-pillar upper trim panel 10 B-pillar handle assembly


2 C-pillar upper trim panel 11 Rear door treadboard cover
3 B-pillar upper trim panel 12 Front door interior trim panel assembly
4 A-pillar upper trim panel 13 B-pillar lower trim panel
5 Driver compartment roof interior assembly 14 Rear door interior trim panel assembly
6 A-pillar handle assembly 15 Tailgate trim panel assembly
7 A-pillar lower trim panel 16 Rear body side trim panel assembly
8 Floor cover assembly 17 Footrest assembly
9 Front door treadboard cover

23-2
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Layout

13

1
2

12 2

5 4
10 6
7 3

11

GS220002

1 Cladding trim panel assembly (instrument panel 7 Outer cover plate assembly of auxiliary fascia
wood grain trim panel assembly) console guard plate
2 Instrument panel end cover assembly 8 CNSL front storage box
3 Driver side footrest assembly 9 Glove box assembly
4 Driver side lower guard plate assembly 10 Armrest assembly of auxiliary fascia console
5 Upper and lower steering column shrouds 11 Rear panel assembly of auxiliary fascia console
assembly
12 Instrument panel lower body assembly
6 Forward extending plate of auxiliary fascia
13 Instrument cluster shroud assembly
console

23-3
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Layout

7 4

3
6

GS220003

1 Rearview mirror adjustment and dimmer switch 6 Auxiliary fascia console switch set (seat heating/
assembly venting switch, drive transfer switch, EPB switch,
Auto parking switch, HDC switch, ESP OFF
2 Driver window regulator switch assembly
switch, engine start-stop OFF switch, EDL
3 Fuel tank switch assembly control switch)

4 Combination switch assembly 7 Hazard warning lamp switch

5 Start-stop switch

23-4
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

5 Release outer pull rod assembly of front door


Repair Guidance
outer handle.
Replacement of Front Door Interior Trim
Panel Assembly
Installation
Removal
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the fastening screws from front door
interior trim panel.

GS220004

3 Disconnect the electrical connector.

4 Remove the front door interior trim panel


assembly.

GS220005

Caution: 6 reeds between interior trim panel and


door frame shall be lifted up.

23-5
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Rear Door Interior Trim Replacement of Front/Rear Door Waterproof


Panel Membrane
Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first). 1 Remove the front/rear door interior trim panel
2 Remove the fastening screws from front door assembly (refer to Replacement of Front/Rear
interior trim panel. Door Interior Trim Panel Assembly).
2 Remove the front/rear door inner handle (refer to
Replacement of Front/Rear Door Handle).

3 Remove the front/rear door waterproof


membrane.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Note:
When attaching the waterproof membrane, it
shall be closely and smoothly fit with side door
sheet metal.

GS220006

3 Disconnect the electrical connector.

4 Remove the rear door interior trim panel


assembly.

GS220007

Caution: 5 reeds between interior trim panel and


door frame shall be lifted up.
5 Release outer pull rod assembly of rear door
outer handle.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-6
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

3 Remove the tailgate trim panel (2), the engaging


Replacement of Tailgate Trim Panel
locations are as illustrated.
Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the tailgate interior trim panel (1), the
engaging locations are as illustrated.

GS220010

4 Finally, remove the remaining tailgate trim


panels.
GS220008

2 Remove 2 fastening screws. Installation


1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of Treadboard Cover


Removal
1 Pry up the treadboard cover along the board
edge with a flat-blade screwdriver or another
tool.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS220009

23-7
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Driver Compartment Roof Replacement of A-pillar Upper Trim Panel


Interior Assembly Removal
Removal
1 Remove the A-pillar handle (refer to
1 Remove A, B, C and D-pillar upper trim panels Replacement of Pillar Handle).
(refer to Replacement of A, B, C and D-pillar 2 Remove the A-pillar upper trim panel (clips and
Upper Trim Panels). engaging locations are as illustrated).
2 Remove the sun visor retaining bracket and sun
visor assembly.

3 Remove the roof handles from front passenger


area and passenger compartment.

4 Remove the roof reading, sunroof and tailgate


switch assembly.

5 Remove the A/C air vents.

6 Remove the driver compartment roof interior


assembly along the edge.

GS220012

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of A-pillar Lower Trim Panel


Removal
GS220011 1 Remove the instrument panel end cover
assembly (Refer to Replacement of Instrument
Panel End Cover Assembly).

Installation 2 Remove the front door treadboard cover (refer to


Replacement of Treadboard Cover).
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
3 Remove the footrest assembly (refer to
Replacement of Footrest Assembly).

4 Pry up the A-pillar lower trim panel slowly along


the edge.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-8
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

6 Remove the B-pillar upper trim panel (engaging


Replacement of B-pillar Upper Trim Panel
locations are as illustrated).
Removal
1 Remove the front/rear door treadboard cover
(refer to Replacement of Treadboard Cover).
2 Remove the B-pillar lower trim panel (engaging
locations are as illustrated).

GS220015

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
GS220013

3 Remove the B-pillar upper trim panel plug and


bolts.

GS220014

4 Remove the B-pillar handle assembly (refer to


Replacement of Pillar Handle)

5 Remove seat belt anchor points (refer to


Replacement of Seat Belt).

23-9
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of C-pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement of Sun Visor Assembly


Removal Removal
1 Remove the rear body side trim panel assembly 1 Disconnect the battery (negative cable first).
(refer to Replacement of Rear Body Side Trim 2 Remove the sun visor retaining bracket.
Panel Assembly).
2 Unscrew fastening screws.

GS220017

GS220016 3 Remove 2 screws from the sun visor.

3 Remove the C-pillar upper trim panel.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS220018

4 Disconnect the harness connector.

5 Remove the sun visor assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-10
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Rear Body Side Trim Panel Replacement of Roof Handles in Front
Assembly Passenger Area and Passenger
Removal Compartment
Removal
1 Remove the treadboard cover (rear door
treadboard cover, tailgate treaboard cover) (refer 1 Pry the handle plug.
to Replacement of Treadboard Cover).
2 Remove the rear body side armrest (refer to
Replacement of Rear Body Side Armrest).

3 Pry up D-pillar upper trim panel slowly from the


rear body side trim panel assembly.

4 Remove the rear body side trim panel (engaging


locations are as illustrated).

GS220020

2 Remove handle retaining screws.

3 Remove the pillar handle.

Installation

GS220019 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of Footrest Assembly


Installation
Removal
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
1 Pry the footrest assembly along the edge.

Replacement of Rear Body Side Armrest


Installation
Removal
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
1 Pry up rear body side armrest slowly from the
rear body side trim panel assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-11
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

12 Remove the instrument panel body assembly.


Replacement of Instrument Panel Body
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first). Installation
2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia attention to the following precautions: The
Console Assembly). sealing strap shall be fit in place.
3 Remove left and right end cover assemblies
(refer to Replacement of Left and Right End
Cover Assemblies).

4 Remove the driver side instrument panel lower


guard plate assembly (refer to Replacement of
Driver Side Instrument Panel Lower Guard Plate
Assembly).

5 Remove the steering wheel (refer to


Replacement of Steering Wheel).

6 Remove the instrument cluster and shroud


assembly (refer to Replacement of Instrument
Cluster and Shroud Assembly).

7 Remove the glove box assembly (refer to


Replacement of Glove Box Assembly).

8 Remove the A/C control panel (refer to


Replacement of A/C Control Panel).

9 Remove the entertainment system (refer to


Replacement of Entertainment System Display
and Mainframe).

10 Disconnect corresponding electrical harness


connector.

11 Unscrew the screws as shown in the figure.

GS220021

23-12
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Instrument Panel Lower Replacement of Instrument Panel Beam


Body Assembly Removal
Removal
1 Remove the instrument panel body (refer to
1 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly Replacement of Instrument Panel Body).
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia 2 Remove the steering column assembly (refer to
Console Assembly). Replacement of Steering Column Assembly).
2 Remove the glove box assembly (refer to
3 Remove 2 bolts connecting the auxiliary fascia
Replacement of Glove Box Assembly). console to instrument panel beam (refer to
3 Remove the driver side instrument panel lower Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia Console
guard plate assembly (refer to Replacement of Assembly).
Driver Side Instrument Panel Lower Guard Plate 4 Unscrew 4 bolts connecting the instrument panel
Assembly).
beam to the beam bracket (2 on either side).
4 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim
panel assembly (cladding trim panel
assembly)(refer to Replacement of Instrument
Panel Wood Grain Trim Panel Assembly
(Cladding Trim Panel Assembly)).

5 Remove the instrument cluster shroud assembly


(refer to Replacement of Instrument Cluster
Shroud Assembly).

6 Remove the start-stop switch (refer to


Replacement of Start-stop Switch).

7 Remove the screws connecting the instrument


panel lower body assembly to the instrument
panel assembly. GS220022

5 Unscrew 6 bolts connecting the instrument panel


beam to the body.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS220023

6 Remove the fastening nuts from the fuse box.

23-13
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

7 Unscrew the bolts securing the brake pedal to


Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia Console
instrument panel beam.
Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the rear panel assembly of the auxiliary
fascia console (refer to Replacement of Rear
Panel Assembly of the Auxiliary Fascia
Console).
2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console plug, and
unscrew two bolts.

GS220024

8 Remove the instrument panel beam assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Torque of bolts connecting the instrument panel beam GS220025
to the body: 20 ± 2N.m. 3 Remove left/right front extension plates of the
- Torque of bolts connecting the instrument panel beam auxiliary fascia console (remove the driver side
footrest assembly first).
to the beam bracket: 20 ± 2N.m.
4 Unscrew 2 screws (as shown in the figure below)
connecting the instrument panel beam.

GS220026

5 Remove the outer cover plate assembly of


auxiliary fascia console guard plate on both
sides (refer to Replacement of Outer Cover Plate
Assembly of Auxiliary Fascia Console Guard
Plate).

23-14
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

6 Remove 2 screws connecting the auxiliary fascia


Replacement of Outer Cover Plate Assembly
console assembly to instrument panel.
of Auxiliary Fascia Console Guard Plate
Removal
1 Slowly knock open the outer cover plate
assembly of auxiliary fascia console guard plate,
engaging locations are as illustrated.

GS220027

7 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly.

Installation GS220028
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of CNSL Front Storage Box


Removal
1 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia
Console Assembly).
2 Remove 7 screws connecting CNSL front
storage box to auxiliary fascia console.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-15
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Instrument Panel Side End Replacement of Driver Side Instrument Panel
Cover Assembly Lower Guard Plate Assembly
Removal Removal
1 Disassemble the left and right end cover 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
assemblies (pay attention to the engaging 2 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim
locations). panel assembly (cladding trim panel
assembly)(refer to Instrument Panel Wood Grain
Trim Panel Assembly (Cladding Trim Panel
Assembly)).

3 Disconnect the atmosphere lamp connectors (if


any).

4 Remove the driver side footrest assembly (refer


to Replacement of Driver Side Footrest
Assembly).

5 Remove the driver side instrument panel end


cover assembly.

6 Remove 4 bolts securing the driver side


GS220029 instrument panel lower guard plate assembly.

2 Remove the left and right end cover assemblies.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS220030

7 Remove the engine hood cable handle.

8 Remove the driver side instrument panel lower


guard plate assembly.

Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-16
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Driver Side Footrest Replacement of Upper and Lower Steering


Assembly Column Shrouds
Removal Removal
1 Remove 2 screws connecting the footrest to 1 Place the steering wheel adjusting handle to the
lower guard plate. bottom.
2 Remove the steering wheel assembly (Refer to
Replacement of Steering Wheel Assembly).

3 Pry off the upper steering column shroud with a


flat-blade screwdriver.

4 Remove 2 screws connecting the lower steering


column shroud to the combination switch base.

GS220031

2 Remove the driver side footrest assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
GS220032

5 Remove the screws from the bottom of lower


steering column shroud.

GS220033

6 Remove the lower steering column shroud.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-17
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Instrument Panel Wood Replacement of Front Passenger Side


Grain Trim Panel Assembly (Cladding Trim Footrest Assembly
Panel Assembly) Removal
Removal
1 Release the bayonet connecting the front
1 Remove left and right end cover assemblies passenger side footrest assembly with the glove
(refer to Replacement of Left and Right End box assembly.
Cover Assemblies).
2 Remove the screws connecting the instrument
panel wood grain trim panel assembly (cladding
trim panel assembly) to the instrument panel.

3 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim


panel assembly (cladding trim panel assembly).

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS220034

2 Remove the front passenger side footrest


assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-18
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Glove Box Assembly Replacement of Instrument Cluster Shroud


Removal Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the front passenger side footrest
assembly (refer to Front Passenger Side 1 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim
Footrest Assembly). panel assembly (cladding trim panel
2 Remove 6 screws connecting the glove box assembly)(refer to Replacement of Instrument
assembly with the instrument panel. Panel Wood Grain Trim Panel Assembly
(Cladding Trim Panel Assembly)).
2 Remove the upper steering column shrouds
(refer to Replacement of Upper and Lower
Steering Column Shrouds).

3 Unscrew 4 screws connecting the instrument


cluster shroud.

GS220035

3 Remove the glove box assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. GS220036

4 Remove the instrument cluster shroud assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-19
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

4 Remove the atmosphere lamp.


Replacement of Driver Side Atmosphere
Lamp
Removal Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS220037

1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).


2 Remove the instrument cluster shroud assembly
(refer to Replacement of Instrument Cluster
Shroud Assembly).

3 Disconnect the atmosphere lamp connectors.

4 Remove the atmosphere lamp from driver side


lower guard plate assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of Front Passenger Side


Atmosphere Lamp
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim
panel assembly (cladding trim panel
assembly)(refer to Replacement of Instrument
Panel Wood Grain Trim Panel Assembly
(Cladding Trim Panel Assembly)).

3 Disconnect the atmosphere lamp connectors.

23-20
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Combination Switch Replacement of Rearview Mirror Adjustment


Assembly and Dimmer Switch Assembly
Removal Removal
1 Remove the steering wheel assembly (Refer to 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
Replacement of Steering Wheel Assembly).
2 Remove the driver side instrument panel lower
2 Remove the upper and lower steering column guard plate assembly (refer to Driver Side
shrouds (refer to Replacement of Upper and Instrument Panel Lower Guard Plate Assembly).
Lower Steering Column Shrouds).
3 Disconnect the connectors from rearview mirror
3 Remove the clock spring assembly and clock adjustment and dimmer switch.
spring returning ring (refer to Replacement of
4 Remove the rearview mirror adjustment and
Clock Spring Assembly and Clock Spring
dimmer switch assembly.
Returning Ring).

4 Remove 3 bolts connecting the combination


switch to the steering column.

GS220039

GS220038
Installation
5 Remove the combination switch base and 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
combination switch assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-21
Driver Compartment Interiors and Switches

Replacement of Hazard Warning Lamp Replacement of Driver Side Window


Switch Regulator Switch Assembly
Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first). 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim 2 Remove the driver side front door interior trim
panel assembly (cladding trim panel panel assembly (refer to Replacement of Front
assembly)(refer to Replacement of Instrument Door Interior Trim Panel Assembly).
Panel Wood Grain Trim Panel Assembly
3 Disconnect the driver door regulator switch
(Cladding Trim Panel Assembly)).
connector.
3 Disconnect the hazard warning lamp switch
4 Remove the driver side window regulator switch
connector.
assembly.
4 Remove the hazard warning lamp switch.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia Console


Switch Set

GS220040 Removal
1 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia
Console Assembly).
Installation
2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console switch set.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

23-22
Seats
Seats

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Bolt - seat to body 58 ± 5


Bolt - seat cushion assembly to seat back assembly 45 ± 3

24-1
Seats

Layout
Layout

2+3 2+3+2 2+3+3

2+2 2+2+2 2+2+3

GS140001

Driver seat Manual 6-way/power 8-way

Front passenger seat Manual 4-way/power 4-way

2nd row seats Fixed/sliding seats

3rd row seats Foldable seat back

24-2
Seats

5 Install 4 plastic seat leg caps into each clamp


Repair Guidance
one by one and clamp the caps into the sheet
Replacement of Driver Seat and Front metal slot.
Passenger Seat
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative and wait for 1
minute. (For power seat).
2 Remove 4 leg caps.

GS140002

3 Remove 4 fastening bolts from the seat leg


bracket.
4 Disconnect the harness connector of seat belt
switch. For vehicles with power seats,
disconnect the seat harness connector.
5 Remove the seat. Pay attention to the locator at
the front mounting point of the seat.
Caution: The seat with an airbag is marked with
"AIRBAG" on the lower side of the seat shoulder,
where shall be protected from overpressure
during installation.

Installation
1 Firstly insert the seat locator into the locating
hole in the underbody.
2 Then pre-tighten 4 bolts on the leg brackets to
pre-install the seat on the floor.
3 Adjust the slide rail to the rearmost position,
tighten 2 bolts at the front, then adjust the slide
rail to the frontmost position, and tighten the
bolts at the rear end. The tightening torque of the
bolts is 58 ± 5N.m.
4 Connect the seat harness connector.

24-3
Seats

Replacement of Rear Seats Description and Operation


Rear seats includes individual seat, double seats and Front Seat Assembly
triple seats.
The configuration of the front seat assembly may vary
Removal according to vehicle configuration and seat exterior, for
example, 4-way manual seat (forward/backward
1 Remove the seat leg trim cover.
adjustment, seat back inclination adjustment); 6-way
manual (forward/backward adjustment, seat back
inclination adjustment, seat height and optional lumbar
support adjustment); 8-way power seat (forward/
backward adjustment, seat back inclination adjustment,
seat height and optional lumbar support adjustment);
fabric of high quality, PU or leather, optional side airbag,
optional heating function.

GS140003

2 Unscrew the bolts securing the seat to the body,


and remove the seat.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Tighten the
bolts securing the seat to the body to 58±5N.m.

24-4
Seat Belt
Seat Belt

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - seat belt upper anchor point 50 ± 5


Bolt - seat belt lower anchor point 50 ± 5
Bolt - seat belt retractor upper anchor point 9±1
Bolt - seat belt retractor lower anchor point 50 ± 5
Bolt - height regulator to body 50 ± 5
Nut - seat belt buckle to front seat 48 ± 3
Bolt - seat belt buckle to 2nd row seats 50 ± 5
Bolt - seat belt buckle to 3rd row seats 47 ± 7

25-1
Seat Belt

Repair Guidance Replacement of Driver/Front Passenger Seat


Belt (Without Lap Belt Pretensioner)
Precautions for handling expanded
pretightening seat belt or lap belt Removal
pretensioner Warning: For seat belt retractors with
pretensioner, do not start work until the battery
The expanded pretightening seat belt or lap belt
(or any possible auxiliary power supply of the
pretensioner may carry some sodium hydroxide which is
vehicle) is disconnected and the capacitor of the
the by-product of the expansion action, in case of skin or SRS control module is discharged for at least
eye contact, irritation may occur. 10min.
When handling the expanded pretightening seat belt or 1 Disconnect the battery. Note: Disconnect the
lap belt pretensioner, please wear protective gloves and negative first.
goggles. Please wash your hands with soap after the
operation.

Precautions for handling unexpanded 4/5


pretightening seat belt or lap belt
pretensioner
When handling the unexpanded pretightening seat belt 3
or lap belt pretensioner, ensure the back of the gas
generator faces the body.

When handling the pretightening seat belt or lap belt 2


pretensioner, never hold its connector or harness with ES170002
your hands,
2 Remove the seat belt lower anchor point.
and never place any article on the unexpanded
3 Remove the B-pillar lower trim panel.
pretightening seat belt.
4 Remove the cap of the height regulator.
5 Remove the seat belt upper anchor point.
6 Disconnect the pretensioner harness (if
equipped).
7 Unscrew the retractor bolt, and remove the seat
belt.

25-2
Seat Belt

Installation
Replacement of Driver/Front Passenger Seat
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay Belt (With Lap Belt Pretensioner)
attention to the following precautions:
Removal
- Ensure the assembly is properly located in the mounting Warning: For seat belt retractors with
slot provided. pretensioner, do not start work until the battery
(or any possible auxiliary power supply of the
- Before re-installing the trim panel, ensure the seat belt is
vehicle) is disconnected and the capacitor of the
properly positioned on the trim panel.
SRS control module is discharged for at least
- Reconnect the battery, the positive (+) first. 10min.

- Check the operation of the SRS warning lamp.

- The torque of the seat belt upper/lower anchor point is


50 ± 5N.m.
3/4
- The torque of the retractor upper anchor point is 9 ±
1N.m, and that of the lower anchor point is 50 ± 5N.m.

2 6

ES170005

1 Disconnect the battery.


Caution: Disconnect the negative first.
2 Remove the B-pillar lower trim panel.
3 Remove the cap of the height regulator.
ES170003 4 Remove the seat belt upper anchor point.
5 Disconnect the pretensioner harness (if
equipped).

25-3
Seat Belt

6 Disconnect the locking tab from the lap belt 5N.m.


pretensioner. Use the following methods:
- The torque of the retractor upper anchor point is 9 ±
1) Insert tool C00089919 into the 2 lap belt pretensioner
1N.m, and that of the lower anchor point is 50 ± 5N.m.
holes shown in the figure below.

ES170010

2) Insert a sharp object into the hole on the opposite side


of the lap belt pretensioner to remove the locking tab.

ES170011

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Ensure the assembly is properly located in the mounting
slot provided.

- Before re-installing the trim panel, ensure the seat belt is


properly positioned on the trim panel.

- Reconnect the battery, the positive (+) first.

- Check the operation of the SRS warning lamp.

- The torque of the seat belt upper anchor point is 50 ±

25-4
Seat Belt

Replacement of Height Regulator Replacement of Lap Belt Pretensioner (If


Removal Any)
Removal
1 Remove the B-pillar upper trim panel, refer to
Replacement of B-pillar Upper Trim Panel. 1 Disconnect the locking tab from the lap belt
2 Remove the seat belt upper anchor point. pretensioner. For specific procedures, please
refer to Replacement of Driver/Front Passenger
3 Remove the bolt of the height regulator.
Seat Belt (With Lap Belt Pretensioner).
4 Remove the height regulator.
2 Remove the anchor point of the lap belt
pretensioner.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Tightening
torque of the bolts securing the height regulator
to body: 50 ± 5N.m; tightening torque of the seat
belt upper anchor point: 50 ± 5N.m.

ES170006

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. The torque
of the lap belt pretensioner bolt is 50 ± 5N.m.

25-5
Seat Belt

Replacement of Rear Seat Belt Replacement of Front/Rear Seat Belt Buckle


Removal Removal
1 Remove the seat belt lower anchor point. 1 Disconnect the wiring harness of the seat belt
2 Remove the C-pillar lower trim panel. buckle (if any).
2 Unscrew the seat belt buckle bolt/nut.
3 Remove the seat belt buckle.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Tightening
torque of the nut securing front seat belt buckle
to seat: 48 ± 3N.m; tightening torque of the bolt
securing 2nd row seat belt buckle to seat: 50 ±
5N.m; tightening torque of the bolt securing 3rd
row seat belt buckle to seat: 47 ± 7N.m.

GS150001
Seat Belt Check/Test
In case of impact, perform the following checks/tests for
Installation the seat belt unused in the impact, if any damage is
found, install new seat belt parts.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Tightening
torque: seat belt upper anchor point 1 and lower 1 Check the appearance for obvious mechanical
anchor point 2 (50 ± 5N.m); retractor upper damage, if any, replace the parts. Check if all
anchor point 3 (9±1N.m) and lower anchor point bolts and screws of the seat belt are secure. The
4 (50 ± 5N.m). buckle shall be easily locked and unlocked.
Insert the locking plate into the buckle, and push
the belt hard. The buckle shall not be loose. Pull
out all shoulder straps, and ensure the strap is
not twisted or torn.
2 The seat belt pretensioner is controlled as a part
of the SRS. When turning the ignition switch to
START position, the SRS warning lamp will
illuminate for 4s. If the self-test of the system is
OK, the SRS warning lamp will be off. If any
failure occurs (airbag or seat belt pretensioner),
the SRS warning lamp will illuminate the SRS
warning lamp on the instrument panel.
3 Test seat belt retaining performance: keep the
vehicle stationary, park on the level road, and
tightly hold the seat belt and pull it out swiftly, the
retractor shall retract within appr. 0.05m, while
the damaged belt will be pulled beyond this
range, in this case, the seat belt assembly must
be replaced. Warning: All seat belts (including
the retractor, buckle and other hardwares) used
in the impact shall be replaced with a new seat
belt assembly. Never attempt to service or
lubricate the retractor/buckle mechanism or

25-6
Seat Belt

modify the seat belt. After replacement, if the


Special Tool
seat belt cannot properly retract to the retractor,
check if the trim panel is properly installed or if it
rubs the seat belt. If any friction appears, release
the bolts and correct the retractor to keep the Tool Number and Illustration
seat belt in the center and then tighten the bolts. Description

C00089919
Unlocking device for
dual pretightening
seat belt
C00089919

25-7
Seat Belt

Description and Operation Front Seat Belt

Front Seat Belt Pretensioner The inertial retractor of the front seat belt is installed on
the body, in the cavity at the bottom of B-pillar lower trim
In case of collision, the front seat belt pretensioner is
panel. Pull the belt webbing from the retractor, and
tightened to ensure that the occupants are securely kept
secure it to the mounting point at the bottom of B-pillar
in their seats. The seat belt pretensioner unit is fixed by
with the manual height adjustment device on the upper
bolts to the seat belt inertial retractor assembly in the B-
part of B-pillar.
pillar. The connector of the seat belt pretensioner is a 2-
pin connector which is connected with the body harness. Seat Belt Height Regulator Assembly

In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled The seat belt height regulator is fixed above the B-pillar
by the signal from the SRS ECU. The inertial retractors of by bolts. The belt webbing is fixed to the seat belt height
the two pretensioners are positioned and work in the regulator assembly by D rings, and the seat belt can be
same way. Each pretensioner unit is provided with an fixed in the optimal position under different conditions
initiator and a propulsion generator which act on the rotor through the up-and-down sliding of the seat belt height
of the seat belt retractor. regulator assembly. The seat belt buckle assembly is
installed to the interior trim panel bracket of the seat
Warning: The pretensioner device cannot be reset after it
cushion.
works. Therefore the activated pretensioner must be
replaced. Seat Belt Alarm Indicator

Seat Belt The front seat belt buckle is integrated with the seat belt
unfastened warning switch, which is connected to the
The seat belt provides the most basic protection for all
instrument cluster through SRS ECU. If the occupant
occupants. The restraint system also provides further
does not fasten the seat belt when the vehicle is in
protection for the front occupants through the airbag
motion, the seat belt alarm will be triggered. The warning
module and the pretensioner seat belts. The front seats
message comprises an acoustic alarm and an
are provided with appropriate inertial retractors and hip-
illuminating warning lamp on the instrument panel. Some
shoulder belts. Emergency locking retractors (ELR) are
vehicle specifications specify that: to prevent
used for the vehicle.
unnecessary warning when there is no passenger on the
The inertial retractor is provided with an additional lock seat, a pressure sensor shall be installed within the foam
mechanism which includes a webbing sensor and an of the passenger seat. If the seat is occupied, but the
inclination acceleration sensor. If the webbing is suddenly pressure sensor is not activated, then the seat belt
pulled, the webbing sensor will immediately start the lock warning will not be triggered even if the occupant does
mechanism. If the vehicle suddenly slows down or tilts at not fasten the seat belt.
a large angle, the automotive sensor will start the lock
mechanism.

The retractor will lock in case of impact, so the front seat


belt retractor are equipped with load limiters. If the load
limit has exceeded the critical level, the load limiter
loosens the seat belt webbing and reduces the load
acting on the occupants.

25-8
Rear Body
Rear Body

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque value (N.m)

Nut - tailgate assembly (with hinge) to body 32 ± 3

26-1
Rear Body

Layout
Tailgate Layout

GS180001

26-2
Rear Body

Repair Guidance
Tailgate Replacement 10 Remove the tailgate from the vehicle.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative.
Installation
2 Open and support the tailgate.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
3 Remove the tailgate interior trim panel (refer to attention to the following precautions:
Replacement of Tailgate Interior Trim Panel).
- Tighten the tailgate hinge bolts to the torque of 32 ±
4 Disconnect the harness connector of tailgate.
3N.m
5 Remove the rear wiper motor (refer to
Replacement of Rear Wiper Motor).
6 Remove the rear wiper arm (refer to
Replacement of Rear Wiper Arm).
7 Remove the rear washer nozzle (refer to
Replacement of Rear Washer Nozzle).
8 Remove the gas stay bar assembly from the
tailgate. To remove or install the tailgate gas stay
bar, additional support must be used to avoid
any possible vehicle damage.

GS180002

9 Remove the bolts from the tailgate hinge.

GS180013

26-3
Rear Body

bar, additional support must be used to avoid


Replacement of Tailgate Gas Stay Bar
any possible vehicle damage.
Removal
1 Open and support the tailgate.
Installation
2 Pry up the spring piece from the bottom of
tailgate gas stay bar with a small flat-bladed tool. 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
3 Remove the bottom part of tailgate gas stay bar
from gas spring lower ball pin.

GS180014

4 Pry up the spring piece from the top of tailgate


gas stay bar with a small flat-bladed tool.
5 Remove the top part of tailgate gas stay bar from
gas spring upper mounting bracket.

GS180015

6 Remove the gas stay bar assembly from the


tailgate. To remove or install the tailgate gas stay

26-4
Power Liftgate
Power Liftgate

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - tailgate hinge 32 ± 3

27-1
Power Liftgate

Layout
Power Liftgate Layout

GS180003

1 Power liftgate electric stay bar 4 Power liftgate right anti-pinch molding
2 Power liftgate balance bar 5 Power liftgate control box assembly
3 Power liftgate left anti-pinch molding

27-2
Power Liftgate

Repair Guidance
Power Liftgate Replacement 9 Remove the bolts from the tailgate hinge.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative.
2 Open and support the tailgate.
3 Remove the tailgate interior trim panel (refer to
Replacement of Tailgate Interior Trim Panel).
4 Remove the harness connector from the drive
mechanism assembly of the power tailgate.
5 Remove the rear wiper motor (refer to
Replacement of Rear Wiper Motor).
6 Remove the rear wiper arm (refer to
Replacement of Rear Wiper Arm).
GS180012
7 Remove the rear washer nozzle (refer to
Replacement of Rear Washer Nozzle).
10 Remove the tailgate from the vehicle.
8 Remove the electric stay bar and balance bar of
the power liftgate from the tailgate. When
installing/removing the electric stay bar and
Installation
balance bar of the power liftgate, the right
balance bar shall be removed first, then the left 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
stay bar. Additional support must be used to attention to the following precautions:
avoid any possible vehicle damage.
- Tighten the tailgate hinge bolt to the torque of 32±3N.m

When installing the tailgate stay bar, install the left electric
stay bar before the right balance bar is installed. Direction
of the ball head when installing the balance bar: ball head
with a large sleeve diameter is connected to the ball head
at the body side, and that with a small sleeve diameter is
connected to the ball head at the door side.

GS180004

27-3
Power Liftgate

8 Remove the electric stay bar of the power


Replacement of Power Liftgate Electric Stay
liftgate.
Bar
Removal
1 Open and support the tailgate. Installation

2 Remove the right rear interior trim panel (refer to 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
Replacement of Rear Interior Trim Panel). attention to the following precautions:

3 Remove the harness connector from the drive - Tighten the gas spring bracket screws/bolts to the
mechanism assembly of the power tailgate. torque of 9 ± 1N.m.
4 Pry up the spring piece from the top of the
tailgate electric stay bar with a small flat-bladed
tool.

5 Remove the top part of the tailgate electric stay


bar from the gas spring upper mounting bracket.

GS180005

6 Pry up the spring piece from the bottom of the


tailgate electric stay bar with a small flat-bladed
tool.

7 Remove the bottom of the tailgate electric stay


bar from the gas spring lower mounting bracket.

GS180006

27-4
Power Liftgate

6 Remove the balance bar of the power liftgate.


Replacement of Power Liftgate Balance Bar
Removal
1 Open and support the tailgate. Installation
2 Pry up the spring piece from the top of the 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
tailgate balance bar with a small flat-bladed tool. attention to the following precautions:

3 Remove the top part of the tailgate balance bar - Tighten the gas spring bracket screws/bolts to the
from the gas spring upper mounting bracket. torque of 9 ± 1N.m.

GS180007

4 Pry up the spring piece from the bottom of the


tailgate balance bar with a small flat-bladed tool.

5 Remove the bottom of the tailgate balance bar


from the gas spring lower mounting bracket.

GS180008

27-5
Power Liftgate

Installation
Replacement of Power Liftgate Anti-pinch
Molding 1 Installation is the reverse of removal, and please
note that the anti-pinch molding harness shall be
Removal
located at the slot.
1 Open and support the tailgate.
2 Remove the tailgate interior trim panel (refer to
Replacement of Tailgate Interior Trim Panel).

3 Remove the harness connector of the power


tailgate anti-pinch molding.

4 Remove the electric stay bar and balance bar of


the power tailgate (refer to Replacement of
Power Tailgate Electric Stay Bar and Balance
Bar).

5 Release the nut.

GS180016

GS180009

6 Remove the anti-pinch molding of the power


liftgate.

27-6
Power Liftgate

Replacement of Power Tailgate Control Box


Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the right rear interior trim panel (refer to
Replacement of Rear Interior Trim Panel).
2 Remove the harness connector from the power
tailgate control box.

3 Remove the bolts of the power tailgate control


box.

GS180010

4 Remove the control box assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tighten the bolts of the power tailgate control box
assembly to the torque of 3.5 ± 0.5N.m.

27-7
Power Liftgate

Description and Operation Operation Principles of System

Introduction of Power Liftgate Parts Function When the drive system of the power tailgate receives a
command from the user (such as open command), the
Tailgate Stay Bar
control unit sends the signal to the tailgate lock first, the
The tailgate stay bar ensures opening and closing of the
tailgate lock then performs the action after receiving the
tailgate by providing a driving force during opening and
signal, then the tailgate stay bar provides a driving force
closing operations.
to open the tailgate, the stay bar motor will be released
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) when the tailgate achieves the height set; When a close
The electronic control unit is a control logic made command is received, the control unit first transmits the
according to the function matrix of the tailgate, use this signal to the stay bar motor of the tailgate, the tailgate
logic to set the tailgate opening/closing, reversal due to closes due to reversal of the motor, and the lock starts to
obstacles and response to unexpected situations, etc. close when the tailgate lock is in the FULL LOCK
position.
Anti-pinch Molding
At the moment when the tailgate is about to close, if your When the tailgate touches any obstacle or anti-pinch
hand is pinched between the tailgate and the side wall, molding in motion, it will reverse.
the anti-pinch molding will be triggered, and the tailgate
will reverse to avoid hand injury.
Full open position
Buzzer Strategy
Obstacle
During opening and closing of the tailgate, when any
anti-pinch
obstacle or abnormal operation occurs, an acoustic alarm Auto open Following-up logic
will be issued to alert the user to avoid impact by the actuator after closing
tailgate. Auto close
actuator

Semi-lock
Lock catch Full-lock
engagement
GS180011

27-8
Power Liftgate

Procedures for Aftersales Self-learning Factors for Retriggering Self-learning


(Repeat Self-learning)
1 ECU has been replaced or the ECU connector
1 Manually turn the power tailgate to the FULL has been removed.
LOCK position from the current position, wait the 2 The electric stay bar has been replaced or the
self-locking lock to close and the tailgate to come connector of the electric stay bar has been
into the FULL LOCK position. removed.
Caution: The tailgate shall be located at the FULL
LOCK position, if the tailgate is partially locked,
then the lock system will not close.
2 The offline equipment established by the TGC
communication is in EOL mode.

3 Enter 27 01/27 02 by the security certificate of


level 1.

4 Trigger self-learning command, enter 31 01 AB


A1.

5 Reply message 71 01 AB A1 will be received


about 6s after the self-learning is completed.

6 Check self-learning result, enter 31 03 AB A1. If


80 is received, then the self-learning is
successful; if other negative responses are
received, then perform a troubleshooting with
reference to the negative response section, and
repeat step 1-6 for self-learning.

7 When pressing the open/close button of the


tailgate, the tailgate will be closed by power.

8 Clear system DTC, enter 14 FF FF FF and


complete the self-learning.

27-9
Power Liftgate

27-10
Front Body
Front Body

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque value (N.m)

Bolt - engine hood hinge 22 ± 2


Bolt - fender 9±1

28-1
Front Body

Layout
Engine Hood Layout

1 4

GS170001

1 Engine hood weld assembly 4 Engine hood gas stay bar


2 Engine hood hinge assembly 5 Engine hood gas stay bar
3 Engine hood hinge assembly

28-2
Front Body

Fender Layout

GS170002

1 Fender 2 Fender

28-3
Front Body

Installation
Repair Guidance
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
Engine Hood Replacement attention to the following precautions:
Removal - Tighten the hinge bolt of the engine hood to 22 ± 2N.m.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Pull the release handle of the engine hood.

GS170003

3 Toggle the lock lever and raise the engine hood,


then support the engine hood after removing the
gas spring.
4 Install the protective cover on the fender to avoid
paint damage during engine hood removal/
installation.
5 Mark the position of the engine hood hinge
relative to the engine hood to re-install the
engine hood.
6 Remove the bolt of the engine hood hinge.

GS170004

7 Remove the engine hood.

28-4
Front Body

Replacement of Engine Hood Hinge Replacement of Gas Stay Bar


Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Pull the release handle of the engine hood. 2 Pull the release handle of the engine hood.
3 Toggle the lock lever and raise the engine hood, 3 Toggle the lock lever to open and support the
then support the engine hood after removing the engine hood.
gas spring. 4 Disconnect the clamp connecting engine hood
4 Mark the position of the engine hood hinge gas stay bar and gas spring ball head.
relative to the engine hood to re-install the
engine hood.
5 Remove the bolts securing the engine hinges to
the engine hood.
6 Remove the bolts securing the engine hinges to
the fender beam.

GS170005

5 Remove the engine hood stay bar.


Special Notice: When removing the body panel,
tape the panel corner and adjacent surface to
avoid paint damage. The inner surface of some
GS170009 metal panels is applied with anticorrosive agent
to avoid rusting. When repairing the panel with
7 Remove the engine hinge. the anticorrosive agent damaged or installing a
new panel, you must apply the anticorosive agent
to avoid corrosion damage. When removing the
Installation engine hood from the vehicle, DO NOT place it
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay vertically with the rear corner downward.
attention to the following precautions: Otherwise, the paint and panel will be damaged.

- Tighten the hinge bolt of the engine hood to 22 ± 2N.m. Caution: When preparing the supporting device
during engine hood installation or removal,
additional support must be used to avoid any
possible vehicle damage and personal injury.
Engine hood stay bar consists of the gas stay bar
and gas spring ball head. It is designed to
provide reliable support after opening the engine
hood, thereby facilitating the fluid refilling and
service operations,

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

28-5
Front Body

7 Remove all bolts securing the fender to the body.


Fender Replacement
Removal
1 Toggle the lock lever and raise the engine hood.
2 Disconnect the battery negative.
3 Remove the headlamp assembly.
4 Remove the front bumper.
5 Remove the front wheelhouse liner and fender
flare trim panel.

GS170008

8 Remove the fender.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:

GS170006 - Tighten the bolts of the fender to 9 ± 1N.m.

6 Remove the ventilation grille trim panel.

GS170007

28-6
Entertainment System
Entertainment System

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Nut - DVD mainframe 9±1

29-1
Entertainment System

Layout
Layout

GS330001

1 Radio+MP5+Mirrorlink 2 MP5 display

29-2
Entertainment System

Layout

GS330002

1 Radio+MP3

29-3
Entertainment System

Repair Guidance
Replacement of MP5 display
Replacement of Radio+MP5+Mirrorlink
Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim
2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console (refer to
panel assembly (cladding trim panel
Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia Console
assembly)(refer to Replacement of Instrument
Assembly).
Panel Assembly).
3 Remove 4 bolts securing the
3 Remove the instrument cluster shroud assembly
Radio+MP5+Mirrorlink to the instrument panel
(refer to Replacement of Instrument Panel
body.
Assembly).
4 Remove 6 bolts securing the MP5 display to the
instrument panel body.

GS330004

4 Disconnect the electrical connector.


GS330003
5 Remove the Radio+MP5+Mirrorlink assembly.
5 Disconnect the electrical connector.
6 Remove the MP5 display assembly.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

29-4
Entertainment System

Replacement of Radio+MP3
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the instrument panel wood grain trim
panel assembly (cladding trim panel
assembly)(refer to Replacement of Instrument
Panel Assembly).
3 Remove the instrument cluster shroud assembly
(refer to Replacement of Instrument Panel
Assembly).
4 Remove 6 bolts fixing the Radio+MP3 to the
instrument panel body.

GS330005

5 Disconnect the electrical connector.

6 Remove the Radio+MP3 assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

29-5
Entertainment System

Description and Operation


Entertainment and Navigation System Control Diagram

GPS Antenna Tweeter


GPSཟ㓵 儎丩ᢢ༦ಞ

Radio Antenna MIC


᭬丩ᵰཟ㓵 哜‫ށ‬伄

USB Socket T-Box Cellular


USBᨈᓝ INFO 䙐䇥⁗ඍ 㖇㔒ཟ㓵

Infortainment Panel GPS Antenna


ၧ҆᧝࡬䶘ᶵ LIN GPS ཟ㓵

Front View Camera FICM


‫ޞ‬Ქᖧ‫ࢃ܅‬㿼᩺‫܅‬ཪ VD
ၧ҆ѱᵰ
GW ESP
INFO 㖇ީ ⭫ᆆどᇐ᧝࡬㌱㔕

Rear View Camera


‫ޞ‬Ქᖧ‫੄܅‬㿼᩺‫܅‬ཪ

Steering Wheel Switch


ᯯੇⴎၧ҆ᔶީ

Left View Camera


‫ޞ‬Ქᖧ‫܅‬ᐜ‫ם‬᩺‫܅‬ཪ

Rear View Camera


੄㿼᩺‫܅‬ཪ

Right View Camera


‫ޞ‬Ქᖧ‫܅‬਩‫ם‬᩺‫܅‬ཪ

INFO
IPK
Microphone 㓺ਾԠ㺞
哜‫ށ‬伄
USB

⺢㓵 ၧ҆儎䙕&$1㓵 LIN㓵 䈀ᯣCAN


GS0330006

29-6
Entertainment System

tweeters on the rear door is fixed to the rear door inner


Entertainment Mainframe
handle assembly by clips.
According to vehicle configuration and optional assembly,
there are three types of entertainment mainframe Antenna
available for installation: The antenna of the entertainment system may vary
depending on the configuration of the vehicle.
1 The entertainment mainframe with low
configuration supports the radio, USB, Bluetooth The entertainment mainframe with low configuration is
phone function, etc. provided with the rear window printed antenna.
2 The navigation mainframe with medium
configuration is provided with a 10.3-inch display, The navigation mainframe with medium configuration is
which supports the navigation, radio, USB, provided with BD/GPS output antenna without network.
Bluetooth phone, video function, etc.
The navigation mainframe with high configuration is
3 The navigation mainframe with high provided with BD/GPS output antenna and 4G network
configuration supports the radio, USB, Bluetooth
antenna.
phone, video, navigation, 4G network function,
etc. Operation
Audio Control Buttons on Steering Wheel The entertainment system is operable only when the
The audio device can be controlled by the remote remote key is inserted or the ignition switch is ON.
switches mounted on the steering wheel. These function
For details of the operation of the entertainment system,
buttons allow the most common functions in the ICE
please refer to "User Manual" and "Navigation Manual".
system to be used in a much more convenient manner.

Display
The display shows the audio information and relevant
information.

Full Range Speaker


The full range speaker is inside the four doors. Secure
the speaker on the door panel with 3 screws.

Tweeter
Two tweeters are on the left/right A-pillar, and the other
two are on the two rear doors. The tweeters on the A-
pillar are fixed to the A-pillar trim panel by clips, and the

29-7
Entertainment System

29-8
Frame
Frame

Technical Parameters
Torque

1
5

7 6
8

GS160001

No. Part Name Tightening Torque (N.m)

1 Nut - frame baffle to mount bracket 65 ± 10


2 Nut - 3rd beam 70 ± 10
3 Bolt - frame baffle to mount bracket 65 ± 10
4 Bolt - 3rd beam 70 ± 10
5 Bolt - 4th beam reinforcing beam 110 ± 10
6 Bolt - longitudinal thrust beam 45 ± 5
7 Bolt - longitudinal thrust beam 70 ± 10
8 Bolt - longitudinal thrust beam 70 ± 10
9 Bolt - longitudinal thrust beam 70 ± 10

30-1
Frame

Layout
Frame Mount Layout

GS160002

1 1st mount on the body 3 3rd mount on the body


2 2nd mount on the body 4 4th mount on the body

30-2
Frame

2nd/3rd Row Mounts Installation


Repair Guidance
Mount Installation
Removal
1 Lift the vehicle.
2 Remove mounting bolts from 4th row mount.

3 Slightly raise the body, and remove the mount.

Installation
1 Align the body with frame mounting holes.
2 Pre-tighten and install the 2nd mount on the left
of body, then the 3rd mount on the left, and then
the remaining mounts. GS160004

3 Lower down the body, and then tighten the


mount bolts/nuts in sequence. 1 Place the upper rubber cushion of the mount to
the mount bracket.
4 Lower the vehicle.
2 Secure the mount to the mount bracket with nuts,
1st Mount Installation and tighten to 120 ± 10N.m.
3 Get the gasket and bolt, pass the bolt through
the body hole from top to bottom.
4 Install the mount nuts, and tighten to 190 ±
10N.m.

GS160003

1 Place the upper rubber cushion of the 1st mount


and mount sleeve to the 1st mount bracket.
2 Install the lower rubber cushion of the 1st mount
to the position as shown in the figure.
3 Pass the bolt through the body hole from top to
bottom.
4 Install the mount nuts, and tighten to 70 ± 5N.m.

30-3
Frame

4th Row Mount Installation

GS160005

1 Place the upper rubber cushion of the 4th mount


to the mount bracket.
2 Secure the mount to the mount bracket with nuts,
and tighten to 120 ± 10N.m.
3 Get the gasket and bolt, pass the bolt through
from top to bottom.
4 Install the mount nuts, and tighten to 190 ±
10N.m.

30-4
Stationary Windows
Stationary Windows

Layout
Layout

4 5

2
1

GS190001

1 Front windscreen 4 Rear door window glass


2 Front door quarter window 5 Rear side window glass
3 Front door window glass 6 Rear windscreen

31-1
Stationary Windows

Repair Guidance Replacement of Rear Door Window Glass

Replacement of Front Door Window Glass Removal

Removal 1 Remove the interior trim panel and waterproof


membrane of the door.
1 Remove the interior trim panel and waterproof
2 Lower down the glass to the position as shown
membrane of the door.
below till the nuts connecting the glass and
2 Lower down the glass to the position as shown regulator are exposed, then loosen the nuts.
below till the nuts connecting the glass and
regulator are exposed, then loosen the nuts.

ES210002

GS190002
3 Pull the glass upward and outward from the door.

3 Pull the glass upward and outward from the door.


Installation

Installation 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

31-2
Stationary Windows

Caution: The surface coated with primer must be


Replacement of Rear Side Window Glass
dry and free from dust, grease and other
Removal contaminants that may affect adhesion. Shake up
1 Cut the adhesive around the rear side window the primer to prevent it from precipitation each
glass with the cutting tool. time it is not in use for a long period.
2 Remove 3 glass clips. Warning: Do not apply primer onto the body and
glass with any remaining polyurethane adhesive,
otherwise it may result in poor adhesion of the
newly coated polyurethane adhesive.
3 Apply a layer of 8mm wide polyurethane
adhesive evenly, continuously and vertically
around the rear side window glass with standard
pneumatic or manual glue gun by reference to
the glue track.

4 Align the locating pin of rear side window glass


with the body hole.

5 Press hard the rear side window glass in place.

GS190003 Caution: For moisture-curable polyurethane


adhesive, solidify it at 21 °C (70 °F) or higher
3 Push the glass out slowly from the inside out. temperature and the relative humidity no less
than 30% for at least 6 hours. It takes at least 24
hours for the polyurethane adhesive to be fully
Installation solidified. For chemical-curable polyurethane
1 Wipe the inner surface of glass with clean cloth adhesive, solidify it for at least 1 hour. DO NOT
or bleached fiber (roll paper) immersed with a physically disturb the repair area until the
proper amount of specified glass cleaner, and minimum solidification time has elapsed.
clean the body paint with organic solvent inactive 6 Conduct a rain test, that is, shower the window
to the surface (such as acetone), then dry it for at glass softly with warm water to check the rear
least 5 minutes. side window glass for any sign of leakage.
Caution: The used cloth or bleached fiber (roll
7 If any leakage is found, apply more polyurethane
paper) must be replaced. Use the cleaner directly adhesive around the leakage point. If it still
and never dilute it with water. leaks, remove the rear side window glass and
Warning: To avoid any adverse reaction between repeat the whole procedure.
cleaner and primer or polyurethane adhesive,
prevent the cleaner from contacting with newly
painted primer or polyurethane adhesive. Do not
use the cleaner to remove excess primer or
polyurethane adhesive; the surface to be cleaned
must be complete dry before applying primer or
polyurethane adhesive.
2 Fully shake the glass primer and paint primer.
Dip a small amount of mixture with a clean brush
or gauze and evenly wipe the surface of the
glass and side wall sheet metal edge which have
been cleaned by cleaner. One-time instead of
repeated painting is required with drying time of
approximately 5-15 minutes.

31-3
Stationary Windows

Replacement of Front Door Quarter Window Replacement of Front Windscreen


Removal Removal
1 Remove the front door trim panel. 1 Remove the interior rearview mirror, refer to the
2 Remove the inner/outer watercut, glasses and Replacement of Interior Rearview Mirror.
glass grooves from the front door. 2 Disconnect the harness connectors from rain
sensor and lane departure warning system (if
3 Remove 3 screws (1,2 and 3) as shown in the
equipped).
figure.
3 Remove the wiper arm. Refer to Replacement of
Wiper Arm.

4 Remove the front windscreen cover plate


1 assembly and front windscreen cover plate trim
cover. Refer to Replacement of Front
Windscreen Cover Plate Assembly.

5 Cut the adhesive around the front windscreen


2
with tool.

GS190004

4 Remove the quarter window from the edge of


interior/exterior door panel.

Installation
1 Tighten the front door quarter window to front
door window frame assembly with screw 1.
GS190005
2 Tighten the front door quarter window to front
door interior panel with screw 2 first and then 6 Remove the front windscreen with a sucker
screw 3. aided by assistant.

Installation
1 Wipe the inner surface of glass with clean cloth
or bleached fiber (roll paper) immersed with a
proper amount of specified glass cleaner, and
clean the body paint with organic solvent inactive
to the surface (such as acetone), then dry it for at
least 5 minutes.
Caution: The used cloth or bleached fiber (roll
paper) must be replaced. Use the cleaner directly
and never dilute it with water.
Warning: To avoid any adverse reaction between
cleaner and primer or polyurethane adhesive,
prevent the cleaner from contacting with newly
painted primer or polyurethane adhesive. Do not

31-4
Stationary Windows

use the cleaner to remove excess primer or 9 Install the front windscreen cover plate assembly
polyurethane adhesive; the surface to be cleaned and front windscreen cover plate trim cover.
must be complete dry before applying primer or
10 Install the wiper arm.
polyurethane adhesive.
11 Connect the rain sensor harness connector (if
2 Fully shake the glass primer and paint primer.
equipped).
Dip a small amount of mixture with a clean brush
or gauze and evenly wipe the surface of the
glass and top cover edge which have been
cleaned by cleaner. One-time instead of
repeated painting is required with drying time of
approximately 5-15 minutes.

Caution: The surface coated with primer must be


dry and free from dust, grease and other
contaminants that may affect adhesion. Shake up
the primer to prevent it from precipitation each
time it is not in use for a long period.
Warning: Do not apply primer onto the body and
glass with any remaining polyurethane adhesive, GS190006
otherwise it may result in poor adhesion of the
newly coated polyurethane adhesive.
3 Apply a layer of 8mm wide polyurethane
adhesive evenly, continuously and vertically
around the front windscreen with standard
pneumatic or manual glue gun by reference to
the glue track.

4 Align the upper locating pin of the front


windscreen with the body hole.

5 Press the front windscreen in place.

6 Attach tapes around the front windscreen to


keep it in the correct installation position until the GS190007
polyurethane adhesive is solidified.

Caution: For moisture-curable polyurethane


adhesive, solidify it at 21 °C (70 °F) or higher
temperature and the relative humidity no less
than 30% for at least 6 hours. It takes at least 24
hours for the polyurethane adhesive to be fully
solidified. For chemical-curable polyurethane
adhesive, solidify it for at least 1 hour. DO NOT
physically disturb the repair area until the
minimum solidification time has elapsed.
7 Conduct a rain test, that is, shower the front
windscreen softly with warm water to check the
windscreen for any signs of leakage.

8 If any leakage is found, apply more polyurethane


adhesive around the leakage point. If it still
leaks, remove the front windscreen and repeat
the whole procedure.

31-5
Stationary Windows

otherwise it may result in poor adhesion of the


Replacement of Rear Windscreen
newly coated polyurethane adhesive.
Removal
3 Apply a layer of 8mm wide polyurethane
1 Remove the harness connector from the heater adhesive evenly, continuously and vertically
wire joint (if equipped). around the rear windscreen with standard
2 Remove the wiper arm. Refer to Replacement of pneumatic or manual glue gun by reference to
Wiper Arm. the glue track.

3 Cut the adhesive around the front windscreen 4 Align the upper locating pin of the rear
with tool. windscreen with the body hole.

4 Remove the rear windscreen with a sucker aided 5 Press hard the rear windscreen in place.
by assistants. 6 Attach tapes around the rear windscreen to keep
5 Remove the quarter window from the edge of it in the correct installation position until the
interior/exterior door panel. polyurethane adhesive is solidified.

Caution: For moisture-curable polyurethane


adhesive, solidify it at 21 °C (70 °F) or higher
Installation temperature and the relative humidity no less
1 Wipe the inner surface of glass with clean cloth than 30% for at least 6 hours. It takes at least 24
or bleached fiber (roll paper) immersed with a hours for the polyurethane adhesive to be fully
proper amount of specified glass cleaner, and solidified. For chemical-curable polyurethane
clean the body paint with organic solvent inactive adhesive, solidify it for at least 1 hour. DO NOT
to the surface (such as acetone), then dry it for at physically disturb the repair area until the
least 5 minutes. minimum solidification time has elapsed.
Caution: The used cloth or bleached fiber (roll 7 Conduct a rain test, that is, shower the rear
paper) must be replaced. Use the cleaner directly windscreen softly with warm water to check the
and never dilute it with water. rear windscreen for any signs of leakage.
Warning: To avoid any adverse reaction between 8 If any leakage is found, apply more polyurethane
cleaner and primer or polyurethane adhesive, adhesive around the leakage point. If it still
prevent the cleaner from contacting with newly leaks, remove the rear windscreen and repeat
painted primer or polyurethane adhesive. Do not the whole procedure.
use the cleaner to remove excess primer or
9 Install the wiper arm.
polyurethane adhesive; the surface to be cleaned
must be complete dry before applying primer or 10 Connect the heater wire harness (if equipped).
polyurethane adhesive.
2 Fully shake the glass primer and paint primer.
Dip a small amount of mixture with a clean brush
or gauze and evenly wipe the surface of the
glass and top cover edge which have been
cleaned by cleaner. One-time instead of
repeated painting is required with drying time of
approximately 5-15 minutes.

Caution: The surface coated with primer must be


dry and free from dust, grease and other
contaminants that may affect adhesion. Shake up
the primer to prevent it from precipitation each
time it is not in use for a long period.
Warning: Do not apply primer onto the body and
glass with any remaining polyurethane adhesive,

31-6
Doors
Doors

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Bolt - front door hinge 26 ± 3


Bolt - front door check 22 ± 2
Bolt - rear door hinge 26 ± 3
Bolt - rear door check 22 ± 2

32-1
Doors

Layout
Front/Rear Door Layout

2
1

GS200001

1 Front door 2 Rear door

32-2
Doors

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Front Door/Hinge 13 Remove the front door.
Removal
1 Open the front door and support it.
Installation
2 Remove the front door interior trim panel.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
3 Remove the front door waterproof membrane. attention to the following precautions:
4 Remove the front door glass and regulator. - Tighten the hinge bolt of the front door to the torque of

5 Remove the front door lock and link. 26 ± 3N.m;

6 Remove the loudspeaker assembly. - Tighten the hinge bolt of the front door check to the
torque of 22 ± 2N.m.
7 Remove the exterior rearview mirror.

8 Remove the front door inner/outer handle.

9 Disconnect the negative battery cable.

10 Disconnect the front door harness from the front


door.

11 Remove the front door check.

GS200002

12 Remove the front door upper/lower hinge.

GS200003

32-3
Doors

12 Remove the rear door.


Replacement of Rear Door/Hinge
Removal
1 Open the rear door and support it. Installation
2 Remove the rear door interior trim panel. 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
3 Remove the rear door waterproof membrane.
- Tighten the hinge bolt of the rear door to the torque of
4 Remove the rear door glass and regulator.
26 ± 3N.m;
5 Remove the rear door lock and link.
- Tighten the hinge bolt of the rear door check to the
6 Remove the loudspeaker assembly.
torque of 22 ± 2N.m.
7 Remove the rear door inner/outer handle.

8 Disconnect the negative battery cable.

9 Disconnect the rear door harness from the rear


door.

10 Remove the rear door check.

GS200004

11 Remove the rear door upper/lower hinge.

GS200005

32-4
Doors

Front Door Adjustment Front Door Hinge Adjustment


Front door lock catch is a latch with two screws. Adjust Removal
the lock catch upward/downward or inward/outward is 1 Open the front door.
necessary in many cases:
2 Put the wood block on the jack, and put the jack
1 Frame damage caused by collision. under the door to support the front door.

2 Install a new door weatherstrip. 3 Unscrew 2 bolts securing the upper and lower
door hinges on the front door.
3 The customer complaints that the wind noise is
loud. 4 Use a jack to support the vehicle and adjust the
front door.
4 There is difficulty in opening or closing the door.
5 Pre-tighten the hinge bolts.
Adjust the lock catch upward/downward or inward/
outward according to the following procedures: 6 Take away the jack, close the door to check if the
adjustment is proper.
1 The door must be positioned correctly. 7 When the desired adjustment is achieved,
2 Open the front door. tighten the bolts fixing the hinge to the door to
specified torque (TBD) and check the torque.
3 Loosen 2 lock catch screws. Adjust the lock
catch to align with the door pin, then pre-tighten
the screws.

4 Close the door, and check if the rear of the door


is flush with the sheet metals of the body side
panel and if the door can open and close
normally.

5 After the adjustment, open the door, tighten the


bolts fixing the lock catch to the body to 22 ±
2N.m, and check the torque.

6 Close the door.

32-5
Doors

5 Disconnect the front door lock assembly from the


Replacement of Front Door Lock Assembly
front door lock cylinder lever.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative. Ensure that the
front door glass rises to the highest position.
2 Remove the front door trim panel.

3 Remove the bolts fixing the front door lock


assembly to the sheet metal.

GS200008

6 Disconnect the front door lock assembly from the


front door outer handle link.

GS200006

4 Disconnect the front door lock assembly from the


front door inner unlock cable assembly.

GS200009

7 Remove the door harness connector of the front


door lock assembly, and remove the front door
lock assembly.

GS200007 Installation
1 Install the door harness connector of the front
door lock assembly.
2 Connect the front door lock assembly with the
front door outer handle link.

3 Connect the front door lock assembly with the


front door lock cylinder lever.

4 Connect the front door lock assembly with the


front door inner unlock cable assembly.

32-6
Doors

5 Secure the front door lock assembly to the sheet


Replacement of Front Door Lock Catch
metal, install 3 bolts, tighten them to 22 ± 2N.m,
and check the torque.
Assembly
Removal
6 Install the waterproof membrane.
1 Remove the bolts securing the front door lock
7 Install the front door trim panel.
catch assembly to the sheet metal.
8 Connect the negative battery cable.

9 Check if the outer and inner handles of the front


door can work properly.

GS200010

2 Remove the front door lock catch assembly.

Installation
1 Install the front door lock catch assembly.
2 Tighten the bolts securing the front door lock
catch assembly to the sheet metal. Tightening
torque: 22 ± 2N.m.

32-7
Doors

Rear Door Adjustment Rear Door Hinge Adjustment


Rear door lock catch is a latch with two screws. Adjust Removal
the lock catch upward/downward or inward/outward is 1 Open the rear door.
necessary in many cases:
2 Put the wood block on the jack, and put the jack
1 Frame damage caused by collision. under the door to support the rear door.

2 Install a new door weatherstrip. 3 Loosen 3 bolts securing the upper/lower door
hinges of the rear door to the rear door.
3 The customer complaints that the wind noise is
loud. 4 Correct the rear door with the jack.

4 There is difficulty in opening or closing the door. 5 Pre-tighten the hinge bolts.

Adjust the lock catch upward/downward or inward/ 6 Take away the jack, close the door to check if the
outward according to the following procedures: adjustment is proper.

7 When the desired adjustment is achieved,


1 The door must be positioned correctly. tighten the bolts fixing the hinge to the door to 22
2 Open the rear door. ± 2N.m and check the torque.
3 Loosen 3 lock catch screws. Adjust the lock
catch to align with the door pin, then pre-tighten
the screws.

4 Close the door, and check if the rear of the door


is flush with the sheet metals of the body side
panel and if the door can open and close
normally.

5 After the adjustment, open the door, tighten the


bolts fixing the lock catch to the body to 22 ±
2N.m, and check the torque.

6 Close the door.

32-8
Doors

5 Disconnect the rear door lock assembly from the


Replacement of Rear Door Lock Assembly
rear door lock cylinder lever.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative. Ensure that the
rear door glass rises to the highest position.
2 Remove the rear door trim panel.

3 Remove the bolts fixing the rear door lock


assembly to the sheet metal.

GS200013

6 Disconnect the rear door lock assembly from the


rear door outer handle link.

GS200011

4 Disconnect the rear door lock assembly from the


rear door inner unlock cable assembly.

GS200014

7 Remove the door harness connector of the rear


door lock assembly, and remove the rear door
lock assembly.

GS200012 Installation
1 Install the door harness connector of the rear
door lock assembly.
2 Connect the rear door lock assembly with the
rear door outer handle link.

3 Connect the rear door lock assembly with the


rear door lock cylinder lever.

4 Connect the rear door lock assembly with the


rear door inner unlock cable assembly.

32-9
Doors

5 Secure the rear door lock assembly to the sheet


Replacement of Rear Door Lock Catch
metal, install 3 bolts, tighten them to 22 ± 2N.m,
and check the torque.
Assembly
Removal
6 Install the waterproof membrane.
1 Remove the bolts fixing the rear door lock catch
7 Install the rear door trim panel.
assembly to the sheet metal.
8 Connect the negative battery cable.

9 Check if the outer and inner handles of the rear


doors can work properly.

GS200010

2 Remove the rear door lock catch assembly.

Installation
1 Tighten the rear door lock catch assembly and
unscrew the bolts securing the rear door lock
catch assembly to the sheet metal; tightening
torque: 22 ± 2N.m.

32-10
Doors

Replacement of Engine Hood Lock Assembly Replacement of Front/Rear Door Outer


Removal Handle
Removal
1 Mark the lock location on the upper radiator
beam bracket so that proper location can be 1 Remove the front/rear door interior trim panel
found for installation. (refer to Removal/Installation of Front/Rear Door
2 Remove the bolts securing the engine hood lock Interior Trim Panel).
body to the upper radiator beam. 2 Remove the front/rear door waterproof
membrane.
3 Disconnect the harness connector of the engine
hood lock. 3 Remove the link of the front door lock cylinder
and that of the front/rear door outer handle.
4 Disconnect the engine hood lock assembly from
the engine hood unlock cable and harness 4 Remove the front door lock cylinder from the
connector. bracket screw of the front door outer handle.
(refer to Removal/Installation of Front Door Lock
5 Remove the engine hood lock assembly.
Cylinder).

5 Remove the front/rear door outer handle from


Installation the bracket screw of the front/rear door outer
handle.
1 1Connect the lock end of the engine hood
release cable assembly and the lock assembly 6 Move the outer handle toward the rear of vehicle
firmly, i.e. install the spherical end of the cable body, then pull the rear end of the handle
core wire into the hook slot of the engine hood outwards to separate it from the driver door outer
lock, put the core wire into the long slot of the handle liner and remove.
engine hood lock case, and align the circular
groove of the main cable pipe connector with the
mounting slot of the lock case, then press it hard
until it clicks.
2 Connect the harness connector of engine hood
lock body.

3 Locate the engine hood lock body assembly to


the upper radiator beam bracket, aligning it with
the location marked at the time of removal.

4 Connect the engine hood lock assembly with the


engine hood unlock cable and harness
connector respectively.
GS200015
5 Install the bolts securing the lock assembly to the
bracket of upper radiator beam, and do not 7 Remove the front/rear door outer handle.
tighten the bolt to the specified torque at this
step. Installation

6 Close the engine hood, observe the relative 1 Insert the front of driver door outer handle into
location of lock and lock catch, and adjust the the front door mounting hole, and move the outer
lock location until the lock catch drops into tab handle towards the rear vehicle. Install the front/
smoothly. rear door outer handles and their covers.

7 After adjustment, tighten the bolts to the 2 Install the front/rear door outer handle.
specified torque of 9 ± 1N.m, and check the 3 Install the rear gasket of outer handle. Caution:
torque. Make sure all gaskets are properly installed to
door outer handle.

32-11
Doors

4 Install the door lock cylinder (refer to Removal/


Replacement of Front/Rear Door Inner
Installation of Front Door Lock Cylinder).
Handle
5 Install the front door lock cylinder removed from
Removal
the bracket screw of the front door outer handle.
1 Remove the front/rear door interior trim panel
6 Install the link of the front door lock cylinder and
(refer to Removal/Installation of Front/Rear Door
that of the front/rear door outer handle.
Interior Trim Panel).
7 Install the front/rear door waterproof membrane. 2 Remove the base of the front/rear door inner
8 Install the front/rear door interior trim panel (refer handle.
to Removal/Installation of Front/Rear Door
Interior Trim Panel).

9 Close the door and check if the outer handle can


work properly.

GS200016

3 Remove the front/rear door inner handle from its


base.

Installation
1 Install the front/rear door inner handle.
2 Install the base of the front/rear door inner
handle.

3 Install the base of the front/rear door inner


handle.

32-12
Doors

6 Remove the bolts securing front door window


Replacement of Front Door Window
regulator assembly to the front door sheet metal.
Regulator Assembly
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative.
2 Remove the front door interior trim panel (refer to
Removal/Installation of Front Door Interior Trim
Panel).

Caution: Before removing the door trim panel,


please lift up the glass to a certain height to align
the 2 tightening bolts on the glass with the
mounting holes on the door.

GS200018

7 Carefully remove the window regulator from the


door cavity.

Installation
1 Install the window regulator into the front door
cavity, install the bolts securing the window
regulator to the door sheet metal, tighten the
bolts to specified torque (TBD) from top to
GS200017 bottom/left to right, and check the torque.
2 Connect the connector of the window regulator
3 Remove the front door waterproof membrane
motor.
(refer to Removal/Installation of Front Door
Waterproof Membrane). 3 Install the front door glass assembly (refer to
Removal/Installation of Front Door Window
4 Remove the front door window glass (refer to
Glass).
Removal/Installation of Front Door Window
Glass). 4 Install the front door waterproof membrane.
5 Disconnect the connector from the window 5 Install the front door interior trim panel (refer to
regulator motor. Removal/Installation of Front Door Interior Trim
Panel).

6 Connect the battery negative.

7 Check if the window regulator can work properly,


and check if the window with "One-touch Up"
function can operate normally.

Note: In case of a power failure, the "One-touch


Up" function may be disabled. Raise the glass to
the top, then press and hold the switch for
approximately 5 seconds to complete the self-
learning of window regulator, the "One-touch Up"
function will be resumed.

32-13
Doors

6 Remove the bolts securing rear door window


Replacement of Rear Door Window
regulator assembly to the rear door sheet metal.
Regulator Assembly
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative.
2 Remove the rear door interior trim panel (refer to
Removal/Installation of Rear Door Interior Trim
Panel).

Caution: After removing the door trim panel,


please lift up the glass to a certain height to align
the 2 tightening bolts on the glass with the
mounting holes on the door.

GS200018

7 Carefully remove the window regulator from the


door cavity.

Installation
1 Install the window regulator into the rear door
cavity, install the bolts securing the window
regulator to the door sheet metal, tighten the
bolts to specified torque (TBD) from top to
GS200017 bottom/left to right, and check the torque.
2 Connect the connector of the window regulator
3 Remove the rear door waterproof membrane
motor.
(refer to Removal/Installation of Rear Door
Waterproof membrane). 3 Install the rear door window glass (refer to
Removal/Installation of Rear Door Window
4 Remove the rear door window glass (refer to
Glass).
Removal/Installation of Rear Door Window
Glass). 4 Install the rear door waterproof membrane.
5 Disconnect the connector from the window 5 Install the rear door interior trim panel (refer to
regulator motor. Removal/Installation of Rear Door Interior Trim
Panel).

6 Connect the battery negative.

7 Check if the window regulator can work properly,


and check if the window with "One-touch Up"
function can operate normally.

Note: In case of a power failure, the "One-touch


Up" function may be disabled. Raise the glass to
the top, then press and hold the switch for
approximately 5 seconds to complete the self-
learning of window regulator, the "One-touch Up"
function will be resumed.

32-14
Doors

Replacement of Fuel Filler Flap Assembly Description and Operation


Removal Description and Operation
1 When it is powered on, push the button of the The power window system consists of the following
fuel filler flap to open it, and release the filler cap components:
connecting wire from the fuel filler flap.
2 Fully open the fuel filler flap with hands. ·Driver window switch

3 Remove 4 rivets from the fuel filler flap. ·Front passenger window switch

·Rear left window switch

·Rear right window switch

·Window motor in each door

·BCM

Overview
BCM controls the operations of window regulator system:

·Manually ascend/descend the individual window glass.

·Automatically (one-button control) ascend/descend the


GS200019
window glass by using the intelligent window motor.
4 Remove the fuel filler flap.
·Automatically (one-button control) descend the window
glass by using the window regulator system with heat
protection (for individual front/rear window glass only).
Installation
1 Locate the fuel filler flap to the vehicle body, take ·Manually ascend/descend all windows simultaneously.
care to adjust the gap around the fuel filler flap to
·Automatically (one-button control) ascend/descend all
avoid the interference with side panel. Install 4
windows simultaneously.
rivets to and align with corresponding holes for
tightening purpose. The window regulator system transmits information via
LIN and low current switch. The LSDs or intelligent motor
allows BCM to control the relay:

·BCM receives the hard wire input signal of the window


switch, remote key radio frequency signal and the
UNLOCK/LOCK signal of the mechanical key from the

32-15
Doors

DDSP via LIN. By this way, it controls the relay via the
LSD (standard motor).

·BCM sends the request signal to the intelligent motor


via LIN and hard wire of the local switch and controls the
internal relay.

For power window systems with standard regulator


motor, BCM receives the UP/DOWN signal directly. The
motor uses the LSD integrated circuit to control the relay.

For power window systems with intelligent regulator


motor, BCM sends operation signal via LIN or hard wire
of the local switch.

When you lock/unlock the driver door, or the remote key


gives radio frequency signal or when any impact occurs,
the window can be opened/closed simultaneously.

32-16
Roof (Sunroof)
Roof (Sunroof)

Layout
Panoramic Sunroof Layout

4 8

GS190008

1 Front sunroof glass assembly 5 Wind guide assembly


2 Rear sunroof glass assembly 6 Sunroof drain pipe assembly
3 Sunroof weatherstrip 7 Front sunroof motor
4 Front sunroof frame assembly 8 Front sunroof sunshade assembly

33-1
Roof (Sunroof)

Common Sunroof Layout

4
5

GS190009

1 Front sunroof glass assembly 5 Front sunroof motor


2 Front sunroof weatherstrip 6 Front sunroof frame assembly
3 Sunroof sun visor assembly 7 Sunroof drain pipe assembly
4 Sunroof wind shield assembly

33-2
Roof (Sunroof)

Repair Guidance Replacement of Front Sunroof Glass


Assembly (Panoramic Sunroof)
Replacement of Panoramic Sunroof
Assembly Removal

Removal 1 Open the sunroof sunshade.


2 Open the sunroof by sliding slightly.
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the driver compartment ceiling interior 3 Remove the sunroof flex molding.
assembly (refer to Replacement of Driver 4 Remove the screws securing the front sunroof
Compartment Ceiling Interior Assembly). glass to the bracket (6 screws on both sides in
3 Disconnect the harness from sunroof motor. total).

4 Separate the sunroof drain pipe from sunroof


drain valve.

5 Remove 18 bolts securing the sunroof assembly


to the vehicle body.

GS190011

5 Remove the front sunroof glass assembly, and


do not move manually the brackets on both sides
for installing the glass panel.
GS190010

6 Remove the sunroof assembly slowly. Installation


1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

33-3
Roof (Sunroof)

Replacement of Rear Sunroof Glass Replacement of Front Sunroof Motor


Assembly (Panoramic Sunroof) (Panoramic Sunroof)
Removal Removal
1 Remove the front sunroof glass assembly (refer 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
to Replacement of Front Sunroof Glass 2 Remove the front ceiling interior reading lamp
Assembly). assembly (refer to Replacement of Front Ceiling
2 Remove the bolts securing the rear sunroof Interior Reading Lamp Assembly).
glass to the sunroof frame.
3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the
motor.

4 Remove 3 bolts connecting the sunroof motor.

GS190013

3 Remove the rear sunroof glass assembly slowly.


GS190014

Installation 5 Remove the front sunroof motor.

1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

33-4
Roof (Sunroof)

6 Remove the sunshade cover.


Replacement of Front Sunroof Sunshade
Assembly (Panoramic Sunroof)
Removal
1 Remove the driver compartment ceiling interior
assembly (refer to Replacement of Driver
Compartment Ceiling Interior Assembly).
2 Remove the front sunroof glass assembly (refer
to Replacement of Front Sunroof Glass
Assembly).

3 Remove the rear sunroof glass assembly (refer


to Replacement of Rear Sunroof Glass
Assembly).

4 Remove 2 screws fixing the sunroof weatherstrip GS190017


on the sunroof.
7 Slide the front sunroof sunshade backwards to
remove.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- The sunroof sunshade limit block must be tightened
after installation.

GS190015

5 Release the clips and remove the sunroof


sunshade limit block.

GS190016

33-5
Roof (Sunroof)

Replacement of Wind Guide Assembly Replacement of Front Sunroof Assembly


(Panoramic Sunroof) (Common Sunroof)
Removal Removal
1 Open the sunroof by sliding. 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the bolts connecting the wind guide 2 Remove the driver compartment ceiling interior
assembly. assembly (refer to Replacement of Driver
Compartment Ceiling Interior Assembly).

3 Disconnect the harness from sunroof motor.

4 Separate the sunroof drain pipe from sunroof


drain valve.

5 Remove 10 nuts securing the front sunroof


assembly.

GS190018

3 Loosen the clips retaining the wind guide


assembly, and slowly take down the wind guide
assembly.

Installation
GS190019
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
6 Take down the front sunroof assembly slowly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tightening torque of the front sunroof assembly
fastening nuts: 9 ± 1N.m.

33-6
Roof (Sunroof)

Replacement of Front Sunroof Glass Replacement of Front Sunroof Motor


Assembly (Common Sunroof) (Common Sunroof)
Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first). 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the driver compartment ceiling interior 2 Remove the front ceiling interior reading lamp
assembly (refer to Replacement of Driver assembly (refer to Replacement of Front Ceiling
Compartment Ceiling Interior Assembly). Interior Reading Lamp Assembly).

3 Separate the sunroof drain pipe from sunroof 3 Disconnect the harness from sunroof motor.
drain valve.
4 Remove 2 fastening bolts from sunroof motor.
4 Remove the sunroof sun visor assembly.

5 Remove 4 bolts connecting the front sunroof


glass.

GS190021

5 Remove the front sunroof motor.

GS190020

6 Remove the sunroof glass. Installation


1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

33-7
Roof (Sunroof)

Description and Operation

System Control Diagram

Sunroof Motor Sun Shade Motor


ཟネ⭫ᵰ 䚤䱩ᶵ⭫ᵰ

BCM
䖜䓡᧝࡬⁗ඍ

Sunroof ECU
LIN ཟネ᧝࡬ঋ‫ݹ‬

Sunroof Switch
ཟネᔶީ

⺢㓵 LIN㓵

GS190022

33-8
Roof (Sunroof)

motor to drive the sunroof glass panel to move in the


The sunroof system has one-button slide opening/closing
required direction.
function. All operations on the sunroof system are
completed by the knob switch. Sunroof Sunshade
Sunroof Assembly It is activated when the system is running, press the
control switch of the sunroof sunshade to open or close
The sunroof assembly consists of a front sunroof glass
the sunshade.
panel, a rear glass panel, a sunshade, a frame assembly
between the roof and the interior roof panel, a deflector Input and Output of the Motor and Drive Unit
(on the frame assembly), 4 drain gutters, a sunroof motor
The sunroof glass ECU and its motor are powered by
and a sunshade motor.
fuse 13. The system ground wire can be connected for
The frame assembly is composed of the front frame, the operation of ECU, motor and switch. The switch
guide rails on both sides and a drain gutter on the beam. ground signal and two control signals of the sunroof are
input by the switch.
The sunroof deflector is designed with a knife-edge
shape, which includes the formed leaf spring installed on The sunroof sunshade ECU and its motor are powered
the front of the guide rail. by fuse 17. The system ground wire can be connected
for the operation of ECU, motor and switch. The switch
The sunroof glass is made of safety glass. The front and
ground signal and two control signals of the sunroof
rear sunroof glass panels are fixed on the sunroof
sunshade are input by the switch.
assembly with 6 screws.
Sunroof Switch Operation
The sunroof sunshade is in the slot in the inner edge of
The sunroof control unit drives the sunroof motor to open,
the front frame side rail, the scroll of sunshade is at the
tilt or close by sliding according to the input command
rear end of the frame. The operation of sunroof sunshade
from the sunroof switch, and drives the sunshade motor
is controlled by a motor.
to open or close by sliding.
The sunroof assembly is provided with a drainage control
system. Water can be introduced into the drain pipe Mechanical Key Operation
through the drain gutter, and then enters into each wheel When the driver door is locked with the mechanical key
house via the drain pipe. and the locking operation maintains for more than 2
seconds, the lock signal will be transmitted to the sunroof
Sunroof Switch control unit by BCM via LIN bus to drive the sunroof
The sunroof switch controls the lifting and slide of the motor to close, and all windows will be closed
sunroof glass assembly and the operation of the simultaneously.
sunshade.
Anti-pinch Function
Sunroof Glass When being closed by automatically sliding, the sunroof
The rotation of the switch controls the contacts inside the glass and sunshade will stop movement and
switch and transfers the signal output to the motor and
drive unit of the sunroof assembly. The sunroof electronic
control unit (ECU) analyzes signals and powers the

33-9
Roof (Sunroof)

automatically open after encountering an obstacle to


facilitate the obstacle removal. In case of low battery,

the anti-pinch function is ineffective.

Initialization of Sunroof Assembly


Sunroof operation will be influenced by power failure
when sunroof glass and sunshade is in motion, and it is
necessary to initialize after power on.

Window Initialization:

Close the sunroof, pull down the sunroof switch and hold
it for approximate 10 seconds, and the sunroof will
automatically open by sliding for a distance during which
the switch shall keep being pulled down and then close
automatically

Sunshade Initialization:

Close the sunshade, press the close button of sunshade


and hold for 10 seconds, and the sunshade will
automatically open by sliding for a distance during which
the switch shall keep being pulled down and then close
automatically

33-10
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Bolt - curtain airbag 9±1


Bolt - passenger airbag 9±1
Nut - airbag ECU 9±1
Bolt/screw - airbag frontal impact sensor 9±1
Bolt/screw - airbag side impact sensor 9±1

SRS-ECU Parameters

Items Parameters

Voltage range DC 9V ~ DC 16V


Operating temperature -40 ℃~ +85 ℃
Storage temperature -40 ℃~ +85 ℃

Frontal/Side Impact Sensor Parameters

Items Parameters

Operating temperature -40 ℃~ +85 ℃


Storage temperature -40 ℃~ +85 ℃

34-1
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

Layout
Layout

1
2 1
3

GS230001

1 Curtain airbag assembly 3 Instrument panel (front passenger) airbag


assembly
2 Steering wheel (driver) airbag assembly

34-2
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

Layout

GS230006

1 Airbag control module

34-3
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

Impact Sensor Layout

GS230007

1 Airbag frontal impact sensor 2 Airbag side impact sensor

34-4
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Steering Wheel (Driver) Caution: The airbag electrical connector has a
Airbag Assembly safety buckle to secure it in place. Loosen the
safety buckle before removing the connector.
Warning: DO NOT remove the airbag until the
battery (or any possible auxiliary power supply of 4 Store the airbag in place according to storage
the vehicle) is disconnected and the capacitor of requirements.
SRS control module is discharged for at least
10min.
Installation
Removal
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
attention to the following precautions:
2 Make sure the wheels are kept straight, pry off
- Re-tighten the safety buckle when installing the
the circlips on both sides and at the lower side
with a screwdriver (the diameter shall not exceed electrical connector.
5mm).
-·Reconnect the battery (positive (+) first).

- Ensure correct wiring.

- Check the operation of SRS warning lamp after


installation. (Check if SRS warning lamp works properly
after power-on.)

GS230002

GS230011

3 Lift the airbag module assembly from the


steering wheel carefully and disconnect the
airbag electrical connector.

34-5
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

7 Store the airbag in place according to storage


Replacement of Instrument Panel (Front
requirements.
Passenger) Airbag Assembly
Warning: DO NOT remove the airbag until the
battery (or any possible auxiliary power supply of Installation
the vehicle) is disconnected and the capacitor of
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
SRS control module is discharged for at least
attention to the following precautions:
10min.
- Tighten the airbag bolts to the torque of 9 ± 1N.m.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first). -·Reconnect the battery (positive (+) first).

2 Remove the glove box (refer to Replacement of - Ensure correct wiring.


Glove Box Assembly).
- Check the operation of SRS warning lamp after
3 Remove the instrument panel assembly (Refer to
installation. (Check if SRS warning lamp works properly
Replacement of Instrument Panel Assembly).
after power-on.)
4 Disconnect the lighting switch and electrical
connector.
5 Unscrew 2 bolts securing the airbag to the
instrument panel cross member assembly.

GS230003

6 Lift the airbag from instrument panel carefully,


loosen the electrical connector safety buckle and
disconnect the harness connector.

34-6
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

5 Store the left (right) curtain airbag assembly in


Replacement of Curtain Airbag Assembly
place according to storage requirements.
Warning: DO NOT remove the airbag until the
battery (or any possible auxiliary power supply of
the vehicle) is disconnected and the capacitor of Installation
SRS control module is discharged for at least
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
10min.
attention to the following precautions:
Removal - Tighten the airbag bolts to the torque of 8-10N.m.
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
-·Reconnect the battery (positive (+) first).
2 Remove the A-pillar upper trim panel and driver
compartment ceiling trims (refer to Replacement - Ensure correct wiring.
of Pillar Trim Panel and Driver Compartment
Ceiling Trims). - Check the operation of SRS warning lamp after
3 Disconnect the curtain airbag electrical installation. (Check if SRS warning lamp works properly
connector carefully. after power-on.)
4 Unscrew the bolts securing the curtain airbag to
body.

GS230004

34-7
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

Replacement of Curtain Airbag Bracket Replacement of Airbag Control Module


Removal Removal
1 Remove the curtain airbag assembly (refer to 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Replacement of Curtain Airbag Assembly). 2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly
2 Unscrew the bolts securing the curtain airbag (refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia
bracket to body. Console Assembly).
3 Disconnect the harness connector.
4 Remove 3 nuts securing airbag ECU to the
reinforcing plate of front floor central channel.

GS230005

3 Remove the curtain airbag bracket.


GS230008

Installation
5 Remove the airbag control module assembly.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tighten the curtain airbag bracket bolts to 9 ± 1N.m. Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

34-8
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

Replacement of Airbag Frontal Impact Replacement of Airbag Side Impact Sensor


Sensor Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2 Remove the B-pillar lower trim panel (refer to
2 Remove the front bumper assembly (refer to Replacement of B-pillar Lower Trim Panel).
Replacement of Front Bumper Assembly). 3 Disconnect the electrical connector.
3 Disconnect the electrical connector. 4 Remove 1 bolt securing the airbag side impact
4 Remove 1 bolt securing the airbag frontal impact sensor to B-pillar.
sensor to the lower radiator beam.

GS230010
GS230009
5 Remove the airbag side impact sensor
5 Remove the airbag frontal impact sensor assembly.
assembly.

Installation
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

34-9
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)

34-10
Body Control System
Body Control System

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Bolt - body controller 9 ± 1.5


Nut - body controller 9 ± 1.5

Body Controller Parameters

Items Requirements Remarks

Operating voltage range DC9V~DC16V With the wires connected, all functions works
properly
Operating temperature range -40~+80 ℃
Storage temperature range -40~+80 ℃
Static current Below 3mA

Reverse pressure resistant 16V

Maximum operating humidity 95%

High pressure resistant +28V

Insulation pressure resistant Above 500M Ω , DC500V high Applicable to components with insulation
resistance gauge requirements such as power OFF switch
(between each terminal and applied with moisture-proofing coating
housing case)

Gateway Parameters

Items Requirements

Rated operating voltage 13.5 ± 0.5V


Normal operating voltage range 9~16V

CAN operating voltage range 6~28V

LIN operating voltage range 6~18V

Static current ≤ [email protected]


Operating current ≤ 200mA (reserved function is not enabled, and CAN
communication load rate less than 30%).

Operating temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃

35-1
Body Control System

Layout
Layout

GS260001

1 Body control module

35-2
Body Control System

Layout

GS260002

1 Gateway

35-3
Body Control System

Layout

1
2

ES280002

1 Rain/solar sensor 2 Driver assist controller

35-4
Body Control System

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Body Control Module
Gateway Replacement
Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the left A-pillar lower trim panel.
2 Remove the seat assembly (refer to
3 Disconnect the harness connector. Replacement of Driver and Front Passenger
4 Remove 4 nuts fixing the BCM to the bracket. Seats).
3 Lift the carpet assembly.
4 Disconnect the harness connector.
5 Remove 3 nuts securing the gateway to the floor.

GS260003

5 Remove the BCM assembly.


6 Remove 3 bolts fixing the BCM bracket to the GS260005
dash panel.
6 Remove the gateway assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS260004

7 Remove the BCM bracket.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

35-5
Body Control System

Replacement of Driver Assist System Replacement of Rain/Solar Sensor


Controller Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2 Remove the cover of the rain/solar sensor.
2 Remove the cover of the rain/solar sensor. 3 Disconnect the electrical connector.
3 Disconnect the harness connector.
4 Remove the driver assist system controller from
rain/solar sensor base.

GS260007

4 Remove the rain/solar sensor assembly.


GS260006

Caution: Please immediately paste 2 holes on the


camera bracket and camera with the sticker to
avoid the entrance of impurities and moisture
when removing the forward camera.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS260008

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

35-6
Body Control System

Description and Operation

IPK
BO 㓺ਾԠ㺞
LDW SWITCH
䖜䚉‫⿱څ‬人䆜ᔶީ

TCU
PT ਎䙕ಞ᧝࡬ঋ‫ݹ‬
ESP
⭫ᆆどᇐ᧝࡬㌱㔕 CH

DAS GW BCM
傴催䖻ࣟ㌱㔕 CH 㖇ީ NIFO 䖜䓡᧝࡬⁗ඍ
SAS
䖢ੇ䀈Ֆ᝕ಞ CH

ECM
PT ਇࣞᵰ᧝࡬⁗ඍ

ABS/ESP
䖢ੇ䀈Ֆ᝕ಞ CH
FICM
BO ၧ҆‫ؗ‬ᚥ᧝࡬⁗ඍ

⺢㓵 ࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵 䖜䓡儎䙕CAN㓵 ၧ҆儎䙕CAN㓵


ᓋⴎ儎䙕CAN㓵

GS260009

35-7
Body Control System

When the driver has no intention of departing from the Description


original lane (does not enable the direction indicator
Mounting Location:
lamp), the lane departure warning system (LDWS) can
send an alarm by sound and light before the departure to BCM is on the left front panel of the A-pillar.
alert the driver to correct the direction. It prevents
BCM consists of the low power microprocessor,
entrance into other lanes and even the collision with other
electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
vehicles, thus dramatically reducing collisions due to
(EEPROM), CAN and LIN transceiver and power supply.
departure.
It contains discrete input/output terminals which controls
Function Description most of the body functions. It interacts with other primary
electrical systems via HS CAN bus and with other
1 When the power mode is switched to KL15, the secondary electrical systems via LIN bus. The power
LDWS activates the alarm function
mode master control module (PMM) of the BCM provides
automatically. The user can disable the alarm
function manually, then the yellow warning lamp power for most of the vehicle electric components.
on the instrument will alert the user that the
BCM communicates directly with the following
function is disabled.
components via body HS CAN bus:
2 When the vehicle speed reaches 60km/h, the
LDWS enables the alarm function, then if the ·PLG (power liftgate control module)
vehicle departs from the lane and goes across
the lane line, the system gives an alarm by ·HVAC
sound and light; when it speeds down to 50km/h,
the LDWS stops the alarm function. ·PEPS control module

3 The LDWS can accurately detect and identify the ·GATEWAY


following lane lines:
·DSM (driver seat memory module)
a. Solid line and dash line;
·TMPS (tire pressure monitoring system)
b. Single solid line and double solid line;
And BCM communicates directly with the following
c. White and yellow lines; components via LIN bus:

4 The LDWS can accurately detect and identify ·SR (sunroof)


lane line on roads with a turning radius greater
than 250m and straight roads. ·SS (sunshade)

·IMMO (low frequency immobilizer coil)

·RLS (rain sensor)

·PWM (power window regulator motor)

35-8
Body Control System

transportation mode may have restrictions on some


Operation
functions of the electric component, as follows:
When the ignition switch is turned on, BCM will wake up
the security system, lighting system and diagnostic ·The rear fog lamp does not work when the engine is off.
system. When the ignition switch is in the "AUX" position,
·The front fog lamp (if equipped) does not work when the
the BCM allows the washer/wiper and power window
engine is off.
system to operate. When the ignition switch is in the
"IGN" position, the fuel system starts to work, and BCM ·The high beam headlamp does not work when the
communicates with other ECUs via CAN and LIN bus. engine is off.

Load Management ·The low beam headlamp does not work when the
BCM can manage the load of some electric appliances engine is off.
by configuration and ensure low battery power
·The reverse lamp does not work when the engine is off.
consumption during storage and transportation or idle
time. ·The parking lamp does not work when the engine is off.

Production Mode ·The direction indicator lamp does not work when the
The mode configured for BCM during vehicle assembly. engine is off.

Transportation Mode ·The daytime running lamp (if equipped) does not work
After vehicle assembly, program the BCM so that the when the engine is off.
transportation mode can be used during transportation.
·The auto lighting control (if equipped) does not work
This can avoid severely low battery when delivering the
when the engine is off
vehicle to the local Authorized Repairer. The
·"Follow Me Home" and "Vehicle Locating" functions
cannot be used.

·When the engine is off, the hazard warning lamp


backlight does not work, but the function of this lamp is
not affected.

·When the engine is off, the window can be ascended,


but cannot be descended.

With the aftermarket scan tool, the local Authorized


Repairer can change the configuration of the vehicle load
management from transportation mode to normal mode.

35-9
Body Control System

Normal Mode
The normal mode is the default setting, in this mode, the
vehicle can function properly.

Sleep Status
With the ignition switch OFF, and the CAN and LIN buses
disabled, if the battery is still connected, BCM will stay in
sleep mode and be prepared for receiving the signal from
CAN and LIN buses.

Wake-up Status
In sleep mode, when one of the following operations is
done, BCM will be waked up.

·Activation signal of hazard warning lamp switch is


received.

·Activation signal of direction indicator lamp switch is


received.

·LOCK signal of internal lock is received.

·UNLOCK signal of internal lock is received.

·Activation signal of driver door switch is received.

·Activation signal of passenger door switch is received.

·Activation signal of engine hood switch is received.

·Activation signal of tailgate switch is received.

·Activation signal of tailgate release switch is received.

·Activation signal of driver door lock switch is received.

·Activation signal of driver door unlock switch is received.

·The ignition switch is in the 1st position.

·The ignition switch is in the 2nd position.

·Signal of depressing brake pedal

·SSB data (PEPS)

·Activation signal of internal lamp switch

·Wake-up signal from LIN bus

·Wake-up signal from CAN bus

·Wake-up signal from local hard wire

·Valid radio frequency signal

35-10
Body Control System

Load Management
At the moment when the engine is started, to ensure the
starter motor can obtain the maximum current required,
the power of some electric loads shall be disconnected.
For example, disconnect the heated rear window (HRW)
and DISABLE switch of the intelligent Stop/Start fuel-
saving system, and power off the front fog lamp (if
equipped), high beam headlamp, reverse lamp, horn,
internal lighting, etc.

Diagnosis

BCM monitors all the information input and output, if


faults are detected, the corresponding DTCs will be
stored in fault records. BCM can detect the short and
open circuits as well as wrong CAN and LIN bus signals.
When the fault is detected, BCM will close the
corresponding functions. When the fault is eliminated, the
corresponding function will be activated when the
function is requested next time.

BCM can exchange information with the aftermarket


scan tool through the DLC. DLC is located in the driver
side instrument closure panel (on driver's leg) and is
made according to ISO Standards. There is a special
diagnostic bus between the gateway and the TBOX. The
diagnostic bus allows to read the diagnostic information
with the scan tool and program some functions.

35-11
Body Control System

35-12
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Technical Parameters
PEPS-ECU Parameters

Items Parameters Remarks

Normal operating voltage 9V~16V

Normal operating voltage (start-related 9V~16V


functions)

Static current <3mA

Operating temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃


Storage temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃
Frequency of controller receiving 433.87MHz
center

Modulation mode ASK

Receiving sensitivity <-80dBm

RKE Parameters

Items Parameters Remarks

Operating temperature -20 ℃ ~+60 ℃


Storage temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃
Normal operating voltage range 2.35V~3.5V

Static current <6uA

Frequency of low-frequency receiving 125kHz


center

Frequency of radio frequency 433.87MHz


transmission center

Pressure 11 ± 2N
Stroke 0.4~0.8mm

Waterproof/dustproof grade IP5K7

36-1
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Door Handle Antenna Parameters

Items Parameters Remarks

Operating temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃


Storage temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃
Operating voltage 0~46V

Operating current 0~1020mAp

Resonant frequency 125KHZ ± 5%


Impedance <30 Ω

Parameters of Low-Frequency Antenna


Inside the Vehicle

Items Parameters Remarks

Operating temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃


Operating voltage 9v~16v

Operating frequency 125KHZ

Modulation mode ASK

Inductance 491uH

Capacitance 3.3nF

Tailgate Antenna Parameters

Items Parameters Remarks

Operating temperature -40 ℃ ~+80 ℃


Storage temperature -40 ℃ ~+85 ℃
Static current Below 1mA

Case material PBT GF15

Dustproof and waterproof grade IP5K3

Operating current 200mA~1A

36-2
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Layout
Layout

GS240001

1 Ceiling LF antenna 6 Low-frequency antenna inside the vehicle


2 Remote control receiving module 7 Front door handle antenna
3 Tailgate antenna 8 PEPS controller ECU
4 Tailgate induction open sensor 9 Start-stop switch
5 IMMO base station

36-3
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Repair Guidance Replacement of Low-Frequency Antenna


(Auxiliary Fascia Console) Inside the Vehicle
Replacement of Low-Frequency Antenna
(Instrument Panel) Inside the Vehicle Removal

Removal 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).


2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia
2 Remove the front A/C control panel assembly Console Assembly).
(refer to Replacement of Front A/C Control Panel
Assembly). 3 Disconnect the antenna connector.

3 Disconnect the antenna connector. 4 Screw out 2 fastening screws, and remove the
low-frequency antenna (auxiliary fascia console)
4 Screw out 2 fastening screws, and remove the inside the vehicle.
low-frequency antenna (instrument panel) inside
the vehicle.

GS240003

GS240002

Installation

Installation 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

36-4
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Replacement of Ceiling Low-Frequency Replacement of Tailgate Antenna


Antenna Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first). 2 Raise the vehicle on a lifting machine.
2 Remove the driver compartment ceiling interior
3 Remove the tailgate antenna connector from
assembly (refer to Replacement of Driver
rear bumper assembly.
Compartment Ceiling Interior Assembly).
4 Disconnect the tailgate antenna connector.
3 Disconnect the antenna connector.
5 Remove the tailgate antenna from rear bumper.
4 Remove 2 connecting screws from ceiling low-
frequency antenna.

GS240005

GS240004

5 Remove the ceiling low-frequency antenna. Installation


1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of Front Door Handle Antenna


Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the outer pull rod assembly of front door
outer handle (refer to Replacement of Front Door
Outer Handle).

3 Remove the front door handle antenna from the


handle assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

36-5
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Replacement of Tailgate Induction Open Replacement of PEPS Controller ECU


Sensor Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first). 2 Remove the glove box assembly (refer to
2 Raise the vehicle on a lifting machine. Replacement of Glove Box Assembly).

3 Remove the tailgate antenna connector from 3 Disconnect the connector of PEPS controller.
rear bumper assembly.
4 Screw out the fastening nut, and remove the
4 Disconnect the tailgate antenna connector. PEPS controller ECU.

5 Remove the tailgate antenna from rear bumper.

GS240007

GS240006

Installation

Installation 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay


attention to the following precautions:
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
- After replacing PEPS controller ECU, the controller
configuration shall be completed with diagnostic software
according to actual vehicle configuration.

- The tightening torque is 9 ± 1N.m.

36-6
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Replacement of Start-Stop Switch Replacement of Clock Spring Assembly and


Removal Clock Spring Returning Ring
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Remove the driver side instrument panel lower 1 Remove the steering wheel assembly (Refer to
guard plate assembly (refer to Driver Side Replacement of Steering Wheel Assembly).
Instrument Panel Lower Guard Plate Assembly). 2 Remove the upper and lower steering column
shrouds (refer to Replacement of Upper and
3 Disconnect the start-stop switch connector.
Lower Steering Column Shrouds).
4 Remove the start-stop switch.
3 Remove the clock spring assembly and the clock
spring returning ring.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- The clock spring is retained with a pin, which shall not
be pulled out before installing the steering wheel,
otherwise the clock spring will rotate freely and deviate
from the center position.

- When installing the steering wheel, pull out the pin to


GS240008
confirm whether the clock spring is at the center position
(if a yellow mark is visible on the clock spring surface
window, it means the spring is centered). If yes, fix the
Installation
steering wheel.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
- If not, adjust the spring to the center position, and then
install the steering wheel.

- Removal/installation of the clock spring may cause the


position change to the steering angle sensor, please
carry out zero calibration for the steering angle sensor
with an aftermarket scan tool after the installation (if not
calibrated, ESP warning indicator may keep ON).

36-7
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Replacement of Immobilizer Base Station Replacement of Remote Control Receiving


Removal Module
Removal
1 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
Console Assembly).
2 Remove the rear side body trim panel (left), and
2 Remove 3 screws securing the immobilizer base disconnect the cable of remote control receiving
station to the cup holder. module.

3 Remove the remote control receiving module.

GS240009

GS240010

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Note that
sealant shall be applied before installation.

36-8
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Description and Operation


PEPS System Control Diagram

IMMO
Trunk Switch LIN 䱨ⴍ㓵ാ
㺂ᶄ㇧ᔶީ

GW ECM
BO 㖇ީ PT ਇࣞᵰ᧝࡬⁗ඍ
BCM
BO 车身控制模块
Door Lock
ESCL 䖜䰞䬷
⭫ᆆ䖢ੇ㇗ḧ䬷 LIN

Facia LF Antenna
IPK PEPS
ք仇ཟ㓵ࢃ
㓺ਾԠ㺞 BO ᰖ䫛ॏ䘑
‫ૂޛ‬䎭ࣞ

Console
LF Antenna
ք仇ཟ㓵ѣ
Smart Key
Ჰ㜳䫛ॏ
Start Stop Button
ж䭤䎭ࣞ᤿䫤 Body LF Antenna
ք仇ཟ㓵䖜京

Bumper
LF Antenna
ք仇ཟ㓵੄ؓ䲟ᶖ

Touch PAD Switch


᝕ᓊᔶ੥ᔶީ HSC
䖜䰞ཌᣀᢁ
ཟ㓵਀ᔶީ

⺢㓵 LIN㓵 ࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵 䖜䓡儎䙕CAN㓵 ሺ仇‫ؗ‬ਭ

GS240011

36-9
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

Immobilizer System Control Diagram

Remote Key Ignition Switch


䚛᧝䫛ॏ ⛯⚡ᔶީ

ECM BCM IMMO


ਇࣞᵰਙ᧝࡬⁗ඍ PT 䖜䓡᧝࡬⁗ඍ LIN ք仇䱨ⴍ㓵ാ

GW
㖇ީ BO

IPK
㓺ਾԠ㺞 INFO

⺢㓵 ࣑ࣞ儎䙕CAN㓵 䖜䓡儎䙕CAN㓵 ሺ仇‫ؗ‬ਭ LIN㓵

GS240012

36-10
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

smart key can receive LF signal and communicate with


Overview
the BCM to lock/unlock the vehicle.
For vehicles with PEPS, the traditional key is replaced by
the smart key, the operation of PEPS is achieved by LF/ Normal Locking/Unlocking Operation
RF (wireless) communication between the smart key and The smart key detects the 125kHz LF electromagnetic
the vehicle. field signal from the LF antenna and exterior door handle
antenna/switch (HSU). The smart key sends an RF
·Passive entry: No action is required for the smart key.
signal within the 433MHz ISM band and gives a
You just need to take the smart key with you, and you can
response when it appears in the coverage area of the LF
enter into your vehicle by simply pressing the button on
antenna.
the door handle and pulling the handle.
Function of Smart Key in PEPS
·Passive start: Without inserting/pulling out the key, you
just need to put the smart key in the vehicle and press the The PEPS shall have smart keys.
start/stop button (SSB) to start/stop the vehicle.
Effect of Smart Key on Vehicle Access
The PEPS includes: PEPS ECU, smart key, interior LF ·PEPS mode (passive entry): The smart key receives the
antenna, exterior door handle antenna/switch (HSU) and LF signal and sends the RF signal to complete the
rear bumper upholstery LF antenna. authentication and matching in the LF coverage area.

Mounting Location Remote key entry mode: When pressing the button on
·PEPS ECU: under the instrument panel (front the key, the authentication code transmitted by the RF
passenger side). signal will be used as the LOCK/UNLOCK request for the
doors or tailgate.
·Exterior door handle antenna/switch (HSU): installed
inside the front door exterior handle. ·Exhaustion mode of the smart key lithium battery: The
smart key is provided with a mechanical key matching
·3 LF antennas in the vehicle: respectively installed on A/ the vehicle lock, use the mechanical key to lock/unlock
C box assembly, the centerline at the lower part of the vehicle.
auxiliary fascia console and ceiling.
Effect of Smart Key on Vehicle Start
·Rear bumper upholstery LF antenna: on the centerline
of the rear bumper upholstery bracket. ·PEPS mode (passive start): The smart key receives the
LF signal and sends the RF signal to complete the
Operation of Passive Entry and Passive Start authentication and matching.
(PEPS)
·Low battery mode of the smart key: The smart key shall
In the vicinity of the closed door and in the driver
be close to the spare coil. Then, use the BCM to perform
compartment, the PEPS can monitor and identify the
the authentication of the smart key in the transponder
smart key.
mode.
Function of CAN Bus in PEPS
In order to inform the operator to replace the battery in
The PEPS communicates with other ECUs via CAN bus. time, the smart key applies the RF signal transmitted to
the IPK by BCM, and the general message display will
Identifier/Smart Key show "Low Key Battery, Please Replace!".
The smart key is a hand-held electronic device which is
Once the button on the smart key is pressed, this
powered by the lithium battery. Each vehicle is provided
operation will be regarded as the default RF request
with 2 matching smart keys. Once the match is finished,
signal of the remote key entry. When the button is
the smart key can perform LF/RF communication in the pressed for more than 20s, the smart key will stop
PEPS. As long as the lithium battery provides power, the

36-11
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

transmitting the RF signal until the button is released and LF Antenna


pressed again. The independent LF transmitter consists of 3 internal LF
The management system of smart key/identifier permits antennas and 1 rear bumper upholstery antenna. To
to handle 4 identifiers at one time. ensure the smart key can receive the signal in the
coverage area, the transmitter generates the LF
When leaving the factory, 2 matching smart keys are magnetic field signal of the 125kHz band.
provided generally, and the smart key can be added or
deleted during the subsequent aftersales diagnosis. Function of LF Antenna in PEPS
Smart key addition and deletion are the tasks of BCM, The LF antenna transmits LF signal in the PEPS and
and BCM will inform the PEPS ECU that a new key is communicates with the smart key.
added or an old key is deleted.
Internal LF Antenna
Exterior Door Handle Antenna/Switch (HSU)
The internal LF antenna, which is necessary for the
Exterior door handle antenna/switch (HSU) is an PEPS system, sends the LF signal to the smart key
assembly of the LF antenna and switch. It connects to which sends the authentication information to BCM via
PEPS ECU, the PEPS ECU generates current for the LF the LF signal. After the legal authentication is passed, the
antenna engine will be allowed to start.
to form the magnetic field. The PEPS ECU reads the The internal LF antenna can also be used to search the
status of the switch, i.e. detects the action of the operator. smart key in the driver compartment and determine if the
The PEPS ECU and HSU are connected by stranded vehicle can be locked, this prevents the operator from
wires. leaving the smart key in the vehicle when locking the
Function of Exterior Door Handle Antenna/Switch (HSU) vehicle. Although the vehicle cannot be locked when it is
in PEPS detected that the smart key is in the driver compartment,
it is necessary to alert the operator that the current
The LF antenna is used to generate an LF security system is vulnerable. As a matter of fact, the
electromagnetic induction area near the door so that the internal LF antenna is designed to search the valid smart
operator can lock/unlock the door switch. Only when a key in the vehicle. Therefore, the radiation area of the
matching smart key is detected in the LF antenna antenna shall cover the entire area inside the vehicle. If
coverage area, and the LOCK/UNLOCK request the valid smart key can receive the signal from the
received matches the status of the door lock, can the lock internal LF antenna and give a response, it indicates that
and unlock operation be performed. the smart key is in the driver compartment.

After the operator finishes the operation of the HSU, the LF Antenna of Rear Bumper Upholstery
PEPS ECU will generate and transmit current to the HSU
In the passive entry system, the antenna of the rear
LF antenna to generate the electromagnetic field signal.
bumper upholstery is used to separately open the
The operator's smart key
tailgate. However, it cannot be used for the passive start.
can detect/receive the electromagnetic field signal and The function of the rear bumper upholstery antenna is to
give a response to BCM via the RF signal, and the PEPS send the LF signal to the smart key near the tailgate, and
validates the legality of the key and unlocks the door then the smart key returns signal to BCM. So, the
eventually, this ensures access of the legal user. radiation range of the antenna shall be a small area near
the trunk. After necessary authentication is completed,
HSU coverage area:
open the tailgate. When the key is outside the vehicle, the
HSU coverage area: appr. 1.5m around the center of the
door handle surface.

36-12
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

radiation area of the bumper upholstery antenna is 1m When the engine is running, within a certain vehicle
above the ground, and the radius is within 1.0m. speed, press the SSB to stop the engine.

If the smart key in the vehicle makes a response to the PEPS ECU
antenna of the rear bumper upholstery (i.e. LF signal PEPS ECU contains the system software controlling the
from the internal antenna and that from the antenna of operation of the PEPS. The PCB circuit board of PEPS
rear bumper upholstery detects a smart key ECU contains the interface circuit of all PEPS
simultaneously), then the smart key cannot open the components and the interface used to communicate with
tailgate or unlock the vehicle. In this case, other vehicle controllers.

if the valid smart key gives a response to the signal from


the antenna of the rear bumper upholstery, it indicates
that the smart key is near the tailgate. Once the tailgate
switch is pressed and the operation is authorized,

BCM releases the tailgate switch.

Start-Stop Button (SSB)


The start-stop button (SSB) is on the instrument panel of
the driver compartment, which is used for requesting the
engine to start and stop. When the engine does not start,
different power modes (ACC, IGN) can be selected. The
SSB is integrated with the backlight control, it provides
the operator with the power mode and indicates whether
the conditions for starting the engine are met by changing
the internal yellow and green LED lamps.

The SSB has two identical parts. The first part connects
to the BCM, and the second part connects to the PEPS
ECU. The PEPS ECU will monitor the second part, BCM
receives the power status CAN information from the
PEPS ECU and determines whether to handle it. Unless
an error occurs, these two parts work together.

Function of SSB in PEPS

The SSB is used to start/stop the engine or shift the


vehicle status to "ACC" and "IG" and indicate the power
status of the vehicle. The SSB is used for the passive
start system, and it does not work for the passive entry
system.

The authorized operator should complete the following


start requests:

Automatic transmission: When the transmission shift


lever is in "P" gear or "N" gear, depress the brake pedal,
and press start-stop button (SSB) to start the engine.

36-13
PEPS and Immobilizer System (with key start)

36-14
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Nut - DC stabilizer assembly 9 ± 1.5

DC Stabilizer Parameters

Items Requirements Remarks

Operating humidity 25% ~ 80%


Dustproof grade IP5K

Operating temperature -40 ~ +85 ℃ Outside ambient temperature for controller operation

Storage temperature -40 ~ +90 ℃ Outside ambient temperature for static storage of power-
off controller

The normal operating voltage of the logic power of DCDC controller is 6 ~ 16V, the nominal operating voltage is 14V, the
static current is less than 0.1mA.

On-board Inverter Parameters

Items Requirements Remarks

Operating voltage 10.5 ~ 15.5V


Operating temperature -40 ~ -75 ℃
Storage temperature -40 ~ -85 ℃
Static current ≤ 0.1mA
Reverse pressure resistant Reverse polarity protection Fractured external fuse due to reverse

Transfer efficiency > 90%typ


Waveform distortion rate < 10%
Unload current ≤ 500mA

37-1
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)

Layout

Layout

GS270001

1 DC stabilizer assembly 2 On-board inverter assembly

37-2
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)

Layout

GS270002

1 Cigar lighter assembly 2 Power outlet

37-3
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)

Repair Guidance
Replacement of On-board Inverter Assembly 6 Remove 3 nuts securing the on-board inverter to
the front floor.
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the rear panel assembly of the auxiliary
fascia console.

GS270005

7 Disconnect the harness connector.

8 Remove the on-board inverter assembly.


GS270003

3 Pry off the on-board inverter outlet.


Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS270004

4 Remove the seat assembly (refer to


Replacement of Seat Assembly).
5 Lift the carpet assembly.

37-4
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)

Replacement of DC Stabilizer Assembly Replacement of Cigar Lighter


Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the seat assembly (refer to 2 Remove the front storage box.
Replacement of Seat Assembly).
3 Lift the carpet assembly.
4 Remove 2 nuts securing the DC stabilizer to the
front floor.

GS270007

3 Disconnect the harness connector.


4 Remove the cigar lighter assembly.
GS270006

5 Remove the DC stabilizer assembly. Installation


1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

37-5
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)

Replacement of Power Outlet Description and Operation


Removal DC Stabilizer
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. The DC stabilizer stabilizes the supply voltage for vehicle
2 Pry off the power outlet. start and operation of the electrical devices on the
3 Disconnect the electrical connector. vehicle.

The electrical devices are powered by the vehicle power,


such as the audio system, radio, air conditioning system,
etc, driving may affect the vehicle circuits and cause
unstable voltage, so if you do not add a stabilizer, the
unstable voltage will affect the electrical devices, for
example, the volume of the audio system will goes up
and down, the air conditioning will give cool air at one
moment and give no air at the next moment, etc.

Use of the stabilizer allows you to maintain normal


operation of the electrical devices on the vehicle,
besides, it also stabilizes the circuit for starting the vehicle
GS270008
and achieves stable and effective ignition.

4 Remove the power outlet assembly. On-board Inverter


The 220V on-board inverter is on the floor control seat
between the driver and the front passenger. It provides a
Installation convenience interface primarily for the laptop, portable
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. printer and small electrical appliance for daily office work,
etc.

Its output power is 150W. When the ignition switch is in


"ACC" position, the on-board inverter works. When using
it, please note the power status indicator beside the outlet
and follow the indication of the indicator.

1 Green light: normal operation.


2 Light off: the battery voltage is low, please
remove the electrical device and wait the battery
voltage to resume.

3 Red light flashes: the battery voltage is high,


please wait the battery voltage to resume; the
220V supply is hot, please remove the electrical
device powered by the supply, and wait the
green light to illuminate; 220V supply output
overloads, please remove the electrical device
powered by the supply, normal operation can be
resumed by restarting the engine; outside circuit
is short, please remove the electrical device,
normal operation can be resumed by restarting
the engine.

37-6
Parking Assist System
Parking Assist System

Technical Parameters
Parking Distance Control, Radar Sensor and
Camera

Items Parameters

Voltage range DC9V ~ DC16V


Operating temperature -40 ℃~ +85 ℃
Storage temperature -40 ℃~ +85 ℃

38-1
Parking Assist System

Layout
Layout

GS280001

1 Parking distance control

38-2
Parking Assist System

Layout

1
2
GS280002

1 Front camera 3 Front bumper radar sensor bracket


2 Front bumper radar sensor 4 Side camera

38-3
Parking Assist System

Layout

3
1

GS280003

1 Rear bumper radar sensor bracket 3 Rear camera


2 Rear bumper radar sensor

38-4
Parking Assist System

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Parking Distance Control
Replacement of Front Bumper Radar Sensor
Removal and its Bracket
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. Removal
2 Remove the seat assembly (refer to Seat 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Assembly Replacement).
2 Remove the front bumper assembly (refer to
3 Lift the right front carpet. Replacement of Front Bumper Assembly).
4 Disconnect the harness connector. 3 Disconnect the harness connector.
5 Remove 2 nuts securing the parking distance
control to the front floor.

GS280005

GS280004 4 Loosen the clip fixing the sensor to the sensor


bracket.
6 Remove the parking distance control assembly. 5 Remove the front bumper radar sensor and its
bracket.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS280006

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

38-5
Parking Assist System

Replacement of Rear Bumper Radar Sensor Replacement of Front Camera


and its Bracket Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2 Remove the front grille assembly.
2 Remove the rear bumper assembly.

3 Disconnect the electrical connector.

GS280009

GS280007
3 Disconnect the harness connector.
4 Loosen the clip fixing the sensor to the sensor 4 Remove the front camera assembly.
bracket.
5 Remove the rear bumper radar sensor and its
bracket.

GS280010

GS280008
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

38-6
Parking Assist System

Replacement of Rear Camera


Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the license plate trim panel assembly
(refer to Replacement of License Plate Trim
Panel).

GS280011

3 Disconnect the harness connector.


4 Remove the rear camera assembly.

GS280012

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

38-7
Parking Assist System

will send an acoustic alarm. The system is able to detect


Description and Operation
hard solid objects and objects like wire fence.
Parking distance control (PDC) system is a safety assist
device for parking or reversing the car. It consists of rear If the rear camera is provided, the image of the vehicle
camera, ultrasonic sensor, radar sensor and parking rear area will be displayed on the navigation display.
distance control. During reversing, the front display can
If a 360° panoramic imaging system is installed, the
show the real-time video of the rear camera so that the image around the vehicle will be provided on the
safe parking can be realized. navigation screen.

Description Ultrasonic Sensor (if equipped)


Rear Obstacle Detection (if equipped)
The ultrasonic sensors are fixed on the front/rear bumper.
During reversing, if the vehicle has to go through All the sensors share the same structure, with the color
obstructions on the road, the PDC system will send a matching the vehicle.
warning to the driver. The system consists of four
The detection range of the 4 sensors on the rear bumper
ultrasonic sensors installed on the rear bumper, PDC
is the area 1500mm away from the rear bumper.
ECU and instrument cluster, entertainment mainframe
and the speaker controlled by the entertainment The detection range of the 4 sensors on the front bumper
mainframe. is the area 1500mm away from the front bumper.

When the vehicle is in reverse gear, PDC ECU uses PDC Switch (if equipped)
ultrasonic sensors to monitor the area around the rear
The PDC switch is a soft switch on the entertainment
bumper, if the monitor detects an object within the area,
screen, the PDC cannot be disabled when the vehicle is
the acoustic alarm in the instrument cluster or the
in "R" gear. When the vehicle is in the "N" gear or "D"
speaker controlled by the entertainment mainframe will
gear, press the PDC switch on the display interface to
send an acoustic alarm. The system is able to detect
manually enable/disable the front/rear PDC, this switch is
hard solid objects and objects like wire fence.
used to detect the obstacle around the vehicle.
Front Obstacle Detection (if equipped)
Parking Distance Control Module (PDC ECU)
The feature of the front obstacle detection: when
PDC ECU is behind the trim panel of the left luggage
reversing or driving away, if the vehicle has to go through
compartment. It is connected with the sensor by
obstructions on the road, the PDC system will send a
harnesses, when the system is activated, PDC ECU
warning to the driver. The system consists of four
outputs signal to the sensor and acoustic device and
ultrasonic sensors installed on the front bumper, PDC
receives the distance information from the sensor.
ECU and instrument cluster, entertainment mainframe
and the speaker controlled by the entertainment Acoustic Alarm
mainframe. When the vehicle is in reverse gear, PDC
The acoustic alarm in the instrument cluster and the
ECU uses ultrasonic sensors to monitor the area around
speaker controlled by the entertainment mainframe can
the front bumper, if the monitor detects an object within
send an audible alarm to inform the driver of the system
the area, the acoustic alarm in the instrument cluster or
status and presence of obstacles in the monitoring area.
the speaker controlled by the entertainment mainframe
Rear Camera (if equipped)

The rear camera is between the two license plate lamps


under the tailgate, it can provide the driver with real-time

38-8
Parking Assist System

image around the rear of the vehicle and facilitate the


Operation
reverse operation.
When the ignition switch is in the "II" position and the
360° Panoramic Imaging System (if equipped) reverse gear is selected, the system runs. When the
reverse gear is selected, ECU will activate the system
The 360° panoramic imaging system includes 4
after 1s delay.
cameras which provide the driver with the view around
the moving vehicle and enable the driver to control the After ECU receives the information that the R gear is
vehicle in a more reliable and more secure manner. selected, it starts the ultrasonic sensor and inputs signal
to the speaker, then the speaker will give an acoustic
1. Front camera: under the vehicle logo.
alarm, this indicates that the system is activated. Then,
2. Side camera: under the left/right exterior rearview ECU receives distance reading from the ultrasonic
mirrors. sensor and determines whether there is any object in the
detection zone. If no objects within the detection range, it
3. Rear camera: between the two license plate lamps.
will not issue an audible alarm; if there are objects
detected, ECU outputs signal to the speaker to produce a
repetitive audible alarm.

From the detection range margin, about 1500mm away


from the vehicle tail part, 1500mm away from the vehicle
front part, the frequency of the alarm increases with the
decrease of the distance between the detected object
and the vehicle, until the distance from the vehicle
reaches about 300mm and the audible alarm becomes
consecutive alarm.

If the vehicle is installed with a draw bar, ECU will detect


the towing eye/draft ball from the input information of the
sensor, and in order to compensate the towing eye/draft
ball, delay the system activation to prevent invalid alarm
when shifting between D gear and P gear.

38-9
Parking Assist System

38-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring
Tire Pressure Monitoring

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Screw/bolt - tire pressure monitoring 9 ± 1.5

Controller Performance Index

Items Requirements

Operating voltage 9~16V

Operating current ≤ 100mA


Static current < 1mA
Receiving center frequency 433.92MHz

Receiving sensitivity ≤ -95dBm


Communication with instrument CAN

Operating temperature -40 ~ +85 ℃


Storage temperature -40 ~ +90 ℃

39-1
Tire Pressure Monitoring

Layout
Layout

GS290001

1 Tire pressure monitoring control module

39-2
Tire Pressure Monitoring

Repair Guidance Replacement of Tire Pressure Sensor

Replacement of Tire Pressure Monitoring Removal


Control Module 1 Remove the wheel assembly (refer to
Removal Replacement of Wheel Assembly).
2 Remove the tire.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3 Remove the tire pressure sensor assembly.
2 Remove the rear body side interior trim panel
assembly (refer to Replacement of Rear Body
Side Interior Trim Panel Assembly).
3 Disconnect the harness connector.
4 Remove 2 bolts fixing the tire pressure
monitoring control module to the rear body side
interior panel assembly.

GS290003

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS290002

5 Remove the tire pressure monitoring control


module assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

39-3
Tire Pressure Monitoring

Instructions for Handheld TPMS Match Keyboard


Tool
1 Keyboard schematic
1. Introduction of Handheld TPMS Match Tool
Overview
The handheld TPMS match tool is used for the factory 读左前轮信息
Read LF Tire
读右前轮信息
Read RF Tire
中 文
English

match and fault diagnosis of the TPMS tire pressure 读左后轮信息


Read LR Tire
读右后轮信息
Read RR Tire
匹 配
Match

monitoring sensor and tire pressure controller, which


ensures normal operation of the TPMS.
OK

Package
1 2 3
1 1 handheld TPMS match tool
4 5 6
2 1 SD card
7 8 9
3 1 OBDII adapter ESC 0 DEL
DS380006
4 1 battery charger
Appearance 2 Keyboard function

Button Function
Read LF tire Enable the function to read LF tire
information information by quick start in match
mode
Read LR tire Enable the function to read LR tire
information information by quick start in match
mode
Read RF tire Enable the function to read RF tire
information information by quick start in match
mode
Read RR tire Enable the function to read RR tire
information information by quick start in match
DS380004 mode
Chinese/English Switch language
Schematic Diagram Match Enable the function by quick start in
match mode
Direction button Move it to select cursor/page down/up
3.转接线接口
OK Confirm
8.电源开关 4.充电电源接口
Numeric key Shortcut key used to enable functions
corresponding to current menus
1.液晶屏
Numeric keyboard used to set
password or input service command
ESC Exit/cancel
OK
DEL Delete the match function by quick start
2.键盘 in match mode/delete content in the
1 2 3

4 5 6 current input box during password


7 8 9

ESC 0 DEL setting or service command input


5.SD卡接口 6.USB接口
DS380005

39-4
Tire Pressure Monitoring

2 Battery and Charging of Handheld TPMS


Match Tool
Items Parameters Remarks
Rated capacity Nominal capacity 1600mAh Standard discharge 0.2A after standard
Min. capacity 1560mAh charging.

Normal voltage 7.5V Operating voltage


Charging voltage DC12 ± 0.06V
Standard charging Continuous current: 0.5A Charging duration: appr. 4h.
Continuous voltage: 8.4V
Cut-off current: 0.01A
Operating temperature range Charging: 0 ~ 45 ℃
Discharge: -20 ~ 60 ℃

3 Radio Frequency Parameters of Handheld


TPMS Match Tool

1 LF communication parameter

LF transmission 125kHz ± 5kHz


frequency
Baud rate 3.9kbps ± 0.05kbps
Field intensity The sensor is located in the tire based on the actual effect of the communication, the
communication distance is 0.2m-0.5m
Modulation ASK
Encoding Manchester encoding

2 HF communication parameter

HF transmission 433.92MHz ± 200kHz


frequency
Baud rate 9.6kbps
Field intensity Based on the actual effect of the communication, communication at high frequency is greater
than 5m
Modulation ASK
Encoding Manchester encoding

4 Configuration File of Handheld TPMS Natch


Tool
The configuration information of the equipment can be
changed quickly by simply updating the configuration file
in the SD card.

39-5
Tire Pressure Monitoring

8 After the process, use the data line to connect


5 Handheld TPMS Match Tool: Match mode
the adapter interface of the OBD and TPMS
1 Place the ignition switch in ON position; match tool (see the figure):

2 Turn on the power switch of the TPMS match


tool;
3 When a saved model configuration is displayed,
press OK button;
4 The following model selection interface occurs:

3/3 选择车型
>SV91-255/55R19
DS380009
>SV91-255/60R18 9 Press OK button to match the data with the
>SV91-255/65R17 control module;

>SV91-265/45R21 10 If it is OK, the interface will prompt Match


Successful;
11 Press ESC to exit, remove the data line and turn
GS290004 off the power switch of the TPMS match tool.
Caution: If the match fails, then turn off the
SV91-255/55R19: 19″ tire switch of the TPMS match tool, and repeat the
match according to the above steps.
SV91-255/60R18: 18″ tire

SV91-255/65R17: 17″ tire

SV91-265/45R21: 21″ tire

5 Model selection is based on the configuration of


the current model;
6 As shown in the figure, select [read LF sensor],
align the TPMS match tool with the LF tire valve,
press OK button to read data;

DS380008
7 Follow the interface prompt to read the tire
pressure parameter in sequence;

39-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring

Description and Operation


The tire pressure monitoring system uses the tire sensor
to monitor the pressure and/or temperature inside the tire
and sends the pressure and temperature data from the
sensor to the receiver in a form of radio frequency, the
receiver data processed transmit the relevant information
to the display (instrument cluster) by the CAN network,
the LCD will display the information and provide acoustic
and icon warnings, etc when abnormal tire pressure or
temperature occurs

39-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring

39-8
Lighting System
Lighting System

Technical Parameters
Bulb Specification

Bulb Specification

Headlamp low/high beam HIR2

Front turning signal lamps PY21W

Front fog lamps H11

Rear turning signal lamps (I type) PY21W

Reverse lamps (I type) W21W

Brake lamp/rear position lamp (I type) P12/5W

Rear turning signal lamps (II type) WY21W

Reverse lamps (II type) W21W

License plate lamp W5W

Front roof reading lamp W5W

Rear roof reading lamp W5W

40-1
Lighting System

Layout
Layout

4
3

1
2

GS300001

1 Front combination headlamp 5 Rear combination headlamp A


2 Front fog lamp 6 Rear combination headlamp B
3 Front roof interior reading lamp assembly 7 Rear roof interior reading lamp assembly
4 Rear roof interior reading lamp assembly

40-2
Lighting System

Repair Guidance
Replacement of Front Combination
Replacement of Front Fog Lamp
Headlamp
Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the front bumper assembly.
2 Remove the front bumper assembly.
3 Remove 4 fastening bolts of the front fog lamp.
3 Remove 4 fastening bolts of the front
combination headlamp.

GS300004
GS300002
4 Disconnect the harness connector.
4 Disconnect the harness connector. 5 Remove the front fog lamp assembly.
5 Remove the front combination headlamp 6 Remove the inoperative bulb.
assembly.
6 Remove the inoperative bulb.

GS300005

GS300003

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

40-3
Lighting System

6 Remove the inoperative bulb and microphone.


Replacement of Front Roof Interior Reading
Lamp Assembly
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Pry off the lampshade.

GS300008

Installation

GS300006 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

3 Remove 2 fastening screws of the front reading


lamp.

4 Pry off the front reading lamp assembly.

GS300007

5 Disconnect the harness connector and remove


the front reading lamp assembly.

40-4
Lighting System

6 Remove the inoperative bulb.


Replacement of Rear Roof Interior Reading
Lamp Assembly
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Pry off the lampshade.

GS300011

Installation

GS300009 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

3 Remove 2 fastening screws of the rear reading


lamp.

GS300010

4 Disconnect the harness connector.

5 Remove the rear reading lamp assembly.

40-5
Lighting System

Replacement of Rear Combination Headlamp Replacement of Rear Combination Headlamp


A B
Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove 2 fastening bolts of the rear 2 Remove the tailgate interior trim panel (refer to
combination headlamp A. Replacement of Tailgate Interior Trim Panel).

3 Remove 3 fastening nuts of the rear combination


headlamp B.

GS300012

3 Remove the rear combination headlamp A


GS300015
assembly and disconnect the harness connector.

4 Remove the inoperative bulb. 4 Remove the rear combination headlamp B


assembly and disconnect the harness connector.

5 Remove the inoperative bulb.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS300013

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

40-6
Lighting System

Replacement of Rear Roof Interior Reading Replacement of Rear Height Sensor and
Lamp Assembly Bracket
Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Pry off the rear roof reading lamp assembly. 2 Disconnect the electrical connector.

3 Remove 2 bolts fixing the rear height sensor and


bracket to the right side member welding
assembly.

GS300014

3 Disconnect the harness connector and remove


the reading lamp assembly. ES220020

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

ES220022

40-7
Lighting System

4 Remove 2 nuts fixing the rear height sensor and


Replacement of Rear Combination Lamp
bracket to the rear axle assembly.
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove 2 bolts fixing the rear combination lamp
to the rear panel mounting plate.

ES220021

5 Remove the rear height sensor and bracket


assembly.

ES220007

3 Disconnect the electrical connector.

4 Remove the rear combination lamp assembly.

5 Remove the inoperative bulbs of position lamp


and brake lamp (1), bulb of turning signal lamp
(2), bulb of reverse lamp (3) and bulb of rear fog
lamp (4).

1
ES220023
2

Installation 3

1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

ES220024

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

40-8
Lighting System

5 Remove the inoperative bulb of license lamp.


Replacement of License Lamp
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.

ES220025

ES220008
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

ES220009

2 Pry off the license lamp through the access hole.

3 Disconnect the electrical connector.

4 Remove the license lamp assembly.

40-9
Lighting System

Replacement of Reflex Reflector Replacement of High Mounted Stop Lamp


Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable. 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove 2 fastening nuts and 2 washers of the 2 Remove the interior trim panel assembly.
reflex reflector.
3 Press the buckle of high mounted stop lamp with
a flat blade screwdriver through the access hole,
and eject out the high mounted stop lamp.

ES220010

3 Remove the reflex reflector assembly.


ES220011

4 Disconnect the electrical connector.


Installation
5 Remove the high mounted stop lamp assembly.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

ES220012

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

40-10
Air Conditioning
Air Conditioning

Technical Parameters
Parameters

Compressor model 7PV18

Compressor displacement 8~175cm3/r

Speed

·Minimum speed 700r/min

·Maximum speed 8000r/min

Lubricating oil PAG

Refill amount 120ml

Evaporator temperature sensor

·Compressor ON ≥3℃

·Compressor OFF ≤1℃


Pressure protection

·High pressure protection opening ≥ 3.14 Mpa, the switch disconnects


pressure

·Low pressure protection opening ≤ 0.196Mpa, the switch disconnects


pressure

Rated voltage 12V

Consumed electric power ≤ 45W


Refrigerant R134a

Refrigerant filling amount Dual-zone A/C 900 ± 30g, single-zone A/C 620 ± 30g

Torque

Application Torque value (N.m)

Bolt - front A/C assembly to IP frame 9±1


Nut - front A/C assembly to IP frame 9±1
Bolt - A/C compressor assembly to engine assembly 22 ± 2
Bolt - A/C pipe to condenser 9±1
Bolt - compressor exhaust pipe 22 ± 2
Nut - cooling pipe pressing plate 9±1
Bolt - compressor intake pipe 22 ± 2
Bolt - upper radiator bracket 9±1
Bolt - intercooler intake pipe to subframe 9±1

41-1
Air Conditioning

Application Torque value (N.m)

Bolt - cooling fan radiator 5±1


Bolt - A/C pipe to front expansion valve pipeline 9±1
Nut - A/C pipe assembly to vehicle body 9±1
Bolt - A/C pipe assembly to vehicle body 9±1
Bolt - transmission oil cooler pipe assembly to transmission 22 ± 2
Bolt - transmission oil cooler water inlet pipe assembly to 9±1
middle third beam

Bolt - rear A/C air duct to vehicle body 5±1


Bolt - tightening front A/C intake/outlet pipe assembly to 9±1
right front wheelhouse panel of body

Nut - compressor intake pipe assembly and condenser 9±1


outlet pipe assembly

Bolt - A/C pipe to front expansion valve pipeline 9±1


Nut - A/C pipe assembly to vehicle body 9±1
Bolt - A/C pipe assembly to vehicle body 9±1
Bolt - air pressure/temperature sensor 3 ± 0.5

Technical Requirements of A/C: 11 Noise: less than 43dB(A)

1 Operating voltage range: DC 9V ~ 18V 12 Consistency of angle on the drawing and angle
with load in fact shall be met.
2 Operating temperature range: -40 ℃ ~ +85 ℃
13 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) shall meet
3 Rated voltage: DC 12V with ES 96200-00
4 Rated current: ≤ 150 mA 14 Flame retardance: apply to specifications of
5 Rated load: 4 kgf-cm flame retardant UL94-HB and above

6 Specifications of resistor: 15 Resistance of servo motor armature is 26.47 Ω


|20 ℃
1) Rated voltage: DC 12V

2) Rated power: 0.25W (at 40°)

3) Operating voltage range: DC 5V ± 0.5V

4) Resistance value range: 5K ± 10%

5) Damping properties meet with JIS C 6444

7 Speed:

1) Rated speed: 3.6 ± 0.6 rpm

2) No-load speed: 4.1 ± 0.9 rpm

8 Stall torque: 1.76 N.m(18 Kgf.cm)/at DC 12V

9 Locked-rotor current: ≤ 400 mA


10 Torque when stopping (power off): 2 Kgf-cm

41-2
Air Conditioning

2 Mode damper motor (DC motor)


Technical Parameters of A/C Components

1 Internal/external circulation motor (DC motor)

3 4 5 6 7

3 4 5 6 7

GS350001

GS350001

PIN FUNCTION

1 -
PIN FUNCTION
2 -
1 -
3 VENT
2 -
4 DEF
3 FRE
5 SENSOR REF(+5V)
4 REC
6 ACTUATOR F/B
5 SENSOR REF (+5V)
7 GND
6 ACTUATOR F/B

7 GND

VENT DEF
7 GND (12V)
CCW
FRE REC 6 F/B
(0V)
7 GND (12V) 5 +5V
CCW
6 F/B 4 DEF DEF VENT
(0V)
5 +5V (0V)
M 3 VENT CW
4 REC REC FRE (12V)
(0V)
M 3 FRE CW
(12V)
GS350003

GS350002

41-3
Air Conditioning

3 Left blend damper motor 4 Right blend damper motor

3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7

GS350001 GS350001

PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION

1 - 1 -

2 - 2 -

3 MAX BOT 3 MAX COOL

4 MAX COOL 4 MAX HOT

5 SENSOR REF(+5V) 5 SENSOR REF(+5V)

6 ACTUATOR F/B 6 ACTUATOR F/B

7 GND 7 GND

HOT COOL COOL HOT


7 GND (12V) 7 GND (12V)
CCW CCW
6 F/B 6 F/B
(0V) (0V)
5 +5V 5 +5V
4 COOL COOL HOT 4 HOT HOT COOL
(0V) (0V)
M 3 HOT CW M 3 COOL CW
(12V) (12V)

GS350003 GS350005

41-4
Air Conditioning

Troubleshooting Information and


Procedure

Failure Possible Causes Measures

System Failure

Poor refrigeration effect Lack of refrigerant Exclude leakage points, and refill the
refrigerant

Excessive refrigerant Release a proper amount of refrigerant

Check the evaporator core for dirts Clean/clear dirts

Condenser contaminated or blocked Clear dirts

There is frost on the compressor air return Re-fix the thermal bulb
connecting pipe joint

Compressor starts and Check high pressure Release a proper amount of refrigerant
stops frequently

There is frost on the Receiver-drier blocked Replace


dryer connecting outlet

There is frost on the Expansion valve blocked Replace


expansion valve inlet
side

Electric Appliance Failure

A/C does not work A/C fuse failure Replace

Compressor does not A/C switch failure Replace


work
Compressor power line failure Repair

Pressure switch failure Re-plug or replace

Electromagnetic clutch failure Replace the compressor

The blower does not Fuse failure Replace


work
Control panel blower speed switch failure Replace

Blower wiring failure Repair

Blower failure Replace

Evaporator freezes Defroster switch is on Replace the defroster switch

Poor contact of defroster switch Repair

Fuse failure Replace

The condenser fan Pressure switch failure Re-plug or replace


does not work
Condenser fan power line failure Repair

Condenser fan failure Replace

Control panel failure Replace

Mechanical Failure

Belt slackness Belt vibrates severely Adjust the belt tension

41-5
Air Conditioning

Clutch slip The clutch slips due to friction surface Clean the clutch surface
contamination Replace the compressor
The clutch makes friction noise after
engagement

The compressor makes The compressor makes metal friction sound Replace the compressor
abnormal sound inside

The compressor gets The compressor does not work Replace the compressor
stuck

Poor Heating Effect

No warm air or poor Low water temperature Notify the engine manufacturer or vehicle
heating effect manufacturer

Lack of coolant Refill coolant

Coolant circulates inadequately Clean or replace

41-6
Air Conditioning

Layout
A/C System Layout

4
2 3

GS350006

1 Front A/C assembly 3 Rear A/C assembly


2 A/C pipeline 4 A/C compressor

41-7
Air Conditioning

Refill
Repair Guidance
1 Confirm the system is vacuum without leakage,
Coolant Drain and Refill connect the intermediate pipe connecting the
Emission manifold gauge to the vacuum pump to the joint
of refrigerant tank.
1 Connect 3 pipes to the manifold gauge as
required. 2 Place the refrigerant tank on an electronic scale,
open the refrigerant tank valve, and loosen the
2 Respectively connect the red high-pressure pipe intermediate pipe on the manifold gauge to
and blue low-pressure pipe to the flush valve of release air in the pipe. Do not tighten the joint
A/C system. until refrigerant flows out from the joint.
3 Prepare a measuring cup, place a yellow 3 Check and record the weight reading on the
intermediate connecting pipe in it, and cover it electronic scale, and turn on the high-pressure
with a clean cloth to prevent the refrigerant oil switch on the manifold gauge. Then refrigerant
from spraying out. flows into HVAC system. Observe the weight
4 Slowly turn the blue and red knobs on the reading on the electronic scale at any time.
manifold gauge, and then coolant and refrigerant 4 When the refilling amount reaches the specified
oil will flow out slowly. weight, turn off the manifold gauge switch and
5 After the coolant in the system is drained subsequently close the refrigerant tank valve.
completely, tighten the high-low pressure knob 5 Remove the manifold gauge, and refilling is
on the gauge, and remove the pipe. finished.
6 Suck the refrigerant oil drained out into the Note: High pressure: 3.14MPa
system in virtue of the vacuum in the system and
the manifold gauge after vacuuming the system. Low pressure: 0.196MPa
Medium pressure: 1.77MPa

Low pressure High pressure


gauge gauge LOW pressure
pipe (blue) Placement
Vacuum pumping starts

Vacuum pumping stops

20 for 5 Pressure gauge


Air tightness check

Refrigerant charge
minutes minutes indicating normal
Connecting pipe
(yellow) End

High pressure -750


pipe (red) mmhg

Gauge seat

Check the Pressure


connection rises back
ES310001

ES310002

41-8
Air Conditioning

7 Disconnect the A/C compressor assembly from


Replacement of A/C Compressor Assembly
engine harness connector.
Removal
1 Recycle the A/C system refrigerant.
2 Disconnect the battery negative.

3 Release the V-belt.

4 Remove the turbocharger intake pipe.

5 Remove the compressor intake pipe 1.

1 2 GS030219

GS030217

6 Remove the compressor exhaust pipe.

GS030220

8 Unscrew 3 bolts fixing the A/C compressor


assembly to the engine assembly.

GS030218

GS030221

9 Remove the A/C compressor assembly.

41-9
Air Conditioning

Installation
Refill of Refrigerant Oil
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
Removal
attention to the following precautions:
1 Place the liquid filling machine flat onto the
- Tighten the bolts fixing the A/C compressor assembly to
working table or the oil drum.
the engine assembly to the torque of 23 ± 2N.m

- Tighten the bolts of the compressor intake pipe to the


torque of 9 ± 1N.m

- Tighten the bolts of the compressor exhaust pipe to the


torque of 9 ± 1N.m.

- Tighten the A/C pipeline to the engine oil pan to the


torque of 9 ± 1N.m

GS350008

2 Open the plug cap of the hole marked with IN on


the reservoir, and refill the refrigerant oil (type:
PAG) with specific filling capacity shown in the
table below. After refilling, cover the plug cap and
press it tightly. The refilling process should be
completed within 1 minute.

3 Check the reservoir body for oil contamination. If


any, wipe it clean.

GS350009

41-10
Air Conditioning

Replacement of Compressor Intake/Exhaust


SN. Items Refill Capacity (ml) Pipe Assembly
1 Replace the 30 Removal
condenser
1 Drain first and then recycle the refrigerant.
2 Replace the 30
auxiliary 2 Unscrew the nuts (2) fixing the compressor
condenser intake pipe to the right front wheelhouse panel of
body.
3 Replace the 15
drier

4 Replace the 50
evaporator

5 Replace the 20
single pipeline

6 Replace the A/C If the residual oil poured


compressor out form the compressor is
less than 30 ml, refrigerant
oil with the amount of 50 ml
should be compensated.
If the amount is greater
than 30 ml, the same
amount of refrigerant oil
should be compensated. GS350010
7 Recycle the Dual-zone A/C 50 ml;
refrigerant Single-zone A/C 20ml. 3 Unscrew 2 bolts (3) and 1 bolt (4) fixing the
compressor intake pipe (1) to the engine
assembly.

GS350011

4 Release the nuts securing the condenser outlet


pipe assembly to the refrigerant coupling pipe
assembly. Disconnect the connector between
the pressure switch on condenser outlet pipe
assembly and the engine compartment harness.

5 Unscrew 1 bolt (3) fixing the compressor exhaust


pipe assembly (1) to the A/C compressor
assembly.

6 Unscrew 1 bolt securing the condenser outlet


pipe assembly to the cooling system.

41-11
Air Conditioning

7 Unscrew 1 bolt (2) securing the compressor


Condenser Replacement
exhaust pipe assembly (1) to the condenser.
Removal
1 Drain first and then recycle the refrigerant.
2 Remove the upper front bumper beam.

3 Remove the bolts connecting the condenser and


the radiator.

4 Remove the condenser.

GS350012

8 Remove the compressor intake pipe assembly,


compressor exhaust pipe assembly and
condenser outlet pipe assembly respectively.

Installation
GS350013
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
-Tighten the nuts securing the compressor intake pipe (1) Installation
to the right front wheelhouse panel of body to: 9 ± 1N.m
1 Install the condenser.
-Tighten the bolts securing the compressor exhaust pipe 2 Tighten relevant bolts.
(1) to the compressor assembly to: 22 ± 2N.m
3 Install the front bumper and beam (Refer to
-Tighten the bolts securing the compressor exhaust pipe Installation of Front Bumper).
(1) to the condenser to: 9 ± 1N.m 4 Refill the refrigerant.

41-12
Air Conditioning

9 Remove the front A/C assembly (1).


Replacement of Front A/C Assembly
Removal
1 Recycle the A/C system refrigerant. Installation
2 Remove the bolts securing the A/C hard pipe 1 Install the front A/C assembly.
assembly to the expansion valve, and disconnect
2 Connect the connector of front A/C assembly
the connection. and instrument harness.
3 Remove 2 clamps securing heater core water
3 Tighten 4 nuts fixing the front A/C assembly to IP
inlet/outlet pipe to the core and disconnect the
frame to the torque of 9 ± 1N.m.
connection.
4 Tighten 1 bolt fixing the front A/C assembly to IP
4 Remove the instrument panel assembly.
frame. Tightening torque: 9 ± 1N.m.
5 Remove bolts and nuts fixing the A/C assembly 5 Install bolts and nuts fixing the A/C assembly to
to the dash panel. the dash panel.

6 Install the instrument panel assembly.

7 Install 2 clamps securing the heater core water


inlet/outlet pipe to the core and connect them.

8 Install the bolts securing the A/C hard pipe


assembly to the expansion valve, and connect
them.

9 Refill the A/C system refrigerant.

GS350031

6 Unscrew 1 bolt fixing the front A/C assembly (1)


to IP frame.

7 Unscrew 4 nuts fixing the front A/C assembly (1)


to IP frame.

GS350032

8 Disconnect the connector of front A/C assembly


(1)and instrument harness.

41-13
Air Conditioning

Replacement of Front Floor Air Duct Replacement of Front Heater Water Inlet Pipe
Removal Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the seats, carpet and CNSL.
2 Unscrew 8 nuts (2) fixing the front floor air duct 1 Remove the clamps fixing the front heater water
(1) to the front floor. inlet pipe assembly to the rear heater water inlet/
outlet pipe assembly. (If equipped with the rear
heater).

GS350033

3 Disconnect the front end of air duct from the joint GS350035
of front A/C air vents.
2 Unscrew the bolts fixing the front heater water
4 Remove the front floor air duct. inlet pipe assembly to the transmission
assembly.

GS350034
GS350036

Installation
1 Install the front floor air duct.
2 Connect the front end of air duct and front A/C
air vents.

3 Unscrew 8 nuts (2) fixing the front floor air duct


(1) to the front floor. Tightening torque: 5±1N.m.
4 Install the seats, carpet and CNSL.

41-14
Air Conditioning

3 Remove the clamps fixing the front heater water


Replacement of Rear Floor Air Duct
inlet pipe assembly to the front A/C assembly.
Removal
1 Remove the seats (refer to Removal/Installation
of Seats).
2 Remove the carpet (refer to Removal/Installation
of Carpet).

3 Remove the interior trim panel (refer to Removal/


Installation of Interior Trim Panel).

4 Remove the bolts - rear A/C air duct to body (2)


tightening the rear floor air duct to body.

GS350037

4 Remove the clamps fixing the front heater water


inlet pipe assembly to the engine.

GS350039

GS350038

5 Remove the front heater water inlet pipe


assembly.

Installation
1 Install the front heater water inlet pipe assembly.
GS350040
2 Install the clamps fixing the front heater water
inlet pipe assembly to the engine. 5 Remove the rear floor air duct.
3 Install the clamps fixing the front heater water
inlet pipe assembly to the front A/C assembly.
Installation
4 Install the bolts fixing the front heater water inlet
pipe assembly to the transmission assembly. 1 Install the rear floor air duct.

5 Install the clamps fixing the front heater water 2 Tighten the bolts - rear A/C air duct to body (2)
inlet pipe assembly to the rear heater water inlet/ tightening the rear floor air duct to body.
outlet pipe assembly (if equipped with the rear Tightening torque: 5 ± 1N.m.
heater).

41-15
Air Conditioning

3 Install the interior trim panel (refer to Removal/


Replacement of Rear A/C Assembly
Installation of Interior Trim Panel).
Removal
4 Install the carpet (refer to Removal/Installation of
Carpet). 1 Remove the rear body side trim panel (refer to
Replacement of Rear Body Side Trim Panel).
5 Install the seats ( refer to Removal/Installation of
Seats). 2 Unscrew 1 bolt (9) fixing the rear A/C air duct
assembly F (8) to rear body side interior sheet
metal. Disconnect the rear A/C air duct assembly
(8) from the rear A/C assembly (1).

3 Unscrew 2 bolts (7) fixing the rear A/C intake/


outlet pipe assembly (4) to the rear body floor.

4 Unscrew 1 bolt (5) fixing the rear A/C intake/


outlet pipe assembly (4) to the expansion valve
of rear A/C assembly (1). Take down 1 thermal
insulation rubber of A/C pipe (6) from the joint of
rear A/C intake/outlet pipe assembly (4) and rear
A/C assembly (1). Disconnect the rear A/C
intake/outlet pipe assembly (4) from the rear A/C
assembly (1).

5 Disconnect the rear A/C drain pipe assembly (2)


from the rear A/C assembly (1).

6 Unscrew 5 bolts (3) fixing the rear A/C assembly


(1) to the left rear side wall.

7 Take out the lower pipeline of rear A/C assembly


(1) from the underbody (S1), install it to the
indicated location, and disconnect 3 harnesses
(T1-T3) of rear A/C assembly (1) from the left
floor harness connector.

41-16
Air Conditioning

8 Remove the rear A/C assembly (1). 10 Take 3 bolts/screws - rear A/C assembly to body
(2) and tighten the rear A/C assembly to body.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
-Tighten the bolts fixing the rear A/C air duct assembly F
to rear body side interior sheet metal to the torque of 5 ±
1N.m.

-Tighten the bolts fixing the rear A/C intake/outlet pipe


assembly to the rear body floor to the torque of 9 ± 1N.m
GS350041
-Tighten the bolts fixing the rear A/C intake/outlet pipe
assembly to the expansion vale of rear A/C assembly to
the torque of 9 ± 1N.m

-Tighten the bolts fixing the rear A/C assembly to the left
rear side wall to the torque of 9 ± 1N.m

GS350042

9 Take 1 nut - rear A/C reinforcing bracket to body


(3) and tighten the rear A/C assembly to body.

41-17
Air Conditioning

Replacement of Front A/C Control Panel Replacement of Rear A/C Control Panel
Removal Removal
1 Remove the air duct trim panel first. 1 Remove the auxiliary fascia console rear panel
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia
2 Unscrew 2 screws fixing the front A/C control
Console Rear Panel) first.
panel to the instrument panel body assembly.
2 Remove the rear A/C control panel from the
3 Disconnect the harness connector from front A/C
auxiliary fascia console assembly.
control panel.
3 Disconnect the rear A/C control panel from the
4 Remove the front A/C control panel.
ceiling harness connector.

4 Remove the rear A/C control panel.

GS350043

GS350044

Installation
1 Install the front A/C control panel.
Installation
2 Connect the harness connector of front A/C
1 Install the rear A/C control panel.
control panel.
2 Install the rear A/C control panel and the ceiling
3 Tighten 2 screws fixing the front A/C control
harness connector.
panel to the instrument panel body assembly.
3 Install the rear A/C control panel from the
4 Install the air duct trim panel.
auxiliary fascia console assembly.
5 Conduct the matching after installation, refer to
4 Install the auxiliary fascia console rear panel
Scan Tool Matching for details.
(refer to Replacement of Auxiliary Fascia
Console Rear Panel).

5 Conduct the matching after installation, refer to


Scan Tool Matching for details.

41-18
Air Conditioning

Replacement of Transmission Oil Cooler Replacement of Transmission Oil Cooler


Pipe Assembly Water Inlet/Outlet Pipe Assembly
Removal Removal
1 Disconnect the water inlet/outlet pipe first. 1 Remove 2 bolts (2) fixing the transmission oil
cooler water inlet pipe assembly (1) to the middle
2 Unscrew the bolts fixing the transmission oil
third beam assembly.
cooler pipe assembly to the transmission.

GS350047
GS350045
2 Release the clamps inserting pipe orifices on
3 Unscrew the bolts fixing the engine assembly to
both sides of transmission oil cooler water inlet
the transmission.
pipe assembly into the transmission oil cooler
assembly and heater water pipeline assembly.
Release the clamps inserting pipe orifices on
both sides of transmission oil cooler water outlet
2
pipe assembly into the transmission oil cooler
assembly and heater water pipeline assembly.

1
GS350046

4 Remove the transmission oil cooler pipe


assembly.

Installation
GS350048
1 Install the transmission oil cooler pipe assembly.
2 Install the bolts fixing the engine assembly to the
transmission.

3 Remove the bolts fixing the transmission oil


cooler pipe to the transmission, tightening
torque: 22 ± 2N.m.
4 Connect the water inlet/outlet pipe.

41-19
Air Conditioning

3 Remove the transmission oil cooler water inlet


Replacement of Front A/C Intake/Outlet Pipe
pipe.
Assembly
Removal
Installation 1 Remove the bolts securing the front A/C intake/
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay outlet pipe assembly to the right front
attention to the following precautions: wheelhouse panel of body.

-Tighten the bolts securing the transmission oil cooler 2 Remove the nuts inserting the front A/C intake/
outlet pipe assembly into the compressor intake
water inlet pipe assembly to the middle third beam to
pipe assembly and condenser outlet pipe
the torque of 9 ± 1N.m assembly.

3 Remove the bolts securing the front A/C intake/


outlet pipe assembly to the body dash panel.

GS350049

4 Remove the bolts securing the front A/C intake/


outlet pipe assembly to the front A/C assembly.

GS350050

Installation
1 Install the bolts securing the front A/C intake/
outlet pipe assembly to the front A/C assembly.

41-20
Air Conditioning

2 Install the bolts securing the front A/C intake/


Replacement of Rear A/C Intake/Outlet Pipe
outlet pipe assembly to the body dash panel.
Assembly
3 Install the nuts inserting the front A/C intake/
Removal
outlet pipe assembly into the compressor intake
pipe assembly and condenser outlet pipe 1 Remove the bolts connecting the rear A/C
assembly. intake/outlet pipe assembly (3) to the pipe orifice
of rear A/C assembly.
4 Install the bolts securing the front A/C intake/
outlet pipe assembly to the right front 2 Unscrew the nuts fixing the rear A/C intake/outlet
wheelhouse panel of body. pipe assembly (3) to the body.

3 Unscrew the nuts connecting the rear A/C intake/


outlet pipe assembly (3) to the pipe orifice of rear
A/C intake/outlet pipe assembly (2).

GS350051

4 Unscrew the nuts fixing the rear A/C intake/outlet


pipe assembly (2) to the body.

5 Unscrew the nuts (4) connecting the rear A/C


intake/outlet pipe assembly (2) to the pipe orifice
of rear A/C intake/outlet pipe assembly (1).

GS350052

41-21
Air Conditioning

Replacement of Air Pressure/Temperature


Sensor
Removal
1 Remove the intercooler assembly, refer to
Removal/Installation of Intercoller.
2 Remove the bolts fixing the air pressure/
temperature sensor to the intercooler assembly.

3 Remove the air pressure/temperature sensor.

GS350053
6 Unscrew the nuts fixing the rear A/C intake/outlet
pipe assembly (1) to the body, unplug the pipe
orifices of the rear A/C intake/outlet pipe
assembly (1) and the front A/C intake/outlet pipe
assembly.

GS350055

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

GS350054

7 Remove the rear A/C intake/outlet pipe


assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

41-22
Air Conditioning

Replacement of Rear A/C Air Duct


Removal
1 Remove the ceiling (refer to Ceiling
Replacement).
2 Remove the rear A/C air duct assembly F (refer
to Replacement of Rear A/C Assembly).

3 Remove the rear A/C air duct assembly A, rear


A/C air duct assembly B, rear A/C air duct
assembly C and rear A/C air duct assembly D
from the ceiling successively.

GS350056

GS350057

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
Clean the contact surfaces between each rear A/C air
duct assembly and the ceiling, and spray moderate
amount of hot melt adhesive onto the ceiling.

41-23
Air Conditioning

Description and Operation


Overview
The heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) system can create a comfortable environment with fresh air and
moderate temperature for driver and passengers in the vehicle. The automobile HVAC system shall have greater
refrigerating capacity, warm air capacity and ventilation volume to adapt to the great temperature disparity in different
areas. The HVAC system equipped for this vehicle can realize rapid refrigeration to satisfy the user's demand.

HVAC system is mainly composed of the compressor, condenser, expansion valve, evaporator, pipeline assembly, etc.

Operating Principle
The HVAC system absorbs heat from air through refrigerant circulation to lower the air temperature and eliminate water
vapor in the air, so as to maintain the cooling and moisture. Meanwhile, the HVAC system also can clear the frost and fog
on the windscreens and side windows by introducing cool and hot air.

HVAC Schematic Diagram

Gas
High temperature and
high pressure Low temperature and
low pressure

High-temperature Compre
high-pressure gas ssor Expansion Gas
valve
Compre
Liquid ssing Evapora
Condenser Conden tion
sation To absorb
heat

Release of heat
Expan Expansion
sion valve

Liquids(high pressure)

ES310070

1 After starting the vehicle, driven by the engine, the compressor starts operating to impel refrigerant to
circulate in the sealed HVAC system. Then the compressor compresses the gaseous refrigerant into high-
temperature and high-pressure refrigerant gas and exhausts the gas.
2 After flowing into the condenser via pipeline, the high-temperature and high-pressure refrigerant gas will
radiate and cool down in the condenser, and then become medium-temperature and high-pressure liquid
refrigerant and flow out. (Condensation refers to the process of cooling steam to a temperature no more

41-24
Air Conditioning

than its saturation temperature to convert the steam to liquid. It is an exothermic process because the
conversion from gas to liquid must be realized through heat release).
3 Then the medium-temperature and high-pressure liquid refrigerant flows into the receiver-drier via pipeline.
After drying and filtration, it flows into the expansion valve.
4 The medium-temperature and high-pressure liquid refrigerant will rapidly change into the low-temperature/
pressure fog-state refrigerant after it is throttled by the expansion valve.
5 Then the low-temperature/pressure fog-state refrigerant immediately enters the evaporator and absorbs
heat from the air flowing through the evaporator, so as to lower the air temperature and generate cool air,
realizing cooling effect. Then the refrigerant will evaporate to the low-temperature/pressure gaseous
refrigerant due to heat absorption. (In refrigeration technology, evaporation refers to the process where a
liquid converts from liquid to gas in the boiling state. It is an endothermic process because the conversion
from liquid to gas must be realized by absorbing heat from the external).
6 Then the low-temperature/pressure gaseous refrigerant is sucked by the compressor again via pipeline for
compression and enters the next circulation. As long as the compressor keeps operating, the refrigerant will
circulate in the HVAC system to realize refrigeration; if the compressor stops operating, the refrigerant will
stop circulating accordingly and not produce refrigeration effect.

41-25
Air Conditioning

Introduction of Parts Function


Compressor: It compresses the low-temperature and low-pressure gas from the evaporator to the high-temperature and
high-pressure gas. It is located between the evaporator and condenser and driven by the engine.

Condenser: It converts the gaseous refrigerant to liquid refrigerant. It is located between the compressor and receiver-
drier.

Expansion valve: It is the throttling device which isolates the system high-pressure side and low-pressure side. After the
high-pressure liquid refrigerant is throttled, the refrigerant will convert into the low-pressure and low-temperature fog
mixture of gas and liquid, which has the capacity to absorb heat. It measures the volume of liquid refrigerant entering the
evaporator by detecting the temperature of evaporator outlet and adjusts the inlet clearance to adapt to condition change.
It automatically adjusts the refrigerant flow according to the size of thermal load, so as to ensure the evaporator operates
safely and efficiently.

Evaporator: It absorbs heat from exterior air to heat and evaporate the refrigerant from the expansion valve to the low-
temperature and low-pressure gas. At this time, the air around the evaporator exterior cools down, and then the blower
blows out the cool air. Then the gas is sent to the compressor again to carry on refrigerating through circulation.

41-26
Wiper/Washer System
Wiper/Washer System

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque Value (N.m)

Nut - wiper arm assembly 45 ± 2


Bolt - wiper motor assembly 9±1
Bolt - front washer reservoir assembly 9±1
Nut - rear wiper arm assembly 20 ± 2
Bolt - rear wiper motor assembly 9±1
Bolt - front washer reservoir cover assembly 9±1

42-1
Wiper/Washer System

Layout
Front Wiper and Washer Layout

2 4
1 1

6
2 4
3

4
5

7
8

10

GS250001

1 Front wiper blade 6 Wiper motor assembly


2 Wiper arm assembly 7 Washer reservoir cover assembly
3 Front washer nozzle assembly 8 Bolt - front washer reservoir cover assembly
4 Bolt - wiper motor assembly 9 Washer reservoir body assembly
5 Front washer fluid hose assembly 10 Front windscreen washer pump

42-2
Wiper/Washer System

Rear Wiper and Washer Layout

2 4

5 5
6

GS250002

1 Rear wiper blade 4 Nut - rear wiper arm assembly


2 Rear wiper arm assembly 5 Bolt - rear wiper motor assembly
3 Rear wiper arm cover 6 Rear wiper motor assembly

42-3
Wiper/Washer System

Repair Guidance Replacement of Wiper Linkage Assembly


(with Motor)
Replacement of Front Wiper Blade
Removal
Removal
1 Place the wiper control switch to "OFF" position.
1 Rotate the wiper blade on the wiper arm.
2 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
2 Slide the wiper blade downward along the wiper
arm while pressing the retaining clip to remove it. 3 Remove the wiper arm assembly (refer to
Replacement of Wiper Arm Assembly).
4 Remove the front windscreen cover plate
assembly (refer to Replacement of Front
Windscreen Cover Plate Assembly).
5 Disconnect the harness from the wiper motor.
6 Remove the bolts from the linkage mechanism
(as indicated by the arrow).

GS250003

Installation
1 Slide the wiper blade into the arm till the
retaining clip is engaged to install the wiper
blade.
2 Locate the wiper blade to the windscreen.
GS250004

Installation
Replacement of Wiper Arm Assembly
Removal 1 Place the wiper motor assembly into the
windscreen gutter channel.
1 Remove the front wiper blade (refer to 2 Tighten the bolts connecting the linkage
Replacement of Front Wiper Blade). mechanism assembly and the front wall to 9 ±
2 Remove the wiper arm cover. 1N.m.
3 Unscrew the nuts securing the wiper arm to the 3 Adjust the linkage position to allow three joints of
spindle of linkage mechanism. the drive rod on the same line.
4 Remove the wiper arm assembly. 4 Tighten the nuts of wiper arm assembly to 45 ±
2N.m.
5 Connect the harness of wiper motor.
Installation 6 Connect the battery (positive first).
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay 7 Briefly operate the wiper switch to check whether
attention to the following precautions: the wiper mechanism is in "OFF" position.
- Tighten the nuts of wiper arm assembly to 20 ± 2N.m. 8 Pour water on the windscreen to check the
operability of the wiper.

42-4
Wiper/Washer System

Replacement of Wiper Motor Assembly Replacement of Washer Reservoir Body


Removal Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the wiper linkage assembly (with
motor), refer to Replacement of Wiper Linkage 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
Assembly (with Motor).
2 Disconnect the electrical connector of the front
2 Unscrew the bolts and nuts connecting the motor windscreen washer pump.
to linkage mechanism, and remove the wiper
motor assembly. 3 Disconnect the hose from the front windscreen
washer pump.

4 Remove the washer reservoir cover assembly


(refer to Replacement of Washer Reservoir
Cover Assembly).

5 Remove the wheelhouse liner.

6 Remove all connecting bolts and nuts from the


washer reservoir body assembly.

GS250005

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Observe
the following precaution:
-·Reconnect the battery (positive first).

GS250006

7 Remove the washer reservoir body assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

42-5
Wiper/Washer System

Replacement of Washer Reservoir Cover Replacement of Front Windscreen Washer


Assembly Pump
Removal Removal

1 Remove the bolts and washers, and carefully 1 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
pull out the washer reservoir cover assembly. 2 Disconnect the electrical connector of the front
windscreen washer pump.
3 Disconnect the hose from the front windscreen
washer pump.
4 Remove the washer pump from the washer
reservoir assembly.

GS250007

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
GS250008

5 Remove the washer pump from the washer


reservoir assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Observe
the following precaution:
-·Reconnect the battery (positive first).

42-6
Wiper/Washer System

Replacement of Front Washer Fluid Hose and Replacement of Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
Nozzle Removal
Removal
1 Remove the rear wiper blade (refer to
1 Remove the front windscreen cover plate Replacement of Rear Wiper Blade).
assembly (refer to Replacement of Front 2 Remove the rear wiper arm cover.
Windscreen Cover Plate Assembly).
3 Unscrew the nuts securing the wiper arm to the
2 Open and support the engine hood. motor.
3 Disconnect the hose from the washer water
pump end.

4 Disconnect the front washer fluid hose assembly


from the nozzle.

5 Remove the washer nozzle.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Replacement of Rear Wiper Blade GS250009


Removal
4 Remove the rear wiper arm assembly.
1 Rotate the blade on the wiper arm.
2 Slide the wiper blade downward along the wiper
Installation
arm while pressing the retaining clip to remove it.
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Observe
the following precaution:
Installation - Tighten the nuts of rear wiper arm assembly to 20 ±
1 Slide the wiper blade into the arm till the 2N.m.
retaining clip is engaged to install the wiper
blade.
2 Locate the wiper blade to the rear windscreen.

42-7
Wiper/Washer System

Replacement of Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Description and Operation


Removal Wiper system is a functional system designed to keep a
clear view for the driver and passengers, which shall
1 Place the wiper control switch to "OFF" position.
work normally when the vehicle is parking or driving or at
2 Disconnect the battery (negative first).
the highest speed. The front wipers are required to wipe
3 Remove the rear wiper arm assembly (refer to in a clockwise manner. And the wiper system shall
Replacement of Rear Wiper Arm Assembly).
possess the function of pedestrian protection.
4 Remove the tailgate trim panel assembly (refer
to Replacement of Tailgate Trim Panel Wiper motor assembly includes (but is not limited to): 1
Assembly). wiper motor, 1 pair of drive linkage, left and right wiper
5 Unscrew 3 fastening bolts and remove the shaft lock ring (1 for each) and structures related to body
washer. installation. IP54 wiper motor and above is equipped with
thermal protection device to prevent the performance
reduction in case of motor stalling.

The wiper shaft lock ring can not only reduce the
vibration, but also introduce the water flow at the end of
wiper arm to the windscreen gutter channel, thereby
discharging out of the vehicle.

Wiper Arm Assembly

The wipe arm shall be serviceable during all wiping


processes. It is connected on the propeller shaft with the
nuts (each with a cap). The wiper arm shall be in an error
GS250010 proofing design to ensure correct installation. And it must
be able to endure an excess of torque of the nut.
6 Remove the rear wiper motor assembly.
Wiper Blade

Installation After-sales repair shall be achievable for the wiper blade


1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Observe without using special tool. Under no circumstance can
the following precaution: the blade vibrate. And it should be with the function of
rotation prevention, so that the end of the blade will not
-·Reconnect the battery (positive first).
knock the glass during repair. Traditional wiper blades
are recommended for SV71 front wipers.

The wiper blade at the driver side shall be in the length of


600mm, at the front passenger side shall be 500mm and
355mm for the rear wiper blades.

42-8
Wiper/Washer System

Requirements for Wiping Mode

a Requirement for the minimum clearance between wiper blade top and intake grille/A-pillar (see Table 1)

Table 1

Intake grille/windscreen weatherstrip (original position) Windscreen weatherstrip (wiping


position)

Driver side 2 degrees 2 degrees

Passenger side 2 degrees 2 degrees

b When the wiper blade at the passenger side is adopting the wiping mode at the driver side, the clearance between it
and the eye ellipse shall be no less than 100mm;

c The tolerance (as follows) of the wiper mechanism in the output shaft direction should be regards as the critical
dimension:

F/A C/C

Driver side: + 1° + 1°

Passenger side: + 1° + 1°

d The tolerance (critical dimension) within 1mm is allowed for the mounting point of front wiper mechanism;

e The positional tolerance (critical dimension) at the front wiper mechanism shaft spline shall be no more than 2mm;

f The torsion angle of front wiper is the critical dimension, with the tolerance within 2°; while the pressure at the wiper
arm top shall also be the critical dimension, with the tolerance within 8%.

Wipe blade quality

In the whole life span, the wipe blade can provide smooth wiping and the wiping quality shall be at least grade 5 (see
Table 2);

42-9
Wiper/Washer System

Table 2: Wiping Quality

Volts 13.5 10.5

Glass dry wet dry wet


Condition

Arm Force Blade Condition Motor Speed low high low high low high low high

Nominal New > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10

Perm. set >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 >7

End of Useful Life >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5

Min New > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10

Perm. set >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 >7

End of Useful Life >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5

Max New > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10

Perm. set >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 >7 7 >7

End of Useful Life >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5 >5

04 A number of continuous
stripes
10 A very thin and
discontinuous stripe

03 A layer of thin film that


cannot be wiped
09 A very thin and
discontinuous stripe
02 Some areas cannot be
wiped

08 A very thin and continuous


stripe
01 Shake during the wiping

07 3 very thin and continuous


stripes, but cannot be
shown in the center of the
area being wiped

06 4 continuous stripes (with In any cases, wiper blade cannot be contacted with
the width not more than
surrounding parts to avoid damage.
1mm), and only 1 thin and
discontinuous stripe can be
shown in the center of the
area being wiped

05 6 thin and continuous


stripes (with the width not
more than 1mm), and only
1 very thin and continuous
stripe can be shown in the
center of the area being
wiped

42-10
Horn
Horn

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Bolt - horn 9±1

Horn Parameters

Items Specified parameters

Rated voltage 12V

Max. current Up to 6A

Fundamental frequency of bass 400 ± 25Hz


Fundamental frequency of treble 500Hz ± 25Hz
Horn sound level 05-118dB;13.0V>=105dB(A),13.8V <=118dB(A)

Life span 100,000 times, 1s on and 4s off

Operating voltage 9~16V

Normal operating temperature -40 ℃ -+85 ℃

43-1
Horn

Layout
Layout

2
1

GS310001

1 Tweeter assembly 2 Woofer assembly

43-2
Horn

Repair Guidance
Horn Replacement
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the front grille assembly.
3 Disconnect the harness connector.

GS310002

4 Remove 1 retaining bolt from the horn.

GS310003

5 Remove the horn assembly.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

43-3
Horn

43-4
Bumper
Bumper

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Bolt/screw - front bumper lower baffle 9±1


Bolt/screw - front bumper 9±1
Bolt - bumper bracket assembly 9±1
Bolt - rear bumper beam assembly 9±1

44-1
Bumper

Layout
Layout

GS340001

1 Front bumper 2 Rear bumper

44-2
Bumper

Repair Guidance Replacement of Front Bumper

Impact Check Removal

If the impact causes the bumper to deviate from its 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
normal position, replace the following components: 2 Disconnect the harness of the front fog lamp.
3 Disconnect the headlamp washer pump and
Bumper skin
washer hose.
Bumper energy absorption component 4 Remove the fender flare assembly (1) on both
sides.
Bumper beam

GS340002

5 Release 8 bolts of the bottom deflector to


remove bottom deflector.

GS340003

44-3
Bumper

6 Remove the front bumper lower baffle. 9 Remove the bolts securing the front bumper
assembly to the front bumper upper beam
assembly.

1
GS340004

7 Remove some clips of the front wheelhouse GS340010


liner, and disconnect the front bumper from the
fender upper bracket.

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tighten the screws of the bumper bracket assembly to 9
± 1N.m

GS340005

8 Remove the bolts securing the front bumper


assembly to the bumper bracket.

GS340006

44-4
Bumper

7 Remove the bumper bracket assembly (1).


Replacement of Front Bumper Bracket
Removal
1 Remove the front bumper (refer to Removal/
Installation of Bumper).
2 Remove the screws fixing the bumper bracket
assembly (1) to the lower radiator beam.
3 Remove the bumper bracket assembly.
2

GS340009

Installation
2 1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
1 attention to the following precautions:

GS340008 - Tighten the screws of the bumper bracket assembly to 9


± 1N.m
4 Remove the screws fixing the bumper bracket
assembly (1) to the vertical beam of the
headlamp frame.
5 Remove the bumper bracket assembly (1).

GS340009

6 Remove the screws fixing the bumper bracket


assembly to the lower radiator beam and front
bumper upper beam.

44-5
Bumper

Replacement of Rear Bumper


Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative.
2 Disconnect the harness connector of the rear fog
lamp.
3 Disconnect the connector of the reverse radar
sensor.
4 Remove the rear body side fender flare
assembly (1) (1 on either side) from body side
exterior panel.
GS340013
6 Remove 4 bolts of the bumper bracket from the
rear bumper assembly.

GS340011

5 Remove the snap fastener installing the rear


wheelhouse liner (3) to the corresponding GS340014
location on the body, and remove the rear
wheelhouse liner and rear wheelhouse trim 7 Remove the mounting hole plug, remove the bolt
panel. from the rear bumper assembly to body, and
remove the plastic nut of the rear bumper
assembly (3) connecting the tail lamp mounting
panel of the D-pillar exterior panel and the rear
beam lower panel assembly.

GS340012

GS340015

44-6
Bumper

8 Pry the rear bumper assembly at the LR/RR side


Replacement of Rear Bumper Bracket
with a screwdriver.
Removal
1 Remove the rear bumper.
2 Remove the screws fixing the rear bumper
bracket to the body.
3 Take the bolts/screws (2 on either side) of the
rear bumper assembly (2), and fix the rear
mounting bracket (1) of the rear bumper to the
tail lamp mounting panel of the D-pillar exterior
panel, as shown in the figure. Torque D: 2.5 ±
0.5N.m, S: 2.5 ± 0.5N.m.
4 Take the rear mounting bracket (1) of the rear
bumper (1 on either side), and install it to the
GS340016 indicated location on the tail lamp mounting
panel of the D-pillar exterior panel, as shown in
the figure; remove the plastic nuts (2 on either
side) of the rear bumper assembly (3), and
Installation clamp it into the indicated location on the tail
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay lamp mounting panel of the D-pillar exterior
attention to the following precautions: panel, as shown in the figure.

- Tighten the screws of the rear bumper to 9 ± 1N.m.

- Tighten the screws securing the rear bumper to the rear


body side panel to 2.5 ± 0.5N.m.

- Tighten the bolts securing the left/right rear bumper to


the body to 9 ± 1N.m

GS340017

5 Take the bolts/screws (4 on either side) of the


rear bumper assembly (2), and fix the front
mounting bracket (1) of the rear bumper to the
body side exterior panel, as shown in the figure.
Torque D: 2.5 ± 0.5N.m, S: 2.5 ± 0.5N.m.
6 Take the front mounting bracket (1) of the rear
bumper (1 on either side), and install it to the
indicated location on the body side exterior
panel,as shown in the figure.
7 Take the plastic nuts (4 on either side) of the rear
bumper assembly (3), and clamp it into the

44-7
Bumper

indicated location on the body side exterior


panel, as shown in the figure.

GS340018

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tighten the screws securing the rear bumper bracket to
the body to 2.5 ± 0.5N.m.

44-8
Bumper

Replacement of Rear Bumper Beam


Assembly
Removal
1 Remove the rear bumper assembly.
2 Remove the bolts mounting the rear bumper
beam assembly to the body.
3 Take the bolts (2 on either side) of the rear
bumper beam assembly (2), and secure the rear
bumper beam assembly (1) to the indicated
location on the rear panel, as shown in the
figure. Torque D: 9 ± 1N.m; S: 9 ± 1N.m.
4 Take the rear bumper beam assembly (1), 1 on
either side, and install it to the indicated location,
as shown in the figure.

GS340019

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal. Pay
attention to the following precautions:
- Tighten the bolts fixing the rear bumper beam assembly
to the body to 9 ± 1N.m

44-9
Bumper

44-10
On-board Communication System
On-board Communication System

Technical Parameters
Torque

Application Torque (N.m)

Screw - BD/GPS output antenna 2.5 ± 0.5


Bolt - 4G antenna assembly 9±1
Bolt - on-board communication module 9±1

TBOX Technical Parameters

Power Supply

Supply voltage 9~16V

Power consumption Full function ON state < 15W (1.25A)


Standby state < 36mW (3mA)
Power off state < 360uW (30uA)
Operating Environment

Temperature Operation functions: -40~+85 ℃ ; Entertainment functions: -20~+70 ℃


Moisture < 95%RH (with no condensation)
WLAN

Frequency band range 2.4GHz (optional: 5GHz)

Maximum transmit power 11b 16dBm

11g 15.5dBm

11n 15dBm

Receiving sensitivity 11b -88dBm

11g -74dBm

11n -90dBm

45-1
On-board Communication System

GNSS Technical Parameters

GPS frequency band 1575.42MHz

GLONASS frequency band 1602MHz

Big Dipper frequency band 1561.098MHz

Channel 25 star-tracking channels


32 star-capturing channels

RF input impedance 50ohms

Precision Location < 10m (RMS)

< 5m (WAAS)

< 2.5m (DGPS)
Velocity 0.1m/s

Time 1us

Sensitivity Capture -142dBm

Track -160dBm

Starting time Hot start < 3s


(in open environment)
Warm start < 38s
Cold start < 42s
Antenna Fakra connector, externally connected with 3.3V active antenna

45-2
On-board Communication System

4G Antenna and BD/GPS Antenna Technical


Parameters

Description Parameters

Electric 4G antenna GPS/BD antenna


parameters
Main antenna Sub antenna

Frequency 698-960MHz 1710-2690MHz 698-960MHz 1710-2690MHz GPS: 1575.42 ± 1.023MHz


range BD: 1561 ± 2.046MHz
Power gain >=1dBi >=2dBi >=1dBi >=2dBi 26 ± 3dB
Voltage <=3.5 <=3.5 <=3.5 <=3.0 <=2.0
standing-
wave ratio
(SWR)

Impedance 50 Ω 50 Ω 50 Ω
Polarity Linearity Linearity Right-hand circular polarization

Isolation >=10dB@698-960MHz, >=20dB@1710-2690MHz -


degree

DC 100K Ω 100K Ω -
resistance

Supply - - 5 ± 0.5V
voltage

Current - - 15~35mA
(typical)

Mechanical parameters

Connector FAKRA (D-CODE) FAKRA (D-CODE) FAKRA (C-CODE)

Mechanical >=50 times of plug in/pull out >=50 times of plug in/pull out >=50 times of plug in/pull out
operations

Antenna RG174 RG174 RG174


shield
materials

Operating -40 ~ +85°C -40 ~ +85°C -40 ~ +85°C


temperature

45-3
On-board Communication System

Layout
Layout

3
2
1

GS320001

1 BD/GPS output antenna 3 4G antenna assembly


2 On-board communication module

45-4
On-board Communication System

Repair Guidance Replacement of On-board Communication


Module
Replacement of BD/GPS Output Antenna
Removal
Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the instrument panel body assembly
2 Remove the instrument panel body assembly (refer to Replacement of Instrument Panel Body
(refer to Replacement of Instrument Panel Body Assembly).
Assembly).
3 Disconnect the harness connector.
3 Remove 2 screws securing the BD/GPS output
antenna to the instrument panel beam. 4 Remove 2 nuts securing the on-board
communication module to the instrument panel
beam.

GS320002

GS320004
4 Remove the strip securing the BD/GPS output
antenna.
5 Remove the on-board communication module
5 Disconnect the harness connector of the assembly.
communication module.
6 Remove the BD/GPS output antenna.

GS320005

GS320003

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.
Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

45-5
On-board Communication System

Replacement of 4G Antenna Assembly


Removal
1 Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Remove the instrument panel body assembly
(refer to Replacement of Instrument Panel Body
Assembly).
3 Remove 2 bolts securing 4G antenna assembly
to the instrument panel beam.

GS320006

4 Disconnect the harness connector of the


communication module.
5 Remove 4G antenna assembly.

GS320007

Installation
1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

45-6
System Overview 1-1

1.1 Electrical protection

Summary

The following guidelines are aimed to guarantee the safety of operators, and to prevent the electric
component and electronic parts installed in the vehicle from damage.

Equipment

Before performing the vehicle testing procedure, make sure the relevant testing instruments operate
normally, and the harnesses and connectors are connected well.

Warning: Before any operation of the ignition system, make sure the high-voltage terminal, adapter and
diagnostic equipment used for testing are insulated or isolated absolutely, so as to prevent personal
accident and minimum the possibility of electric shock.

Polarity

Reverse connection of the battery poles is prohibited. When connecting to testing equipment, make sure
the poles are correctly connected.

Battery disconnection

Before disconnecting the battery, turn off all the electric equipment. When the battery is discon-
nected, some data, such as the time of the clock, may be lost. 90
Warning: To prevent the electric equipment from damage, always disconnect the battery when repairing
the electric systems in the vehicle. The Ground terminal must be disconnected first when disconnecting
the battery,

and connected last when connecting the battery. Always make sure the battery harness is connected cor-
rectly and routed properly, keeping away any potential danger.

Battery charging

When charging for the battery outside the car, ensure good ventilation above the battery. When the bat-
tery is charged or discharged for about 15 minutes, it will release hydrogen. The gas is flammable.
Always ensure good ventilation in the charging area of the battery, and prevent naked flame and spark
from producing.

Connectors and harnesses

Before disconnecting and connecting testing instrument, make sure the electronic parts and connectors
are dry and oil-free. It’s prohibited to remove or install the connectors forcibly with tool or by
pulling the harness. When replacing parts, keep your oily hands from touching the electronic connect-
ing area, and make sure the connectors are dry and oil-free. Make sure the connector clasps fully
meshes.

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-2

1.2 Harness color information

Harness color codes Harness color (Eng- Harness color (Chinese)


lish)
BK Black Black
BN Brown Brown
BU Blue Blue
GY Gray Grey
GN Green Green
NAT Nature Natural color
OG Orange Orange
PK Pink Pink
PU Purple Purple
RD Red Red
TN Tan Brown
WH White White
YE Yellow Yellow
D-BU Dark Blue Dark Blue
L-BU Little Blue Little Blue
90 D-GN Dark Green Dark Green
L-GN Little Green Light Green
YE/BK Yellow/Black Yellow/Black
BARE Bare Shielded bare wire

Note: The combination of two colors is a mix-color code, the former letter of which represents the
essential color, and the latter letter represents the secondary color. (For example: YE/WH represents
the mix-color wire with the essential color of yellow and the secondary color of white.)

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-3

1.3 Harness name codes

BD Engine bay harness Engine bay harness


BT Battery harness Battery harness
BTN Battery negative harness Battery negative harness
GB Transmission harness Transmission harness
IP Instrument panel harness Instrument panel harness
ROOF Roof harness Roof harness
CH Chassis harness Chassis harness
RLD Left rear door Left rear door harness
RRD Right rear door Right rear door harness
PR Parking radar harness Parking radar harness
ENG_GND Engine ground harness Engine ground harness
CN Console harness Steering column harness
DRD Left front door Left front door harness
PAD Right front door Right front door harness
TLD Tail door Tail door harness

90

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-4

1.4 Configuration codes

LHD LHD
RHD RHD
LWB Long shaft
SWB Short shaft
HGC HGC
LGC LGC
4WD 4WD
SCB Single row
EXCB Single and a half row
DCB Double row
EDCB Extended double row
ALL Standard configuration
MT Manual transmission
6MT 6MT SAGW 6MT SAGW
6MT 6MT DYMOS 6MT DYMOS
AT 6AT PUNCH 6AT PUNCH
RCSW Cruise control
90 EFAC Electric control front axle semi-axle clutch
ELC Electronic lock control + one-button start + MT

ABS Anti-lock braking system + electronic brake


force distribution
Electronic stability program + electronic brake
ESP
assist (HAS RMI HDC)
TPMS Tire pressure detection system
SPHM Exterior power heating mirror
SPHCM Exterior power heating & close-up mirror
PGAM Anti-glare interior mirror
CIGAR Cigarette lighter
Driver’s & passenger’s power seats 6-direction
PST
+ manual 2-direction (lumbar support)

FSHF Driver’s & passenger’s seats heating (cush-


ions)
SRSH Airbag ECU high configuration
SRSL Airbag ECU low configuration
DAB Driver’s side airbag
PAB Passenger’s side airbag
LDW Lane departure warning system
BSD Blind zone monitoring system
FRSAB Driver’s side & passenger’s side airbags
CAB With back and forth through air curtain

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-5

D2PSB Driver’s side adjustable dual-stage pre-tighten


seat belt
D1PSB Driver’s side adjustable pre-tighten seat belt

DSBR “Only driver’s side seat belt not buckled up”


warning

FSBR “Only front row seat belts not buckled up”


warning
SBR “All seat belts not buckled up” warning

P2PSB Passenger’s side adjustable dual-stage pre-


tighten seat belt

P1PSB Passenger’s side adjustable pre-tighten seat


belt
BL Backlight adjustment
HALP Halogen head lamps
XELP LED head lamps + lens
AFS Adaptive head lamp system + ESP
RFOG Rear fog lamps
FFOG Front fog lamps
DRLP With DRL
FRLP Front reading light (with spectacle case)
CHMSL High-mounted brake lamp

ALLP Head lamp automatic light-up + rainfall sunlight 90


sensor
RLP Rear tail lamps (without light guide)
TULP Turning auxiliary lamps
RRDEFROST Rear window electric heating and defrosting
PZLP Passenger zone lighting
RCAM Rear camera
PEPS Passive entry passive start system
-PEPS None passive entry passive start system
IMMO Immobilizer system
PDC Parking radar (parking distance control)
RLS Rainfall sunlight sensor
ANTIPIN One-shot lift & fall (anti-pinch)
1SHOT One-shot fall
RREGL Rear row power window lift & fall
INV 220V convenient power supply
12V DC 12V power supply
MSAC Manual front A/C
AT A/C Auto front A/C
RADIO RADIO
BLTH Bluetooth
12-inch touch screen (Radio MP5 CarLife auto A/
12-SCREEN
C display buletooth + AUX + USB)
AR Voice recognition

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-6

T-BOX Telematics
0 SPEAKER No speaker
2 SPEAKER 2 speakers
4 SPEAKER 4 speakers
6 SPEAKER 6 speakers
PTANT Built-in printed antenna
TRAILER Trailer
GTWY Gateway
-GTWY Non gateway
PABSW Passenger’s side airbag switch

HeatingOnly Heating only (“HeatingOnly” is only for South


Africa Standard Version)
-HeatingOnly Non heating only
MFSW Multifunction steering wheel
-MFSW Non multifunction steering wheel
GCC Saudi
-GCC Non Saudi
600W 600 watts fan
800W 800 watts fan
EPS Electric power steering
90 ESSS Start-stop function

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-7

1.5 How to use the electrical circuit diagrams

Power supply mode description

B+ Positive battery

ACC Ignition switch unlocks

1G1 Ignition switch 1

1G2 Ignition switch 2

ST Ignition switch starts

90
Wire properties

IP 5391AD PU FLRB 0.35 AT

The description of the wire property locates above the wire in the circuit diagram.

“IP” represents instrument panel harness;

“5391AD” represents wire code.

“PU” represents wire color, see “Harness color information” for related information.

“0.35” represents wire sectional area, in unit of square millimeter.

“AT” represents 6AT Punch.

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-8

Connector

63

IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5


 ,3B%

Relay

Body Control Module


(&0

For example: IP01_B represents connector IP01_B, pin 48.


90
Represents a female connector.

Represents a male connector.

Grounding point

G_EBR3

The grounding point is indicated with a double circle, marked with the grounding point number, as shown
in the figure G_EBR3.

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-9

Twisted-pair

Twisted pair

Twisted-pair

The twisted pair is as shown in the circuit diagram.

Shielded wire

90

Shielded Wire

The shielded wire is as shown in the circuit diagram.

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
System Overview 1-10

90

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-11

2.1 Engine bay (pre-fuse) fuse box

90

     D9013-0208b

2.1.1 Fuse information sheet

Fuse Specifications Function


1 175A Front Fuse Box
2 - Starter
3 100A Electronic Power Steering
4 175A Front Fuse Box 2
5 175A Generator

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-12

2.2 Engine bay fuse box

U-JF10 40A JCASE U-FS1 10A MINI U-PR2 PWR MINI U-PR1 PWR MINI U-R1 MINI
./3:5
KL30 PWR
ऽ呂䷽ᱩ
REAR BLOWER

MINI
⩤ၿⅣ∤㐖⩤஗
U-FS2 25A
WATER PUMP RLY
ऽ⿆ߏ☜ऽ㻵䪋㵻ᱽ࣑▞
䶳⪈ 䶳⪈
RRDEFROST/MIRROR/TRUNK LP
RESERVED RESERVED

U-JF9 40A JCASE


U-FS3 30A MINI
,(&⩤⎿
‫ݼ‬呂䷽ᱩ
IEC PWR 5
FRT BLOWER

U-FS4 25A MINI


⛲⇨∤
U-JF8 40A JCASE FUEL PUMP
MICRO MINI MINI

MICRO
U-R9 U-FS17 U-R2
䶳⪈
$%6(63B⩤ᱩ U-FS5 25A MINI RESERVED

LOW BEAM RLY


⾩䄲ࢺ㑘ᱩ㐖⩤஗

䔀‫▞ٸ‬㐖⩤஗
ABS/ESP_MOT $%6(63B䬯
A/C COMPRESSOR
ABS/ESP_VALVE
MINI
䶳⪈
U-FS18 15A
RESERVED
‫⅖ݼ‬яᙎ஗
U-FS6 15A MINI FRT LAMBDA SEN
JCASE

U-R14
U-JF7 40A ऀߗᱩᣖ‫ݥ‬ὐಆ
ECM
U-FS19 5A MINI
Ⱓ≰⽢ࢺ஗ U-R10 MICRO ऽ⅖яᙎ஗
DCDC 2
UFS7 30A MINI RR LAMBDA SEN
‫ݼ‬䰗‫ݝ‬
ऽ䰭▞㐖⩤஗

MICRO
FRT WIPER
REAR FOG RELAY
U-FS20 15A MINI
JCASE MINI
◨▚㏮ష
U-JF6 40A U-R3
U-FS8 15A MINI IGN COIL

HIGH BEAM RLY


䔋‫▞ٸ‬㐖⩤஗
⩤ၿⅣ∤
,(&⩤⎿ WATER PUMP
IEC PWR 9
U-FS21 15A MINI
U-R11 MICRO ͪ㐖⩤஗⩤⎿ શज

MINI
U-R15

U-FS9 15A MAIN RLY HORN

⾩䄲ࢺ㑘ᱩ㧳⩤↏яᙎ஗
A/C COMPRESSOR/IBS Ѽ㒝▞㐖⩤஗
U-JF5 60A JCASE POSITION LP RLY
U-FS22 20A MINI
શज
U-FS10 30A MINI HORN
$&&⩤⎿
MICRO

,(&⩤⎿
ACC PWR
IEC PWR 3
U-FS23 10A MINI
ጕӖᬔ㵻▞㐖⩤஗

䊦ߗᱩࣼ亷
U-FS11 25A MINI U-R12 MICRO STARTER FB
DTL_L RLY

90 U-JF4 30A JCASE 䰭▞Ѽ㒝▞ᬔ㵻▞


FOG/POS/DRLP
U-R4 MINI
ጕ‫ݼ‬䰭▞㐖⩤஗ U-FS24 10A MINI
FOG_FL RLY
U-R16

ऽ䰭▞Ѽ㒝▞ᬔ㵻▞
,*⩤⎿
IG PWR
U-FS12 25A MINI RFOG/POS/DRLP
䊦ߗᱩ㐖⩤஗
,(&⩤⎿
STARTER RLY
IEC PWR 8
U-FS25 10A MINI
ऽ㻵䪋ះएᅭ䬗⇨ムⰅ
BCM_REAR FOLD/PLCM/FUEL FLAP
U-JF3 30A JCASE U-FS13 25A MINI
MICRO
MICRO

䔀‫▞ٸ‬
U-R13
LO BEAM
䊦ߗᱩ U-FS26 25A MINI
ढӖᬔ㵻▞㐖⩤஗

ढ‫ݼ‬䰭▞㐖⩤஗
STARTER ͜ᣖ䨰
DTL_R RLY

FOG_FR RLY
U-FS14 20A MINI BCM_CDL/P UNLOCK MOT
䔋‫▞ٸ‬
HI BEAM U-R5 MINI
U-FS27 10A MINI
JCASE
U-R17

U-JF2 50A ‫ڴ‬亟▞‫ڦ‬


U-FS15 30A MINI BCM_INT LP
,(&⩤⎿
⩤ၿ侪䒕
⛲⇨∤㐖⩤஗
IEC PWR 2
EPB
U-FS28 15A MINI FUEL PUMP RLY

ጕӖ䔋‫▞ٸ‬
U-FS16 30A MINI HI BEAM_L
,(&⩤⎿
U-JF1 30A JCASE IEC PWR 4
U-FS29 15A MINI
ढӖ䔋‫▞ٸ‬
ͪ㐖⩤஗ HI BEAM _R
MAIN RLY

MINI
JCASE

JCASE

U-FS34 15A
U-FS30 15A MINI
≆⋓ऽ䰗‫ݝ‬
BCM_RR/WIPER/WASH ጕӖ䔀‫▞ٸ‬
U-R6 MINI
LO BEAM_L
,(&⩤⎿

,(&⩤⎿
IEC PWR 6

IEC PWR 1
U-JF12 60A

U-JF11 60A

MINI
䰗‫⎿⩤ݝ‬㐖⩤஗
U-FS31 15A
U-FS33 25A MINI ढӖ䔀‫▞ٸ‬
WIPER PWR RLY

ๅ▞
BCM_EXT LP
LO BEAM_R

U-FS32 10A MINI


๖▞䄲㞱

ADJ MOT
MID1 100A MIDI

‫䷽ࢣۦ‬᝶
COOLING FAN(850W/600W)
U-R8 MINI U-R7 MINI

ͪ㐖⩤஗ 䰗‫ݝ‬䄲䕎㐖⩤஗
MAIN RLY WIPER SPEED RLY

UEC D9013-0209b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-13

2.2.1 Fuse information sheet

Fuse Specifications Function


MID1 100A Cooling fan
U_FS1 10A KL30 PWR

U_FS2 25A Rear Window Heating / Rear View Mirror / Trunk


Light
U_FS3 30A IEC Power Supply 5
U_FS4 25A Fuel Pump
U_FS5 25A ABS / ESP_Valve
U_FS6 15A Engine Control Module
U_FS7 30A Front Wiper
U_FS8 15A Electric Water Pump
U_FS9 15A A/C Compressor / Battery Sensor
U_FS10 30A IEC Power Supply 3
U_FS11 25A Fog Lamp / Sidelight / DRL
U_FS12 25A IEC Power Supply 8
U_FS13 25A Low Beam
U_FS14 20A High Beam
U_FS15 30A IEC Power Supply 2 90
U_FS16 30A IEC Power Supply 4
U_FS17 - Reserved
U_FS18 15A Front Oxygen Sensor
U_FS19 5A Rear Oxygen Sensor
U_FS20 15A Ignition coil
U_FS21 15A Main Relay Power Supply
U_FS22 20A Horn
U_FS23 10A Starter Feedback
U_FS24 10A Rear Fog Lamp / Sidelight / DRL

U_FS25 10A Rear View Mirror Close-up / Tail Door / Fuel


Tank Cap
U_FS26 25A Central Control Lock
U_FS27 10A Interior Light
U_FS28 15A Left High Beam
U_FS29 15A Right High Beam
U_FS30 15A Left Low Beam
U_FS31 15A Right Low Beam
U_FS32 10A Head Lamp Adjustment
U_FS33 25A Exterior Lamp
U_FS34 15A Washer / Rear Wiper
U_JF1 30A Relay - Main

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-14

Fuse Specifications Function


U_JF2 50A Electronic Parking
U_JF3 30A Starter
U_JF4 30A IG Power Supply
U_JF5 60A ACC Power Supply
U_JF6 40A IEC Power Supply
U_JF7 40A DC Stabilizer 2
U_JF8 40A ABS / ESP_Motor
U_JF9 40A Front Blower
U_JF10 40A Rear Blower
U_JF11 60A IEC Power Supply 1
U_JF12 60A IEC Power Supply 6

2.2.2 Relay information sheet

Relay Function
90 U_R1 Electronic Water Pump Relay
U_R2 Reserved
U_R3 Horn
U_R4 Starter Relay
U_R5 Fuel Pump Relay
U_R6 Wiper Power Supply Relay
U_R7 Wiper Governor Relay
U_R8 Main Relay
U_R9 A/C Compressor Relay
U_R10 Rear Fog Lamp Relay
U_R11 Sidelight Relay
U_R12 Front Left Fog Lamp Relay
U_R13 Front Right Fog Lamp Relay
U_R14 Low Beam Relay
U_R15 High Beam Relay
U_R16 Left DRL Relay
U_R17 Right DRL Relay
U_PR1 Reserved
U_PR2 Reserved

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-15

2.3 Engine bay fuse box 2


MINI

MINI

MINI

MINI
RESERVED

,*⩤⎿

,*⩤⎿
IG PWR3

IG PWR1

ACC 1
$&&
䶳⪈

U2-FS15 10A

U2-FS13 10A

U2-FS11 30A
U2-FS17
MINI

MINI

MINI

MINI
RESERVED

,*⩤⎿

,*⩤⎿
IG PWR4

IG PWR2

$&&
ACC 2
䶳⪈

U2-FS16 10A

U2-FS14 10A

U2-FS12 10A
U2-FS18

U2-R1 MINI U2-JF1 JCASE


U2-FS1 20A MINI
䔵इ஗
INVERTER 䶳⪈
$&&㐖⩤஗ RESERVED 90
ACC RELAY
U2-FS2 10A MINI
㒀‫ڢ‬
GATEWAY
U2-JF2 JCASE
U2-FS3 10A MINI 䶳⪈
ጝ䕎䨰ᣖ‫ݥ‬஗
RESERVED
EDL ECU

U2-FS4 30A MINI


RESERVED
ጕऽ⩤ߗ䒕⿆
PWR WIN_RL
U2-JF3 JCASE
䶳⪈
䶳⪈
U2-FS5 10A MINI RESERVED
㗽ࢺᷯ≺
TPMS
MICRO U2-R2

U2-FS6 15A MINI U2-JF4 25A JCASE


‫ݼ‬ᣁᏖḴߏ☜
FRT SEAT HEATER
⩤ߗͭࡶ䬗ᣖ‫ݥ‬஗
3/&0
U2-FS7 15A MINI
REAR BLOWER ऽᣁᏖḴߏ☜
REAR SEAT HEATER
ऽ呂䷽ᱩ
U2-JF5 JCASE
U2-FS8 30A MINI
7&&8⩤⎿
䶳⪈
MICRO U2-R3 TCCU PWR1
RESERVED

U2-FS9 30A MINI


7&&8⩤⎿
TCCU PWR2 U2-JF6 JCASE

IG RELAY
U2-FS10 30A MINI 䶳⪈
ढऽ⩤ߗ䒕⿆ RESERVED
,*㐖⩤஗
PWR WIN_RR

MICRO U2-R4 UEC_2 D9013-0210b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-16

2.3.1 Fuse information sheet

Fuse Specifications Function


U2_FS1 20A Converter
U2_FS2 10A Gateway
U2_FS3 10A Differential Lock Control Module
U2_FS4 30A Rear Left Power Window
U2_FS5 10A Tire Pressure Detection
U2_FS6 15A Front Seat Heating
U2_FS7 15A Rear Seat Heating
U2_FS8 30A TCCU Power Supply 1
U2_FS9 30A TCCU Power Supply 2
U2_FS10 30A Rear Right Power Window
U2_FS11 30A ACC 1
U2_FS12 10A ACC 2
U2_FS13 10A IG Power Supply 1
U2_FS14 10A IG Power Supply 2
U2_FS15 10A IG Power Supply 3
U2_FS16 10A IG Power Supply 4
90 U2_FS17 - Reserved
U2_FS18 - Reserved
U2_JF1 - Reserved
U2_JF2 - Reserved
U2_JF3 - Reserved
U2_JF4 25A Power Lifting Door Control Module
U2_JF5 - Reserved
U2_JF6 - Reserved

2.3.2 Relay information sheet

Relay Function
U2-R1 ACC Relay
U2-R2 Reserved
U2-R3 Rear Blower
U2-R4 IG Relay

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
I-JF1 JCASE
MINI I-FS34 10A I-FS21 10A MINI I-FS13 10A MINI I-FS1 15A MINI
ऽ㻵䪋ߏ☜ ㏳षЙ㶗 䒕㖃㒀ᄧᅾ ,*3:5
䶳⪈
CLUSTER T- BOX/12- SCREEN IG PWR 2

MICRO
MIRROR HEATER RESERVED

MINI I-FS33 10A I-FS22 15A MINI I-FS14 10A/15A MINI I-FS2 10A MINI
䶳⪈ 㜙ߗइ䕎ム ◨▚ᐯ‫ ڢ‬3(36__667* ,*3:5
TCU IGN SW/(PEPS| | SSTG) IG PWR 1

䶳⪈
RESERVED

RESERVED
LOGO LP RLY

⚖౟▞㐖⩤஗
I-JF2 40A JCASE
MINI I-FS32 I-FS23 25A MINI I-FS15 10A MINI I-FS3 10A MINI
⩤ߗᏖḴ
䶳⪈ འͿ㈪㐎ᩥ䴢ᱩ ‫ݼ‬呂䷽ᱩࣼ亷 Ⴘ‫⅃ڗ‬௹ᣖ‫ٲࢄݥ‬
PWR SEAT
MP5/RADIO FRT BLOWER_FB IG PWR 2(ACU)
RESERVED

I-R6
I-R7
MINI I-FS31 I-FS24 10A MINI I-FS16 10A MINI I-FS4 15A MINI
䶳⪈ 䃹᫜ऒ ऽ呂䷽ᱩࣼ亷 3(36
2.4 Instrument panel fuse box

OBD RR BLOWER_FB PEPS


RESERVED
I-JF3 30A JCASE

‫ڗ‬ᮞ๘⿆
I-FS25 10A MINI I-FS17 10A MINI I-FS5 10A MINI
MINI I-FS30 30A
SUNROOF ⾩䄲ᣖ‫ݥ‬䲑ᲮጕӖ͜ᣖᐯ‫ڢ‬ $&& ,*3:5
‫ޞ‬侭⣪⦲ࡶ䭼⩤ᱩ
A/C PANEL/LUMBAR ACC 2 IG PWR 3

PWR WIN_PD
I-FS26 MINI I-FS18 10A MINI I-FS6 10A MINI
MINI I-FS29 25A

MICRO
MICRO
䶳⪈ $&& ,*3:5
ͪ侭⣪⦲ࡶ䭼⩤ᱩ
RESERVED ACC 3 IG PWR 4

PWR WIN_DD
I-FS19 15A MINI I-FS7 7.5A MINI
MINI I-FS28
$&& 䒕䖂վ⻪䒴ߘ

TRUNK LP
䶳⪈
ACC 1 LDW

㵻ᱽ࣑▞㐖⩤஗
RESERVED

ऽ㻵䪋঻ऽ⿆ߏ☜㐖⩤஗
I-R3 MICRO

REAR WIN/MIRROR HEATING RLY


I-FS20 30A MINI I-FS8 25A MINI
MINI I-FS27
ߎ⢶ᩭ๖஗ ‫ݼ‬๘⿆䖝䭢ፇ
䶳⪈ AMP FRT SUNROOF/SUN SHADE
,*⩤㐖⩤஗

I-R4
I-R5
RESERVED
IG RELAY

I-FS9 25A MINI


‫ޞ‬侭⩤ߗᏖḴ
PWR SEAT_PAS
I-R2

I-FS10 25A MINI


ͪ侭⩤ߗᏖḴ
I-R1

PWR SEAT_DRV

I-FS11 15A MINI


ACC RLY

IEC_A
$&&㐖⩤஗

$&&
ACC 4
‫ݼ‬呂䷽ᱩ㐖⩤஗
FRT BLOWER RELAY

SAIC-SV91
Fuse Boxes

I-FS12 MINI
䶳⪈
RESERVED
MINI
MICRO

IEC

D9013-0211b

09/2017
2-17

90
Fuse Boxes 2-18

2.4.1 Fuse information sheet

Fuse Specifications Function


I-FS1 15A IG PWR 2
I-FS2 10A IG PWR 1
I-FS3 10A Airbag Control Unit
I-FS4 15A PEPS
I-FS5 10A IG PWR 3
I-FS6 10A IG PWR 4
I-FS7 7.5A Lane Departure Aid
I-FS8 25A Front Sunroof / Sunshade
I-FS9 25A Passenger’s Side Power Seat
I-FS10 25A Driver’s Side Power Seat
I-FS11 15A ACC 4
I-FS12 - Reserved
I-FS13 10A Telematics /12-inch Display Screen
I-FS14 10A/15A Ignition Switch (PEPSIISSTG)
I-FS15 10A Front Blower Feedback
I-FS16 10A Rear Blower Feedback
90 I-FS17 10A ACC 2
I-FS18 10A ACC 3
I-FS19 15A ACC 1
I-FS20 30A Power Amplifier
I-FS21 10A Instrument Cluster
I-FS22 15A AMT
I-FS23 25A Entertainment System / Radio
I-FS24 10A Diagnosis Interface
I-FS25 10A A/C Control Panel / Left Central Control Switch
I-FS26 - Reserved
I-FS27 - Reserved
I-FS28 - Reserved
I-FS29 25A Driver’s Side Power Window Lifter
I-FS30 30A Passenger’s Side Power Window Lifter
I-FS31 - Reserved
I-FS32 - Reserved
I-FS33 - Reserved
I-FS34 10A Rear View Mirror Heating
I-JF1 - Reserved
I-JF2 40A Power seat
I-JF3 30A Panoramic sunroof

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-19

2.4.2 Relay information sheet

Relay Function
I-R1 Front Blower Relay
I-R2 ACC Relay
I-R3 IG Relay
I-R4 Trunk Light Relay
I-R5 Rear View Mirror & Rear Window Heating Relay
I-R6 Reserved
I-R7 Under Mirror Relay

90

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Fuse Boxes 2-20

90

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Grounding point distribution and positions 3-3

3.1 Schematic diagrams of the grounding points distribution and positions

G_EN2 G_EBR1

G_BTN

G_EN1
G_EBL2_1
G_EBL2_2 G_EBR2
G_EBL2_3
G_EBL2_4
G_EBR3
G_EBL3

G_IPB1_1
G_IPA1_1 G_IPB1_2
G_IPA1_2
G_IPA1_3
G_IPA2_0 G_IPB2_0
G_IPA2_1 G_IPB2_1
G_IPA2_3 G_IPB2_2

G_IPM1_0 G_IPM3_1
G_IPM1_1 G_IPM3_2
G_IPM1_2
G_IPM1_3
G_IPM1_4
G_FLR2_1
90
G_FLR2_2
G_IPM2_0
G_IPM2_1
G_IPM2_2
G_IPM2_3

G_FLL2_1
G_FLL2_2
G_FLL2_3
G_FLL2_4 G_FLR1_1
G_FLL1_1 G_FLR1_2
G_FLL1_2 G_FLR1_3
G_FLL1_3
G_FLL1_4

G_FLCL_1 G_FLCR_1
G_FLCL_2 G_FLCR_2
G_FLCL_3 G_FLCR_3
G_FLCL_4
G_FLCR_4

G_FLDL2

G_FLDL1_1 G_FLDR1_1
G_FLDL1_2 G_FLDR1_2
G_FLDL1_3 G_FLDR1_3

G_FLDR2_1
G_FLDR2_2
G_FLDR2_3

D9013-0200b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Grounding point distribution and positions 3-4

90

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-23

4.1 Engine bay harness

EB08 EB14 EB40

EB2EN

EB04

EB06

EB15
90
EB02_K
EB35_1
EB36_1 EB35_2
EB36_2

EB51
EB52
EB33
EB34

EB54

EB12 EB2BT EB18 EB11 EB56 EB32 EB48 EB49 EB55 EB31 EB21 EB17 EB29 EB53
EB13 EB22

D9013-0201b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-24

4.1.1 The definitions of the engine bay harness pins

20 L-BU A/C Pressure


Switch (High)

21 D-GN A/C Pressure


Switch (Middle)
WITH COVER 13663586
22 L-GN P/N Signal
23 - -
91

81
80
94
93
92

90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82

79
78
77
76
75
74
73

6
5
51
71

61
68
67
66
65
64

53
52
72

70
69

63
62

60
59
58
57
56
55
54

24 - -

3
4
29
41

31
30
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42

40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32

1
2 25 - -
11
10
21

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
20
28
27
26
25
24
23
22

7
9
8

26 D-BU Fan Dissipation


26 WH Fan Dissipation

27 WH/BK Hydraulic Accu -


mulator
28 OG Fuel Pump Relay
Engine Control Module EB02_k
29 GY/WH Rear Oxygen Sen -
sor
30 RD/WH Supply
Pin Color Function Rema 31 YE Starting Con -
number rk trol+
1 BK Ground 32 - -
2 BK Ground 33 TN/WH Rear Oxygen Sen -
90 sor
3
WH/D- Power Supply -
GN Main Relay 34 - -
4 BK Ground Electronic
WH/D- Power Supply - 35 BN Throttle Pedal
5
GN Main Relay Ground 1

6
WH/D- Power Supply - Fuel Pump Sig -
36 PU
GN Main Relay nal+
7 - - Boost Pressure &
8 - - 37 OG/BK Temperature
Sensor
9 PU/WH Starting Con -
trol- 38 - -
10 - - 39 - -
Electronic 40 YE Airflow signal
11 PU Throttle Pedal 41 - -
Ground 2 Electronic
42 D-BU/WH
12 D-GN Cruise Control- Water Pump Relay

Brake Vacuum 43 - -
13 OG
Sensor 44 TN B.D.CAN1L
14 BK/WH Sensor- 45 RD/WH B.D.CAN1H
15 BN/WH Cruise Control+ 46 - -
16 - - 47 - -
17 - - Starting Feed -
48 PU
18 PU/WH Airflow Signal back
19 - - 49 GY S/S OFF Signal
50 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-25

51 - - Electronic
52 - - 81 BN Throttle Pedal

53 - - Power Supply 2

54 - - Electronic
82 WH/BK Throttle Pedal
55 - -
Power Supply 1
56 - -
Electronic
Airflow Sensor
57 GY/BK 83 D-BU Throttle Pedal
Ground
Signal Output 1
58 PU Cruise Control-
84 - -
Airflow Sensor
59 GY 85 YE/BK ACC Awake
Supply
85 YE/BK Remote Awake
60 GY Clutch Travel
Sensor+ 86 - -
Electronic 87 RD/BK IG Power Supply
61 L-BU Throttle Pedal 88 - -
Signal Output 2 89 - -
62 PU Rear Oxygen Sen - 90 - -
sor
91 - -
Boost Pressure &
92 - -
63 WH Temperature
Sensor 93 - -
64 L-GN Cruise Control+ 94 PU S/S OFF LED
90
65 PU Charging Indi -
cator
66 - -
67 - -
68 - -

69 BN Main Relay Con -


trol
70 - -
71 - -

72 PU/WH A/C Compressor


Relay

73 GY/WH Oxygen Sensor


Heating
74 - -
75 - -

76 TN/WH Oxygen Sensor


Signal

77 PU/WH Oxygen Sensor


Signal

78 PU/WH Oxygen Sensor


Signal

79 WH Oxygen Sensor
Signal
80 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-26

19 BK Rear Wiper
Ground
20 GY Door Lock Motor-
21 BK Fuel Tank Ground
22 BK Ground
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Body Control Module EB57_C
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk
KL30 Interior
1 RD/BK
Light
KL30 Front
2 RD/BK
Washer Pump Body Control Module EB57_E
90 KL30 Turning
3 RD/BK
Signal Light
4 OG Washer Pump+ Pin Color Function Rema
5 PU/WH Back Lighting number rk
KL30 Rear 1 PK Backlight
6 RD/BK
Washer Pump P-gear Sole -
2 TN
7 BK Signal Ground noid Valve
Washer Pump P-gear Release
8 BK 3 BK
Ground Motor Ground
9 BK Signal Ground 4 BK Rear View Mirror
10 D-GN Washer Pump- Close-up Ground
11 WH Filler Cap Motor
5 - -

Driver’s Side
6 PK Close-up-
12 L-GN
Door Lock Motor- KL30
13 WH Rear wiper 7 RD/BK P-gear Release
13 WH Rear wiper Motor
14 RD/BK KL30 CDL KL30
8 RD/BK Rear View Mirror
14 RD/BK KL30 CDL
Close-up
KL30 Fuel Tank
15 RD/BK 9 L-GN/WH Trunk Light
Cap
16 TN Tail Door Motor
10 YE Close-up+

17 RD/BK KL30 Rear Wiper


11 - -
12 - -
18 TN Door Lock Motor+
13 - -
14 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-27

15 - - 15 - -
16 - - Right Front
17 - -
16 GY/WH Wheel Speed Sen -
sor
18 - -
17 GY/BK Right Rear Wheel
Speed Signal

18 L-GN Left Rear Wheel


Speed Sensor

19 GY/WH Left Front Wheel


Speed Sensor
20 GY/BK CAN_L
21 - -
ESP Turned Off
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
25
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
38
22 D-BU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 13

ESP Turn-Off
23 L-BU/BK
LED
24 - -

25 PU Valve Power Sup -


ply
26 D-BU CAN1P
27 - -
Anti-lock Braking System / 28 GY/BK Supply

Electronic Stability Control Unit EB04 29 PU Right rear wheel


speed sensor 90
30 - -

31 GY/BK Left Rear Wheel


Pin Color Function Rema Speed Signal
number rk 32 - -
1 D-GN Pump Power 33 L-GN/BK CAN_H
Source
Hill Decent Con -
2 - - 34 WH
trol LED
ESP Turn-Off
3 BN 35 - -
LED
36 - -
Right Front
4 D-GN Wheel Speed Sen - 37 - -
sor 38 BK Ground
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -

8 L-BU Left Front Wheel


Speed Sensor

9 PK Hill Decent Con -


trol
10 YE/BK VSO
11 - -
12 TN ESP Turned Off
13 BK Ground
14 L-GN CAN1M

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-28

22 - -
12V Power Sup -
23 RD/BK
ply

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
24 - -
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
2 1 25 BK Ground
12V Power Sup -
26 YE/BK
ply

Transfer Case Control Unit FL01

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk 10 1
1 OG Motor H-L
20 11
2 TN Motor L-H
3 - -
2WD/4WD
90
4 D-GN Change-over
Switch
5 YE/BK Motor Decoder
Gateway FL02_A
6 - -
7 - -
8 RD/WH CAN_H
9 TN CAN_L Pin Color Function Rema
number rk
10 - -
1 BN/WH DIAG_CAN_H
11 PK/BK Solenoid Clutch
2 D-BU CAN_H
Coil
12 BK Ground 3 D-GN CAN_H
12V Power Sup - 4 RD/WH CAN_H
13 YE/BN
ply 5 BN/WH CAN_H
14 OG Motor H-L 6 - -
15 TN Motor L-H 7 - -
H/L Mode 8 - -
D-GN/
16 Change-over 9 BN LIN1
WH
Switch 10 - -
17 BN/WH Motor Decoder 11 WH/BK DIAG_CAN_L
18 D-BU/WH Motor Decoder 12 L-GN CAN_L
19 OG/WH Motor Decoder
13 L-BU CAN_L
20 YE/BK Critical Moment
14 TN CAN_L
Recovery
21 - - 15 BN CAN_L

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-29

16 - -
17 - -
18 RD/BK KL15
19 RD/WH KL30
20 BK/WH Ground

D6
D5
D4
D3

D8
D7
D1
D2

C12 B12
C11 B11
C10 B10
C7

C9
C8
C6
C5
C3
C4
C1
C2

B6
B5
B3
B4
B2

B9
B7
B8
B1

A6
A5
A4
A3

A7
A2
A1

A8
6 5 4 3 2 1
Driver’s Side Power Seat FL03

12 11 10 9 8 7
Pin Color Function Rema
number rk
A1 - -
Gateway FL02_B A2 YE/BK NTC+
90
A3 PK Driver’s Side
Seat Heat+
Pin Color Function Rema
A4 OG Electronic fan
number rk A5 - -
1 - - Driver’s Side
A6 L-GN
2 - - Seat Heat-
3 - - A7 YE NTC-
4 - - A8 RD/BK KL15
5 - - Right Side Seat
B1 PU/WH
X/Y Axis
6 BK/WH Ground
7 - -
B2 YE Ground
8 - - Right Side Seat
B3 GY
Y Axis
9 - -
X Axis Adjust -
10 - - B4 WH
ment
11 RD/BK Supply
Y Axis Adjust -
12 RD/WH KL30 B5 WH
ment
B6 - -
B7 - -
B8 - -
B9 - -
B10 - -
B11 - -
B12 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-30

D-GN/ Left Rear View


C1
WH Mirror Horizon -
tal Adjustment Pin Color Function Rema
number rk
C2 WH Adjustment
Motor Ground 1 TN Right Front
Grouped Lamp
Left Rear View
Mirror Vertical Right Front
C3 D-BU/WH 2 OG Grouped Lamp
Adjustment
Motor Motor1+
Right Seat Ver - 3 L-GN B_D_CANL
C4 GY/BK
tical Front Body
4 BN/WH
C5 WH Horizontal- Height Signal
C6 OG/BK Vertical+ Left head
5 L-BU/BK grouped lamp
C7 YE Supply
assembly
C8 GY Left Aisle Sen -
Rear Body Height
sor Vertical 6 PU
Signal
C9 D-GN Left Aisle Sen -
7 BK/WH Ground
sor Horizontal
8 BARE Shielded wire
C10 BN Right Seat Hori -
zontal 9 RD/BK KL15
Right Seat Ver - Left Front
C11 L-BU/BK
tical 10 BN Grouped Lamp
Motor 1+
C12 L-GN Ground
90 D1 - - Left Front
11 L-BU Grouped Lamp
D2 RD/BK KL15
Motor 1-
D3 L-GN KL30
12 GY Rear Body Height
D4 L-BU CAN_L Power Supply
D5 D-GN CAN_H Left Front
D6 BK MSM GND 13 GY Grouped Lamp
Motor 2-
D7 - -
14 RD/WH KL30
D8 BK FAN & MSM
Front Body
15 GY/WH Height Power
Supply
16 D-BU B_D_CANH
Right head
17 L-GN/BK grouped lamp
assembly
Right Front
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 PK Grouped Lamp
Motor 1-
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

19 PU/WH Front Body


Height Circuit
Right Front
20 TN Grouped Lamp
Motor2+
21 BARE Shielded wire

Adaptive Head Lamp Control Unit FL27

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-31

Right Front 16 - -
22 YE Grouped Lamp 17 RD/WH KL30
Motor 2-
18 BK/WH Ground
23 WH Left Front
Grouped Lamp
19 - -

Rear Body Height


20 - -
24 BN
Signal 21 - -
Left Front 22 RD/BK KL15
25 D-GN Grouped Lamp 23 - -
Motor 2+
24 - -
26 - -

1 2 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

90

Stabilizing DC Module FL31_A


Tire Pressure Monitoring Control Unit FL30

Pin Color Function Rema


Pin Color Function Rema number rk
number rk
1 L-GN Output
1 D-GN CAN_H
2 D-BU Output
2 L-BU CAN_L
3 RD/WH KL30
3 - - 4 - -
4 - - 5 BN Output
5 - - 6 RD Output
6 BK/WH Ground 7 - -
7 - - 8 - -
8 - - 9 - -
9 - - 10 RD/BK KL15
10 - - 11 - -
11 - - 12 - -
12 - - 13 - -
13 - - 14 - -
14 - - 15 - -
15 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-32

16 - - 17 - -
17 - - 18 - -
18 - - 19 - -
19 - - 20 - -
20 - - 21 - -
22 TN CAN_L 22 - -
23 RD/WH CAN_H 23 - -
24 - - 24 - -
25 - -
26 YE Starting Relay

26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7

6 5 4 3 2 1

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

30 29 28 27 22 20 19 18 17 16

90

Stabilizing DC Module FL31_B

Electronic Parking Brake Control Module FL34


Pin Color Function Rema
number rk
1 YE/BN Supply
Pin Color Function Rema
2 YE/BN Supply number rk
3 BK Ground 12 RD Right Brake
4 BK Ground Motor+
5 OG/RD Supply Right Brake
13 RD/WH Motor Power Sup -
6 OG/RD Supply ply
7 - - Left Brake
14 WH
8 - - Motor+
9 - - 15 RD/WH Left Brake Motor
10 RD/BK KL15 Power Supply
11 - - 27 D-BU Right Brake
Motor-
12 - -
28 BK Ground
13 - -
29 GY Left Brake
14 - - Motor-
15 - - 30 BK Ground
16 - - 9 D-GN Switch 1

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-33

10 PK Switch 2 13 - -
11 - - 14 - -
16 D-BU CAN_H 15 BN CAN_L
17 L-GN CAN_L 16 BN/WH CAN_H
18 L-GN/BK Switch 3
19 L-GN Switch 4
20 - -
22 RD/BK KL15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Rear A/C Control Panel FL38_1

90
Power Amplifier FL44_A
Pin Color Function Rema
number rk
1 L-GN/WH Mode+
Pin Color Function Rema 2 L-GN/BK Mode-
number rk 3 - -
1 D-GN Rear Left 4 RD/BK Supply
Speaker Input+
5 RD/WH Supply
2 GY Rear Left
Speaker Input- 6 - -
Rear Right 7 D-GN LIN
3 GY
Speaker Input- 8 - -
4 L-GN Rear Right 9 OG/WH Mode Feedback
Speaker Input+
10 PK Temperature
5 - - Feedback
6 - - 11 - -
7 - - 12 - -
8 RD/YE Supply 13 GY Temperature+
9 L-BU Front Right 14 OG Temperature-
Speaker Input+ 15 BK/WH Ground
Front Right
10 GY 16 D-BU/WH Sensor Ground
Speaker Input-
17 BK/WH Ground
11 GY/BK Front Left
Speaker Input- 18 - -
Front Left 19 - -
12 OG/BK
Speaker Input+ 20 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-34

21 BN Sensor 5V 21 BN Sensor 5V
22 WH Blower Control 22 WH Blower Control
23 TN Blower Feedback 23 TN Blower Feedback
24 L-BU Blower FB- 24 L-BU Blower FB-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Rear A/C Control Panel FL38_2 Differential Lock Control Module FL59_A

90

Pin Color Function Rema Pin Color Function Rema


number rk number rk
1 L-GN/WH Mode+ Differential
2 L-GN/BK Mode-
1 GY Lock Solenoid
Valve
3 - -
Differential
4 RD/BK Supply 2 GY Lock Solenoid
5 RD/WH Supply Valve
6 - - 3 - -
7 D-GN LIN 4 - -
8 - - 5 - -
9 OG/WH Mode Feedback 6 - -

10 PK Temperature 7 - -
Feedback 8 BK Ground
11 - - 9 - -
12 - - 10 BK Ground
13 GY Temperature+ 11 - -
14 OG Temperature- 12 - -
15 BK/WH Sensor Ground Differential
13 L-BU
16 D-BU/WH Sensor Ground Turned On Signal
17 BK/WH Ground 14 - -
18 - - 15 D-BU CAN_H
19 - - 16 L-GN CAN_L
20 - - 17 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-35

18 - -
19 GY/BK Supply
20 RD/WH Supply

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Power Tail Door Control Unit FL62_A

Pin Color Function Rema


Differential Lock Control Module FL59_B number rk
1 L-BU/WH Left Aisle Sig -
nal 1
2 - - 90
Pin Color Function Rema
3 D-GN CAN_H
number rk
4 L-BU CAN_L
1 GY/BK Supply
Differential Lock 5 PK/BK Tail Door Sens -
2 GY/WH ing Switch Ground
Solenoid Valve
3 GY/BK Supply
6 - -

Differential Lock
7 - -
4 GY/WH
Solenoid Valve 8 D-GN Operating Signal
5 - - 9 PK/BK Tail Door Look
6 - - Ajar Signal
7 - -
10 - -
8 - -
11 WH/BK Release Signal
9 - - Tail Door Right
12 PU/WH Sensing Switch
10 - - Signal
11 - - 13 RD/BK KL30
12 - - 14 D-GN Aisle Ground
13 - - 15 - -
14 - - 16 L-GN Tail Door Latch
15 - - 17 L-GN/BK Mode Signal
16 - - Aisle Power Sup -
18 TN/BK
ply

19
D-GN/ Trunk Close But -
WH ton
20 - -

21 YE Tail Door Lock


Stop Signal

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-36

22 PU Left Aisle Sig -


nal 2
23 BK Ground
Tail Door Left
24 PU/WH Sensing Switch
Signal
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

2 4 6 8 10 12 14

13
Blind Zone Monitoring Control Unit FL71
1 3 5 7 9 11

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk

1 PK Sensor Power
Supply
Power Tail Door Control Unit FL62_B Sensor Signal
2 PU/WH Front Left Mid -
dle
90 Sensor Signal
Pin Color Function Rema 3 D-GN
number rk Left Front
1 - - Sensor Signal
4 WH Front Left Back -
2 WH Tail Door Motor+
side
3 - -
5 PK Sensor Power
4 BN/WH Tail Door Motor- Supply
5 BK Ground Sensor Power
5 PK
6 - - Supply
7 - - Sensor Signal
6 D-GN
8 - - Rear Left Middle

9 D-BU/WH Tail Door Lock 7 WH Sensor Signal


Motor Rear Left
10 - - 7 WH Sensor Signal
11 BN Tail Door Latch Rear Left
12 RD/WH KL30 Sensor Signal
8 D-BU Rear Left Back -
13 L-BU Tail Door Latch
side
14 - -
Sensor Signal
8 D-BU Rear Left Back -
side
9 D-BU CAN_H
10 - -

11 YE Left Rear View


Mirror
21 BN Sensor Ground

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-37

4.2 Instrument panel harness

IP31_C IP31_A IP31_B IP22 IP2RF_2


IP35 IP2RF_1 IP02_B IP21 IP41 IP44 IP02_A IP27 IP38
IP39
IP47 IP10

IP11
IP12
IP29 IP2BD_3
IP2DRD_1 IP07 IP03 IP04 IP28 90
IP2DRD_2 IP2BD_1
IP50_A
IP50_B IP01_A
IP50_C IP01_B
IP50_D IP01_D

IP2PAD
CN09 IP05 IP61 IP2BD_2
IP2BD_5 CN08 CN08 CN07 CN01 IP2BD_6 2P62 IP08_A IP55_A IP2BD_4
CN02 IP2CN_1 IP2CN_1 IP63 IP08_B IP55_B
IP2BD_7
CN03IP58 IP08_C IP55_D
CN05 IP55_E
CN06 IP56_A
IP56_B

D9013-0203b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-38

4.2.1 The definitions of the instrument panel harness pins

20 - -

21 GY Rear Wiper
Switch
22 GY/BK ECO/SPORT
1 13
Pin Color Function Rema
14 26 number rk
27 39
23 YE Lighting Main
40 52
Switch
24 PK Front Washer

25 BN Lighting Switch
Ground
26 - -
27 D-GN Roof Light
Body Control Module IP01_A
28 YE Front Right Fog
Lamp Relay

29 BN/OG Wiper Switch


Pin Color Function Rema Ground
number rk Roof Light
30 PU
1 - - Turned Off
Ignition Switch 31 D-BU/BK Door Unlocking
2 PK
90 Ground Switch
Dual Brake 32 YE High Beam
3 YE Flasher
Sensor Signal
4 BK/WH Signal Ground 33 L-GN Front Wiper High
Speed
5 L-BU Gearshift Sig -
nal Right Turning
34 D-BU/WH Signal Light
6 GY/BK Dimmer Switch Switch
7 BN KL15 35 - -
7 BN KL15 36 - -
8 RD/BK KL16 Rear Fog lamp
37 L-BU
Hazard Warning Switch
9 WH
Lamp Switch 38 PU High Beam
10 GY/BK Roof Light Auto 39 - -
11 GY Anti-theft Trunk Light
Lockup Signal 40 L-GN/WH
(Lower)
12 - - 41 L-BU CAN_L
13 D-BU Rear Washer 42 D-GN CAN_H
14 - - 43 - -
15 WH Position Lamp 44 - -
Relay
45 D-BU/YE Wiper Switch
16 L-BU Front Wiper Low Ground
Speed
46 WH/BK 5V
17 - -
47 D-BU/YE Door Locking
18 - - Switch
19 - - 48 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-39

49 D-GN Cruise Control+ Front Wiper


Roof Light
17 GY Motor Power Sup -
50 PK/BK ply
Switch
Ignition Switch
18 L-BU/BK High Beam Relay
51 D-BU/BN
Backlight 19 OG/BK Tail Door Not
12 1
Ignition Switch Close
51 24L-BU 13
Backlight 20 - -
36 25
52 48 - - 37 21 YE Front Wiper
Reset

22 GY ECO/SPORT Mode
Switch
23 BN Brake Lamp

24 L-BU Left Turning


Body Control Module IP01_B Signal Light

25 YE High-mounted
Brake Lamp
26 - -
Pin Color Function Rema
number rk 27 BN/OG Passenger’s
Side Door Ajar
1 L-BU/BK Rear Left Door
Not Close 28 WH/BK Under Mirror
Light Relay
2 L-GN/BK Rear Right Door
Not Close
29 D-BU Right DRL

Locking/unlock -
30 - -
3 PK/BK 90
ing Switch 31 TN Wiper Governing
Passenger’s 32 - -
4 L-BU
Side Door Lock Rear Wiper Reset
33 YE
Engine Hood Switch
5 PU
Switch 34 D-GN LIN
5 GY/BK Engine Hood Right Turning
Switch 35 D-BU
Signal Light
6 YE ACC Relay Reversing Sig -
36 OG/BK
Left Turning nal
7 L-BU/WH Signal Light 37 BK Accident Signal
Switch 37 OG Accident Signal
8 BK/WH Signal Ground
38 YE One-Button
9 - - Start Switch
10 - - Driver’s Side
39 GY/BK
11 L-BU Brake Lamp Door Ajar
12 YE Roof Light 40 PK/WH Fuel Tank Cap
13 D-BU KL15 Switch

13 D-BU KL15
41 GY Low Beam Relay
42 TN Horn Relay
14 YE Rear Fog Lamp
Relay Rear View Mirror
43 WH & Rear Window
D-GN/ Front Left Fog
15 Heating Relay
WH Lamp Relay
Front Fog Lamp
16 PU Left DRL 44 OG
Switch

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-40

45 L-GN Reverse Gear Dual Brake Sen -


Switch 18 OG sor
46 D-BU LIN Ground
47 YE/BK ACC Awake 19 - -
48 WH IG Relay 20 - -
21 - -
22 - -
23 - -
24 - -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Body Control Module IP01_D


90

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk Instrument Cluster IP02_A
1 - -

2 GY/BK Dual Brake Sen -


sor
Pin Color Function Rema
3 PK Rear View Mirror number rk
Governor Switch 1 RD/BK KL15
4 - - 2 RD/WH Supply
5 - - 3 BK/WH Ground
6 - -
4 PU Brake Fluid
7 - - Level Signal
8 - - Handle brake
5 YE/BK
9 - - signal
10 - - 6 - -
11 - - 7 BK/WH Ground
12 - - 8 BN/WH CAN_H
13 - - 9 BN CAN_L
14 - - 10 OG Cruise Switch 1
15 - - 11 PK Cruise Switch 2
16 - - Anti-theft
17 - -
12 GY Lockup Indica -
tor +
13 BK/WH Ground

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-41

14 - - 4 - -
15 - - 5 YE Rear Left Seat
16 - - Belt
17 - -
6 L-BU Ground
18 - - Driver’s Side
7 YE Side-collision
19 - - Signal-
20 - - Driver’s Side
21 - - 8 PK/BK Side-collision
22 - - Signal+
23 - - Passenger’s
9 D-GN Side Side-col -
24 - - lision Signal+
25 - - Passenger’s
26 - - 10 GY Side Side-col -
27 - - lision Signal-
28 - - 11 TN CAN_L
29 - - 12 RD/WH CAN_H
30 - - 13 YE Driver Seat Belt
31 - - 14 - -
32 - - 15 BK/WH Ground
16 - -
Passenger’s 90
17 OG Side Seat Belt
Pre-tighten-
Passenger’s
18 L-GN Side Seat Belt
Pre-tighten+
Driver’s Side
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
19 BN/OG Seat Belt Pre-
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 tighten 1+
Driver’s Side
20 OG/BK Seat Belt Pre-
tighten 1-

21 PK/BK Passenger’s
Side Airbag-

22 RD/OG Passenger’s
Side Airbag+
Airbag Control Unit IP08_A Driver’s Side
23 TN
Airbag+

24 BN Driver’s Side
Airbag-
Pin Color Function Rema
number rk
1 RD/YE KL15

2 BK Accident Signal
Output
Passenger’s
3 OG Side Seat Belt &
Airbag

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-42

Driver’s Side
12 D-GN Head-on Colli -
sion Signal+

13 BN/WH Rear Right Seat


Belt Pre-tighten-

14 PU Rear Right Seat


12 1 Belt Pre-tighten+
24 13 Rear Left Seat
15 BN
36 25 Belt Pre-tighten+
48 37 Rear Left Seat
16 YE/BK
Belt Pre-tighten-

17 L-GN Passenger’s Side


Airbag-

18 BN/OG Passenger’s Side


Airbag+

19 BN Driver’s Side
Airbag Control Unit IP08_B Airbag+

20 YE/BK Driver’s Side


Airbag-
Pin Color Function Rem 21 WH/BK Passenger’s Side
numbe ark Air Curtain-
r Passenger’s Side
22 YE/BK
1 - - Air Curtain+
90 2 - - 23 PU/WH Driver’s Side
Air Curtain+
3 PK/WH Rear Middle Seat
Belt 24 PK Driver’s Side
Air Curtain-
4 PU Rear Right Seat
Belt
Passenger’s Side
5 OG Seat Belt Pre-
tighten-
Passenger’s Side
6 L-GN Seat Belt Pre-
tighten+
1
16
Driver’s Side
7 BN/OG Seat Belt Pre-
tighten 2+ 17
32
Driver’s Side
8 OG/BK Seat Belt Pre-
tighten 2-
Passenger’s Side
9 WH/BK Head-on Colli -
sion Signal+
Passenger’s Side
10 PU/WH Head-on Colli - Airbag Control Unit IP08_C
sion Signal-
Driver’s Side
11 WH/BK Head-on Colli -
sion Signal-

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-43

31 RD/WH CAN_L
32 TN CAN_H
Pin Color Function Rema
number rk

1 OG Accident Signal
Output

2 TN Driver’s Side
Airbag+

3 BN Driver’s Side
Airbag-

4 PK/BK Passenger’s
1 2 11 12 13
Side Airbag- 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Passenger’s 14 15 24 25 26
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
5 RD/OG
Side Airbag+
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 - -
PEPS Control Unit IP09_A
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
Passenger’s Pin Color Function Rema
14 OG number rk 90
Side Seat Belt
1 RD/WH KL30
15 - -
16 RD/YE KL15 2 RD KL30
17 L-BU Ground 3 OG/BK P-SE Output
18 - - 4 D-BU Driver’s Side
Door Switch
19 - -
5 GY/BK Trunk Light
20 - -
Switch
21 - - 6 YE Steering Aangle
22 - - 7 - -
23 - - 8 - -
Passenger’s 9 - -
24 D-GN Side Side-col -
lision Signal+ 10 - -
Passenger’s 11 - -
25 GY Side Side-col - 12 D-GN Immobilizer LIN
lision Signal-
13 - -
Driver’s Side
14 BK Ground
26 YE Side-collision
Signal- 15 BK Ground
Driver’s Side 16 YE/BK ABS/ESP
27 PK/BK Side-collision Passenger’s
Signal+ 17 GY
Side Door Switch
28 - - 18 - -
29 - - 19 GY FR Receiver
30 YE Driver Seat Belt 20 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-44

21 - - One-Button
22 - -
13 BK/GY Start Switch
Ground
23 - -
Immobilizer Pin Color Function Rema
24 D-BU number rk
Power Supply
Immobilizer 14 - -
25 L-GN
Ground 15 L-BU CAN_L
26 - - 16 - -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 3 2 1

90
PEPS Control Unit IP09_B
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor IP14

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk Pin Color Function Rema
number rk
One-Button
1 BK/WH Supply
1 BN/BK Start Switch
2 GY/BK Supply
Backlight
3 D-BU CAN_H
2 - -
4 L-GN CAN_L
3 - -
4 BN ACC

5 D-BU Running / Opera -


tion
6 - -
7 D-GN CAN_H
8 - -

9 PU Wireless Charg -
ing Module
One-Button
10 D-BU/BK Start Switch
Backligh

11 D-GN/BK One-Button
Start Switch
12 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-45

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Diagnosis Interface IP28 Front A/C Control Panel IP38

Pin Color Function Rema Pin Color Function Rema


number rk number rk
1 - - 1 RD/BK KL15
2 - - 2 RD/WH KL30
3 - - 3 - -
90
4 BK/WH Ground 4 - -
5 BK/WH Signal Ground 5 D-GN LIN
6 BN/WH CAN_H 6 L-BU CAN_L
7 - - 7 D-GN CAN_H
8 - - 8 - -
9 - - 9 GY/BK Blower Control
10 - - 10 YE Blower+
11 - - 11 OG Blower FB-
12 - - 12 - -
13 - - 13 D-BU/YE Sensor 5V+
14 WH/BK CAN_L 14 L-GN/WH Sensor 5V-
15 - - 15 PK/D-GN Sensor Ground_
16 RD/L-GN Supply 16 WH Sensor Ground+
17 RD/WH Motor +
18 WH/BK Motor-

19 L-BU/WH Sunlight Sen -


sor+

20
WH/D- Sunlight Sen -
GN sor-
21 BK/WH Ground
22 D-GN/YE Sensor Ground
23 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-46

24 - -
25 PK/WH Sun sensor
Pin Color Function Rema
26 WH/D-BU Sun sensor number rk
Temperature Rear Right
27 L-GN/BK 1 WH
Signal -RR Speaker+
Temperature 1 L-GN Rear Right
28 BN
Signal -RR Speaker+
Temperature 2 OG/BK Rear Right
29 TN/WH Speaker+
Signal-FR
Temperature 3 L-BU Front Right
30 YE Speaker+
Signal-FR
Temperature 4 BN Rear Left
31 TN Speaker+
Signal-FL
Rear Left
Temperature 4 D-GN
32 YE/BK Speaker+
Signal-FL
5 OG Rear Right
33
D-GN/ Ambient Temper - Speaker-
WH ature Sensor
5 GY Rear Right
34 GY Evaporator Tem - Speaker-
perature
6 GY/BK Rear Right
35 D-BU Pressure Sensor Speaker-
36 PK Motor Front Right
7 GY
37 L-GN Mode Damper Speaker-
90
38 L-BU Temperature Rear Left
8 YE
Damper Actuator Speaker-
39 D-BU/GY Sunlight Sensor Rear Left
8 GY
Power Supply Speaker-
40 PU Sensor 5V

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

Entertainment System Host IP55_B


Entertainment System Host IP55_A

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-47

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk
9 - -
10 - -
7 8 9 10 11 12
11 YE Key
12 - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
13 - -
14 - -
15 RD/WH Supply
16 BK/WH Ground

Entertainment System Host IP55_E

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk
1 - -
6 5 4 3 2 1 2 D-BU/YE Mic+

12 11 10 9 8 7
3 - -
4 BN/WH Ground
90
5 GY Rear View Camera
5 GY Rear View Camera

6 YE Telematics
Audio Output+
7 D-GN Key
Entertainment System Host IP55_D 8 BARE Mic-
9 - -
10 BN LIN
11 BARE Shield
Pin Color Function Rema
number rk 11 BARE Shield
1 - - 12 D-GN Telematics
Audio Output-
2 - -
3 WH Switch in Common
4 L-GN Switch 1+
5 BARE Audio-
6 BN/WH CAN_H
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 L-BU Switch 2+
11 YE Audio+
12 BN CAN_L

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-48

7 5 3 1 7 5 3 1
8 6 4 2 8 6 4 2

Radio IP56_A Radio IP56_B

Pin Color Function Rema Pin Color Function Rema


number rk number rk
1 BARE Mic- 1 WH Rear Right
Reversing Sig - Speaker+
2 OG/BK
nal 2 OG Rear Right
3 PK/BK Mic+ Speaker-
90 4 RD/YE ACC 3 L-GN Front Right
Speaker+
5 - -
4 PU Front Right
6 PU/WH Back Lighting Speaker-
7 RD/WH Supply Front Left
5 TN
8 BK/WH Ground Speaker+

6 GY Front Left
Speaker-

7 BN Rear Left
Speaker+

8 YE Rear Left
Speaker-

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-49

28 D-GN Audio Output-


29 - -
30 - -
31 - -
32 - -
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 33 - -
34 - -
35 - -
36 - -
37 - -
38 - -
39 WH/BK HS CAN_L
Telematics Control Unit IP60 40 BK/WH Ground

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 3 2 1
4 - -
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 90
5 BARE Audio-
6 YE Mic+
7 - -
8 YE Audio Output+
9 - -
10 - - Entertainment System Host IP63
11 - -
12 - -
13 - - Pin Color Function Rema
14 - - number rk
15 - - 1 OG/BK Camera Power
Supply
16 - -
2 BK Camera Ground
17 - -
3 - -
18 - -
4 - -
19 BN/WH HS CAN_H
5 GY Signal+
20 RD/WH KL30
6 BARE Shield
21 - -
7 GY Signal+
22 - -
8 BARE Shield
23 - -
9 GY Shield
24 - -
10 BARE Signal+
25 YE Audio+
11 - -
26 BARE Mic-
12 - -
27 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-50

4.3 Parking radar harness

90
PR09

PR07

PR2FL
PR05

PR06

PR08
PR10

D9013-0205b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-51

4.3.1 The definitions of the parking radar harness pins

10 10
3 3
15 11 15 11
8 4 8 4
12 1 12 1
16 5 16 5
13 9 13 9
6 2 6 2
14 14
7 7

AMT Control Unit GB02-1 AMT Control Unit GB02_2

Pin Color Function Rema Pin Color Function Rema


number rk number rk
1 RD Supply 1 RD Supply
2 BK/WH Ground 2 BK/WH Ground
90
3 L-GN P/N Signal 3 L-GN P/N Signal
4 RD Supply 4 RD Supply
5 BK/WH Ground 5 BK/WH Ground
6 - - 6 - -
7 - - 7 - -
8 - - 8 - -
9 YE/BK ACC 9 YE/BK ACC
10 TN/BK CAN_H 10 TN/BK CAN_H
11 TN CAN_L 11 TN CAN_L

12 RD/BK Operation / 12 RD/BK Operation /


Crankshaft Crankshaft
13 - - 13 - -
14 - - 14 - -
15 - - 15 - -
16 - - 16 - -

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-52

4.4 Body harness

BD2IP_1
EB57_C
FL31_A FL03 EB57_E
BD2DRD
FL31_B FL07
FL02_A
FL02_B BD2IP_5 BD2IP_3
BD2IP_7
FL55
FL23 FL60
FL77 FL11
FL75 FL53 FL09
FL59_B FL06 FL2CH FL51 FL21
FL44_A
FL44_B FL57 FL15
FL44_C FL25 FL13
FL62_A FL30 FL59_A FL67
FL62_B
FL28
FL2TLD_1
FL43 FL65
FL19
FL32

90

BD2IP_2
BD2IP_4

FL34
FL56
FL2GB FL27
FL2RRD FL14 FL71
FL04 FL16
FL41 FL22 FL10
FL01
FL35 FL24
FL40 FL39_1 FL38 FL08
FL48 FL39_2 FL97 FL12
FL2PR FL38_1
FL38_2 FL68
FL73 FL69
FL05
FL63 FL58_1 FL76
FL33 FL64 FL58_2 FL52
FL2TLD_2 FL74 FL26_1 FL78
FL45_1
FL26_2
FL66 FL50_A FL45_2
FL20_1 FL50_B
FL20_2 FL61 FL50_C

D9013-0204b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-53

4.5 Roof harness

RF05_1 RF01 RF13 RF2IP_1 RF03 RF20 RF07 RF10 RF08_1


RF05_2 RF14 RF09 RF22 RF08_2
RF04 RF05_3 RF12
RF21_1
RF21_2
RF17_2
RF21_3
RF17_3
RF19_1
RF15_1 RF19_2
RF15_2
RF15_3

90

RF2IP_2
RF02

RF06_1
RF06_2
RF06_3
RF18_2
RF18_3

RF19_3

D9013-0212b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-54

4.5.1 The definitions of the body and the roof harness pins

12 11 10 9 8 7

6 5 4 3 2 1

Lane Departure Aid Control Unit RF10

Pin Color Function Rema


number rk
90 1 D-BU CAN_H
2 - -
3 RD/WH Ground
4 - -
5 YE O_S_OUT1
6 RD/BK KL30
7 L-GN CAN_L
8 - -
9 L-BU I_S_IN1
10 - -
11 - -
12 RD/WH KL15

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-55

4.6 Door harness

PD03_A
PD03_B
DD03_A PD13 PD03_C PD02 PD06
DD04_A PAD2IP
DD03_B
DD04_B DD01 DD08 DD07 DD12 DD13 DD03_C DD02 DD10 DRD2IP

RLD2FL
RL01
RL06
RL05
RL04
RL03

RL02

TLD21

TLD2FL_1
TLD03 90
TLD11

PD12
PD05
PD01
PD04_A
PD04_B
RRD2FL
RR06
RR01
RR05
RR03
RR02
TLD01
TLD12
TLD07 TLD10 TLD14 TLD17
TLD20 TLD18 TLD08 TLD02 TLD04 TLD2FL_2

D9013-0206b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Harness distribution and the definitions of electric component pins 4-56

90

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-57

5.1 Starting system

Battery
BTN01
- +

175 A
Pre-fuse Box Instrument Panel Fuse Box 10/15A
I-FS14
P-MG2 PFB IEC Ignition
Switch
UEC /(PEPS
STA-2 STA UEC SSTG)
2 1 2 26 34
BT01_2 BT01_1 IP07

IP 140A RD/WH FLRB 0.35 -PEPS


BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BT 1F RD FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BT 1B RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

a
BT04-1 Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

30 85
30 A U-R4 10 A 30 A
U-JF3 Starting U-FS23 U-FS15
Starter Relay 87 86
Starter IEC
Feedback Power
Supply 6 90
3 133 137 135 134 35 54 27
EB01

IP 2540ERD/L-GN FLRB 2.5 RADIO


BD 102 RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 6 PU FLRB 3.0

BD 447 YE FLRB 0.5

BD 6B PU FLRB 3.0

BD 2540 RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5

SP0102
BD2IP_1
12
IP2BD_1
BD 6A PU FLRB 3.0

BD 1035 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 6BD PU FLRB 0.5

SP0105
BD 447B YE FLRB 0.5

EB2BT
20
BT2EB
BT 6C PU FLRB 3.0

BT02_1 BT03 EB02_K


9 31 48
Power
Starting Control

Starting Control

Starting Feedback

Supply

BT02_2 Engine
Starting

Starter Control
Module
ECM
G_BTN
D9013-0002b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-58

Ignition Switch

Control Turned Off/ Key Key


Power Power Running/ Running/ Key Identification Identification
Supply Supply ACC Operation Operation Identification Switch Switch

2 6 3 5 1 4 2 1
IP19_A IP19_B
IP 140A RD/WH FLRB 0.35 -PEPS

IP 1073 WH/BK FLRB 0.35-PEPS

IP 4 BN FLRB 0.35-PEPS

IP 1020B PK FLRB 0.35-PEPS

IP 3 D-BU FLRB 0.35 -PEPS

IP 80 L-GN FLRB 0.35-PEPS

IP 1020 PK FLRB 0.35-PEPS


a

90

SP0103
IP 1020A PK FLRB 0.35-PEPS

IP01_A IP01_B
46 7 2 13
5V ACC Ignition KL15
Switch
Ground

Body Control Module BCM


D9013-0026b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-59

5.2 Charging system

Battery
BTN01
- +
ESSS

Battery Sensor EB06 Pre-fuse Box PFB


Charge 1
BTN02 175 A
RT BATTLIN -
P-MG3
Power Supply 2 ALT
ALT-2 ALT
2 3
BT01_2 BT01_1
BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BTN 150A BK FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BD 42 RD/BK FLRB 1.0 ESSS

BD 5428B PU FLRB 0.5 ESSS

BT 1E RD FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BT 1A RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS


SP0225
BT05_2 BT05_1
BD 1240A RD/WH FLRB 1.0 ESSS

Power Power
Supply Supply

Generator

Charging Indicator 90
1
EN01

11 EN2EB
EB2EN
BD 5428 PU FLRB 0.5 ESSS

SP0101
ENN 2450 BK FL2G 25.0 ENGN

ENN 2450 BK FL2G 25.0 ENGN

BD 5428 PU FLRB 0.5 ESSS

EB01 EB02_K
65 65
Indicator
Charging

U-R9 30 85
AC
Compressor
87 86
Relay

Engine Bay Fuse Box Engine Control Module


G_BTN G_EN01 G_EN02 UEC ECM
D9013-0001b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-60

5.3 Power distribution

Pre-fuse Box PFB


+

175 A P-MG4
175 A
Battery

P-MG3 EPS
P-MG2 100 A
ALT UEC
ALT-2 ALT UEC
2 3 2 2 EPS_1
BT01_2 BT01_1 UEC_1
BTN01
-

BT 142A RD/BK FLRB 10.0 -ESSS

BT 142L RD/BK FLRB 10.0 ESSS&&LHD


BT 1E RD FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BT 1A RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS


BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BT05_2 BT05_1 BT04-1 Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


2 BT07_A
Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply
30 A U-R4 30 85
10 A
U-JF3 Starting U-FS23
90 Starter Relay 87 86 Starter
Feedback

3 133 137 135 134 35 54


Alternator EB01
EPB ECU
BD 102 RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 6 PU FLRB 3.0

BD 447 YE FLRB 0.5

BD 6B PU FLRB 3.0

SP0102
BD 6A PU FLRB 3.0

BD 1035 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 6BD PU FLRB 0.5

SP0105
BD 447B YE FLRB 0.5

EB2BT
20
BT2EB
BT 6C PU FLRB 3.0

BT03 EB02_K
9 31 48
Starting Control -

Starting Control +

Starting Feedback

Engine
Control
Module
ECM
G_BTN Starter
D9013-0148b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-61

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30

25 A 25 A 15 A 30A
U-FS4 U-FS8 U-FS9 U-FS7
Fuel Electronic AC Compressor / Front
Pump Water Pump Battery Sensor Wiper

16 20 21 19
EB01

BD 1240B RD/WH FLRB 1.0 -ESSS


BD 1040A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 1040C RD/WH FLRB 1.0

BD 1440 BN FLRB 2.0


SP0223

BD 1440B BN FLRB 2.0

BD 1440C BN FLRB 2.0


EB01 138 118 65 144 147 149
U-R1 KL30
30 85 Electronic 30 85 30 85 15 A 86 87 87A 86 87 87A
U-R5 U-R9 U-FS6 U-R7
Water
Fuel AC Engine U-R6 Wiper 90
Pump
Pump 87 86 87 86 Compressor 87 86
Control
85 30
Wiper Power 85 30 Governor
Relay
Relay Relay Module Supply Relay Relay
18 143 148
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC EB01
BD 40 RD/WH FLRB 0.75

BD 1440AA BN FLRB 2.0

EB02_K 30
Power
Supply

Engine Control Module ECM


D9013-0149b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-62

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
25A 10A
U-FS11 U-FS24
Fog U-R11
Fog Lamp/
Lamp / Sidelight
Sidelight / 87
Sidelight / 86
Relay
DRL DRL

EB01 23 36 53 77 75

BD 1640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5


BD 1540E RD/YE FLRB 2.0

BD 1640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5


BD 1540 RD/YE FLRB 2.0

SP0221

SP0222
BD 1540A RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG
BD 1540B RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 1540C RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG


BD 1540D RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 1640G RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP


BD 1640F RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP

BD 1640E RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP

BD 1640H RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP

BD 1640B RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1640A RD/WH FLRB 0.5


90

EB01 82 80 87 85 102 100 107 105 72 70

U-R12 U-R13 30
85
85 30
Front 85 30
Front U-R16 U-R10
Left Right Left U-R17 Rear
87 Fog 87 Fog 86 87 DRL 86 87 Right 86 87 Fog
86 86
Lamp Relay Lamp Relay Relay DRL Relay Lamp Relay

EB01 84 81 89 86 71
Engine Bay
BD 122 OG FLRB 0.5
BD 5062 BN FLRB 2.0 FFOG
BD 5061 PK FLRB 2.0 FFOG

Fuse Box
UEC

FL2PR
12 PR2FL
PR 122D OG FLRB 0.5

2 EB33 2 EB34 2 PR03

Front Left Front Right 21W


Rear Fog
Fog Lamp Fog Lamp Lamp

D9013-0150b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-63

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

KL30
25A
20A
U-FS13
U-FS14
Low Beam
High Beam

EB01 26 25

BD 1940 PK FLRB 2.0


BD 1740 RD/WH FLRB 1.5

SP0220 SP0218

BD 1940A PK FLRB 2.0


BD 1940B PK FLRB 2.0
BD 1740A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 1740B RD/WH FLRB 1.5

90

EB01 97 95 92 90

10A
85 30 30
U-R15 15A 15A 85
U-R14 15A 15A U-FS32
High U-FS28 U-FS2 Low U-FS3 U-FS31 Head
86 87 Beam Left Right 86 87 Beam Left Right Lamp
Relay High Beam High Beam Relay Low Beam Low Beam Adjustment

EB01 99 96 41 40 49 48 91 44 43 42 47 46 45
BD 312B TN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP

Engine Bay
BD 711A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP
BD 1940AD PK FLRB 2.0 HALP
BD 1940A PK FLRB 2.0

BD 712B YE FLRB 0.75 HALP

BD 189 D-GN FLRB 0.5 HALP


BD 311B L-GN/BK FLRB 0.75 HALP
BD 1940AA PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940AC PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940AB PK FLRB 2.0


BD 1940 PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940B PK FLRB 2.0

Fuse Box
UEC

SP0218
SP0216
BD 189A D-GN FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD 189B D-GN FLRB 0.5 HALP

SP0602

EB35_1 2 2 EB36_1 EB35_1 2 10 2 10 EB36_1


High Beam

High Beam

Low Beam

Low Beam

Motor Motor

Front Left Front Right Front Left Front Right Grouped Lamp
Grouped Lamp Grouped Lamp Grouped Lamp D9013-0151b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-64

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Canister Exhaust Gas Intake Venting Electronic thermostat
Purge Valve Bypass Relief Valve Valve Control Valve
KL30

30 A
U-JF1 + -
Main Relay
- + - + - +

1 1 1 2

EB01 1
BD 2040 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP0105

EN2EB EB2EN
17

BD 5291A PK/BK FLRB 0.75


BD 2040B RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 2040A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

90

EB01 Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


155 153

15 A
85 30
15 A 5A U-FS21 15 A
U-R8 U-FS19
U-FS18 Main U-FS20
Main Front Rear Relay
87 Relay Oxygen Ignition
86
Oxygen Power
Sensor Sensor Supply Coil

EB01 154 157 32 33 31 30 59 58 56 57


BD 5290 WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 3123E BN/WH FLRB 0.75 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


BD 5290E WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 5290D WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 5290C WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 3112 GY FLRB 1.0

BD 5291 PK/BK FLRB 0.75


BD 5290F WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 1846 PK/BK FLRB 0.75

BD 5291E PK/BK FLRB 0.75 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

EN2EB
12 EB2EN SP0306

SP0302 EN2EB
SP0215 1 EB2EN
BD 5290A WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5
BD 5290AC WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5
BD 5290AB WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5
BD 5290AA WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

FL2CH
E CH2FL
CH 3123 BN/WH FLRB 0.75

4 3 CH08 1 4 EB12
EB02_K Heat Heat + + +
3 5 6
Power Power Power
Supply - Supply - Supply -
Main Main Main
Relay Relay Relay

Front Oxygen Sensor Rear Oxygen Sensor Injector AC Pressure Switch


D9013-0152b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-65

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
100 A 30 A
U-MID U-JF2 40 A 25 A U-FS16
Cooling Fan EPB U-JF8 U-FS5 IEC
(850W)/ 50 A ABS/ESP ABS/ESP Power
(600W) _Motor _Valve Supply 4
6 EB01_B EB01 2 8 17 28

BD 173D-GN FLRB 4.0 ABS

BD 3340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 856 PU FLRB 1.5 ABS
BD 240 RD/WH FLRB 4.0 EPB
BD 532 RD FLRB 10.0 850W

BD 409 RD FLRB 10.0 600W

SP0241
SP2301

BD 3340B RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 3340C RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 240C RD/WH FLRB 4.0 EPB

BD 240D RD/WH FLRB 4.0 EPB

90

EB01
61 63

Engine Bay 25 A 15 A
Fuse Box U-FS33 U-FS34
Washer /
UEC Exterior
Light Rear Wiper

62 64
EB01
BD 1842 RD/BK FLRB 1.5

BD 1542 RD/BK FLRB 0.75

SP0208
BD 1542C RD/BK FLRB 0.75
BD 1542A RD/BK FLRB 0.75
BD 1542B RD/BK FLRB 0.75

EB22 EB21 FL34 EB04 EB57_C


1 1 13 15 1 25 3 17 2 6
+ + Right Brake Left Brake Pump Valve KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30
Motor Motor Power Power Turning Rear Front Rear
Power Power Supply Supply Signal Wiper Washer Washer
Supply Supply Light Pump Pump

Radiator Fan Radiator Fan Electronic Parking Anti-lock BrakingSystem / Body Control Module
(850W) (600W) Braking Electronic Electronic Stability Program BCM D9013-0153b
Control Unit EPB ECU ABS/ESP

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0154b
Panel Fuse

Light -
Under
Instrument

Mirror

Right
PAD2IP

PD03_A
IP2PAD
Box
IEC
IP 1802DC PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM PAD 1802DCA PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

40

9
Light Relay
Under
Mirror
I-R7

IP07
110 IP07

SP0250

DRD2IP_2 IP2DRD_2
IP 1802H RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM IP 1802DA PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM IP 1802DB PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

87
30

109

35
IP 1802F RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

104
106

85

86
DRD 1802DBA PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH
RF08_2

PD03_A

Under Mirror
Light - Left
Supply

RF 842BE RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&-LDW


Power
Rainfall Sensor

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2

9
12 IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2
SP0248
RF08_1
Supply

RF 842BD RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&-LDW IP 1802B RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 1802C RD/BK FLRB 0.5
Power

BD 1802A RD/BK FLRB 0.5

16
1

SP1205

Door Control Unit


Engine Bay
Right Make-up

Fuse Box
Mirror Light
RF02

Power Tail
UEC

BD 1802D RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 1642B RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

KL30
Ground

FL62_A 13
Power RF 1802BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5
1

Supply

Interior Light
Left Make-up

U-FS27
10 A

EB57_C
Mirror Light
RF01
5-66

Ground BD 3240D RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 1802 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1802A RD/BK FLRB 0.5

Fuel Tank Rear View Interior


Power RF 1820BC RD/BK FLRB 0.5

KL30

Cap Mirror Close-up Light


50
39

1
1

Supply

SP0256
Close-up/Tail Door/
Rear View Mirror

EB57_E
Fuel Tank Cap

KL30
U-FS25
10 A
BD 1642A RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

SP0209
Electrical circuit diagrams

Body Control Module


KL30
BD 3240B RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 1642 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1642C RD/BK FLRB 0.5
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

52

15
37

BCM

09/2017
BD 1742C RD/BK FLRB 1.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

Central Lock

KL30
CDL
14
U-FS26
25 A

EB57_C
BD 1742A RD/BK FLRB 1.5 AT

Supply 3
U-FS10

Power
30 A

IEC

P Release
BD 3240C RD/WH FLRB 2.5

Motor
KL30
BD 3240 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 1742 RD/BK FLRB 1.5 AT BD 1742B RD/BK FLRB 1.5 AT

38
22

51

EB57_E 7

SAIC-SV91
SP0233

SP0207
EB01
EB01

EB01
KL30

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-67

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

KL30
30 A
U-JF4
IG
Power
Supply
4
EB01
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP0257
BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD2IP_1
2 IP2BD_1
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

90
Instrument Panel Fuse Box
IEC
1 2 IP07

85 30
I-R3 10 A 10 A 10 A 15 A
IG 10 A I-FS1
I-FS5 I-FS3 I-FS2
Relay I-FS6 IG PWR2
87 86
Airbag Airbag IG
IG PWR4
Control Unit Control Unit PWR1
60 68 1 2 3 5 6 18 17 15 14 13 IP07
IP 340AFRD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 642 RD/BK FLRB 0.5

IP 842 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW||PGAM||SWHIP


IP 340AG RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 442B RD/YE FLRB 0.5 SRSL


IP 340AE RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5 LDW||PGAM
IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

IP 1442 RD/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 340AA RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 842E RD/WH FLRB 0.75 SWH

SP0210
IP 1442A RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0240 SP0213
SP0259
IP 842B RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM

CN 642GC RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP


RF 842DA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW

RF 842BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM


CN 642GD RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP

IP 842D RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW

CN06 CN09 RF10 RF07 IP08_C IP01_B IP50_D


6 7 6 1 16 8 1
KL15 IG Body HEAT+
Clock
RF2IP_1 IP2RF_1
RF2IP_1 IP2RF_1

Relay
Control
Module HEAT- Spring
19 10 BCM
Central Control EPB Switch Lane Departure Automatic Airbag Control Unit
Switch Block - Right Aid Control Unit Anti-glare
Rear View Mirror
SRS D9013-0155b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-68

KL30
60 A Engine Bay Rear Left Rear Left
U-JF5
ACC
Fuse Box Power Window Power Window
Power UEC Switch Switch
电源 电源
Supply
3 RF04 3 RF04
EB01 5

RLD 202DCA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

RRD 202DDA RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0

BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0 IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0


SP0258 4 a
BD 342C RD FLRB 5.0

BD2IP_3 IP2BD_3

SP0205
RLD2FL
BD 342D RD FLRB 5.0

RRD2FL
BD 342CA RD FLRB 5.0

FL2RLD 8
8 FL2RRD

90

EB58 Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC2


32 36
KL30
85 30
U2-R1 30 A 10 A 20 A
86 30
U2-R3
ACC U2-FS11 U2-FS12 U2-FS1 Rear
86 87
Relay ACC1 ACC2 Converter 85 87
Blower
Relay

35 33 39 37 38 40 7 24
EB58
BD 202GB RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 202DD RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 202BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC
BD 242 RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 242B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 242A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 12V DC

BD 1264 D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC

BD 202GB RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0253

SP0263
BD 202GC RD/BK FLRB 0.5 USB1||USB2

SP1902
BD 1264A D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC&&HPB
BD 1264A D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC&&HPB

BD 1264B D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC

SP1902
BD 1140 RD/WH FLRB 1.5 INV
BD 202UA RD/BK FLRB 0.35USB2
BD 202UB RD/BK FLRB 0.35USB1

BD 202N D-GN FLRB 1.5 INV

BD 202GA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

FL39_1 2 2 FL39_2 FL40 2 FL48 FL47 FL60 3 2 FL02_B


1 1 11
ACC ACC ACC Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply

12V Power Supply 12V Power Supply USB - USB - Middle Converter Gateway
Socket - Middle Socket - Rear Left Rear Right D9013-0156b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-69

09/2017
D9013-0157b
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3

6 CN03
FL45_2
I-FS19
ACC1

Supply Socket -

Wireless Charging Module


15 A

CN 202ED RD/BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

Cigar Lighter 12V Power

Rear Right

ACC
ACC

IP 1263 OG FLRB 0.75 12V DC BD 1263BB OG FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&(MDAC||ADAC)


39

2
4
I-FS11
ACC4
15 A

SP1906
BD 202UA RD/BK FLRB 0.35USB2
IP05
23

Power Supply

Ground

ACC
CN 202EF RD/BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

1
1
I-FS17

SP0239
ACC2
10 A

IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 202EB RD/BK FLRB 0.35CHARG CN 202EC RD/BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG
37

CN2IP_2 13
IP 202CC RD/YE FLRB 0.5 AMP
I-FS18
ACC3
10 A

IP2CN_2
IP 202CA RD/YE FLRB 0.5 RADIO
38

36 BD2IP_3 LHD
IP 202C RD FLRB 3.0 RADIO||AMP
30

FL44_A
IP2BD_3

Power Amplifier
IP 202A RD FLRB 3.0

Power Supply
29

BD 202CCA RD/YE FLRB 0.5 AMP

ACC
8
BD 242A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 12V DC
11

BD 202CCA RD/YE FLRB 0.5 AMP

B2
Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC

BD 242B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD2IP_4
IP2BD_4
31

IP56_A
SP0237
Relay
ACC
I-R2

RHD

Radio
IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0 IP 202CB RD/YE FLRB 0.5 RADIO
87
30

ACC
42

4
85

Antenna Amplifier
86

IP58
45
IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0 IP 202CD RD/YE FLRB 0.5 RADIO

43

1
SP0247
SP0230
IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0

41

IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0


IP07

a
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-70

Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC-2

KL30 KL30
30 A 30 A 10 A
Engine Bay U2-FS3
25 A U2-FS8 U2-FS9
U-FS2 Fuse Box TCCU TCCU
Differential
Lock
Gateway UEC Power Power Control
Supply 1 Supply 2 Module
14 14 15
EB01 EB58 9

BD 2840 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 EDL


BD 440D YE/BN FLRB 2.0 4WD
BD 2340 RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 440C YE/BK FLRB 2.0 4WD


BD2IP_1
3 IP2BD_1
IP 2340A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

SP0231
IP 2340C RD/WH FLRB 1.5

IP 2340B RD/WH FLRB 1.5

Power Supply
90
Instrument
Panel Fuse Box
IP07 IEC FL01 FL59_A
96 100 26 13 20
Rear Window Heat

I-R5 Power Power Power Differential


85 30
Rear View 10 A Transfer Case Supply Supply Supply
Lock
Mirror & I-FS34
Rear Control Unit Control
86 87 Rear View
Window Heat
Mirror Heat
TCCU Module
Relay
+
94 99 82 90 IP07
TLD04 1
IP 293 PU FLRB 1.5

IP 293B PU FLRB 1.5 SPHM

IP 502B RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM


IP 502 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM
TLD 293AB PU FLRB 1.5

SP0206
IP 502A RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM

IP2DRD_2 IP2PAD
36 46 PAD2IP
DRD2IP_2
PAD 502BL RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML

PAD 502BA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH


DRD 502AA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH
DRD 502AL RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML

12 TLD2FL_1
FL2TLD_1
BD 293AA PU FLRB 1.5

SP0238
IP 293A PU FLRB 1.5

PD03_A
DD03_C DD03_A PD03_C
38 IP2BD_2 1 7 11 1 7 11
BD2IP_2
Driver's Side
Rear View
Mirror

D9013-0158b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-71

09/2017
27 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1

D9013-0159b
Drive Mode Central Control Air Cleaner
FL79
IP 640K RD/WH FLRB 1.0 APM BD 640KA RD/WH FLRB 1.0 APM

KL30
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
CN05
Light Module

Converting SwitchBlock -
Atmosphere

IP43

IP 640H RD/WH FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT CN 3540EP RD/WH FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

KL30

Left
IP 640J RD/WH FLRB 0.5 CALP

CN2IP_2 12

3
KL30
2

IP2CN_2

CN01
IP38
Control Panel

Switch
IP 640A RD/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 640W RD/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD CN 640WA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD
Front AC

KL30
KL30

CN2IP_1 45

1
2

IP2CN_1
Light Relay
Trunk
I-R4
AC Control Panel /

Control Switch
Left Central

IP 2340D RD/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW IP 6630A L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

87
30
I-FS25

98

97
10 A

IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3
IP 640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2340E RD/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

85

86

1 FL41
93

91
56

Trunk Light
Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC

SP0201

BD 6630B L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

IP07
IP07

45
Instrument

Fuse Box
Panel

IEC
I-FS24

IP28
OBD
10 A

IP 840CRD/L-GN FLRB 0.5

Supply
Power

OBD
16
55

Relay
U-R3
Horn

EB01
IP 3040CA YE/BK FLRB 2.0

SP0211

EB32
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC
49

Horn - Left Horn - Right


13 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1
BD 1329AA D-GN FLRB 1.0 BD 1329AC D-GN FLRB 1.0

30

87
SP0235

132

1
IP 3040CB YE/BK FLRB 2.0 IP 3040C YE/BK FLRB 2.0
50

EB31
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

IP07
BD 1329AB D-GN FLRB 1.0

129
85

86

1
IEC PWR8
U-FS12

SP0244
25 A
BD 1329B D-GN FLRB 1.0

130
BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0 BD 3040A YE/BK FLRB 2.0

24
BD 1329A D-GN FLRB 1.0

128
KL30

EB01

U-PS22

SP0232
Horn
20A
EB01
BD 3040B YE/BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1329 D-GN FLRB 1.0

34

55
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-72

Front AC Control Panel Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
60 A 40 A
40 A U-JF11 U-JF10
U-JF9 IEC Rear
Front Power
Blower Blower
Blower Supply 1
Feedback
10 9 11 10
IP38 EB01

BD 2440 OG FLRB 5.0


BD 2240 D-GN FLRB 3.0

BD2IP_1 BD2IP_3
IP2BD_1 1 29 IP2BD_3
IP 2440A OG FLRB 5.0

BD 1592 BN/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

BD 2140 RD/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC


SP0229 BD2IP_1
4
IP 65BA YE FLRB 0.5

IP 2240A D-GN FLRB 3.0

IP2BD_1
IP 2440C RD/WH FLRB 3.0

IP 2440B RD/WH FLRB 3.0

BD 1592B NA/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

90 Rear AC

IP07 35 61 70 78 77 28 24 22 EB58
10 A 30 A Instrument
I-R1 10 A
I-FS15
85 30
I-FS30 25 A
85 30
U2-R3 Engine Bay
Front
Front I-FS16Rear Panel Rear
Blower
Passenger's I-FS29Driver's Blower Fuse Box 2
Blower 87 Side Power Side Power Feedback
Fuse Box 86 87
Blower
UEC_2
86
Relay
Feedback Window Motor Window Motor IEC Relay

27 71 72 86 85 36 26 23
IP07 EB58
IP 2440BA D-GN FLRB 2.0
IP 2440CA RD FLRB 2.0

BD 1592 BN/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC


IP 1592BA TN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC
IP 65B PU FLRB 3.0

IP 65 PU FLRB 3.0

IP2PAD 14 14 IP2DRD_1
BD 1592BANB/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

PAD2IP DRD2IP_1
DRD 2440BC D-GN FLRB 2.0
PAD 4040DA RD FLRB 2.0

SP2103
BD2IP_6
7 SP2105
IP 65A PU FLRB 3.0

IP2BD_6
BD 1592BC TN FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB

BD 1592BB TN FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB

PD06 DD08 FL38_2 FL38_1 FL50_B


IP31_B 1 5 4 23 1
23
KL30 Blower Blower
Blower +

Blower -

Blower + KL30
Feedback Feedback

Front AC Passenger's Driver's Rear AC Control Panel Rear AC


Side Power Side Power D9013-0160b
Window Motor Window Motor

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-73

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

KL30
40 A 40 A
U-JF7 U-JF6
DC IEC PWR9
Stabilizer 2
6
EB01 7

BD 3440F RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS


BD 3440K RD/WH FLRB 3.0 ESSS
BD 3640 RD/WH FLRB 3.0 ESSS

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 11
SP0234
SP6402
IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

SP6403

IP 3440C RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS


IP 3440B RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS
IP 3440E RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS&&AMP
IP 3440D RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS
BD 3640KB YE/BN FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 3640KC YE/BN FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 3440KC OG/RD FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 3440KB OG/RD FLRB 2.0 ESSS

90

IP07
1 2 6 5 FL31_B 48 32 46 47
Power Power Power Power
25 A 30 A
Supply Supply Supply Supply
I-FS23 10 A 15 A Instrument Panel
I-FS20
Entertainment Power I-FS21 I-FS22 Fuse Box
Instrument AMT
System / Radio Amplifier IEC
Cluster
54 40 52 53
Stabilizer DC Module IP07
IP 3440EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5 AMP

IP 3440BA RD/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 402 RD FLRB 0.75 AT

DCDC
IP 3440DA RD/WH FLRB 2.5 RADIO
IP 3440DB RD/WH FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN

SP0704
GB 402B RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

GB 402C RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

GB 402D RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

19 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1
A7 IP2BD_4
BD 402A RD FLRB 0.75 AT

BD2IP_4
BD 3440EB RD/WH FLRB 2.5 AMP

GB2FL
17
FL2GB

IP55_B IP56_A FL44_B


15 7 4 2 IP02_A 4 1 GB02_1
Power Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply Supply 电源 电源

Entertainment Radio Power Instrument Transmission Control Module


System Host Amplifier Cluster D9013-0161b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0162b
副驾
电动
座椅
IP2BD_2
21 BD2SI_2

FL04
NTCBD 3540CDA RD FLRB 2.0 PST-LUB

Supply
Power
1

Driver's Side Driver's Side


Power Seat Power Seat
FL11
BD 3540CG L-GN FLRB 2.0 8PST-4LUB

Supply
Power
1
SP2505
BD 3540CW L-GN FLRB 2.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT BD 3540CC L-GN FLRB 2.0 MMHT

Supply
Power
D3
19

FL03
Passenger's Driver's
I-FS10

Power
Seat
Side
25 A
IP 3540CA L-GN FLRB 2.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT IP 3540CN RD/GY FLRB 3.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT

10
22

Panoramic Panoramic Power


I-FS9

Seat
Side
25 A
IP 3540CD RD FLRB 2.0 PST-LUB IP 3540CM RD/GY FLRB 3.0 PST-LUB

21

SP0265
Sunroof
I-JF2
30 A
IP 3540C RD FLRB 5.0 IP 3540CE RD/GY FLRB 3.0

66
63
BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3

RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1
Sunroof

RF14
I-JF3
30 A

Panoramic
Sunroof
IP 3540A RD FLRB 5.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT||PST-LUB||PSR IP 3540D RD FLRB 5.0 PSRF IP 540 D-BU FLRB 2.0 PSRF RF 540A D-BU FLRB 2.0 PSRF

Supply
Power
67
30

64

3
1
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

SP0246

Panel Fuse
Instrument
5-74

Box
IEC

Departure Aid
Supply 6

15 RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1
U-JF12

Power

I-FS7

Aid Control Unit


Lane Departure
Lane

RF10
7.5 A
60 A

IEC

BD 3540 RD FLRB 5.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT||PST-LUB||PSR IP 3840 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 LDW


IP 3140B RD FLRB 2.5 LDW RF 540A D-BU FLRB 2.0 PSRF

KL15
12
Electrical circuit diagrams

19

12
7
Supply 5

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1
U-FS3
Power
30 A

SP2004
IG

Front Sunroof /
BD 3140 RD FLRB 2.5 LDW||PSRF||FSRF IP 3140A RD FLRB 2.5 LDW||PSRF||FSRF RF 3940A RD/WH FLRB 1.5 FSRF

Sunshade
15

09/2017
I-FS8
25 A
SP0245
RF 3940C RD/WH FLRB 1.5 FSRF||PSRF

EB01
KL30

Sunroof
IP 3140C RD FLRB 2.5 PSRF||FSRF IP 3940 RD/WH FLRB 1.5 FSRF||PSRF

Supply
Power
20

6
1
8

RF13
IP2RF_2
RF2IP_2
IP07
IP07

SAIC-SV91
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-75

Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC-2

KL30
10 A
25 A 10 A 30 A 30 A 15 A 15 A
U2-FS5
U2-JF4 U2-FS2 U2-FS4 U2-FS10 U2-FS6 U2-FS6
Tire
Power Tail Gateway Rear Left Rear Right Front Front
Pressure
Door Control Unit Power Window Power Window Seat Heat Seat Heat
Monitoring
4 8 10 16 11 12 13
EB58

BD 2440DA L-GN FLRB 2.0

BD 3540FA RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RSHT


BD 2440EA OG/BK FLRB 2.0
BD 2640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 3540EA RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PST-LUB-HT||MMHT


BD 740 RD/WH FLRB 1.5 ATTG

BD 840A RD/WH FLRB 0.5 TPMS


SP1849

SP2502 SP2502
BD 2640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 2640B RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 3540FC RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RSHT


BD 3540EE RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PST-LUB-HT||MMHT

BD 3540FD RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RSHT


BD 3540ED RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PST-LUB-HT||MMHT
90

FL02_B FL02_A RL04 RR04


FL04 FL30
1 12 19 5 5 17
Power KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30
Supply

Power Tail Gateway Rear Left Rear Right Tire Pressure


Door Control Power Window Power Monitoring &
Unit Switch Window Switch Control Unit

FL04 FL06
10 11 1 2
Power Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply Supply

Passenger's Side Power Seat


Power Seat D9013-0163b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-76

Engine Bay Engine Engine


Fuse Box Control Module Transmission Control Module Transmission ABS/ESP Steering Wheel Yaw Velocity Differential
UEC ECM Control Module ECM Lever Angle Sensor Sensor Control Module
KL30 30 A
U-JF4
IG
Power IG IG
Power Power 12V Power Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply (KL15) Supply Supply Supply Supply

4 87 12 12 5 6 28 EB04 2 4 FL35 19 FL59_A


EB02_K GB02_2 GB02_1 BT07_B IP59 IP14
EB01

IP 642E RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT

BD 1687B GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP


GB 642DD RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT&&2WD

BD 1687B GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP


IP 1687D GY/BK FLRB 0.5 EPS
GB 642DB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT&&4WD

BD 1687A GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ABS


BT 1442CBL RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LHD
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 5394 RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0257
GB2FL BT2EB
BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5

18 FL2GB 1 33 IP2BD_1 B12 IP2BD_4


EB2BT
BD2IP_1 BD2IP_4

BD 642FA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT

BD 1687C GY/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 642BC RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT

BD 1442C RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0261
BD 642F RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1687 GY/BK FLRB 0.5


90 SP0261

EB58 17 44
Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC-2
19 42
10 A 10 A 10 A
U2-FS13 U2-FS14 10 A U2-FS15
85 30
U2-R4 U2-FS16
IG IG IG IG
IG
87 86 Relay Power Power Power Power
Supply 1 Supply 2 Supply 4 Supply 3

18 21 41 43 45 47 48 46 EB58
BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 340EB RD/WH FLRB 2.5

IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 340ED RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 340EE RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 642BS RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 642BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 642RD BU/BK FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB


BD 3540EF RD/WH FLRB 0.5 PST-LUB||MMHT

SP0262 SP0249
BD 642BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB

SP0264
BD 642BL RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT
BD 642BH RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT

BD 642BE RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AFS


BD 642BG RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ESSS

BD 642BF RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PDC4


BD 842C RD/BK FLRB 0.5

FL31_A FL02_A FL04 FL03 FL27 FL71 FL38_1 FL38_2


10 18 2 D2 A8 9 16 4 4
KL15 KL15 Power KL15 KL15 Power Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply Supply Supply

Stabilizer DC Gateway Passenger's Driver's Side Adaptive Head Blind Zone Monitoring Rear AC Control Panel
Module DCDC Side Power Seat Power Seat Light Control Unit & Control Unit D9013-0164b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-77

5.4 Engine management system

Battery
BTN01
- +
BT04-1 Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Pre-fuse 30 A U-R4 30 85
10 A
175 A
U-JF3 Starting U-FS23
Box PFB P-MG2
Starter Relay Starter
87 86
UEC
Feedback
UEC
2 3 133 137 135 134 35 54
BT01_1 EB01

BD 102 RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 6 PU FLRB 3.0

BD 1035 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 447 YE FLRB 0.5

BD 6B PU FLRB 3.0

BD 6BD PU FLRB 0.5


BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS
BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BD 6A PU FLRB 3.0 SP0102

SP0105 90
EB2BT
20
BT2EB BD 447B YE FLRB 0.5
BD 6A PU FLRB 3.0

EB02_K
BT03 9 31 48
Starting Control-

Starting Control+

Starting Feedback
Starting

Engine Control
Starter Module ECM

Ground Ground Ground


1 2 4
EB02_K
BD 51B BK FLRB 2.5
BD 51A BK FLRB 2.5

BD 51C BK FLRB 2.5

SP0303
BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

G_BTN G_EBR3
D9013-0003b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
a

D9013-0004b
GB07_1
FL2GB
GB2FL
GB 5666 WH/BK FLRB 0.75AT&&4WD
BD 5290C WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 3123A BN/WH FLRB 0.75AT


BD 5290E WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 5290F WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

20

Hydraulic Accumulator
BD 3121B TN/WH FLRB 0.5 GB 3123BA BN/WH FLRB 0.75AT&&4WD

1
1
BD 3123D BN/WH FLRB 0.75AT GB 5666A WH/BK FLRB 0.75AT&&2WD

2
SP0307
GB 3123BC BN/WH FLRB 0.75AT&&2WD

1
BD 3123A BN/WH FLRB 0.75AT

GB07_2
U-FS19
Oxygen
Sensor
Rear
5A

BD 3123E BN/WH FLRB 0.75 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


58

EB02_K
SP0215

FL2CH
CH2FL

CH08
BD 5290D WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

Accumulator
Hydraulic
27
31

CH 3123 BN/WH FLRB 0.75

3
E
5-78

BD 5290 WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

Main Relay
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Control
85

86

154

69

Rear Oxygen Sensor


BD 3121B TN/WH FLRB 0.5 CH 3121 TN/WH FLRB 0.5

33

4
BD 5290 WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 5290A WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5


87

157
30
Electrical circuit diagrams

Relay BD 3120B PU FLRB 0.5 CH 3120 PU FLRB 0.5


U-R8

G
Main

62

2
Power Supply -
Main Relay
BD 2040A RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 5290AC WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

153

09/2017
SP0105
BD 3122B GY/WH FLRB 0.75 CH 3122 YE FLRB 1.5

H
29

1
Power Supply -
Main Relay
BD 2040B RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 5290AB WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

EB02_K
155

5
SP0302
U-JF1

Relay
Main
30 A

Module ECM
Power Supply -
Main Relay

SAIC-SV91
Control
Engine
BD 2040 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 5290AA WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

3
EB01

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-79

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

15 A
15 A 15 A U-FS18
U-FS21 U-FS20 Front
Main Relay Ignition Oxygen
Power Supply Coil Sensor
30 32 33 56 57 59
EB01

EB2EN
EN2EB
BD 5291 PK/BK FLRB 0.75
BD 5290C WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5 BD 3112 GY FLRB 1.0
a 12 d
BD 1846 PK/BK FLRB 0.75
BD 5290E WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5
b 1 e

BD 5290F WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5 BD 5291D PK/BK FLRB 0.75


c f
BD 5291A PK/BK FLRB 0.75 SP0306 BD 5291F PK/BK FLRB 0.75
g
BD 5291G PK/BK FLRB 0.75
h

EB2EN Engine Control Module ECM


17 EN2EB 90

Electronic
AC Pressure AC Pressure Canister Exhaust Gas thermostat
Switch (High) Switch (Middle) Purge Valve Bypass Relief Valve Intake Venting Valve Control Valve

21 35 18 21 60
EB02_K 20 EB02_A

SP2635
BD 5291E PK/BK FLRB 0.75 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

BD 2040A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 451C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

BD 603 D-GN FLRB 0.75 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

0.75

0.75
0.75
0.5

4 3 2 1 EB12 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
- + + - + - + -
Middle
Pressure

Low Pressure
High Pressure

AC Pressure Switch Canister Exhaust Gas Intake Venting Electronic thermostat


G_EBL2_4 Purge Valve Bypass Relief Valve Valve Control Valve
D9013-0005b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-80

Clutch Water Variable Valve Timing Variable Valve Timing


Front Oxygen Sensor Pump Valve (Intake) Valve (Exhaust)
Heat +

Heat -

Signal

Signal

Signal -

Signal +
- + - + + -

4 3 1 5 2 6 2 1 2 1 1 2

d
EB2EN
e EN2EB 4 2 5 3 8

BD 5291D PK/BK FLRB 0.75


f f
BD 5291F PK/BK FLRB 0.75
g g
BD 5291G PK/BK FLRB 0.75
BD 3113 GY/WH FLRB 0.75

BD 5281 PU/WH FLRB 0.75

BD 3111 TN/WH FLRB 0.75

BD 3110 PU/WH FLRB 0.75

h h
BD 5279 WH FLRB 0.75

0.75

0.75

0.75
EB02_K EB02_A
73 79 78 76 77 15 50 05
90 Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Clutch Water Variable Valve Variable Valve
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Pump - Timing Valve Timing Valve
Heat Signal Signal Signal Signal (Intake) (Exhaust)
Injector 1

Injector 2

Injector 3

Injector 4

16 02 17 01
EB02_A Engine Control Module ECM
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0

2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
- + + - + - + -

Injector 1 Injector 2 Injector 3 Injector 4


D9013-0006b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-81

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

30 85 30 85
U-R5 25 A
25 A U-R1
U-FS8
U-FS4 Fuel Electronic
Electronic
Fuel Pump Pump 87 86
Water Pump
Water 87 86

Relay Pump Relay

16 140 138 157 154 20 120 118 119 122


EB01
BD 1040A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 5291D PK/BK FLRB 0.75

BD 1040A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 458 OG FLRB 0.5

BD 1040C RD/WH FLRB 1.0

BD 5291F PK/BK FLRB 0.75

BD 7421 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 6554 L-GN/BK FLRB 1.0


f

g EB2EN
7
EN2EB
BD 5291G PK/BK FLRB 0.75
h h

FL2CH
A CH2FL
CH 120B GY FLRB 1.5

90
CH07 EB02_K
1 28 42 1
Power Electronic
Fuel
Supply
Pump Water
Fuel Pump
Pump
Relay
Relay Electronic
Water Pump
Ground

2 2
CH07 Engine Control Module ECM
CH 1550CB BK FLRB 1.5

FL2CH EN2EB
B 14
CH2FL EB2EN
BD 1550CA BK FLRB 1.5

BD 650A BK FLRB 1.0

G_FLCL_3 G_EBR2
D9013-0007b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-82

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2

30 85
30 85 15 A 10 A
U-FS9 U-FS6 30 A U2-R4
15 A AC U-R9 U-JF4 IG U2-FS13
AC Engine
Compressor Control IG Power IG Power
Compressor 87 86 Supply Relay 87 86
/ Battery Module Supply 1
Sensor Relay
21 67 65 66 69 18 4 19 17 18 21 41 119
EB01 EB58

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 5291G PK/BK FLRB 0.75

BD 40 RD/WH FLRB 0.75


BD 1240B RD/WH FLRB 1.0 -ESSS

BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 642F RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 59 RD/WH FLRB 1.0

BD 340EB RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BD 67 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

SP0257 SP0264
SP0261
h

BD 5394 RD/BK FLRB 0.5


SP2635

Engine Control Module ECM

BD 5728C YE/BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


BD 5728A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 AT
72 30 87 85 EB02_K
90 AC Power IG ACC
Compressor Supply Power ACC
Relay Supply Awake

P/N Charge
Signal Indicator

22 65 EB02_K SP0301
BD 5728 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 AT
BD 275B L-GN FLRB 0.5 AT

BD 5428 PU FLRB 0.5 ESSS

FL2GB SP0101
11
GB2FL
BD 5428 PU FLRB 0.5 ESSS
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

GB 275 L-GN FLRB 0.5 AT&&4WD

GB 275C L-GN FLRB 0.5 AT&&2WD

EB2EN BD2IP_3
9
6 EN2EB IP2BD_3
BD 5728 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 AT

EB2EN
11 EN2EB

1 GB02_1 3 2 GB02_2 1 EN01 48 47 IP01_B


P/N P/N Charge IG ACC
Signal Signal Indicator Body Control Relay Awake
Module
BCM

G_EBL2_4 AC Compressor Transmission Alternator


Control Unit TCU D9013-0008b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-83

Airflow Sensor Electron Accelerator Pedal

Signal Signal Power Signal Power


Output Signal 5V- 5V+ Ground Output 2 Supply Ground Output 1 Supply

1 4 3 2 3 2 1 4 5 6
EB14 IP45
BD 5264 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 492 YE FLRB 0.5

BD 2931 GY/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 7387 GY FLRB 0.5

IP 1272A PU FLRB 0.5

1162A L-BU FLRB 0.5

IP 1174A BN FLRB 0.5

IP 1271A BN FLRB 0.5

IP 1161A D-BU FLRB 0.5

IP 1164A WH/BK FLRB 0.5


IP2BD_1 24 25 26 27 28 29
BD2IP_1 BD 1272 PU FLRB 0.5

BD 1162 L-BU FLRB 0.5

BD 1174 BN FLRB 0.5

BD 1271 BN FLRB 0.5

BD 1161 D-BU FLRB 0.5

BD 1164 WH/BK FLRB 0.5


EB02_K 18 40 57 59 11 61 81 35 83 82
Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Electron Electron Electron Electron Electron Electron 90
Signal Signal Sensor Sensor Accelerator Accelerator Accelerator Accelerator Accelerator Accelerator
Ground Power Pedal Ground 2 Pedal Signal Pedal Power Pedal Ground 1 Pedal Signal Pedal Power
Supply Output 2 Supply 2 Output 1 Supply 1

Fan Phase Sensor Phase Sensor Phase Sensor


(Intake) Power (Intake) (Intake)
Radiation Supply Signal Ground

26 EB02_K Engine Control Module ECM 27 08 53


EB02_A
0.75
0.75

0.75
BD 2364 D-BU FLRB 0.75 600W
BD 2368 WH FLRB 0.75 850W

EB22 EB21
4 4 3 1 2
+ Power Signal Ground -
Supply Output

Radiator Fan(850W) Radiator Fan(600W) Intake Phase Sensor


D9013-0009b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-84

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Intake Pressure Sensor Electronic Throttle Valve

Signal Signal
+ + -
- Output

1 3 3 4 1 1 2 4 6 3 5
2
0.75
0.5
0.75

0.75
0.75

0.75

0.75
0.75

0.75
0.75

0.75
0.75
Engine Control Module ECM
EB02_A 13 40 29 39 24 12 41 44 19 20
90 Pressure
Sensor
Fuel Rail
Pressure
Pressure
Sensor Power
Intake
Pressure
Electronic
Throttle
Electronic
Throttle
Electronic
Throttle
Electronic
Throttle
Electronic
Throttle
Electronic
Throttle
Ground Signal Supply Signal Valve Valve Valve Valve Valve Valve

Phase
Water Water Fuel Fuel Revolution Revolution Revolution Oil Phase Sensor Phase Sensor Sensor
Temperature Temperature Control Control Speed Sensor Speed Speed Sensor Knocking Knocking Pressure (Exhaust) (Exhaust) (Exhaust)
Sensor Sensor Valve + Valve - Power Supply Signal Ground Sensor Sensor Switch Power Supply Signal Ground

14 57 04 03 07 23 22 25 10 55 07 22 54
EB02_A
0.75

0.75

0.75
0.75

0.75

0.75
0.5
0.5

0.75
0.5

0.5

0.75
0.5

1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 3 1 2
Power Signal Ground + - Power Signal Ground
Supply Output Supply Output

Water Temperature Fuel Control Revolution Speed Sensor Knocking Sensor Oil Pressure Exhaust Phase Sensor
Sensor Valve Switch D9013-0010b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-85

Body Control Module

Lighting
Cruise Switch
Control + Ground
49 25
IP01_A

IP 1349 BN FLRB 0.35


BD 84 D-BU FLRB 0.5 CRSW

BD2IP_1
39 40 IP2BD_1
SP0308 SP0601
BD 6281C BN/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 83 D-GN FLRB 0.5 CRSW

P 83A D-GN FLRB 0.5 CRSW

IP 84A D-BU FLRB 0.5 CRSW

IP 83C D-GN FLRB 0.5 ADCR

IP 83C D-GN FLRB 0.5 ADCR


Engine Control Module ECM
EB02_K 15 12 7 8 4 5 IP50_B
Cruise Cruise
90
Control + Control -
Spiral
Spring
Injector 1+ Injector 1- Injector 2+ Injector 2- Injector 3+ Injector 3- Injector 4+ Injector 4-

31 33 47 49 46 34 32 48 7 8 4 5
SW04
EB02_A
0.75

0.75

0.75
0.75

0.75

0.75
0.75
0.75

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 5 6
+ - + - + - + - Cruise Cruise
Control + Control -

Injector 1 Injector 2 Injector 3 Injector 4 Cruise Control Switch


D9013-0011b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-86

Boost Pressure Temperature Sensor Brake Vacuum Sensor

Signal - Signal 5V - Signal +

B A D C 2 1 3
EB11 EB41

BD 5391D PU FLRB 0.35 ESSS


BD 5266 OG/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 5073C BK/WH FLRB 0.35

BD 1533 WH FLRB 0.5

IP 84A D-BU FLRB 0.5 CRSW

BD 5073D BK/WH FLRB 0.35 ESSS

SP0305 BD 5391A PU FLRB 0.35

BD 5073A BK/WH FLRB 0.35


SP0304

IP 83C D-GN FLRB 0.5 ADCR


BD 5073 BK/WH FLRB 0.35

BD 6041 L-GN FLRB 0.35

BD 5391 PU FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_1
35 34 32 IP2BD_1

IP 5391AD PU FLRB 0.35 AT

IP 6041A L-GN FLRB 0.35

IP 5073AD BK/WH FLRB 0.35 AT


IP 5391AA PU FLRB 0.35 AT

IP 5073AA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


EB02_K

IP 5073AB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


IP 5391AB PU FLRB 0.35 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

37 63 14 64 58 13
90 Boost Pressure Boost Pressure Sensor - Brake Sensor + Brake
Temperature Temperature Vacuum Vacuum
Sensor Signal Sensor Signal Sensor Sensor
- +
Clutch 6 4 5 IP44
Travel Sensor Signal -
+

EB02_K 60 Engine Control Module ECM Dual Brake Sensor


BD 48 GY FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

- Signal +

1 3 2
IP44
IP 5391AC PU FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

SP0313 SP0314
IP 5073AC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW
IP 5689B GY/BK FLRB 0.35 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW
IP 48A GY FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 6 IP 1349D BN FLRB 0.35 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW
j
IP 1349GA OG FLRB 0.35 AT

IP 5066A YE FLRB 0.35

IP 5689A GY/BK FLRB 0.35 AT

IP01_D IP01_A IP01_D IP01_B


2 3 1 IP44 18 3 2 5
Dual Brake Dual Brake Dual Brake Dual Brake
+ Signal -
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor /
Ground Signal Engine Hood
Switch

Clutch Travel Sensor Body Control Module BCM


D9013-0012b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-87

Engine Hood Switch

Ground BCM ECM

A C B
EB48
BD 109 PK FLRB 0.35AT
BD 5531 PU FLRB 0.35 AT
BD 1349J BN FLRB 0.35 ESSS

BD2IP_1 EB2EN
IP2BD_1 31 30 9 EN2EB
IP 1349C BN FLRB 0.5 ESP

IP 5531A PU FLRB 0.35 AT

Body Control Module BCM 37 EB02_A


Engine
Hood
Switch Engine Control 90

S/S OFF Signal


S/S OFF LED
Module ECM
ECO/SPORT

Lighting
Switch
Ground

25 22 94 49 EB02_K
IP01_A
IP 1349 BN FLRB 0.35

IP 5066A YE FLRB 0.35

BD 5067B PU FLRB 0.5 ESSS

BD 5086B GY FLRB 0.5 ESSS

BD2IP_4
IP2BD_4 A2 A3

IP 5067A PU FLRB 0.5 ESSS


SP0611 IP 1349C BN FLRB 0.5 ESP
IP 5085A GY FLRB 0.5 ESSS
j IP2CN_1
CN2IP_1 40 41 27 39
k
CN 5054A GY FLRB 0.5
CN 1349CA BN FLRB 0.5

CN 5054A GY FLRB 0.5


CN 1349CA BN FLRB 0.5

CN06 16 15 3 5
ECO/SPORT

ECO/SPORT

S/S OFF Signal


S/S OFF LED

Central Control Switch Block - Right


D9013-0013b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-88

5.5 Occupant information display system

Battery
BTN01
- +
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC
Body Control Handbrake
BT04_1
Module BCM Switch

30 A 40 A
Pre-fuse Box 175 A U-JF6 Immobilizer
U-JF4
PFB P-MG2 Power IEG Signal
UEC Supply Power
UEC Supply 9
2 4 6 11 1
BT01_1 EB01 IP01_A FL70
BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 3440F RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP 728 GY FLRB 0.5

BD 1131 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 HPB


BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5 SP0257 BD2IP_7


22
IP2BD_7

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 2 11
IP 3440B RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

SP0257
90
IP 1442 RD/BK FLRB 0.5

Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC


IP07 58 69 46 14

85 30
I-R3 10 A 10 A
IG I-FS21 I-FS2
86 87
Relay Instrument IG
Cluster PWR1
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP07 60 68 52 2
IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 3440BA RD/WH FLRB 0.5


IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

SP0210
IP 1442 RD/BK FLRB 0.5

IP 1131A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 HPB

SP0904
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

SP0240 IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP 2451AC BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 2451AB BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 2451AA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

SP2626
BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

48 IP01_B IP02_A
3 7 13 2 1 12 5
IG Body Ground Ground Ground KL30 KL15 Immobilizer Handbrake
Relay Indicator+ Signal
Control
Module
BCM
G_BTN G_EBR3 Instrument Cluster
D9013-0014b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-89

Cruise Control Brake Fluid


Switch Level

Cruise 1 Cruise 2 Signal Ground

3 4 SW01 A B EB28

BD 209 PU FLRB 0.5

BD 451B BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_1
9
IP2BD_1
IP 209A PU FLRB 0.5

9 10 SW04
90
Spiral
Spring

9 10
IP50_B
IP 1544 OG FLRB 0.5

IP 1545 PK FLRB 0.5

SP2635
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

IP02_A 10 11 4
Cruise Cruise Brake Fluid
Switch 1 Switch 2 Level Signal

Instrument Cluster G_EBL2_4


D9013-0015b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-90

5.6 Front A/C and heating system

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Front AC Control Panel


KL30
30 A 60 A 25 A
U-JF4 U-JF5 40 A U-FS12
IGIG ACC U-JF9 IEC
Power Power Front Power
Supply Supply Blower Supply 8 Blower+ KL15 KL30
10 1 2
4 5 9 24 IP38
EB01
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0

BD 2240 D-GN FLRB 3.0

BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0 BD 3040A YE/BK FLRB 2.0

SP0244

BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0


BD2IP_3 BD2IP_1 BD2IP_1
SP0258
4 IP2BD_3 IP2BD_1 1 13 IP2BD_1
IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0

IP 3040C YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 642A RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP0257 BD2IP_1 SP0239


IP2BD_1 2 SP0230 IP 2240A D-GN FLRB 3.0 SP0235 SP0202

IP 65BA YE FLRB 0.5


IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

IP 642 RD/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 202BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0

IP 3040CB YE/BK FLRB 2.0


IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

90

IP07 69 37 61 70 35 50 18
58 43 41
Instrument 10 A 10 A
Panel 85 30
I-R3
85 30
I-R2
85 30 I-R1 I-FS15 I-FS25 10 A
10 A AC Control
IG Front I-FS6
Fuse Box ACC I-FS17
Blower
Front Panel/Left
86 87
Relay 86 87
Relay ACC2 86 87
Blower Central IG
IEC Relay Control PWR4
Feedback Switch
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

42 29 27 6
IP07 60 68 45 71 72 56
IP 340AFRD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 640A RD/WH FLRB 0.5


IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35

IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0


IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 65B PU FLRB 3.0


IP 65 PU FLRB 3.0

IP 640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5


IP 202A RD FLRB 3.0

IP 2451CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5


IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

SP0904 SP0901 SP0201


SP0237 SP2103
IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

SP0240
IP 65A PU FLRB 3.0

SP2626 IP 374 PU/WH FLRB 3.0


a
IP 2451SB BK/WH FLRB 0.75

IP01_B
IP31_B 2
48 6 1
IG ACC
Blower +

Blower -

Relay Relay

G_IPA2_1 Body Control Module BCM Front AC D9013-0077b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-91

Front AC Control Panel

Temperature Sunlight
Blower Blower Damper Sensor Sensor Sensor Sunlight Sunlight Mode Sensor Sensor Motor Motor
FB- Control Actuator 5V+ 5V- Power Supply Sensor + Sensor - Damper Ground+ Ground- Motor R/F + R/F-

11 9 38 13 14 39 19 20 37 16 15 36 17 18
IP38
IP 754 GY/BK FLRB 0.5

IP 1236 WH/D-GN FLRB 0.5 ADAC


IP 761 OG FLRB 0.5

IP 2274 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 1614 WH/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 1646 D-BU/GY FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 1316 L-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 1838 PK FLRB 0.5


IP 1199 D-BU/YE FLRB 0.5

IP 119 WH FLRB 0.5

IP 2273 PK/D-GN FLRB 0.5


IP 733 L-BU FLRB 0.5

IP 2275 L-GN FLRB 0.5


IP 2210 L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5

90
IP 374 PU/WH FLRB 3.0

a
IP 374 PU/WH FLRB 3.0

IP31_C
IP31_A
D R G S 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 12 11 10
+ - + - + -
Sunlight Sunlight Sunlight
Sensor Sensor + Sensor -
Power
Supply
Blower Speed Governor Module
Temperature Mode Damper Actuator Damper Actuator
Damper Actuator

G_IPM1_1 Front AC D9013-0078b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0079b
b

Rear AC
Control
Panel
FL38_1
BD 6134B D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
BD2IP_2
26 IP2BD_2
SP2106

LIN
7
SP2104
IP 6134 D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC IP 6134AA D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 6134A D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 6134BA D-GN FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB

LIN
LIN

7
5

FL38_2

G_IPM2_1
IP 751HA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751D BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751S BK/WH FLRB 0.75 IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0
Ground

21

SP2615

SP2643
SP2634
IP 279 PK/WH FLRB 0.5 ADAC
Sunlight
Sensor

19

IP17
NTC
IP 278 WH/D-BU FLRB 0.5 ADAC IP 6101DL-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC
Sunlight

Supply
Sensor
Power

39

6
IP17

Sunlight
Sensor
IP 6101DM-GN/YE FLRB 0.5

NTC
BD 6101MDA-GN/YE FLRB 0.5
Temperature

IP 636 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 636A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5


Ambient

IP 6101K D-GN FLRB 0.5 ADAC


Sensor

22
2
1
IP2BD_2 24
33

IP 6101DH-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC


EB29

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
EB29
BD2IP_2

Temperature
Ambient

Sensor
Front AC Control Panel
5-92

Pressure

IP 204 D-BU FLRB 0.5 AT BD 204A D-BU FLRB 0.5 AT


Sensor

Virtual output
35

B3

EB13
GND
NTC
5V+
IP 130B PU FLRB 0.5 AT BD 130BA PU FLRB 0.5 AT BD 6101BDA-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 AT IP 6101DB-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 AT

IP2BD_4 B1
IP2BD_4 B2

1
Electrical circuit diagrams

EB13

BD2IP_4
BD2IP_4

Pressure
Sensor
AC
SP2101
IP 130A PU FLRB 0.5

09/2017
IP 130 PU FLRB 0.5

Sensor

Sensor
40

14
5V

5V

Front AC
Actuator Ground
IP 6101A D-GN/YE FLRB 0.5

Damper Sensor
IP 6101D-GN/YE FLRB 0.5

Damper Ground
Temperature Sensor
15
22

SP2102
Temperature

Actuator

SAIC-SV91
IP 733 L-BU FLRB 0.5

38

6
IP31_A
IP38

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-93

Front AC Control Panel

Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature


Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal
-FL -FL -FR -FR -RR -RR

32 31 30 29 28 27
IP38

IP 520 TN/WH FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 404 BN FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 405 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 ADAC


IP 516 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 518 TN FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 517 YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP2RF_2 8
RF2IP_2 IP2BD_4 4
BD2IP_4

RF 404C BN FLRB 0.5 ADAC&&PSRF


RF 404B BN FLRB 0.5 ADAC&&FSRF
RF 404A BN FLRB 0.5 ADAC&&NSRF

BD 405A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 ADAC


RF21_1 RF21_2 RF21_3
IP35 1 IP36 1 IP39 1 IP40 1 1 1 1 FL66 1 90
5V+ 5V+ 5V+ 5V+ 5V+ 5V+ Temperature 5V+
Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Sensor
Sensor Left NTC Sensor Left NTC Sensor Right NTC Sensor Right NTC Sensor Right NTC NTC NTC Right NTC

Front Top Front Bottom Front Top Front Bottom Rear Top Rear
GND GND GND GND GND GND Bottom GND

IP35 3 IP36 3 IP39 3 IP40 3 3 3 3 FL66 3


RF21_1 RF21_2 RF21_3

BD 6102HDA-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC


RF 6101GC D-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC&&PSRF
RF 6101GB D-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC&&FSRF
IP 520 TN/WH FLRB 0.5 ADAC

RF 6101GA D-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC&&NSRF


IP 516 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 518 TN FLRB 0.5 ADAC

IP 517 YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC

BD2IP_4
IP2BD_4 B11
IP 6101DH-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC

RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2 7

IP 6101K D-GN FLRB 0.5 ADAC IP 6101DG-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC


b
SP2109

IP 6101DH-GN/YE FLRB 0.5 ADAC


c

D9013-0080b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-94

5.7 Rear A/C and heating system

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
25 A
30 A 15 A U-FS2
U-FS21 15 A 10 A Rear Window
U-JF1 85 30 U-R8 Main U-FS9 85 30 U-R9 U-FS1 Heat /
Main Main Relay AC Rear View
AC Compressor KL30
Relay Power Mirror /
Relay 86 87
Supply Compressor 86 87
Relay PWR Trunk Light
1 153 155 154 157 33 56 21 65 67 69 66 13 14
EB01

BD 67 PU/WH FLRB 0.5


BD 2040B RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 59 RD/WH FLRB 1.0


BD 5291G PK/BK FLRB 0.75
BD 2040A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 5291F PK/BK FLRB 0.75

BD 1240B RD/WH FLRB 1.0 -ESSS

BD 640E RD/WH FLRB 0.5 AFS||ESSS||MDAC||(ADAC&&EPB)


BD 2040 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 5290 WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 5290F WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 2340 RD/WH FLRB 1.5


BD 5069 BN FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_1
SP0217 SP0215 5 IP2BD_1

IP 2340A RD/WH FLRB 1.5


SP0306

SP0260
BD 640BA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
BD 640B RD/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB

SP0231

SP2601
90

TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0


TLD 1750TR BK FLRB 1.5
IP 2340B RD/WH FLRB 1.5
IP 2340C RD/WH FLRB 1.5

FL38_1 FL38_2
5 5 IP07
96 100
TLD03
1 14 TLD2FL_1
FL2TLD_1
Rear Window Heat

- BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0


Power Supply Power Supply
Instrument 85 30 I-R5
Rear View
Panel Fuse Mirror &
Box 86 87
Rear Window
EB2EN
IEC Heat Relay +

6
EN2EB Rear AC Control Panel IP07 94 99
TLD04 1
SP2629
IP 293 PU FLRB 1.5
IP 193 WH FLRB 0.35

TLD 293AB PU FLRB 1.5

SP0238
IP 293A PU FLRB 1.5

TLD2FL_1 12
BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

FL2TLD_1
BD 293AA PU FLRB 1.5

EB02_K IP01_B
1 38 IP2BD_2
69 72 43 BD2IP_2
Main Relay AC Engine AC Body Rear View
Compressor Mirror
Relay Control Compressor Control & Rear

Module Module Window


Heat Relay
BCM G_FLDL1_1
ECM
D9013-0081b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-95

09/2017
D9013-0082b
a
FL38_1

Rear Blower
Feedback
BD 1592BB TN FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
Electrical circuit diagrams

Supply Feedback Feedback

I-FS16
BD2IP_6
7 IP2BD_6
Power Blower Blower

23

10 A
IP07

IP07

SAIC-SV91
BD 1592BC TN FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB IP 1592BA TN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 1592 BN/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

28
36
23
Rear AC Control Panel

Panel Fuse
Engine Bay

Instrument
Fuse Box 2
UEC_2
BD 642RD BU/BK FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB

Box
IEC
4
FL38_2

SP0249

IP2BD_2
BD 642BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
Supply
Power

U2-FS15

Supply 4
4

Power

4
10 A

IG

BD2IP_2
FL38_1

BD 642BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1592B NA/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC


BD 340ED RD/WH FLRB 2.5

45
46

U2-R4

Relay
IG
SP0257
Supply
Power
U-JF4

SP0264
30 A
IG

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5

IP 374 PU/WH FLRB 3.0


87
30

18
17
4

BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

85

86

21
19

IP2BD_1 4
Blower -

BD2IP_1

Rear AC
Blower
U2-R3

Relay
Rear
U-JF10

Blower
Rear
40 A

BD 2140 RD/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC BD 1592 BN/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC BD 1592BANB/WH FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

87
30

23
22

1
10

Blower +

SP2105

FL50_B

G_EBL2_4
BD 202BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 2451CB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

85

86

26
24
SP0253

SP2635
U2-FS12
ACC2
10 A

Body Control Module BCM


BD 202GB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 242B RD/BK FLRB 3.0 IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35 IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

Relay
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

48
40

39

IG
SP0904
U2-R1

Relay
ACC

SP0263
BD 342CA RD FLRB 5.0 BD 242 RD/BK FLRB 3.0

87
30
36

33
Supply
Power
U-JF5
ACC
60 A
BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0 BD 342C RD FLRB 5.0 BD 342D RD FLRB 5.0 BD 5199B YE FLRB 0.35 IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35 IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35

Relay
85

86

ACC
32

EB58 35
5

6
IP2BD_1 3
SP0205
SP0258

SP0901
EB01

IP01_B
KL30

BD2IP_1
EB58
D9013-0083b
G_FLDR2_1
BD 1851HA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
GND

15

FL50_A
BD 5730 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB

-
Mode

4
-

Mode Damper Actuator


BD 5729 L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
Mode
+

5
1

+
Feedback

BD 2215 OG/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB


Temperature Temperature Temperature Mode

6
9

BD 2775 OG FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB

Temperature Damper Actuator


14

1
-

Rear AC
Rear AC Control Panel

BD 2614 GY FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB


13

2
+

+
BD 7523 PK FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
Feedback

10

Ground
Sensor
BD 6556 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
Ground
Sensor

16

9
5-96

Sensor
BD 6555 BN FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB
Sensor

5V
21
5V

8
BD 1850H BK FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

Blower Speed Governor Module


Electrical circuit diagrams

Control BD 2613 WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB


Blower

22

G
BD 5433 L-BU FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB

Blower
FB-

24

09/2017
R
FL38_1
BD 5434 D-BU FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

D
FL50_C

G_FLDR1_3

SAIC-SV91
BD 1850H BK FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC

a
90
90
5-97

09/2017
D9013-0084b
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
G_FLDR2_1
BD 1851HD BK/WH FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
Ground
Sensor

15

FL50_A
BD 5730A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
Mode

-
-

4
2

Mode Damper Actuator


BD 5729A L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
Mode
+

5
1

+
Feedback

BD 2215A OG/WH FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB


Temperature Temperature Temperature Mode

6
9

BD 2775A OG FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB

Temperature Damper Actuator


-
14

1
-

Rear AC
Rear AC Control Panel

BD 2614A GY FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB


13
+

2
+
BD 7523A PK FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
Feedback

10

Ground
Sensor
BD 6556A D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
Ground
Sensor

16

Sensor
BD 6555A BN FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
Sensor

5V
21
5V

8
BD 2613A WH FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
Control
Blower

22

Governor Module
G

Blower Speed
Blower BD 5433A L-BU FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB
FB-

24

R
FL50_C
FL38_2
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-98

Engine Bay Fuse Box Instrument Panel Fuse Box Front AC


UEC IEC Control Panel
KL30
25 A 10 A
U-FS12 I-FS25
IEC Power AC Control Panel /
Supply 8 Left Central LIN
Control Switch
24 50 56 5
EB01 IP07 IP38

IP 6134 D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5


SP0244
SP0201
BD 3040A YE/BK FLRB 2.0

SP2106
IP 640K RD/WH FLRB 1.0 APM

IP 6134AA D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


IP 3040CB YE/BK FLRB 2.0

BD2IP_1
13 IP2BD_1
IP 3040C YE/BK FLRB 2.0

27 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1
BD 640KA RD/WH FLRB 1.0 APM

90
26 IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2
BD 6134A D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC

SP0235

SP2104
BD 6134F D-GN FLRB 1.0 APM

SP2636
BD 1451S BK/WH FLRB 1.0
BD 1451H BK FLRB 1.0 APM

FL79 1 3 2
KL30 LIN Ground

Air Cleaner G_FLR2_1


D9013-0085b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-99

5.8 Occupant entertainment system

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Micropnhone


KL30
60 A
U-JP5 40 A
ACC U-JF6
Power IEC PWR9
Supply + -
5 6 EB01 2 1 RF09

RF SHIELD3004BARE DRAN0.5
BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0

BD 3440F RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0


SP0258

RF 7044 YE FLRB 0.5


BD2IP_3
4 IP2BD_3 BD2IP_1
11 IP2BD_1
IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0

IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

SP0234

RF SHIELD3004 BARE DRAN0.5


IP 3440D RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

SP0230
90
IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0

15 16 RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2
Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC
IP SHIELD7044CBARE DRAN0.5 RADIO

43 41 48 IP07

85 30 25 A
I-R2 10 A
I-FS23
ACC I-FS18
Entertainment
86 87
Relay ACC3
System / Radio

45 42 30 38 54 IP07
IP 202CA RD/YE FLRB 0.5 RADIO
IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35

IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0

IP 202C RD FLRB 3.0 RADIO||AMP

IP 7044C PK/BK FLRB 0.5 RADIO


IP 3440DA RD/WH FLRB 2.5 RADIO

IP SHIELD7044CBARE DRAN0.5 RADIO


IP 202CD RD/YE FLRB 0.5 RADIO

IP 202CB RD/YE FLRB 0.5 RADIO

SP0901
IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35

SP1237 SP0247

6 IP01_13 1 IP58 4 7 3 1 IP56_A


ACC Body ACC Power Supply Mic + Mic -
Relay Control Antenna Radio
Module Amplifier
BCM D9013-0049b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
IP2BD_7
BD2IP_7

FL2RRD
RRD2FL

D9013-0050b
IP56_B

Rear Right Door Speaker


BD 115C OG FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Rear Right

RRD 115D OG FLRB 0.5 6-SPK


Speaker -

IP 115R OG FLRB 0.5 RADIO BD 115W OG FLRB 0.5 -AMP RRD 115E OG FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
14
2

1
7
SP1417

SP1415
IP 46R WH FLRB 0.5 RADIO BD 46W WH FLRB 0.5 -AMP BD 46C WH FLRB 0.5 6-SPK RRD 46D WH FLRB 0.5 6-SPK RRD 46E WH FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Rear Right
Speaker +

13

RLD2FL 6
1

RR01 2
SP1416

SP1414
FL2RLD
Speaker -

BD 116C YE FLRB 0.5 6-SPK


Rear Left

IP 116R YE FLRB 0.5 RADIO BD 116W YE FLRB 0.5 -AMP RLD 116D YE FLRB 0.5 6-SPK RLD 116E YE FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Door Speaker
8

1
3

Rear Left
SP1413

SP1411
IP 199R BN FLRB 0.5 RADIO BD 199W BN FLRB 0.5 -AMP BD 199C BN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Speaker +

RLD 199D BN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK RLD 199E BN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Rear Left

6
7

RL01 2
SP1412

SP1410

Pressure Speaker
IP 1852 L-GN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Right High
1
IP 1952 PU FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

2
Radio

IP22
IP2PAD
16 PAD2IP
Front Right
Speaker -

IP 117R PU FLRB 0.5 RADIO IP 117D PU FLRB 0.5 6-SPK PAD 117E PU FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Door Speaker
4

Front Right
SP1409
5-100

Front Right
Speaker +

IP 200R L-GN FLRB 0.5 RADIO IP 200D L-GN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK PAD 200E L-GN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

17
3

2
SP1408

PD02

Pressure Speaker
IP 1856 TN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

1
Electrical circuit diagrams

Left High
IP 1956 GY FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

2
IP2DRD_2
34 DRD2IP_2

09/2017
IP21
Speaker -
Front Left
IP 118R GY FLRB 0.5 RADIO IP 118D GY FLRB 0.5 6-SPK DRD 118E GY FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Door Speaker
6

Front Left
SP1407
SP1406

SAIC-SV91
Speaker +
Front Left
IP 201R TN FLRB 0.5 RADIO IP 201D TN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK DRD 201E TN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

33
5

2
DD02
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-101

Engine Bay Fuse Box


Woofer
KL30
30 A 40 A
U-FS15 U-JF6
IEC PWR2 IEC PWR9 L+ L- R+ R-

1 2 3 4 FL43
27 6 EB01
SP0234
BD 2540 RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 3440F RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS


SP0242

IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS


IP 2540A RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN||TBOX

IP 2540C RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN||TBOX

IP 3440E RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS&&AMP

IP 3440D RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

BD 3440EB RD/WH FLRB 2.5 AMP

BD 1750M BK FLRB 2.5 AMP


BD 346 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 AMP

BD 1794 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 AMP

BD 315 L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 AMP

BD 1795 D-GN FLRB 0.5 AMP


BD2IP_1 BD2IP_1
12 IP2BD_1 IP2BD_1 11

FL44_B
25 32 48 IP07 4 3 2 1 5 8
Power Supply Woofer Bass Bass Bass Ground
10 A 25 A
30 A I-FS23
2 2 2
Instrument I-FS13 - + -
Telematics/
I-FS20 Entertainment 90
Panel Fuse 12-inch
Power System/
Box Amplifier Radio
Display Screen
IEC 33 40 54 IP07
Power Amplifier
IP 3440DB RD/WH FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN
IP 2540CA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN||TBOX

IP 3440EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5 AMP

BD2IP_4
A7 IP2BD_4

G_IPM1_2

SP0243

IP 2540CC RD/WH FLRB 0.5 TBOX


IP 751RB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN

IP 2540CB RD/WH FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN

IP 621 YE FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN

IP 620 BN/WH FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN


IP 2355 BN FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN
IP 1755 D-GN FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN

IP55_E IP55_B
IP57 6 5 7 1 2 3 6 5 4 4 5 6 7 10 4 11 15
Ground Power Key Ground LIN Key DRAIN Data + Data - Output - Output + DRAIN Key LIN Ground Key Power
Supply FOR FOR Supply
FCD FCD

G_IPM1_2
12-inch Display Screen Entertainment System Host D9013-0051b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0052b
RF SHIELD3004 BARE DRAN0.5
16
1

IP SHIELD7044ABARE DRAN0.5 12-SCRN

Mic -
8
IP 7044A D-BU/YE FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN
RF 7044 YE FLRB 0.5

Mic +
Microphone

15

2
2

IP60

Telematics
IP 2386 D-GN FLRB 0.5 TBOX

Output -
Audio
12
IP SHIELD7043BARE DRAN0.5TBOX

Output -
RF SHIELD7043 BARE DRAN0.5TBOX

Audio

28
12

Mic -

26
-

Telematics
IP 2385 YE FLRB 0.5 TBOX

Output +
Audio
Output +
Audio

6
RF 7043 YE FLRB 0.5 TBOX IP 7043A YE FLRB 0.5 TBOX

8
+

11

IP55_E
Mic +

6
4

IP SHIELD7043CBARE DRAN0.5TBOX

Audio -

Audio -
RF2IP_2
RF09

IP2RF_2

5
IP 7043C YE FLRB 0.5 TBOX

Audio +

Audio +
25

11
IP55_D
Ground
USB

B3

Ground
Data -
USB

B4
IP28
Diagnose Interface OBD

Data -
SP1840
SP1842
IP 6436CA WH/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 6436B WH/BK FLRB 0.35 IP 6436BA WH/BK FLRB 0.35 TBOX

Data +
CAN_L

USB
HS CAN_L

39

B2
14

Data +
Power Supply
5-102

IP 6437CA BN/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 6437B BN/WH FLRB 0.35 IP 6437BA BN/WH FLRB 0.35 TBOX

USB

B1
HS CAN_H

19

Supply
Power
CAN_H
6

SP1839
SP1841

IP60

G_IPB2_2
IP 2351T BK/WH FLRB 0.5 TBOX

Ground

40
Electrical circuit diagrams

KL30

20

09/2017
IP 2540CC RD/WH FLRB 0.5 TBOX
Telematics Control Unit
T-BOX

SAIC-SV91
a
90
90
5-103

09/2017
D9013-0053b
IP55_B

G_IPM1_3
IP 751RC BK/WH FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN
Ground

16
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
IP63

Right View Panoramic Camera


IP SHIELD6798DBARE DRAN0.35 BSV IP SHIELD6798DBARE DRAN0.35 BSV PADSHIELD6798DABARE DRAN0.35BSV PADSHIELD6798DABARE DRAN0.35BSV
Signal + Shield

Signal + Shield
10

32

2
IP 6798D GY FLRB 0.35 BSV PAD 6798DA GY FLRB 0.35 BSV
31
9

1
MC1435

MC1434
MC1435

MC1434
PAD 6202DA BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

Ground
IP 6202D BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

33

3
Entertainment System Host

IP 6201D OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV PAD 6201DA OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

Supply
Power
34

4
PD13
IP2PAD
PAD2IP

SP1402

Left View Panoramic Camera


IP SHIELD6798CBARE DRAN0.35 BSV IP SHIELD6798CBARE DRAN0.35 BSV DRDSHIELD6798CABARE DRAN0.35BSV DRDSHIELD6798CABARE DRAN0.35BSV
Signal + Shield

Signal + Shield
46

2
8

IP 6798C GY FLRB 0.35 BSV DRD 6798CA GY FLRB 0.35 BSV

45
7

1
MC1433
MC1433

MC1432
MC1432
IP 6202 BK FLRB 0.35 BSV IP 6202C BK FLRB 0.35 BSV DRD 6202CA BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

Ground
Camera
Ground

44

3
2

SP1402
Power Supply

IP 6201 OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV IP 6201C OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV DRD 6201CA OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

Supply
Power
Camera

IP2DRD_2 43

4
1

SP1401

DRD2IP_2

DD13
SP1402

Front View Panoramic Camera


BDSHIELD6798AABARE DRAN0.35BSV
Signal + Shield

IP SHIELD6798ABARE DRAN0.35 BSV IP SHIELD6798ABARE DRAN0.35 BSV BD SHIELD6798AB BN FLRB 0.35 BSV

Signal + Shield
33

2
6
IP 6798A GY FLRB 0.35 BSV BD 6798AA GY FLRB 0.35 BSV

31
5

1
MC1431

MC1431

MC1430
MC1430
IP 6202A BK FLRB 0.35 BSV BD 6202AA BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

Ground
26

3
IP 6201A OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV BD 6201AA OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

Supply
Power
24

4
BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3

EB49
D9013-0054b
BD2IP_4
C8 IP2BD_4
IPSHIELD6793BF BARE DRAN0.35BSV
SP1425

BD 6793BG YE FLRB 0.5 BSV&&(MDAC||ADAC) IP6793BF GY FLRB 0.35 BSV

C7
MC1487

MC1487

MC1429
MC1487
BD 6793BH GY FLRB 0.5 (RCAM||BSV)&&(MDAC||ADAC) BD 6793BC GY FLRB 0.35 RCAM&&(MDAC||ADAC)

MC1427
MC1490

MC1490

SP1424
TLD20

11 IP55_E

Entertainment System Host


IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2
SP1423
TLD SHIELD6793BB BARE DRAN 0.35RCA BDSHIELD6793BABARE DRAN0.35 RCAM&&MSAC IP SHIELD6793B BARE DRAN0.35RCAM

Shield
Shield

14
2

SP1422
TLD 6793BB GY FLRB 0.35 RCAM||BSV

Camera
BD 6793BD GY FLRB 0.5 (RCAM||BSV)&&MSAC BD 6793BA GY FLRB 0.35 RCAM&&MSAC IP 6793B GY FLRB 0.35 RCAM
Signal

13

Rear
View
1

5
MC1426
MC1426

MC1426
MC1426

MC1425
MC1425
Rear View Panoramic Camera

36 IP01_B

Gear Signal
IP 5219F OG/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0613

Reverse
IP 5219CB OG/BK FLRB 0.5

Module
Control
Body

BCM
Power Supply

TLD 6201BB OG/BK FLRB 0.35 RCAM||BSV BD 6201BC OG/BK FLRB 0.35 (RCAM||BSV)&&MSAC BD 5219B OG/BK FLRB 0.5 RCAM&&MSAC BD 5219 OG/BK FLRB 0.5

9
4

8
SP1421

SP0612
BD 5219BA OG/BK FLRB 0.5 RCAM&&(MDAC||ADAC)

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
BD 6201BE OG/BK FLRB 0.35 (RCAM||BSV)&&(MDAC||ADAC) BD 6201BD OG/BK FLRB 0.5 BSV&&(MDAC||ADAC)

SP1427

G_FLDR2_2
5-104

BD 6202BC BK FLRB 0.35 (RCAM||BSV)&&MSAC


Ground

TLD 6202BB BK FLRB 0.35 RCAM||BSV BD 1851C BK FLRB 0.35 RCAM&&MSAC

TLD2FL_2 8
3

SP1420
FL2TLD_2
BD 6201BA OG FLRB 0.5 BSV&&MSAC IP 6201B OG/BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

C10
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 6202BA BN/OG FLRB 0.5 BSV&&MSAC IP 6202B BK FLRB 0.35 BSV

C9

09/2017
BD2IP_4
IP2BD_4
BD 6202BE BK FLRB 0.35 (RCAM||BSV)&&(MDAC||ADAC) BD 6202BD BK FLRB 0.5 BSV&&(MDAC||ADAC)

SP1426

G_FLDR2_3
BD 1851D BK FLRB 0.35 RCAM&&(MDAC||ADAC)

SAIC-SV91
b

90
90
5-105

09/2017
IP SHIELD117BARE DRAN0.512-SCRN
IP55_A

D9013-0055b
6
Rear Right
Speaker -

IP 11G7Y/BK FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN BD 117GAY/BK FLRB 0.5 AMP


11
6

BD 117W PU FLRB 0.5 -AMP


Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
IP 200 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN BD 200A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 AMP
Rear Right
Speaker +

IP2BD_7 10
2

FL44_A

BD 200W L-GN FLRB 0.5 -AMP


BD2IP_7

Pressure Speaker
IP 1852 L-GN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Front Left
Speaker

1
Input +

12

Left High
IP 1952 PU FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Front Left
Speaker
Input -

12 FL44_B 11

2
IP2DRD_2
34 DRD2IP_2
SP1418

BD2IP_7

IP22
19 IP2BD_7
BD 117B PU FLRB 0.5 AMP IP 117C PU FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN IP 118D GY FLRB 0.5 6-SPK DRD 118E GY FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Front Left
Speaker
Output -

Door Speaker
SP1409

Front Left
BD 200B L-GN FLRB0.5 AMP IP 200C L-GN FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN IP 201D TN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK DRD 201E TN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Entertainment System Host

Front Left

Output +
Speaker

18

16 PAD2IP 33
11

DD02 2
SP1408

IP2PAD
Power Amplifier

Front Right
Speaker BD 118B GY FLRB 0.5 AMP IP 118C GY FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN IP 117D PU FLRB 0.5 6-SPK PAD 117E PU FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Output -

16

Door Speaker
1
2

Front Right
SP1407
Front Right
BD 201B TN FLRB 0.5 AMP IP 201C TN FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN IP 200D L-GN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Output +
PAD 200E L-GN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Speaker

15

17
1

PD02 2
SP1406
FL44_A
Front Right Front Right
IP 1856 TN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Speaker

Pressure Speaker
Input +

Right High
Speaker
Input -
IP 1956 GY FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

10

2
IP21
SP1418
IP SHIELD118BARE DRAN0.5 12-SCRN

5
Front Right
Speaker -
IP 118 GY FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN BD 118A GY FLRB 0.5 AMP

1
BD 118W GY FLRB 0.5 -AMP

Front Right
Speaker +
IP 201 L-BU FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN BD 201A L-BU FLRB 0.5 AMP

2
3

BD2IP_7
IP2BD_7
BD 201W TN FLRB 0.5 -AMP
FL26_1

D9013-0056b
IP55_A

IP SHIELD115F BARE DRAN0.5AMP&&12-SCRN


9

BD 1955A OG FLRB 0.5 12-SPK&&MSAC

1
IP 115 OG FLRB 0.5 -AMP&&12-SCRN BD 115A GY FLRB 0.5 AMP
Rear Right
Speaker -

14
5

IP 115F GY FLRB 0.5 AMP&&12-SCRN BD 115W OG FLRB 0.5 -AMP


BD 1855A WH FLRB 0.5 12-SPK&&MSAC

Rear Right Speaker


IP 46 WH FLRB 0.5 -AMP&&12-SCRN BD 46W WH FLRB 0.5 -AMP

2
Rear Right
Speaker +

IP2BD_7 13

BD 1955 OG FLRB 0.5 12-SPK&&(MDAC||ADAC)


1

BD2IP_7

BD 46A L-GN FLRB 0.5 AMP

1
IP 46F L-GN FLRB 0.5 AMP&&12-SCRN

FL26_2
Rear Right
Speaker
Input +

BD 1855 WH FLRB 0.5 12-SPK&&(MDAC||ADAC)


4

Pressure Speaker
Rear Right

RRD 1854 WH FLRB 0.5 8-SPK

Rear Right High


Speaker
Input -

1
FL44_B FL44_A 3

SP1418 RRD 1954 OG FLRB 0.5 8-SPK

RRD2FL
FL2RRD
SP1417

2
RR06
Entertainment System Host

BD 115B OG FLRB 0.5 AMP BD 115C OG FLRB 0.5 6-SPK RRD 115D OG FLRB 0.5 6-SPK RRD 115E OG FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Rear Right
Speaker

Door Speaker
Output -

1
7

Rear Right
SP1415
9
Rear Right RRD 46D WH FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Power Amplifier

BD 46B WH FLRB 0.5 AMP BD 46C WH FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Output +
RRD 46E WH FLRB 0.5 6-SPK
Speaker

10

2
SP1414
SP1416

RR01
BD 116C YE FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Rear Left
BD 116B YE FLRB 0.5 AMP

Speaker
Output -
RLD 116D YE FLRB 0.5 6-SPK RLD 116E YE FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Door Speaker
1
4

SP1411

Rear Left
SP1413
5-106

Rear Left
BD 199B BN FLRB 0.5 AMP RLD 199D BN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Output +
BD 199C BN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

Speaker
RLD 199E BN FLRB 0.5 6-SPK

2
FL2RLD 6

SP1410

RL01
SP1412

RLD2FL
1 FL44_A
Rear Left Rear Left
Speaker Speaker
Input +

Pressure Speaker
RLD 1858 BN FLRB 0.5 8-SPK
Electrical circuit diagrams

Rear Left High


1
Input -

BD2IP_7
8 IP2BD_7
RLD 1958 YE FLRB 0.5 8-SPK

SP1418

09/2017
2
RL06
BDSHIELD116ABARE DRAN0.5AMP

Speaker -
Rear Left
IP 116 YE FLRB 0.5 -AMP&&12-SCRN BD 116A GY FLRB 0.5 AMP

8
BD 1959 YE FLRB 0.5 12-SPK

1
IP 116F GY FLRB 0.5 AMP&&12-SCRN BD 116W YE FLRB 0.5 -AMP

Rear Left
Speaker

SAIC-SV91
Speaker +
Rear Left
IP 199 BN FLRB 0.5 -AMP&&12-SCRN BD 199A D-GN FLRB 0.5 AMP
BD 1859 BN FLRB 0.5 12-SPK

4
4

2
IP 199F D-GN FLRB 0.5 AMP&&12-SCRN BD 199W BN FLRB 0.5 -AMP

FL25
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-107

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Cruise Control Switch Entertainment System Host

60 A
U-JF5
ACC Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch in
Power - + + + Common
Supply
4 10 3
EB01 5 SW01 2 1
BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0

IP55_D

IP 1765 WH FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN


BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0

IP 1763 L-GN FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN

IP 1764 L-BU FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN


BD2IP_3
28 IP2BD_3
SP0258
IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0

IP 1382AF PU/WH FLRB 0.5


IP 2451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5
Steering Wheel Switch IP50_B
1 2 3 12 11

Clock
Switch 2

Switch 1

SP0230
Spring
IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0
IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

- +

2 1 5 4 3 3 12 11
SW02 SW04 1 2

90
SP1206 IP 1382A PU/WH FLRB 0.5
IP07 43 41 Steering Wheel Switch IEC Power Amplifier SP1207
P 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5P

85 30
I-R2 10 A Instrument Instrument
ACC I-FS18 Panel Panel
Relay Center Center
86 87
ACC3 Power Speaker Speaker
Supply CAN_H CAN_L Input + Input -

30 38 8 16 15 7 8 FL44_B
45 42 FL44_A
IP07 SP2610
BD 202CCA RD/YE FLRB 0.5 AMP

BD 1860 YE FLRB 0.5 AMP

BD 1960 L-BU FLRB 0.5 AMP


BD 5169AA BN/WH FLRB 0.35 AMP

BD 5170AA BN FLRB 0.35 AMP


IP 202CC RD/YE FLRB 0.5 AMP
IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35

IP 202C RD FLRB 3.0 RADIO||AMP


IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0

IP 2451SA BK/WH FLRB 0.75


IP2BD_3 57
BD2IP_3
BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_7
20 21 IP2BD_7
IP 1860A YE FLRB 0.5 12-SPK

IP 1960A L-BU FLRB 0.5 12-SPK

BD2IP_3 SP1835 SP1836


IP2BD_3 36
BD 5169 BN/WH FLRB 0.35

BD 5170 BN FLRB 0.35

SP0901
SP0237
IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35

IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35


SP1217

IP15
IP01_B EB57_C FL02_A
6 5 5 13 2 1
ACC Back
Relay Lighting Body CAN_H CAN_L

Control
Module
BCM Gateway Instrument Panel G_IPB2_1
Center Speaker D9013-0057b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-108

5.9 Interior lighting

发动机舱保险丝盒 UEC 仪表板下保险丝盒 IEC


KL30
85 30
25 A 10 A I-R4
U-FS12 I-FS25 行李箱灯
IEC PWR8 空调控制面板/ 86 87
继电器
左侧中控开关
24 EB01 IP07 50 56 98 93 91 97
IP 3040CB YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 2340D RD/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

IP 2340E RD/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

IP 6630 L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

IP 6630A L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0

SP0244 SP0235
BD 3040A YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 3040C YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP2BD_3
45
BD2IP_3

BD 6630B L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


90 13 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1
SP0201

IP 640J RD/WH FLRB 0.5 CALP

BD 6630H L-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 AT

IP43 2 IP01_A 40 9 EB57T_E 1 FL41


KL30 行李 行李
箱灯 箱灯 行李
氛围灯 (低) (高)
模块 箱照
明灯

车身控制器 BCM 2 FL41


BD 2051C BK/WH FLRB 0.5

SP2613
BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75

G_FLDL_2 D9013-0045b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-109

迎宾灯踏板灯-左前 迎宾灯踏板灯-左前
a

+ - + -

FL55 1 2 1 2 FL56

BD 149AA D-GN FLRB 0.5 COLP

BD 149AB D-GN FLRB 0.5 COLP


BD 148AA YE FLRB 0.5 COLP

BD 148AB YE FLRB 0.5 COLP


BD 149A D-GN FLRB 0.5 COLP SP1215
IP2RF_1
56 RF21P_1
IP 149 D-GN FLRB 0.5 COLP

90
IP 7555Y D-GN FLRB 0.5
SP1213

SP1219 IP 148BB YE FLRB 0.5 COLP BD 148BC YE FLRB 0.5 COLP SP1216
9
IP 148 YE FLRB 0.5 COLP

IP 148BA YE FLRB 0.5 COLP

IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1

SP1214 IP 7556Y YE FLRB 0.5

9
BD 148BD YE FLRB 0.5 COLP SP1220
IP 7555 D-GN FLRB 0.5

IP 7556 YE FLRB 0.5

BD 149AC D-GN FLRB 0.5 COLP

BD 148AC YE FLRB 0.5 COLP

BD 149AD D-GN FLRB 0.5 COLP

BD 148AD YE FLRB 0.5 COLP

IP01_A 27 12 IP01_B 1 2 FL67 1 2 FL68


+ - + -
顶灯 顶灯

车身控制器BCM 迎宾灯踏板灯-左后 迎宾灯踏板灯-右后 D9013-0041b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
m
n
o
p
q
d
e

g
c

D9013-0042b
f

RF19_1
h

k
i
j

RF19_1

中部阅读灯
RF 7556E YE FLRB 0.5 NSRF RF 1382BG PU/WH FLRB 0.5 NSRF
3

2
RF 7555E D-GN FLRB 0.5 NSRF
1

4
RF19_2

RF19_2
4
RF 7555EA D-GN FLRB 0.5 FSRF
1
SP1202

RF 7556EA YE FLRB 0.5 FSRF RF 1382BU PU/WH FLRB 0.5 FSRF

2
RF 7556EB YE FLRB 0.5 PSRF RF 1382BW PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PSRF

2
3

SP1208
RF 7555EB D-GN FLRB 0.5 PSRF

4
RF19_3

RF19_3

RF 2350RW BK FLRB 0.5 PSRF

RF 2350RG BK FLRB 0.5 NSRF


RF 2350RU BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF
前阅读灯

RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2
RF03
门控
RF 7555B D-GN FLRB 0.5

13
SP1203

RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5

IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5


阅读
RF 7556B YE FLRB 0.5

2
RF21P_1
5-110

IP2RF_1
30 IP01_A
RF 7555A D-GN FLRB 0.5

RF 7556A YE FLRB 0.5

OFF

G_IPB1_1
IP 328 PU FLRB 0.5 RF 328A PU FLRB 0.5

SP2608
顶灯关

三档开关

RF03

SP2646
AUTO
RF2IP_1

IIP 1598 GY/BK FLRB 0.5 RF 1598A GY/BK FLRB 0.5 RF 2350RF BK FLRB 0.5 RF 2350RA BK FLRB 0.75
Electrical circuit diagrams

顶灯自动

10

1
车身控制器 BCM
9

2 IP 1597 PK/BK FLRB 0.5 RF 1597A PK/BK FLRB 0.5 RF 1382BF PU/WH FLRB 0.5

ON
顶灯开
IP2RF_1

6
3

09/2017
IP 7555Y D-GN FLRB 0.5

EB57_C
IP 7556Y YE FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3

IP2RF_1
RF2IP_1
SP1217

SP1206
BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382B PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RF 1382BA PU/WH FLRB 0.5

SAIC-SV91
背光照明

57
5

5
a

90
90
5-111

09/2017
中部阅读灯
RF04

RF04

D9013-0043b
RF 7555F D-GN FLRB 0.5 NSRF RF 2350RM BK FLRB 0.5 NSRF
4
1
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
RF 7556F YE FLRB 0.5 NSRF
3

RF 1382BM PU/WH FLRB 0.5 NSRF


2

左后阅读灯
RF17_2

2 RF17_2
RF 1382BL PU/WH FLRB 0.5 FSRF
RF 7555C D-GN FLRB 0.5 FSRF
1

RF 7556C YE FLRB 0.5 FSRF RF 2350RL BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF


3

4
RF 7556CA YE FLRB 0.5 PSRF RF 1382BR PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PSRF

2
3
RF 7555CA D-GN FLRB 0.5 PSRF

RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2
RF 2350RR BK FLRB 0.5 PSRF

4
RF17_3

RF17_3

13
RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5

IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5

G_IPB1_1
右后阅读灯

RF18_2
RF18_2

SP2646
RF 2350RH BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF RF 2350RH BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF

4
RF 7555D D-GN FLRB 0.5 FSRF

SP2608
1
RF 7556D YE FLRB 0.5 FSRF RF 1382BH PU/WH FLRB 0.5 FSRF

2
RF 7556DA YE FLRB 0.5 PSRF RF 1382BT PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PSRF

2
3
RF 7555DA D-GN FLRB 0.5 PSRF

1
RF 2350RT BK FLRB 0.5 PSRF

RF18_3 4
RF18_3

m
d
e

n
o
p
q
k
c

i
j

l
RRD2FL
19 FL2RRD
FL2RRD
RRD2FL

D9013-0044b
RR05
RR05

SP2628

G_FLOR_1
BD 7557FC PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP RRD 7557FE PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP 1650DB BK FLRB 0.5 ABLP RRD 1650DA BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1650DP BK FLRB 2.0 MDAC||ADAC
+

-
2

1
2

右后门照地灯

RLD2FL
FL2RLD
FL2RLD
RLD2FL

SP2627
RL05
RL05

G_FLCL_3
BD 7557FB PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP RLD 7557FD PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP 1550DB BK FLRB 0.5 ABLP RLD 1550DA BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1550DP BK FLRB 2.0
+

19
2

1
2
SP1201

左后门照地灯
右前门照地灯
IP2PAD
PAD2IP

PD12
PD12

SP2604
PAD 7557EA PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP PAD 2350DC BK FLRB 0.5 ABLP PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0

-
39

2
IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0

IP2PAD 31
PAD2IP
氛围灯 仪-表右

G_IPB1_1
IP 7557E PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP

IP30
IP30
IP 7557C PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP IP 2250AC BK FLRB 0.5 ABLP

-
1

2
BD 7557F PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP

氛围灯 仪-表左

BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3
5-112

SP1204

SP2621
IP29
IP29

G_IPA1_3
IP 7557H PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP IP 7557B PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP IP 2250AB BK FLRB 0.5 ABLP IP 2250A BK FLRB 0.5 ABLP

-
2
1
6
Electrical circuit diagrams

SP2630
BD 7557G PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP

G_IPA3_3
IP 7557D PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP
IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

09/2017
37 DRD2IP_2
IP2DRD_2
车身控制器 BCM
驾驶员门照地灯

IP2DRD_2
DRD2IP_2
IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0

EB57_E

DD12
DD12

SP2606
SP1218

SAIC-SV91
DRD 7557DA PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP DRD 2250DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ABLP DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0

背光灯

-
1
40

2
1
BD 7557 PK FLRB 0.5 ABLP

90
90
5-113

09/2017
副驶
门照
地灯
s

28 IP2PAD
PAD2IP
r

D9013-0165b
IP 7559F YE FLRB 0.5 CALP PAD 7559FA YE FLRB 0.5 CALPP

PAD2IP
26 IP2PAD
LIN
3
BD2IP_1
Electrical circuit diagrams

G_IPB1_1

SAIC-SV91
IP 7558F PK FLRB 0.5 CALP PAD 7557EA PK FLRB 0.5 CALP PAD 2350DC BK FLRB 0.5 CALP PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0 IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0
接地
电源
39

PD14 4

SP2604
PD14
26

DRD2IP_2
37 IP2DRD_2
8

38 IP2DRD_2
DRD2IP_2
IP2BD_1

驾驶
员门
照地

SP2630

G_IPB2_3
IP 7559E YE FLRB 0.5 CALP DRD 7559EA YE FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.0
IP 7559G YE FLRB 0.5 CALP
IP 7558G PK FLRB 0.5 CALP

LIN
3

IP 7558E PK FLRB 0.5 CALP DRD 7557DA PK FLRB 0.5 CALP DRD 2250DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 CALP DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0

接地
电源
40

DD14 4

SP2606
DD14
SP1224




2
-
IP 7559 YE FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 7559D YE FLRB 0.5 CALP

LIN
LIN

3
9

IP 7558D PK FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 2250AD BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

接地
电源
4

1
IP37
IP37



1
-
IP 7559C YE FLRB 0.5 CALP

LIN
3
IP 7558C PK FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 2250AC BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

接地
电源
4

1
IP34
IP34



2
-
氛围灯模块

IP 7559B YE FLRB 0.5 CALP

LIN
3
IP 7558B PK FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 2250AE BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

接地
电源
4

1
IP33
IP33



1
-
IP 7559A YE FLRB 0.5 CALP

LIN
3

G_IPA1_3
氛围灯
IP 7558 PK FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 7558A PK FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 2250AB BK FLRB 0.5 CALP IP 2250A BK FLRB 0.5 ABLP

电源

接地
电源
6

SP2621
SP1221
IP43

IP32
IP32
D9013-0040b
RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2

G_IPB1_1
RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5 IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5

13
右侧化妆镜灯
SP2608

RF02
RF02
SP2646

接地

电源
RF 2350RA BK FLRB 0.75 RF 2350RD BK FLRB 0.5 RF 1802BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5

1
IEC RWR2
U-FS15

SP0256
30 A

左侧化妆镜灯

RF01
RF01
BD 1802 RD/BK FLRB 0.5
50

接地

电源

SP1205
RF 2350RC BK FLRB 0.5 RF 1820BC RD/BK FLRB 0.5

1
发动机舱保险丝盒 UEC

BD 3240D RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 1802D RD/BK FLRB 0.5


16

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2

IP2RF_1
RF2IP_1
SP0248
IEC PWR3
U-FS10
20 A

SP0233
IP 1802C RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 1802B RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RF 1802BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

12

16
BD 3240 RD/WH FLRB 2.5
EB01 22

右后
门照
地灯
FL2RRD
RRD2FL
KL30

BD 7559GC YE FLRB 0.5 CALP RRD 7559GCA YE FLRB 0.5 CALP

RRD2FL
19 FL2RRD
LIN
3
9

G_FLCR_2
5-114

BD 7558GC PK FLRB 0.5 CALP RRD 7557FE PK FLRB 0.5 CALP RRD 1650DB BK FLRB 0.5 CALP RRD 1650DA BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1650DM BK FLRB 2.0 MSAC

接地
电源
RR07 4

1
2

SP2628
RR07
FL2RLD
RLD2FL

左后
门照
地灯
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 7559GA YE FLRB 0.5 CALP BD 7559GB YE FLRB 0.5 CALP RLD 7559GBA YE FLRB 0.5 CALP

RLD2FL
19 FL2RLD
LIN
3
9
SP1222 SP1223

G_FLCL_1
BD 7558GA PK FLRB 0.5 CALP BD 7558GB PK FLRB 0.5 CALP RLD 7557FD PK FLRB 0.5 CALP RLD 1550DB BK FLRB 0.5 CALP RLD 1550DA BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1550DP BK FLRB 2.0

接地
电源
4

1
2

09/2017
SP2627
RL07
RL07

SAIC-SV91
s
r

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-115

5.10 Exterior lamp system

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
85 30
20A U-R15 15A 15A
U-FS14 High U-FS28 U-FS29
High Beam 86 87 Beam Left High Right High
Relay Beam Beam

EB01 26 95 97 99 96 41 40 49 48
BD 1740 RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 1740B RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 712B YE FLRB 0.75 HALP


BD 1940 PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940B PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940A PK FLRB 2.0

BD 312B TN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP


BD 1740A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 1969AL-BU/BK FLRB 0.35


BD 1969AL-BU/BK FLRB 0.35

SP0220 SP0218
a

BD2IP_1
LHD 6 b
IP2BD_1

BD2IP_2 c
55 IP2BD_2 RHD
SP0603
d

BD 7538A L-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&HALP


IP 1969ABL-BU/BK FLRB 0.35

IP 1969L-BU/BK FLRB 0.35

BD 711A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP e

BD 189A D-GN FLRB 0.5 HALP


BD 868B GY FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD 868A GY FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD 868A GY FLRB 0.5 HALP


90

Left Switch Block EB35_1 2 1 5 11 10


High Beam Low Beam Delay Anti-glare
Signal
Front Left
Motor Grouped
High Beam Low Beam Lamp BD2IP_2
RHD 36 IP2BD_2
6 12 5 7 1 IP03 4 12
EB35_1
BD 450LH BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

BD 450LA BK FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 29 LHD
IP 868 GY FLRB 0.5 HALP

IP 868 GY FLRB 0.5 HALP

SP0611
SP2610

SP2633
BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0

Left Right
Rudder Rudder

IP01_A 38 IP01_B 18 IP12


32 23 25 16
High High Lighting Lighting High Beam Automatic Output
Beam Beam Main Switch Relay
Flasher Switch Ground
Anti-glare
Interior Rear
View Mirror
G_IPA2_1 Body Control Module BCM G_EBL2_4
D9013-0125b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Front Right

D9013-0126b
Grouped
c

Lamp
f
Head Lamp
Regulator
U-FS32

SP0602
10A

Motor
BD 189 D-GN FLRB 0.5 HALP BD 189B D-GN FLRB 0.5 HALP BD 550LA BK FLRB 0.5 HALP
45

10

12
Anti-glare
Signal
BD 868C GY FLRB 0.5 HALP
11
High Beam Low Beam Delay

Low Beam
BD 7539A D-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&HALP
Right Low
U-FS31

5
Beam
15A

BD 311B L-GN/BK FLRB 0.75 HALP


46

High Beam
1
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

G_EBR1
Left Low
U-FS30

BD 312B TN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP BD 550LG BK FLRB 0.75 HALP BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0
Beam
15A

SP2637
EB36_1
BD 711A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP

EB36_1
47

BD 1940AB PK FLRB 2.0


42

BD 1940AC PK FLRB 2.0


43

BD 1940AD PK FLRB 2.0 HALP


44

RHD
U-R14

Beam
Relay

SP0216
Low

BD2IP_2
54 IP2BD_2

Module
Control
5-116

BD 1940AA PK FLRB 2.0

BCM
Body
87
30

91

BD 691A GY FLRB 0.35 IP 691 GY FLRB 0.35


IP 691AB GY FLRB 0.35

Low Beam
BD 691A GY FLRB 0.35
85

86

Relay
94

41
7
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1

IP01_B
BD 7538A L-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&HALP
BD 1940B PK FLRB 2.0

92

LHD

09/2017
BD 1940A PK FLRB 2.0

90
Low Beam

SP0218
U-FS13
25A
BD 1940 PK FLRB 2.0

EB01 25

SAIC-SV91
KL30

c
a

90
90
5-117

09/2017
D9013-0127b
h
g

BD 1540E RD/YE FLRB 2.0


36
Fog Lamp/
Sidelight /
U-FS24

Rear Fog
DRL
10A

Lamp
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 1640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

SAIC-SV91
PR2FL
FL2PR
FL2PR
12 PR2FL
53

PR03

PR03
21W

G_FLCL_1
BD 122 OG FLRB 0.5 PR 122D OG FLRB 0.5 PR 1550CDA BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1550C BK FLRB 0.5
87
30

71

13
2

1
BD 1977A YE FLRB 0.35
BD 1977A YE FLRB 0.35
85

86

74

BD 1640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5


U-R10

Relay
Lamp
Rear
Fog

BD 1640B RD/WH FLRB 0.5


72

BD 1640A RD/WH FLRB 0.5


70

BD 1640F RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP


102

RHD
BD 1640E RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP

BD2IP_2
50 IP2BD_2
100

SP0221

BD 1640H RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP


107

14 IP01_B
IP 1977 YE FLRB 0.35

Lamp Relay
Rear Fog
BD 1640G RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP IP 1977AB YE FLRB 0.35
105
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

IP2BD_1 20
BD2IP_1
DRL Relay
U-R17

RHD
Right

BD2IP_2
52 IP2BD_2

LHD
BD 7539A D-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&HALP

Body Control Module BCM


87

106

BD 545A D-BU FLRB 0.35 DRLP IP 545 D-BU FLRB 0.35

Right DRL
BD 545A D-BU FLRB 0.35 DRLP BD 544A PU FLRB 0.35 DRLP
86

109

29
IP2BD_1 16
RHD

BD2IP_1
Left DRL
U-R16

Relay

BD2IP_2
53 IP2BD_2
87 BD 7538A L-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&HALP

LHD
101
BD 544A PU FLRB 0.35 DRLP IP 544 PU FLRB 0.35

Left DRL
BD 544A PU FLRB 0.35 DRLP IP 544AB PU FLRB 0.35

86

104

16
IP2BD_1 17
BD2IP_1
EB01

LHD
c

f
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-118

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30 U-R13
25A U-R12
85 30 85 30 Front
U-FS11 Front Right
Fog Lamp / Left
Fog Fog
Sidelight / 86 87
Lamp 86 87 Lamp
DRL Relay Relay

EB01 23 85 87 80 82 84 81 89 86

BD 5062 BN FLRB 2.0 FFOG


BD 1540A RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 5061 PK FLRB 2.0 FFOG


BD 1540C RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 1540B RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG


BD 1540 RD/YE FLRB 2.0

BD 1540D RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 1769A YE FLRB 0.35 FFOG


BD 1317A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

BD 1769A YE FLRB 0.35 FFOG


BD 1317A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

g
SP0222
BD 1640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5
h h
BD 1640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5
i i

90

Left Switch Block

BD2IP_1 BD2IP_1 EB33 EB34


2 2
IP2BD_1 18
LHD
IP2BD_1 19
LHD
Fog Light Switch
BD2IP_2 BD2IP_4 Front Left
51 IP2BD_2 RHD A8 IP2BD_4 RHD Front Right
Fog Lamp Fog Lamp
Front Rear
IP 1769 YE FLRB 0.35FFOG

IP 1769 YE FLRB 0.35FFOG


IP 1317AB D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

IP 1317 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

6 8 9 1 EB33 1
IP03 EB34
IP 187 L-BU FLRB 0.35

IP 192 OG FLRB 0.35 FFOG

BD 550LD BK FLRB 0.75 FFOG


BD 450LD BK FLRB 0.75 FFOG

SP2610

SP2637
SP2633
BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0
BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0

IP01_A
IP01_B IP01_A 28
37 44 15
Rear
Fog
Front
Fog
Front Left
Fog Lamp Relay
Front Right
Fog Lamp Relay
Body Control
Lamp Lamp Module
Switch Switch
BCM
G_IPA2_1 G_EBL2_4 G_EBR1
D9013-0128b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-119

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Rear Left Rear Right Rear Left


U-R11 Grouped Sidelight Sidelight Grouped Sidelight
License Light
Sidelight Light Light
87
86
Relay (Tail Door) (Tail Door)
6 4 6 4 1 2
EB01 77 75 79 76 TLD01 TLD02 TLD07

TLD 9EB BN FLRB 0.5

TLD 9EC BN FLRB 0.5


TLD 9EA BN FLRB 0.5

TLD 1750TF BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 1850LF BK FLRB 0.5

TLD1750TE BK FLRB 0.5


BD 1640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1080A WH FLRB 0.35

BD 1080A WH FLRB 0.35

BD 9 BN FLRB 0.5

TLD 9E BN FLRB 0.5


SP0609 TLD 9ED BN FLRB 0.5
j

SP0602 TLD 1850LD BK FLRB 0.5


k
TLD2FL_1 18 SP2601 TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0
h FL2TLD_1
BD 9DC BN FLRB 0.5
i
BD 9C BN FLRB 0.5

SP0606

BD 9DB BN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


SP0601 TLD2FL_1 TLD2FL_2
BD 9AB BN FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD 9BA BN FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD 9DA BN FLRB 0.5

14 3
FL2TLD_1 FL2TLD_2

BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0


90
BD2IP_2
8 RHD
IP2BD_2

6 EB35_1 6 EB36_1 6 FL19 6 FL20_2


BD2IP_3 Front Left Front Right Rear Left Rear Right
Sidelight

Sidelight

Sidelight

Sidelight

IP2BD_3 35
LHD
Grouped Grouped Grouped Grouped
Light Light Light Light

BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


4 EB35_1 4 EB36_1 4 4
FL19 FL20_2
IP 1080 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 1080 WH FLRB 0.35

BD 450LH BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

BD 550LG BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

BD 1750LA BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC

SP2611
SP2641
BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0

BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC

SP2641
BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC

SP2633 SP2637
BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0

BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0

SP2629
BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

IP01_A 15
Sidelight
Body
Relay Control
Module
BCM
G_EBL2_4 G_EBR1 G_FLDL1_1 G_FLDR1_2 G_FLDR1_2
D9013-0129b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0130b
G_EBL2_4 G_FLDL1_1
BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0 BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0
SP2611

SP2629
BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0
Grouped Light
Rear Left

SP2633

DRD2IP_2
37 IP2DRD_2

SP2630

G_IPA2_3
IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5
BD 1750LB BK FLRB 0.5

11 DD03_A
Turn Signal Light

SP2606
BD 14C L-BU FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 DRD 2250DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

View Mirror
Turn Signal Light

Left Rear
3
FL19

IP 14D L-BU FLRB 0.5 DRD 14BA L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD2IP_2 42

3
IP2DRD_2
LHD
BD 450LB BK FLRB 0.75 HALP
Turn Signal Light

BD2IP_3
41 IP2BD_3

IP01_B

Signal Light
Left Turn
BD 14LA-B BU FLRB0.5 HALP BD 14BC L-BU FLRB 0.5 BD 1540E RD/YE FLRB 2.0 IP 14 L-BU FLRB 0.5

24
EB35_1 7

SP0604
SP0613
Grouped Light

Body Control Module BCM


IP 14B L-BU FLRB 0.5 BD 1540E RD/YE FLRB 2.0
Front Left

IP2BD_2 13
BD2IP_2

IP01_A
LHD
5-120

5 IP27

Light Switch
IP 27 WH FLRB 0.5

Warning
Hazard
9
Hazard Warning

IP 1382AA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382A PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5
Light Switch

Lighting
Back
57
3

5
SP1207

SP1206
Electrical circuit diagrams

SP1217

EB57_C
BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3
IP 751A BK/WH FLRB 0.5

SP2643
SP2615

SP0634
1

G_IPM1_1
IP 751B BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751D BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751S BK/WH FLRB 0.75 IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0

09/2017
TLD08 4
TLD1850LE BK FLRB 0.5

License Light
Rear Right

2
Sidelight

SAIC-SV91
TLD 9ED BN FLRB 0.5

k
j

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-121

Turn Signal Light


Front Right Turn Signal Light
Rear Right
Grouped Light Grouped Light

3 1
EB36_1 7 8
FL20_2

BD 1850LB BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


BD 15C D-BU FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC
BD 550LB BK FLRB 0.75 HALP
BD 15AB D-BU FLRB 0.5 HALP

SP0614
BD 15DA D-BU FLRB 0.5

BD 15DA D-BU FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_2 BD2IP_3
46 IP2BD_3 RHD
IP2BD_2 40
LHD
IP 15D D-BU FLRB 0.5

IP 15D D-BU FLRB 0.5

90

SP0605
IP 15B D-BU FLRB 0.5

Left Grouped Switch


IP 15 D-BU FLRB 0.5

Turn Signal Light Switch

Right Left
PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0

6 2 11 IP03 IP2PAD 41
PAD2IP
IP 1415 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.35

IP 1414 L-BU/WH FLRB 0.35

PAD2IP
26 IP2PAD

SP2604
SP2610
PAD 2350DB BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH
PAD 15BA D-BU FLRB 0.5 SPMH

SP2637
SP2641
BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC
BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0
IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0

IP01_A
34 7 35 IP01_B 3 11 PD03_A
Right Left Turn Right Turn
Turn Signal Signal Light
Signal Light
Light Turn Signal Light
Switch Switch

G_IPA2_1 Body Control Module BCM Right Rear G_IPB1_1 G_EBR1 G_FLDR1_2
View Mirror D9013-0131b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Rear Right
Grouped

D9013-0132b
Light

G_FLDR1_2
BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC
4

BD2IP_2
10 IP2BD_2

SP2641
Brake Light

RHD

BD 20B L-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 20BA L-BU FLRB 0.5


5
FL20_2

BD 20C L-BU FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC IP 20CA L-BU FLRB 0.5


IP2BD_2 38
BD2IP_2

SP2629

G_FLDL1_1
LHD

BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0 BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0


TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0
SP2611

14
BD 1750LA BK FLRB 0.5

TLD2FL_1
FL2TLD_1
4

BD2IP_2
10 IP2BD_2

IP01_B
Brake Light

RHD

Brake Light
BD 20B L-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 20BA L-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 20 L-BU FLRB 0.5

11
5

Body Control Module BCM


SP0608
Front Right

BD 20BA L-BU FLRB 0.5


Grouped

FL19

IP 20B L-BU FLRB 0.5


Light

IP2BD_3 7
BD2IP_3

19 TLD2FL_1 LHD

LHD
FL2TLD_1

BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3
SP0610
LHD

Brake Light
5-122

TLD 20F BN FLRB 0.5 TLD 20E BN FLRB 0.5 BD 20H BN FLRB 0.5 IP 20HA BN FLRB 0.5

23
6

9
Brake Light

SP0610
BD 20H BN FLRB 0.5 IP 20HA BN FLRB 0.5

11
TLD 1750TF BK FLRB 0.5
4

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
Electrical circuit diagrams

TLD01
(Tail Door)
Rear Left
Grouped
Light

RHD

09/2017
TLD 20G BN FLRB 0.5

FL2TLD_2
TLD2FL_2
6
Brake Light

SP2602

G_FLDR1_2
TLD 1850LF BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 1850LD BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC

SP2641

SAIC-SV91
TLD02
Rear Right

(Tail Door)
Grouped
Light

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-123

5.11 The adaptive lamps in the exterior lamp system

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
85 30
20A U-R15 15A 15A
U-FS14 High U-FS28 U-FS29
High Beam 86 87 Beam Left High Right High
Relay Beam Beam

EB01 26 95 97 99 96 41 40 49 48
BD 1740 RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 1740B RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 712A YE FLRB 0.75 LED


BD 1940 PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940B PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940A PK FLRB 2.0

BD 312B TN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP


BD 1740A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

BD 1969AL-BU/BK FLRB 0.35


BD 1969AL-BU/BK FLRB 0.35

SP0220 SP0218
a

BD2IP_1
LHD 6 b
IP2BD_1

BD2IP_2 c
55 IP2BD_2 RHD

BD 7538 L-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&LED


IP 1969ABL-BU/BK FLRB 0.35

IP 1969L-BU/BK FLRB 0.35

BD 711 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.75 LED

90

Left Switch Block


3 2 1 5 EB35_2
Delay High Beam Low Beam Delay

Motor1 Motor2
Front Left
Grouped lamp
High Beam Low Beam

6 12 5 7 1 IP03 4 12 10 11 14 13
EB35_2
BD SHIELD9A BK FLRB 0.5 AFS
BD 450LC BK FLRB 0.75 LED

BD 7129B BN FLRB 0.5 AFS

BD 7130B L-BU FLRB 0.5 AFS

BD 7131B D-GN FLRB 0.5 AFS

BD 711 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.75 LED


BD 5752A L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 LED

SP0611
SP2610

SP2633 SP0615
BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0

IP01_A 38 IP01_B FL27 FL27 8


32 23 25 18 5 10 11 25 13
High High Lighting Lighting High Delay Check Shield Motor Motor Motor Motor
Beam Beam Main Switch Beam 1A+ 1A- 1B+ 1B-
Flasher Switch Ground Relay

G_IPA2_1 Body Control Module BCM Adaptive Front Head G_EBL2_4 Adaptive Front Head Lamp Control Unit
Lamp Control Unit D9013-0139b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-124

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
85 30
15A 15A
25A U-R14
U-FS30 U-FS31
U-FS13 Low Beam
86 87 Left Low Right Low
Low Beam Relay
Beam Beam

EB01 25 90 92 94 91 43 42 47 46

BD 1940AB PK FLRB 2.0

BD 311A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.75 LED


BD 711A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.75 HALP
BD 1940 PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940A PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940AA PK FLRB 2.0

BD 1940AC PK FLRB 2.0


BD 1940B PK FLRB 2.0

BD 691A GY FLRB 0.35

BD 691A GY FLRB 0.35

SP0218 SP0216

b
BD 7538 L-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&LED
c c

BD 7539 D-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&LED


BD 312A TN/WH FLRB 0.75 LED
d
BD2IP_1
LHD 7
IP2BD_1
BD2IP_2
90 54 IP2BD_2 RHD
IP 691AB GY FLRB 0.35

IP 691 GY FLRB 0.35

EB36_2 3 2 1 5
High Beam Low Beam Delay

Front Right Motor1 Motor2

Grouped
Light High Beam Low Beam

4 12 10 11 14 13
EB36_2
BD 550LC BK FLRB 0.75

BD SHIELD11A BK FLRB 0.5 AFS

BD 7133B OG FLRB 0.5 AFS

BD 7134B PK FLRB 0.5 AFS

BD 7135B TN FLRB 0.5 AFS

BD 7136B YE FLRB 0.5 AFS


BD 5752A L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 LED

SP2637
SP0616
BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0

IP01_B FL27 FL27 21 2 18 20 22


41 17
Body Delay Check
Low Beam Shield Motor Motor Motor Motor
Relay Control 2A+ 2A- 2B+ 2B-
Module
BCM G_EBR1
Adaptive Front Head Adaptive Front Head Lamp Control Unit
Lamp Control Unit D9013-0140b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-125

09/2017
e

D9013-0141b
f

BD 1540E RD/YE FLRB 2.0


36
Fog Lamp/
Sidelight /
U-FS24

Rear Fog
DRL
10A

Lamp
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 1640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

SAIC-SV91
PR2FL
FL2PR
FL2PR
12 PR2FL
53

PR03

PR03
21W

G_FLCL_1
BD 122 OG FLRB 0.5 PR 122D OG FLRB 0.5 PR 1550CDA BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1550C BK FLRB 0.5
87
30

71

13
2

1
BD 1977A YE FLRB 0.35
BD 1977A YE FLRB 0.35
85

86

74

BD 1640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5


U-R10

Relay
Lamp
Rear
Fog

BD 1640B RD/WH FLRB 0.5


72

BD 1640A RD/WH FLRB 0.5


70

BD 1640F RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP


102
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

RHD
BD 1640E RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP

BD2IP_2
50 IP2BD_2
100

SP0221

BD 1640H RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP


107

14 IP01_B
IP 1977 YE FLRB 0.35

Lamp Relay
Rear Fog
BD 1640G RD/WH FLRB 0.5 DRLP IP 1977AB YE FLRB 0.35
105

IP2BD_1 20
BD2IP_1
Right DRL
U-R17

RHD
Relay

BD2IP_2
52 IP2BD_2

Body Control Module BCM


LHD
BD 7539 D-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&LED
87

106

BD 545A D-BU FLRB 0.35 DRLP IP 545 D-BU FLRB 0.35

Right DRL
BD 545A D-BU FLRB 0.35 DRLP BD 544A PU FLRB 0.35 DRLP
86

109

29
IP2BD_1 16
RHD

BD2IP_1
U-R16

Relay
DRL
Left

BD2IP_2
53 IP2BD_2
87 BD 7538 L-BU FLRB 0.75 DRLP&&LED

LHD
101
BD 544A PU FLRB 0.35 DRLP IP 544 PU FLRB 0.35

Left DRL
BD 544A PU FLRB 0.35 DRLP IP 544AB PU FLRB 0.35

86

104

16
IP2BD_1 17
BD2IP_1
EB01

LHD
d
c
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-126

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30 U-R13
25A
85 30
U-R12 85 30 Front
U-FS11 Right
Fog Lamp / Front Left
Fog
Sidelight / 86 87 Fog Lamp 86 87 Lamp
DRL Relay Relay

EB01 23 85 87 80 82 84 81 89 86

BD 5062 BN FLRB 2.0 FFOG


BD 1540A RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 5061 PK FLRB 2.0 FFOG


BD 1540C RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 1540B RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG


BD 1540 RD/YE FLRB 2.0

BD 1540D RD/YE FLRB 2.0 FFOG

BD 1769A YE FLRB 0.35 FFOG


BD 1317A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

BD 1769A YE FLRB 0.35 FFOG


BD 1317A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

e
SP0222
BD 1640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5
f f
BD 1640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5
j j

90

Left Switch Block

BD2IP_1 BD2IP_1 EB33 EB34


2 2
IP2BD_1 18
LHD
IP2BD_1 19
LHD
Fog Lamp Switch
BD2IP_2 BD2IP_4 Front Left
51 IP2BD_2 RHD A8 IP2BD_4 RHD Front Right
Fog Lamp Fog Lamp
Front Rear
IP 1769 YE FLRB 0.35FFOG

IP 1769 YE FLRB 0.35FFOG


IP 1317AB D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

IP 1317 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.35 FFOG

6 8 9 1 EB33 1
IP03 EB34
IP 187 L-BU FLRB 0.35

IP 192 OG FLRB 0.35 FFOG

BD 550LD BK FLRB 0.75 FFOG


BD 450LD BK FLRB 0.75 FFOG

SP2610

SP2637
SP2633
BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0
BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0

IP01_A
IP01_B IP01_A 28
37 44 15
Rear Fog Front Fog
Lamp Lamp
Front Left
Fog Lamp
Front Right
Fog Lamp
Body Control
Switch Switch Relay Relay Module
BCM
G_IPA2_1 G_EBL2_4 G_EBR1
D9013-0142b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-127

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Rear Left Grouped Rear Right Grouped
Light (Tail Door) Light (Tail Door) Rear Left License Light

Sidelight Sidelight Sidelight


U-R11
Sidelight
87
86
Relay
6 4 6 4 1 2
EB01 77 75 79 76 TLD01 TLD02 TLD07

TLD 9EB BN FLRB 0.5

TLD 9EC BN FLRB 0.5


TLD 9EA BN FLRB 0.5

TLD 1750TF BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 1850LF BK FLRB 0.5

TLD1750TE BK FLRB 0.5


BD 1640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1080A WH FLRB 0.35

BD 1080A WH FLRB 0.35

BD 9 BN FLRB 0.5

TLD 9E BN FLRB 0.5


SP0609 TLD 9ED BN FLRB 0.5
h

SP0602 TLD 1850LD BK FLRB 0.5


i
TLD2FL_1 18 SP2601 TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0
f FL2TLD_1
BD 9DC BN FLRB 0.5
j
BD 9C BN FLRB 0.5

SP0606

BD 9DD BN FLRB 0.5 MSAC


SP0601 TLD2FL_1 TLD2FL_2
BD 9AB BN FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD 9BA BN FLRB 0.5 HALP

BD 9DA BN FLRB 0.5

14 3
FL2TLD_1 FL2TLD_2

BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0


90
BD2IP_2
8 RHD
IP2BD_2

6 EB35_1 6 EB36_1 6 FL19 6 FL20_1


BD2IP_3 Front Left Front Right Rear Left Rear Right
Sidelight

Sidelight

Sidelight

Sidelight

IP2BD_3 35
LHD
Grouped Grouped Grouped Grouped
Light Light Light Light

BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


4 EB35_1 4 EB36_1 4 4
FL19 FL20_1
IP 1080 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 1080 WH FLRB 0.35

BD 450LH BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

BD 550LG BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

BD 1750LA BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1850LK BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC

SP2611
SP2641
BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0

BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC

SP2632
BD 1850 BK FLRB 1.0 MSAC

SP2633 SP2637
BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0

BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0

SP2629
BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

IP01_A 15
Body
Sidelight
Relay Control
Module
BCM
G_EBL2_4 G_EBR1 G_FLDL1_1 G_FLDR1_1 G_FLDR1_2
D9013-0143b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Rear Left Group Light

D9013-0144b
G_EBL2_4 G_FLDL1_1
BD 1750LB BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0 BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0
1
Turn Signal Light

SP2611

SP2629
BD 14C L-BU FLRB 0.5 BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0
3

SP2633
FL19

DRD2IP_2
37 IP2DRD_2

SP2630
Front Left Grouped Light

BD 450LB BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

G_IPA2_3
8
Turn Signal Light

IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

DD03_C
SP2606
BD 14A L-BU FLRB 0.5 LED
7

DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 DRD 2250BDKF/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML

View Mirror
Turn Signal Light

Left Rear
2
BD 6568A WH FLRB 0.5 LED
IP 14D L-BU FLRB 0.5
9

DRD 14BB D-BU FLRB 0.5 SPML

DRD2IP_2 42

7
EB35_2

Rudder
Left

IP2DRD_2
BD2IP_3
41 IP2BD_3

IP01_B
Left Turn
Check

Signal Light
BD 14BC L-BU FLRB 0.5 BD 1540E RD/YE FLRB 2.0 IP 14 L-BU FLRB 0.5
23

Left Turn
24
SP0604
SP0613

Body Control Module BCM


FL27
Adaptive Front

IP 14B L-BU FLRB 0.5 BD 1540E RD/YE FLRB 2.0


Control Unit
Head Lamp

IP2BD_2 13
BD2IP_2

IP01_A
Rudder
5-128

5 IP27

Left

Light Switch
IP 27 WH FLRB 0.5

Warning
Hazard
9
Hazard Warning

IP 1382AA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382A PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5
Light Switch

Lighting
Back
57
3

5
SP1207

SP1206
Electrical circuit diagrams

SP1217

EB57_C
BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3
IP 751A BK/WH FLRB 0.5

SP2643
SP2615

SP0634
1

G_IPM1_1
IP 751B BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751D BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751S BK/WH FLRB 0.75 IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0

09/2017
TLD08 4
TLD1850LE BK FLRB 0.5

License Light
Rear Right

2
Sidelight

SAIC-SV91
TLD 9ED BN FLRB 0.5

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-129

Front Right Grouped Light Rear Right Grouped Light

Adaptive Front
Head Lamp Turn Signal Light Turn Signal Light

Control Unit Right Turn


Check

FL27 1 9 7 8 3 1
EB36_2 FL20_1

BD 1850LH BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC


BD 15E D-BU FLRB 0.5 MSAC
BD 550LC BK FLRB 0.75 HALP
BD 7545A TN FLRB 0.5 LED

BD 15A D-BU FLRB 0.5 LED

SP0614
BD 15DA D-BU FLRB 0.5

BD 15DA D-BU FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_2 BD2IP_3
46 IP2BD_3 RHD
IP2BD_2 40
LHD
IP 15D D-BU FLRB 0.5

IP 15D D-BU FLRB 0.5

90

Left Switch Block SP0605


IP 15B D-BU FLRB 0.5
IP 15 D-BU FLRB 0.5

Turn Signal Light Switch

Right Left
PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0

6 2 11 IP03 IP2PAD 41
PAD2IP
IP 1415 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.35

IP 1414 L-BU/WH FLRB 0.35

PAD2IP
26 IP2PAD

SP2604
SP2610
PAD 2350DF BK FLRB 0.5 SPML
PAD 15BB L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPML

SP2637
SP2632
BD 1850 BK FLRB 1.0 MSAC
BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0
IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0

IP01_A
34 7 35 IP01_B 7 2 PD03_C
Right Turn Left Turn Right Turn
Signal Signal Signal Light
Light Light Turn Signal Light
Switch Switch

G_IPA2_1 Body Control Module BCM Right Rear G_IPB1_1 G_EBR1 G_FLDR1_1
View Mirror D9013-0145b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0146b
Rear Right Grouped Light

G_FLDR1_2
BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC
4

BD2IP_2
10 IP2BD_2

SP2641
Brake Light

RHD

BD 20B L-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 20BA L-BU FLRB 0.5


5
FL20_2

BD 20C L-BU FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC IP 20CA L-BU FLRB 0.5


IP2BD_2 38
BD2IP_2

SP2629

G_FLDL1_1
LHD

BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0 BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0


Front Right Grouped Light

TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0


SP2611

14
BD 1750LA BK FLRB 0.5

TLD2FL_1
FL2TLD_1
4

BD2IP_2
10 IP2BD_2

IP01_B
Brake Light

RHD

Brake Light
BD 20B L-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 20BA L-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 20 L-BU FLRB 0.5

Body Control Module BCM


11
5

SP0608
BD 20BA L-BU FLRB 0.5
FL19

IP 20B L-BU FLRB 0.5

IP2BD_3 7
BD2IP_3

19 TLD2FL_1 LHD

LHD
FL2TLD_1

BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3
SP0610
LHD

Brake Light
Rear Left Grouped
5-130

Light (Tail Door)

TLD 20F BN FLRB 0.5 TLD 20E BN FLRB 0.5 BD 20H BN FLRB 0.5 IP 20HA BN FLRB 0.5

23
6

9
Brake Light

SP0610
BD 20H BN FLRB 0.5 IP 20HA BN FLRB 0.5

11
TLD 1750TF BK FLRB 0.5
4

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
Electrical circuit diagrams

TLD01

RHD
Rear Right Grouped

09/2017
Light (Tail Door)
TLD 20G BN FLRB 0.5

FL2TLD_2
TLD2FL_2
6
Brake Light

SP2602

G_FLDR1_2
TLD 1850LF BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 1850LD BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC

SAIC-SV91
SP2641
TLD02

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-131

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2
KL30
85 30
10 A 30 A U2-R4 10 A
U-FS1 U-JF4 IG U2-FS15
KL30 IG Power Relay 86 87 IG Power
PWR Supply Supply 3
13 4 17 19 21 18 45 46 EB58
EB01

BD 642BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 340ED RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BD 640E RD/WH FLRB 0.5 AFS||ESSS||MDAC||(ADAC&&EPB)

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP0264 SP0249
SP0257

BD 642BE RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AFS


SP2635

BD2IP_1
4
IP2BD_1
BD 640C RD/WH FLRB 0.5 AFS
SP0257
Adaptive Front Head
FL27 14 9 Lamp Control Unit 90
KL30 KL15
Rear Body Front Body
Height Rear Body Rear Body Height Front Body Front Body
Power Height Height Power Height Height
IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35

Supply Signal Ground Supply Signal Ground

12 24 6 15 4 19
BD 7524A GY/WH FLRB 0.35AFS

BD 7525A BN/WH FLRB 0.35AFS


BD 2165A GY FLRB 0.35 AFS

BD 7526A PU/WH FLRB 0.35AFS


BD 2184A BN FLRB 0.35 AFS

BD 2185A PU FLRB 0.35 AFS

SP0904 EB2BT
3 4 5
BT2EB
BT 7524 GY/WH FLRB 0.35 AFS

BT 7525 BN/WH FLRB 0.35 AFS

BT 7526 PU/WH FLRB 0.35 AFS


IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

48 IP01_B 2 3 6 FL69 2 3 6 BT10


GND

GND

IG Power Signal Power Signal


Relay Supply Supply

G_EBL2_4 Body Control Rear Body Front Body


Module BCM Height Sensor Height Sensor D9013-0147b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-132

5.12 Anti-lock brake system


a
Engine Bay Fuse Box Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2
UEC

BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5


85 30
40 A 25 A 30 A 10 A
U2-R4
U-JF8 U-FS5 U-JF4 U2-FS14
ABS/ESP ABS/ESP IGPower
IG
86 87 Power
_Motor _Valve Supply Relay
Supply 2
8 17 4 EB01 EB58 17 19 21 18 43 44

BD 1687 GY/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 340EC RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 173D-GN FLRB 4.0 ABS

BD 856 PU FLRB 1.5 ABS

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5


SP0257

SP0264
BD 1687B GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP
b
SP0203
BD 1687A GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ABS

BD2IP_1

BD 1687C GY/BK FLRB 0.5


4
IP2BD_1

IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35


SP2635

Anti-lock Braking System /


Electronic Stability Program
ABS/ESP
90
EB04
1 25 28
B12 BD2IP_4
Supply
Pump Power

Supply
Valve Power

Power Supply
IP2BD_4
IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35
c
Front Left Front Left Front Right Front Right SP0904
Wheel Speed Wheel Speed Wheel Speed Wheel Speed
Ground Ground Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
13 38 19 8 16 4
EB04
BD 7065 GY/WH FLRB 0.5 ABS

BD 872 D-GN FLRB 0.5 ABS


BD 350A BK FLRB 4.0 ABS

BD 350B BK FLRB 1.5 ABS

SP2634
IP 751D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 751S BK/WH FLRB 0.75


IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

EB2BT SP2615
17 16
BT2EB
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0
BT 7065A GY/WH FLRB 0.5 ABS
BD 7064 GY/WH FLRB 0.5 ABS

BT 872A D-GN FLRB 0.5 ABS

IP 1687D GY/BK FLRB 0.5 EPS


BD 830 L-BU FLRB 0.5 ABS

IP 751E BK/WH FLRB 0.5 EPS

SP2643
IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0

2 1 EB15 2 1 BT08 48 IP01_B 2 1 IP14


Ground
Supply
Power

Signal

Supply
Power

Signal

Supply
Power

Body
Relay

Control
Module
G_EBL3 BCM
G_EBL2_4 G_IPM1_1
Front Left Wheel Front Right Wheel Steering Wheel
Speed Sensor Speed Sensor Angle Sensor D9013-0021b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-133

09/2017
e
d

D9013-0022b
Module
Control
CN 751CE BK/WH FLRB 0.5

Body

BCM
2

CN2IP_1

IP2BD_3
IP2CN_1

BD2IP_3
-

EB57_C
Lamp
Tail
Electrical circuit diagrams

CN 1382CA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

Lighting
CN 1382CC PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382C PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5
+

Back

SAIC-SV91
Central Control Switch Block - Right

5
1

43
43

SP1217
SP1210

SP1206
Descent
Control
Signal
Hill

CN 2031 PK FLRB 0.5 ESP IP 2031A PK FLRB 0.5 ESP BD 2031B PK FLRB 0.5 ESP

Hill Descent
10

Control
9
32

27

FL74

Rear Left Wheel Rear Right Wheel


Speed Signal
Rear Right

Speed Sensor
LED

BD 7128 GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ABS

Wheel

17
Hill Descent

1
CN 1961 WH FLRB 0.5 ESP IP 1961A WH FLRB 0.5 ESP BD 1961B WH FLRB 0.5 ESP

Control
LED
Signal

34
9

30

23
Turned

Power

Speed Signal Speed Sensor


Signal

Rear Right
BD 865 PU FLRB 0.5 ABS
ESP

Supply

Wheel
Off

Turned Off

29

2
CN 848 TN FLRB 0.5 ESP IP 848A TN FLRB 0.5 ESP BD 848B TN FLRB 0.5 ESP

ESP
31

12
25
8

FL73
LED

Speed Sensor
BD 7127 GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ABS

Rear Left
Wheel
Turned Off

31
CN 583 L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP

1
IP 583A L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP BD 583B L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP

ESP

LED
23
Signal
29

15
7

SP0259

IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3
Power

EB04
CN2IP_1
IP2CN_1

Speed Sensor
BD 866 L-GN FLRB 0.5 ABS Supply

Rear Left
Wheel

18

2
CN 642GC RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP
6

FL35
CN06

BD 6435 GY/BK FLRB 0.35 ESP

CAN_L
CAN_L

2
20
CN 642GD RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP

Yaw Velocity sensor


Instrument Panel

IP 642 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 6432 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 ESP

CAN_H
CAN_H

3
18

33
Fuse Box

IG PWR4

EB04
I-FS6
10 A
IEC

ABS/ESP
Anti-lock Braking System /
Electronic Stability Program
IP 340AFRD/D-GN FLRB 2.5 BD 1687B GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP Power

4
Supply

Relay
I-R3
IG
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5 IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5 BD 1151E BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP

87
30
Ground

1
2

68
69

SP0240

G_FLR2_1
BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1

BD 1451S BK/WH FLRB 1.0


IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

85

86

60
58

SP2636
SP2626
IP07
IP07

G_EBR3
BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5


BD 1687B GY/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP

c
a
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-134

d
Electronic Park Switch

Electronic Electronic
CN 642GD RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ESP

Park Park
LED Signal Signal
+ Output - Input

7 10 8 9 CN09

CN 6108 D-BU FLRB 0.5 ESP


CN 6107 BN FLRB 0.5 ESP
CN 751CD BK/WH FLRB 0.35ESP

CN 751CE BK/WH FLRB 0.5 33 34 CN2IP_1


e IP2CN_1
IP 6107A BN FLRB 0.5 ESP

SP2614
IP 6108A D-BU FLRB 0.5 ESP
CN 751CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

90 32 34 IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3
BD 6108B D-BU FLRB 0.5 ESP
BD 6107B BN FLRB 0.5 ESP

44 CN2IP_1
IP2CN_1
IP 751C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP

EB04
3 22
ESP ESP
Turn Off Turn Off
LED
SP2643
IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0

Anti-lock Braking System /


Electronic Stability Program
ABS/ESP

G_IPM2_1 D9013-0023b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-135

5.13 Differential lock control system

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2
KL30 KL30
30 A 85 30
10 A
U-JF4 U2-R4 10 A U2-FS3
IG IG U2-FS14 Differential
Power Relay 86 87 IG Power Lock Control
Supply Supply 2 Module
4 EB01 17 19 21 18 43 44 9 EB58
BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1687 GY/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 340EC RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5


SP0264

SP0257 BD 1687F GY/BK FLRB 0.5 EDL SP0203


SP0502
SP0503

BD 1687E GY/BK FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 2840 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 EDL


BD 1687FB GY/BK FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1687FA GY/BK FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1230B GY/WH FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1230C GY/WH FLRB 0.5 EDL


BD2IP_1
4
IP2BD_1
IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35

SP2635

FL59_B
90
1 3 19 20 FL59_A FL59_B 4 2
Power Power Power Power Differential Differential
Supply Supply Supply Supply Lock Lock
Solenoid Solenoid
Differential Lock Control Module
Differential Differential Differential
SP0904 Turned On Lock Lock
Ground Ground Signal Solenoid Solenoid

FL59_A 8 10 13 1 2

BD 1230 GY/WH FLRB 0.5 EDL


BD 680A L-BU FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1231C GY FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1231B GY FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1231 GY FLRB 0.5 EDL


BD 1750VA BK FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1750VB BK FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD2IP_4 FLA2FLB
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

C5 IP2BD_4 SP0501 19 13
SP2611 FLB2FLA
CN 680B L-BU FLRB 0.5 EDL
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

BD 1230A GY/WH FLRB 0.5 EDL


IP 680 L-BU FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1231A GY FLRB 0.5 EDL


BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

SP2629
BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

23
IP2CN_2
CN2IP_2

CN06
48 IP01_B 12 2 1 FL61
Body Differential
IG
Relay Control Signal
Module
BCM
Central Control Differential
G_EBL2_4 G_FLDL1_1 Switch Block - Right Lock Solenoid
D9013-0089b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0024b
a

BD 642F RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 642FA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT


42

SP0261
U2-FS13

Supply 1
Power
10 A

IG

BD 340EB RD/WH FLRB 2.5


41
Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2

SP0264

Module
Control
BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5

Body

BCM
87
30

18

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1

48 IP01_B
SP0904
BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35 IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35 IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

Relay
85

86

21

IG
4
SP2635
U2-R4

Relay

G_EBL2_4
IG

BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0


19

GB02_1
BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5
17

Operation /
Crankshaft
GB 642DB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT&&4WD

12
GB02_2
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

SP0257
EB01
Supply
Power
U-JF4

Operation /
Crankshaft
30 A

BD 642BC RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT GB 642DD RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT&&2WD


IG

FL2GB 18

12
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

Transmission Control Module


5-136

GB2FL
4

BD2IP_1
11 IP2BD_1
5.14 Transmission control system

Supply 9

GB 402CA RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD

Suppley
Power
Power
U-JF6
40 A

IEG

1
BD 3440F RD/BK FLRB 3.0-ESSS IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS
6
GB 402BA RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD
Electrical circuit diagrams

GB 402DA RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD


KL30

Suppley
Power
4
SP0706
SP0234
IP 3440C RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS GB 402D RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

Suppley
Power

09/2017
47

1
I-FS22
AMT
15 A

Suppley
IP 402 RD FLRB 0.75 AT BD 402A RD FLRB 0.75 AT GB 402B RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD GB 402C RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

Power
FL2GB 17
19
53

GB02_1 4
SP0704
GB2FL
IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1

SAIC-SV91
Panel Fuse

IP07
Instrument

Box
IEC

90
90
5-137

09/2017
IP 1382A PU/WH FLRB 0.5

D9013-0025b
BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5
IP2BD_3 57
IP01_C

SP1207
BD2IP_3

Control Unit
SP1217

SP1207

PEPS

PEPS
10 IP59
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5


Lighting
Back

Back Lighting
5

SAIC-SV91
IP 1382AB PU/WH FLRB 0.5 AT
7 IP59

IP09_A
IP 553 L-BU FLRB 0.5 AT
Gearshift

Gearshift

Output
Signal

Sinal
5

P-SE Input

IP 233 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 AT && PEPS

Output
SP0703

P-SE
3

3
Switch Ground

SP2643
Body Control Module BCM

IP 6009 BN/OG FLRB 0.5 IP 6009C BN/OG FLRB 0.5 AT

SP2634
Ground
Wiper

29

BCM
2

G_IPM1_1
IP01_A

IP 751SA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 AT IP 751S BK/WH FLRB 0.75 IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0
Ground

4
P Solenoid
P Solenoid

IP 6009 BN/OG FLRB 0.5 IP 7553 TN FLRB 0.5 AT


Valve
Valve

IP2BD_1 18

1
2

9 GB02_2
EB57_E

IP 751SB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 AT


BD2IP_1

Ground

11
(KL15) GB 5728BC YE/BK FLRB 0.5 AT&&2WD
12V

ACC
6

GB02_1
SP0301
IP 5728D YE/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 5728 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 AT BD 5728B YE/BK FLRB 0.5 AT GB 5728BB YE/BK FLRB 0.5 AT&&4WD
Awake
ACC

ACC
47

9
9

FL2GB 4
GB2FL
IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3
IP01_B

P/N Signal
Engine Control Unit ECU

GB 275 L-GN FLRB 0.5 AT&&4WD

3
GB02_2

P/N Signal
BD 275B L-GN FLRB 0.5 AT GB 275C L-GN FLRB 0.5 AT&&2WD
Signal
P/N

22

Transmission Control Unit TCU


FL2GB 5

3
IP 642E RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT

GB2FL
EB02_K

GB 1451GB BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD

Ground
2
BD2IP_1
33 IP2BD_1
GB 1451G BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD GB 1451GA BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD

Ground
5
SP0707
GB 1451BC BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

Ground
2
BD 642FA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 AT

Ground
GB 1451BA BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD GB 1451BB BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

FL2GB 19

GB02_1 5
SP0705
GB2FL

G_FLR2_1
BD 1451B BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT

a
D9013-0027b
G_F2R2_1
BD 1451S BK/WH FLRB 1.0
SP2636

GB 1451EC BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&2WD


Body Control Module BCM

FL2GB
19 GB2LF
45 IP01_B
Gear Switch

BD 1451E BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW GB 1451EA BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&4WD


Reverse

GB 1451EB BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&4WD


GB 1451ED BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&2WD
IP 5007 L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW

Reverse

Switch
Gear

6MT
GB04_1

GB04_1
GB 5007AD L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&2WD GB 5007AB L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&4WD
5-138

1
GB04_2

GB04_2
GB 5007AB L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&4WD GB 5007AD L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&2WD

1
Electrical circuit diagrams

IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2

GB2F2
FL2GB

GB03_1

GB03_1

09/2017
49 BD 5007A L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW GB 5007AA L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&4WD GB 5007AA L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&4WD

1
4

GB03_2

GB03_2
GB 5007AC L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&2WD GB 5007AC L-GN FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&2WD

SAIC-SV91
Reverse

Switch
Gear

6MT
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-139

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC
KL30 KL30
30 A
U-R4 85 30
10 A 10 A 10 A
U-JF4
IG Starting U-FS15 U-FS8 U-FS9
Power Relay 86 87 Power Power Power
UEC Supply Supply 3 Supply 1 Supply 2
4 EB01 EB58 17 19 21 18 45 46 14 15

BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 340ED RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 440C YE/BK FLRB 2.0 4WD

BD 440D YE/BN FLRB 2.0 4WD


BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 642BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

B02IP_1
SP0257 4 IP2BD_1
SP0264
SP2635
IP 2451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35

23 26 13 FL01

12V 12V 12V


Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply
90

Transfer Case Control Unit TCCU


SP0904
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

48 IP01_B
IG
Relay

G_EBL2_4 Body Control Module


BCM D9013-0028b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-140

Central Control
Switch Block - Right Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC
10 A
25 A I-FS25
U-FS12 AC Control Panel /
IEC Right Central IP2CN_1
Economical / Economical / Power Supply 8 Control Switch 45 CN2IP_1 IP2CN_1 28
Sport Sport UEC BD2IP_1
50 56 CN2IP_1
9 48 24 EB01 IP2BD_1 3 EB58
CN06

IP 640W RD/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD

CN 640WA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD

IP 6132A BN FLRB 0.5 4WD


CN 6132B BN FLRB 0.5 4WD
IP 3040CB YE/BK FLRB 2.0
BD 3040A YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 3040C YE/BK FLRB 2.0


BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0
CN 1349CA BN FLRB 0.5

IP 640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5


CN 5054A GY FLRB 0.5

SP0305 SP0316 SP0244 SP0201


SP0235
CN 5054C GY FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

CN 1349CC BN FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

CN 751CB BK/WH FLRB 0.35 4WD


CN 751CJ BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PT4WD
CN 751CK BK FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

SP2614
CN 751CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

2 1 CN01
Ground KL30

Drive Mode
Converting Switch
ILL+ LIN1

4CN 1382CF PU/WH FLRB 0.35 4WD 3 CN01

90 44 IP2CN_1 IP2BD_3 46
CN2IP_1 BD2IP_3
IP 751C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP

2 7 3 6 CN02 IP2BD_3
Economical / Economical / Ground Ground
57
BD2IP_3
Sport Sport

BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 6132 BN FLRB 0.5 4WD


IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5

Drive Mode Converting Switch 2

2H 4L ILL+
4 5 1 CN02
CN 1562 D-GN FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

CN 1559 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

SP1210
CN 1382CA PU/WH FLRB 0.5

CN 1382CG PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PT4WD


SP1206 SP1217
BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

B9 B10 IP2BD_4 SP2643


BD2IP_4
BD 1562B D-GN FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

BD 1559B D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0

IP2CN_1
28 45
CN2IP_1
IP 1562A D-GN FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

IP 1559A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 PT4WD

IP2CN_1
43
CN2IP_1
IP 1382C PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP

EB57_C FL02_A
4 16 FL01 5 9
2WD / 4WD H/L Mode Back LIN1
Converting Converting Lighting
Switch Switch

Transfer Case Body Control Gateway


Control Unit TCCU G_IPW2_1
Module BCM D9013-0029b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-141

09/2017
GB 5501M PK/BK FLRB 1.0 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW)

D9013-0030b
Clutch Coil Drive
Electromagnetic

B
Tranfer Case

FL01
GB06_2

Electromagnetic
BD 5501C PK/BK FLRB 1.0 4WD

Clutch Coil
GB 5501 PK/BK FLRB 1.0 4WD&&AT
Electrical circuit diagrams

FL2GB 12
G

11

SAIC-SV91
GB06_1
GB 1557 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD&&AT

GB2FL
17

11 FL2GB
GB2FL

Motor Decoder
GB 1557M D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW BD 1557C D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 4WDZ

18
E

GB 1558M YE/BK FLRB 0.5 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW)


D

Motor Decoder
GB 1558 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 4WD&&AT BD 1558C YE/BK FLRB 0.5 4WD
D

10

5
Decoder

GB 1556 OG/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD&&AT


C

Motor Decoder
GB 1556M OG/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW BD 1556C OG/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD
C

19

Transfer Case Control Unit TCCU


GB 1555M BN/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW)
A
Recovery
Transfer Case Gearshift Motor

Motor Decoder
GB 1555 BN/WH FLRB 0.5 4WD&&AT BD 1553C OG FLRB 1.0 4WD
A

17
8
Recovery

GB 7478 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 4WD&&AT


F

Critical-moment
Motor
H-L

GB 7478M YE/BK FLRB 0.5 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW)

Recovery
GB 7478M YE/BK FLRB 0.5 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW)

20
7
F
Motor

Motor
L-H
GB 1552M TN FLRB 1.0 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW)

B
BD 1552E TN FLRB 1.0 4WD

Motor

Motor
L-H
H-L

15
GB 1553M OG FLRB 1.0 4WD&&(6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW)

SP0702
G
BD 1552C TN FLRB 1.0 4WD BD 1552D TN FLRB 1.0 4WD

Motor
L-H
2
Motor
L-H
GB 1552 TN FLRB 1.0 4WD&&AT

16
B
BD 1553E OG FLRB 1.0 4WD

Motor
H-L
14
SP0701
Motor
H-L
GB 1553 OG FLRB 1.0 4WD&&AT BD 1553C OG FLRB 1.0 4WD BD 1553D OG FLRB 1.0 4WD

Motor
1
G

H-L
15
D9013-0058b
G_IPN_1
Backlight-

CN 751CC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 EPB CN 751CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0
CN2IP_1 44
3

SP2614

SP2643

57 BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3
IP2CN_1
Backlight+

Lighting
CN 1382CB PU/WH FLRB 0.5 EPB CN 1382CA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382C PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

Back
CN2IP_1 43

5
2

SP2505

SP1206

SP1217

EB57_C
IP2CN_1

Body Control
ModuleBCM
Fuse Box UEC

BT07_A

Electronic Power Steering


P-MG4

EPS_1
Engine Bay

100 A

Control Unit EPB ECU


EPS

BT 142L RD/BK FLRB 10.0 ESSS&&LHD

Power Supply
5.15 Electronic parking brake and electronic power steering system

BT 142A RD/BK FLRB 10.0 -ESSS

2
2
Electronic Park Switch

KL30

G_BT1
BT 1050L BK FLRB 10.0 ESSS&&LHD

BT07_A
BT07-B
EB2BT
BT2EB
U2-FS13
IG Power
Supply 1

SP0261
10 A

Power Supply
Fuse Box 2 UEC

G_BT1
Ground
BT 1050A BK FLRB 10.0 -ESSS
BD 1442C RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BT 1442CBL RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LHD

1
Engine Bay

42

5
1
U2-FS15

FL34
Supply 3

SP0249
Power
10 A

22 FL34
IG

G_F LR1_3 G_FLR1_1


BD 642BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 642BM RD/BK FLRB 0.5 EPB BD 1450AA BK FLRB 3.0 EPB

KL15

Ground
46

28
Electronic park brake control EPB ECU
Signal 1 Signal 2 Signal 3 Signal 4

CN 1088 L-GN FLRB 0.5 EPB IP 1088A L-GN FLRB 0.5 EPB BD 1088B L-GN FLRB 0.5 EPB BD 1450AB BK FLRB 3.0 EPB

Ground
Switch 4

30
38

19
4
5
5-142

FL64
CN 1087 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 EPB IP 1087A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 EPB BD 1087B L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 EPB

Switch 3
18
37

Right Brake
4

Motor+
BD 1610 RD FLRB 3.0 EPB MOT_R+

12

Wheel Brake
2

Front Right
Switch 2
CN 1086 PK FLRB 0.5 EPB IP 1086A PK FLRB 0.5 EPB BD 1086B PK FLRB 0.5 EPB

36

10
2
6
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 1611 D-BU FLRB 3.0 EPB

Right Brake
Motor-

27

1
CN 1079 D-GN FLRB 0.5 EPB IP 1079A D-GN FLRB 0.5 EPB BD 1079B D-GN FLRB 0.5 EPB MOT_R
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Switch 1
CN2IP_1 35

IP2BD_6 1
1

9
BD2IP_6
IP2CN_1

FLB2F2LA
CN09

09/2017
FLA2FLB

FL63
Motor Power
BD 240D RD/WH FLRB 4.0 EPB

Left Brake

Left Brake
Motor+
Supply
MOT_R+

15
BD 1612B WH FLRB 3.0 EPB BD 1612 WH FLRB 3.0 EPB

Wheel Brake
14

11

2
EB01

SP2301

Front Left
U-JF2
50 A

EPB

SAIC-SV91
BD 240 RD/WH FLRB 4.0 EPB BD 240C RD/WH FLRB 4.0 EPB

Motor Power
Right Brake

Left Brake
Supply

Motor-
13
2
BD 1613B GY FLRB 3.0 EPB BD 1613 GY FLRB 3.0 EPB

29

20

1
KL30
MOT_R

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-143

5.16 Occupant protection system

Battery
BTN01
- +
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC
BT04_1 Airbag Control Unit SRS

30 A
Pre-fuse Box 175 A U-JF4
PFB P-MG2 IG
UEC Power Driver's Side Passenger's
KL15 Ground
UEC Supply Seat Belt Side Seat Belt

2 4 16 30 17 14
BT01_1 EB01 IP08_C
BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

IP 234A YE FLRB 0.5 SRSL

IP 1751LB L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSL


SP1502
BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP0257
IP2BD_3

IP 1361EB L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSL&&FSBR

IP 1362J OG FLRB 0.5 SRSL&&FSBR


55 BD2IP_3

IP 1361LA L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSL


BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 2
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

90
BD 234 YE FLRB 0.5

16 IP2BD_5
BD2IP_5
Instrument Panel Fuse Box
IP07 69 IEC
58

85 30
IP2BD_6
I-R3 10 A 26 IP2BD_6 24
BD2IP_6 BD2IP_6
IG I-FS3
BD 1361A L-BU FLRB 0.5

86 87
Relay Airbag
Control Unit

3 15
IP07 60 68
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 340AG RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IIP 442B RD/YE FLRB 0.5 SRSL

SP1501
BD 1361F L-BU FLRB 0.5

BD 1361E L-BU FLRB 0.5 FSBR

BD 1362A OG FLRB 0.5 FSBR


IP 1751L BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SRSL

SP0904
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1363 D-BU FLRB 0.5 FSBR

SP2626
SP0240
BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

IP01_B FL12 FL08


48 FL07 1 2 1 2 2 1
IG + -
Relay Body Control
Module BCM

G_BTN G_EBR3 G_IPM3_2 Driver's Side Passenger's Side Passenger's Side


Seat Belt Seat OccupancySensor Seat Belt
D9013-0064b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-144

Airbag Control Unit SRS

Driver's Side Driver's Side Passenger's Side Passenger's Side Accident


Passenger's Passenger's Driver's Side Driver's Side Side-collision Side-collision Side-collision Side-collision Signal
Side Airbag + Side Airbag - Airbag + Airbag - Signal + Signal - Signal + Signal - Output CAN_L CAN_H

5 4 2 3 27 26 24 25 1 31 32
IP08_C

IP 1409J D-GN FLRB 0.5 SRSL


IP 5045J PK/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSL

IP 5600J GY FLRB 0.5 SRSL

IP 2500CA RD/WH FLRB 0.35 SRSL


IP 354J YE FLRB 0.5 SRSL

IP 2501CA TN FLRB 0.35 SRSL


IP 3021J TN FLRB 0.5 SRSL && DAB

IP 3020J BN FLRB 0.5 SRSL && DAB

SP1803

SP1804
51 52 53 54 IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3

IP 2500B RD/WH FLRB 0.35

IP 2501CB TN FLRB 0.35 SRSH


90

IP50_A
3 4
BD 1409A D-GN FLRB 0.5
BD 5045A PK/BK FLRB 0.5

Clock
BD 5600A GY FLRB 0.5
BD 354A YE FLRB 0.5

10 1 IP2BD_5
Spring BD2IP_5
BD 2501A TN FLRB 0.35

BD 2500A RD/WH FLRB 0.35

3 4
SW04
IP 3025J RD/OG FLRB 0.5 SRSL && PAB

IP 3024J PK/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSL && PAB

IP 1000B OG FLRB 0.5 SRSL

SP1802

SP1801
BD 2501 TN FLRB 0.35

BD 2500 RD/WH FLRB 0.35

IP24 EB17 EB18 FL02_A


1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 37 IP01_B 14 4
+ - + - - Accident
Signal - Signal CAN_L CAN_H
Signal

Passenger's Driver's Driver's Side Passenger's Side Body Control Gateway


Side Airbag Side Airbag Side-collision Sensor Side-collision Sensor Module BCM D9013-0065b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-145

Battery
BTN01
- +
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC
BT04_1 Airbag Control Unit SRS

30 A
Pre-fuse Box 175 A U-JF4
PFB P-MG2 IG
UEC Power Driver's Side Rear Left Rear Center Rear Right
KL15 Seat Belt Ground Seat Belt Seat Belt Seat Belt
UEC Supply
2 4 1 13 6 5 3 4
BT01_1 EB01 IP08_A IP08_B

IP 5161 YE FLRB 0.5 SRSH&&SBR


IP 1361 L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSH
IP 234B YE FLRB 0.5 SRSH

IP 5163 PK/WH FLRB 0.5 SRSH&&SBR

IP 5162 PU FLRB 0.5 SRSH&&SBR


BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

SP1503

BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5 SP0257 a

IP2BD_3
BD2IP_1 55 BD2IP_3
IP2BD_1 2
IP2BD_5
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD2IP_5 16 15 14 5

BD 5161A YE FLRB 0.5 SBR

BD 5162A PU FLRB 0.5 SBR


BD 5163A PK/WH FLRB 0.5 SBR
90
BD 234 YE FLRB 0.5

BD 1361A L-BU FLRB 0.5

Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC


IP07 69
58 FL51 FL53 FL52
1 1 1
85 30
I-R3 10 A
IG I-FS3 Rear Rear Rear
86 87
Relay Airbag Left Center Right
Control Unit Seat Seat Seat
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

Belt Belt Belt


3 15
IP07 60 68
2 2 2
IP 442A RD/YE FLRB 0.5 SRSH
IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5
IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 340AG RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

FL51 FL53 FL52


BD 1361D L-BU FLRB 0.5 SBR

BD 1361B L-BU FLRB 0.5 SBR


BD 1361C L-BU FLRB 0.5 SBR

SP0904
SP2626
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5
BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

SP0240 SP1501
BD 1361F L-BU FLRB 0.5

48 IP01_B
FL07 1 2
IG
Relay Body Control
Module
BCM

G_BTN G_EBR3 Driver's Side Seat Belt D9013-0066b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-146

Airbag Control Unit SRS

Passenger's Driver's Side Driver's Side Passenger's Passenger's Driver's Side Driver's Side Passenger's Side Passenger's Side
Side Seat Driver's Driver's Head-on Head-on Side Head-on Side Head-on Side-collision Side-collision Side-collision Side-collision
Belt Airbag Side Airbag + Side Airbag - Collision Signal + Collision Signal - Collision Signal + Collision Signal - Signal + Signal - Signal + Signal -

3 23 24 12 11 9 10 8 7 9 10
IP08_A IP08_B IP08_A
IP 1362 OG FLRB 0.5 SRSH&&FSBR

IP 2132 WH/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSH


IP 2134 D-GN FLRB 0.5 SRSH

IP 1409 D-GN FLRB 0.5 SRSH


IP 5045 PK/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSH
IP 6628 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 SRSH
IP 6629 WH/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSH

IP 5600 GY FLRB 0.5 SRSH


IP 354 YE FLRB 0.5 SRSH
IP 3021 TN FLRB 0.5 SRSH && DAB

IP 3020 BN FLRB 0.5 SRSH && DAB

IP2BD_6 IP2BD_5
24 BD2IP_6 6 17 BD2IP_5 22 23 IP2BD_6 51 53 54 IP2BD_3
52
BD2IP_6 BD2IP_3
IP 1361EA L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSH&&FSBR

BD 1362A OG FLRB 0.5 FSBR

90

FL08
1 IP50_A
3 4
BD 2132A WH/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSH
BD 2134A D-GN FLRB 0.5 SRSH

BD 1409A D-GN FLRB 0.5


BD 5045A PK/BK FLRB 0.5
BD 6628A PU/WH FLRB 0.5 SRSH

Clock
BD 6629A WH/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSH

BD 5600A GY FLRB 0.5


BD 354A YE FLRB 0.5

Passenger's
Side Spring
Seat Belt

3 4
2 SW04
FL08
BD 1363 D-BU FLRB 0.5 FSBR

IP2BD_6
26 BD2IP_6
BD 1361E L-BU FLRB 0.5 FSBR

FL21 FL22 EB17 EB18


FL12 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
+ - Signal - Signal - Signal - Signal -

Passenger's Side Seat Passenger's Side Head-on Driver's Side Passenger's Side
Driver's Side Airbag Driver's Side Side-collision Sensor
Occupancy Sensor Head-on Collision Sensor Collision Sensor Side-collision Sensor D9013-0067b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-147

Driver's Side Seat Belt Driver's Side Seat Belt Driver's Side Seat Belt
Passenger's Side Air Curtain Pretensioner 2 (Dual-stage) Pretensioner 1 (Dual-stage) Pretensioner 1 (Single-stage)

+ - + - + - + - + - + -
1 2 1 2 1 2 RF06_3 1 2 1 2 1 2 FL09
RF06_1 RF06_2 FL15 FL13

BD 2119D OG/BK FLRB 0.5 D1PSB


BD 2118A BN/OG FLRB 0.5 D2PSB

BD 2119A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 D2PSB


BD 2118C BN/OG FLRB 0.5 D2PSB

BD 2119C OG/BK FLRB 0.5 D2PSB

BD 2118D BN/OG FLRB 0.5 D1PSB


RF 5021A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&NSRF

RF 5022A WH/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&NSRF

RF 5021B YE/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&FSRF

RF 5022B WH/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&FSRF

RF 5021C YE/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&PSRF

RF 5022C WH/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&PSRF

BD2IP_5
IP2BD_5 2 11 2 12

IP 2118 BN/OG FLRB 0.5 D2PSB||D1PSB

IP 2119 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 D2PSB||D1PSB


IP 2118B BN/OG FLRB 0.5 D2PSB

IP 2119B OG/BK FLRB 0.5 D2PSB


13 14 RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1
IP 5022 WH/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB

IP 5021 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 CAB

IP08_B 21 IP08_A
22 7 8 19 20 90
Passenger's Side Passenger's Side Driver's Side Seat Driver's Side Seat Driver's Side Driver's Side
Air Curtain + Air Curtain - Belt Pretensioner 2+ Belt Pretensioner 2- Seat Belt Seat Belt
Pretensioner 1+ Pretensioner 1-

Passenger's Passenger's Driver's Side Driver's Side Passenger's Passenger's Driver's Side Driver's Side
Side Airbag + Side Airbag - Airbag + Airbag - Side Airbag + Side Airbag - Air Curtain + Air Curtain -

22 21 19 20 18 17 23 24
IP08_A IP08_B Airbag Control Unit SRS
IP 5020 PK FLRB 0.5 CAB
IP 5019 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 CAB
IP 2135 BN/OG FLRB 0.5 FRSAB
IP 2137 BN FLRB 0.5 FRSAB

IP 2136 L-GN FLRB 0.5 FRSAB


IP 2138 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 FRSAB

IP2RF_1
11 12 RF2IP_1
IP 3025 RD/OG FLRB 0.5 SRSH && PAB

IP 3024 PK/BK FLRB 0.5 SRSH && PAB

4 13 IP2BD_5 14 15 IP2BD_6
BD2IP_5 BD2IP_6
RF 5019B PU/WH FLRB 0.5 CAB&&FSRF
RF 5019A PU/WH FLRB 0.5 CAB&&NSRF

RF 5019C PU/WH FLRB 0.5 CAB&&PSRF


RF 5020B PK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&FSRF
BD 2135A BN/OG FLRB 0.5 FRSAB
BD 2137A BN FLRB 0.5 FRSAB

RF 5020A PK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&NSRF

RF 5020C PK FLRB 0.5 CAB&&PSRF


BD 2136A L-GN FLRB 0.5 FRSAB
BD 2138A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 FRSAB

IP24 FL23 FL24 RF05_1 RF05_2


1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 RF05_3
+ - + - + - + - + - + -

Passenger's Driver's Passenger's Driver's Side Air Curtain


Side Airbag Side Airbag Side Airbag D9013-0068b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-148

Passenger's Side Seat Belt Passenger's Side Seat Belt Passenger's Side Seat Belt
Pretensioner 2 - (Dual-stage) Pretensioner 1 - (Dual-stage) Pretensioner 1 - (Single-stage)

+ - + - + -
1 2 1 2 1 2 FL10
FL16 FL14

BD 2117D OG FLRB 0.5 P1PSB


BD 2116A L-GN FLRB 0.5 P2PSB

BD 2117A OG FLRB 0.5 P2PSB


BD 2116C L-GN FLRB 0.5 P2PSB

BD 2117C OG FLRB 0.5 P2PSB

BD 2116D L-GN FLRB 0.5 P1PSB


IP 2500B RD/WH FLRB 0.35
SP1803
BD2IP_6
IP2BD_6 16 17 18 19 IP 2501B TN FLRB 0.35
SP1804
IP 2116 L-GN FLRB 0.5 P2PSB||P1PSB

IP 2500CB RD/WH FLRB 0.35 SRSH


IP 2117 OG FLRB 0.5 P2PSB||P1PSB

IP 2501CB TN FLRB 0.35 SRSH


IP 2116B L-GN FLRB 0.5 P2PSB

IP 2117B OG FLRB 0.5 P2PSB

10 1 IP2BD_5
BD2IP_5

BD 2501A TN FLRB 0.35

BD 2500A RD/WH FLRB 0.35


P08_B IP08_A
90 6 5 18 17 12 11
Passenger's Passenger's Passenger's Passenger's CAN_H CAN_L
Side Seat Belt Side Seat Belt Side Seat Belt Side Seat Belt Airbag
Pretensioner + Pretensioner - Pretensioner + Pretensioner -
Rear Left Rear Right Rear Right Accident
Control Unit
Seat Belt Seat Belt Seat Belt Signal SRS
Pretensioner - Pretensioner + Pretensioner - Output Ground
15 16 14 13 2 15
IP08_B IP08_A
IP 5157 PU FLRB 0.5 RPSB
IP 5155 BN FLRB 0.5 RPSB

IP 5158 BN/WH FLRB 0.5 RPSB


IP 5156 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 RPSB

SP1802

SP1801

21 IP2BD_6
BD 2501 TN FLRB 0.35

20
BD 2500 RD/WH FLRB 0.35

BD2IP_6
7 18 IP2BD_5
BD 5158A BN/WH FLRB 0.5 RPSB&&(MDAC||ADAC)

BD2IP_5
BD 5155A BN FLRB 0.5 RPSB

BD 5156A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 RPSB

BD 5157A PU FLRB 0.5 RPSB&&(MDAC||ADAC)

BD 5157C PU FLRB 0.5 RPSB&&MSAC

BD 5158C BN/WH FLRB 0.5 RPSB&&MSAC

IP 1000A BK FLRB 0.5 SRSH

IP 1751H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SRSH

FL57 FL58_2 FL02_A


FL58_1
1 2 1 2 1 2 37 IP01_B 14 4
+ - + - + - Accident CAN_L CAN_H
Signal

Rear Left Seat Belt Rear Right Seat Belt Body Control G_IPM3_1 Gateway
Pretensioner - (Single-stage) Pretensioner - (Single-stage) Module BCM D9013-0069b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-149

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2

KL30 KL30
30 A 85 30 10 A 10 A
U-JF4 U2-R4 U2-FS16 U2-FS5
IG IG IG Tire
Power Relay 86 87
Power Pressure
Supply Supply 4 Monitoring
4 17 19 21 18 47 48 11 EB58
EB01

BD 642BS RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 340EE RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 840A RD/WH FLRB 0.5 TPMS


BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP0264
SP0257
SP2635

SP0262
BD 842A RD/BK FLRB 0.5 TPMS
BD2IP_1
4
IP2BD_1

90

FL30
IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35

22 17
KL15 KL30
Tire Pressure
Monitoring
Control Unit
Ground Ground CAN_H CAN_L

6 18 1 2
FL30
BD 2051A BK/WH FLRB 0.5 TPMS

BD 2051B BK/WH FLRB 0.5 TPMS

BD 7493AA D-GN FLRB 0.35 TPMS

BD 7494AA L-BU FLRB 0.35 TPMS

SP0904
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

SP1823 SP1824
BD 7493 D-GN FLRB 0.35

BD 7494 L-BU FLRB 0.35

SP2613
BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75

FL02_A
48 IP01_B 3 13
IG
Relay
Body Control CAN_H CAN_L

Module
BCM
G_EBL2_4 G_FLDL2 Gateway
D9013-0070b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0031b
G_EBL2_2
BD 478 D - GN FLRB 2.0 Ground BD 250WA BK FLRB 2.0
H
152

1
5

Reset
BD 477 D - BU FLRB 2.0 BD 196 YE FLRB 0.75
151

3
2
L

EB08
EB08
Governor Relay

Motor
Wiper
Front
Wiper
U-R7
87A

Multifunction
30

148

IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2
87

IP01_B

Switch -
Wiper
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Wiper Adjustment
BD 92 TN FLRB 0.35 IP 92A TN FLRB 0.35 Reset IP 196A YE FLRB 0.75
86

85

21

37
150

57

31
Front Wiper

IP04
Rear Wiper
BD 250WB BK FLRB 2.0 IP 391 GY FLRB 0.35 Switch
146

Switch

4
21

SP0703
Rear Wiper
Ground IP 6009 BN/OG FLRB 0.5 IP 6009B BN/OG FLRB 0.5 Ground

29

5
BD 1440AA BN FLRB 2.0 Wiper Switch
87A

30

143

Front Wiper Motor Power Supply


87

4
Ground IP 6985 D - BU/YE FLRB 0.5

10

3
45
Wiper Switch
BD 95 GY FLRB 0.35 IP 95A GY FLRB 0.35

2
86

85

145

17
56
5-150

IP 1715 L-GN FLRB 0.5


High Speed

1
Supply Relay

33

7
Front Wiper Signal 1
Power
Wiper
U-R6

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2

IP01_B
IP 1714 L-BU FLRB 0.5
Low Speed

16
Front Wiper Signal 2

9
BD 1440B BN FLRB 2.0
5.17 Wiper and washer system

144
Front
IP 94 PK FLRB 0.5
Washer
Electrical circuit diagrams

Front Washer

24

6
BD 1440A BN FLRB 2.0

147
Rear
IP 7593 D - BU FLRB 0.35

SP0223
Rear Washer Washer

13

3
BD 1440C BN FLRB 2.0

09/2017
IP01_A
149

Control Module
IP 2451E BK/WH FLRB 0.5 Ground

1
U-FS7

Wiper
Front
30A

SP2610
BCM
Body
BD 1440 BN FLRB 2.0

19
IP 2451F BK/WH FLRB 0.5 Ground

SAIC-SV91
EB01
KL30

G_IPA2_1
90
90
5-151

09/2017
RF08_2

RF2IP_2
13 IP2RF_2

D9013-0032b
SP2605

SP2646

G_IPB1_1
RF 2351RR BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&LDW
Ground

RF 2351RR BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&LDW RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5 IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5
3
Electrical circuit diagrams

RF08_1

SAIC-SV91
Ground

RF 2351RC BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&-LDW

SP2641

G_FCOR_2
3

BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC


Rainfall Sensor

RF 6133AC D-BU FLRB 0.35 RLS&&-LDW


2
LIN

TLD2FL_2
FL2ILD_2
RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1
RF08_2

SP2632

G_FCOR_1
RF 6133AE D-BU FLRB 0.35 RLS&&LDW RF 6133AE D-BU FLRB 0.35 RLS&&LDW BD 1850LC BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC
LIN

3
2

3 TLD14
SP2602
SP0902

TLD 1850LD BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 1850WBA BK FLRB 0.5

RF 6133AC D-BU FLRB 0.35 RLS&&-LDW


Supply

RF 842BE RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&-LDW


Power

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
RF08_1

BD 5456C YE FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


Supply
Power

RF 842BD RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&-LDW BD 1802A RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 5456AB YE FLRB 0.5 BD 5456A YE FLRB 0.5 MSAC TLD 5456B YE FLRB 0.5

Rear Wiper Motor


48
16
1

2
SP1205
BD 5456A YE FLRB 0.5 MSAC
IP 5456AB YE FLRB 0.5 BD 5456C YE FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC

SP0903

10
Interior Light

12 BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
U-FS27

EB01

SP0256

BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3
10 A

BD 1802D RD/BK FLRB 0.5


Engine Bay Fuse Box LEC

BD 1802 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 393C WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC

IP 6133 D-BU FLRB 0.35


50

Rear Wiper
Reset Switch
Rear Wiper
BD 393A WH FLRB 0.5 MSAC TLD 393B WH FLRB 0.5

1
33

13

4
IP 1802B RD/BK FLRB 0.5
IP 1802C RD/BK FLRB 0.5

TLD2FL_2
FL2ILD_2
39

EB07
Washer Pump-
46
LIN
BD 392 D-GN FLRB 1.0

Washer Pump
10
ICE PWR3

2
U-FS10

BCM IP01_B
30 A

SP0233

Body Control

Washer Pump+
BD 3240 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

Module
22
BD 228 OG FLRB 1.0

SP0248

1
KL30

EB57_C
EB57_C

BD2IP_3
57 IP2BD_3

DRD2IP_2
37 IP2DRD_2

D9013-0086b
SP1217

SP2630
Passagener's

SP2606

G_IPA2_1 G_IPB2_3
BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5
Window
Lighting

Switch
Power
Back

DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0


Side

IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.0


5

PD06
PD06

IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DK BK/WH FLRB 0.5


IP 2351 BK/WH FLRB 1.0
Module
Control
Body

BCM

SP2603
IP 1382P PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PAD 1382PB PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PAD 2351DG BK/WH FLRB 0.5

PAD2IP
IP2PAD
10
PAD2IP 24

11
SP1206

Ground

SP2617
IP2PAD

PAD 6859BA YE/BK FLRB 0.5 PAD 2351DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2351DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5

27
9

SP2607
Auto

Ground

G_IPB1_2
Downword Auto

DRD 167 TN FLRB 0.35 IP 167A TN FLRB 0.35 PAD 167B TN FLRB 0.35 PAD 2351DF BK FLRB 2.0 PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0 IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0
21

17

28
19

1
Downword

SP2604
MCU
DRD 2765 PU FLRB 0.35 IP 2765A PU FLRB 0.35 PAD 2765B PU FLRB 0.35 IP 2765A PU FLRB 0.35
16

16

25

13
4
6

Upword
Upword

Downword
DRD 166 YE FLRB 0.35 IP 166A YE FLRB 0.35 PAD 166B YE FLRB 0.35 IP 166A YE FLRB 0.35
18
23

IP2DRD_1 15

PD05 5
Driver's Side Power Window Switch

DRD2IP_1

Upword

KL30

Front Right Power


PAD 4040DA RD FLRB 2.0 KL30 PAD 202DBA RD/YE FLRB 0.5

Window Motor
14

3
5

Window
Driver's

Power

Lifter

DRD2IP_2
Side

28 IP2DRD_2
Auto

LIN
DRD 6133BA D-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 6133B D-BU FLRB 0.35
Downword Auto

6
DRD 7628 D-GN/VT FLRB 0.35

SP0903
17

Downword

MCU

Ground
5-152

G_IPB1_2
DRD 165A BN FLRB 0.35 DRD 2250DD BK FLRB 2.0 IP 2250D BK FLRB 2.0
15

DRD2IP_1 26
3

1
Upword
Upword

IP2DRD_1
Supply
Power
DRD 164A D-BU FLRB 0.35 DRD 2440BC D-GN FLRB 2.0
DD07 14

DD08 5

DD08 4

DRD2IP_1
5.18 Window control system

Passagener's Driver's Side Panel Fuse


Electrical circuit diagrams

I-FS29 Instrument

Box IEC
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

14
IP2DRD_1
BD2IP_3
29 IP2BD_3

09/2017
Supply 1

Window
U-JF11

Power
Power

Module
Control
IP 6133 D-BU FLRB 0.35
Window Motor Motor
25 A
60 A

IEC

Body

BCM
IP07
IP07

46 IP01_B
BD 2440 OG FLRB 5.0 IP 2440A OG FLRB 5.0 IP 2440B RD/WH FLRB 3.0 IP 2440BA D-GN FLRB 2.0

EB01 11

85
77
SP0229

Side Power
KL30

I-FS30
30 A

SAIC-SV91
LIN
IP 2440C RD/WH FLRB 3.0 IP 2440CA RD FLRB 2.0

78

86
90
90
5-153

09/2017
Window
Switch
Power
b

Rear
c

Left

D9013-0087b
RL04
RL04

BD 1550DP BK FLRB 2.0

1
Driver's Side Power Window Switch

IP 6859C YE/BK FLRB 0.35 BD 6859CA YE/BK FLRB 0.35 RLD 6859CB YE/BK FLRB 0.35

G_FLCL_1
RLD2FL
FL2RLD
14

Downword
14

9
RLD 1550DA BK FLRB 2.0
Electrical circuit diagrams

Ground

SAIC-SV91
Downword Auto

DRD 169 PU FLRB 0.35 IP 169A PU FLRB 0.35 BD 169B PU FLRB 0.35 RLD 169C PU FLRB 0.35 RLD 1550DC BK FLRB 2.0
21

13

13
1

1
7

SP2627

1 RL03
Auto
Downword

Rear Left Power


MCU

Window Motor
DRD 5048 D-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 IP 5048A D-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 BD 5048B D-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 RLD 5048C D-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 RLD 669 BN FLRB 2.0
Downword
19

12

10
8

4
6

Upword
Upword

DRD 168 D-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 168A D-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 168B D-GN FLRB 0.35 RLD 168C D-GN FLRB 0.35 RLD 668 D-BU FLRB 2.0 Upword
IP2BD_3 11
IP2DRD_1 18

2
8

2
4
DD07 3

DRD2IP_1

BD2IP_3

Upword
202DCA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

KL30

3
RLD 4042CB L-GN FLRB 2.0
Rear Left

11
U2-FS4

5
Window
Power

SP2622
30 A

SP1209

BD 2440DA L-GN FLRB 2.0 BD 1382FD PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RLD 1382FDA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RLD 1551DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5

15

11
10

10
KL30

BD 202GB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 202GB RD/BK FLRB 0.5


40

FL2RLD 8
SP0253
U2-FS12
ACC2

RLD2FL
10 A

RLD 1551DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5


BD 242B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

G_FLCL_2
BD 1551DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1551 BK/WH FLRB 0.5
39

SP0263

FL2RLD 1
U2-R1

Relay
ACC

SP2618
RLD2FL

EB57_C
SP1217
Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC2

BD 242 RD/BK FLRB 3.0


87
30

33

BD 1382FA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

Lighting
Back
5
BD 5199B YE FLRB 0.35
85

86

35

IP2BD_1 4

Instrument Panel Fuse Box

Body Control Module BCM


BD2IP_1
BD 342D RD FLRB 5.0 IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

37
32

SP0239

PAD2IP IP2PAD
I-FS17
ACC2
10 A
IEC
SP0240

15
BD 342CA RD FLRB 5.0 IP 202A RD FLRB 3.0

29

PAD 202DBA RD/YE FLRB 0.5


36

SP0237
Relay
ACC
I-R2
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

EB58

BD 342C RD FLRB 5.0


BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0 IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0

87
30

42
41

IP01_B
Supply
Power
U-JF5
ACC
60 A
BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0 IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0 IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0 IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35 IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35

Relay
85

86

ACC
45
43
IP2BD_3 28

6
EB01 5

SP0901
SP0258
KL30

SP0230
BD2IP_3

IP07

IP07

a
D9013-0088b
DRD2IP_2
IP2DRD_2
DRD 2251DG BK/WH FLRB 0.5
19

SP2606

SP2630
SP2603

Body Control Module BCM G_IPA2_3


DRD 2251DF BK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DK BK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

37
7

SP1211

DRD 1382DC PU/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 1382DA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382D PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

Lighting
Back
57
IP2DRD_2 41
6

5
SP1206
DRD2IP_2

SP1217
30 IP2DRD_2
Driver's Side Power Window Switch

EB57_C
DRD2IP_2

IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3
Unlocking
Door

Unlocking
DRD 7177 D-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 7177A D-BU/BK FLRB 0.5

Switch
Door
31
13
Locking
Door

Locking
Switch
DRD 7176 D-BU/YE FLRB 0.5 IP 7176A D-BU/YE FLRB 0.5

Door
24

47
29

IP01_A
RRD2FL
Rear Right

19 FL2RRD
Window
IP 6859D YE/BK FLRB 0.35

Switch
Power
SP2001

12 IP2BD_2

FL2RRD
BD2IP_2

RRD2FL

G_FLCR_2
RR04
RR04
IP 6859A YE/BK FLRB 0.35 BD 1650DM BK FLRB 2.0 MSAC
Window
Lockup
Switch

Power Window
DRD 6859 YE/BK FLRB 0.35 BD 6859DA YE/BK FLRB 0.35 RRD 6859DB YE/BK FLRB 0.35

14

Rear Right
25

9
RRD 1650DA BK FLRB 2.0
4

Downword

Motor
Ground
Downword Auto

DRD 171 GY FLRB 0.35 IP 171A GY FLRB 0.35 BD 171B GY FLRB 0.35 RRD 171C GY FLRB 0.35 RRD 1650DC BK FLRB 2.0
24

13
11
12

1
7

SP2628
Auto Downword

MCU
DRD 5049 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 IP 5049A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 BD 5049B L-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 RRD 5049C L-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 RRD 671 BN FLRB 2.0 Downword

23

10

10
5

4
6

1
Upword
5-154

Upword
DRD 170 L-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 170A L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 170B L-GN FLRB 0.35 RRD 170C L-GN FLRB 0.35 RRD 670 D-BU FLRB 2.0 Upword
DD07 10

IP2DRD_1 22

2
8
4

2
9

RR03
DRD2IP_1
Upword
Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC2

RRD 202DDA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

KL30

3
RRD 4042DB OG/BK FLRB 2.0
Rear Right
U2-FS10

11
Window

5
Power
Electrical circuit diagrams

SP2623
30 A

BD 2440EA OG/BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1382FD PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RRD 1382FEA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RRD 1651DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5

15

11
16

10
KL30

09/2017
BD 202DD RD/BK FLRB 0.5

IP 6859C YE/BK FLRB 0.35

FL2RRD 8
RRD2FL
RRD 1651DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

G_FLCR_1
BD 1651DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC

SAIC-SV91
FL2RRD 1
RRD2FL
d
c
b

90
90
5-155

09/2017
b
a

G_IPB1_1
D9013-0112b
RF 2351RA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 RLS||ATTG RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5 IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5

IP2RF_2 13
Sunroof

(U/D)
Switch
SP2646

RF2IP_2
EB57_C

RF22
Electrical circuit diagrams

RF 110B OG FLRB 0.35 FSRF


SP1217

Tilt Downward

SAIC-SV91
RF13
Ground

4
BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RF 2351RG RD/WH FLRB 0.35 FSRF
Lighting
Back

2
5

RF 5027 L-BU FLRB 0.35 FSRF


SP2605

4
3
Tilt Upward
RF 1382BC PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PSRF

Sunroof
Tilt
Body Control
Module BCM

LED+

BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RF 1382BE PU/WH FLRB 0.35 FSRF


1
BD2IP_3 57

5
RF22
IP2BD_3

Sunroof Sunroof
IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5

Close
Close RF 110A OG FLRB 0.35 FSRF RF 110 OG FLRB 0.35 FSRF

10
Ground

SP2002
RF 3940B RD/WH FLRB 1.5 PSRF
RF 2351RF RD/WH FLRB 0.35 FSRF

Open
2
RF 100 BN FLRB 0.35 FSRF

5
3
Open

LED+
IP 1382B PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RF 1382BA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RF 1382BD PU/WH FLRB 0.35 FSRF

RF20 1

Sunroof
5

Power Supply
5
SP1206

SP1208

Sunroof/ (O/C)
RF2IP_1

Sunroof
IP2RF_1

Switch

RF20
RF 3940A RD/WH FLRB 1.5 FSRF

6
SP2004
Sunshade
RF 3940C RD/WH FLRB 1.5 FSRF||PSRF

I-FS8
Front
25 A
IP 3140C RD FLRB 2.5 PSRF||FSRF IP 3940 RD/WH FLRB 1.5 FSRF||PSRF

20
8

1
SP0245

IP2RF_2
RF2IP_2
IP 3140A RD FLRB 2.5 LDW||PSRF||FSRF
RF 202RD RD/BK FLRB 0.35FSRF

RAP
RF 202RC RD/BK FLRB 0.35 FSRF RF 202RB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF

Instrument Panel Fuse Box

3
SP2003
RF 202RA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF
IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 202R RD/BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF

37
BD2IP_1

4
10 IP2BD_1

IEC

SP0239
I-FS17
Supply 5

ACC2
10 A
U-FS3

Power
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

IP2RF_2
RF2IP_2
IEC
30 A

15 BD 3140 RD FLRB 2.5 LDW||PSRF||FSRF IP 202A RD FLRB 3.0

29

Body Control
Module BCM
SP0237
Relay
ACC
I-R2
BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0 IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0

87
30

42
41

IP01_B
Supply
Power
U-JF5
ACC
60 A
BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0 IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0 IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35 IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35
IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

Relay
85

86

ACC
45
43
IP2BD_3 28

6
EB01 5

SP0901
SP0258
KL30

SP0230
BD2IP_3

IP07

IP07
D9013-0113b
RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1
46 IP01_B

IP 6133 D-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 6133A D-BU FLRB 0.5 PSRF||RLS RF 6133AA D-BU FLRB 0.5 PSRF||RLS RF 6133AB D-BU FLRB 0.35 PSRF
LIN

5
LIN
SP0903

SP0902
Body Control
Module BCM

BD2IP_3
IP2BD_3

Power Supply
Panoramic

RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1
Sunroof
IP07

I-JF3
30 A

67 IP07

Sunroof
IP 3540A RD FLRB 5.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT||PST-LUB||PSR IP 3540D RD FLRB 5.0 PSRF IP 540 D-BU FLRB 2.0 PSRF RF 540A D-BU FLRB 2.0 PSRF

64
30

3
1

Panoramic Sunroof
SP0246
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Supply 6
U-JF12

Power

Panel Fuse
Instrument
60 A

IEC

Box IEC
BD 3540 RD FLRB 5.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT||PST-LUB||PSR
EB01 12

ILL+
KL30

RF 1382BC PU/WH FLRB 0.5 PSRF

Power Supply
Sunshade
RF 3940B RD/WH FLRB 1.5 PSRF

2
Ground
RF 2350RZ BK FLRB 2.0 PSRF

4
5-156

RF14
20 RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1

G_IPA1_2
RF 2350RX BK FLRB 2.0 PSRF||FSRF IP 2350R BK FLRB 2.0 PSRF||FSRF

SP2645
Electrical circuit diagrams

RF13
RF 2351RE BK FLRB 1.0 FSRF

09/2017
7
Speed
Signal

Sunroof
SP0504

Ground
ABS/ESP BD 1827 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 ABS&&(PEPS||FSRF) IP 1827A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 ABS&&(PEPS||FSRF) IP 1827C YE/BK FLRB 0.5 ABS&&FSRF RF 1827CA YE/BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF

VSO

IP2BD_2 15
EB04 10

14

2
BD2IP_2

IP2RF_2
RF2IP_2

SAIC-SV91
a

b
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-157

5.19 Rear view mirrors (LHD)

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

KL30
30 A 60 A
U-JF4 U-JF5
IG Power ACC
Supply Power
Supply
4 5
EB01
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0


SP0257
BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0

SP0258 BD2IP_3
4 IP2BD_3

IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0


BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 2
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

a
SP0230
IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0
IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

90

IP07 69
58 43 41

85 30 Instrument
I-R3 10 A 85 30
I-R2 10 A
IG I-FS6 ACC
Panel Fuse
I-FS17
86 87
Relay IG 86 87
Relay ACC2
Box IEC
PWR4
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

6 42 29
IP07 60 68 18 45 37
IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35

IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0

IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 202A RD FLRB 3.0

IP 374 PU/WH FLRB 3.0


IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 340AFRD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 642 RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0904 SP0202
SP0237
IP 642H RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPM&&HALP

SP0240 SP2610
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

SP2626 SP0239
IP 2451A BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM
IP 202W RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35


SP0901
IP 2451SB BK/WH FLRB 0.75

IP 2451SA BK/WH FLRB 0.75

IP01_B 48 6 IP12 10 8 11
IG
Relay
ACC
Relay
Body Control KL15 Power Supply Ground

Module BCM

G_IPB2_1
G_IPA2_1 Rear View Mirror Governor Switch
D9013-0120b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
b

D9013-0121b
G_IPA2_3
DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5
IP2DAD_2 37
Driver's
DD03_A

DD03_A

SP2630
Mirror
Rear
View
Side

DRD2IP_2

DRD2BD
BD2DRD
IP 502 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM

SP2606

DRD 2250DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH


11

DRD 6802 YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH BD 190A YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


+
2

5
DRD 502AA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH
IP2DRD_2
36 DRD2IP_2

DRD 6803 PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH BD 191A PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


-

10
1
SP0206

IP 502A RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM DRD 502AL RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML
1

PAD2IP
26 IP2PAD
DD03_C

SP2604

G_IPA1_1
PAD 2350DB BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0 IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0
PD03_A

PD03_A

IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1
PAD2IP
IP2PAD

EB57_E
IP 502B RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM

SP1302
11

BD 191AB PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

Automatic Anti-glare Rear View Mirror Body Control Module BCM


Reverse Closing-up + Closing-up -
PAD 6805 PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 191B PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM BD 191 PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM
-

40
30

6
1
PAD 502BA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

SP1301
7
IP2PAD
PAD2IP

PAD 6804 YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 190B YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM BD 190 YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM BD 190AB YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

39
29

10
2
PAD 502BL RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML
46

SP2613
PD03_C 1

Gear Signal
Passenger's Side
Rear View Mirror
IP 5219A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM IP 5219F OG/BK FLRB 0.5

36
RF2IP_1 8

IP01_B
5-158

IP2RF_1
RF 5219AA OG/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM Signal

3
Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC

IP2RF_1
RF2IP_1
IG PWR3
Electrical circuit diagrams

I-FS5

SP0213
IP07
10 A
IP 842B RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM

+
IP 842 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW||PGAM RF 842BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM

17

10

09/2017
RF 2350RB BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM

-
2
IP 340AE RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5 LDW||PGAM

SP2608

RF07
5

RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2

SAIC-SV91
SP2646

G_IPB1_1
RF 2350RA BK FLRB 0.75 RF 2350RH BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5

13
a

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-159

KL30 25 A
U-FS26
Engine Bay
25 A 30 A
Central Fuse Box
U-FS2 U-FS10
Gateway IEC PWR3 Control UEC
Lock

14 22 38 51 EB01

BD 3240C RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1802 RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 2340 RD/WH FLRB 1.5

b
BD 3240 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1802D RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0233 SP0256 BD2IP_2


BD2IP_1 12
3 IP2BD_1 BD2IP_2

IP 1802C RD/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 2340A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

SP0248
SP0231
IP 1802F RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

IP 1802H RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


IP 502 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM
IP 2340C RD/WH FLRB 1.5

IP 2340B RD/WH FLRB 1.5

90

96 100 90 106 110 IP07

85 30
I-R5 10 A
85 30
I-R7 Instrument
Rear View I-FS34 Under
Mirror & Mirror
Panel Fuse
Rear View
Box IEC
86 87 86 87
Rear Window Mirror Heat Light Relay
Heat Relay
94 99 82 104 109 IP07
IP 293 PU FLRB 1.5

IP 293B PU FLRB 1.5 SPHM


IP 193 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 6767 WH/BK FLRB 0.35 SPHCM

IP 1802DA PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

IP2PAD PAD2IP
IP 1802DC PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM
PAD 1802DCA PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

40
SP0250
IP 1802DB PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

DRD 1802DBA PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

SP0238

48 28 9 PD03_A 9 PD03_A
Rear View Mirror Under Mirror
& Rear Window Light
Heat Relay
35
IP2DRD_2 DRD2IP_2
Body Control Module BCM Under Mirror Light - Left Under Mirror Light - Right
D9013-0122b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-160

Driver's Side Rear View Mirror Body Control Module BCM

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical Rear View


Regulating Regulating Regulating Regulating left Aisle Mirror
Horizontal Vertical Power Regulating
Ground Ground Regulating Regulating Supply Ground Backlight Switch

4 5 6 16 13 15 5 8 6 12 5 3
DD03_C DD03_A EB57_C IP01_D
DRD 7391AB WH FLRB 0.5 SPML
DRD 82L L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPML

DRD 89L L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPML

BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 1963 PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


DRD 82A L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 89A L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 7391AA WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 784B D-GN FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 786B GY FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 788BA YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH


SP1217
DRD2BD

BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5


1 2 3 4 BD2DRD

27 31 39 DRD2IP_2
IP2DRD_2

PAD 6805 PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

BD 675B L-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM


IP 7391D WH FLRB 0.5 SPM
IP 82C L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 89C L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 6159A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD2IP_3 57
IP 7196A WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD2IP_3 IP2BD_3

IP2BD_3
c
IP 6160A D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

49 48 47
90 SP1304 SP1305
BD 6160 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 7196 WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 6159 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

d
BD 784 D-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 786 GY FLRB 0.5 RMM

PAD 6805 PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

BD 788B YE FLRB 0.5 RMM

SP1306

IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5


SP1307

SP1308
IIP 82B L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

IP 89B L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

IP 7391A WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

C3 C2 C1 C9 C8 C7 C12 FL03
LeftRear Regulating left Rear Left Aisle Left Power Ground
View Mirror Motor View Sensor Aisle Supply
Vertical Ground Mirror Horizontal Sensor
Driver's Side Regulating Horizontal Vertical SP1206
motor Regulating
Power Seat
IP 1382A PU/WH FLRB 0.5

X-axis Y-axis
Ground Regulating Regulating

B2 B4 B5 FL03
IP2BD_5 BD2IP_5
SP1313 IP 88 YE FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM BD 88A YE FLRB 0.5 RMM
9
SP1312 IP 81 WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM BD 81A WH FLRB 0.5 RMM
8
SP1303 SP1207
IP 7391C WH FLRB 0.5 RMM BD 7391CA WH FLRB 0.5 RMM
50
IP2BD_3 BD2IP_3 IP 7391B WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM
IP 82 L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 89 L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 7391 WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

e
IP 1382AC PU/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP12
7 3 6 IP12 1 5
Folding
Backlight+

Left Left Left & Right


X-axis X/Y-axis X/Y-axis

Rear View Mirror / Regulating Switch


D9013-0123b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-161

09/2017
PD03_C

D9013-0124b
PAD2IP
IP2PAD

SP1309
Regulating

SP1314
Horizontal

PAD 1498L BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML

Rear View Mirror Regulating Switch


IP 1498C BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM IP 1498B BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM IP 1498 BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

X-axis
Right
44
4

4
Electrical circuit diagrams

SP1315
SP1310

SAIC-SV91
Ground

X/Y-axis
PAD 881L OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML IP 881C OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM IP 881B OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM IP 881 OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

Right
45
5

2
Regulating

SP1311
Vertical

PAD 7391BB WH FLRB 0.5 SPML IP 7391E WH FLRB 0.5 SPM IP 7391B WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM
43
6

IP 889 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM

IP 90 GY FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM


16 PD03_A

IP 6162A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM


IP 6161A GY/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM

Backlight-
IP 7197A WH FLRB 0.5 RMM
Regulating
Horizontal

9
IP 2451H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM
PAD 1498A BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

IP12
Ground

BD2IP_5 IP2BD_5
PAD 881A OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH
13
Regulating
Vertical

19

20

G_IPB2_1
PAD 7391BA WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 2451SB BK/WH FLRB 0.75
15

SP2626
Passenger's Side Rear View Mirror

BD 889A PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM


Driver's Side
Power Seat

BD 90A GY FLRB 0.5 RMM


FL03

FL03
BD 6162 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM
Vertical+

C5 C6
5

Right Seat Right Seat


X/Y-axis
BD 7197 WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

B1
Horizontal-

B3
BD 6161 GY/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM

Y-axis
Vertical
PAD2IP
37 IP2PAD

Right
Seat
C4
3
Regulating Regulating

PAD 785B L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 785A L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM BD 785 L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM
Vertical

Vertical
Right
C11

Seat
5

7
Horizontal
PAD 787B BN FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 787A BN FLRB 0.5 RMM BD 787 BN FLRB 0.5 RMM

Right Seat
Horizontal
38

C10
8

6
PAD 675CA L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 675C L-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM BD 675 L-GN FLRB 0B.D5 6R7M5MA

Ground

12

36

2
PAD 788CA YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH

Supply
IP 788C YE FLRB 0.5 RMM BD 788A YE FLRB 0.5 RMM

Power

35
6

IP2BD_2 1
BD2IP_2

e
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-162

5.20 Rear view mirrors (RHD)

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

KL30
60 A
30 A
U-JF5
U-JF4
ACC
IG Power
Power
Supply
Supply
4 5
EB01
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0


SP0257
BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0

SP0258 BD2IP_3
4 IP2BD_3

BD2IP_1 IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0


IP2BD_1 2
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

a
SP0230
IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0
IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

90

IP07 69
58 43 41

85 30 Instrument
I-R3 10 A 85 30
I-R2 10 A
IG I-FS6 ACC
Panel Fuse
I-FS17
86 87
Relay IG 86 87
Relay ACC2
Box IEC
PWR4
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

6 42 29
IP07 60 68 18 45 37
IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35

IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0

IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 202A RD FLRB 3.0

IP 374 PU/WH FLRB 3.0


IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 340AFRD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 642 RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0904 SP0202
SP0237
IP 642H RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPM&&HALP

SP0240 SP2610
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

SP2626 SP0239
IP 2451A BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM
IP 202W RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35


SP0901
IP 2451SB BK/WH FLRB 0.75

IP 2451SA BK/WH FLRB 0.75

IP01_B 48 6 IP12 10 8 11
IG ACC Power Supply
Relay Relay Body Control KL15 Ground

Module BCM

G_IPB2_1
G_IPA2_1 Rear View Mirror Regulating Switch
D9013-0133b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-163

09/2017
b

D9013-0134b
G_IPA2_3
DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5
IP2DAD_2 37
Driver's
DD03_A

DD03_A
Mirror

SP2630
View
Side
Rear

DRD2IP_2

DRD2BD
BD2DRD
IP 502 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM

SP2606
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
DRD 2250DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH
11

DRD 6802 YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH BD 190A YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


+
2

5
DRD 502AA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH
IP2DRD_2
36 DRD2IP_2

DRD 6803 PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH BD 191A PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


-

10
1
SP0206

IP 502A RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM DRD 502AL RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML
1

PAD2IP
26 IP2PAD
DD03_C

SP2604

G_IPA1_1
PAD 2350DB BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0 IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0
PD03_A

PD03_A

IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1
PAD2IP
IP2PAD

EB57_E
IP 502B RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM

SP1302

Body Control Module BCM


11

PAD 6805 PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 191B PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM BD 191 PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM BD 191AB PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM
-

Closing-up-

38
30

6
1
PAD 502BA RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

SP1301
7
IP2PAD
PAD2IP

PAD 6804 YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH IP 190B YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM BD 190 YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM BD 190AB YE FLRB 0.5 SPHCM
+

37
Closing-up+

29

10
2
PAD 502BL RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML
46

SP2613
PD03_C 1

Gear Signal
Reverse
Passenger's Side
Rear View Mirror
IP 5219A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM IP 5219F OG/BK FLRB 0.5

36
RF2IP_1 8

IP01_B
IP2RF_1

Automatic Anti-glare Rear View Mirror


RF 5219AA OG/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM Signal

3
Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC

IP2RF_1
RF2IP_1
IG PWR3
I-FS5

SP0213
IP07
10 A

IP 842B RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM

+
IP 842 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW||PGAM RF 842BB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM

17

10

1
RF 2350RB BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM

-
2
IP 340AE RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5 LDW||PGAM

SP2608

RF07
5

RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2
SP2646

G_IPB1_1
RF 2350RA BK FLRB 0.75 RF 2350RH BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5

13
a
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-164

KL30
Engine Panel
25 A 30 A 25 A
U-FS26 Fuse Box
U-FS2 U-FS10
Gateway IEC PWR3 Central UEC
Control Lock
14 22 38 51 EB01

BD 3240C RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1802 RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 2340 RD/WH FLRB 1.5

b
BD 3240 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1802D RD/BK FLRB 0.5

SP0233 SP0256 BD2IP_2


BD2IP_1 12
3 IP2BD_1 IP 1802C RD/BK FLRB 0.5
BD2IP_2
IP 2340A RD/WH FLRB 1.5

SP0248
SP0231
IP 1802F RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

IP 1802H RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


IP 502 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 SPHM
IP 2340C RD/WH FLRB 1.5

IP 2340B RD/WH FLRB 1.5

90

96 100 90 106 110 IP07

85 30 I-R5 85 30
Instrument
10 A I-R7
Rear View I-FS34 Under Mirror
Panel
Mirror & Rear View Fuse Box
86 87 86 87 Light Relay
Rear Window Mirror Heat
Heat Relay IEC
94 99 82 104 109 IP07
IP 293 PU FLRB 1.5

IP 293B PU FLRB 1.5 SPHM


IP 193 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 6767 WH/BK FLRB 0.35 SPHCM

IP 1802DA PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

IP2PAD PAD2IP
IP 1802DC PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM
PAD 1802DCA PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

40
SP0250
IP 1802DB PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

DRD 1802DBA PK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

SP0238

48 28 9 PD03_A 9 PD03_A
Rear View Mirror Under Mirror
& Rear Window Light
Heat Relay
35
IP2DRD_2 DRD2IP_2
Body Control Module BCM Under Mirror Light - Left Under Mirror Light - Right
D9013-0135b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-165

Driver's Side Rear View Mirror Body Control Module BCM

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical Rear View


Regulating Regulating Regulating Regulating Left Aisle
Mirror
Horizontal Vertical Power
Ground Ground Regulating
Regulating Regulating Supply Ground
Backlight Switch
4 5 6 PD03_C 16 13 15 5 8 6 12 PD03_A 5 3
EB57_C IP01_D
DRD 7391AB WH FLRB 0.5 SPML
DRD 82L L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPML

DRD 89L L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPML

DRD 82A L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 89A L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 7391AA WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 784B D-GN FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 786B GY FLRB 0.5 SPMH

DRD 788BA YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH

BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 1963 PK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


SP1217
PAD2IP
37 38 35 36

BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5


IP2PAD

PAD2IP
IP 784A D-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM

IP 786A GY FLRB 0.5 RMM

IP 788B YE FLRB 0.5 RMM

IP 675B L-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM


44 45 43
IP2PAD
IP 7391D WH FLRB 0.5 SPM
IP 82C L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 89C L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 6159A D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD2IP_3 57
IP 7196A WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD2IP_6 IP2BD_6

IP2BD_3
IP 6160A D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

22 21 20 23 24 25 26
BD 675A L-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM 90
BD 6160 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 7196 WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 6159 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 784 D-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 786 GY FLRB 0.5 RMM

c
SP1305
SP1306 BD 788A YE FLRB 0.5 RMM
d
SP1304

IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5


SP1307 BD 788 YE FLRB 0.5 RMM

SP1308 BD 675 L-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM


IIP 82B L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

IP 89B L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

IP 7391A WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

C3 C2 C1 C9 C8 C7 C12 FL03
Left Rear Regulating Left Rear Left Aisle Left Aisle Power Ground
View Mirror Motor View Mirror Sensor Sensor Supply
Vertical Ground Horizontal Horizontal Vertical
Regulating Regulating
Driver's Side Motor SP1206
Power Seat
IP 1382A PU/WH FLRB 0.5

X-axis Y-axis
Ground Regulating Regulating

B2 B4 B5 FL03
SP1313 IP 88 YE FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM BD 88A YE FLRB 0.5 RMM
52
SP1312 IP 81 WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM BD 81A WH FLRB 0.5 RMM
51
SP1303 IP 7391C WH FLRB 0.5 RMM BD 7391CA WH FLRB 0.5 RMM
50
SP1207
IP 82 L-BU FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 89 L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 7391 WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP2BD_3 BD2IP_3
IP 7391B WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM
e
IP 1382AC PU/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

7 3 6 IP12 IP12 1 5
Left Left Left & Right
Backlight+

Folding

X-axis X/Y-axis X/Y-axis

Rear View Mirror / Regulating Switch


D9013-0136b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-166

Passenger Side's Rear View Mirror

Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal


Regulating Regulating Regulating Regulating
Sower Horizontal Vertical
supply Ground Regulating Regulating Ground Ground

6 12 8 5 15 13 16 DD03_A 6 5 4 DD03_C
PAD 788CA YE FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 675CA L-GN FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 787B BN FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 785B L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 7391BA WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 881A OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 1498A BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 7391BB WH FLRB 0.5 SPML

PAD 881L OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML

PAD 1498L BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML


DRD2BD
3 4 2 1 BD2DRD
IP 788C YE FLRB 0.5 RMM

IP 675C L-GN FLRB 0.5 RMM

DRD2IP_2
39 31 27 IP2DRD_2

IP 7391E WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 881C OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 1498C BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM


49 48 47 IP2BD_3
90 BD2IP_3
BD 787 BN FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 785 L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 6161 GY/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 7197 WH FLRB 0.5 RMM

BD 6162 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM

c IP 6161A GY/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM


SP1309
d IP 7197A WH FLRB 0.5 RMM
SP1310
IP 6162A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 RMM
SP1311
IP 7391B WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

IP 881B OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM

IP 1498B BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&-RMM


C10 C11 C4 C5 C6 FL03
Right Seat Right Seat Right Seat
Horizontal-

Vertical+

Horizontal Vertical Vertical


Driver's Side
Right Seat Right Seat
Power Seat
Y-axis X/Y-axis

B3 B1 FL03

BD 889A PU/WH FLRB 0.5 RMM IP 889 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM
53 SP1315
BD 90A GY FLRB 0.5 RMM IP 90 GY FLRB 0.5 SPM&&RMM
54 SP1314
BD2IP_3 IP2BD_3
IP 881 OG/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

IP 1498 BN/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

SP2626 IP 2451H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM


IP 2451SB BK/WH FLRB 0.75

IP12 9 2 4
Backlight- Right Right
X/Y-axis X-axis

G_IPB2_1 Rear View Mirror Regulating Switch


D9013-0137b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-167

5.21 Parking aid system

Engine Bay Fuse Box


Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2 Blind Zone Monitor And Control Unit
UEC
KL30
85 30
30 A U2-R4 10 A
U-JF4 IG U2-FS15
IG Power 87 IG Power APA
Relay 86
Power CTRL Right Rear
Supply Supply 3 Supply Ground SW View Mirror

4 17 19 21 18 45 46 EB58 16 27 13
EB01 32 FL71

BD 642BA RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 340ED RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 5247 GY FLRB 0.5 BSD||APA


BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 2373B GY FLRB 0.5 APA


BD 1451F BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PDC4
BD 642BF RD/BK FLRB 0.5 PDC4
SP0264 SP0249 BD2IP_4
SP0257
SP2635 IP2BD_4 B5 B8

IP 5248A GY FLRB 0.5 BSD||APA


IP 2373A GY FLRB 0.5 APA
SP2636

BD2IP_1
4
IP2BD_1

90
IP2CN_2
CN2IP_2 22
42 IP2PAD

CN 2373 GY FLRB 0.5 APA


PAD2IP

PAD 5248B GY FLRB 0.5 SPMH


IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35

10 PD03_A
BSD LED+
Right Rear
SP0904 View Mirror
-
4 PD03_A
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

PAD 2350DE BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD2IP
26 IP2PAD
PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0


BD 1451S BK/WH FLRB 1.0

48 IP01_B 11 CN06 SP2604


IG
Relay
Body APA IN
Control
Module
G_EBL2_4 BCM G_FLR2_1 Central Control G_IPA1_1
Switch Block - Right D9013-0071b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0072b
BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
FL02_A

SP1847
BD 6105 D-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 6105AB D-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 6105A D-BU FLRB 0.35
CAN_H
Gateway

3
SP1848
FL71

BD 6106 L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 6106AB L-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 6106A L-GN FLRB 0.35
CAN_L

12

4
BD2IP_6
IP2BD_6
SP1814
SP1816

SP1812

SP1810
BD 6106FA L-GN FLRB 0.35 PDC4 BD 6106E L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 6106D L-GN FLRB 0.5 IP 6106C L-GN FLRB 0.5 IP 6106B L-GN FLRB 0.35
CAN_L

25

6
SP1813
SP1815

SP1811

SP1809
Blind Zone Monitor And Control Unit

BD 6105FA D-BU FLRB 0.35 PDC4 BD 6105E D-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 6105D D-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 6105C D-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 6105B D-BU FLRB 0.35
CAN_H

5
9

Module
Control
Body

BCM
36 IP01_B
SP0612

SP0613
BD 5219DA OG/BK FLRB 0.5 PDC4||PDC6 BD 5219 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 5219CB OG/BK FLRB 0.5
Reversing

Reversing
IP 5219F OG/BK FLRB 0.5
Signal

Signal
29

8
5-168

BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2

DRD2IP_2
37 IP2DRD_2

G_IPB2_3
View Mirror
Left Rear
IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

SP2630
Electrical circuit diagrams

DRD2BD

DD03_A

DD03_A
6 BD2DRD
2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0

SP2606
View Mirror
Left Rear

BSD LED+
BD 5248 YE FLRB 0.5 BSD||APA DRD 5247B YE FLRB 0.5 SPMHH DRD 2250DE BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH

-
11

10

09/2017
SAIC-SV91
90
90
5-169

09/2017
FL71

D9013-0073b
SP1602
BD 5214A BN FLRB 0.5 PDC6
Ground
Sensor

17

Blind Spot Monitor - Front Left Middle


EB51
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
BD 5214G BN FLRB 0.5 BSD
EB51

GND
3
Front Left Middle

Output
Signal
Sensor Signal

BD 5215 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BSD


2

Supply
Power

1 BD 6581G PK FLRB 0.5 BSD


Blind Spot Monitor - Front Left

EB53
BD 5214F BN FLRB 0.5 PDC6
EB53

GND

3
Output
Signal
Sensor Signal

BD 5213D D-GN FLRB 0.5 PDC6


Front Left

Supply
Power
BD 6581F PK FLRB 0.5 PDC6

1
Blind Spot Monitor - Front Left Backside

EB55
BD 5214E BN FLRB 0.5 APA

EB55
GND
Front Left Backside

3
Blind Zone Monitor And Control Unit

Sensor Signal

Output
Signal
BD 5216 WH FLRB 0.5 APA
4

Supply
Power
BD 6581E PK FLRB 0.5 APA

1
Blind Spot Monitor - Front Right Backside

EB56
BD 5214D BN FLRB 0.5 APA

EB56
GND
Front Right Backside

3
Output
Signal
Sensor Signal

BD 5218 YE FLRB 0.5 APA


20

Supply
Power
BD 6581D PK FLRB 0.5 APA

EB54 1
Blind Spot Monitor - Front Right
BD 5214C BN FLRB 0.5 PDC6

EB54
GND

3
Output
Signal
Sensor Signal

BD 5213C OG FLRB 0.5 PDC6


Front Right

19

Supply
Power
BD 6781C PK FLRB 0.5 PDC6

EB52 1
Blind Spot Monitor - Front Right Middle
BD 5214B BN FLRB 0.5 BSD

EB52
GND

Front Right Middle

3
Sensor Signal

Output
Signal
BD 5217 GY FLRB 0.5 BSD

18

Supply
Power
BD 6581B PK FLRB 0.5 BSD

SP1601
BD 6581A PK FLRB 0.5 PDC6

Sensor

Supply
Power

1
PR2FL
FLD2FLC
FLC2FLD

FL2PR

D9013-0074b
FL71

SP1604
PR 5976B BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4
Ground
Sensor

BD 5976AB BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB BD 5976A BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB


21

25

Blind Zone Monitor - Rear Right Middle

PR05
BD 5976 BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&EPB

PR05
GND PR 5976H BN FLRB 0.5 APA
FLB2FLA
FLA2FLB

3
Rear Left Middle

Output
Signal
Sensor Signal

PR 5972F D-GN FLRB 0.5 APA


8
6

Supply
Power
BD 5972L D-GN FLRB 0.5 APA BD 5972D D-GN FLRB 0.5 APA
PR 5974H PK FLRB 0.5 APA
15

FLD2FLC
FLC2FLD

1
Blind Zone Monitor - Rear Right

PR07
BD 5973KA WH FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB BD 5973K WH FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB

PR07
GND PR 5976G BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4
24

3
Output
Signal
Sensor Signal

BD 5973D WH FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&EPB PR 5973F WH FLRB 0.5 PDC4


Rear Left

7
7

Supply
Power
PR 5974G PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4
FLD2FLC
FLC2FLD

1
Blind Zone Monitor - Rear Right Backside

PR09
BD 5977AB D-BU FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB BD 5077A D-BU FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB
23

PR09
GND PR 5976F BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4
Rear Left Backside

3
Blind Zone Monitor And Control Unit

Output
Sensor Signal

Signal
BD 5977 D-BU FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&EPB PR 5977B D-BU FLRB 0.5 PDC4

6
8

Supply
Power
PR 5974F PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4
FLD2FLC
FLC2FLD

1
PR10
BD 5975AB YE FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB BD 5975A YE FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB
Blind Zone Monitor -Rear Left Backside

22

PR10
GND PR 5976E BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4
Rear Right Backside

3
Output
Signal
Sensor Signal

BD 5975 YE FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&EPB PR 5975B YE FLRB 0.5 PDC4


24

2
4

Supply
Power
5-170

PR 5974E PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4

FLD2FLC
FLC2FLD

PR08 1
BD 5973AB OG FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB
Blind Zone Monitor - Rear Left
BD 5973A OG FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB

21

PR08
GND PR 5976D BN FLRB 0.5 PDC4

3
Output
Signal
Sensor Signal
Electrical circuit diagrams

PR 5973B OG FLRB 0.5 PDC4


Rear Right
BD 5973 OG FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&EPB

23

2
3

Supply
Power
PR 5974D PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4

PR06 1
12 FLB2FLA
FLA2FLB

09/2017
Blind Zone Monitor - Rear Left Middle
BD 5217 GY FLRB 0.5 BSD BD 5972 GY FLRB 0.5 APA PR 5976C BN FLRB 0.5 APA

PR06
GND

Rear Right Middle

3
Sensor Signal

Output
Signal
PR 5972B GY FLRB 0.5 APA

15 FLD2FLC
FLC2FLD
22

2
2

Supply
Power
PR 5974C PK FLRB 0.5 APA

SAIC-SV91
1
BD 5974AB PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB BD 5974A PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&HPB

SP1603
BD 5974 PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4&&EPB PR 5974B PK FLRB 0.5 PDC4

Sensor

Supply
Power

1
5

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-171

5.22 Body control system

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC


KL30
30 A 30 A
30 A 10 A 15 A 25 A
U-FS10 25 A U-FS25 10 A U-FS16
U-JF4 Rear View U-FS34 U-FS33
IEC U-FS26 U-FS27 IEC
IG Power Mirror Close-up / Washer /
Exterior
Power Central Lock Tail Door /Fuel Interior Light Power Rear
Supply Light
Supply 3 Tank Cap Supply 4 Wiper
4 22 39 37 38 51 52 50 28 61 63 64 62
EB01

BD 3340C RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 3240C RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 3340B RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 1802 RD/BK FLRB 0.5
BD 3240D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1542 RD/BK FLRB 0.75


BD 3240B RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 3240 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 3340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1842 RD/BK FLRB 1.5


BD 1642 RD/BK FLRB 0.5
BD 1742 RD/BK FLRB 1.5 AT

BD 1742C RD/BK FLRB 1.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


SP0257 SP0256
SP0209
SP0233 SP0241
BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 1802A RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 1642C RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1642A RD/BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM


SP0207
BD 1742A RD/BK FLRB 1.5 AT
BD 1742B RD/BK FLRB 1.5 AT

SP0208

BD2IP_1

BD 1542A RD/BK FLRB 0.75


BD 1542C RD/BK FLRB 0.75

BD 1542B RD/BK FLRB 0.75


IP2BD_1 2
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

90

Instrument Panel
Fuse Box EB57_E EB57_C
EB57_C
58 69 IP07 IEC EB57_E 7 15 8 1 EB57_C 6
14 2 17 3
KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30 KL30
85 30
Body P-gear CDL Fuel Tank Rear View Interior Rear
Washer
Front Rear Turn
I-R3 10 A Release Cap Mirror Light Washer Wiper Signal

IG I-FS2
Control Motor Close-up Pump Pump Light

86 87
Relay IG Module Fuel
Tank
Rear View
Mirror P-gear Washer Rear
PWR 1 BCM IG
Relay
Signal
Ground
Cap
Ground
Close-up Release
Ground Motor Ground
Signal
Ground
Signal
Ground
Pump
Ground
Wiper
Ground

60 68 2 14 IP07 8 48 21 4 3 7 9 8 19 EB57_C
IP01_B EB57_C EB57_E EB57_C
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 1442A RD/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 1442 RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 2450BF BK FLRB 0.75


IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5
IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5


IP 340AC RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 2450BD BK FLRB 0.75


BD 2450BE BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM

BD 2450BG BK FLRB 0.75 AT

BD 2450BB BK FLRB 2.5

BD 2450BC BK FLRB 2.5


BD 2450BH BK FLRB 0.5

SP0210
SP0240 SP2640

SP0904
SP2609
SP2626
BD 2450BK BK FLRB 3.0
BD 2450BP BK FLRB 1.0
BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

G_EBR3 G_FLR1_4 G_FLR2_3


D9013-0114b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
IP01_A

D9013-0115b
Ground

IP 2451BA BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Signal

G_IPB2_1
Ground
Signal

IP 2451BB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2451SA BK/WH FLRB 0.75


8

SP2610
IP01_B

G_FLR1_3
BD 2450BA BK FLRB 2.5
Ground

22
EB57_C
Body Control Module BCM

Power Window Lifter


DD08

Driver's Side
IP 6133B D-BU FLRB 0.35 DRD 6133BA D-BU FLRB 0.35

LIN
IP2DRD_2 28

6
5-172

DRD2IP_2

RF08_2
RF 6133AE D-BU FLRB 0.35 RLS&&LDW

Rainfall Sensor
LIN
2
2 RF08_1
Electrical circuit diagrams

RF 6133AC D-BU FLRB 0.35 RLS&&-LDW

LIN

09/2017
RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1

RF14

Panoramic
Sunroof
IP 6133 D-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 6133A D-BU FLRB 0.5 PSRF||RLS RF 6133AA D-BU FLRB 0.5 PSRF||RLS RF 6133AB D-BU FLRB 0.35 PSRF

LIN
LIN

46

5
SP0902
SP0903

SAIC-SV91
IP01_B

90
90
5-173

09/2017
IP2BD_4
BD2IP_4

D9013-0037b
SP2618

G_FLCL_2
IP 140F RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PEPS BD 140FA RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PEPS||SSTG BD 1551 BK/WH FLRB 0.5
12
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
FL2PR
FR2FL

PR11

Steering Column Lock Sensor


PEPS Control Unit PEPS

BD 1551C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SSTG PR 1551CBA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SSTG

Ground
16

3
21 IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3
Steering Angle
IP 1398C YE FLRB
0.5 SSTG&&PEPS BD 1398B YE FLRB 0.5 SSTG PR 1398 YE FLRB 0.5 SSTG

Output
15
6

4
SP0255
BD 140D RD/WH FLRB 0.75 SSTG PR 140DC RD/WH FLRB 0.75 SSTG

Supply
Power
14

1
FL28
IP09_A
Ignition
10/15 A
I-FS14

Switch
IP07

BD 140E RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PEPS


Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC

1
FLA2FLB
IP 140 RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PEPS IP 140B RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PEPS

FLB2FLA
BD2IP_4
C4 IP2BD_4
KL30
39

1
SP0204
PEPS Control

FR Receiver
IP 344A GY FLRB0.5 PEPS BD 344AB GY FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&EPB BD 344 GY FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&EPB
I-FS4
15 A

Unit

RF
19

RF Receiver
18

2
5.23 Passive entry passive start system

IP 140C RD FLRB 0.75 PEPS

KL30

IP09_A
16

FLC2FLD
2

18 FLD2FLC
IP 2540F RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5 PEPS&&(12-SCRN||TBOX) BD 344CB GY FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&HPB BD 344C GY FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&HPB
4
BD 1151P RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PEPS

Ground
IP 2540D RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN||TBOX

3
26

SP0242

SP2624
IP 2540E RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5 RADIO

G_FLL2
IP09_A
1151 BK/WH FLRB 1.0
Engine Bay Fuse

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1
IEC RWR2
IP 2351PB BK FLRB 0.75 PEPS

U-FS15

Ground
27 EB01
30 A
Box UEC

15

SP2617
BD 2540 RD/L-GN FLRB 2.5

12

G_IPA2_1
IP 2351PA BK FLRB 0.75 PEPS IP 2351 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

Ground
KL30

14
D9013-0166b
RF 6645C BN/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&NSRF

+
2
Control

PEPS
PEPS

Unit
IP2CN_2
CN2IP_2

RF 6652C WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&NSRF

-
IP09_A

1
RF15_3
IP 483 L-GN FLRB 0.5 PEPS
Theftproof Base Station

CN 483A L-GN FLRB 0.5 PEPS


Ground
25
3

21
Ground

Antenna - Roof
Radio - Roof
IP 6645 BN/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS RF 6645B BN/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&PSRF

+
2
6

2
LIN

CN 220A D-GN FLRB 0.5 PEPS IP 220 D-GN FLRB 0.5 PEPS
LIN
2

12
16

Radio - Roof
IP 6652 WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS RF 6652B WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&PSRF
Supply
Power

-
Power Supply

12

1
CN 229A D-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS IP 229 D-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS

RF15_2
15
1

24

IP09_C

RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2
CN07

RF 6645A BN/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&FSRF

+
2
IP09_B
RF 6652A WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&FSRF
IP20

-
1
Start Switch
One-button One-button

RF15_1
IP 3558 D-GN/BK FLRB 0.35PEPS

4
4
+

IP09_B
Switch Ground
IP 3559 BK/GY FLRB 0.35PEPS
-

Start
13
5

BD 1166AA D-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS

RUN
SSB_
LED1

5
IP 5719 D-BU/BK FLRB 0.35PEPS

SSB_
LED1
10
2
One-button Start Switch
5-174

SSB_
LED2

IP 5720 BN/BK FLRB 0.35PEPS BD 218AA PU FLRB 0.5 PEPS

SSB_
LED2

ACC

4
1
3

IP01_A
Start Switch
IP 5723 YE FLRB 0.35 PEPS

One-button
38
6
Electrical circuit diagrams

Module BCM
Body Control
IP01_B

ACC

7
Lighting
IP 6817 D-BU/BN FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Back

IP01_B
51
1

09/2017
Ground
Switch
IP 1349H BN FLRB 0.35 PEPS IP 1349 BN FLRB 0.35

Light

RUN
25

4
7

SP2634

IP01_A
SP2634

SP2643

G_IPM1_1
IP 751G BK/WH FLRB 0.35PEPS IP 751S BK/WH FLRB 0.75 IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0

SAIC-SV91
8

90
90
5-175

09/2017
D9013-0038b
IP09_A
Gear Lever

IP59
P-gear Signal
Electrical circuit diagrams

IP 233 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 AT && PEPS

Signal
P-gear

SAIC-SV91
3

3
Antenna - Front

CN 5713A PK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Radio -
IP 5713 PK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Front
10
18
4

Radio -
CN 5709A PK FLRB 0.5 PEPS IP 5709 PK FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Front
26

17

4
CN08

IP2CN_2
CN2IP_2
Antenna - Middle

IP 5712 OG/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Radio -
Middle
-

8
2

IP 5708 OG FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Radio -
Middle
+

2
1

PEPS Control Unit


FLC2FLD
FLD2FLC
IP10

BD 5714AA YE/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&HPB BD 5714DA YE/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&HPB

17
BD 5710AA YE FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&HPB BD 5710DA YE FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&HPB

16
Antenna - Rear

PR 5714C YE/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS BD 5714A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&EPB BD 5714D YE/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&EPB IP 5714 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Radio -
Rear
-

C3

11
18

17
1

Radio -
Rear
PR 5710C YE FLRB 0.5 PEPS BD 5710A YE FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&EPB BD 5710D YE FLRB 0.5 PEPS&&EPB IP 5710 YE FLRB 0.5 PEPS

C2
17

16

5
2

BD2IP_4
IP2BD_4
FLA2FLB
FLB2FLA
PR2FL
FL2PR
PR15

IP09-B
SP2617

D9013-0039b
G_IPA2-1
IP 2351DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2351 BK/WH FLRB 1.5
27

FL28
SP2607
PAD 2351DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PAD 2351DE BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS

2
IP09-C

Driver's Side Door Handle


Passenger's
Side Door

Antenna

IP 5711 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS PAD 5711A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS
Handle

-
9

22

4
Passenger's

IP 5707 L-GN FLRB 0.5 PEPS PAD 5707A L-GN FLRB 0.5 PEPS
Side Door

Antenna

+
Handle

21
3

3
IP09-A
PEPS Control Unit

Passenger's Side
Door Switch

IP 1167 GY FLRB 0.5 PEPS PAD 1167A GY FLRB 0.5 PEPS


17

23

1
PAD2IP
IP2PAD

BD2DRD
DRD2BD
IP2BD-4
BD2IP-4

DD01
Door Switch
Driver's Side

IP 1166 D-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS BD 1166AA D-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS DRD 1166A D-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS

D5
14

Driver's Side Door Handle


5-176

Driver's Side
Door Handle

BD 218AA PU FLRB 0.5 PEPS DRD 218A PU FLRB 0.5 PEPS


Antenna

IP 218 PU FLRB 0.5 PEPS

+
D3

8
1

3
Electrical circuit diagrams

Driver's Side
Door Handle
Antenna
IP 219 BN FLRB 0.5 PEPS BD 219AA BN FLRB 0.5 PEPS DRD 219A BN FLRB 0.5 PEPS

-
D4
7

09/2017
DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 DRD 2251DE BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS

IP09-C

2
SP2606

G_IPB2-3
IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

SAIC-SV91
37

SP2630
DRD2IP_2
IP2DRD_2
90
90
5-177

09/2017
Horn - Right

D9013-0033b
EB32
EB32

BD 1329AC D-GN FLRB 1.0 BD 550HB BK FLRB 1.0


1

2
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
Horn - Left
EB31
SP0211

EB31

SP2638

G_EBR1
Relay
Horn
U-R3

BD 1329AB D-GN FLRB 1.0 BD 550HA BK FLRB 1.0 BD 550H BK FLRB 1.5
1

2
BD 1329AA D-GN FLRB 1.0
30

87

132

SP2616

SP2630

G_IPB2_3
BD2IP_3
5 IP2BD_3

IP 2251H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2251S BK/WH FLRB 0.75 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5
BD 28 TN FLRB 0.35 IP 28BA TN FLRB 0.35
129

Horn
85

86

Horn Switch
1
1

1
IP 28B TN FLRB 0.5

Horn

2
+
2

2
SP0212

IP50_A

IP01_B
Spring
Clock
BD 1329B D-GN FLRB 1.0
130

IP 28A TN FLRB 0.35

Relay
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Horn
42
BD 1329A D-GN FLRB 1.0 SP0232
128
U-PS22
Horn
20A

Engine Bay Fuse Box


BD 1329 D-GN FLRB 1.0
55

Body Control Module BCM


IP07
5.24 Theft security system (LHD)

PWR1
I-FS2
10 A

IG
IEC
IP 1442 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 1442D RD/BK FLRB 0.5 -PEPS

14

SP0210
SP0244
BD 3040B YE/BK FLRB 2.0
34
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5
Supply 8
U-FS12

2
Power
25 A
IEC

SP0240
Relay
I-R3
IG
IP07
BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0

24
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5 IP 340AA RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

68
30

86
2
Power Supply

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1

SP0904
U-JF4

SP0257
30 A

IG
IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35 IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

Relay
87
85

60

IG
48
1
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP2626
4

G_GBR3
KL30
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

EB01
D9013-0034b
EB57_C

FL32
FL32

G_IPB2_3
Filler Cap

BD 93A WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1550CC BK FLRB 0.5


Motor

11

1
2

Engine Hood

Control
Switch

Engine

Module
ECM
Actuator
Filler

EB02_A
Cap

EN2EB
EB2EN
EB48
IP01_A

EB48

Engine Hood
IP 1349F BN FLRB 0.35 ESSS BD 109 PK FLRB 0.35AT
Lighting

IP 1349 BN FLRB 0.35 BD 1349J BN FLRB 0.35 ESSS


Ground

Switch
Switch

B
31

A
25

2
9
Ground

ECM
SP0611
Engine Hood

BCM
IP 5531A PU FLRB 0.35 AT BD 5531 PU FLRB 0.35 AT
Switch

+
C
5

IP2BD_1 30

IP2DRD_2
DRD2IP_2
IP01_B

BD2IP_1

G_IPB2_3
DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

37

SP2630
SP2606

DD10
DRD 2251DK BK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

1
Ground
SP2603

Fuel Tank Cap Switch


IP2DRD_2
DRD2IP_2
DRD 2251DH BK/WH FLRB 0.5

-
IP01_B

3
Body Control Module BCM

Fuel Tank Cap

IP 1447A PK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 1447 PK/WH FLRB 0.5


Switch

+
32
40

4
LED+
DRD 1382DB PU/WH FLRB 0.5
5-178

2
DRD 1382DA PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_3
IPIBD_3
EB57_C

SP1211
Back Lighting

BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382D PU/WH FLRB 0.5
Electrical circuit diagrams

57

IP2DRD_2 29
5

SP1217

SP1206

DRD2IP_2
Anti-theft

Module
Control

09/2017
IP01_A

IP16

IP16

G_IPA2_1
Ignition Switch
Back Light
IP 7561 L-BU FLRB 0.5 -PEPS IP 2451BC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 -PEPS IP 2451SA BK/WH FLRB 0.75

Contorl

Power Supply Ground


LED
51

2
4

SP2610

SAIC-SV91
IP 7560 D-GN FLRB 0.5 -PEPS IP 1442D RD/BK FLRB 0.5 -PEPS

34

LIN
LIN

1
3
IP01_B

a
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-179

Body Control Module BCM

Driver's Side Door Lock / Unlock Driver's Side Door Door Lock Motor + Passenger's Side Passenger's Side
Ajar Switch Lock Motor Door Lock Motor - Door Ajar Door Lock

IP01_B 39 3 12 18 EB57_C EB57_C 20 27 4 IP01_B


IP 745A GY/BK FLRB 0.5

IP 780A PK/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 295HB L-GN FLRB 1.0

BD 294 TN FLRB 1.0

BD 295 GY FLRB 1.0


BD 294CA TN FLRB 1.0
b
BD 294DA TN FLRB 1.0
SP1001 c
BD 294BB TN FLRB 1.0
BD 294A TN FLRB 1.0

BD 295CA GY FLRB 1.0


SP1002 d
BD 295DA GY FLRB 1.0
e

BD 295BB GY FLRB 1.0


BD2IP_1

IP 746A BN/OG FLRB 0.5

IP 244A L-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS


31 30 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_2
16 17
IP2BD_2
IP 295H L-GN FLRB 1.0

IP 294AB TN FLRB 1.0

90
IP 294B TN FLRB 1.0

IP 295B GY FLRB 1.0

DRD2IP_2 PAD2IP
IP2DRD_1 12 13 20 11 37 IP2DAD_2 11 20 12 13 27 IP2PAD
IP2PAD
DRD2IP_1 PAD2IP

IP 2351DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5


DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0

IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0

PAD 294BA TN FLRB 1.0

PAD 295BA GY FLRB 1.0

PAD 746 BN/OG FLRB 0.5

PAD 244 BN FLRB 0.5 PEPS


DRD 745 GY/BK FLRB 0.5

DRD 780 PK/BK FLRB 0.5

DRD 295HA L-GN FLRB 1.0

DRD 294AA TN FLRB 1.0

DD04-A DD04-B DD04-A


D B B A PD04_A D C B A PD04_B
+ - - + + - - +
Door Door Door Door
Ajar Lock Ajar Lock
Switch Switch SP2606 SP2630 Switch Switch
SP2617
C F A B
DD04-A DD04-B Driver's Side Passenger's Side Door Lock PD04_A PD04_B
Door Lock
PAD 2351DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS

IP 2351 BK/WH FLRB 1.5


PAD 2351DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5
DRD 2251DK BK/WH FLRB 0.5

PAD 2351DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5


DRD 2251DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5

DRD 2251DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

G_IPB2_1
SP2603 G_IPA2_3
SP2607 D9013-0035b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
G_FLDL1_1
D9013-0036b
BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

SP2629
TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0
14
16 EB57_C

Door
Lock
Tail
SP2404

SP2601
Tail Door

TLD 5790A D-BU/WH FLRB 0.75


Motor

BD 294EA TN FLRB 1.0 MNTG BD 5790B D-BU/WH FLRB 0.75 TLD 1750TB BK FLRB 0.75

-
16

2
SP2403
Not Close

Ajar Switch
Tail Door

IP 744AB OG/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 744A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 MNTG BD 1303B PK/BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 1303A PK/BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 2051TB BK FLRB 0.5

3
15
19

SP2612
TLD10
TLD10
IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3

TLD 2051TS BK FLRB 0.5

TLD2FL-1 13
Body Control Module BCM

FL2TLD-1

SP2613

G_FLDL2
BD 2051T BK FLRB 0.5 BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75
IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2

FL2RRD
RRD2FL

RLD2FL
FL2RLD
SP2622
RR02
Rear Right Door
Not Close

IP 748B L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 748A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 RRD 748 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 Ajar Switch RRD 1551DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 RRD 1551DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5
37

C
2

1
3

Rear Right Door Lock


+
BD 294DA TN FLRB 1.0 RRD 294DB TN FLRB 1.0 BD 1551DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5

12

SP2618
5-180

G_FLCL_2
BD 295DA GY FLRB 1.0 RRD 295DB GY FLRB 1.0 BD 1551 BK/WH FLRB 0.5

-
B
5

RR02
IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3

FL2RLD
RLD2FL

SP2623
RL02
Electrical circuit diagrams

RL02
Rear Left Door
Not Close
IP 747B L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5
BD 747A L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 RLD 747 L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 Ajar Switch RRD 1651DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 RRD 1651DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

B
1

3
6

09/2017
IP01_B

Rear Left Door Lock


+
BD 294CA TN FLRB 1.0

RRD2FL
FL2RRD
RLD 294CB TN FLRB 1.0

D
5

G_FLCR_1
BD 1651DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDACIIADAC

1
BD 295CA GY FLRB 1.0 RLD 295CB GY FLRB 1.0

SAIC-SV91
C
12
d
b

e
c

90
90
5-181

09/2017
Horn - Right

D9013-0116b
EB32
EB32

BD 1329AC D-GN FLRB 1.0 BD 550HB BK FLRB 1.0


1

2
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
Horn - Left
EB31
SP0211

EB31

SP2638

G_EBR1
Relay
U-R3
Horn

BD 1329AB D-GN FLRB 1.0 BD 550HA BK FLRB 1.0 BD 550H BK FLRB 1.5
1

2
BD 1329AA D-GN FLRB 1.0
30

87

132

SP2616

SP2630

G_IPB2_3
BD2IP_3
5 IP2BD_3

IP 2251H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2251S BK/WH FLRB 0.75 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5
BD 28 TN FLRB 0.35 IP 28BA TN FLRB 0.35
129

Horn
85

86

Horn Switch
1
1

1
IP 28B TN FLRB 0.5

Horn

2
+
2

2
SP0212

IP50_A

IP01_B
Spring
Clock
BD 1329B D-GN FLRB 1.0
130
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

Relay
IP 28A TN FLRB 0.35

Horn
42
BD 1329A D-GN FLRB 1.0 SP0232
128
U-PS22
Horn
20A

Instrument Panel Fuse Box


BD 1329 D-GN FLRB 1.0
55

Body Control Module BCM


IP07
5.25 Theft security system (RHD)

PWR1
I-FS2
10 A

IG
IEC
IP 1442 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 1442D RD/BK FLRB 0.5 -PEPS

14

SP0210
SP0244
BD 3040B YE/BK FLRB 2.0
34
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5
Supply 8
U-FS12

2
Power
25 A
IEC

SP0240
Relay
I-R3
IG
IP07
BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0

24
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5 IP 340AA RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

68
30

86
2
Power Supply

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1

SP0904
U-JF4
30 A

SP0257
IG
IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35 IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

Relay
87
85

60

IG
48
1
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP2626
4

G_GBR3
KL30
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

EB01
D9013-0117b
EB57_C

FL32
FL32

G_IPB2_3
Filler Cap

BD 93A WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1550CC BK FLRB 0.5


Motor
11

1
2

Module
Control
Engine

ECM
Actuator

Engine

Switch
Hood
Filler

EB02_A
Cap

EN2EB
EB2EN
EB48
IP01_A

EB48

Engine Hood
IP 1349 BN FLRB 0.35 IP 1349F BN FLRB 0.35 ESSS BD 1349J BN FLRB 0.35 ESSS BD 109 PK FLRB 0.35AT
Lighting

Ground

Switch
Switch

B
15

A
25

2
9
Ground

ECM
SP0611
Engine Hood

BCM
IP 5531A PU FLRB 0.35 AT BD 5531 PU FLRB 0.35 AT
Switch

+
C
5

IP2BD_1 14

IP2DRD_2
DRD2IP_2
IP01_B

BD2IP_1

G_IPB2_3
DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

37

SP2630
SP2606

DD10
DRD 2251DK BK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

1
Ground
SP2603

Fuel Tank Cap Switch


IP2DRD_2
DRD2IP_2
DRD 2251DH BK/WH FLRB 0.5

-
IP01_B

3
Body Control Module BCM

Fuel Tank Cap

IP 1447A PK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 1447 PK/WH FLRB 0.5


Switch

+
32
40

4
LED+
DRD 1382DB PU/WH FLRB 0.5
5-182

2
DRD 1382DA PU/WH FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_3
IPIBD_3
EB57_C

SP1211
BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1382E PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382EA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 1382D PU/WH FLRB 0.5
Lighting
Electrical circuit diagrams

Back

57

IP2DRD_2 29
5

SP1217

SP1206

DRD2IP_2
Anti-theft

Module
Control

09/2017
IP01_A

IP16

IP16
Ignition Switch

G_IPA2_1
Back Light
IP 7561 L-BU FLRB 0.5 -PEPS IP 2451BC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 -PEPS IP 2451SA BK/WH FLRB 0.75

Contorl

Power Supply Ground


LED
51

2
4

SP2610

SAIC-SV91
IP 7560 D-GN FLRB 0.5 -PEPS IP 1442D RD/BK FLRB 0.5 -PEPS

34

LIN
LIN

1
3
IP01_B

a
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-183

Body Control Module BCM

Driver's Side Lock / Unlock Driver's Side Door Door Lock Motor + Passenger's Side Passenger's Side
Door Ajar Switch Lock Motor - Door Lock Motor - Door Ajar Door Lock

IP01_B 39 3 12 18 EB57_C EB57_C 20 27 4 IP01_B


IP 745A GY/BK FLRB 0.5

IP 780A PK/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 295HB L-GN FLRB 1.0

BD 294 TN FLRB 1.0

BD 295 GY FLRB 1.0


BD 294CA TN FLRB 1.0
b
BD 294DA TN FLRB 1.0
SP1001 c
BD 294BB TN FLRB 1.0
BD 294A TN FLRB 1.0

BD 295CA GY FLRB 1.0


SP1002 d
BD 295DA GY FLRB 1.0
e

BD 295BB GY FLRB 1.0


BD2IP_1

IP 746A BN/OG FLRB 0.5

IP 244A L-BU FLRB 0.5 PEPS


31 30 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_2
16 17
IP2BD_2
IP 295H L-GN FLRB 1.0

IP 294AB TN FLRB 1.0

90
IP 294B TN FLRB 1.0

IP 295B GY FLRB 1.0

DRD2IP_2 PAD2IP
IP2DRD_1 12 13 20 11 37 IP2DAD_2 11 20 12 13 27 IP2PAD
IP2PAD
DRD2IP_1 PAD2IP

IP 2351DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5


DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0

IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0

PAD 294BA TN FLRB 1.0

PAD 295BA GY FLRB 1.0

PAD 746 BN/OG FLRB 0.5

PAD 244 BN FLRB 0.5 PEPS


DRD 745 GY/BK FLRB 0.5

DRD 780 PK/BK FLRB 0.5

DRD 295HA L-GN FLRB 1.0

DRD 294AA TN FLRB 1.0

DD04-A DD04-B DD04-A


D B B A PD04_A D C B A PD04_B
+ - - + + - - +
Door Door Door Door
Ajar Lock Ajar Lock
Switch Switch SP2606 SP2630 Switch Switch
SP2617
C F Driver's Side Passenger's Side A B
DD04-A DD04-B PD04_A PD04_B
Door Lock Door Lock
PAD 2351DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS

IP 2351 BK/WH FLRB 1.5


PAD 2351DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5
DRD 2251DK BK/WH FLRB 0.5

PAD 2351DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5


DRD 2251DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5

DRD 2251DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

G_IPB2_1
SP2603 G_IPA2_3
SP2607 D9013-0118b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
G_FLDL1_1
D9013-0119b
BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

SP2629
TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0
14
16 EB57_C

Door
Lock
Tail
SP2404

SP2601
Tail Door

BD 5790B D-BU/WH FLRB 0.75 TLD 5790A D-BU/WH FLRB 0.75 TLD 1750TB BK FLRB 0.75
Motor

BD 294EA TN FLRB 1.0 MNTG

-
16

2
SP2403

Ajar Switch
Not Close
Tail Door

IP 744AB OG/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 744A OG/BK FLRB 0.5 MNTG BD 1303B PK/BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 1303A PK/BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 2051TB BK FLRB 0.5

3
15
19

SP2612
TLD10
TLD10
IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3

TLD 2051TS BK FLRB 0.5

TLD2FL-1 13
Body Control Module BCM

FL2TLD-1

SP2613

G_FLDL2
BD 2051T BK FLRB 0.5 BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75
IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2

FL2RRD
RRD2FL

RLD2FL
FL2RLD
SP2622
RR02
Rear Right Door
Not Close

BD 748A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 RRD 748 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 Ajar Switch RRD 1551DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 RRD 1551DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5
IP 748B L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5
37

C
2

1
3

Rear Right Door Lock


+
BD 294DA TN FLRB 1.0 RRD 294DB TN FLRB 1.0 BD 1551DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5

12

SP2618
5-184

G_FLCL_2
BD 295DA GY FLRB 1.0 RRD 295DB GY FLRB 1.0 BD 1551 BK/WH FLRB 0.5

-
B
5

RR02
IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3

FL2RLD
RLD2FL

SP2623
RL02
Electrical circuit diagrams

RL02
Rear Left Door
Not Close
IP 747B L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5
BD 747A L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 RLD 747 L-BU/BK FLRB 0.5 Ajar Switch RRD 1651DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 RRD 1651DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

B
1

3
6

09/2017
IP01_B

Rear Left Door Lock


+
BD 294CA TN FLRB 1.0

RRD2FL
FL2RRD
RLD 294CB TN FLRB 1.0

D
5

G_FLCR_1
BD 1651DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDACIIADAC

1
BD 295CA GY FLRB 1.0 RLD 295CB GY FLRB 1.0

SAIC-SV91
C
12
d
b

e
c

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-185

5.26 Auxiliary equipment

Battery
BTN01
- +
BT04_1 Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

30 A 40 A 40 A
Pre-fuse Box 175 A U-JF6 30 A U-R4 30 86

U-FS1 U-JF7 U-JF3 Starting


PFB P-MG2
Main
IEG
UEC DC Power Starter Relay 87 85
Relay Stabilizer 2 Supply 9
UEC
2 1 7 6 3 133 137 135 134
BT01_1 EB01

BD 3440F RD/BK FLRB 3.0-ESSS

BD 6 PU FLRB 3.0
BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BD 102 RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 447 YE FLRB 0.5


BD 3640 RD/WH FLRB 3.0 ESSS

BD 3440K RD/WH FLRB 3.0 ESSS


BD 2040 RD/WH FLRB 2.5
BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

SP0105
IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS
SP0260 11 a
SP6402

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1
SP6403

BD447A YE FLRB 0.5 ESSS


BD 3440KB OG/RD FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 3440KC OG/RD FLRB 2.0 ESSS


BD 3640KB YE/BN FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 3640KC YE/BN FLRB 2.0 ESSS


BD 640D RD/WH FLRB 0.5 ESSS

90

FL31_A 3 1 2 5 6 26 FL31_B
KL30 Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply Power Supply Starting
Relay

Ground Ground Ground

FL31_A 21 3 4 FL31_B Stabilizing DC Module SP0102


DCDC
BD 1150DA BK FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 1150DB BK FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 6A PU FLRB 3.0

BD 1151D BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESSS


BD 640G RD/WH FLRB 0.5

EB2BT
SP2624 20
BT2EB
BD 1151CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5
BD 1151CB BK/WH FLRB 0.5

SP1904
BD 6A PU FLRB 3.0
BD 1150D BK FLRB 3.0 ESSS
BD 1151 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

5 4 16 FL18 BT03 9 EB02_K


Ground Ground KL30 Starting Starting Engine
Control
Control
Starter Module
ECM
G_BTN G_FLL2_1 OBD2 G_FLL1_4
D9013-0016b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-186

b
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2

BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5


85 30
U2-R4 10 A
30 A IG U2-FS16
U-JF4 87 IG Power
IG Power Relay 86

Supply Supply 4
4 17 19 21 18 47 48

BD 642BS RD/BK FLRB 0.5


BD 249D WH FLRB 0.35

BD 340EE RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 340EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5


BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 BD 340E RD/WH FLRB 2.5

SP0257
SP0234
IP2BD_3 BD2IP_3 LHD
IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP2BD_4 BD2IP_4 RHD

A6 40

A3 38
SP0264
A4 37
SP2635
A5 39
BD 3740C BN FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 3740B D-BU FLRB 2.0 ESSS&&AT

BD 3740A L-GN FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 3740D RD FLRB 2.0 ESSS&&AMP


IP 3440C RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP 3440D RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

SP0262
IP 3440E RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP 3440B RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP 3740BA D-BU FLRB 2.0 ESSS&&AT

IP 3740CA BN FLRB 2.0 ESSS


IP 3740DA RD FLRB 2.0 ESSS&&AMP

a
IP 3740AA L-GN FLRB 2.0 ESSS

BD 642BG RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ESSS


右舵 左舵

BD2IP_1
4
IP2BD_1

90
FL31_A
IP07 5 2 1 6
32 46 47 48
IP 249B WH FLRB 0.35

Output Output Output Output


Instrument 30 A 10 A 15 A
Panel I-FS20 I-FS21 I-FS22 25 A
I-FS23
Stabilizing DC
Power Instrument AMT
Fuse Box Amplifier Cluster Entertainment Module DCDC
System / Radio
IEC KL15

40 52 53 54 IP07 FL31_A 10
IP 402 RD FLRB 0.75 AT
IP 3440BA RD/WH FLRB 0.5
IP 3440EA RD/WH FLRB 2.5 AMP

SP0704 IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35


c
GB 402B RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

IP 3440DB RD/WH FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN


GB 402C RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

GB 402D RD FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

SP0904
IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

19 IP2BD_1
BD2IP_1
BD 402A RD FLRB 0.75 AT

IP2BD_4 A7
BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0
BD 3440EB RD/WH FLRB 2.5 AMP

BD2IP_4

GB2FL
17
FL2GB

FL44_C 4 2 IP02_A 4 1 GB02_1 15 IP55_B 48 IP01_B


Power Power Power Power Power IG Body
Supply Supply Supply Supply Supply Relay
Control
Module
BCM
Power Instrument Transmission Entertainment G_EBL2_4
Amplifier Cluster Control Module System / Radio D9013-0017b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-187

BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5


b
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC
BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 2

IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5


25 A
U-FS12
IEC
Power
Supply 8

IP 3040CA YE/BK FLRB 2.0


24
Instrument Panel

BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0


Fuse Box IEC
IP07 69 49
58

85 30
I-R3 15 A 10 A
IG I-FS1 I-FS24
86 87
Relay IG PWR2 OBD SP0235

SP0244

IP 3040C YE/BK FLRB 2.0


1 13 55
IP07 60 68

BD 3040A YE/BK FLRB 2.0


IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35

IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

IP 3440A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 -ESSS

IP 842E RD/WH FLRB 0.75 SWH

IP 840CRD/L-GN FLRB 0.5

BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 13

SP0240
90

IP50_D IP28
SP2626 1 16
HEAT+ Power
BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

Supply
Clock
Spring OBD

Signal
HEAT- Ground Ground

IP50_D 2 4 5 IP28
IP 2251E BK/WH FLRB 1.0 SWH

IP 2251AA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP 2251AB BK/WH FLRB 0.5

c
IP 2251S BK/WH FLRB 0.75

SP2616

SP2630
IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

G_EBR3 G_IPA2_3
D9013-0018b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-188

Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC2

60 A
Engine Bay 85 30
U2-R1 30 A 10 A 20 A
U-JF5 Fuse Box ACC U2-FS11 U2-FS12 U2-FS1
ACC Relay ACC1 ACC2 Inverter
UEC
86 87
Power
Supply

36 32 35 33 39 37 38 40 7
EB01 5 EB58
BD 342 RD FLRB 5.0

BD 342CA RD FLRB 5.0

BD 342D RD FLRB 5.0

BD 5199B YE FLRB 0.35

BD 242 RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 242B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 242A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 12V DC

BD 1264 D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC

BD 202GB RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1140 RD/WH FLRB 1.5 INV


BD 342C RD FLRB 5.0

SP0258 SP0205 SP0263


BD 342E RD FLRB 5.0 IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0
4 d
BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1 4 BD2IP_3 IP2BD_3
IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35
SP0253
IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35
e
SP1902

BD 202GC RD/BK FLRB 0.5 USB1||USB2


BD 1264B D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC
BD 1264A D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC&&HPB
BD 1264A D-GN FLRB 2.5 12V DC&&HPB

SP1902

BD 202UA RD/BK FLRB 0.35USB2


BD 202UB RD/BK FLRB 0.35USB1

BD 202N D-GN FLRB 1.5 INV


SP0901
90

FL39_1 2 2 FL39_2 FL40 2 FL48 1 FL47 1 FL60 3 2


ACC ACC ACC Power Power 12VConnector
Supply Supply
12V Power 12V Power USB- USB-

Inverter
Power Supply

Input
Output
Socket-Center Socket-Rear Rear Center GND
Gled Rled N L

Left Right
220V
AC Socket

220V AC
LED
Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground

1 1 1 2 2 1
FL39_1 FL39_2 FL40 FL48 FL47 FL60
BD 1150VA BK FLRB 1.5 INV
BD 1750V BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC

BD 1150VC BK FLRB 0.35 USB2


BD 1750VC BK FLRB 0.35 USB1
BD 1150VB BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&HPB

BD 1150VD BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&EPB


IP 5199C YE FLRB 0.35

BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0

SP2642 SP2611
BD 1150VE BK FLRB 1.0 12V DC||USB2

6 IP01_B
ACC
BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0
Relay
Body Control
SP2629
Module BCM

G_FLL1_2 G_FLDL1_1 G_FLL1_1


D9013-0019b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-189

Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC

85 30
I-R2 10 A 15 A 15 A
ACC I-FS17 I-FS11 I-FS19
86 87
Relay ACC2 ACC4 ACC1

41 43 45 42 31 11 29 37 23 39
IP07

IP 202A RD FLRB 3.0

IP 202AA RD/BK FLRB 0.5


IP 342A RD/BK FLRB 3.0

IP 342B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

IP 202 RD FLRB 3.0

BD 242B RD/BK FLRB 3.0

BD 202UA RD/BK FLRB 0.35USB2

IP 1263 OG FLRB 0.75 12V DC


BD 242A RD/BK FLRB 3.0 12V DC
SP0237

IP 342H RD FLRB 5.0


d IP 202EB RD/BK FLRB 0.35CHARG SP0239
SP0230
IP2CN_2 IP2BD_3
13 4
CN2IP_2 BD2IP_3

BD 1263BB OG FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&(MDAC||ADAC)


IP 5199D YE FLRB 0.35
CN 202EC RD/BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

e
CN 202EF RD/BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

CN 202ED RD/BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

90
SP1906

1 6 CN03 IP05 1 FL45_2 2 2 FL45_1


Power ACC ACC
ACC ACC
Wireless Cigar
Supply
12V Power
Charging Lighter Socket-
PEPS
Control
Module Rear Right
Ground Module Ground Ground Ground
2 5 CN03 IP05 2 FL45_2 1 1 FL45_1
BD 1850VA BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&(MDAC||ADAC)
CN 5721A PU FLRB 0.35 PEPS&&CHARG
CN 751RD BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

IP 850LB OG FLRB 0.75

SP2641
BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC

25 24 CN2IP_2
IP2CN_2
IP 751RE BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

IP 5721 PU FLRB 0.35 PEPS&&CHARG

9 IP09_B
Wireless
Charging PEPS
Module
Control
Module

G_IPM1_2 G_FLDR1_2
D9013-0020b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0075b
SP1847

BD 6105AB D-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 6105 D-BU FLRB 0.35


CAN_H
2
3

Gateway
SP1848

RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2
BD 6106AB L-GN FLRB 0.35
CAN_L
BD 6106 L-GN FLRB 0.35

SP2646
FL02_A 12
4

G_IPB1_1
RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5 IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5
IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2

2
RF 2351RA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 RLS||ATTG
17 RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1

RF 2351W RD/WH FLRB 0.5 LDW

Ground
SP1810

Lane Departure Aid

3
Control Unit LDW

SP2605
IP 6106A L-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 6106BA L-GN FLRB 0.5 LDW RF 6106BB L-GN FLRB 0.5 LDW

CAN_L
7
SP1809

RF 842DA RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW

KL30

19
6
IP 6105A D-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 6105BA D-BU FLRB 0.5 LDW RF 6105BB D-BU FLRB 0.5 LDW

CAN_H
18

RF10 1
RF 3840A RD/WH FLRB 0.5 LDW
Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

KL15

RF10 12

RF2IP_1 15
BD2IP_1
IP2BD_1
IG Power
Supply 5
U-FS3

IP2RF_1
30 A

IP 842D RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW


BD 3140 RD FLRB 2.5 LDW||PSRF||FSRF IP 3140A RD FLRB 2.5 LDW||PSRF||FSRF
15

Departure
IG Power
BT04_1

SP0245
Supply

I-FS7
U-JF4

Lane
7.5 A

Aid
30 A

SP0257
BD 340 RD/WH FLRB 2.5 IP 3140B RD FLRB 2.5 LDW IP 3840 RD/WH FLRB 0.5 LDW

19
4

Control Unit
EB01

SP0213
Airbag
I-FS5
Instrument Panel
5.27 Advanced driver assistance system

10 A
Fuse Box IEC
IP 842 RD/BK FLRB 0.5 LDW||PGAM||SWHIP
5-190

BD 340D RD/WH FLRB 2.5

17
IP 340AE RD/D-GN FLRB 2.5 LDW||PGAM

BT01_1
P-MG2

5
175 A

UEC

Relay
I-R3
IG
UEC

Module
SP0240

Control
BT 1C RD FL2G 25.0 ESSS

BCM
Electrical circuit diagrams

Body
2
IP 340A RD/WH FLRB 2.5 IP 340AARD/D-GN FLRB 2.5

87
30

68
69
IP2BD_1 2

IP01_B
+

SP0904
BD2IP_1
Pre-fuse Box

09/2017
IP 249 WH FLRB 0.35 IP 249C WH FLRB 0.5

Relay
85

86
Battery

IG
PFB

IP07 60

48
58

SP2626
IP07

G_BTN G_EBR3
IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5

SAIC-SV91
-
BTN 150 BK FL2G 25.0 -ESSS

BTN01

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-191

Central Control Switch Bolck - Right

Lane Lane
Departure Departure
Switch Switch
Signal LED
13 14 CN06

IP 8011A L-BU FLRB 0.5 LDW

IP 8012A YE FLRB 0.5 LDW


CN2IP_2 19 20
IP2CN_2
IP 8011A L-BU FLRB 0.5 LDW

IP 8012A YE FLRB 0.5 LDW

90
IP2RF_2 9 10
RF2IP_2
RF 8011C L-BU FLRB 0.5 LDW

RF 8012C YE FLRB 0.5 LDW

RF10 9 5
I_S_IN1 O_S_OUT1

Lane Departure Aid Control Unit


LDW
D9013-0076b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0061b
a

FL05

FL06

Heat + Heat -

BD 2295 BN FLRB 0.75 RSHT


加热+ 加热-

10
Power Seat (4PIN)

1
BD 642BNB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 8PST-4LUB

BD 2294 GY FLRB 0.75 RSHT BD 6134E D-GN FLRB 0.5 RSHT

LIN

8
5
4

b
BD 2079B YE/BK FLRB 0.5 RSHT BD 1750S BK FLRB 1.5 RSHT
NTC+

Ground
NTC+

4
7
3

FL06
BD 2080B YE FLRB 0.5 RSHT

NTC-
NTC-

9
2

IP 6134EA D-GN FLRB 0.35 RSHT||RS11


Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC-2

U2-FS16

Supply 4
Power

EB58

SP2507
10 A

IG

HSM IGN
BD 642BK RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RSHT||RS11 BD 642BR RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RSHT
48

6
SP0262

Power Seat (10PIN)


Seat Heat
U2-FS7

SP2505
Rear
15 A

Supply 1

BD2IP_7 IP2BD_7
Power
BD 3540FA RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RSHT||RS11 BD 3540FC RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RSHT
13

7
Supply 2
BD 3540FD RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RSHT
KL30

Power
2

FL75
Supply 2 Supply 1
BD 3540FE RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RS11

Heat + Heat - LMF_IGN Power Power


1
BD 6134EB D-GN FLRB 0.5 RS11 BD 6134EC D-GN FLRB 0.5 RSHT||RS11

LIN

6
BD 3540FF RD/WH FLRB 0.75 RS11

SP2110
2
BD 1750SA BK FLRB 1.5 RS11

Ground
BD 642BQ RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RS11

20
4
5-192

12

Power Seat
Rear Left
19
NTC- NTC+
13
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 2080BA YE/BK FLRB 0.5 RS11

18
FL75

FL76

G_FLCL_4
LMF_IGN Heat + Heat - NTC+ NTC-

09/2017
BD 1750SC BK FLRB 0.5 RS11 BD 1750SB BK FLRB 1.5 RSHT||RS11

18

Ground
20
5.28 Power seats

BD 2079BA YE FLRB 0.5 RS11

SP2647
13

Power Seat
Rear Right
BD 2295A BN FLRB 0.75 RS11

19
BD 2294A GY FLRB 0.75 RS11

SAIC-SV91
12
BD 642BP RD/BK FLRB 0.5 RS11

4
FL76
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-193

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC

KL30 10 A
25 A I-FS25
U-FS12 AC Control Panel /
IEC PWR8 Left Central
Control Switch
24 IP07 50 56
EB01
BD 3040 YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 3040CB YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5


IP2CN_2
12 CN2IP_2 BD 642BNB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 8PST-4LUB
a a

CN 3540EP RD/WH FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT


SP0235
SP0244 SP0201
IP 3040C YE/BK FLRB 2.0
BD 3040A YE/BK FLRB 2.0

IP 640H RD/WH FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

IP2BD_1 13
BD2IP_1 4 CN05 Central Control Switch Block - Left
Power Supply

Back Lighting
LIN Ground Ground

8 10 5 CN05 90
CN 6134C D-GN FLRB 0.35 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

CN 751CH BK/WH FLRB 0.5


MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

CN 751CG BK/WH FLRB 0.5


MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

SP2614
CN 751CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

CN2IP_2 11 SP2643
IP2CN_2
IP 6134AB D-GN FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

IP 751C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP

IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0

CN2IP_1
44 IP2CN_1

SP2106
IP 6134 D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC
IP 6134EA D-GN FLRB 0.35 RSHT||RS11

IP 6134AA D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


c

5
LIN

b
Front AC Control Panel G_IPM1_1
D9013-0167b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-194

Instrument Panel Fuse Box IEC


25 A 25 A
I-FS10 I-FS9
Driver's Side Passenger's
Power Seat Side Power Seat

ID07 22 21

IP 3540CA L-GN FLRB 2.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT

IP 3540CD RD FLRB 2.0 PST-LUB


a

19 IP2BD_3
BD2IP_3

BD 3540CW L-GN FLRB 2.0 8PST-4LUB||MMHT

90
SP2505
BD 642BNB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 8PST-4LUB

BD 3540CG L-GN FLRB 2.0 8PST-4LUB

BD 3540CC L-GN FLRB 2.0 MMHT

21 IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2
NTCBD 3540CDA RD FLRB 2.0 PST-LUB

FL11 2 1 D3 FL03
Power Power KL30(20A)
Driver's Side Supply Supply Driver's Side
Power Seat Power Seat
Ground Ground Ground Ground

3 4 FL11 D6 D8 FL03
BD 1150SD BK FLRB 0.5 8PST-4LUB

BD 1150SC BK FLRB 1.5 8PST-4LUB

BD 1150SA BK FLRB 1.5 MMHT

BD 1150SB BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT

BD 642BNB RD/BK FLRB 0.5 8PST-4LUB


c c

FL04
1
Power
Supply

G_IPM1_1 Passenger's Side


Power Seat D9013-0062b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-195

09/2017
D9013-0063b
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
FL04

FL04
Front Seat Heat

BD 3540ED RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PST-LUB-HT||MMHT

Ground
Power
Supply
BD 1450SA BK FLRB 2.0 PST-LUB
U2-FS6

10

8
15 A

SP2502

SP2039
Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2

BD 3540EA RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PST-LUB-HT||MMHT BD 3540ED RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PST-LUB-HT||MMHT

Power
Supply
12

11
BD 1450SB BK FLRB 1.5 PST-LUB||MMHT

Ground

16
BD 1450S BK FLRB 3.0 PST-LUB||MMHT
U2-FS16

Supply 4
Power
10 A

IG

SP0262

G_FLR11_2
BD 3540EF RD/WH FLRB 0.5 PST-LUB||MMHT

Power
Supply
48

2
ID07

FL03
BD 6134D D-GN FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

13
LIN
NTC+ Power Seat
FL03

Driver's
BD 5919 OG FLRB 0.5 MMHT BD 5919A OG FLRB 0.5 MMHT

Power
Seat
Side
A4

21

Passenger's Side Power Seat


BD 2079 YE/BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT BD 2079A YE/BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT

A2

Driver's Driver's Driver's

Power Power Power


Seat
Side
22

3
BD 642BH RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT

KL15
D2
BD 6134A D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC
BD 2080 YE FLRB 0.5 MMHT BD 2080A YE FLRB 0.5 MMHT

Seat
Side
23
Heat - NTC-

IP2BD_2 BD2IP_2
6
A3 A7
BD 642BL RD/BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT

KL15
BD 2077 PK FLRB 0.75 MMHT BD 2077A PK FLRB 0.75 MMHT

A8

Heat
Seat
Side
24

12

26
BD 2078 L-GN FLRB 0.75 MMHT BD 2078A L-GN FLRB 0.75 MMHT

Heat +

Driver's
A6

Power
FLB2FLA 25

15

Heat
Seat
Side

IP 6134AA D-GN FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


FLA2FLB
Driver's Side
Power Seat

c
D9013-0059b
RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2
RF12

SP2617
SP2605

SP2646

G_EBR3
RF 2351RB BK FLRB 0.35 ATTG RF 2351RA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 RLS||ATTG RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5 IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5 IP 2351 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

13
1

GND
Tail Door Switch (Roof)

53 IP2BD_2
BD2IP_2
1 RF2IP_2

FL62_B
IP2RF_2
CLOSE
OPEN/

Operation
RF 6112 D-GN FLRB 0.35 ATTG IP 6112A D-GN FLRB 0.5 ATTG BD 6112B D-GN FLRB 0.35 ATTG

Signal

Tail Door
Tail Door
4

BD 5790 BN FLRB 0.75 ATTG

Latch

Latch
11

2
RF 6116 L-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 ATTG IP 6116A L-GN/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG BD 6116B L-GN/BK FLRB 0.35 ATTG

Signal
Mode
54

17
1
2

LVL

Tail Door
Power Liftgate Control Unit

Latch
RF2IP_2
IP2RF_2

Tail Door
BD 5791 L-BU FLRB 0.75 ATTG

Latch
13

3
SP1208

Tail Door latch


TAIL+ RF 1382BB PU/WH FLRB 0.35 ATTG RF 1382BB PU/WH FLRB 0.35 ATTG RF 1382BB PU/WH FLRB 0.35 ATTG
3

Tail Door

Tail Door
BD 1382FF PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG&&(MDAC||ADAC) BD 5792 L-GN FLRB 0.5 ATTG
TLD18

Latch

Latch
16
FL2TLD_2

4
TLD2FL_2

SP1209

SP1217

Release
Release
BD 1221 WH/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

Signal
Signal

11
TAIL+ TLD 1382FBA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG TLD 1382FBA PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG
Tail Door Closing Switch

6
Trunk Closing Button
1
3

FL62_A

Ground
OFF SW SIG TLD 5800B D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG BD 5800 D-GN/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG

19
TLD2FL_1 22

5
4

BD 1382 PU/WH FLRB 0.5

FL62_A

FL33
FL2TLD_1

BD 2051TC BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG


Module
Control
Back Lighting

Body
5
5-196

EB57_C
TLD 2051TD BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG
LED

Economic /Sport

G_FLDL2
BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75
5

Module
PEPS Control Control
IP 6113B GY/BK FLRB 0.5 -PEPS
5.29 Power tail door System

Body
22
Electrical circuit diagrams

FL2TLD_2
BD 6113AA GY/BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC

TLD2FL_2
TLD11

IP01_A
BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2
Tail Door Touch Switch

Unit PEPS
Trunk Light

09/2017
OFFSIG TLD 6113 GY/BK FLRB 0.5 BD 6113A GY/BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC IP 6113C GY/BK FLRB 0.5 PEPS

Switch
55

5
1

TLD2FL_1
FL2TLD_1

IP09_A
GND

G_EBR3

SAIC-SV91
TLD 2051TE BK FLRB 0.5 TLD 2051TS BK FLRB 0.5 BD 2051T BK FLRB 0.5 BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75

13
2

SP2612

SP2613
90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-197

Engine Bay Tail Door Tail Door


Fuse Box Sensing Sensing Switch
Tail Door Lock
UEC Switch Rightside Leftside

U-FS25
10 A
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Stop Micro
Output Output Output Output Ground Switch Switch Motor- Motor+

52 1 2 1 2 4 5 3 1 2
EB58
TLD17 TLD12 TLD10
TLD 5801D PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG

TLD 5802D PK/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

TLD 5802C PK/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

TLD 5801C PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG

TLD 2051TB BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 1892A YE FLRB 0.5 ATTG

TLD 1303A PK/BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 5790A D-BU/WH FLRB 0.75

TLD 1750TB BK FLRB 0.75


SP2612
SP2601

TLD 2051TS BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0


SP2401 21 15 16 TLD2FL_1
FL2TLD_1

BD 1892 YE FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 1303B PK/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 5790B D-BU/WH FLRB 0.75


TLD 5802B PK/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

SP2401
TLD2FL_1 13 14 TLD2FL_1
FL2TLD_1 FL2TLD_1
BD 2051T BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0


SP2403 SP2404 90
BD 1303 PK/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 5796 D-BU/WH FLRB 0.75 ATTG


TLD2FL_1 25 24 23
FL2TLD_1 SP2613 SP2629
BD 1642B RD/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 5801B PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 5802 PK/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 5801A PU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75

BD 2051TA BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

BD 1750P BK FLRB 2.0

BD 1750TA BK FLRB 1.5 ATTG


SP2611
G_FLR2_1 G_FLR2_1 FL62_B
13 12 5 24 23 21 9 FL62_A 9 5
Sensor Tail Door Right Tail Door Tail Door Left Ground Tail Door Tail Door lock Tail Door Ground
Output Sensing Switch Signal Sensing Switch Sensing lock Stop Micro Open Lock Motor
Ground Switch Signal Signal Signal
Tail Door Tail Door Left Aisle Left Aisle Aisle Aisle Power
Power Supply Motor + Motor - Signal 2 Signal 1 Ground Supply

Power Tail Door Control Unit 12 FL62_B FL62_B 4 2 22 1 14 18 FL62_A


BD 5805 L-BU/WH FLRB 0.5 ATTG
BD 5799 BN/WH FLRB 0.75 ATTG
BD 740 RD/WH FLRB 1.5 ATTG

BD 5798 WH FLRB 0.75 ATTG

BD 5806 PU FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 5804 D-GN FLRB 0.5 ATTG

BD 5803 TN/BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG

Engine Bay Fuse


Box 2 UEC-2

U2-JF4
25 A

FL65
4 EB58 2 9 10 3 1 8
Tail Tail Left Left Aisle Aisle
Door Door Aisle Aisle Ground Power
Motor + Motor - Signal 2 Signal 1 Supply

Tail Door Motor D9013-0060b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-198

5.30 On-board diagnostic system

Drive Converting Entertainment


Engine Bay Fuse Box 2 UEC_2 Instrument Cluster
Switch System Host
KL30 10 A
10 A 10 A U2-FS16
U2-FS12 U2-FS2 IG
ACC2 Gateway Power
CAN_H CAN_L CAN_H CAN_L
Supply 4
LIN
40 8 48 6 12 8 9
3
EB58 CN01 IP55_D IP02_A

IP 5169CA BN/WH FLRB 0.35 12-SCRN

IP 5170CA BN FLRB 0.35 12-SCRN

IP 5169C BN/WH FLRB 0.35

IP 5170C BN FLRB 0.35


SP0253 SP0262
BD 2640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

CN 6132B BN FLRB 0.5 4WD


SP1837
SP1838

IP 5170B BN FLRB 0.35


IP 5169B BN/WH FLRB 0.35
BD 202GA RD/BK FLRB 0.5

BD 842C RD/BK FLRB 0.5

CN2IP_1 28 IP2BD_3
IP2CN_1 1 2
90 BD2IP_3
IP 6132A BN FLRB 0.5 4WD

BD 5169A BN/WH FLRB 0.35

BD 5170A BN FLRB 0.35

SP1849
BD 2640 RD/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 2640B RD/WH FLRB 0.5

SP1835
SP1836
BD 5170AA BN FLRB 0.35 AMP
IP2BD_3

BD 5169AA BN/WH FLRB 0.35 AMP


46
BD 5169 BN/WH FLRB 0.35

BD 5170 BN FLRB 0.35

BD2IP_3
BD 6132 BN FLRB 0.5 4WD

FL02_B FL02_A FL44_A

11 12 19 18 9 5 15 15 16
Power Supply KL30 KL30 KL15 LIN1 CAN_H CAN_L CAN_L CAN_H

Ground Ground

6 20
Gateway Power Amplifier
FL02_B FL02_A
BD 1151GB BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1151GA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1151 BK/WH FLRB 1.0

SP2624 G_FLL2_1 D9013-0108b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-199

09/2017
Front AC Control Panel
PEPS Control Unit

IP 7494FA L-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 7494G L-BU FLRB 0.35

D9013-0109b
CAN_L
IP 7493EA D-GN FLRB 0.35 PEPS
CAN_H

CAN_L

Resistance
B
6
7

Terminal
Electrical circuit diagrams

CAN_H
IP 7494EA L-BU FLRB 0.35 PEPS IP 7493FA D-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 7493G D-GN FLRB 0.35
CAN_L

SAIC-SV91
CAN_H
15

A
7
IP09_B

IP38

IP41
SP1833
SP1831
SP1829

Body Control Module


IP 7493E D-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 7493F D-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 7493GA D-GN FLRB 0.35

CAN_H
42
SP1830

IP 7494E L-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 7494F L-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 7494GA L-BU FLRB 0.35

CAN_L
41
SP1834
SP1832

IP01_A
Power Tail Door Control Unit
Driver's Side Power Seat

Tire Pressure Monitoring


BD 7493CA D-GN FLRB 0.35 MMHT BD 7493BA D-GN FLRB 0.35 ATTG

CAN_H

CAN_H
D5

3
BD 7493AA D-GN FLRB 0.35 TPMS

CAN_H

Control Unit
1
BD 7494CA L-BU FLRB 0.35 MMHT BD 7494BA L-BU FLRB 0.35 ATTG

CAN_L

CAN_L
D4

4
BD 7494AA L-BU FLRB 0.35 TPMS

FL62_A
FL03

CAN_L
2
BD2IP_2

FL30
IP2BD_2

SP1826
SP1828

SP1824
IP 7494D L-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 7494C L-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 7494B L-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 7494A L-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 7494 L-BU FLRB 0.35

BD_CAN_H BD_CAN_L
47

13
SP1825
SP1827

SP1823
IP 7493D D-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 7493C D-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 7493B D-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 7493A D-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 7493 D-GN FLRB 0.35
46

3
Telematics Control Unit
IP 6436C WH/BK FLRB 0.35

HSCAN_H1
IP 6437BA BN/WH FLRB 0.35 TBOX
CAN_L
Resistance

19
B
Terminal

Gateway
HSCAN_L1
IP 6437C BN/WH FLRB 0.35 IP 6436BA WH/BK FLRB 0.35 TBOX
CAN_H

39
A
IP42

IP60
SP1842

SP1840

DIAG_CAN_H DIAG_CAN_L
IP 6436CA WH/BK FLRB 0.5 IP 6436B WH/BK FLRB 0.35 IP 6436A WH/BK FLRB 0.35

CAN_L
BD 6436 WH/BK FLRB 0.35

14

52

11
Diagnose
Interface
IP 6437CA BN/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 6437B BN/WH FLRB 0.35 IP 6437A BN/WH FLRB 0.35 BD 6437 BN/WH FLRB 0.35

CAN_H

51
6

1
IP2BD_2

BD2IP_2
SP1841

SP1839

FL02_A
IP28
Blind Zone Monitroing

D9013-0110b
BT 6106HBL L-GN FLRB 0.35 LHD

EPS Control Unit


BD 6105FA D-BU FLRB 0.35 PDC4 BD 6106HA L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 6106K L-GN FLRB 0.35

CAN_L
CAN_H

CAN1L
Control Unit

Resistance
8
9

B
4

Terminal
BD 6106FA L-GN FLRB 0.35 PDC4 BT 6105HBL D-BU FLRB 0.35 LHD

CAN_H
BD 6105K D-BU FLRB 0.35

CAN1H
CAN_L

BD 6105HA D-BU FLRB 0.35


25

A
3
FL71

BT07_B
FL34

EB40
BT2EB
EB2BT
EPB Control Module

BD 6106GA L-GN FLRB 0.35 EPB


CAN_L

Control Unit
17

ABS / ESP
BD 6105GA D-BU FLRB 0.35 EPB
CAN_H
16

SP1821
SP1819
SP1815

SP1817

BD 6105G D-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 6105H D-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 6105KA D-BU FLRB 0.35
BD 6105F D-BU FLRB 0.35

CANIP
26
SP1816

BD 6106G L-GN FLRB 0.35

CAN1M
BD 6106F L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 6106H L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 6106KA L-GN FLRB 0.35

14
SP1822
SP1820
SP1818

EB04
BD 6106E L-GN FLRB 0.35
BD 6105E D-BU FLRB 0.35

RF2IP_1

Differential Lock Control Module


Lane Departure Aid Control Unit
IP2RF_1
Lamp Control Unit
B_D_CANH
BD 6105EA D-BU FLRB 0.35 AFS IP 6105BA D-BU FLRB 0.5 LDW RF 6105BB D-BU FLRB 0.5 LDWL BD 6105AD D-BU FLRB 0.35 EDL

B.D.CAN1H
Adaptive Head

CAN_H
5-200

16

18

15
1
SP1813

B_D_CANL
BD 6106EA L-GN FLRB 0.35 AFS RF 6106BB L-GN FLRB 0.5 LDW

B.D.CAN1L
IP 6106BA L-GN FLRB 0.5 LDW BD 6106AD L-GN FLRB 0.35 EDL

CAN_L
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor

17

16
3

7
SP1814

IP14
FL27

FL59_A
Electrical circuit diagrams

RF10
IP 6105CA D-BU FLRB 0.35 EPS

CAN_H
3
BD2IP_6
IP2BD_6

09/2017
IP 6106CA L-GN FLRB 0.35 EPS

BD2IP_3

FL02_A
IP2BD_3
CAN_L
4

SP1848
SP1810
SP1812

CH_CAN_H CH_CAN_L
BD 6106D L-GN FLRB 0.5 IP 6106C L-GN FLRB 0.5 IP 6106B L-GN FLRB 0.35 IP 6106A L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 6106AB L-GN FLRB 0.35 BD 6106 L-GN FLRB 0.35

12
4
6

Gateway
SP1809

SP1847
SP1811

SAIC-SV91
BD 6105D D-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 6105C D-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 6105B D-BU FLRB 0.35 IP 6105A D-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 6105AB D-BU FLRB 0.35 BD 6105 D-BU FLRB 0.35

2
5

3
90
90
5-201

09/2017
D9013-0111b
BD 2500F RD/WH FLRB 0.35
B.D.CAN1H

Engine Control
45

Module
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 2501F TN FLRB 0.35


B.D.CAN1L

SAIC-SV91
44
EB02_K
SP1807

BD 2500FA RD/WH FLRB 0.35 4WD


Transfer Case
CAN_H

Control Unit
8
SP1808

BD 2501FA TN FLRB 0.35 4WD


CAN_L
9
FL01

Stabilizing DC Module
GB02_2
BD 2500E RD/WH FLRB 0.35

BD 2501E TN FLRB 0.35

GB 2500EC RD/WH FLRB 0.35 AT&&2WD IP 2500CA RD/WH FLRB 0.35 SRSL

CAN_H

CAN_H
10

31

Airbag Control Unit


AMT Control Unit
GB 2501EC TN FLRB 0.35 AT&&2WD IP 2501CA TN FLRB 0.35 SRSL

CAN_L

CAN_L
32
11
BD 2500AA RD/WH FLRB 0.35 ESSS

CAN_H
IP08_C

23
FL2GB
BD 2500EA RD/WH FLRB 0.35 AT GB2FL GB 2500EB RD/WH FLRB 0.35 AT&&4WD IP 2500CB RD/WH FLRB 0.35 SRSH

CAN_H
BD 2501AA TN FLRB 0.35 ESSS

CAN_H

CAN_L
10

12
13

22
FL31_A
BD 2501EA TN FLRB 0.35 AT GB 2501EB TN FLRB 0.35 AT&&4WD IP 2501CB TN FLRB 0.35 SRSH

CAN_L

CAN_L
14

11

11
IP08_A

Gateway
GB02_1
BD2IP_2
IP2BD_2

SP1804

BD2IP_5
IP2BD_5

FL02_A
SP1806

SP1802

PT_CAN_L
BD 2501D TN FLRB 0.35 IP 2501C TN FLRB 0.35 IP 2501B TN FLRB 0.35 BD 2501A TN FLRB 0.35 BD 2501 TN FLRB 0.35

14
45

10
SP1803
SP1805

SP1801

PT_CAN_H
BD 2500D RD/WH FLRB 0.35 IP 2500C RD/WH FLRB 0.35 IP 2500B RD/WH FLRB 0.35 BD 2500A RD/WH FLRB 0.35 BD 2500 RD/WH FLRB 0.35

44

4
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-202

5.31 Cooling fan

Engine Bay Fuse Box UEC

15 A 100 A
30 A 30 85
U-FS21 U-MID
U-JF1 U-R8 Main
Main Cooling Fan
Main Relay
Relay
87 86
Power (850W)/
Relay (600W)
Supply
1 155 153 157 154 33 56 6 EB01_B
EB01
BD 5290 WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5
BD 2040B RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 5290 WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5


BD 2040 RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 2040A RD/WH FLRB 2.5

BD 5291 PK/BK FLRB 0.75


BD 5290F WH/D-GN FLRB 2.5

BD 532 RD FLRB 10.0 850W

BD 409 RD FLRB 10.0 600W


SP0105 SP0215 SP0306

Engine Control Module ECM EB02_K


69
90 Main Relay Control

Water Water
Temperature Temperature
Sensor Sensor Fan Dissipation

14 57 26 EB02_K
EB02_A
BD 409 RD FLRB 10.0 600W

BD 2364 D-BU FLRB 0.75 600W

BD 250A BK FLRB 10.0 600W

BD 2368 WH FLRB 0.75 850W


BD 5291B PK/BK FLRB 0.75

BD 250B BK FLRB 10.0 850W


0.75
0.75

1 2 1 4 2 EB21 3 1 4 2 EB22
+ - + -

Water Temperature Radiator Fan(600W) G_EBL2_1 Radiator Fan(850W) G_EBL2_3


Sensor D9013-0138b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-203

5.32 Grounding distribution

Electric Power Anti-lock Braking System /


Steering Control Cooling Fan Cooling Fan ElectronicStability Program
Unit (600W) Engine Bay Fuse Box Front Wiper Motor (850W) Control Unit
U-R4 U-R6

1 2 137 146 4 2 13 38
BT07_A EB21 EB01 EB08 EB22 EB04
BT1050L BK FLRB 10.0 ESSS&&LHD

BT 1050A BK FLRB 10.0 -ESSS

BD 250A BK FLRB 10.0 600W

BD 6 PU FLRB 3.0

BD 250WB BK FLRB 2.0

BD 250WA BK FLRB 2.0

BD 250B BK FLRB 10.0 850W

BD 350A BK FLRB 4.0 ABS

BD 350B BK FLRB 1.5 ABS


SP0102
BD 6Y PU FLRB 3.0

90

SPD1

Diode

SPD2
BD 6X BK FLRB 3.0

G_BT1 G_EBL2_1 G_EBL2_2 G_EBL2_3 G_EBL3 D9013-0090b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
Cigar Lighter

D9013-0091b
G_IPM2_2
IP 850LB OG FLRB 0.75
2

IP31_C IP05
level Sensor Front AC

G_IPM2_1
IP 850H BK FLRB 3.0
S

EB28
AC Pressure Brake Fluid

BD 451B BK/WH FLRB 0.5


B

EB12
Switch

BD 451C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


2

EB58

BD 451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Engine Bay Fuse Box 2
U2-R4

19

SP2635
BD 2451CB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC BD 451 BK/WH FLRB 1.0
26
U2-R3

G_EBL2_4
5-204

EB35_2
Front Left Grouped Head Lamp

BD 450LC BK FLRB 0.75 LED BD 450L BK FLRB 1.0


4

SP2633
EB35_1
Electrical circuit diagrams

BD 450LA BK FLRB 0.5 HALP

12
BD 450LB BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

09/2017
8
BD 450LH BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

SAIC-SV91
Fog Lamp

EB33
Front Left
BD 450LD BK FLRB 0.75 FFOG

90
90
5-205

09/2017
Engine Control Module

D9013-0092b
BD 51C BK FLRB 2.5
4

BD 51B BK FLRB 2.5


SP0303
Electrical circuit diagrams

G_EBR3

SAIC-SV91
BD 51A BK FLRB 2.5 BD 51 BK FLRB 2.5
1

EB02_K

EN2EB
EB2EN
UNKNOWN Water Pump

BD 650A BK FLRB 1.0

14
2

G_EBR2
BD 650B BK FLRB 0.5

13
EB32
Right Horn

BD 550HB BK FLRB 1.0


2

SP2638
EB31
Left Horn

BD 550HA BK FLRB 1.0


BD 550H BK FLRB 1.5
2

G_EBR1
EB36_2
Front Right Grouped Head Lamp

BD 550LC BK FLRB 0.75 LED BD 550L BK FLRB 1.0


4

EB36_1

SP2637
BD 550LA BK FLRB 0.5 HALP
12
BD 550LB BK FLRB 0.75 HALP
8
BD 550LG BK FLRB 0.75 HALP

4
EB34
Front Right
Fog Lamp
BD 550LD BK FLRB 0.75 FFOG

1
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-206

Rear Left
Rear Left Rear Left Steering Door Power
door Under Door Power Rear Fog Filler Cap Column Window Rear Left Fuel Power Rear Left Rear Right
Mirror Light Window Switch Lamp Actuator Lock Sensor Switch Door Lock Pump Seat Power Seat Power Seat

1 1 1 1 3 10 B 2 4 20 20
RL07 RL04 PR03 FL32 PR11 RL04 RL02 CH07 FL06 FL75 FL76
RLD 1550DB BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

RLD 1550DC BK FLRB 2.0

PR 1550CDA BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1550CC BK FLRB 0.5

PR 1551CBA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SSTG

RLD 1551DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5

RLD 1551DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5

CH 1550CB BK FLRB 1.5

BD 1750S BK FLRB 1.5 RSHT

BD 1750SA BK FLRB 1.5 RS11

BD 1750SC BK FLRB 0.5 RS11


SP2627 SP2622
RLD 1551DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

90
RLD 1550DA BK FLRB 2.0

RLD2FL
16 PR2FL FL2RLD 1 SP2647
FL2PR
BD 1551C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SSTG

BD 1551DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5

CH2FL
B
FL2CH
RLD2FL PR2FL
FL2RLD 19 13
FL2PR
BD 1550DP BK FLRB 2.0

BD 1550C BK FLRB 0.5

SP2618
BD 1551 BK/WH FLRB 0.5

BD 1550CA BK FLRB 1.5

G_FLCL_1 G_FLCL_2 G_FLCL_3 G_FLCL_4 D9013-0093b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-207

09/2017
Driver's Side

D9013-0094b
Seat Belt

BD 1361A L-BU FLRB 0.5 IP 1361LA L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSL


BD 1361F L-BU FLRB 0.5
16
2

SP1501
FL07

BD2IP_6 BD2IP_5
IP2BD_6 IP2BD_5
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
FL12
Passenger's
Occupancy

G_IPM3_2
IP 1751L BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SRSL
Sensor

BD 1361E L-BU FLRB 0.5 FSBR IP 1361EB L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSL&&FSBR
Seat

26
2

SP1502
IP08_C
Control
Airbag

IP 1751LB L-BU FLRB 0.5 SRSL


Unit

17

IP08_A

G_IPM3_1
IP 1751H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SRSH
Control
Airbag
Unit

15

SP1418

G_FLDL1_2 G_FLDL1_3
BD 1750F BK FLRB 0.75 AMP
FL44_C
Amplifier
Power

BD 1750M BK FLRB 2.5 AMP


8

RR07
Window Door Under
Switch Mirror Light
Door Power Rear Right

RRD 1650DB BK FLRB 0.5 CALP


1

SP2628
RR04
Rear Right

G_FLCR_2
RRD 1650DC BK FLRB 2.0 RRD 1650DA BK FLRB 2.0 BD 1650DM BK FLRB 2.0 MSAC

19
1
BD 1650DP BK FLRB 2.0 MDAC||ADAC

RR02
Rear Right
Door Lock
RRD 1651DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 RRD 1651DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 BD 1651DM BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MSAC

1
c

SP2623

FL2RRD
RRD2FL

G_FLCR_1
RR04
BD 1651DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC
Door Power
Rear Right
Window
Switch
RRD 1651DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5

10
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-208

Power USB - 12V Power Rear Rear Left Rear Left


Liftgate Rear Socket - Differential Rear Left Window License Grouped Liftgate
Control Unit Right Rear Left Lock Control Module Grouped Lamp Heat Plate Light Lamp Door lock

5 2 1 8 10 1 4 1 2 4 2
TLD10
FL62_B FL48 FL40 FL59_A FL19 TLD03 TLD07 TLD01
BD 1750TA BK FLRB 2.5 ATTG

BD 1750VC BK FLRB 0.35 USB1

BD 1750V BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC

BD 1750VA BK FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1750VB BK FLRB 0.5 EDL

BD 1750LB BK FLRB 0.5

BD 1750LA BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 1750TR BK FLRB 1.5

TLD 1750TE BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 1750TF BK FLRB 0.5

TLD 1750TB BK FLRB 0.75


90

SP2611 SP2601
TLD 1750TD BK FLRB 2.0
BD 1750P BK FLRB 3.0

TLD2FL_1
14
FL2TLD_1
BD 1750TP BK FLRB 2.0

SP2629
BD 1750 BK FLRB 3.0

G_FLDL1_1 D9013-0095b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
90
5-209

09/2017
D9013-0096b
Rear AC

G_FLDR1_3
BD 1850H BK FLRB 3.0 MDAC||ADAC
S
FL20_2 FL50_C
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
BD 1850LA BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC
Grouped Lamp
Front Right

BD 1850LB BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC


1
FL45_2
12V power

G_FLDR1_2
Right rear
Socket -

BD 1850A BK FLRB 1.0 MDAC||ADAC


BD 1850VA BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&(MDAC||ADAC)
1

SP2641
TLD14
Rear Wiper
Motor

TLD 1850WBA BK FLRB 0.5


3
TLD02
Rear Right
Grouped
Lamp

TLD 1850LF BK FLRB 0.5


4
License High Mounted

TLD21
Plate Light Brake Lamp

TLD 1850LG BK FLRB 0.5


1

FL2TLD_2
TLD2FL_2
BD 1850LL BK FLRB 0.5 MDAC||ADAC

SP2602
TLD08
Rear Right

G_FLDR1_1
TLD 1850LD BK FLRB 0.5 BD 1850LC BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC BD 1850 BK FLRB 1.0 MSAC
TLD 1850LE BK FLRB 0.5
2

SP2632
FL20_1
Grouped Lamp
Front Right BD 1850LK BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC

4
BD 1850LH BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC

1
D9013-0097b
FL04

BD 1450SB BK FLRB 1.5 PST-LUB||MMHT


Side Power Seat

16
Passenger's

SP2639

G_FLR1_2
BD 1450SA BK FLRB 2.0 PST-LUB BD 1450S BK FLRB 3.0 PST-LUB||MMHT
8
Camera System Host control Module

FL34
Panoramic Entertainment Park Brake

G_FLR1_1
Electronic

BD 1450AA BK FLRB 3.0 EPB


28
IP63

IP 6202 BK FLRB 0.35 BSV


2

PAD2IP
IP2PAD
PD13
Passenger's

PAD 6202DA BK FLRB 0.35 BSV IP 6202D BK FLRB 0.35 BSV


Side

33
3

DRD2IP_2

IP2DRD_2
DD13
Driver's Side
Panoramic
Camera

DRD 6202CA BK FLRB 0.35 BSV


44 IP 6202C BK FLRB 0.35 BSV
3

BD2IP_3

BD2IP_4
IP2BD_3

IP2BD_4

SP1426
EB49

G_FLDR2_3
Panoramic
Fore Sight
Camera
5-210

BD 6202AA BK FLRB 0.35 BSV IP 6202A BK FLRB 0.35 BSV IP 6202B BK FLRB 0.35 BSV BD 6202BD BK FLRB 0.5 BSV&&(MDAC||ADAC) BD 1851D BK FLRB 0.35 RCAM&&(MDAC||ADAC)

C9
26
3

SP1402
BD 6202BA BN/OG FLRB 0.5 BSV&&MSAC

FL2TLD_2
TLD2FL_2
TLD20

G_FLDR2_2
Panoramic
Rear View
Electrical circuit diagrams

Camera

TLD 6202BB BK FLRB 0.35 RCAM||BSV BD 6202BC BK FLRB 0.35 (RCAM||BSV)&&MSAC BD 1851C BK FLRB 0.35 RCAM&&MSAC
3

SP1420

09/2017
FL38_2

G_FLDR2_1
BD 1851HD BK/WH FLRB 0.5 (MDAC||ADAC)&&EPB

Control Panel

17
Rear AC

FL38_1

SAIC-SV91
BD 1851HA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MDAC&&HPB

17

90
90
5-211

09/2017
GB04_2

D9013-0098b
GB 1451ED BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&2WD
1
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
GB 1451EB BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-SAGW&&4WD
1 GB03_2 1
GB04_1

BD 1451E BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS||6MT-SAGW


Reverse

Switch

19
Gear

6MT

GB 1451EC BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&2WD


GB 1451EA BK FLRB 0.5 6MT-DYMOS&&4WD
GB02_2

GB03_1 1

GB 1451GA BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD


Reverse

Switch
Gear
5

6MT
GB 1451GB BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD GB 1451G BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&2WD
AMT Control Unit

SP0707
GB02_1

GB 1451BB BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD

GB2FL
FL2GB
5

SP2636

G_FLR2_1
GB 1451BC BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD GB 1451BA BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT&&4WD BD 1451B BK/WH FLRB 0.75 AT BD 1451S BK/WH FLRB 1.0

19
2

SP0705
FL35
Velocity
Sensor

BD 1151E BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP


Yaw

1
FL27
Adaptive

Monitoring Control

BD 1451A BK/WH FLRB 0.5 AFS


Blind Zone Lamp
Head

Cleaner Control Unit Unit

7
FL71
BD 1451F BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PDC4
32
FL79
BD 1451H BK FLRB 1.0 APM
Air

2
FL34

G_FLR1_3
Module
Control
BD 1450AB BK FLRB 3.0 EPB

EPB

30
D9013-0099b
BD 1150DB BK FLRB 2.0 ESSS
4
DC Module
Stabilizing

FL31_B

SP1904

G_FLL1_4
BD 1150DA BK FLRB 2.0 ESSS BD 1150D BK FLRB 3.0 ESSS
3
FL11

BD 1150SC BK FLRB 1.5 8PST-4LUB


Driver's Side
Power Seat

BD 1150SD BK FLRB 0.5 8PST-4LUB


3

G_FLL1_3
FL03

BD 1150SB BK FLRB 0.5 MMHT


Driver's Side

D8
Power Seat

BD 1150SA BK FLRB 1.5 MMHT


D6
FL39_2
5-212

BD 1150VD BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&EPB


Socket - Middle
12V Power

1
FL39_1
BD 1150VB BK FLRB 0.75 12V DC&&HPB
1
Electrical circuit diagrams

SP2642
USB - Middle

FL47

09/2017
G_FLL1_2
BD 1150VC BK FLRB 0.35 USB2 BD 1150VE BK FLRB 1.0 12V DC||USB2

SAIC-SV91
FL60

G_FLL1_1
Inverter
BD 1150VA BK FLRB 1.5 INV

220V

90
90
5-213

09/2017
Panoramic Power Window
Driver's Side

D9013-0100b
DRD 2250DD BK FLRB 2.0 IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0

G_IPA1_2
Lifter

26
1

DRD2IP_1
DD08

IP2DRD_1
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
RF14

RF 2350RZ BK FLRB 2.0 PSRF


Sunroof Sunroof

SP2645
RF13

IP 2350R BK FLRB 2.0 PSRF||FSRF

G_IPA1_1
RF 2351RE BK FLRB 1.0 FSRF RF 2350RX BK FLRB 2.0 PSRF||FSRF

20
2

RF2IP_1
IP2RF_1
FL62_A
Door Control
Power Tail

BD 2051TA BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG


Unit

23
FL41

BD 2051C BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Trunk
Light

2
TLD10
Tail Door

TLD 2051TB BK FLRB 0.5


Lock

4
TLD11
Tail Door
Switch

TLD 2051TE BK FLRB 0.5


Touch

FL2TLD_1
TLD2FL_1

SP2613
SP2612
TLD18
Tail Door

G_FLDL2
Closing
Switch

TLD 2051TD BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG TLD 2051TS BK FLRB 0.5 BD 2051T BK FLRB 0.5 BD 2051 BK FLRB 0.75

13
5
FL33
Tail Door
Latch

BD 2051TC BK FLRB 0.5 ATTG


5
FL30
BD 2051B BK/WH FLRB 0.5 TPMS BD 1850LK BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC
Tire Pressure
Control Unit

18
Monitoring
BD 2051A BK/WH FLRB 0.5 TPMS BD 1850LH BK FLRB 0.5 MSAC

6
D9013-0101b
BD 2450BE BK FLRB 0.5 SPHCM
4
EB57_E

BD 2450BG BK FLRB 0.75 AT


3
EB57_C

SP2609

G_FLL2_4
BD 2450BH BK FLRB 0.5 BD 2450BP BK FLRB 1.0
21

BD 2450BF BK FLRB 0.75


19
Body Control Module BCM

BD 2450BD BK FLRB 0.75


8
EB57_C

G_FLL2_3
BD 2450BA BK FLRB 2.5
22

BD 2450BC BK FLRB 2.5


9

SP2640
BD 2450BB BK FLRB 2.5 BD 2450BK BK FLRB 3.0

G_FLL2_2
5-214

7
FL02_B
BD 1151GB BK/WH FLRB 0.5
6
Gateway
Electrical circuit diagrams

FL02_A
BD 1151GA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

20

09/2017
SP2624
FL28
DC Module Receiver

G_FLL2_1
BD 1151P RD/WH FLRB 0.75 PEPS BD 1151 BK/WH FLRB 1.0
RF

3
FL31_A

SAIC-SV91
Stabilizing
BD 1151D BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESSS

21

90
90
5-215

09/2017
D9013-0102b
IP 2451AC BK/WH FLRB 0.5
13
Multifunction Switch - Wiper

IP 2451AB BK/WH FLRB 0.5


7
Electrical circuit diagrams

SAIC-SV91
IP 2451AA BK/WH FLRB 0.5
3

IP02_A

IP 2451CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5


71

IP 2451CD BK/WH FLRB 0.5


58

IP07

SP2626
IP 2451SB BK/WH FLRB 0.75
Anti-theft Module

IP 2451H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM


9

IP12

IP 2451BC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 -PEPS


2

IP16

G_IPA2_1
IP 2451D BK/WH FLRB 0.5
Spring
Clock

11

IP50_B

IP 2451BB BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Body Control
Module BCM

SP2610
IP01_B

IP 2451SA BK/WH FLRB 0.75


IP 2451BA BK/WH FLRB 0.5
4

IP01_A
Switch - Wiper

IP 2451F BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Multifunction

8
IP 2451E BK/WH FLRB 0.5

IP04
Switch
Block IP 2451C BK/WH FLRB 0.5
Left

IP03
Rear View
Governor
Switch
Mirror
IP 2451A BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPM

11

IP12
D9013-0103b
IP28

IP 2251AB BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Diagnostic

5
Interface
DD04_B

IP 2251AA BK/WH FLRB 0.5


4

DRD 2251DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Driver's Side

SP2616
IP50_A
Door Lock

Clock Spring Clock Spring

IP 2251H BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2251S BK/WH FLRB 0.75


DRD 2251DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5
2
B
DD04_A

IP50_D
DRD 2251DG BK/WH FLRB 0.5
Power Window
Driver's Side

IP 2251E BK/WH FLRB 1.0 SWH


Fuel Tank Cap Switch Lifter Switch

19

DRD 2251DF BK/WH FLRB 0.5 2


7
DD07

DRD2IP_2
IP2DRD_2
DRD 2251DH BK/WH FLRB 0.5

SP2606
3

G_IPB2_3 (RHD)
G_IPA2_3 (LHD)
DRD 2251DD BK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DK BK/WH FLRB 0.5 DRD 2251DA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251DS BK/WH FLRB 1.0 IP 2251 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

37
1
DD10

SP2630
SP2603
DD03_A

DRD 2250DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH


5-216

11
Rearview mirror
of driver side

DRD 2250DE BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPMH


4
DD03_C
DRD 2250DF BK/WH FLRB 0.5 SPML
Electrical circuit diagrams

2
Driver's Driver's Side
Mirror Lamp
Side Door Door Under

DD14

09/2017
DRD 2250DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 CALP

1
DD01

SAIC-SV91
Handle
DRD 2251DE BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS

90
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-217

Passenger's
Passenger's Side Power Front Right Passenger's Wireless
Side Rear Window Lifter Door Under Side Rear 12-inch Display Charging Entertainment
View Mirror Switch Mirror Lamp View Mirror Screen Module System Host Radio

2 1 1 4 11 6 2 16 8
PD03_C PD06 PD14 PD03_A IP57 CN03 IP55_B IP56_A
PAD 2350DF BK FLRB 0.5 SPML

PAD 2351DF BK FLRB 2.0

PAD 2350DC BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

PAD 2350DE BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

PAD 2350DB BK FLRB 0.5 SPMH

IP 751RB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 12-SCRN

CN 751RD BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

IP 751RC BK/WH FLRB 2.5 12-SCRN

IP 751RA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 RADIO


SP2604
90
PAD 2350DA BK FLRB 2.0

PAD2IP
26 CN2IP_2
IP2PAD 25
IP2CN_2
IP 2350D BK FLRB 2.0

IP 750Z BK FLRB 4.0

IP 751RE BK FLRB 0.35 CHARG

G_IPB1_1 G_IPM1_0 G_IPA2_0 G_IPM1_2 G_IPM1_3 G_IPM1_4


D9013-0104b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017
D9013-0105b
Departure Liftgate Sunroof
Aid Control Switch Switch

RF 2351RF RD/WH FLRB 0.35


(RF) (O/C)

RF 2351RR BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&LDW


2

Switch Sunlight
Sunroof Rainfall
3

Sensor
RF20

RF 2351RC BK FLRB 0.5 RLS&&-LDW RF22 RF08_1 RF08_2


RF12

RF 2351RB BK FLRB 0.35 ATTG

3
1

RF 2351RG RD/WH FLRB 0.35 FSRF

(U/D)
RF17_2 RF17_3 RF18_2 RF18_3 RF19_1 RF19_2 RF19_3 RF10

2
RF 2351W RD/WH FLRB 0.5 LDW RF 2351RA BK/WH FLRB 1.0 RLS||ATTG
Lane

Unit

Light Module
PEPS Control Atmosphere
SP2605

IP 2351PC BK FLRB 0.75 CALP

13
RF 2350RW BK FLRB 0.5 PSRF
4
Middle Reading

IP43
RF 2350RU BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF
Light

IP 2351PB BK FLRB 0.75 PEPS


4

15
Unit
RF 2350RG BK FLRB 0.5 NSRF
4

IP 2351PA BK FLRB 0.75 PEPS

14
IP09_A
RF 2350RT BK FLRB 0.5 PSRF
Rear Right

SP2617
4
Reading

SP2646
Light

RF 2351RH BK/WH FLRB 1.5 IP 2351RS BK/WH FLRB 1.5


RF 2350RH BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF

13
4
Mirror Reading Light

RF2IP_2
RF 2350RR BK FLRB 0.5 PSRF

IP2RF_2
Rear Left

Passenger's Side Power SP2608


RF 2350RL BK FLRB 0.5 FSRF RF 2350RA BK FLRB 0.75
5-218

4
RF07

Window Lifter Switch


Middle Anti-dazzling
Mirror Mirror Reading Reading Rear View
Automatic

PAD 2351DG BK/WH FLRB 0.5

10
RF 2350RB BK FLRB 0.5 PGAM
2
RF04
PAD 6859BA YE/BK FLRB 0.5
Electrical circuit diagrams

RF 2350RM BK FLRB 0.5 NSRF

9
Light

PD06
RF03
RF 2350RF BK FLRB 0.5 PAD 2351DC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS PAD 2351DA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 2351DS BK/WH FLRB 0.5

Passenger's

09/2017
Makeup Makeup Front
Light

Side Door

27
C
Locking
1

PD04_B

PAD2IP
SP2607

IP2PAD
RF02
PAD 2351DB BK/WH FLRB 0.5
RF 2350RD BK FLRB 0.5

C
Right

Light

PD04_A
2

SAIC-SV91
Passenger's
RF01

Side Door

G_IPB2_1
Handle
Switch
RF 2350RC BK FLRB 0.5 PAD 2351DE BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PEPS IP 2351 BK/WH FLRB 1.5

Light
Left

2
2

PD01
90
90
5-219

09/2017
D9013-0106b
Switch Block - Left
Central Control

CN 751CH BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT


10
CN05
Electrical circuit diagrams

CN 751CG BK/WH FLRB 0.5 MMHT||PST-LUB-HT

SAIC-SV91
5
CN09

CN 751CD BK/WH FLRB 0.35ESP


EPS Switch

10

CN 751CC BK/WH FLRB 0.5 EPB


3
CN02

CN 751CJ BK/WH FLRB 0.5 PT4WD


Converting
Switch 2

6
Drive

CN 751CK BK FLRB 0.5 PT4WD


3
CN06
Switch Block - Right
Central
Control
Switch

CN 751CE BK/WH FLRB 0.5

CN2IP_1

IP2CN_1
2

SP2614
CN01
Converting

G_IPM1_1
CN 751CB BK/WH FLRB 0.354WD CN 751CA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 IP 751C BK/WH FLRB 0.5 ESP IP 751W BK/WH FLRB 1.0
Drive

44
2

SP2643
IP59
IP27

IP 751SB BK/WH FLRB 0.5 AT

Gear Lever

11
IP 751B BK/WH FLRB 0.5
Light Switch
Warning

4
Hazard

IP 751SA BK/WH FLRB 0.5 AT


IP 751A BK/WH FLRB 0.5

4
1

SP2615

SP2634
IP14
Control Wheel Angle
Front AC Steering

IP 751D BK/WH FLRB 0.5


Sensor
IP 751E BK/WH FLRB 0.5 EPS IP 751S BK/WH FLRB 0.75

1
IP38

Start switch
One-button

IP20
IP 751HA BK/WH FLRB 0.5

Panel

21
IP 751G BK/WH FLRB 0.35PEPS

8
Electrical circuit diagrams 5-220

Atmosphere Atmosphere Atmosphere Atmosphere Transfer Case Telematics


Light - Left 1 Light - Left 2 Light - Right 1 Light - Right 2 Control Unit Control Unit

1 1 1 1 12 25 40
IP32 IP33 IP34 IP37 FL01 IP60
IP 2250AB BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

IP 2250AE BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

IP 2250AC BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

IP 2250AD BK FLRB 0.5 CALP

BD 1451D BK FLRB 2.0 4WD

BD 1451C BK FLRB 2.0 4WD

IP 2351T BK/WH FLRB 0.5 TBOX


90

SP2621
IP 850Z BK FLRB 4.0

G_IPA1_3 G_FLR2_2 G_IPM2_0 G_IPB2_0 G_IPB2_2


D9013-0107b

SAIC-SV91 09/2017

You might also like